2011 2012TelevisionProductGuide

Broadcast communications
2011 2012 Television Product Guide
Product ordering
North America (NA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 800 231 9673 Caribbean and Latin America (CALA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 786 437 1960 Europe and Africa (EA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +44 118 964 8200 Middle East and South Asia (MESA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +971 4 433 8250 Asia, Pacific Rim (APAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+852 2776 0628
HARRIS MAIN OFFICES

NA
9800 South Meridian Boulevard, Suite 300 Englewood, CO 80112 USA Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 303 476 5000 Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 303 476 5004 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sales .na@harris .com
MESA
Office No . 3414 Shatha Tower Dubai Media City Dubai, UAE Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +971 4 433 8250 Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +971 4 438 9567 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sales .mesa@harris .com
CALA
703 Waterford Way, Suite 810 Miami, FL 33126 USA Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 786 437 1960 Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 305 267 4154 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sales .cala@harris .com
APAC
Room 1015-20, 10/F, Tower 1 Grand Century Place 193 Prince Edward Road West Kowloon, Hong Kong Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +852 2776 0628 Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +852 2776 0227 For Phone and Email Support: APAC Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +852 2776 0628 China Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +86 4008 150 777 After-Hours hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 888 534 8246 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sales .apac@harris .com
EA
1010 Eskdale Road IQ Winnersh, Wokingham Berkshire RG41 5TS UK Sales Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +44 118 964 8200 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +44 118 964 8000 Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +44 118 964 8054 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sales .ea@harris .com
ONLINE ORDERING
Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ecustomer .broadcast .harris .com Email Support . . . . . BCDE-CommerceSupport@harris .com NA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 416 443 3047 EA and MESA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +44 118 964 8267
An evolution in technology. A revolution in business possibilities.
T h e S e lenio Med ia Convergence Plat for m

TM
Every day our industry accelerates its migration from a traditional, broadcast model to a more flexible, efficient IP-based workflow. Productivity demands it and new revenue is reliant on it. Enter Selenio . The industrys first media convergence platform. With Selenio, baseband video/audio processing, compression and IP networking are combined into a single, scalable, space-saving platform. So go ahead. Expand your channel portfolio. Make that transition to HD. Or move into web/mobile services. Selenio enables you to add new services confidently and cost effectively.
Selenio. An evolution in technology. A revolution in business possibilities.
broadcast.harris.com/selenio
Harris Television Product Guide 2011-2012 The Harris 2011-2012 Television Product Guide is more than the industrys most comprehensive portfolio of innovative technology solutions. Its a blueprint for making broadcast pay in a world racing toward total media convergence. In the pages of this catalog, youll find a vast array of tools engineered to address all current and future standards and the unique challenges faced when baseband meets broadband. HDTV, Mobile DTV, Connected TV, 3D. Wherever and however youre delivering content to viewers, Harris has all the technology you need to monetize content in a multiplatform world and turn your creativity into a thriving business. Get Inspired. Turn the page
Table of ConTenTs
HaRRIs PRoDUCT oRDeRInG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inside front Cover aUTomaTIon anD asseT manaGemenT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Next-generation automation and digital asset management solutions to help streamline media operations and increase revenue opportunities
bRoaDCasT sTl, ConTRIbUTIon anD DIsTRIbUTIon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Superior point-to-point and multisite audio and data systems for linking studio and transmitter sites
DIGITal oUT -of-Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Broadcast-quality graphics, network management and advanced tracking tools for digital signage installations large and small
DIsTRIbUTIon amPlIfIeRs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
A complete family of DAs designed to meet the demanding requirements of todays broadcast, production and telecom industries
fIbeR oPTIC solUTIons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Flexible, cost-effective fiber solutions for applications including broadcast, satellite, cable, OB, post production, telecommunications and government
GRaPHICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Integrated graphics solutions that optimize workflow while achieving new levels of quality for news, sports, stadiums or any application
masTeR ConTRol anD bRanDInG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

The most advanced, comprehensive set of products available for master control switching, graphics and on-air/channel branding
meDIa ConVeRGenCe PlaTfoRm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Selenio An industry-first, offering full-featured multichannel video and audio processing, distribution and compression applications in a single platform.
mUlTIVIeweRs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
The industrys broadest line of multi-image processors, featuring award-winning technology for superior image quality and significant cost savings
neTwoRk monIToRInG anD ConTRol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Unmatched, real-time monitoring and control of both Harris and third-party products within a broadcast network
neTwoRkInG anD enCoDInG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Flexible compressed and uncompressed solutions delivering best-in-class video, audio and data network management
RoUTInG sysTems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Reliable, world-class routing switchers for network, local broadcast, mobile production, cable, telco, military, government and corporate applications
seRVeRs, eDITInG anD ComPResseD sTReam sysTems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

HD/SD video servers, storage solutions, editing tools and compressed stream products enabling highly efficient production and playout workflows
sIGnal PRoCessInG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

Modular and standalone audio, video and data signal processing solutions to support every stage of your workflow
TeleVIsIon TRansmIssIon anD DemoDUlaTIon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

Robust, reliable television transmission solutions that are easy to install and maintain, inexpensive to operate, and available for all global standards
TesT anD measURemenT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614

Precision instruments to meet any audio or video monitoring requirement and any streaming, file-based, studio or portable application
alPHabeTICal InDex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716 HaRRIs seRVICes anD sUPPoRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside back Cover
aUTomaTIon anD asseT manaGemenT

The worlds most-deployed automation systems come from Harris for good reason. Whether for a single-channel station or multichannel content delivery platform, our nextgeneration automation solutions help you streamline your operation and maximize the productivity of your people and equipment. Harris digital asset management and workflow systems provide rich media organizations with a centralized solution for managing digital media files and their underlying metadata. These powerful, user-friendly technologies enable you to ingest, edit, catalog, store, retrieve, move and distribute digital assets within the unique workflow of your organization. When fully integrated with Harris automation and end-to-end broadcast systems, our digital asset management solutions create a total system that helps you to increase revenue opportunities through better media asset management and delivery while reducing expenses through the automation of cross-application processing. To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com.
AutomAtion
ADC
ADC
Playout Automation for Station Environments .................................................. 6 OptiOns
DigitAL ASSet mAnAgemement

invenio
invenio Capture
Advanced Digital Ingest .............................................................................. 21
invenio motion
Intelligent Media Movement ........................................................................ 23
ADC Automatic ingest

Transfer of Media and its Associated Metadata ............................................... 9
invenio insight
Digital Asset Management .......................................................................... 26
ADC Broadcast Supervisor

Monitoring and Management of Software ..................................................... 10
ADC Device Controller

Common Hardware Platform ....................................................................... 11
ADC Live-update
BXF-Powered Schedule Synchronization ....................................................... 13
ADC PSiP manager

Automatic Tracking and Forwarding of PSIP Information ................................. 14
D-SerieS DSX
D-Series DSX
Playout Automation for Enterprise Environments ........................................... 15 OptiOns
D-Series DSX Device Controller

Common Hardware Platform ....................................................................... 18
D-Series DSX real-time iP Control

Real-Time IP Control for Multichannel Automation ......................................... 20
ADC
AutOmAtiOn And Asset mAnAgement // ADC
Playout Automation for Station Environments

The changing media environment offers growth possibilities that were never dreamed of in an exclusively analog world. A large part of this changing environment is the introduction of digital techniques that simplify broadcast operations and management, yet drive exponential growth in transactions that involve the handling of content delivery. You seek the ability to take advantage of this new reality and control your costs and operations in the process. The ADC playout automation solution will take you where you want to go. This next-generation automation system features technology to streamline operations and maximize the productivity of your people and equipment. Further, it creates efficiencies in the acquisition, management and playout of rich media content with real-time access throughout your facility. ADC brings together everything needed to automate labor-intensive tasks, eliminate duplication, process live streams sourced outside of master control and efficiently manage the multitude of complex operations that are part of the master control environment. Its media ingest capabilities include automated and manual processes that satisfy your requirements whether your content acquisition and preparation processes are file-based or include more traditional methods of ingest. ADC playout automation is a cost-effective, easy-to-install solution. It is built for a range of station sizes from smaller operations, up to multichannel systems with segmented channel groups. As the worlds most deployed playout automation product, ADC is a proven provider of reliable, highly configurable functionality even in the most demanding broadcast environments.
Features reliability Offers inherent redundancy through its client-server architecture. Redundancy and automatic failover options for the ADC Device Controller and Database File Server provide for enhanced system protection. Performance Includes features and functions that ensure a satisfying viewing and/or listening experience for audiences. Cost effective and easy to use Provides an automation solution that is quickly installed, easily configured and easy to use. The system can act as a turnkey solution for an individual station, or a robust addition to a multichannel environment. operational and Configuration Flexibility Delivers support for standard network protocols such as TCP / IP, providing the ability to manage playlists, scheduling and other operations while maintaining visibility of your playout operation from remote locations. It also ensures network interoperability as you expand operations across alternative delivery platforms. Device interoperability Integrates with the most extensive list of device drivers in the industry, creating further operation flexibility. integration with ADC Automatic ingest Works with the ADC Automatic Ingest application to automate and fortify the intake of digital content including media and associated metadata from multiple sources. enhanced network Control Provides system expansion and availability through the use of true IPv6 support and IP control of the Harris NEXIO server, as well as other devices that incorporate the TCP/ IP connectivity standard. Support for microsoft Windows 7 operating System Incorporates the Windows 7 operating system into its client platforms, translating into an ability to use the most current PC operating system platform for automation purposes. embedded BXF Uses the Broadcast eXchange Format (BXF) to seamlessly merge automation with sales, traffic, scheduling, asset management and other applications. This interoperable link enables rapid, effective implementation of cross-application integration.
www.broadcast.harris.com
ADC

7
Product details ADC playout automation is a proven solution for the following broadcast markets: Centralcasting ADC playout automation supports centralized ingest, where media and metadata can be dispersed to remote locations via wide area networks (WAN). Plus, remote transmissions from one or more locations can be centrally controlled. PBS member Stations ADC playout automation successfully supports workflows at PBS member stations, including satellite control, traffic playlist, dynamic traffic database interfacing and useful reporting. Commercial Call-Letter Station ADC playout automation integrates successfully into a commercial environment. It supports complex station branding, while maintaining multiple HD and SD channels. Unique redundancy products protect against critical failures that may jeopardize system operations. Stations can employ multiple redundancy strategies to meet their operational requirements. Broadcast/Cable networks ADC playout automation supports the unique workflows associated with network content. Regional content can be linked from one channel to many, so a single edit can be replicated across multiple regions. Also, East Coast feeds can be automatically recorded, timed and played to air on the West Coast without any operator intervention. ADC playout automation is built on the following components: Device Controller The hardware centerpiece of ADC, the Device Controller hosts the device server application. It is designed to accommodate and manage multiple playlists, on multiple networked and serial devices. Individual device controllers can manage several transmission channels while ingesting multiple channels. The Device Controller complies with all Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment and Restriction on Hazardous Substances mandates (WEEE/RoHS). Air Client The primary user workstation and dedicated interface for managing the on-air playlist. Air Client can monitor and control multiple playout and ingest channels, across multiple device controllers, on a single screen. media Client An ingest or preparation station that allows new material to be acquired by automation. Media Client also manages the automations database and the media that is stored on various devices, such as video disks and archives. File Server A standard open data base connectivity (ODBC) database that stores the metadata of the automation database. The flexible database structure allows customers to create their own database tables in addition to those provided with the application.
extending Your Productivity
A wide range of applications extend the capability of ADC. Choose from the following to extend system performance: Automatic ingest An application used to ingest media, including HD content and its metadata, from media delivery systems such as Avid Media Composer and Apple Final Cut Pro to a media archive or media storage device. Automatic Ingest enables a single facility, or an entire broadcast enterprise, to automate front-end media ingest and transfer processes, including HD content.
Broadcast Supervisor A graphical user interface that enables enhanced monitoring, logging and error messaging for your ADC system. The module allows a single user to view error conditions across the entire ADC network. The Broadcast Supervisor makes it easier for system operators to monitor all automation applications by providing intuitive lists, error messages and status reports. Live-update A module that streamlines and automates broadcast operations by integrating traffic and playout automation, both historically independent broadcast applications. ADC Live-Update connects your traffic and automation systems so that day-of-air changes made in your traffic system can be electronically sent to your automation system. PSiP manager An application that enables the automatic tracking and forwarding of PSIP information, eliminating manual tracking operation or intervention. The PSIP Manager provides PSIP information simultaneously for multiple playout channels using the industry-standard programming metadata communication protocol (PMCP).
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
ADC

sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
software and Hardware Requirements:
File Servers: Suitably configured enterprise server running Microsoft Server 2008 Database: Microsoft SQL Server is provided as part of ADC playout automation Client: Workstation configured with Microsoft Windows 7
images/diagrams
AdC playout Automation Workflow
Media Preparation / Quality Assurance & Metadata Store

Media Client for manual ingest, feed recording, metadata capture.
Schedule / Playout Management
ingest control panel
Air Client for transmission channel control & content management status.
operator control panel

Client-1 Client-2
TCP/IP
ADC Device Controller (2RU)
RS422 Serial Connections Ch 1 AIR QC review Ch 2 AIR QC review Routing/Switching External VTRs Video File Servers Master Control Switching Branding Devices
Manual Ingest / Satellite Record
CH. 1
Manual Ingest / Satellite Record
CH. 2
Sample System Configuration including ADC Element Package
ADC Automatic Ingest
Transfer of Media and its Associated Metadata

AutOmAtiOn And Asset mAnAgement // ADC OpTiOns
9
An option for the ADC playout automation system, ADC Automatic Ingest facilitates the ingest and transfer of media and its associated metadata from content delivery systems to storage and archive devices. Starting with a traffic dublist, Automatic Ingest will streamline your existing ingest workflow by removing most of the manual tasks. The operator only needs to be involved to provide validation of the media and metadata at the end of the process. Automatic Ingest enables an entire broadcast enterprise or a single facility to automate front-end media ingest and transfer processes. This allows a facility to eliminate the most manual operations performed during the daily ingest of media, speed up the ingest process, make media available to all workgroups and reduce on-air errors. Key to this workflow is that timing metadata from the catch servers is automatically included in the playout database.
Features
Automatic ingest provides:
Integration with leading digital content distribution systems such as DG Spot Box, Pathfire DMG, Pitch Blue and Mijo, and leading broadcast servers from Harris, Thompson Grass Valley, Omneon and others A fresh user interface that makes it easier to view the content available on delivery and edit systems, initiate transfers for specific content and view the status of transfer requests Integration with leading nonlinear editing systems, increasing the types of content delivery sources from which the application can draw Support for both HD and SD content Support for the delivery of content directly to video servers
Automatic ingest comprises function-specific software modules that can be configured to meet your most demanding ingest requirements. the application enables you to:
Product details Automatic Ingest supports configurable mapping to the ADC database. The system provides the unique ability to group metadata from certain catch servers and combine it with a program template for specific shows. This one-of-a-kind workflow improvement includes the automated mapping of several key metadata fields from the media delivery systems to specific fields in the ADC database, such as material ID, title, user data and others. Automatic Ingest functionality supports a broad range of complementary third-party devices. Automatic Ingest is already configured to be interoperable with video file server devices that support direct-convert transfers of media files. Automatic Ingest is an automated and integrated workflow application that provides a seamless operating and business environment to broadcast customers. This environment utilizes Harris integration tools and services to create a complete ingest-toplayout solution.
Make more time available for important projects, reducing the cost of ingest Streamline ingest workflow processes Fully automate digital file ingest and transfer Import key metadata supplied with the media directly to the playout automation database Move media throughout the workflow without manual intervention Use configurable rules to adapt workflow processes to your operation Transcode media automatically to your broadcast server Integrate seamlessly with ADC playout automation
ADC Broadcast Supervisor

Monitoring and Management of Software
ADC Broadcast Supervisor is a user interface available as an optional feature for the ADC playout automation system. Broadcast Supervisor enables the monitoring and management of software and hardware elements of ADC playout automation systems and provides enhanced monitoring, logging, tracking, management and error messaging. Installed as a separate client application, Broadcast Supervisor optimizes the use of operational resources by making it possible for a single operator to monitor multiple ADC playout automation implementations from a single user interface. Additionally, Broadcast Supervisor has dramatically enhanced the ability of operators to intuitively grasp the status of operational activities across all monitored automation implementations through improvements in its graphical user interface (GUI) and through the presentation of lists, error messages and status reports.
Product details
Automatic and easy to use
Broadcast Supervisor enables the monitoring and diagnosing of multiple ADC configurations simultaneously. Connecting across an automation local area network (LAN), Broadcast Supervisor will monitor up to eight different device controllers, more than 500 devices and 128 separate lists. Broadcast Supervisor enables the viewing of all aspects of the broadcast operation under automation control, including on-air operations as well as related transfer and media prep. The easy-to-read, highly configurable display gives access to errors and device status windows simultaneously for multiple lists. As part of the improved presentation, error messages are displayed by category and by severity, as required by the operator.
Broadcast supervisor provides:
Ability to display vertical list and multi-list (timeline-based) window of all lists with time zone support Ability to simultaneously display the device controller status windows Support for the overhauled ADC error messages (with IDs up to 32 characters) Support of persistence of error messages Broadcast Supervisor makes it easy to link the error to the event that was running when the error occurred. For example: When an operator double-clicks on an error message associated with a playlist in the error grid, the transmission list to which the error belongs is automatically shifted to the top screen, and the event that was running is highlighted.
10
transmission List with error Highlighted

Common Hardware Platform
11
Features Designed for high reliability and maintainability from the ground up, the Device Controller is an industrial hardware platform capable of evolving as your needs change. Unlike commercial, off-the-shelf hardware, the Device Controller meets the exacting Harris standards for reliability and flexibility, increasing maintainability and reducing end-oflife issues. In addition, the platform features: Increased performance and throughput Scalable hardware for system extensibility, driving more devices and more channels Greater communications bandwidth, featuring native dual Gigabit Ethernet network connectivity Space-efficient packaging available in 2RU and 4RU configurations Outstanding reliability, availability and serviceability, from shared parts to standard dual power supplies to readily accessible disk drives Both the 2RU and 4RU chassis share a large number of components, allowing them to be deployed together to match your system needs. Common parts include power supplies, CPU, memory, drive controllers, COM ports, parallel ports, PCI cards and network interfaces.
The ADC Device Controller is a common hardware platform that supports all ADC automation solutions. As the core hardware element of your automation system, the Device Controller manages all basic ADC functionality from a high-performance server that hosts the real-time operating system, application software and device drivers. The Device Controller, available in efficient 2RU and 4RU configurations, is built for demanding broadcast automation operations. The system was developed from the ground up with high reliability and maintainability, and specifications designed to handle future growth. The Device Controller chassis houses serial interface cards, network cards for communication and device control and the timecode reference card, in a variety of configuration options. The platform is fully compliant with environmental standards, including the international WEEE and RoHS regulations. Serial- and IP-network connections are employed to provide high-speed communications with video servers and other broadcast devices. Additionally, the 2RU and 4RU chassis share a large number of components, reducing spare parts and inventory administration. If youre already using ADC automation, upgrading to the Device Controller futureproofs your playout system and allows you to take full advantage of software developments supporting new broadcast models and technologies.
Product details
2Ru or 4Ru: Which is right for you?
Backup (redundant) device Controller Option:
The Device Controller is available in 2RU and 4RU configurations, which can be used to tailor the deployed hardware to the size of your operation, allow for growth or add high-reliability clients to your operation. The 2RU version of the Device Controller is available with 8, 16 or 24 ports. For smaller systems, this is a cost-effective solution that affords more capacity in a smaller formfactor, providing more memory and reliability, while saving two rack units when compared to the current ADC chassis. Larger systems can span multiple Device Controllers, mixing 2RU and 4RU chassis to tailor the hardware to the operation. The 2RU chassis can also be incorporated into the environment as a high-reliability client for high-performance, mission-critical operations. This provides maximum uptime, redundancy features and the ability to share spare parts across all of your deployed Device Controllers. The 4RU version of the Device Controller is available in 32- or 64-port configurations. For smaller systems looking to expand, this chassis can be supplied with a reduced number of installed interfaces, providing a platform with the capacity to manage future growth. All systems can span multiple Device Controllers, with a combination of 2RU and 4RU chassis, to more precisely tailor the hardware to various aspects of your operation, including expanded serial device support, expanded list support, system segmentation and backup functionality.
The ability to recover immediately from hardware failure in a playout environment is crucial. Protection against automation computer failure can be achieved by implementing a backup Device Controller, configured in the same manner as the main device dontroller, plus an RS-422 switching unit. If the main automation computer fails, the backup automation computer automatically takes over the tasks handled by the main automation computer. A manual switching option is available.
implementation
The Device Controller hosts the core automation software necessary for ADC to manage device control, allowing organizations deploying ADC systems to: Significantly expand offerings by managing incremental channels on a single server. Save space and cost with a smaller, more powerful hardware platform. Improve the ability to manage rich media content with enhanced network connectivity and more ingest and playout device options. The Device Controller is supported in ADC Version 9, and later releases.
Recommended strategy
For customers currently running ADC automation, the Device Controller can be deployed without changing your current software. This provides the immediate benefits of the smaller form factor, reliability and accessibility. We encourage you to visit with your account team to review the benefits of the Harris Device Controller and to plan for the upgrade.

sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. 4RU Chassis 14-card passive backplane, 13 PCI + 1 PICMG v1.3 Hot-swappable fans with rotation sensors and connectors Front and rear USB ports External alarm connector Removable hard drive caddy and drive accessible via front panel 250 GB, 7,200 RPM SATA 3.0 Gb/s, hot-swappable hard drive with RAID option DVD reader/writer R/W, 16X, dual layer Dual redundant hot-swappable 300-watt power supplies Universal input voltage, AC plug on each module, no common components Fault detection LEDs Processor, memory and interfaces Intel Pentium 4, 3 GHz, LGA 775 processor (upgradeable) 4 GB, 184-pin, DDR 400 SDRAM ECC system memory Two DDR II DIMM sockets upgradeable to 4 MB VGA output, connector on rear panel Two Gigabit Ethernet network interface connections with connectors on rear panel Serial and parallel ports 2RU Chassis 6-card passive backplane, 5 PCI + 1 PICMG v1.3 Replaceable fans with rotation sensors and connectors Front and rear USB ports External alarm connector Removable hard drive caddy and drive accessible via front panel 80 GB, 7,200 RPM SATA 3.0 Gb/s, hotswappable hard drive* DVD reader/writer R/W, 16X, dual layer* Dual redundant hot-swappable 300-watt power supplies*: Universal input voltage, AC plug on each module, no common components Fault detection LEDs
Configuration Options
The Device Controller is designed to support up to 128 ports, with 64-port connectivity currently available. The 4RU chassis allows a full complement of cards to be installed (eight serial, four GPI, and one timecode/sync), while the 2RU is limited to three serial cards, one GPI card and one timecode/sync card. The actual number of devices that can be supported depends on system limits for different types of devices and the available slots in the chassis. Refer to Harris technical support for guidance.
Processor, memory and interfaces Intel Pentium 4, 3 GHz, LGA 775 processor (upgradeable)* 4 GB, 184-pin, DDR 400 SDRAM ECC system memory* Two DDR II DIMM sockets upgradeable to 4 MB VGA output, connector on rear panel* Two Gigabit Ethernet network interface connections with connectors on rear panel* Serial and parallel ports (cloning not supported) PS/2 port for keyboard and mouse on PS/2 port for keyboard and mouse on rear panel rear panel* * option is a shared component between the 4RU and 2RU chassis
12
ADC Live-Update
BXF-Powered Schedule Synchronization

13
BXF integration of traffic and Automation ADC Live-Update connects your traffic schedule directly to your playlist using SMPTE 2021 BXF data exchange. Eliminating the need for manual communications and handwritten playlist changes, Live-Update is a simple workflow solution with big benefits. Faster Workflow Efficiently manage the schedule with a seamless, interactive operational environment. Securely integrate ADC automation with Harris OSi-Traffic, Broadcast Master, Vision and third-party BXF-compliant traffic systems Automatically receive and process late changes to the log Reduced errors Instant two-way feedback eliminates manual exchange errors. Synchronize automation playlists with traffic logs Enable operator approvals for last-minute playlist changes Higher Revenues Maximize revenue by making inventory available up to the last minute. Reduce operator workload and improve playout accuracy by streamlining traffic and automation workflows Send As-Run information and error alerts to traffic Create same-day make-goods
ADC PSIP Manager

Automatic Tracking and Forwarding of PSIP Information

The Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP) is the glue that holds digital television signals together. An optional client feature of the ADC playout automation system, ADC PSIP Manager enables the automatic tracking and forwarding of PSIP information eliminating manual tracking operation or intervention. AdC psip manager Workflow
Harris Interoperability
Features Provides PSIP generators with Electronic Programming Guide (EPG) information integrated with ADC PSIP Manager playlists Guarantees frame-accurate EPG event schedules Reflects start-time changes following a live event immediately after the event ends Synchronizes EPG events with last-minute changes Manages multiple channels across multiple Harris device controllers Provides EPG information for future events that may be loaded into playlists Monitors PSIP generator by polling its status
ADC PSIP Manager
Product details
psip data viewed in psip manager
ADC PSIP Manager provides PSIP information for multiple playout channels simultaneously, using the industry-standard Programming Metadata Communication Protocol (PMCP). The application can deliver PSIP information to the PSIP generator in two ways: It can push the data to the PSIP generator across a TCP/IP network, or it can deliver the data to a file from which the PSIP generator can pull the information as required. ADC PSIP Manager monitors on-air schedules for changes and creates a PMCP- compatible file when changes occur. This file is then transferred to the PSIP generator through the configured process.
Broadcasters airing live programming with varying end times require their automation system to notify their PSIP generator of changes to start times of upcoming PSIP events. An automated PMCP interface offers value to the automation process by providing accurate start times for each upcoming PSIP event. Automation also requires the ability to notify the PSIP generator of programming changes that occur close to air, including deletion of program events and replacement of existing program events with new ones. ADC PSIP Manager can be installed and operated from a dedicated Microsoft Windows XP or Windows 7 workstation or from the same workstation on which ADC Air Client or Media Client resides.
14
D-Series DSX
Playout Automation for Enterprise Environments

AutOmAtiOn And Asset mAnAgement // D-series DsX
15
Features The D-Series DSX playout automation solution emphasizes reliability, efficiency and security. Essential system management and operation features include: Scalability D-Series DSX manages large numbers and a wide variety of channels, playout devices and material management facilities, operating efficiently with maximum operator productivity. It can scale to more than 1,000 distribution channels within a single control architecture. redundant Components When configured for dual redundancy, backup computers (either local or remote) continuously shadow the main so that they can take over instantly if necessary without any effect on running schedules. real-time operations D-Series Device Controllers run the real-time D-Series DSX software and communicate with video servers, routers, master control and graphics equipment via RS-422 or IP, as required. manual override With fully prepared schedules, D-Series operation can be completely hands-off; however, during sports or other live events, your operators can take control and make confident decisions as action unfolds. Dedicated hardware control panels allow more efficient management of system processes than does a keyboard and/ or mouse. Comprehensive Alarms D-Series provides clear information about any alarm that is triggered, allowing you to work toward fast error resolution. All system errors are logged for later analysis. Configurable user Categories Individual viewing, editing and maintenance rights are set up for each class of operator in a customizable configuration table to ensure system security at all times. Business and Asset management Integration D-Series DSX supports content and schedule integration via the SMPTE-2021 Broadcast eXchange Format (BXF). This standard is used for integration with traffic systems for log and as-run information, programming systems for schedule information, and digital asset management systems for content preparation and distribution. Product details
d-series playout automation is a proven solution for the following markets:
The D-Series DSX playout automation system delivers reliable, frame-accurate control of complex media distribution environments. It is an enterprise-level automation solution designed to meet the demands of any high-capacity and dynamic broadcast playout environment. D-Series automation is an extremely scalable system that provides world-class device control for linear playout channels and manages the movement of file-based media to multiple delivery platforms. D-Series DSX playout automation commands a single architecture that can easily grow to manage more than 1,000 channels. A powerful, configurable user interface maximizes efficiency, simplifies facility reconfiguration and enables control large numbers of channels. System integrity and practical security including user access are provided across the entire facility through station-defined security policies. System configuration can be managed from any authorized operator workstation. As a fundamental part of the Harris media software portfolio, D-Series DSX can not only stand alone, but can also form part of a tightly integrated operational environment where automation alone, combines with media asset management as well as with traffic and scheduling systems. This level of integration enables D-Series DSX customers to increase revenue opportunities by more complete control of individual assets throughout the broadcast value chain. At the same time they are able to reduce expenses through the automation of cross-application processing while being confident that they are working with an environment that provides immense proven scalability as well as the highest reliability. D-Series DSX is also extraordinarily flexible. The dual redundant configuration of D-Series DSX provides extremely high levels of system availability within a campus facility. Dynamic device allocation and management processes mean that the system is able to support a broad range of ingest and playout devices. Open metadata exchange is supported via BXF, MXF, AAF and V-ISAN. D-Series DSX is an automation system reflecting the needs of today and tomorrow. The no single point of failure redundancy of the architecture ensures ongoing stability, while the adaptability of our modular approach means that D-Series DSX is ideally suited to bridging the transition to tomorrows multichannel content management and delivery environment.
Content delivery is instrumental in your success or failure to gain audience share. Regardless of your market segment or your delivery targets, playout efficiency and quality can help to capture viewers or push them away. D-Series DSX helps grab and hold your audience by assuring playout quality to all media environments. Broadcast television D-Series DSX provides central control of local content insertion, with the ability for local program origination to integrate with network feeds. The system supports growth through the efficient management of digital operations, the ability to seamlessly add channels and increased operator productivity. Satellite / Cable tv and radio Multiplatform media companies face a growing number of delivery challenges broadband, VOD, IPTV and mobile, to name a few. The stakes are raised even higher when local content and advertising needs to be inserted into programming. The D-Series DSX solutions flexible delivery capabilities and structural efficiency lay the groundwork on which to build any media delivery operation. iP Distribution With the ability to ingest, manage and play out digital filebased media content in a fully online operation, D-Series DSX offers substantial benefits for telecommunications organizations, Internet service providers and any company that delivers content to wired or wireless devices over IP networks. D-Series DSX simplifies the process of converting content to diverse formats by seamlessly integrating with Harris digital asset management systems to automate content repurposing and redistribution. The result is enterprise flexibility a necessary trait for tackling new media revenue opportunities.
D-Series DSX
ingest Operations

sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. D-Series DSX client applications are supported by the Microsoft Windows XP or Windows 7 operating system. The workstation should include: 1.8 GHz processor 1 GB RAM 40 GB HD drive (minimum) Two (2) Ethernet NICs USB port CD-ROM drive RS-232 to RS-422 converter for each panel to be controlled
Comprehensive ingest capabilities from single spot operation to large-scale batch ingest with quality-control features allow D-Series DSX to function as a standalone automation solution or to be integrated with Harris Invenio or third-party digital asset management systems. Additional ingest capabilities include: traffic System interoperability D-Series DSX performs ingest and material-management operations based on work orders such as record lists, cache lists, copy lists, delete lists and purge lists produced by supported traffic systems. For late-arriving or unscheduled ingest orders, manual entry is quick and easy. Confidence Checking If supported by the video server, a file can begin playout while recording is still in progress a feature that can be used to verify the integrity of encoded material during ingest. Quality Safeguards During ingest, files are recorded with a temporary file name to prevent the material from going to air or being transferred to other locations before its integrity is verified. At the end of recording, you can review the file within the D-Series DSX system to clear it for use. On release, the file name is changed to the proper one; if rejected, the file is deleted to allow the operation to be repeated. Point trimming During the review process, the start and end of a program can be trimmed. Point trimming is particularly useful when recording live feeds; the original material remains in the server so that it can be retrimmed again, if required. The system database holds the new timing information.
Information Server runs on Microsoft Windows Server 2003 and an appropriately configured hardware platform. The database must be MySQL Server running on an appropriately configured hardware platform. System Manager runs on the Microsoft Windows XP or Windows 7 operating system and an appropriately configured hardware platform.
images/diagrams
d-series Architecture
16
A7 integrated Automation Architecture
Real-time, resilient playout automation www.broadcast.harris.com
D-Series DSX

17
A8 distributed Automation Architecture
Scale to more than 1000 channels with the benefits of maintaining a single system

AutOmAtiOn And Asset mAnAgement // D-series DsX OpTiOns
Features Designed for high reliability and maintainability from the ground up, the Device Controller is an industrial hardware platform able to evolve as your needs change. Unlike commercial, off-the-shelf hardware, the Device Controller meets all of the exacting Harris standards for reliability and flexibility, increasing maintainability and reducing end-of-life issues. In addition, the platform features: Increased performance and throughput Scalable hardware for system extensibility, driving more devices and more channels Greater communications bandwidth, featuring native dual Gigabit Ethernet network connectivity Space-efficient packaging available in 2RU and 4RU configurations Outstanding reliability, availability and serviceability, from shared parts to standard dual power supplies to readily accessible disk drives Both the 2RU and 4RU chassis share a large number of components, allowing them to be deployed together to match your system needs. Common parts include power supplies, CPU, memory, drive controllers, COM ports, parallel ports, PCI cards and network interfaces.
The D-Series DSX Device Controller is a common hardware platform that supports all D-Series DSX automation solutions. As the core hardware element of your automation system, the Device Controller manages all basic D-Series functionality from a high-performance server that hosts the real-time operating system, application software and device drivers. The Device Controller, available in efficient 2RU and 4RU configurations, is built for demanding broadcast automation operations. The system was developed from the ground up with high reliability and maintainability, with specifications designed to handle future growth. The Device Controller chassis houses serial interface cards, network cards for communication and device control and the timecode reference card, in a variety of configuration options. The platform is fully compliant with environmental standards, including the international WEEE and RoHS regulations. Serial- and IP-network connections are employed to provide high-speed communications with video servers and other broadcast devices. Additionally, the 2RU and 4RU chassis share a large number of components, reducing spare parts and inventory administration. If youre already using D-Series DSX automation, upgrading to the Device Controller future-proofs your playout system and allows you to take full advantage of software developments supporting new broadcast models and technologies.
Product details
2Ru or 4Ru: Which is right for you? Recommended implementation strategy
The Device Controller is available in 2RU and 4RU configurations, which can be used to tailor the deployed hardware to the size of your operation, allow for growth or add high-reliability clients to your operation.
18
The 2RU version can be equipped with 32 serial ports, expandable to more than 150 with the use of external SMS6800+T multiplexers. The 2RU chassis can also be incorporated into the environment as a Flexicart controller and SDDS (Secondary Data Delivery System) server, as well as for other peripheral tasks. This provides a high-availability platform for mission-critical tasks and delivers maximum uptime with the ability to share spare parts across all of your deployed Device Controllers. The 4RU version can accommodate up to 96 direct serial ports, expandable to more than 200 using external SMS6800+T multiplexers. For smaller systems looking to scale up, the chassis can be supplied with a reduced number of installed interfaces, providing the capacity to manage future growth. Larger systems using the specialized A8 version of D-Series automation can span multiple Device Controllers, with a combination of 2RU and 4RU chassis, to precisely tailor the hardware to various aspects of your operation, including expanded serial device support, expanded list support, system segmentation and backup functionality.
The Device Controller hosts the core automation software and device control cards necessary for D-Series to manage device control. The system is supported in D-Series Version 4, D-Series DSX and later releases. For customers currently running D-Series Version 3 or below, an upgrade to Version 4 or D-Series DSX is required prior to implementing the Device Controller. New to D-Series DSX automation? The Device Controller provides a future-proof, reliable, failsafe platform to meet all of your ingest and automation requirements. Please contact the Harris sales and technical services team to review the benefits of the Harris Device Controller and to plan for the upgrade.

sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. 4RU Chassis 14-card passive backplane, 13 PCI + 1 PICMG v1.3 Hot-swappable fans with rotation sensors and connectors Front and rear USB ports External alarm connector Removable hard drive caddy and drive accessible via front panel 250 GB, 7,200 RPM SATA 3.0 Gb/s, hot-swappable hard drive with RAID option DVD reader / writer R/W, 16X, dual layer Dual redundant hot-swappable 300watt power supplies Universal input voltage, AC plug on each module, no common components Fault detection LEDs Processor, memory and interfaces Intel Pentium 4, 3.0 GHz, LGA 775 processor (upgradeable) 4 GB, 184-pin, DDR 400 SDRAM ECC system memory Two DDR II DIMM sockets upgradeable to 4 MB VGA output, connector on rear panel Two Gigabit Ethernet Network Interface Connections with connectors on rear panel Serial and parallel ports 2RU Chassis 6-card passive backplane, 5 PCI + 1 PICMG v1.3 Replaceable fans with rotation sensors and connectors Front and rear USB ports External alarm connector Removable hard drive caddy and drive accessible via front panel 80 GB, 7,200 RPM SATA 3.0 Gb/s, hotswappable hard drive* DVD reader / writer R/W, 16X, dual layer* Dual redundant hot-swappable 300watt power supplies* Universal input voltage, AC plug on each module, no common components Fault detection LEDs
Configuration Options
The Device Controller is designed to support up to 128 ports, with 64-port connectivity currently available. The 4RU chassis allows a full complement of cards to be installed (eight serial, four GPI, and one timecode/sync), while the 2RU is limited to three serial cards, one GPI card and one timecode/sync card. The actual number of devices that can be supported depends on system limits for different types of devices and the available slots in the chassis. Refer to Harris technical support for guidance.
Processor, memory and interfaces Intel Pentium 4, 3.0 GHz, LGA 775 processor (upgradeable)* 4 GB, 184-pin, DDR 400 SDRAM ECC system memory* Two DDR II DIMM sockets upgradeable to 4 MB VGA output, connector on rear panel* Two Gigabit Ethernet Network Interface Connections with connectors on rear panel* Serial and parallel ports (cloning not supported) PS/2 port for keyboard and mouse on PS/2 port for keyboard and mouse on rear panel rear panel* On-board hardware RAID controller * option is a shared component between the 4RU and 2RU chassis
19
D-Series DSX Real-Time IP Control

Real-Time IP Control for Multichannel Automation
As device control via Ethernet and TCP/IP becomes more standard in practice in both real-time and non real-time broadcast environments, Harris Corporation is leading the way with mission-critical broadcast applications that harness the power of IP-based communication. Our frame-accurate, real-time multichannel automation solution incorporates IP networking protocols to deliver a reliable, scalable content management and delivery foundation for the modern digital television facility. With D-Series DSX playout automation, broadcasters have the option of a real-time IP control application that: Enables the control of next-generation products Incorporates the richer functionality provided by many devices via an IP-based interface Supports a more distributed operation through the ability to control devices at remote locations The incorporation of network standards yields many other benefits, including: Greater flexibility in system implementation based on the utilization of the TCP/ IP standard Faster deployment of new device connections Simplification of infrastructure planning for cabling, termination and distribution Further IP control capabilities will be reflected in future D-Series DSX enhancements as additional devices are developed with IP interfaces. These include: Complex branding SCTE triggering Multiplexer/encoder control Remote capabilities for edge device control, local/targeted advertising and IP routing Improved interactive system control The incorporation of TCP/IP protocols into our software applications and hardware products demonstrates that Harris is the ONE choice for meeting your broadcast needs for todayand for the future.
20
Invenio Capture
Advanced Digital Ingest
get your content and go!
Ingest is about more than just getting content. Its about making it useful. Digitize tapes, capture live streams, automate ingest of commercial and program content to reduce touch points, automate the digitization of legacy tape systems, manage the workflows behind manual ingest and deliver content to the environment. Ingest content from multiple sources, and make it useful to other systems within the operation, enabling new services. Invenio Capture facilitates the ingest and transfer of media and its associated metadata from tape to storage and archive devices. Optional automatic ingest capabilities allow you to expand the system to streamline your existing ingest workflow by eliminating most of the manual tasks from receipt of the traffic dub list all the way through content capture and metadata distribution. Invenio Capture also supports instant crash record, which streamlines manual ingest and lets you respond quickly to record incoming material prior to naming. Automatic naming of files in this mode quickly allows for the recording of multiple open-ended records.
invenio Capture provides:
Centralized view of all catch servers and playout servers Integration with leading automation and asset management systems, digital content distribution systems, nonlinear editing systems and broadcast servers Immediate access to low-resolution video proxies Manual ingest with crash record functionality Task-focused user screens that make it easy to view content available on delivery and edit systems, initiate transfers and view the status of transfer requests Support for both HD and SD content Support for the delivery of content directly to video servers Dub list integration with traffic, programming and promo systems Optional support for automatic ingest of content using traffic dub lists
invenio Capture Advantages:
Invenio Capture can be configured to meet your most demanding ingest requirements. The system enables you to: Make more time available for important projects by reducing the cost of ingest Streamline ingest workflow processes Fully automate digital file ingest and transfer Import key metadata supplied with the media directly to the automation system database Move media throughout the workflow without manual intervention Use configurable rules to adapt workflow processes to your operation Transcode media automatically to your broadcast server Integrate seamlessly with Harris D-Series and Harris ADC playout automation, and to add ingest capabilities to any of the Invenio family of asset management and workflow products
Product details
get it and go
Use Invenio Capture to streamline your ingest workflows and maximize the value of your resources and media assets. Invenio Capture provides an essential entry point to content management by tying together your ingest process into a unified, accountable, efficient and process-driven system.
Automate Your Operation
Optional automatic ingest allows you to use Invenio Capture to automate your ingest processes, tailor them to your operations and maximize the value of your media assets. This optional feature enables an entire broadcast enterprise or a single facility to automate front-end media ingest and transfer processes. Facilities can eliminate the most manual operations performed during the daily ingest of media, speed up the ingest process, make media available to all workgroups and reduce on-air errors. Key to this workflow is that timing metadata from the catch servers is automatically included in the playout database. The operator only needs to be involved to provide validation of the media and metadata at the end of the process. In addition, Invenio Capture supports configurable mapping to the automation system database. The system provides the unique ability to group metadata from certain catch servers and combine it with a program template for specific shows. This one-of-a-kind workflow improvement includes the automated mapping of several key metadata fields from the media delivery systems to specific fields in the automation database, such as material ID, title, user data and others.
invenio Capture grows With You
Extend Invenio Capture by adding Invenio Motion workflows to your media management system.
invenio motion
21
When youre ready to expand your content management workflows beyond ingest, Invenio Motion can help you create and manage a complete media movement environment. Access, manage and move material across any number of storage devices, including multi-level storage systems. Create a centralized ingest and distribution system, and push content to regional sites. Transform media from one file format to another. Extract metadata automatically to improve accuracy and save on duplicate entry. In addition to automatic operations, workflows can be trigged manually, and priorities can be modified based on your immediate needs. The system helps you create a highly efficient and cost-effective operation working across ingest, QC, production, playout and new media distribution.
invenio Family
Invenio Capture is a key member of the Invenio suite of media asset management software solutions. Providing a total media asset management platform, Invenio empowers content creators, owners and distributors to manage the entire content lifecycle from ingest to cataloging to storage and retrieval to support todays multiple platform distribution. The suites modular design lets you build a system from the bottom up, enabling you to meet current requirements and to scale as the needs of your operation grow. NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
AutOmAtiOn And Asset mAnAgement // inveniO
Features
Invenio Capture
Advanced Digital Ingest
AutOmAtiOn And digitAL Asset mAnAgement // inveniO
supported devices nonlinear editors
Invenio Capture can be easily integrated with both Harris and third-party applications, ensuring seamless workflows across mixed environments. The system comes preconfigured to be interoperable with video file server devices that support direct-convert transfers of media files, and works with a large number of devices and products including the examples listed below. Check with your Harris representative for the most current list.
media servers
Velocity, Apple Final Cut Pro

Automation and Asset management
D-Series, Invenio, ADC, Centergy

invenio Capture sample system Recommendations
NEXIO, NEXIO AMP, K2, Spectrum, Profile XP/PDR, MediaStream Pinnacle Thunder, SeaChange, EVS, SGI (MVCP)
media distribution
Intel Core Duo 3.8 GHz, 4 GB RAM, 250 GB hard drive (15,000 rpm) Dual (2) Gigabit/100 Mb/s TCP/IP network cards Microsoft Windows Server 2003 or XP Pro SP2 Microsoft SQL Server 2005
Pathfire, Vyvx, Pitch Blue, On the Spot, DG, Centaur

Archive
DIVArchive (DIVA API and DivaNet), MassTech (MMP), Isilon Sytems SGL FlashNet Archive, XenData
22
With Invenio Capture, ingest content from multiple sources and make it useful for all other systems in your operation.
Invenio Motion
set Your Content into motion
Intelligent Media Movement

23
Features
invenio motion Highlights
Managing your media assets is a lot like solving a different puzzle every day except the pieces are always moving, always changing. Processes and workflows are also becoming increasingly complex, resulting in cost pressures to do more with less. Your ultimate goal effectively manage your media assets, and generate more frequent and higher returns from your content. You need to get the right content to the right device for the right objective, so its critical you have all of the necessary tools to identify, move and repurpose your media assets. Harris Invenio Motion is the ultimate platform for digital media management. The system creates a unified workflow that allows you to ingest once and maintain the asset in the digital domain for the life of the media. Access, manage and move material across any number of storage devices including multilevel storage systems. Transform media from one file format to another by incorporating a transcoder into your Invenio Motion workflow. Capture metadata automatically to improve accuracy and save on duplicate entry high volumes of rich metadata capture let you know that you are working with the right piece of content. In addition to these automatic operations, workflows can be triggered manually, and tasks and priorities can be modified based on your immediate needs.
Trigger workflows automatically based on new, updated or deleted media in storage Schedule tasks at fixed times and dates Start workflows from external systems such as Harris automation and media asset management Copy, move, delete, rename, check IDs and retrieve metadata from video file servers and other storage Archive, restore and transcode Monitor storage usage, and automatically e-mail system administrators Query the traffic system to extract a purge list Import work order lists of material to process Design or modify workflows using industry-standard tools
Product details Invenio Motion provides a comprehensive toolset to create automatic processes that reduce or eliminate manual intervention and transparently manage all your media movement and repurposing requirements. Fully automated processes allow a highly efficient and cost-effective operation working across ingest, QC, production, playout and new media distribution systems.
For single-station Operations or small playout Facilities For mobile, iptV, VOd and nVOd
Invenio Motion provides automatic repurposing and distribution using automatic workflows to: Ingest material Quality check/correct material Transcode to multiple formats Distribute to multiple platforms Automatically manage your media from the data center through the NOC to the remote head-end/insertion point
Invenio Motion brings operational efficiencies for: Ingest, automatic transfer, transcoding and QC of file-based material Repurposing and distributing material for desktop access, IPTV, Web site, etc. Enhancing playout by extending your automation system to automatically restore missing media from any defined location (video disks, online storage, archives, FTP servers) to the playout server
For multichannel Operations, networks, Cable and dtH
Invenio Motion provides solutions for: Automatic ingest, QC and archiving file-based material Large-scale, complex material movement support Ingest Archive Near-Line storage Playout VOD Remote uplink/headend Disaster recovery site Ability to scale to tens of thousands of items per day Extending your Harris D-Series and ADC automation systems enhance playout by automatically restoring missing media from any defined location to the playout server
Invenio Motion can talk to many devices using different protocols to automatically handle media localization and movement based on your workflow. The modular architecture allows the integration of devices from multiple vendors without making any changes to the Invenio Motion application, enabling reduced integration costs and improved operational stability. In addition, the system centralizes media movement tasks requested by other interfaced applications including playout, traffic, ingest, delivery and more, allowing those systems to remain focused on their primary roles. This enables a broadcaster to globally manage the prioritization of all media movement requests from different applications providing a real-world advantage, as restoring files for playout will always be a higher priority than archive processes. Invenio Motion can behave as a standalone media movement tool, enhance the power of your playout automation system or supercharge your media asset management system. The automated workflows become an integral part of your normal operations and keep the complexity away from your users, allowing them to focus on other critical operations. Imagine the potential for productivity gains, reduced costs and fewer errors.
Invenio Motion
invenio motion Capabilities

track it! Workflow management and monitoring
Invenio Motion monitors and manages changes in your asset portfolio and initiates workflows to manage your media. The system provides your organization with these key media management capabilities:
Invenio Motion provides rich capabilities with which to monitor and initiate workflows to effectively monitor, manage and move media. Through a simple digital dashboard, the system allows you to track workflows, identify bottlenecks, track media presence on devices and monitor your storage. Tools to initiate workflows, manage priorities and intervene in processes are all in easy reach.
supercharge Your Operation
Using Invenio Motion, automate your content movement processes, tailor them to your operations and maximize the value of your media assets. Invenio Motion provides an essential link among your media management processes by tying together your media, your storage capabilities and your business and operational systems into a unified, accountable, efficient and process-driven system. Invenio Motion can be easily integrated with both Harris and third-party applications, ensuring seamless workflows across mixed environments.
invenio motion Advantages
spy it! media detection
Invenio Motion monitors your asset portfolio by watching your devices. The system looks for changes in materials including new content additions, updates to existing media or media locations, and deletions. When new content is spied or a change in content is identified, Invenio Motion workflows are automatically triggered, using predefined rules configured to your organizations workflows.
move it! media movement and Other media Workflows
Provides unlimited plug-in possibilities Enables automatic workflow triggers Allows managing of workflow priorities Delivers metadata information with transfers Displays status and percent complete of workflows Enables file-based and FTP delivery Automates copies from/to archive Provides Software Development Kit (SDK) for third-party applications
invenio motion grows With You
Extend Invenio Motion with Invenio Search & Browse capabilities, or add insight to your media management system with digital asset management.
search and Browse:
Invenio Motion manages the movement of media from the point of ingest to the point of delivery. Workflows can be initiated by a user, triggered automatically or by applications such as digital asset management, automation, news or post production systems.
TRANSCODE
ARCHIVE
CIFS PARTITION
Enhance your Invenio Motion workflows with the tools to track down a specific asset, or research your content with optional search and video browsing tools. Invenio Motion Search & Browse helps you find and review the content you need without wasting valuable time. The innovative search engine delivers consolidated search results from all relevant metadata, across all storage devices, in all configured domains, while the low-res proxy browsing provides an ideal environment for content review without the overhead of library checkout and content movement. Kick off workflows right from the search or browse windows, monitor task progress and get your content in motion.
invenio insight:
VIDEO SERVERS
AUDIO SERVERS
ASSET ARCHIVE
ASSET MANAGEMENT TRANSCODE MEDIA
24
When youre ready to expand your content management system beyond media movement and workflow, Invenio Insight can provide the engine to create and manage new revenue opportunities by monetizing your vault. Leveraging the power of Invenio Motion workflows, Invenio Insight automatically extracts metadata from ingested content and makes it available for search, browse and basic editing at the desktop, allowing rapid repurposing of current and archived content into new products. Insight links metadata to a single frame, clip, cut list or entire program, laying the foundation to search, find, retrieve and utilize associated content rapidly, effectively and productively.
invenio Family
NEWS
SPORTS
XML
Invenio Motion
CIFS PARTITION
VIDEO SERVERS PLAYOUT MXF

XML MEDIA
FILE POST PRODUCTION
ASSET
AUDIO SERVERS
ASSET MANAGEMENT
Invenio Motion is a key member of the Invenio suite of media asset management software solutions. Providing a total media asset management platform, Invenio empowers content creators, owners and distributors to manage the entire content lifecycle from ingest to cataloging to storage and retrieval to support todays multiple platform distribution. The suites modular design lets you build a system from the bottom up, enabling you to meet current requirements and to scale as the needs of your operation grow.
SPORTS
NEWS
MXF
FILE
PLAYOUT
POST PRODUCTION
Invenio Motion
supported devices

25
Start Invenio Motion Detects New File In SAN Directory Invenio Motion Filtering HD Files
Invenio Motion works with a wide range of products to provide the most complete media movement system. Here are a few examples of the devices and products that work with Invenio Motion. Check with your Harris representative for the most current list.
media servers
NEXIO, NEXIO AMP, K2, Spectrum, Profile XP/PDR, MediaStream Pinnacle Thunder, SeaChange, EVS, SGI (MVCP)
Invenio Motion
media distribution
Start QUIC
Pathfire , Pitch Blue, Vyvx , On the Spot, DG, Centaur
transcoding
QUIC QUIC Analyze
Telestream, RadiantGrid
File and transfer protocols
No OK Yes Invenio Motion Invenio Motion Transcode to SD Invenio Motion Transcode to H.264
CIFS file server MOG MXF Un/wrapper/Metadata FTP servers

Archive
SUB WF SEND MAIL
DIVArchive (DIVA API & DivaNet), MassTech (MMP), Isilon Sytems, SGL FlashNet Archive, XenData
media Analysis/Automated QC
End
Invenio Motion Archive SD & HD
Invenio Motion Move H.264 to online storage End
QuiC
Invenio Motion
Automation and Asset management
D-Series, Invenio, ADC, Centergy

invenio motion sample system Recommendations
FTP SD to External Facility Invenio Motion
Intel Core Duo 3.8 GHz, 4 GB RAM, 250 GB hard drive (15,000 rpm) Dual (2) Gigabit/100 Mb/s TCP/IP network cards Microsoft Windows Server 2003 or XP Pro SP2 Microsoft SQL Server 2005
Delete Hi-Res from SAN End
Invenio Insight
Digital Asset Management

Features
invenio insight enables your operation to:
Manage the key workflows that help your business acquire, catalog, edit and distribute digital media Ingest and catalog digital content Locate rich metadata and content across the operation Browse, view and edit low-resolution proxy media from anywhere desktop, Mac or Web Prepare content for repurposing and get it distributed
The digitization of content presents the opportunity to design an operation focused on achieving the maximum value from your content assets. Embracing digital enables you to move beyond traditional processing to repurpose and reinvent your content in ways that build new revenue streams and new audiences. Invenio Insight puts you in control of your media transformation by making it possible to develop new products and services with a shorter time to market.
Product details
improve the efficiency of content management dont search for content... Find it
As you seek new business opportunities, the content formats that you need to support will grow, which can lead to increased overhead and operational complexity. Invenio Insight streamlines your content workflows to allow your business to take advantage of new revenue opportunities with minimum investment. Information about the location, format and status of your content is always at hand. Invenio Insight automates your file-based operations, including digital media ingest, transcoding, media duplication and transfers. The system relates data to content even down to the frame and integrates your devices to ensure that you deliver the right content to the right person at the right time. It does all of this at a price that delivers immediate value to your business.
supercharge your workflow
The Invenio Insight search engine and thesaurus help you find the content you need without wasting valuable time. The innovative search engine delivers unified search results from all relevant metadata across all storage devices in all configured domains. Whether you are researching ideas or pursuing a specific asset, Invenio Insight offers standard search operators and keywords to quickly retrieve the results you need. Search results allow you to preview proxy media and move the corresponding highresolution content from an archive to a production or playout destination. The thesaurus enables you to develop and manage a common language for identification of content. This improves both the accuracy and precision of content searching by retrieving all relevant content, regardless of whether it was filed under different terms for the same concept.
unleash your creativity
Instantly know what new assets have been ingested into the system. Search for content, create new versions and more. Invenio Insight technology delivers efficient management of content from acquisition to distribution. A comprehensive range of open, intelligent and reliable media movement tools enables you to effortlessly trigger workflows for content. Customizable content workflows automate delivery and carry out assignments.
use the invenio insight toolkit to:
Invenio Insight provides innovative tools for your team to facilitate creative collaboration while reducing the energy expended on content management. By automating media status notification and providing transfer progress, your staff can focus on their creative goals, not on shuffling tapes or files around. Take full advantage of creative resources and teamwork by providing accessibility and flexibility to your user community. Invenio Insight digital asset management allows you to effectively and efficiently manage your own personal workspace and to work collaboratively with others. Personal and project folders simplify storage of work in progress and previous assignments.
Create EDL, pass to Final Cut Pro to edit right on the SAN
26
Interface with Harris and third-party devices through an open API Create new content, new versions and proxy copies Retrieve embedded MXF metadata Deliver dynamic, real-time information about new assets Move content between archive and online storage Automate quality control with Harris Videotek QuiC media analysis Transcode content Deliver content
Designed to integrate with Harris D-Series and ADC playout automation systems, Harris NEXIO video servers and a large number of third-party products, Invenio Insight allows you to incorporate rich content browsing and media transfer functionality across your entire operation.
Invenio Insight
Final Cut Pro
Manage it all from one keyboard!
Invenio Insight is automatically updated
Invenio Insight
With invenio insight you can
Digital Asset Management

27
system Requirements
Research content, work on active projects, or kick off workflows to move content across your organization Browse low-resolution content without the overhead of library checkout and content movement Enter metadata once it is instantly reflected across all material copies and shared with all users Make edits directly on the SAN, with minimal file movement Create new versions and edit without the overhead of moving high-resolution files or switching between Windows and Mac clients
invenio insight grows With You
Invenio Insight system requirements vary based on the needs of your organization, including number of users, the amount of content to be handled, number of sites, clustering and more. The following hardware guidelines are included for reference, but for detailed information, contact your Harris representative.
pC
Extend Invenio Insight with additional workflow automation, or expand your system for near-real-time live news and sports uses.
Automated metadata collection: Add tools for speech-to-text, image-pattern indexing for frames, geospatial coordinate extraction from GPS-enabled devices, closed-caption extraction, and metadata capture from Harris applications and other third-party systems. These tools allow content to be tracked for productive use by journalists, producers and operations.
2 GHz Dual Core Processor, 4 GB RAM, 250 GB HDD 16X DVD+/-RW 256 MB or greater video card (widescreen monitor recommended) Windows XP Professional SP2 or Windows 7
mac
charge the movement of assets across multiple locations with a smart FTP-based system that allows you to manage file delivery based on your priorities, with support for multiple networks, native peer-to-peer support and guaranteed file delivery.
invenio turbo wide-area asset management and movement: Turbo-
1.25 GHz or faster Intel processor, 1 GB RAM, 2 GB of available disk space Mac OS X version 10.5 Leopard or above
Application server
newsfish: Supplement your video capture efforts with this iPhone application that enables you to capture video, annotate it, and send it directly into your Invenio Insight system, allowing easy cataloging and video access for quick repurposing.
invenio Action: For operations with live news and sports applications, Invenio Action is designed to speed and manage live feeds and log content and geospatial metadata to keyframes as information is captured in addition to the media management and workflow capabilities in Invenio Insight. React to breaking stories by quickly finding the content needed to tell the complete story.
3.0 GHz dual-core processor, 4 GB RAM 80 GB or greater primary HDD; second, third and fourth HDD of 146 GB each Redundant power supply Dual-port server network adapter Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition with SP2, includes 25 CALs
database server
Invenio Insight consultants can work with you to integrate your devices and organize tasks into processes that fit your needs. As your organization takes on new challenges, workflows can be added or adjusted as needed.
invenio Family
Invenio Insight is a key member of the Invenio suite of media asset management software solutions. Providing a total media asset management platform, Invenio empowers content creators, owners and distributors to manage the entire content lifecycle from ingest to cataloging, storage and retrieval to support todays multiple platform distribution. The suites modular design lets you build a system from the bottom up, enabling you to meet current requirements and to scale as the needs of your operation grow.
Dual Core Intel Xeon, AMD Opteron (4-8 core total), 32 GB RAM, 1 Gb network connection Appropriate RAID Storage Windows Server 2003 R2/2008, Enterprise Edition 64-bit, latest Service Pack Microsoft SQL Server 2008 64-bit Web Server (with implementation of Web Client) Video Streaming Server NAS Storage for low-resolution files
Detect - Identify new content and notify - Retrieve metadata
Find - Locate new and archived content - Search and browse video - Spy content on servers
Create and Manage - Create new content - Manage projects and set priorities - Create versions and cut lists (EDLs)
Prepare and Move - Automate QC - Move content - Transcode - Manage
Deliver - Get to the right users on the right device
bRoaDCasT sTl, ConTRIbUTIon anD DIsTRIbUTIon

Harris intraplex products have been recognized for decades as broadcastings first choice for rock-solid, full-time operation of wired and wireless audio and data links. Offering superior support and long-term value, intraplex point-to-point and multisite systems for linking studio and transmitter sites deliver increased network efficiency for transport of program audio, voice and data. Whether for ip networks, digital T1/e1 links or 950 MHz wireless, intraplex solutions are designed to meet the always on communications needs of broadcasters around the world.
28
To learn more, visit www.intraplex.com.
intraplex HD Link
Digital 950 MHz STL and Data Gateway ....................................................... 30
intraplex StL HD
T1 STL System .......................................................................................... 35
intraplex AudioLink PLuS

E1 System for Contribution/Distribution Networks ......................................... 38
intraplex CrossConnect Server

T1/E1 CrossConnect Routing/Switching System ............................................ 42
netXpress
Digital Audio Transport System for IP and T1/E1 Networks ............................. 45
netXpress LX
IP Audio Link ............................................................................................. 47
intraplex Cm-30
IP Network Conversion Card for T1/E1 Multiplexers ....................................... 49
Program Audio modules

Program Audio Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products.............................................. 50
voice/telephone modules
Voice Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products ........................................................... 52
Data modules
Data Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products ............................................................ 53
SynchroCast3
Multiple Transmitter Simulcast System ......................................................... 54 OptiOns
SCm-iP Shelf Control module

SNMP Proxy Module for T1/E1 Systems ....................................................... 55
29
Intraplex HD Link
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // HD Link
Digital 950 MHz STL and Data Gateway

Features
powerful, reliable RF performance
the next generation of digital stL Our challenge: to design a studio-to-transmitter link (STL) for your most demanding 950 MHz applications one as reliable and robust as Harris Intraplex T1 and IP audio links. Digital STL manages much more than audio, so installation and configuration need to be straightforward, not a science project. Data should be optional requiring additional boxes and complexity. Your STL should be ready, out of the box, for AM, FM and HD Radio, as well as future multimedia applications. And, of course, the price has to be right. Earlier digital STLs were not designed for IP data transport. Adding IP data to them required optional modules and external add-ons, and many engineers working on HD Radio installations reported spending much time and money trying to eliminate glitches. Our solution HD Link is designed to manage all HD Radio transport scenarios, regardless of where you place your importer and exporter. Its two prioritized Ethernet paths give preference to HD Radio data over control and other LAN/WAN data. It supports both UDP and TCP, and even handles the switching of TCP return packets over asymmetric IP paths with plug-and-play simplicity. HD Link offers RF power to spare, an integrated IP gateway with sophisticated data handling capabilities, and multiple channels of great audio. The intuitive front panel and remote interfaces tap into the most complete feature set of any microwave STL, yet take less time to configure. Intraplex is broadcastings first choice for rock-solid, full-time operation of T1 STLs. With HD Link, you can now count on the same dependable performance, superior support and long-term value for your microwave links.
Up to 5 W of RF power Harris-designed transmitter and receiver with 200, 250, 300, 375 or 500 kHz of RF bandwidth Low-density parity check (LDPC) Coding advanced error correction requires less receive signal than Reed-Solomon to achieve an equivalent bit error rate (BER), a critical parameter for glitch-free HD Radio performance State-of-the-art modulation technology operates at 32, 64, 128 or 256 QAM, providing more than 3 Mb/s throughput under optimal conditions Built-in circulator provides a high degree of isolation and VSWR protection
designed for data
Integrated IP channel for HD Radio (importer-to-exporter or exporter-to-exciter) At least three times the nominal IP data throughput of other digital STLs Does not require an external adapter to work with an external TCP return path suitable for use over private and public networks Capable of taking advantage of available IP audio paths to provide integral backup in the event of radio link failure Two prioritized Ethernet ports high priority for HD Radio traffic, low priority for control data and LAN traffic Each main program channel includes an RS-232 asynchronous data channel, up to 9600 b/s
top-notch, multichannel audio performance
One or two stereo main program channels, each available with linear uncompressed or Enhanced apt-X compressed audio User-selectable 32, 44.1, or 48 kHz sample ratestransports 15, 20 or 22 kHz audio Two monaural, 7 kHz audio channels with G.722 coding available for AM, radio reading services, SCA, EAS and other auxiliary audio applications
easy setup and reliable operation
Advanced web browser user interface and SNMP remote control Front-panel Ethernet port for access to web GUI and diagnostics USB port for saving configurations and updating software FTP access for remote software uploads User-configurable control input and alarm output contacts
Convenient connections and display
30
Product details
the ability to do more
Intuitive front-panel interface XLR AES/EBU digital and L/R analog input/output connectors Headphone jack on the receiver for audio monitoring AES/EBU sync port on the receiver LCD level displays for all audio programs at each end Analog level outputs for forward power and reflected power (on transmitter unit) and for received signal level and signal-to-noise (on receive unit) Optional main/alternate interface for redundancy switching
Our RF and audio engineering teams designed HD Link for maximum reliability and to carry higher-quality audio and more data over the STL path than was possible with earlier 950 MHz STLs. more power Sometimes you just need a little more RF power to get the job done. Out of the box, HD Link can operate at 1 W, 2 W, or 5 W, selectable in the field. Its the most powerful 950 MHz digital STL you can buy.
Advanced error correction HD Link is the only radio STL using LDPC coding for forward error correction (FEC). This highly efficient scheme contributes to increased data throughput. 21st-century design By applying Harris know-how to the technologies not available when legacy STLs were designed, we optimized HD Link for state-of-the-art performance with minimal circuit noise.
Intraplex HD Link
the advantages to you

31
Scheduling
Bit Error Rate (BER)
How Hd Link technology improves Link Quality
The combined benefits of more transmitter power, LDPC error correction and enhanced circuit design add up to as much as 10 dB signal improvement over older digital STLs. Depending on your requirements, this can enable any or all of the following: Use of smaller antennas, for less tower load and lower costs Increased path distance Improved fade margin Operation at higher quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) orders for increased carrying capacity
Like most digital microwave systems, HD Link uses QAM to maximize data throughput. All other factors being equal, higher-order QAM can deliver more data using the same RF bandwidth than lower-order QAM (Figure 1), but each step up in QAM order requires about 3 dB to 4 dB better signal-to-noise ratio on the RF link to maintain the same level of quality. RF link quality is thus a critical factor in determining the amount of data that any given 950 MHz STL can carry. FEC is a useful tool for improving link quality in digital transmission. Essentially, it involves adding redundant data to the transmission stream to allow the detection and reconstruction of missing information. All digital RF STLs use some form of FEC, typically using either the Reed-Solomon or the Viterbi coding method. However, adding FEC increases the bit rate of the STL. Adding enough extra bits may require the use of a higher QAM order, which places greater demands on the link quality, thereby creating a Catch-22 situation adding FEC to improve link quality may cause an increase in QAM order, which requires yet higher link quality.
sounds great
As with any Intraplex product, audio quality is a top priority. Uncompressed audio transport is fully transparent. In the event bandwidth limitations require audio compression, HD Link offers Enhanced apt-X coding to prevent the occurrence of audio artifacts that can occur with multiple generations of MPEG compression in the air chain.
Audio and data. And more data
3.5
500 kHz RF
Mb/s
The architecture of HD Link starts with an integrated IP gateway, the first in a radio STL. This provides you with options for nearly every practical combination of audio, data, control and status used by radio stations as well as future media applications. With the HD Link systems 1536 kb/s of allocatable IP data, youll no longer consider your STL to be merely an audio transport system that happens to provide some data options. In addition, an asynchronous RS-232 serial data channel accompanies each main program audio channel for use with legacy control systems.
ip done right the intraplex way
3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0
300 kHz RF 200 kHz RF
If you like what Intraplex has done for you with T1 and IP audio and data codecs, youll love our implementation in HD Link. The integrated IP gateway includes numerous features: IP prioritization allows it to carry other IP data, such as control signals and LAN traffic, separately from the high-priority HD Radio stream. Dual domain access control provides the tightest, most practical security. One access list is for control of the HD Link units. Another manages the firewall that keeps unwanted traffic off the transport link. Layer three switching supports an asymmetric TCP return path, allowing integrated plug and play support for TCP wherever a return path exists. Using TCP allows quality HD Radio transport under 30 times higher bit error rate (BER) conditions than UDP (3x10-4 for TCP versus 10-5 for UDP). IP tunneling allows TCP return packets with private addresses to traverse thirdparty networks like ISPs.
32
64
128
256
QAM Order
Figure 1. Higher-order QAm levels enable greater data carrying capacity
With HD Link, Harris has taken significant steps to improve this situation. First, HD Link uses LDPC to do its FEC coding. LDPC is more efficient than either Reed-Solomon or Viterbi, requiring less overhead data to provide the same level of error correction; given the same overhead, it typically provides about 3 dB improvement in link performance over traditional FEC methods (Figure 2). While the mathematical principles underlying LDPC have been understood for some time, only recently have DSP chips become available with the speed and processing power to run LDPC on digital STL signals in real time.
Fewer Errors
Management Interface (Front-panel display, HTTP, SNMP, FTP) IP Layer (Switching, tunneling, proxy ARP) HD stream (UDP/TCP) Access Control LAN stream (UDP/TCP) One or more channels of analog or AES audio
Hd Link ip gateway Architecture
Police and Shape Analog and AES Audio I/O
3 dB Typical
LDPC Reed-Solomon
More Errors Higher
Link Quality
Lower
Figure 2. the Hd Link systems advanced error correction handles difficult links better than stLs using older technology
Intraplex HD Link

In addition, whereas the performance of Reed-Solomon FEC falls off directly if the link quality is degraded due to environmental or other interference, LDPC maintains superior performance in the face of link deterioration. Further, where other STLs add a fixed level of FEC regardless of the system configuration, HD Link uses adjustable amounts of FEC and employs a sophisticated algorithm to calculate the optimum balance between QAM order and FEC overhead to achieve the maximum data throughput for any given configuration. The result? Combined with the increased performance afforded by its 5 W amplifier, HD Link can provide up to 10 dB of system enhancement, right out of the box, compared with older digital STL systems (Figure 3). sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
RF
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944 to 960 MHz fully synthesized Step Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 kHz Frequency Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 4 PPM (0.0004%) Occupied Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . 200/250/300/375/500 kHz Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V-HDL950
FCC emission type
N+12 N+9 System Gain (dB) N+6 N+3

LDPC @2W LDPC @5W
Designator(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200KD7W, 250KD7W, 300KD7W, 500KD7W Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital, 32/64/128/256 QAM Antenna Connector . . . . . . . . . . . Type N (female), 50 ohms Error Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-density parity check (LDPC) Error Correction Overhead . . . . . . 8 to 25% depending on mode
transmitter
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2/5 W RMS Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forward power, reverse power, VSWR, PLL lock
Receiver
ReedSolomon @1W
LDPC @1W
System Configuration
Figure 3. the combination of Hd Link technology advantages can offer you a dramatically improved stL system. elegantly simple installation, configuration and operation
Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -95 to -82 dBm depending on mode Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to -95 dBm Spurious and Harmonic Equalizer . . 24-tap feed-forward filter and 3-tap decision feedback filter Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receive lock, receive signal level, receive signal-to-noise ratio, PLL lock
system
Your time is valuable, so HD Link is designed to make setup quick and painless. The front-panel display is bright and clear, with easy-to-understand labels. Menu hierarchies are shallow, so accessing most functions takes only a few steps. Modem settings automatically synchronize between the transmitter and receiver units. With both units set for the same frequency and RF bandwidth, changes to QAM, IP bandwidth, etc., on the transmitter automatically sync to the receiver. HD Link has tools to help you in planning your overall STL system. Select the active audio channels and IP bandwidth you want it to carry, and HD Link automatically calculates the optimum settings for QAM and forward error correction, along with the receive signal strength necessary to achieve the desired level of throughput. These auto-calculated values enable you to prepare a reliable path calculation and determine the requisite transmitter power, antenna size and other variables. HD Link provides numerous interfaces for setup, diagnostics and updates, with Ethernet and USB ports on each unit, plus remote access via HTTP, FTP and SNMP.
Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main audio end-to-end delay is 50 to 300 mS based on mode; HD Radio and Ethernet end-to-end delay less than 20 mS
networking
32
Additional convenience features include a headphone jack and AES/EBU sync port on the receiver, and variable-speed fans to minimize noise. And HD Link is physically compact at only two rack units per end.
Built-in backup
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three 10/100Base-T, full-duplex, auto-negotiation 1 port for monitoring and remote control 1 port for high-priority data 1 port for low-priority data Ethernet Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . 3 RJ-45, each connector with integrated LEDs for link and activity monitoring Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP, TCP, UDP, HTTP, FTP, NTP, Syslog, and SNMP v2c IP Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port or IP based prioritization, static routing, proxy ARP, policing, firewall, public or private network for return path
Control and monitoring
When your HD Link is connected to a bidirectional IP network with sufficient bandwidth, the program channels will automatically switch to IP should the 950 MHz link fail. In effect, HD Link is both a 950 MHz RF STL and an IP audio STL in one box, with automatic fallback from one to the other.
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intuitive, graphical front-panel user interface 4.3 in. display, 480x272, TFT Color LCD with LED backlight and seven button keypad Remote User Interface . . . . . . . . . Monitoring and control using embedded web server Network Management . . . . . . . . . SNMP VU Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front-panel display, 6 segment audio level indicator for all audio channels Contacts, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 output contacts with both normally closed and normally open outputs 2 output contacts: normally closed Maximum current: 120 mA Maximum voltage: 350 VDC Closed resistance: 23 ohms, typical www.broadcast.harris.com
Intraplex HD Link

33
Contacts, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 input contacts, TTL-compatible Telemetry Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 analog outputs (0 to 5 V) for RF transmit forward and reverse power (transmitter) 2 analog outputs (0 to 5 V) for RF receive signal level and signal/noise ratio (receiver) Contact/Analog Connector . . . . . . 26-pin D-Sub and RJ-45 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 USB 2.0 port for saving settings and software upgrade Audio Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 stereo 1/4 in. headphone jack (receiver) Fault Detection and Logging . . . . . Internal log files, SNMP traps, syslog and automatic upload of log files
AudiO And seRiAL dAtA main Auxiliary Audio
Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greater than 91 dB (for linear) Greater than 92 dB (16-bit apt-X) Greater than 105 dB (20-bit apt-X) Greater than 110 dB (24-bit apt-X) Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, greater than 10 K ohms Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, less than 52 ohms
main diagnostics
Test Tone Generator . . . . . . . . . . . 1004 Hz test tone at -12 dBFS, which is equivalent to +8 dBm input
HD Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrated IP channel for UDP or TCP HD Radio
(importer-to-exporter or exporter-to-exciter)
Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 stereo program channels, individually configurable for linear or Enhanced apt-X audio Sample Rate and Audio Bandwidth . . 48 ks/s for 22.5 kHz operation 44.1 ks/s for 20 kHz operation 32 ks/s for 15 kHz operation 24 ks/s for 12 kHz operation (apt-X) 16 ks/s for 7.5 kHz operation (apt-X) Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear or Enhanced apt-X Sample Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-bit (linear) 16/20/24-bit (apt-X) Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio Inputs: XLR female on left, right and digital AES/EBU Audio Outputs: XLR male on left, right and digital AES/EBU External AES/EBU Input Clock: RJ-11 RS-232 Data: RJ-11 Digital/Analog Operation . . . . . . . . For input, digital/analog auto-detection For output, digital and analog simultaneous Data Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 data transport 9.6 kb/s (linear) RS-232 data transport 1.2, 2.4, 4.8 and 9.6 kb/s, mode dependent (apt-X)
main digital Audio
Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 analog Sample Rate and Audio Bandwidth 16 ks/s for 7.5 kHz operation Audio Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio Inputs: XLR female Audio Outputs: XLR male Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ITU G.722 mode 1 Sample Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-bit Audio Frequency Response. . . . . . 100 to 6400 Hz 1 dB Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 kb/s per active channel Total Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THD+N, less than 0.1% at 1 kHz -1 dBFS input Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greater than 65 dB Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, greater than 10 K ohms Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, less than 52 ohms
mechanical and environmental
Accepted Audio Sampling Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accepts any AES/EBU rate between 32 and 48 ks/s (linear) Accepts any AES/EBU rate between 24 and 48 ks/s (apt-X) Rate Conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rate converts any AES/EBU input rate to 48, 44.1 or 32 ks/s in addition, for apt-X, rate conversion includes 24 and 16 ks/s External Sync (Receive Only) . . . . . Accepts external AES/EBU reference signal or RS422 clock to synchronize output to facility timing Input/Output Impedance . . . . . . . . Balanced, 110 ohms 20% AES/EBU Channel Status . . . . . . . A&B channel status bits are transported
main Analog Audio
Dimensions (2RU) (W x D x H) . . . . 19 x 14 x 3.5 in. (48.3 x 35.6 x 8.9 cm) EIA rackmountable Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmitter: 18.5 lbs (8.4 kg) Receiver: 14.5 lbs (6.6 kg) Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . Universal AC 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Transmitter: 104 W max Receiver: 34 W max Fuse Protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A AC input fuse Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced air using variable-speed internal fan Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To 95% non-condensing Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F)
Compliance
Regulatory Compliance. . . . . . . . . FCC Part 15 FCC Part 74, subpart E EN60950
Audio Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 ks/s: 1 Hz to 22 kHz Response 0.5 dB 44.1 ks/s: 1 Hz to 20.5 kHz 32 ks/s: 1 Hz to 15 kHz Audio Full Load Level . . . . . . . . . . 9 to +24 dBu Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than -80 dB Total Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THD+N, less than 0.003% at 1 kHz -1 dBFS input (linear) THD+N, less than 0.004% at 1 kHz -1 dBFS input (apt-X)
Intraplex HD Link
images/diagrams
Back panel
Main/Alt interface for redundancy switching
Analog and AES outputs program 1
Antenna connection
High and low priority Ethernet ports
GPI/O and Rx signal status
Serial data inputs
Analog and AES outputs program 2
Analog outputs for the two mono aux program
Variable speed fan
ordering inFormation
its easy to choose the Hd Link that is right for you Hd Link Accessories Bandpass filters
To choose the right HD Link model for your STL, all you have to decide is how many stereo audio programs you need and whether you want linear or Enhanced apt-X compressed audio. The auxiliary audio channels, control options, selectable output power, and data handling flexibility come standard with every unit.
Choose from:
Single- and dual-cavity bandpass filters are available to attenuate interference at sites with congestion in the 950 MHz band
main/alternate interface
IP plus 1 linear stereo program IP plus 2 linear stereo programs IP plus 1 Enhanced apt-X stereo program IP plus 2 Enhanced apt-X stereo programs IP plus 2 stereo programs, 1 Enhanced apt-X and 1 linear IP data and auxiliary audio only
This system detects hardware and system faults in the HD Link transmitter and receiver, switching to an alternate pair should conditions fall out of normal operational boundaries
34
Intraplex STL HD
T1 STL System
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // sTL HD
35
Features intraplex t1 technology Building on 20+ years of experience, STL HD is the latest generation of Intraplex, continuing the tradition of unsurpassed reliability and state-of-the-art technology, while maintaining compatibility with earlier generations of Intraplex T1 systems. Hot-standby redundant power supplies and advanced T1 error mitigation techniques provide enhanced transmission robustness, making STL HD a system you can rely on for years to come. Audio transport With STL HD, uncompressed audio occupies about three-fourths of the T1, leaving room for additional traffic in each direction. A wide selection of compression options, including Enhanced apt-X, MPEG-2, MPEG-3, J.41, and G.722, allows the carrying of multiple audio channels on a single T1. Audio I/O is either analog or AES/EBU digital, while sample rates ranging from 16 kS/s to 48 kS/s provide for audio bandwidth options from 7 kHz up to 20 kHz and beyond. telephone links A full range of telephone interface options allows the STL HD to support a variety of telephone and other voice-grade audio applications, including 2-wire and 4-wire E&M for linking PBXs and KSUs, Off-Premise Extension (OPX) circuits that allow you to connect a telephone handset at the transmitter site to a PBX at the studio as if it were in the next room, and open 4-wire circuits to support talkback and intercom systems with both standard (3.4 kHz) and wideband (7 kHz) voice quality, as well as FSK tones for use with telephone keypad-operated remote controls. data circuits The industrys most extensive array of data interface options allows you to set aside part of your T1 STL to create a LAN bridge, carry HD Radio data traffic in either I2E or E2X format, and link to virtually any type of control and data storage equipment. Available synchronous and asynchronous interfaces include RS-232, RS-449, V.35, X.21, TCP/ IP, UDP, TTL and more. AudioLink plus AudioLink Plus is a family of E1 audio multiplexers that offers all the same features as STL HD does for T1. If you are planning to use microwave radios to establish your STL, consider using E1 instead of T1. Most telecoms radios that can carry T1 can also be configured to carry E1, and you get one-third more carrying capacity at the same price. Ask your Harris representative for details.
Whether youre looking for simple one-way audio transport or multichannel FM plus HD Radio, control data, and off-premise extension telephones, theres an Intraplex STL HD package thats right for you! STL HD is a modular family of products designed to let you customize your T1 STL with exactly the features and circuits you require. The system transports crystalclear digital audio over any distance or terrain, and can be used on all types of T1 links, including leased telco T1 circuits, microwave, spread spectrum radio and fiber optic. STL HD systems can be equipped to carry one-way or full-duplex stereo audio, with or without compression. STL HD also provides a wide range of data interface options and supports a variety of telephone, intercom, and other voice-grade applications. Harris Intraplex is a world leader in T1 audio transport solutions, with thousands of systems in operation.
Intraplex STL HD
T1 STL System
stL Hd systems Linear Audio Audio section
All STL HD systems start with one pair of T1 multiplexers, whose specifications are found below, plus some combination of the following: PT/PR-353 linear audio cards with MA-508/509 PT/PR-153 compressed audio cards with MA-508/509 DA-191B RS-232 data cards with MA-404s DS-64NC LAN bridge cards with MA-427s VF-15/VF-16A Off-Premise Extension voice cards with MA-303s VF-25 4-wire voice cards with MA-306s
t1 section
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-48C, 100 ohms Frame Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended superframe (ESF) D4/superframe (SF) Line Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B8ZSAMI T1 Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal, external, loop Line Build Out (LBO) . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 655 ft (199.6 m) LBO 0, -7.5 or -15 dB Integral CSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No external CSU required
status and diagnostics
LED Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power, normal, alert, alarm Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Line, equipment, payload T1 Test Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bantam jacks CSU Performance Monitoring . . . . Compliant with ANSI T1.403-1995 and AT&T Pub 54016
Remote Access and Control
User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IsiCL command-line interface IntraGuide configuration and management software SNMP proxy agent Control Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 and RS-485
physical and environmental
PT-353 Input Module . . . . . . . . . . Digital/analog input, auto-detect PR-353 Output Module . . . . . . . . Digital/analog output, simultaneous Audio Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 per module Sample Rate and Audio Bandwidth . 48 ks/s for 22.5 kHz operation 44.1 ks/s for 20 kHz operation 32 ks/s for 15 kHz operation Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-bit linear coding Data Rate and Time Slot . . . . . . . . 2 ch. 22.5 kHz: 25 TS (1.600 Mb/s) Usage (with FEC on) 2 ch. 20 kHz: 23 TS (1.472 Mb/s) 2 ch. 15 kHz: 17 TS (1.088 Mb/s) Processing Delay (digital audio . . . Less than 6.0 ms through one pair of modules) Forward Error Correction (FEC) . . . Reed Solomon Data Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 up to 9.6 kb/s, simplex Input/Output Connectors. . . . . . . . Audio inputs: XLR female Audio outputs: XLR male Ext. clock, data/alarm: RJ-11 Digital Audio Operation . . . . . . . . . Accepted audio sampling rates AES/EBU rate 32 to 48 ks/s Rate conversion (PT) . . . . . . . . . . Converts any AES/EBU input rate to 48, 44.1 or (user selectable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ks/s Rate Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PT locks to incoming AES/EBU clock rate, which is preserved to the output (PR) External Sync (PR) . . . . . . . . . . . . External AES/EBU reference signal or RS-422 clock to synchronize audio output to facility timing Input/Output Impedance . . . . . . . . Balanced, 110 ohms 20%
Analog Audio Operation
36
Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . Universal AC standard Less than 25 W, each shelf Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 3RU: 5.25 x 14.75 x 19 in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (13.4 x 36.8 x 48.3 cm ) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 lbs (5.4 kg) Regulatory Compliance. . . . . . . . . CE Approved FCC Part 15, FCC Part 68 UL 1950 Industry Canada CS-03
Frequency Response 0.5 dB . . . 48 ks/s: 1 Hz to 22 kHz 44.1 ks/s: 1 Hz to 20.5 kHz 32 ks/s: 1 Hz to15 kHz Full Load Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +9 to +24 dBu Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greater than -80 dB Total Distortion (THD+N) . . . . . . . . Less than 0.003% at 1 kHz -1 dBFS input Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Greater than 91 dB Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, 600 ohms nominal or greater than 10 K ohms Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, less than 52 ohms VU meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-segment LED audio level with overload indication Test Tone Generator . . . . . . . . . . . 1004 Hz at -12 dBFS Audio Module Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . Card level failure relay contacts
Intraplex STL HD
T1 STL System
37
The items listed on this page cover the most common T1 STL requirements. If you dont see what youre looking for here, please contact your Intraplex salesperson for assistance. A T1 circuit consists of 24 time slots in each direction. Use the Time Slot Usage column to see how many slots each option requires.
Start with one of these systems...
and add any of these packages you may need, up to the 24 time slot capacity in each direction of the T1 circuit
item: StL HD system (Contains 2 STL-163-ACC T1 multiplexers, each with CM-5RB T1 card, MA-215 interface card, and 1 PSY60AC power supply, plus 1 each PT-353, PR-353, MA-508, and MA-509) StL HDPLuS system (Contains 2 STL-163-ACC T1 multiplexers, each with CM-5RB T1 card, MA-215 interface card, and 1 PSY60AC power supply, plus 1 each PT-153, PR-153, MA-508, and MA-509) 4140 package (Contains 1 each PT-353, PR-353, MA-508, and MA-509) 4113 package (Contains 1 each PT-153, PR-153, MA-508, and MA-509) 4161 package (Contains 2 each DA-191B and MA-404)
What it does: time slot usage: 17 one-way @ 32 ks/s, or Provides a basic uncompressed STL, with 2 T1 multiplexers, an uncompressed stereo audio encoder card 23 one-way @ 44.1 ks/s at the studio end and a matching decoder at the transmitter end. Provides a basic STL using Enhanced apt-X compression, 4 to 6 one-way @ 32 ks/s, or with 2 T1 multiplexers, a compressed stereo encoder card 6 to 9 one-way @ 44.1 ks/s, or at the studio end and a matching decoder at the transmitter 6 to 9 one-way @ 48 ks/s end. Add a one-way uncompressed stereo audio program to 1 of 17 one-way @ 32 ks/s, or the above systems. If the base system is an IX-STLHD, this 23 one-way @ 44.1 ks/s can only be used in the return (TSL) direction Add a one-way Enhanced apt-X compressed stereo audio program to 1 of the above systems. As you can see from the time slot usage of these cards, you can put up to 6 compressed stereo channels in each direction of the T1 if necessary. Add up to 4 RS-232 asynchronous data channels to 1 of the above systems. Main uses: to carry remote control signals, RBDS, or other aux data with an RS-232 interface. Add a wideband data channel with Ethernet interface to 1 of the above systems. Main uses: to create a LAN bridge across part of the T1, or carry the TCP or UDP data for an HD Radio signal. 4 to 6 one-way @ 32 ks/s, or 6 to 9 one-way @ 44.1 ks/s, or 6 to 9 one-way @ 48 ks/s In both directions: 1 for 2-channels @ 9.6 kb/s, or 1 per channel @ 19.2 kb/s, or 2 per channel @ 38.4 kb/s 1 to 24 in both directions. Typically 5 for an HD Radio TCP signal, or whatever is available for a LAN bridge. 1 per channel in both directions
4173 package (Contains 2 each DS-64NC and MA-427) 4102 package (Contains 1 VF-15, 1 VF-16A, and 2 MA-303) 4104 package (Contains 2 each VF-25 and MA-306)
PSY60AC
Add up to 2 off-premise extension telephone channels to 1 of the above systems. Main use: to place a telephone at the transmitter site and make it an extension attached to the PBX at the studio 1 per channel in both directions Add up to four 4-wire voice channels to 1 of the above systems. Main uses: to connect two PBXs, to carry FSK remote control signals, or to provide open 4-wire circuits for talkback or intercoms. None Add hot-standby redundant power supplies to 1 of the above systems. This is a single item, not a package of 2, so order 1 for each end.
OptiOns
The Intraplex Shelf Control Module (SCM) for IP provides simple network management protocol (SNMP) agent support for the Intraplex family of products.
Intraplex AudioLink PLUS

BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // AuDiOLink pLus
E1 System for Contribution/Distribution Networks

Features Audio, voice and data transport over E1 networks 17 card slots for application modules Flexible network topology for multi-site networks Inherently bidirectional, supports contribution and distribution Compatible with Intraplex NetXpress IP multiplexers Optional redundant power supply Optional E1 card and line redundancy In-band network control Optional SNMP-based IP network control Communications interface with Windows-based IntraGuide configuration and management software
solve todays Challenging Content transport Requirements Radio engineers face the challenges of managing their broadcast program contribution and distribution and providing the highest degree of on-air reliability, while still controlling their costs. The field-proven Intraplex AudioLink PLUS E1 audio multiplexing system combines bidirectional transport of program audio with a wide variety of other traffic including LAN/WAN data, telephone, intercom, fax, and remote control data all over the same link. And the unique transmission robustness and error mitigation features of Intraplex provide users with unmatched reliability. get a Complete Range of Audio Options and more The AudioLink PLUS system offers the industrys widest range of plug-in modules for program audio, voice and data to combine virtually any mix of payload traffic for transport over E1. Program audio options include true uncompressed linear audio for the highest-quality sound and the lowest processing delay. Compressed audio options such as MPEG II, MPEG III, J.41 and Enhanced apt-X allow you to increase bandwidth efficiency for consolidation of multiple audio channels and other payloads on the same link.
Data modules provide one-way or full-duplex data circuits, with a variety of data rates and formats for LAN/WAN, control circuits, program associated data and legacy devices. Voice modules transport voice-grade audio for telephone, intercom and fax applications. Whether over E1 land lines or microwave radios, the AudioLink PLUS system delivers superior audio quality and efficiency to broadcast stations and networks worldwide. e1 and ip Build for the Future Intraplex AudioLink PLUS E1 multiplexers can be used in conjunction with Intraplex NetXpress IP multiplexers. Together, they allow gradual migration from E1 to IP and enable the deployment of hybrid E1/IP contribution and distribution networks that share a common family of audio interface modules. Harris Intraplex is a world leader in E1 audio transport solutions, with thousands of systems in operation.
38

general

39
A typical shelf configuration consists of 1 chassis, 1 power supply, 1 or 2 CM-7RB E1 interface modules, and 1 or 2 module adapters (MAs), 1 for each CM-7RB. See E1 Inputs/outputs for MA options. Audio, voice, and data modules and redundant components are optional. Shelf Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . ADL-263 E1 terminal multiplexer contains 1 CM-7RB module with MA ADL-265 E1 drop and insert multiplexer contains 2 CM-7RB modules with MAs, configured for drop and insert or drop and continue operation ADL-266 E1 dual terminal multiplexer contains 2 CM-7RB modules with MAs, configured as 2 independent terminals sharing the same chassis Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . Accepts Intraplex plug-in audio, voice, and data modules; see individual module specifications for details and applications
e1 specifications
User Interface (Standard) . . . . . . . Remote programming and monitoring using ISiCL (ASCII command-line interface), or Windowsbased IntraGuide configuration and management software, which is provided with every system. IntraGuide software updates are available to Intraplex customers from the Harris Broadcast customer support site at http://ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com Interface via RS-232 C and RS-485 asynchronous data connection In-band E1 access to far-end AudioLink PLUS system(s) via ISiCL or IntraGuide User Interface (Optional) . . . . . . . . When equipped with an SCM-IP control module, the system is accessible via IP and can be controlled by any SNMP v2-based network management system. SNMP MIBs available upon request.
Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Depends on the MA selected; options are: MA-215: 1 RJ-48C connector, 120 ohms MA-217A: 2 BNC connectors, 75 ohms MA-217B: 1 DB-15 connector, 120 ohms Frame Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel associated signaling (CAS) Common channel signaling (CCS) Per ITU G.703, G.704 and G.706 Line Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-density bipolar order 3 (HDB3) Alternate mark inversion (AMI) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal, 2,048 Mb/s 30 ppm output External, RS-422 clock input loop Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 levels of E1 redundancy are available: For E1 module redundancy where only 1 E1 circuit is available, a second CM-7RB module can be added that connects to the same MA as the primary CM-7RB. For E1 line and module redundancy where 2 E1 circuits are available, the system can be equipped with 2 CM-7RB modules and an MA-235 set, which contains 1 each MA-235-1 and MA-235-2, replacing the standard MA (available with RJ-48C connectors only)
Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . Universal AC 90 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 48 VDC, 24 VDC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single or redundant, 60 W AC, 100 W AC, 50 W 48 VDC, 50 W 24 VDC Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Depends on modules installed, less than 40 W typical Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) operating Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 90% noncondensing Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU: 5.25 x 14.75 x 19 in. (13.4 x 37.5 x 48.3 cm) Standard Shipping Carton . . . . . . . 15 x 20 x 22 in. (38 x 50 x 56 cm) (contains one 3RU shelf) Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Depends on modules installed, less than 25 lbs (11.4 kg) typical
Regulatory Compliance
CE Approved, CTR 12 and 13, FCC Part 15, UL 1950, RoHS-compliant
OptiOns
The Intraplex Shelf Control module (SCm) for IP provides simple network management protocol (SNMP) agent support for the Intraplex family of products.
LED Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power, normal, alert, alarm Alarm Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Major (alarm), minor (alert), NO/NC relay contacts Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Line loopback, equipment loopback, payload loopback Test Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bantam jacks for E1 input/output signal and E1 input/output monitoring

ordering inFormation IX-5200AA-48A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. 48 V power supply and DB15 E1 connection. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200AA-A1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 100 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA-504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200AA-ACA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200AA-ACB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA-504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200AA-ACC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200AD-A1B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and AES/EBU digital output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 100 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5200AD-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and AES/EBU digital output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5200AD-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and AES/EBU digital output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters.
40
IX-5200AD-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with analog input and AES/EBU digital output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5200DA-A1B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 100 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA-510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200DA-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200DA-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA-510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200DA-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5200DD-A1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 100 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5200DD-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5200DD-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters.

41
IX-5200DD-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS linear/uncompressed E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5230AA-ACA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5230AA-ACB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5230AA-ACC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with analog input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5230AD-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with analog input and AES/EBU digital output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5230AD-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with analog input and AES/EBU digital output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5230AD-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with analog input and AES/EBU digital output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters.
IX-5230DA-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5230DA-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5230DA-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and analog output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters. IX-5230DD-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with DB-15 E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5230DD-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with BNC E1 network interface connectors and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters. IX-5230DD-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex AudioLink PLUS J.41 E1 audio transport system with AES/EBU digital input and output. Package includes 2 E1 multiplexers, each with RJ-48C E1 network interface connector and a 60 W universal AC power supply. Includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters.
Intraplex CrossConnect Server

T1/E1 CrossConnect Routing/Switching System
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // DCs-9500 series
Features Interface with as many as six T1 or E1 lines CrossConnect Servers accept channel cards, providing local voice, data and audio interfaces for up to 48 time slots (T1) or 62 time slots (E1) Programmable automatic T1/E1 line protection switching for studio-to-transmitter (STL) links Individual time slot routing among all T1/E1 ports Automatic protection switching on any of the T1/E1 ports Eight time-slot grooming maps Multicast encoded audio feeds from a studio to multiple transmitter sites IntraGuide software and optional SCM-IP SNMP proxy provide flexible, intuitive network configuration and management options
The Intraplex CrossConnect System and CrossConnect Server provide routing and switching capabilities for up to six T1 or E1 circuits, as well as automatic backup switching for STL links. The CrossConnect System is for switching only, designed to handle T1/E1 circuits and cross-route them internally. The CrossConnect Server accepts a wide variety of plug-in modules for integrated drop and insert of voice, data and program audio. Station operators can dynamically route services among multiple studio and transmitter locations, sharing programming and administrative resources among geographically separated facilities. CrossConnect Servers reduce transport link requirements, providing cost savings in both point-to-point and point-to-multi-point networks. Broadcasters can mix and match program audio, voice and data feeds among multiple studio and transmitter locations and save on programming, talent and administrative costs by sharing transmission resources among stations. Harris Intraplex CrossConnect Systems and Servers can help ensure the most efficient use of the available transmission capacity and reduce costs. CrossConnect Systems and Servers give users complete flexibility to combine, interconnect, and multicast traffic among up to six T1 or E1 lines.
t1 inputs/Outputs
42
Electrical Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 DSX-1 interface ports per ANSI T1.102-1993 Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal, 1.544 Mb/s 30 PPM External, RS-422 input Any of the 6 T1 inputs Frame Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended superframe (ESF) D4/superframe (SF) Line Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bipolar with 8 zero substitution (B8ZS) Alternate mark inversion (AMI) Line Build Out (LBO) . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 655 ft. from standard DSX or CSU LBO 0, -7.5. or -15 dB Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-pin RJ-48C for CSU applications D8-15 for non-CSU applications 100 ohms resistive (nominal)
e1 inputs/Outputs
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, standard DB-15, 120 ohms (optional) Throughput Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 3 T1/E1 frames 125 to 375 microseconds 2 frames average 250 microseconds
ds0 interfaces (CrossConnect server)
Optional 4 W VF, 2 W VF, sync, async and variable rate data, secure voice and highfidelity audio interfaces using plug-in channel modules
time slot mapping
Maps Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:2 normal service maps and 6 alternate service maps configurable to switch based on T1 or E1 port failure (BER, LOS, AIS, LOF), external contact closure inputs or ASCII command Switch Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protection switching delay programmable down to 1 ms
Electrical Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 E1 interface ports per ITU-T G.703, G.704, G.706 Output Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal, 2.048 Mb/s 30 PPM External, RS-422 input Any of the 6 E1 inputs Frame Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel associated signaling (CAS) Common channel signaling (CCS) Line Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-density bipolar 3 (HDB3) Alternate mark inversion (AMI)
LED Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shelf power, normal, alert, alarm DCS port status, alert, alarm Contact Closures . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shelf alert, alarm DCS alert, alarm, active map indicators Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1, E1 and timeslot loopback

Command line user interface using ISiCL command language via RS-232C and RS-485 asynchronous connection Compatible with IntraGuide PC-based graphical user interface (GUI) control software for configuration, status verification and off-line copying and editing of cross-connect maps SNMP CrossConnect management interface available using optional SCM-IP SNMP proxy module
Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 3RU: universal AC standard Optional 48 VDC or 24 VDC Optional hot-standby redundant supply 1RU: universal AC
ordering inFormation IX-DCS-9500-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 1RU IX-DCS-9500-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 1RU IX-DCS-9500E-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 1RU IX-DCS-9500E-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 1RU IX-DCS-9500E-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply and RJ-48C E1 connectors, 1RU IX-DCS-9530-24A . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530-24C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530-48A . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530-48C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530-A1C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 100 W AC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-00B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with no power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-24A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-24B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-48A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-48B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-48C . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply and RJ-48C E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-A1A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 100 W universal AC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-A1B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 100 W universal AC power supply, and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 600 W universal AC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply, and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9530E-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect system with 60 W universal AC power supply, and RJ-48C E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-00C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with no power supply, includes integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-24A . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-24C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-48A . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-48C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-A1A . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 100 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-A1C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 100 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-24A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU
43
Nominal Power Consumption . . . . DCS-9500/9530: 5 W DCS-9560: 8 W DCS-9565: 11 W Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) operating Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 90%, non-condensing Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU: 5.25 x 14.5 x 19 in. (13.4 x 36.2 x 48.3 cm) 1RU: 1.75 x 14.5 x 19 in. (4.4 x 36.2 x 48.3 cm) Regulatory Compliance. . . . . . . . . CE Approved UL 1950 FCC Part 15, FCC Part 68 CS-03

IX-DCS-9560E-24B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-48A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-48B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, and BNC E1 connectors. 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-48C . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, and RJ-48C E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-A1A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 100 W universal AC power supply, and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-A1B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 100 W universal AC power supply, and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 60 W universal AC power supply, and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 60 W universal AC power supply, and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560E-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex E1 CrossConnect Server with 60 W universal AC power supply, and RJ-48C E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9560TD-ACC . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex T1 CrossConnect Server with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and CM-5RTD with time delay function, includes RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565-24A . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565-24C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565-48A . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565-48C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual T1 CrossConnect Server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565-A1C . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual T1 CrossConnect Server with 100 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual T1 CrossConnect Server with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and DB-15 T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565-ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual T1 CrossConnect server with 60 W universal AC power supply, integral CSUs and RJ-48C T1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565E-24A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual E1 CrossConnect server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565E-24B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual E1 CrossConnect server with 50 W, 24 VDC power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565E-48A . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual E1 CrossConnect server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565E-48B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual E1 CrossConnect server with 50 W, 48 VDC power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565E-A1B . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual E1 CrossConnect server with 100 W, universal AC power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565E-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual E1 CrossConnect server with 60 W, universal AC power supply and DB-15 E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-9565E-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex Dual E1 CrossConnect server with 60 W, universal AC power supply and BNC E1 connectors, 3RU IX-DCS-ADD-E1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades an IX-DCS-9530E to an IX-DCS-9560E or upgrades an IX-DCS-9560E to an IX-DCS9565E; this package includes 1 CM-7RB, 1 MA-216 and 1 CA-414 DB-15 to DB-15 cable; for systems with DB-15 E1 connectors IX-DCS-ADD-E1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades an IX-DCS-9530E to an IX-DCS-9560E or upgrades an IX-DCS-9560E to an IX-DCS9565E; this package includes 1 CM-7RB, 1 MA-218 and 2 CA-415 BNC to BNC cables; for systems with BNC E1 connectors IX-DCS-ADD-T1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades an IX-DCS-9530 to an IX-DCS-9560 or upgrades an IX-DCS-9560 to an IX-DCS-9565; this package includes 1 CM-5RB, 1 MA-216 and 1 CA-414 DB-15 to DB-15 cable assembly; for systems with DB-15 T1 connectors IX-DCS-ADD-T1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades an IX-DCS-9530 to an IX-DCS-9560 or upgrades an IX-DCS-9560 to an IX-DCS-9565; this package includes 1 CM-5RB, 1 MA-216, 1 CA-417 DB-15 to RJ-48C adapter and 1 CA-418 RJ-48C cable; for systems with RJ-48C T1 connectors.

44
NetXpress
Digital Audio Transport System for IP and T1/E1 Networks

BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // neTXpress
45
Features
professional audio transport over 10/100Base-t networks
NetXpress is designed for professional applications such as contribution and distribution circuits, studio-to-studio, STL/TSL links, remote pickup, program and spot delivery, confidence monitoring of remote sites and emergency backup of program feeds. NetXpress accepts a variety of existing Intraplex plug-in modules for audio, voice, data and video transport. Audio codec modules supported include linear uncompressed, Enhanced apt-X, MPEG, G.722 and J.41. NetXpress allows for easy migration from dedicated circuits to IP-based networks by leveraging existing assets.
transport multiple services in one or more streams
A new Level of performance Intraplex NetXpress takes IP audio transport to a new level of performance and reliability. It provides transport over packet-switched networks for a wide range of real-time audio, voice, video and data applications. As the industrys best platform for professional audio over IP, NetXpress offers system-level resiliency, sophisticated network monitoring and excellent bandwidth management. NetXpress delivers all the quality of Intraplex and all the economy of IP in one solution.

smooth migration to packet-switched networks synchroCast3
Increase coverage by building simulcast systems with NetXpress over T1/E1 or IP networks.
Built-in error correction
Built-in forward error correction, packet delay jitter compensation, and low-delay packet processing provide high-quality, robust audio streaming. These features overcome anomalies commonly associated with packet networks. Widely deployed and established LAN/WAN connections offer lower cost and higher-bandwidth alternatives to dedicated full-time links.
improve costs globally by using existing communications infrastructures Create, augment and manage multiple distribution networks
NetXpress can accommodate up to 32 simultaneous streams, one-way or duplex, unicast or multicast. Multiple program sharing and distribution across city, regional, national and continental boundaries is achieved through individually controlled and monitored streams. web browser interface and SNMP-based management allow for either centralized or decentralized control.
simultaneous ip and t1/e1 operation
NetXpress leverages the use of TDM and IP-based networks in primary and backup modes.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The base system includes the chassis with 1 network interface module (NIM), 1 module interface unit (MIU), and 1 power supply; hotstandby redundant NIM and power supply optional Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . Accepts Intraplex plug-in audio, voice, data and video modules; see individual module specifications for details and applications Audio Coding Available . . . . . . . . . Linear uncompressed, apt-X, Enhanced apt-X, MPEG layer 2 and layer 3, G.722, J.41 Audio Operating Modes . . . . . . . . Stereo, joint stereo, dual mono, mono Sample Rates Accepted . . . . . . . . 48, 44.1, 32, 16 ks/s Audio Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU and analog Data Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232, RS-449, V.35, X.21, and more Ethernet Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T (10 or 100 Mb/s) (WAN, LAN and MGMT ports) Full duplex Auto-negotiation with network Ethernet Connector . . . . . . . . . . . Port 1: management LAN, RJ-45 Port 2: WAN, RJ-45 Port 3: LAN, RJ-45 T1/E1 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1: 1.544 Mb/s E1: 2.048 Mb/s T1/E1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RJ-45 Payload Bandwidth. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 TDM busses delivering up to 8 Mb (E1 mode) or 6 Mb (T1 mode) Packet bus delivering additional bandwidth based on selection of channel access modules Circuit Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 32 streams/connections Point-to-point unidirectional Point-to-point bidirectional Point-to-multipoint unidirectional multicast (IGMP v2) Network Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . IP, TCP, UDP, RTP, DHCP, DNS, HTTP, FTP, Telnet, NTP, SNMP v2c, RTCP, ARP, ICMP Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal External, RS-422 clock input Adaptive to incoming program stream Timing out, RS-422 clock output Forward Error Correction (per stream) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High, low, off, user-selectable Packet Optimization (per stream). . Programmable jitter buffer depth to 128 packets (provides compensation in excess of 1 sec of network jitter) Quality Of Service (per stream) . . . Adjustable packet size/rate IPv4 type of service tagging Differentiated service (DiffServ) LED Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal, major alarm, minor alert, alarm cutoff (ACO), LAN link status, LAN 100 MB, LAN activity, external timing, internal timing, adaptive timing, network status
NetXpress
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // neTXpress
Digital Audio Transport System for IP and T1/E1 Networks

Alarm Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Major/minor alarms NO/NC relay contacts SNMP traps, user-configurable Alarm logs Off-site server storage for log files Network Performance Statistics . . Packet loss, packets received, packets sent, (Per Stream) packets dropped, packet count and delay variation Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Received stream loopback, equipment loopback
Remote management . . . . . Web browser user interface
Power Supply Alarm Contact rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 VDC, 100 mA Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 15 W or less with no channel modules installed Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) operating (AC powered) Humidity: 10% to 90%, non-condensing Physical (H x D x W) . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU: 5.25 x 14.25 x 19 in. (13.4 x 36.2 x 48.3 cm) Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 lbs (5 kg) approximate, w/o channel modules installed; max weight depends on number and type of modules installed
Regulatory Compliance . . . . CE-compliant, FCC Part 15 Class A, UL 1950,
SNMP network management interface

RoHS-compliant
Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . Universal AC 90 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 48 VDC, 24 VDC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single or redundant 80 W AC 200 W AC 150 W 48 VDC 150 W 24 VDC DC supplies can use either positive or negative ground reference
ordering inFormation IX-NX-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress IP multiplexer 17-slot chassis only IX-NX-300-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress IP multiplexer, includes NIM-1, MIU-201 and PS80-AC, 3RU IX-NX-300-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress IP multiplexer, includes NIM-1, MIU-201 and PS200-AC, 3RU IX-NX-300-DC24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress IP multiplexer, includes NIM-1, MIU-201 and PS150-24, 3RU shelf IX-NX-300-DC48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress IP multiplexer, includes NIM-1, MIU-201 and PS150-48, 3RU IX-NX-300R-ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex NetXpress IP multiplexer redundant configuration, includes 2 NIM-1, MIU-202-1, MIU-202-2 and PS80-AC, 3RU IX-NX-300R-ACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex NetXpress IP multiplexer redundant configuration, includes 2 NIM-1, MIU-202-1, MIU-202-2 and PS200-AC, 3RU IX-NX-300R-DC24 . . . . . . . . . . . . Intraplex NetXpress IP multiplexer 24 VDC with redundant network interface module, includes 2 NIM-1, MIU-202-1, MIU-202-2 and PS150-24, 3RU IX-NX-300R-DC48 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress IP multiplexer 48 VDC with redundant network interface module, includes 2 NIM-1, MIU-202-1, MIU-202-2 and PS150-48, 3RU IX-NX-MIU-201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module interface unit for NIM-1 card in NetXpress systems; provides network interface connectors and diagnostic access IX-NX-MIU-202-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress primary module interface unit for use with NX-NIM-1; use with NX-MIU-202-2 backup redundant MIU IX-NX-MIU-202-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress backup module interface unit for use with redundant NX-NIM-1; use with NX-MIU-202-1 primary redundant MIU IX-NX-NIM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network interface module for NetXpress systems IX-NX-OPT-EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Intraplex NetXpress echo cancellation board; provides echo cancellation for voice circuits, up to 32 channels on the TDM bus; up to 2 echo cancellation boards can be installed per NetXpress (must be purchased with original system order)
46
NetXpress LX
IP Audio Link
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // neTXpress LX
47
Features CM-30 IP interface module: can convert existing T1/E1 systems to IP Compatible with Intraplex NetXpress systems Wide variety of audio, voice and data interface modules Optional echo cancellation for two-wire voice circuits Transport of two contact closures in each direction Adjustable packet size Programmable jitter buffer depth Advanced Intraplex forward error correction Quality of service (QoS) priority tagging Unidirectional or bidirectional unicast streaming Unidirectional multicast streaming Web browser user interface SNMP-controllable Current and previous software revision storage Network statistics monitoring Event logging
unprecedented Flexibility in ip Audio transport The Intraplex NetXpress IP audio multiplexer has built its reputation for reliability at the heart of some of the worlds most complex and geographically widespread IP audio networks. Today, Harris introduces the NetXpress LX multiplexer delivering the same high-performance IP audio platform in a scaled down, more affordable package. Supporting both unicast and multicast, and compatible with the existing NetXpress, the NetXpress LX system opens up new possibilities in IP audio network design.
Product details
existing t1/e1 multiplexer Conversion to ip
Forget about retiring perfectly good Intraplex systems when moving from T1 or E1 to IP. The new NetXpress LX IP interface module, the CM-30, can replace the network interface module in existing Intraplex T1/E1 systems, converting them to IP while keeping the existing chassis with all of its audio, voice and data cards.
intraplex Reliability
Built upon the technology of the original NetXpress system, but with a form factor matching that of our T1/E1 systems, the NetXpress LX multiplexer provides the reliable and robust performance demanded by studio-to-transmitter link (STL) and other fixed, full-time inter-facility applications. Available in two sizes a 3RU frame with capacity for up to 17 application modules and a compact 1RU frame that can hold five application modules the NetXpress LX system can also work as an edge device along with the NetXpress multiplexer in large, multisite networks. The NetXpress LX multiplexer provides the superior support and long-term value expected from Intraplex broadcastings first choice for rock-solid, full-time operation of IP audio, T1/E1 and 950 MHz audio and data links.
When the mission is critical, broadcasters turn to Harris Intraplex audio transport systems the standard-bearer for dependable, great-sounding audio links for always-on applications.

general network interface
Shelf Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . LX-100: 1RU shelf with 5 card slots for audio, voice and data modules LX-300: 3RU shelf with 17 card slots for audio, voice and data modules Each shelf comprises 1 chassis, 1 power supply, 1 CM-30 IP interface module and 1 MA-230 module adapter; the LX-100 contains a single AC power supply; the LX-300 contains one AC or one DC supply and can be equipped with a second power supply for hot-standby redundancy; audio, voice and data modules optional Module Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . Accepts Intraplex plug-in audio, voice and data modules; see individual module specifications for details and applications Contact Closures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 contact closures in each direction: opto-isolated inputs and normally open relay outputs
Ethernet Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T (10 or 100 Mb/s) Full duplex Auto-negotiation with network Network Connections . . . . . . . . . . Port 1: management, RJ-45 Port 2: WAN, RJ-45 Circuit Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 32 streams/connections Point-to-point unidirectional Point-to-point bidirectional Point-to-point multipoint unidirectional multicast per IGMP v2 Network Protocols Supported . . . . IP, TCP, UDP, RTP, DHCP, DNS, HTTP, FTP, Telnet, NTP, SNMP v2c, RTCP, ARP, ICMP, IGMP v2
NetXpress LX
IP Audio Link
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // neTXpress LX
Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal External, RS-422 clock input Adaptive to incoming program stream Timing out, RS-422 clock output
stream parameters (per stream) physical and environmental
Forward Error Correction . . . . . . . High, low, off; user-adjustable Packet Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . Packet size/rate, allows control over the inherent tradeoff between overhead and delay Jitter buffer depth to 128 packets, provides compensation in excess of one second of network jitter User-adjustable Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . IPv4 type of service (ToS) tagging Differentiated service (DiffServ)
LED Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power, normal, alert, alarm Network performance Statistics (per stream) . . . . . . . . . Packet loss, packets received, packets sent, packets dropped, packet count and delay variation Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Received stream loopback, equipment loopback
Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . Universal AC 90 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 48 VDC, 24 VDC LX-300 only: optional 48 VDC, 24 VDC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LX-100: single 60 W AC LX-300: single or optional dual 60 W AC, 100 W AC, 50 W, 48 VDC, 50 W, 24 VDC Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Depends on number and type of channel modules installed: LX-100: less than 15 W typical LX-300: less than 40 W typical Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) operating (AC powered) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% to 90% non-condensing Dimensions (H x D x W) . . . . . . . . LX-100: 1RU, 1.75 x 14.25 x 19 in. (4.4 x 36.2 x 48.3 cm) LX-300: 3RU, 5.25 x 14.25 x 19 in. (13.4 x 36.2 x 48.3 cm) Standard LX-100 shipping carton (contains 1RU): 4 x 18 x 20 7/8 in. (10 x 46 x 53 cm) Standard LX-300 shipping carton (contains 3RU): 15 x 20 x 22 in. (38 x 50 x 56 cm) Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Depends on number and type of channel modules installed LX-100: less than 20 lbs (7.5 kg), typical LX-300: less than 25 lbs (11.4 kg), typical Regulatory Compliance . . . . CE, FCC Part 15 Class A, UL 1950, RoHS
ordering inFormation IX-LX-100-AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress LX IP multiplexer with CM-30 IP common module, MA-230 IP module adapter and 60 W universal AC power supply, 6-slot 1RU IX-LX-300-AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress LX IP multiplexer with CM-30 IP common module, MA-230 IP module adapter and 60 W universal AC power supply, 3RU IX-CM-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress LX IP common module; can also be used to convert Intraplex T1/E1 systems for use on IP networks; requires an MA-230 IP module adapter IX-MA-230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetXpress LX IP module adapter IX-CM-30-PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contains 2 each of the CM-30 IP common modules and MA-230 IP module adapters
48
Intraplex CM-30
IP Network Conversion Card for T1/E1 Multiplexers

BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // CM-30
49
Converting your existing intraplex t1 multiplexer to ip is as easy as plugging in a card. IP data transport can offer bandwidth and reliability equivalent to T1/E1 circuits with lower recurring costs. The Intraplex CM-30 IP network card lets you retain the rock-solid reliability and outstanding quality of your current Intraplex T1 or E1 system, while migrating to lower-cost, high-performance IP networks such as MPLS. Installation is quick and easy. Built-in intelligence allows you to field-convert your T1/E1 system in minutes. The CM-30 is compatible with the existing interface cards for audio, voice and data traffic in your Intraplex multiplexers, and works with SynchroCast3 simulcast systems for FM transmission. For system expansion, Intraplex frames equipped with the CM-30 are fully interoperational with Intraplex NetXpress and NetXpress LX IP multiplexers. The CM-30 is an excellent choice for your IP upgrade because it pays for itself by reducing your network services expenses while retaining the superior operation of the Intraplex system you trust.

network interface status and diagnostics
Ethernet Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T (10 or 100 Mb/s) Full duplex auto-negotiation with network Network Connections . . . . . . . . . . Port 1: WAN, RJ-45 Port 2: LAN, RJ-45 Circuit Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 32 streams/connections Point-to-point unidirectional Point-to-point bidirectional Point-to-multipoint unidirectional multicast per IGMP v2 Network Protocols Supported . . . . IP, TCP, UDP, RTP, DHCP, DNS, HTTP, FTP, Telnet, NTP, SNMP, v2c, RTCP, ARP, ICMP, IGMP v2 Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal, external, RS-422 clock input Adaptive to incoming program stream Timing out, RS-422 clock output
stream parameters (per stream)
Network Performance Statistics (per stream) . . . . . . . . . Packet loss, packets received, packets sent, packets dropped, packet count and delay variation Loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Received stream loopback, equipment loopback
Regulatory Compliance . . . . CE, FCC Part 15 Class A, UL 1950, RoHS
Performance cannot be guaranteed unless the IP network used has sufficient designated bandwidth to support the traffic that was previously carried on the T1/E1 system.
Forward Error Correction . . . . . . . High, low, off; user-adjustable Packet Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . Packet size/rate, allows control over the inherent tradeoff between overhead and delay Jitter buffer depth to 128 packets, provides compensation in excess of one second of network jitter User-adjustable Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . IPv4 type of service (ToS) tagging Differentiated service (DiffServ)
ordering inFormation IX-CM-30-PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade kit for Intraplex T1/E1 systems, containing 2 CM-30 cards and 2 MA-230 interface cards
notes:
Intraplex CM-30 IP network cards are fully compatible with current Intraplex multiplexers such as the STL HD, AudioLink PLUS, and Access Server, and nearly all other installed Intraplex T1/E1 multiplexer frames. The CM-30 can be used in place of not at the same time as the T1 or E1 common module (CM-3, CM-5, CM-5RB, CM-6, CM-7 or CM-7RB) card in an existing Intraplex T1/E1 multiplexer. However, a T1 or E1 multiplexer that has been converted for use on IP with the CM-30 can be converted back to T1 or E1 at a later date simply by removing the CM-30 and reinserting the T1/E1 card. Contact your local representative to confirm that the CM-30 can work for you.
Program Audio Modules

BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // prOgrAM AuDiO MODuLes
Program Audio Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products

Intraplex program audio modules allow broadcasters to transport linear and compressed audio to transmitters or to share programming with other studios. The modules are available with analog and/or AES inputs and outputs, and will function with T1, E1 or IP networks when used with Intraplex multiplexers.
type Linear uncompressed plus aux data Cards PT-353, PR-353 Common Applications STL Studio-to-studio Contribution and distribution links STL Studio-to-studio Contribution and distribution links Applications where compression is required but low delay is important or the use of MPEG compression elsewhere in the air chain makes it unsuitable to use MPEG again for fear of tandem coding artifacts Two-way audio transport STL Studio-to-studio Contribution and distribution links SynchroCast3 systems Studio-to-studio Contribution and distribution links SynchroCast3 systems High-fidelity intercom systems Distribution links with monitoring
Enhanced apt-X compressed plus auxilliary data
PT-153, PR-153
Duplex MPEG-2, MPEG-3, G.722
PTR-255
Linear uncompressed J.41 companding
PT-350C, PR-350C, PT-D350, PR-D350 PT-355C, PR-355C, PT-D355, PR-D355
Duplex 7.5 kHz Enhanced apt-X
PTR-155
ordering inFormation IX-4105AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear uncompressed 15 kHz stereo program audio channel add-on package, analog in and analog out, includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA-504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters IX-4105AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear uncompressed 15 kHz stereo program audio channel add-on package, analog in and AES/EBU digital out, includes 1 each PT-350C encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters IX-4105DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear uncompressed 15 kHz stereo program audio channel add-on package, AES/EBU digital in and analog out, includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-350C decoder module with MA-510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters IX-4105DD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear uncompressed 15 kHz stereo program audio channel add-on package, AES/EBU digital in and out, includes 1 each PT-D350 encoder module and PR-D350 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters IX-4113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enhanced apt-X program audio channel add-on package; selectable 32, 44.1 or 48 ks/s sample rates with 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio samples for up to 22.5 kHz frequency response; analog or AES/ EBU digital input, simultaneous analog and AES/ EBU digital output, plus RS-232 auxiliary data channel; meets HD Radio sample rate standards, includes 1 each PT-153 encoder module and PR-153 decoder module with MA-508 and MA509 XLR module adapters IX-4126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG duplex program audio channel add-on package; selectable MPEG Layer 2, MPEG Layer 3 or G.722 audio in each direction, plus RS-232 auxiliary data channel; selectable 16, 24, 32 or 48 ks/s MPEG sample rates for up to 20 kHz frequency response; analog or AES/EBU digital input, simultaneous analog and AES/EBU digital output; includes 2 each PTR-255 codec modules and MA-555 module adapters; may be used with optional AIP-12X patch panels to bring the audio out to XLR connectors IX-4127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 duplex program audio channel add-on package; selectable MPEG Layer 2, MPEG Layer 3 or G.722 audio in each direction, RS-232 auxiliary data channel, plus 4 opto-isolated GPI/ GPO contact closures in each direction; selectable 16, 24, 32 or 48 ks/s MPEG sample rates for up to 20 kHz frequency response; analog or AES/EBU digital input, simultaneous analog and AES/EBU digital output, includes 2 each PTR-255 codec modules and MA-556 module adapters; may be used with optional AIP-12X patch panels to bring the audio out to XLR connectors IX-4135AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.41 program audio channel add-on package, analog in and analog out; carries 15 kHz stereo audio using instantaneous companding per ITU-T J.41, includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-504 and MA-505 XLR module adapters
50
Program Audio Modules

IX-4135AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.41 program audio channel add-on package, analog in and digital out; carries 15 kHz stereo audio using instantaneous companding per ITU-T J.41, includes 1 each PT-355C encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-504 and MA-511 XLR module adapters IX-4135DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.41 program audio channel add-on package, digital in and analog out; carries 15 kHz stereo audio using instantaneous companding per ITU-T J.41, includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-355C decoder module with MA-510 and MA-505 XLR module adapters IX-4135DD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.41 program audio channel add-on package, digital in and digital out; carries 15 kHz stereo audio using instantaneous companding per ITU-T J.41, includes 1 each PT-D355 encoder module and PR-D355 decoder module with MA-510 and MA-511 XLR module adapters
Program Audio Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products

BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // prOgrAM AuDiO MODuLes
51
IX-4140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear uncompressed program audio channel add-on package; selectable 32, 44.1 or 48 ks/s sample rates for up to 22.5 kHz frequency response; analog or AES/EBU digital input, simultaneous analog and AES/EBU digital output, plus RS-232 auxiliary data channel; meets HD Radio sample rate standards, includes 1 each PT-353 encoder module and PR-353 decoder module with MA-508 and MA-509 XLR module adapters
Voice/Telephone Modules
Voice Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // vOiCe/TeLepHOne MODuLes
Intraplex voice modules provide digital transport of voice-grade audio for telephone, intercom, fax and modem circuits that can be combined with other data, voice and program audio for transmission over T1, E1 and IP networks. Two-wire, four-wire and wideband voice modules are available, and a variety of coding and signaling options support specialized applications.
type Two-wire FXO/FXS Four-wire E&M
Cards VF-15, VF-15E, VF-16A, VF-16AE, VF-17, VF-17E, VF18A, VF-18AE VF-25, VF-25E, VF-27, VF-27E
Four-wire TO Four-wire E&M with extended low-frequency response Four-wire orderwire Secure digital voice
VF-28, VF-28E, VF-29, VF-29E VF-40 VF-6i DV-600A
Common Applications Off-premise extension (OPX) telephone circuits Automatic ring-down (ARD) circuits Connecting PBX/PABX systems Intercoms and talkback circuits Confidence monitoring Telephonic (FSK) control of older remote control systems Voice traffic for mobile radio networks EAS High-precision voice traffic for mobile radio simulcast networks Voice traffic for mobile radio networks with support for PL/CTCSS/DPL tones Orderwire (party line) voice circuits Motorola SECURENET encrypted voice traffic
ordering inFormation IX-4102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 W off premise extension (OPX) telephone add-on package for T1; suitable for foreign exchange lines, 2-wire PBX tie lines between offices and off premise extensions, includes 1 VF-15 2-port FXO voice module and 1 VF-16A 2-port FXS voice module with MA-303 module adapters, includes ring generator and talk battery at FXS end IX-4103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 W automatic ring down (ARD) telephone add-on package for T1; 2 2-wire voice channels for automatic ring down circuits., includes 2 VF-16A voice modules with MA-303 module adapters, includes ring generator and talk battery at each end IX-4104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 W voice module package for T1; suitable for transport of voice grade audio such as PBX-PBX links, FSK data for remote control, 2-way radio audio, intercoms, and EAS audio; package includes 2 each VF-25 4 channel, 4-wire, E&M 3.4 kHz voice modules and MA-306 module adapters IX-4104E1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 W voice module package for E1; suitable for transport of voice grade audio such as PABXPABX links, FSK data for remote control, 2-way radio audio, intercoms and other general purpose monitoring applications; package includes 2 each VF-25E 4-channel, 4-wire, 3.4 kHz voice modules and MA-306 module adapters
52
Data Modules
Data Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products

BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // DATA MODuLes
53
Intraplex data application modules are available to suit almost any need. Synchronous and asynchronous data protocols including RS-232, RS-449, X.21 and V.35, as well as LAN interfaces, are supported. The modules are suitable for transmission over T1, E1 and IP circuits.
type INFINITY data RS-232 polling RS-232 asynchronous Wideband synchronous
Cards D-100 DA-91A DA-191A DA-191B DS-64NC
RS-232 synchronous plus contact closures RS-232 synchronous for T1, IP and 64 kb/s DDS access RS-232 synchronous for E1 Office channel unit data port
DS-966A DS-961DG DS-961DE OCU-DP
Common Applications Variable-rate telemetry such as Dopplerized data streams from satellite launch vehicles SCADA and other data polling systems Remote controls PAD and PSD digital radio signals Ethernet (LAN) bridging HD Radio streams (I2E or E2X) X.21, V.35 and RS-449 serial data Digital mobile radio systems Digital mobile radio systems Digital mobile radio systems Specialized 56/64 kb/s data circuits such as Motorola SECURENET
ordering inFormation IX-4160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Asynchronous RS-232 data add-on package; includes 2 each DA-191A 4 data modules with MA-404 module adapters; the DA-191A is a 4-port module that supports the following modes of operation: 1 to 4 channels @ 4.8 kb/s 1 to 4 channels @ 9.6 kb/s 1 or 2 channels @ 9.6 plus 1 channel @ 19.2 kb/s IX-4161 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Asynchronous RS-232 data add-on package, includes 2 each DA-191B 4 data modules with MA-404 module adapters; the DA-191B is a 4-port module that supports the following modes of operation: 1 to 4 channels @ 9.6 kb/s 1 to 4 channels @ 19.2 kb/s 1 to 4 channels @ 38.4 kb/s IX-4170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronous RS-449 data add-oOn package, includes 2 each DS-64NC wideband synchronous data modules with MA-412 DCE module adapters; data rate is selectable in 8 kb/s increments from 8 kb/s to 1.536 Mb/s in T1 systems, and from 8 kb/s to 1.984 Mb/s in E1 systems IX-4171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronous V.35 data add-on package, includes 2 each DS-64NC wideband synchronous data modules with MA-413 DCE module adapters; data rate is selectable in 8 kb/s increments from 8 kb/s to 1.536 Mb/s in T1 systems, and from 8 kb/s to 1.984 Mb/s in E1 systems IX-4172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronous X.21 data add-on package, includes 2 each DS-64NC wideband synchronous data modules with MA-420 DCE module adapters; data rate is selectable in 8 kb/s increments from 8 kb/s to 1.536 Mb/s in T1 systems, and from 8 kb/s to 1.984 Mb/s in E1 systems IX-4173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Base-T LAN bridge add-on package; a highperformance, self-learning Ethernet bridge, it is ideal for bridging applications or as a LAN extender over T1/E1 links, includes 2 each DS-64NC wideband synchronous data modules with MA-427 LAN bridge module adapters; data rate is selectable in 8 kb/s increments from 8 kb/s to 1.536 Mb/s in T1 systems, and from 8 kb/s to 1.984 Mb/s in E1 systems
SynchroCast3
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // synCHrOCAsT3
Multiple Transmitter Simulcast System

Features Optimizes the use of available frequencies Allows limited number of radio broadcast frequencies to cover a wider geographical area, often with existing infrastructure Third-generation product improves on industry-leading performance Increased time sampling New alert/alarm reporting Simplified installation and management Can be integrated into existing SynchroCast installations Dramatic improvement to coverage areas Makes new GPS-based timing technology available to older transmitter networks Precise control of channel frequencies Uses T1, E1 or IP transmission networks or microwave links
synchroCast3 system Intraplex SynchroCast3, the latest simulcasting system from Harris, provides a dynamic, scalable solution for single-frequency networks of overlapping transmitters. The SynchroCast3 modules work with the proven Intraplex T1/E1/IP multiplexers and the precision of GPS digital timing. This enables a network of transmitters to work together to increase coverage areas and reduce interference. The SynchroCast3 system will automatically adjust for any link delays that occur. Link delay changes can result from network rerouting, signal path fade and other network conditions. The delay received at the transmitter is continuously sampled. If a change in delay persists, SynchroCast3 will initiate a delay correction at the transmitters. Once the delay correction is started, the shift in delay time is done seamlessly, without interruption to system operation and at a controlled rate to prevent overshooting the desired delay. system Compatibility The SynchroCast3 system can be installed in Intraplex STL HD, AudioLink PLUS and NetXpress systems and works with many Harris Intraplex channel modules.
Product details
Optimizes the use of Available Frequencies
ordering inFormation SynchroCast3 can be ordered as add-on components or as a pre-configured package with the Intraplex T1/E1 multiplexers or the NetXpress IP multiplexer. SynchroCast3 components are as follows: IX-SNC-101S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Studio timing module IX-SNC-101T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmitter timing module IX-MA-480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module adapter for GPS and timing interfaces required for the IX-SNC-101S and IX-SNC-101T IX-SNC-SCS-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for SynchroCast3 timing modules at the studio or transmitter IX-SNC-SCS-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for expansion multiplexers at the studio or transmitter
gps Receiver
SynchroCast3 allows the use of a limited number of radio broadcast frequencies to cover a wider geographical area, often with the existing infrastructure. Turning a traditional radio transmitter network into a simulcast network can improve penetration in areas with marginal coverage. Medium and smaller transmitter systems can now realize the advantages of proven Intraplex SynchroCast technology without the need to install a completely new transmission system.
third-generation product improves on industry-Leading performance
54
Synchrocast3 improves on earlier generations of the SynchroCast product with increased time sampling, new alert/alarm reporting features, simplified installation and management, and the ability to be integrated into existing SynchroCast installations. More efficient use of network bandwidth reduces timing overhead and allows additional bandwidth to be allocated to audio and data transmission. Dynamic and hitless delay adjustments, reliable operation, and flexible implementations continue with this newest-generation product to provide the highest level of service possible.
dramatically improves Coverage Areas
One GPS receiver is required for each transmitter station site in the system and at the studio site. Consult Harris for recommended models.
Now, broadcasters can install a simulcast radio system on a single channel without having to install a completely new transmission system. The SynchroCast3 system makes new GPS-based timing technology available to older transmitter networks. It gives users easy control of the system functions critical to adjusting the coverage area to achieve desired performance. SynchroCast3 also provides reference signals to the transmitter station for precise control of channel frequencies. The system uses either T1, E1 or IP transmission lines, now readily available from Telco carriers or via private networks. These can be traditional land based, microwave, or fiber optic links. In fact, these systems can include a combination of public and private network links and still precisely control the necessary parameters to achieve peak simulcast performance.
SCM-IP Shelf Control Module

SNMP Proxy Module for T1/E1 Systems
The Intraplex shelf control module (SCM) for IP provides simple network management protocol (SNMP) agent support for the Intraplex family of products.
industry-standard snmp management
The SCM-IP module processes commands from a network management software program (a personal computer or workstation) and translates the SNMP into Intraplex simple command language (ISiCL) commands that are recognized by Intraplex products. One SCM-IP module can communicate with and control a network of Intraplex access servers, STL PLUS, AudioLink PLUS, and CrossConnect Server systems. This standard-size Intraplex module plugs into any available card slot in a standard shelf.
intraguide Control Over ip networks
10Base-T Ethernet port for LAN connection to the network manager Three daisy-chained RS-485 ports for local shelf connections Automatic detection of common and channel modules Web server configuration with password protection Two SNMP community names (read and read/write) for additional security Proxy/translator between SNMP and ISiCL DHCP client Shelf status information automatically updated in an internal database Hot-swappable Communications interface with IntraGuide configuration and management software
The SCM-IP module can also communicate over an IP network with IntraGuide configuration and management software, a Windows-based interface for remotely configuring Intraplex common modules and channel modules. With this SCM-IP-IntraGuide communication, authorized users can access, manage and monitor Intraplex equipment from any point in the IP network. Also, many SNMP network management programs can be configured so that a click on a network map launches IntraGuide, providing detailed status display and configuration control. The SCM-IP module provides a tightly integrated management interface, combining the benefits of SNMP alarm (trap) monitoring with IntraGuide softwares detailed configuration capabilities.
general input/Output Connectors
System Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . Compatible with Intraplex access server, STL HD, AudioLink PLUS and CrossConnect Server systems Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-in Web server allows configuration of ISiCL communication parameters for interfacing to common modules remote ports; auto-detection of common and channel modules; IP addressing SNMP system group and event notification configuration; password control and SNMP security; TCP port number and password for IntraGuide communications IntraGuide Compatibility . . . . . . . Each SCM-IP on an IP network is uniquely identified by its IP address, allowing access via IntraGuide software to complete configuration and status info for all connected Intraplex modules SNMP Standards Compatibility . . . Network management protocol: SNMP v2 per RFC1901-1908 Management information base: MIB II per RFC1213 SNMP Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNMP event notification and traps SNMP Get SNMP Set
MA-440 module adapter provides an RJ-45 connector for a 10Base-T interface and 3 RJ-11 jacks for RS-485 interfaces
network interface
RJ-45 Ethernet connection for 10Base-T network interfaces

status indicators
Activity LED Fault LED

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consumption 3.5 W, maximum Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C), operating Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0% to 95%, non-condensing
55
ordering inFormation IX-SCMIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNMP proxy agent with IP control interface for communication to SNMP managers and IntraGuide control software via IP interface; uses an IX-MA-440-L2 module adapter IX-MA-440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module adapter for SCM-1, RJ-45 for management LAN, RJ-11 for equipment serial IX-CA-420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable assembly for MA-440 to MA-215 or SynchroCast timing, RJ-12 to RJ-12 straightthrough
BROAdCAst stL, COntRiButiOn And distRiButiOn // sCM-ip sHeLf COnTrOL MODuLe
Features
DIGITal oUT -of-Home

Harris Digital Out-of-Home solutions deliver all aspects of a successful digital signage installation. Create or acquire compelling content using a powerful and intuitive toolkit. Manage the delivery of that content across any size network. Track its value using advanced business management software. The net result? A high-value video network that increases your competitive advantage at the point of maximum influence. To learn more, visit www.digitalsignage.harris.com.
56
infoCaster
Digital Out-of-Home Suite ........................................................................... 58
Punctuate
Business Management for Digital Out-of-Home............................................. 62
57
InfoCaster
digitAL Out-OF-HOme // infOCAsTer
Digital Out-of-Home Suite
Harris is the ONE company that addresses the entire content delivery workflow for any digital out-of-home application from a small number of screens communicating broad messages, to a huge network of screens that display carefully scheduled, targeted content to a specific audience at a precise location, at an exact time. From production, scheduling, distribution and presentation to business management, Harris Digital Out-of-Home solutions including the revolutionary InfoCaster product line and Punctuate business management software leverage years of broadcast and IT workflow expertise to help you manage content, better monetize assets and realize new revenue streams. infoCaster Suite The InfoCaster family enables targeting of graphical elements within and among on-screen regions by zone and by schedule for broadcast-quality presentations. InfoCaster Creator Create and edit all of your InfoCaster projects, including page layout, content and scheduling
58
InfoCaster Manager Administer content, permissions and schedules of presentations on multiple, remote InfoCaster Player devices InfoCaster Player Display the required content for a given project or presentation
InfoCaster
inFocaster Player

infoCaster DS1100 High-performance, small form factor digital signage platform Now 2.75 in. (6.99 cm) 12.5 in. (31.75 cm) 8 in. (20.32 cm) 15 lbs (6.8 kg) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 (standard) 2 (optional) infoCaster r4100 High-performance, multichannel digital signage platform Now 3.5 in. (8.89 cm) 16.94 in. (43.03 cm) 17m in. (43.18 cm) 23.8 lbs (10.8 kg) Yes No No No Yes Yes 1 (standard) 2, 3 or 4 (optional)
Content Playout Software

InfoCaster Player content playout software synchronizes and delivers content from multiple sources to thousands of remote displays over a widespread or nationwide network, addressing individual messaging display requirements. The right content, to the right player, at the right time Individual players can be set to display different information from the same data source Through any ODBC connection, a data value (from RSS or database, for example) can trigger related content Content can be triggered by an RFID-enabled external device External applications and devices can easily integrate into the triggering architecture, allowing players to trigger A/V switchers, fog machines, fireworks, etc.
Content playout devices
InfoCaster DS500, DS1100 and R4100 devices are individual remote systems, which display or play out the required content for a given project or presentation. Choose from three types of InfoCaster Player devices:
model number Description Availability Chassis details Height Width Depth Weight Mounting Rackmount VESA mount Wall mount Desktop Software Support InfoCaster Creator InfoCaster Player Number of channels
infoCaster DS500 Extremely compact, economical digital signage platform Now 0.79 in. (2.0 cm) 7.01 in. (17.8 cm) 5.87 in. (14.9 cm) 4.19 lbs (1.9 kg) No Yes No Yes No Yes 1
59
InfoCaster

inFocaster advantage
Digital Signage for Every Application

Casinos and gaming Healthcare/Banking/Corporate Communications/Houses of Worship
Nevada Gaming Control Board-approved progressive meter display Key-framed animations Jackpot network triggers Touchscreen capabilities Property view
Pre-loaded templates and graphics Centralized content creation, scheduling and management Live video display window Public safety alert integration Set it and forget it scheduling Combined VBrick/InfoCaster solution delivers both streaming video and digital signage
Hospitality and travel
EBMS (Event Management Software) integration Newmarket Delphi integration RSS and XML Internet feeds Live video and video clips, webcam feed integration Touchscreen capabilities
Retail
RFID capability POS system integration Easy-to-read reports for comparing planned ad repetitions vs. achieved and reconciled invoices; ready for third-party audits Monitors, screens and playback PCs; remote troubleshooting mechanisms Admin privileges for local changes Rich play log data facilitates measurement of sales uplift Sales Manager module
government/education/transportation/public safety
Automatic triggering and prioritizing of local and national emergency alert feeds Integration of Harris NetXpress surveillance video Centralized remote management Administration for content approval Encrypted, secure system
60
InfoCaster

61
inFocaster Key Features The numerous features of InfoCaster provide unparalleled performance. From multizone layouts to live data feeds and 3D animations, InfoCaster allows you to create sophisticated and stunning displays in no time!
easy to use eBms and newmarket delphi event management software interface
The InfoCaster systems easy, intuitive design allows you to quickly create impressive presentations with simple drag-and-drop region creation functionality. Press Play to showcase your work and attract an audience. You can begin to play out content while continuing to modify or create additional content using templates and regions within InfoCaster.
scalable
The InfoCaster Event Management System software allows the InfoCaster Player devices to query information from event management systems, such as EBMS and Newmarket Delphi, for their assigned locations. Informative room displays, wayfinding and scheduling can all be queried from the event management systems and displayed through InfoCaster.
inFocaster linKs you to smarter WorKFloWs

Creation
InfoCaster offers a variety of feature sets ideal for both large and small requirements, ensuring there is a solution to meet every need. InfoCaster Manager communicates to InfoCaster Player devices over any TCP/IP network, utilizing multiple, mirrored file servers and peer-to-peer management communication to reach an even larger audience.
Flexible
Creative flexibility is just a click away with InfoCaster Creator Award-winning broadcast graphics character generator provides unparalleled creativity and composition for designing sophisticated text and graphics Intuitive application offers drag-and-drop WYSIWYG design/authoring/creation/ scheduling Versatile, multizone screens Templates, backgrounds and design elements are pre-loaded
scheduling
Creative flexibility is inherent in InfoCaster, with versatile, multizone screens that allow you to design layouts that best fit your application. Localized content and advertising are just a click away, and users can perform custom content creation for specific audiences, as well as selective playout to those locations. Use the weekly scheduler to set the playout of complete projects or individual items on specific days. Assign transitions such as dissolves, pushes and wipes among items in each zone.
Reliable
Easily target programming and advertising by time, event, region, zone, venue and monitor Preview and edit scheduled InfoCasts, along with all sequence settings, with an intuitive interface that details dates, duration, days played, timing and transitions Zoom on snapshot views by week, day and second for details of upcoming scheduled events View graphic representations of conditional playback sequences, and query event playback information
management
InfoCaster automatically tracks and corrects playback interruptions. Remote software updates ensure that all InfoCaster Player devices in your network are running properly.
Organized
Easily manage complex communication projects with InfoCasts that contain content pages and all related scheduling information. Powerful tracking capabilities allow you to track and log playback, which helps ensure accuracy when monitoring and billing advertisers.
Effortlessly manage digital signage networks with InfoCaster Manager Remotely control and monitor groups of players on the InfoCaster network Reach an even larger audience over LAN, FTP, TCP/IP networks or satellite transmission Property Map feature allows an operator to drag and drop players to a campus map, and view player status InfoCaster Manager distributes software triggers to InfoCaster Player devices throughout the network
playout
The right content, to the right player, at the right time Individual players can be set to display different information from the same data source Through any ODBC connection, a data value (from RSS or database, for example) can trigger related content Content can be triggered by an RFID-enabled external device External applications and devices can easily integrate into the triggering architecture, allowing players to trigger A/V switchers, fog machines, fireworks, etc.
Reporting
Advanced Functionality
Conditional playback permits both hardware and user-defined triggers to cause changes to occur in the display. Engage your viewers with an interactive, touchscreen display that helps them make their purchase decision.
Out-of-the-Box integration VBrick systems streaming Video integration
Reports are generated with the same tools used by professional broadcasters As-run play logs for reviewing what has played for invoicing and advertising management Centralized gathering of logs for querying Export to ODBC-compliant files for billing integration
Harris and VBrick have combined solutions to deliver digital signage and live streaming video over various communications networks. Customers across the commercial, government and education markets now have the convenience of using one system to deliver the companies combined digital signage and IP video streaming solutions to computer screens and digital signage displays.
Punctuate
digitAL Out-OF-HOme // punCTuATe
Business Management for Digital Out-of-Home

make Your mark
Delivering a product message at the point of purchase as the purchasing decision is being made is a key goal of consumer-oriented businesses. Static signs and banners fill the basic need, but they are expensive to print and inflexible when it comes to delivering targeted messages to various types of consumers. Enter digital signage a tool to capture an audiences attention and place the product message close to the point of action. But even this dynamic tool cannot guarantee that you deliver the right message to the right audience every time. The ability to place content based on specific sign attributes such as location and time of day is key to unlocking the value of a flexible, multipoint digital signage network.
unlock Your network Value
Advanced Business management
Developed specifically for the digital signage industry, Punctuate is a leading-edge software application that manages the scheduling and placement of advertising and promotional content to multipoint digital signage networks. Revenue tracking, billing, automatic ad pricing and approvals for sales campaigns are among the sales-oriented user benefits for data management. Other network management-driven benefits include targeted content scheduling, robust content storage and inventory management. A flexible, web-based solution, Punctuate enables network operators to create campaigns that target content to any combination of players at nearly any time. Operators can manage and deliver advertising and promotional content based on user-defined player attributes, such as location, screen orientation and proximity to other reference points, such as entrances/exits or floors. For example, a hotel with a digital signage network might tag some of its screens with location attributes, such as lobby, gym, bar or pool. Hotel restaurant screens might be tagged with qualitative attributes, such as organic, quick service or dinner only. During the scheduling process, content targeted to health-conscious audiences could then be sent to signs in the gym and organic restaurants, while an advertisement for a new movie could be sent to signs at the hotel pool and in quick-service restaurants that attract sizable teen audiences. Punctuate enables network operators to build a business through a profitable signage solution. Seamlessly integrated with InfoCaster, Punctuate provides the needed business tools so the end result is a complete, high-quality digital out-of-home solution that enables operators to enhance revenue and build their brand.
For network operators, its critical to have access to advanced software tools to fully leverage growing business opportunities. Punctuate provides the cornerstone for developing efficient digital signage networks. This scalable and robust application provides: Intelligent and automatic content placement. Target any combination of signs, including cross-network scheduling for advertising and promotional content, based on location, time and user-defined attributes for powerful content display management. Accurate business management. Take advantage of various tools that make it easy to plan and execute campaigns. Inventory tracking, content scheduling, billing and revenue reporting Automatic rotation of content to provide message variety Campaign entry and routing for management approval Rate card pricing relative to inventory availability Web-based screens. Remotely operate your digital signage network from anywhere in the world. Keep operational costs down, while taking advantage of the latest technology. Flexible hosting options. Choose from a variety of flexible hosting options available to support your current needs, while also providing you with choices for future growth. Comprehensive managed service packages are also available.
62
Punctuate
Business Management for Digital Out-of-Home

digitAL Out-OF-HOme // punCTuATe
63
Punctuate Workflow
Time/Triggers reserved for automated Punctuate scheduling
Creation Station
InfoCaster Manager
Schedule Finalized & Played
Assign to Player Groups
Base Schedule Automatically Created
Reconcile Campaigns as Needed
Create & Submit Campaign
Review & Approve Campaign
Clinet Invoice Created
DIsTRIbUTIon amPlIfIeRs
When you choose Harris 6800+ distribution amplifiers (DAs), youre selecting industry-proven components possessing an unbeatable combination of quality, function and price. Choose from true DAs with coaxial and fiber i/O, and dual/single-channel 3g/HD/sD/Asi DAs with looping input. With solutions ranging from analog audio to 3 gb/s digital, and configurations that maximize density and transport options, 6800+ is the right choice for all your distribution requirements. To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/das.
64
AuDo AmPLiFierS
AeS6800+BS/BD/CS/CD
1x4 or 1x9, AES/EBU, Balanced or Unbalanced ............................................. 66
viDeo AmPLiFierS
DA-ASi6802+D
1x8, SD/ASI with Reclocking and Transformers ............................................. 71
Arg6800+S/D
Analog Audio Remote Gain, Balanced........................................................... 67
DA-DH/DHr6802+D
Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, 3G/HD/SD/ASI ............................... 72
DA-DHreo6803+D
FrAmeS
Fr6800+mB
6800+ 2-Slot Standalone Mix Box Frame .................................................. 68
Dual Fiber Transmitter, Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 .............................. 73
DA-DHroe6803+D
Fiber Receiver, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Coaxial Out ....................................... 75
Fr6822+QXFe
2RU 6800+ Frame, Q-SEE-Compliant ..................................................... 69
DA-DHrooe6803+D
Fiber Receiver, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Quad Coaxial Out/Fiber Transmitter ..... 76
DA-DS/DSr6802+D
Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, SD/ASI .......................................... 77
DA-H/Hr6802+S/D/DL
1x4 or 1x8, 3G/HD/SD/ASI .......................................................................... 78
DA-Hro6803+D
Fiber Receiver/Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Fiber Transmitter/Coaxial Out ...................................................................... 79
DA-S/Sr6802+S/D/DL
1x4 or 1x8, SD/ASI .................................................................................... 81
vCA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Clamping and Equalizing ....................................... 83
vDA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video ............................................................................ 84
veA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Equalizing............................................................ 85
vPD-6830
Analog Video Equalizing/Clamp ................................................................... 86
65
vrg6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video Remote Gain ........................................................ 87
vSm6801+S/D
SDI Monitoring .......................................................................................... 88
vtm6801+D
SDI Triple Monitoring .................................................................................. 89
AES6800+BS/BD/CS/CD
distRiButiOn AmpLiFieRs // AuDiO AMpLifiers
The AES6800+ is a differential input, nine output, AES/EBU digital audio distribution amplifier (DA) for use in balanced and unbalanced installations within the 6800+ modular core processing platform. It features cable equalization and data reclocking (sampling frequency of 32 and 192 kHz), making it ideal for AES distribution applications.
1x4 or 1x9, AES/EBU, Balanced or Unbalanced

Features Balanced and unbalanced version, compliant with SMPTE 270M and AES3id-2001 Manual or automatic equalization modes Bypass mode for non-AES (non bi-phase encoded) signals up to 30 MHz 50% duty cycle Data reclocking provides jitter reduction LED indication of input lock and other important errors Housed in 6800+ frame Full CCS integration with remote monitoring capability Card-edge LEDs for indication of loss of lock or signal quality errors
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. inputs Type Quantity (input signals) Connector (signals) Impedance Return Loss AES Frame Rates Signal Amplitude Input Cable Length Balanced i/O Balanced, transformer coupled 1 3-pin audio WECO 110 ohms N/A 30 to 192 kHz 0.2 to 7 V pk-pk 0 to 984 ft (0 to 300 m) twisted pair (Belden 8451 or equivalent) Coaxial i/O AC coupled 1 BNC 75 ohms >30 dB 30 to 192 kHz 0.1 V to 2 V pk-pk 0 to 1968 ft (0 to 600 m) coaxial (Belden 8281 or equivalent) Outputs Type Quantity Connector Impedance Return Loss Signal Amplitude DC Offset Rise and Fall Time Jitter Propagation Delay Balanced i/O Balanced, transformer coupled 4, 9 3-pin audio WECO 110 ohms N/A 5 V pk-pk 1 V into 110 ohms load 0 V 50 mV 5 to 30 ns <5 ns <600 ns @ 48 kHz Coaxial i/O Unbalanced 4, 9 BNC 75 ohms >35 dB 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load 0 V 50 mV 30 to 44 ns <5 ns <600 ns @ 48 kHz
images/diagrams
Block diagram
AES Out 1 AES Out 2 AES Out 3 AES Out 4 AES Out 5 AES Out 6 AES Out 7 AES Out 8 AES Out 9
Back modules AES6800+BS

AES6800+BS
GND +
AES6800+BD
AES6800+BD
GND + GND +
AES6800+CS
AES IN
AES6800+CD
AES OUT 9 AES IN
AES IN
AES IN GND + GND + GND +
AES OUT 1
AES OUT 8
AES OUT 1
AES In
Equalizer
Reclocker
GND +
GND +
AES OUT
AES OUT 6
GND +
AES OUT 2
AES OUT 7
AES OUT 2
GND +
GND +
+BD, +CD Only
GND +
ordering inFormation AES6800+BS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, AES/EBU balanced, 1 slot AES6800+BD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x9 DA, AES/EBU balanced, 2 slots AES6800+CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, AES/EBU unbalanced, 1 slot AES6800+CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x9 DA, AES/EBU unbalanced, 2 slots
GND +
GND +
66
CPU Monitoring and Control
GND +
AES OUT 3
AES OUT 6
AES OUT 3
AES OUT 4
AES OUT 5
AES OUT 4
ARG6800+S/D
Analog Audio Remote Gain, Balanced

distRiButiOn AmpLiFieRs // AuDiO AMpLifiers
67
The ARG6800+ analog audio remote gain distribution amplifier (DA) is a highperformance amplifier that offers remotely controlled audio gain that can be increased for specific applications. Control is selectable to either remote or local. Flat frequency response, carefully controlled roll-off and very low distortion ensure a virtually transparent transmission path. The ARG6800+ DA is designed for use in the 6800+ modular core processing platform. The input is over-voltage protected up to 120 VAC or DC. The transformerless, balanced input is normally bridging, but can be terminated by installing a suitable resistor. Unbalanced input is converted to balanced output. Isolation between modules in the mounting frame is better than 90 dB over the entire audio frequency band.
Balanced Analog Audio input Balanced Analog Audio Output
Features Balanced inputs and outputs Remote control for mute settings Remote indication for channel state and overload Remote and local control for independent channel gain adjustment Local control for selecting output configuration Configurable outputs to one of the following options: Eight outputs designated to one channel (1x8) Four outputs designated to channel A, four outputs designated to channel B (dual 1x4) Eight outputs designated to the combined stream of both channels (2x8 sum)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARG6800+SR: 1 input ARG6800+DR: 2 inputs Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin audio connector Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . HiZ, >30 ohms Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +28 dBu CMR Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 V CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 dB @ 60 Hz @ 8 dBu Gain Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -95.5 to 31.5 dB in 0.5 dB steps (gain increment tolerance 0.05 dB) Gain Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local front adjust potentiometers provide 1.5 dB to set exact unity
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . ARG6800+SR: 4 outputs ARG6800+DR: 8 outputs Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin audio connector Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . +28 dBu
performance
SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB @ unity gain, 20 Hz to 20 kHz relative to +8 dBu signal, unweighted Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB 20 Hz to 20 kHz relative to 1 kHz @ unity gain THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.02%, 20 Hz to 20 kHz @ 24 dBu IMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.02%, SMPTE @ 18 dBu Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >85 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Output Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >70 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Channel monitoring
Channel State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inactive state if channel <-40 dBu for 5 sec Active state if channel >-40 dBu for 5 sec Channel Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . Overload condition if channel >23.5 dBu for 1 sec images/diagrams
Block diagram Block modules ARG6800+ S
ARG6800+S ANALOG IN 1A
power Consumption. . . . . . . 3 W ARG6800+ D

ARG6800+D
GND +
Channel Out A-1 Channel In A Gain Channel Out A-2 Channel Out A-3 Channel Out A-4 Channel Out B-1 Channel Out B-2 Channel In B Gain Channel Out B-3 Channel Out B-4
GND +
ANALOG IN 2B
GND +
GND +
GND +
ANALOG OUT
GND +
5A
GND +
GND +
GND +
ordering inFormation ARG6800+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, analog audio remote gain, balanced, 1 slot ARG6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two 1x4 or one 1x8 DA, analog audio remote gain, balanced, 2 slots
GND +
5A
5B
GND +
4A
4A
ANALOG OUT 4B
GND +
3A
GND +
3A
3B
GND +
2A
2A
GND +
1A
1B
FR6800+MB
distRiButiOn AmpLiFieRs // frAMes
6800+ 2-Slot Standalone Mix Box Frame

Features Compatible with 6800+ and 6800 modules Two slots to accommodate either a single module with dual-back connector or two cards with single-back connectors Integrated low-noise fan for cooling purposes Power supplied via external 100 to 240 VAC power supply with mechanically locking connector Front-panel LEDs for direct indication of power presence and fan failure RoHS-compliant
The FR6800+MB Mix Box frame extends the Harris 6800+ family to the desktop, providing a standalone means of deploying individual 6800+ modules. The Mix Box frame has two slots to accommodate either a single card with a dual-back connector module or two cards with single-back modules. Power is supplied via an off-the-shelf external power supply unit.

FR6800+mB Frame
ordering inFormation FR6800+MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6800+ dual-slot Mix Box frame (includes external 12 V power supply adapter) 6800+12V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement power supply adapter for FR6800+MB frame note: One external 12 V power supply adapter (6800+12V) is provided with every FR6800+MB purchased. Customers do not need to order 6800+12V separately unless they require a replacement/backup unit.
Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 x 4.125 x 11.5 in. (3.8 x 10.5 x 29.2 cm) Weight (without module) . . . . . . . . 1.83 lbs (0.830 kg) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Maximum Power Rating . . . . . . . . 12 W Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCC Part 15, EN 55103-1/2, RoHS
6800+12V external power supply Adapter
Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 4.45 x 2.40 x 1.34 in. (11.3 x 6.1 x 3.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 oz (0.242 kg) AC Input Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC AC Input Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 63 Hz AC I/P Current (full load) . . . . . . . . 1 ARMS (115 VAC), 0.5 ARMS (230 VAC) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) AC Mating Connector . . . . . . . . . . IEC 320/C13 cord DC Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial power plug (2.1 mm ID, 5.5 mm OD)
68
FR6822+QXFE
2RU 6800+ Frame, Q-SEE-Compliant

69
Features Direct Ethernet connectivity (10/100Base-T) to the frame, allowing reduced slot space and device control by SNMP third-party, HTTP web browser and CCS applications Module communication via an internal high-speed data bus for thumbnail and enhanced alarm monitoring on Q-SEE-compliant modules Capacity to hold up to 20 single-slot modules or equivalent, in any combination of module types Support for a wide array of input/output types, including analog video and audio, SDI, HD-SDI, AES audio (balanced and unbalanced), fiber optics, Ethernet, serial data and RF Hot-swappable front and back modules with front access Backward-compatibility with all modules that operate on 6800+ QXF, XF and DM frames Light weight for outside broadcast applications Full Q-SEE support, including thumbnails, customizable alarms, waveform and vectorscope monitoring, and MPEG-4 streaming, for up to eight external inputs via the QSEE6800+HST module Frame video genlock loop, high-performance passive loop-through Support for two hot-swappable, redundant power supplies, each independently able to handle the complete frame power load (120 W); AC and DC power supplies can be mixed within one frame Integral fan cooling with front-to-back primary airflow designed to support full load at 122 F (50 C) ambient, with no thermal stacking limitations A variety of control methods to suit every operational environment: card-edge, CCS Navigator (PC-based control over Ethernet), HTTP web browser, or third-party control systems via published SNMP MIBs for 6800+ modules
The FR6822+QXFE, featuring an integrated Ethernet resource card, is the nextgeneration platform in the best-selling 6800+ modular core processing series. This frame is designed to offer broadcast facilities advanced baseline communication and control of their networks via a built-in web server. The FR6822+QXFE frames are capable of housing any mix of signal types, including HD-SDI, SDI, DVB-ASI, SMPTE 310M, single- and multimode fiber optics, AES/EBU (balanced and unbalanced), analog video and analog audio. There are 20 slots for single- or multi-slot modules, with mating back connectors providing superior density of up to 20 modules in a single 2RU frame. Every shipment of the FR6822+QXFE frame includes an Ethernet resource (controller) card, an HTTP web server for control, a single power supply source (ordered as either AC or 48 VDC) and a 30-day trial version of CCS Navigator (a Harris-developed, Windows-based network control application).
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Midplane PCB
FR6822+QXFE
FR6822+QXFe Frame
2RU 6800+ Frame, Q-SEE-Compliant
6800+48V power supply
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 19 x 11.5 in. (8.8 x 48.3 x 29.2 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 lbs (4.08 kg) empty 12 lbs (5.44 kg) with 2 power supplies
6800+AC power supply
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 3.35 x 1.45 x 11.25 in. (8.51 x 3.68 x 28.58 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs (0.85 kg) Minimum Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No load Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Input Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 250 VAC (10%) Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 63 Hz Input Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ARMS maximum at 90 VAC, 120 W output power 0.75 ARMS maximum at 274 VAC, 120 W output power Inrush Current (maximum peak) . . 25 A Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 W (including fans) EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC part 15 class A, EN 55103-1 and EN 55103-2 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meets UL 60950, CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 60950 and EN 60950
Dimensions ( H X W x D) . . . . . . . . 3.35 x 1.45 x 11.25 in. (8.51 x 3.68 x 28.58 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs (0.85 kg) Operating Temperature Range. . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) at full rated output Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36 to -72 VDC Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 W (including fans) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inrush current limiting Input transient protection Short-circuit protection on all outputs Reverse input voltage protection Input fuse EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC part 15 class A, EN 55103-1 and EN 55103-2 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meets UL 60950, CAN/CSA 22.2 No. 60950 and EN 60950
6800+etH
Power Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 W Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45, 10/100 Mb/s Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, shunt terminated
Frames with AC psu Options
FR6822+QXFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame, 2RU, Ethernet resource card including HTTP protocol for communication, no back, all blanks with fan (includes one 6822+AC power supply), Q-SEE compliant FR6822+QXFE+S . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame, 2RU, Ethernet resource card including HTTP and SNMP protocols for communication, no back, all blanks with fan (includes one 6822+AC power supply), Q-SEE-compliant FR6822+F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame, 2RU, no back, all blanks with fan (includes one 6822+AC power supply)
Frames with dC psu
6800+ETH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet resource card for FR6822+F, CCS-compliant 6800+ETHSNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6800+ETH module with SNMP option enabled 6800+OPT+SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . Software license-key upgrade to existing 6800+ETH to provide SNMP support 6822+AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC power supply for FR6822+ series frames 6800+48V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 VDC power supply for FR6822+ series frames FR6822+RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear support extension rail for 6800+ series frame note: All FR6822+QXFE frames come equipped with a single power supply (ordered as either AC or 48 VDC) and an Ethernet resource card with an HTTP web server. The HTTP web server allows any standard web browser access directly to the frame for configuration and control.
70
FR6822+QXFE+48 . . . . . . . . . . . Frame, 2RU, Ethernet resource card including HTTP protocol communication, no back, all blanks with fan (includes one 6800+48 VDC power supply), Q-SEE-compliant FR6822+QXFE+S48 . . . . . . . . . . Frame, 2RU, Ethernet resource card including HTTP and SNMP protocols for communication, no back, all blanks with fan (includes one 6800+48 VDC power supply), Q-SEE-compliant FR6822+F+48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame, 2RU, no back, all blanks with fan (includes one 6800+48 VDC power supply)
DA-ASI6802+D
1x8, SD/ASI with Reclocking and Transformers

Designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform, the DAASI6802+D is a 1x8 serial video distribution amplifier (DA) that meets the strictest requirements of SMPTE 259ABC and DVB-ASI, using transformers on all outputs for accurate non-inverting polarity. Because of its excellent signal transition performance, it is an ideal DA for ASI-compliant distribution. You can set up, control, and monitor the DA-ASI6802+D either locally via a card-edge jumper or remotely on a PC. For remote control, you can use either a serial RS-232 or optional 6800+ETH Ethernet connection.
Features One input, eight outputs (dual-slot back module) Transformers on all outputs Identical polarity between the input and outputs Automatic cable equalization Automatic reclocking at 143, 177, 270 (SDI and ASI), and 360 Mb/s Automatic bypass if the signal is not able to be reclocked Enforce bypass Input signal detect Remote control by Harris CCS Navigator control system
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer SD/ASI In Transformer Equalizer Reclocker Transformer Transformer Transformer Transformer CPU Monitoring and Control SD/ASI Out 1 SD/ASI Out 2 SD/ASI Out 3 SD/ASI Out 4 SD/ASI Out 5 SD/ASI Out 6 SD/ASI Out 7 SD/ASI Out 8
IN 2 1
Back module
OUT 6 5

inputs performance
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASI, SDI Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 880 mV Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than 18 dB (5 to 270 MHz) Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 984 ft (0 to 300 m) Belden 1694A or equivalent
Outputs
Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI @ data rate tested DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 850 ps Overshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ns Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <3.5 W
temperature
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Output Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformer Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASI, SDI Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than 18 dB (5 to 270 MHz) Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C)
71
ordering inFormation DA-ASI6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, SD/ASI with reclocking and transformers, 2 slots NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
distRiButiOn AmpLiFieRs // viDeO AMpLifiers
DA-DH/DHR6802+D
Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, 3G/HD/SD/ASI

The DA-DHR6802+D dual distribution amplifier (DA) provides two channels of 3G/HD/SDI/ASI/SMTPE310 video distribution with cable equalizing and reclocking. Built for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform, the DADH6802+D dual DA provides two channels of 3G/HD/SDI/ASI/SMTPE310 video distribution with cable equalizing and is non-reclocking. The DA-DH6802+D and DA-DHR6802+D dual DAs have four outputs for each input (two 1x4) and are user configurable to function as single-channel DAs with eight outputs (1x8). The DA-DH6802+D and DA-DHR6802+D dual DAs feature broadcast-quality performance that exceeds SMPTE specifications. Software configuration of all parameters and remote indication of signal presence and alarms are standard.
Features Cost-effective DA with equalizing and reclocking (DA-DHR6802+D only) Dual 1x4 configurable as 1x8 Automatic cable equalization on inputs Automatic or forced rate detection Reclocking with automatic or forced bypass (DA-DHR6802+D only) Identical polarity for ASI compatibility on all outputs Built-in automatic changeover (ACO) protection between inputs Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Signal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SD, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s
Cable equalization
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (350 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (140 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >232 ft (70 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Rise and Fall time
Product details The DA-DH6802+D and DA-DHR6802+D DAs provide 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 3G/HD/SDI/ASI/SMTPE310 distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame with low power consumption and non-inverting ASI compatibility on all outputs. The DA-DH6802+D and DA-DHR6802+D protect your signal path with a unique automatic changeover (ACO) feature. With the built-in ACO, an automatic failover can be set to switch the primary input to the secondary with the loss of signal on the primary input. The user can select which input is designated as primary and which is designated as secondary. This further leverages your investment and allows a backup to live or sync feeds directly on this DA.
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 700 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
power Consumption. . . . . . . <6.0 W propagation delay
DA-DHR6802+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~4 ns (for reference only)

temperature
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Performance Temperature . . . . . . 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C)

start-up time
images/diagrams
Block diagram
3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI In A 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-2 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-3 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-4 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-2 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-3 DA-DHR Only 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-4
DA-DH6802+/DA-DHR6802+ . . . Approximately 3 sec

Back module
B IN A
Equalizer
Reclocker
72
3G/HD/SD/ASI In B Equalizer Reclocker
2X2 Matrix
OUT A 4 3
OUT B 4 3
ordering inFormation DA-DH6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual 1x4 DA or single 1x8 with secondary back-up input and built-in ACO, 3G/HD/SD/ASI non-reclocking, 2 slots DA-DHR6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual 1x4 DA or single 1x8 with secondary backup input and built-in ACO, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots www.broadcast.harris.com
DA-DHREO6803+D
Dual Fiber Transmitter, Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8

The DA-DHREO6803+D/DX dual-channel distribution amplifier (DA) with fiber output provides two channels of coaxial 3G/HD/SD/ASI signal distribution with cable equalizing and reclocking and is designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. This DA uses an SFP LC-type fiber dual transmitter with built-in electrical-to-optical (E-to-O) conversion. The DA-DHREO6803+D is configured to function as a dual-channel DA with four outputs for each input (two 1x4). It can also be configured to function as a singlechannel 1x8 DA with built-in automatic changeover (ACO). One output for each input is fiber. The DA-DHREO6803+D can be ordered without the SFP transmitter installed (+DX) to allow for expansion into fiber connectivity when ready. The DA-DHREO6803+D provides 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame with low power consumption and non-inverting ASI compatibility on all outputs. The DA-DHREO6803+D/DX can protect your signal path with built-in ACO. The user can select which input is designated as primary and which is designated as secondary. This further leverages your investment and allows a backup to feed directly on this DA. The DA-DHREO6803+D/DX features broadcast-quality performance that exceeds SMPTE specifications. Software configuration of all parameters and remote indication of signal presence and alarms are standard.
Features Dual-channel 1x4 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution using two coaxial inputs and six coaxial and two fiber outputs Cost-effective DA with equalizing and reclocking Automatic cable equalization on inputs Automatic or forced rate detection Reclocking with automatic or forced bypass Identical polarity for ASI compatibility on all outputs Built-in ACO protection between inputs Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame
input
Two BNC coaxial inputs

Output
Two (1310 nm) SFP LC-type connector transmitter dual transmit Six BNC coaxial outputs
images/diagrams
Block diagram
3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI In A 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-2 Equalizer Reclocker Fiber Transmitter 2X2 Matrix 3G/HD/SD/ASI In B Equalizer Reclocker
+D only
Back module
B IN A 2 1
3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-3 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out A-4
OUT A
3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-2 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-3 Fiber Transmitter
+D only
3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out B-4
1 4 OUT B 3 2
73
DA-DHREO6803+D
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SD, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s
Cable equalization
Dual Fiber Transmitter, Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8
Rise and Fall time
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (350 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (140 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (70 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8), SFP LC-type fiber interface Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
DA-DHREO6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . ~4 ns (for reference only)

temperature

start-up time
DA-DHREO6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 3 sec
ordering inFormation DA-DHREO6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . Dual 1x4 DA or single 1x8 with secondary backup input and built-in ACO, E-to-O, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots DA-DHREO6803+DX . . . . . . . . . . DA-DHREO6803+D DA without SFP (optional dual transmitter)
74
DA-DHROE6803+D
Fiber Receiver, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Coaxial Out

75
3 OUT A 2 1
The DA-DHROE6803+D dual-channel distribution amplifier (DA) with fiber input provides two channels of fiber 3G/HD/SD/ASI signal distribution with cable equalizing and reclocking and coaxial output. Designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform, this DA uses an SFP LC-type fiber dual receiver with built-in optical-to-electrical (O-to-E) conversion. The DA-DHROE6803+D is configured to function as a dual-channel DA with four outputs for each input (two 1x4). It can also be configured to function as a single-channel 1x8 DA with built-in automatic changeover (ACO). All outputs are coaxial. The DA-DHROE6803+D provides 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame with low power consumption and non-inverting ASI compatibility on all outputs. The DA-DHROE6803+D can protect your signal path with built-in ACO. The user can select which input is designated as primary and which is designated as secondary. This further leverages your investment and allows a backup to feed directly on this DA. The DA-DHROE6803+D features broadcast-quality performance that exceeds SMPTE specifications. Software configuration of all parameters and remote indication of signal presence and alarms are standard.
Features Dual-channel 1x4 or single-channel 1x8 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution using two fiber inputs and eight coaxial outputs Cost-effective DA with equalizing and reclocking Automatic cable equalization on inputs Automatic or forced rate detection Reclocking with automatic or forced bypass Identical polarity for ASI compatibility on all outputs Built-in ACO protection between inputs Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame
input
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SD, ASI, SFP LC-type fiber interface Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s
Cable equalization
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (350 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (140 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (70 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Rise and Fall time
power Consumption. . . . . . . <6 W propagation delay . . . . . . . . ~4 ns (for reference only) temperature

start-up time . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 3 sec
Two (1310 nm) SFP LC-type connector receiver dual receive

Output
Eight BNC coaxial outputs images/diagrams

Block diagram Back module
IN 1
3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber In A 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-2 Fiber Receiver Reclocker 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-3 2X2 Matrix 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber In B 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out A-4 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-2 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-3 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out B-4
OUT B 4 3 4 A 2 B
Fiber Receiver
Reclocker
ordering inFormation DA-DHROE6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . Dual 1x4 DA or single 1x8 with secondary backup input and built-in ACO, O-to-E, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
DA-DHROOE6803+D
Fiber Receiver, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Quad Coaxial Out/Fiber Transmitter
The DA-DHROOE6803+D is part of the Harris 3G/HD/SD/ASI fiber distribution amplifier (DA) line, designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. It is ideal for distribution applications requiring a mixture of medium-haul and medium/long-haul signal paths within a multifloor facility or across metrotype distances. This DA can be configured as a dual-channel unit with four outputs for each input (two 1x4) or as a single-channel 1x8 unit with built-in automatic changeover (ACO) and four outputs each for fiber and coaxial. The DA-DHROOE6803+D also features an SFP LC-type fiber dual transmitter with built-in optical-to-electrical (O-to-E) conversion. Built-in ACO protects your signal path while allowing you to designate which input is primary and which is secondary. This capability leverages your investment and allows a backup feed directly on the DA. Capable of broadcast-quality performance that exceeds SMPTE specifications, the DA-DHROOE6803+D comes standard with software configuration of all parameters, alarms and remote indication of signal presence.
Features Dual-channel 1x4 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution with one fiber input, two fiber outputs and two coaxial outputs each Single-channel 1x8 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution with backup fiber input, four fiber and four coaxial outputs Built-in ACO protection when configured as 1x8 with a backup fiber input Highly cost-effective distribution amp with reclocked outputs and fiber IO High density: dual- or single-channel residing on each card and two-slot back module Automatic or forced rate detection and reclocking (reclocking can be bypassed) Identical polarity for ASI compliance on all outputs Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm Provides 20 channels of 1x4 distribution in a 2RU frame with low power consumption (for use in the FR6822+QXFE frame) Inputs: Two (1310 nm) SFP LC-type connectors, dual receiver Outputs: Four (1310 nm) SFP LC-type connectors, dual transmitter + four BNC coaxial outputs images/diagrams
Block diagram
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SD, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8), SFP LC type fiber interface Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s
Cable equalization
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (350 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (140 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (70 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8), SFP LC type fiber interface Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Rise and Fall time

start-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 3 sec
Back module
DA-HROOE6803+D
Fiber Transmitter 3G/HD/ SD/ASI Fiber In A Fiber Receiver Reclocker
3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out A-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out A-2 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out A-3 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out A-4
IN A B OUT A1 A3 A4
4X4 Matrix
76
3G/HD/ SD/ASI Fiber In B
Fiber Receiver
Reclocker
Fiber Transmitter
3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out B-1 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out B-2
A2
3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out B-3 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out B-4

B3 B1 B2 B4
ordering inFormation DA-DHROOE6803+D . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel 1x4 with O-to-E plus fiber out or single 1x8 with O-to-E plus fiber out and ACO backup in, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots (dual fiber in x 2 coaxial plus 2 fiber out; single fiber in x 4 coaxial plus 4 fiber out with ACO fiber input) www.broadcast.harris.com
DA-DS/DSR6802+D
Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, SD/ASI

77
A member of the 6800+ modular core processing family, the DA-DS6802+D/ DA-DSR6802+D dual distribution amplifiers (DAs) provide two channels of SDI/ ASI/SMTPE310 video distribution with cable equalizing and reclocking (reclocking on DA-DSR6802+ only). The DA-DS6802+D/DA-DSR6802+D dual DAs have four outputs for each input (two 1x4) or can be configured as single-channel DAs with eight outputs (1x8). The DA-DA-DS6802+D/DA-DSR6802+D dual DAs feature high video performance, low cost and remote indication of signal presence and alarms. The DA-DS6802+D/DA-DSR6802+D DAs provide 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 SDI/ASI distribution in a 2RU frame with low power consumption and full ASI compatibility on all outputs. The DA-DS6802+D/DA-DSR6802+D DAs alsoprotect your signal path with a unique automatic changeover (ACO) feature. With the built-in ACO, an automatic failover can be set to switch the primary input to the secondary with the loss of signal on the primary input. The user can select which input is designated as primary and which is secondary. This further leverages your investment and allows customers to have a backup to live or sync feeds directly on this DA.
Features Inexpensive DA with equalizing and reclocking (DA-DSR6802+D only) Configurable as a single 1x8 or as dual 1x4 DA Automatic cable equalization on inputs Automatic or forced rate detection Reclocking with automatic or forced bypass (DA-DSR6802+D only) Identical polarity for ASI compatibility Built-in ACO protection between inputs Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control by jumpers with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm 20 channels of 1x4 or 10 channels of 1x8 distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694
number of Outputs
Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI, ASI SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (1x8 configuration) ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 (2x4 configuration) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 540 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
power Consumption
DA-DSR6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 VDC, 0.5 A, 3.5 W DA-DS6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 VDC, 0.8 A, 5.5 W
propagation delay
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) images/diagrams
Block diagram
SD/ASI Out A-1 SD/ASI Out A-2 SD/ASI In A Equalizer Reclocker SD/ASI Out A-3 SD/ASI Out A-4
DA-DSR6802+D (all bit rates) DA-DS6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <8.0 ns Bypass mode (all bit rates) . . . . . . <9.0 ns 19.4 Mb/s Reclock. . . . . . . . . . . . 48.0 ns 143 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.5 ns 177 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.4 ns 270 (525/625/ASI) Mb/s Reclock . 14.76 ns 360 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 ns 540 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 ns
temperature

start-up time
DA-DS6802+D/DA-DSR6802+D . . Approximately 10 sec

Back module
B IN A
2X2 Matrix
OUT A
SD/ASI Out B-1 SD/ASI Out B-2 SD/ASI In B Equalizer Reclocker SD/ASI Out B-3 DA-DSR only SD/ASI Out B-4
OUT B 4 3
ordering inFormation DA-DS6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual 1x4 DA or single 1x8 with secondary backup input and built-in ACO, SD/ASI non-reclocking, 2 slots DA-DSR6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual 1x4 DA or single 1x8 with secondary backup input and built-in ACO, SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots
DA-H/HR6802+S/D/DL
1x4 or 1x8, 3G/HD/SD/ASI
The DA-H6802+/DA-HR6802+ distribution amplifiers (DAs) are built for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform and provide one channel of 3G/ HD/SDI/ASI, SMTPE 310 video distribution with cable equalizing and reclocking (reclocking on DA-HR6802+ only). DA-H6802+D/DL and DA-HR6802+D/DL are single-channel DAs with eight outputs (1x8). The DA-H6802+/DA-HR6802+ DAs feature high-quality video performance, low cost and remote indication of signal presence and alarms. The DA-H6802+D/DL and DA-HR6802+D/DL DAs provide 10 channels of 1x8 3G/HD/SDI/ASI/SMTPE310 distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame with low power consumption and non-inverting ASI compatibility on all outputs. The +S configuration of this product refers to the single-slot back module, which allows the DA to function as a single-channel 1x4 DA. The +DL configuration for this product refers to the looping input back module, which is a double-slot back module (1x8 with looping input) and is ideal for cascading DA applications.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 1 3G/HD/SD/ASI In 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 2 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 3 DA-HR only LOOP 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 4 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 5 +DL only 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 6 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 7 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 8 +D, +DL Only CPU Monitoring and Control
4 8 7 8 7 OUT 3 6 2 4 3 4 3
Features Inexpensive DA with equalizing and reclocking (DA-HR6802+ only) Single 1x8 with dual back panel or single 1x4 with single back panel Automatic cable equalization on inputs Automatic or forced rate detection Reclocking with automatic or forced bypass at 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s and 2.97 Gb/s (DA-HR6802+ only) Identical polarity for ASI compatibility Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control by jumpers with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm 10 channels of 1x8 distribution (+D, +DL) or 20 channels of 1x4 (+S) in a 2RU 6800+ frame
Back modules DA-H/HR6802+S DA-H/HR6802+D DA-H/HR6802+DL
Equalizer
Reclocker
IN 1 2
IN 1 2
LOOP
IN 1
OUT 5 6
OUT 5
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Signal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s HD, SD, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s
Cable equalization
Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk

DA-HR6802+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~4 ns (for reference only)

temperature
78
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (350 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (140 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >230 ft (70 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (1x8) or 4 (1x4) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s HD, SD, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz; >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Rise and Fall time

start-up time
DA-H6802+/DA-HR6802+. . . . . . Approximately 3 sec ordering inFormation DA-H6802+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, 3G/HD/SD/ASI non-reclocking, 1 slot DA-H6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, 3G/HD/SD/ASI non-reclocking, 2 slots DA-H6802+DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, with looping input, 3G/HD/SD/ASI non-reclocking, 2 slots DA-HR6802+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, 1 slot DA-HR6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots DA-HR6802+DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, with looping input, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots www.broadcast.harris.com
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 700 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude
DA-HRO6803+D
Fiber Receiver/Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Fiber Transmitter/Coaxial Out
The DA-HRO6803+D/DX single-channel distribution amplifier (DA) with fiber input and output provides one channel of coaxial or fiber 3G/HD/SD/ASI signal distribution with cable equalizing and reclocking. This DA uses an SFP-type fiber transceiver with builtin electrical-to-optical (E-to-O) and optical-to-electrical (O-to-E) conversion and is designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. The DA-HRO6803+D is configured to function as a single-channel DA with eight outputs (1x8). One input and one output are fiber. The DA-HRO6803+D can be ordered without the SFP transceiver (+DX) installed to allow for expansion into fiber connectivity when ready. The DA-HRO6803+D provides 10 channels of 1x8 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame with low power consumption and non-inverting ASI compatibility on all outputs. The DA-HRO6803+D can protect your signal path with builtin automatic changeover (ACO). The ACO can operate between the coaxial and fiber inputs. The user can select which input is designated as primary and which is designated as secondary. This further leverages your investment and allows a backup to feeds directly on this DA. The DA-HRO6803+D/DX features broadcast-quality performance that exceeds SMPTE specifications. Software configuration of all parameters and remote indication of signal presence and alarms are standard.
Features Single-channel 1x8 3G/HD/SD/ASI distribution using one coaxial or one fiber input and seven coaxial and one fiber outputs Cost-effective DA with equalizing and reclocking Automatic cable equalization on inputs Automatic or forced rate detection Reclocking with automatic or forced bypass Identical polarity for ASI compatibility on all outputs Built-in ACO protection between all inputs (fiber and coaxial) Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm 10 channels of 1x8 distribution in a 2RU 6800+ frame
input
One (1310 nm) SFP LC-type connector transceiver receive component One BNC coaxial input
Output
One (1310 nm) SFP LC-type connector transceiver transmit component Seven BNC coaxial outputs
images/diagrams
Block diagram
+D only
Back module
IN B 1 A 2
Fiber Transmitter 3G/HD/SD/ASI In A
3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber Out 1 3G/HD/SD/ASI

Out 2
Equalizer
Reclocker
3G/HD/SD/ASI
Out 3
2X2 Matrix 3G/HD/SD/ASI Fiber In B
3G/HD/SD/ASI
Out 4
Fiber Receiver
Reclocker
+D Only
3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 5 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 6 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 7 3G/HD/SD/ASI Out 8 CPU Monitoring and Control
OUT 6 5
79
DA-HRO6803+D
Fiber Receiver/Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Fiber Transmitter/Coaxial Out
Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SD, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8), SFP LC type fiber interface Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s
Cable equalization
Rise and Fall time
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 700 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI peak to peak
270 Mb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (350 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 1.485 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (140 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent 2.97 Gb/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >492 ft (70 m) Belden 1694 or equivalent Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s, HD, SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8), SFP LC type fiber interface Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz >10 dB to 2.97 Gb/s Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V

start-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 3 sec
ordering inFormation DA-HRO6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, 3G/HD/SD/ASI with reclocking, fiber and coaxial inputs and outputs, 2 slots DA-HRO6803+DX . . . . . . . . . . . . DA-HRO6803+D DA without SFP (optional transceiver)
80
DA-S/SR6802+S/D/DL
1x4 or 1x8, SD/ASI
81
Part of the 6800+ modular core processing family, the DA-S6802+/DASR6802+ single distribution amplifiers (DAs) provide one channel of SDI/ASI/ SMTPE310 video distribution with cable equalizing and reclocking*. The DAS6802+D/DL and DA-SR6802+D/DL DAs are single-channel DAs with eight outputs (1x8). The DA-S6802+/DA-SR6802+ DAs feature high-quality video performance, low cost and remote indication of signal presence and alarms. The DA-S6802+D/DL and DA-SR6802+D/DL DAs provide 10 channels of 1x8 SDI/ASI/SMTPE 310 distribution in a 2RU frame with low power consumption and non-inverting ASI compatibility on all outputs. The +S configuration of this product refers to the single-slot back module, which allows the DA to function as a single-channel 1x4 distribution amplifier. The +DL configuration for this product refers to the looping input back module, which is a double-slot back module (1x8 with looping input) and is ideal for cascading DA applications. *reclocking on DA-SR6802+ only
images/diagrams
Block diagram
SD/ASI Out 1 SD/ASI Out 2 SD/ASI In Equalizer Reclocker SD/ASI Out 3 DA-SR Only LOOP SD/ASI Out 5 +DL Only SD/ASI Out 6
OUT OUT 6 5 6 OUT 5 2 4 3 4 3 IN 1 2 IN 1 2 LOOP IN 1
Features Inexpensive DA with equalizing and reclocking (DA-SR6802+ only) Single 1x8 with dual back panel or single 1x4 with single back panel Automatic cable equalization on inputs Automatic or forced rate detection Reclocking with automatic or forced bypass (DA-SR6802+ only) Identical polarity for ASI compatibility Feedback status reports input signals present and locked Card-edge control by jumpers with LED feedback Remote control with status and alarm 10 channels of 1x8 distribution (+D, +DL) or 20 channels of 1x4 (+S) in a 2RU 6800+ frame
Back modules DA-H/HR6802+S DA-H/HR6802+D DA-H/HR6802+DL
SD/ASI Out 4
SD/ASI Out 7 SD/ASI Out 8 +D, +DL Only CPU Monitoring and Control
DA-S/SR6802+S/D/DL
1x4 or 1x8, SD/ASI
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Signal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 MHz Cable Equalization: . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI, ASI SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (1x8 configuration) ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (1x8 configuration) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 540 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time: . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 pS (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
power Consumption
DA-SR6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 VDC, 0.5 A, 3.5 W DA-S6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 VDC, 0.8 A, 5.5 W
propagation delay
DA-DSR6802+D (all bit rates). . . . <8.0 ns DA-DS6802+D Bypass mode (all bit rates) . . . . . . <9.0 ns 19.4 Mb/s Reclock. . . . . . . . . . . . 48.0 ns 143 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.5 ns 177 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.4 ns 270 (525/625/ASI) Mb/s Reclock . 14.76 ns 360 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 ns 540 Mb/s Reclock . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 ns
temperature

start-up time
DA-S6802+/DA-SR6802+ . . . . . . Approximately 10 sec ordering inFormation DA-S6802+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, SD/ASI non-reclocking, 1 slot DA-S6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, SD/ASI non-reclocking, 2 slots DA-S6802+DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA with looping input, SD/ASI non-reclocking, 2 slots DA-SR6802+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, SD/ASI with reclocking, 1 slot DA-SR6802+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA, SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots DA-SR6802+DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA with looping input, SD/ASI with reclocking, 2 slots
82
VCA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Clamping and Equalizing

83
The VCA6800+ is an analog video clamping and equalizing distribution amplifier (DA) built for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. This DA provides a jumper-selectable input-coupling mode (DC or AC coupling) and is capable of hard and soft clamping to the composite NTSC and PAL video signal.
Features images/diagrams
Block diagram Back modules VCA6800+S
Analog Video Out 1 Analog Video Out 2 Analog Video In LOOP Input Differential Amplifier Gain Equalizer Analog Video Out 3 Analog Video Out 4 Analog Video Out 5 Clamp Analog Video Out 6 Analog Video Out 7 Analog Video Out 8 +D Only CPU Monitoring and Control
4 8 7 OUT 3 6 2 4 3
One differential input Eight outputs with double-back module; four outputs with single-back module AC and DC input coupling selectable Looping and internal terminating selectable with dual-slot back module; internal terminating with single-slot back module 3 dB gain adjustable range >50 MHz bandwidth Continuous cable equalizing up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 8281 cable or equivalent Back porch clamp with selectable soft, hard and non-clamp modes Hot-swappable Optional removable gain/EQ control Module presence reporting via Harris CCS Navigator control system
VCA6800+D
IN 1 2
LOOP
IN 1
+D Only
OUT 5

inputs
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk nominal Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V pk-pk centered @ 0 V Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, looping or internal terminating selectable Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC-, AC-selectable Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB to 5 MHz; >40 dB to 10 MHz CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >65 @ 10 kHz CM Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >28 V pk-pk
Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (D back module), 4 (S back module) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB to 5 MHz; >40 dB to 10 MHz Output Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB @ 10 MHz Response Variation. . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB @ 10 MHz Phase Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2
performance
Line Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.20% DC coupling Field Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.20% DC coupling Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15 DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <25 mV EQ Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB to 5 MHz, 0.15 dB to 10 MHz, 0 to 984 ft (0 to 300 m) Belden 8281 Clamp Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <25 mV Clamp APL Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 mV Clamp Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 lines for hard, 7 lines for soft S/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >70 dB by VM 700 Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1.0 ns Performance Temperature . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Power Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . <2 W ordering inFormation VCA6800+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, analog video, clamping and equalizing, 1 slot VCA6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA with looping input, analog video, clamping and equalizing, 2 slots
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 to 3 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB DC-10 MHz, 0.2 dB to 20 MHz, -3 dB >50 MHz
VDA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video

The VDA6800+ is a high-performance, high-reliability, cost-efficient, generalpurpose analog video distribution amplifier (DA) built for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. Composite and component analog NTSC, PAL, SECAM (with sync or without sync), and sub-carrier, as well as coaxial version AES digital audio signals can be amplified with the VDA6800+ in 6800+ series frames.
Features One differential input Eight outputs with double-back module; four outputs with single-back module DC input coupling Looping and internal terminating selectable with dual-slot back module; internal terminating with single-slot back module 3 dB gain adjustable range >50 MHz bandwidth Hot-swappable Module presence reporting via Harris CCS Navigator control system
images/diagrams
Block diagram Back modules VDA6800+S
Analog Video Out 1 Analog Video Out 2 Analog Video In LOOP +D Only Input Differential Amplifier Gain Buffer Analog Video Out 3 Analog Video Out 4 Analog Video Out 5 Analog Video Out 6 Analog Video Out 7 Analog Video Out 8 +D Only CPU Monitoring and Control
4 8 7 3 2 4 3
VDA6800+D
IN 1 2
LOOP
IN 1
OUT 6
OUT 5

inputs performance
84
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk nominal Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V pk-pk centered @ 0 V Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, looping or internal terminating selectable Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB to 5 MHz; >40 dB to 10 MHz CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >65 @ 1 kHz CM Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >28 V pk-pk
Outputs
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 to 3 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB DC-10 MHz, 0.2 dB to 20 MHz, -3 dB >50 MHz Line Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.20% Field Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.20% Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15 DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <25 mV S/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >70 dB by VM 700 Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1.0 ns Performance Temperature . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Power Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . <2 W ordering inFormation VDA6800+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, analog video, 1 slot VDA6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA with looping input, analog video, 2 slots
VEA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Equalizing

The VEA6800+ is a high-performance, high-reliability, analog video equalizing distribution amplifier (DA) built for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. This DA provides a continuously variable equalization for up to 984 ft (300 m) of Belden 8281 coaxial cable. Optionally, the equalizer can be customized to accommodate other cable types. Composite and component analog NTSC, PAL and SECAM signals, with or without sync, as well as sub-carrier signals can be amplified with the VEA6800+ in 6800+ series frames.
Features One differential input Eight outputs with double-back module; four outputs with single-back module DC input coupling Looping and internal terminating selectable with dual-slot back module; internal terminating with single-slot back module 3 dB gain adjustable range >50 MHz bandwidth Continuous cable equalizing up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 8281 cable or equivalent Hot-swappable Module presence reporting via Harris CCS Navigator control system
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Analog Video Out 1 Analog Video Out 2 Analog Video In LOOP Analog Video Out 3 Input Differential Amplifier Gain Buffer Equalizer Analog Video Out 4 Analog Video Out 5 Analog Video OUT 6 Analog Video Out 7 Analog Video Out 8 +D Only CPU Monitoring and Control
Back modules VEA6800+S VEA6800+D
IN 1 2
LOOP
IN 1
+D Only
Out
OUT 3 6
OUT 5

inputs
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk nominal Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V pk-pk centered @ 0 V Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, looping or internal terminating selectable Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB to 5 MHz; >40 dB to 10 MHz CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >65 @ 1 kHz CM Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >28 V pk-pk
Outputs
performance
Line Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.20% Field Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.20% Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15 DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <25 mV EQ Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB to 5 MHz, 0.15 dB to 10 MHz, 0-300 m Belden 8281 S/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >70 dB by VM 700 Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1.0 ns Performance Temperature . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Power Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . <2 W ordering inFormation VEA6800+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, analog video, equalizing, 1 slot VEA6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA with looping input, analog video, equalizing, 2 slots *** Call for special equalizing options ***
85
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 to 3 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB DC-10 MHz, 0.2 dB to 20 MHz, -3 dB >50 MHz
VPD-6830
Analog Video Equalizing/Clamp

The VPD-6830 provides a full complement of features suitable for a wide variety of video distribution applications and is designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. The VPD-6830 provides jumper-selectable AC or DC coupling, equalization, and a jumper-selectable soft back porch clamp. The equalization can compensate for up to 300 meters of Belden 8281 cable.
Features Differential input, eight outputs 30 MHz bandwidth (-3 dB) Jumper-selectable soft back porch clamp Jumper-selectable AC or DC coupling
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Analog Video Out 1 Analog Video Out 2
ANALOG OUT 2 ANALOG OUT 1
Back module
ANALOG IN
Analog Video Out 3 Input Differential Amplifier Analog Video Out 4 Equalizer Analog Video Out 5 Analog Video Out 6 Clamp Analog Video Out 7 Analog Video Out 8
ANALOG OUT 6 ANALOG OUT 5 ANALOG OUT 4 ANALOG OUT 3
Analog Video In
Jumper Select
ANALOG OUT 8
ANALOG OUT 7

input (AC or dC coupled, jumper selectable)
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 2.5 dB Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jumper-selectable between 75 ohms and unterminated Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB to 5 MHz; >46 dB to 10 MHz Maximum Common Mode Signal . 6 V pk-pk CMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB to 10 KHz
Output
Chrominance/Luminance Delay Error . . <1 ns Gain Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.02 dB Hum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 mV

Clamp
Clamping Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 25 mV APL Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 mV 10 to 90% APL Time Constant Approximately. . . . . 10 lines
equalization
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk nominal, adjustable Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5 MHz; >36 dB to 10 MHz Phase Match Between Outputs . . . <0.1 to (3.58 MHz) Output Isolation Signal . . . . . . . . . >48 dB to (3.58 MHz) Response Variation. . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB, 1 to 8 loads, to 10 MHz
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1000 ft (0 to 300 m) Belden 8281 or equivalent Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB to 5 MHz; <0.15 dB to 10 MHz Typical: -0.2 dB at 15 MHz; -1.0 dB at 20 MHz
temperature Range
86
performance
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)

power Requirements
Gain range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 dB Gain Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.02 dB/50 F (10 C) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.02 dB to 5 MHz, <0.1 dB to 10 MHz -3 dB bandwidth approximately 35 MHz Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1, 10 to 90% of amplitude Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2%, 10 to 90% of amplitude H Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.25% V Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.25% S/N Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >65 dB to 20 Mhz (rms noise/0.714 V, unweighted)
Total Power Dissipation . . . . . . . . 2 W ordering inFormation VPD-6830-CLP + D . . . . . . . . . . . Video clipping/clamping DA + double rear connector Not available with single rear connector.
VRG6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video Remote Gain

The VRG6800+ is an analog video remote gain and equalizing (EQ) distribution amplifier (DA) and is part of the 6800+ modular core processing family. Its gain, cable equalizer, and clamping timing can be adjusted either at board edge, or remotely via the Harris CCS Navigator control system. This distribution amplifier detects the input composite video signal. Because of its excellent video performance, it is suitable to distribute any analog composite, component (SDI/HD-SDI) and graphic video signal. It also can be used for RF and some digital signals.
Features One looping input, eight output; optional single back panel for 1x4 Selectable gain, EQ and hard/soft/off clamping Gain, clamping and EQ set remotely via CCS Navigator control or at board edge Monitoring of card settings and status via RS-232 or optional ICE6800+ Ethernet connection Card-edge LEDs offer additional status monitoring
images/diagrams
Block diagram
DVB-ASI Out 1 DVB-ASI Out 2 DVB-ASI Out 3 DVB-ASI Out 4 DVB-ASI Out 5 Detector DVB-ASI Out 6 DVB-ASI Out 7 DVB-ASI Out 8 CPU Monitoring and Control +D Only
Back modules VRG6800+S VRG6800+D
Clamp
Sync Separator
IN 1 2
LOOP
IN 1
DVB-ASI In Buffer DVB-ASI Loop +D Only Gain Equalizer Buffer
OUT 3 6
OUT 5

inputs performance
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal/external (looping) jumper selectable Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC/AC jumper selectable Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite/component video, analog HD video, RF or any signals within the amplitude and frequency limitation Normal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk CM Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 V pk-pk CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB to 60 Hz Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB at 5 MHz; >40 dB at 10 MHz Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V pk-pk centered at 0 V
Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Normal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V pk-pk centered at 0 V Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB at 5 MHz; >40 dB at 10 MHz Response Variation. . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB, 1 to 8 loads to 10 MHz Output Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB at 10 MHz
DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB DC to 5 MHz 0.1 dB to 10 MHz -3.0 dB 30 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2% 3.58 MHz Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 3.58 MHz Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2% S/N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >65 dB 5 MHz EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 ft (300 m) Belden 8281 (or equivalent) <0.05 dB to 5 MHz, <0.15 dB to 10 MHz Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back porch clamping, soft, hard and no-clamp selectable Clamping Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . <25 mV Clamps APL Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 mV 10 to 90 APL Clamps Time Constant . . . . . . . . . Hard: 2-3 lines, Soft: 7 lines Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <15 ns Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <2.5 W ordering inFormation VRG6800+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x4 DA, analog video remote gain, 1 slot VRG6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x8 DA with looping input, analog video remote gain, 2 slots
87
VSM6801+S/D
SDI Monitoring
Designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform, the VSM6801+ SDI monitoring distribution amplifier (DA) combines the functions of an equalizing, reclocking serial DA and a 4:2:2 to NTSC/PAL converter on a single DA-sized card. VSM6801+ modules can be controlled at the card edge, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser (with QXFE series frames only), NUCLEUS hardware control panel, or via third-party control applications using SNMP.
Features One SDI 4:2:2 input Single- and double-width backmodule versions available: VSM6801+S: provides two SDI and two analog composite outputs VSM6801+D: provides four SDI and four analog composite outputs SMPTE 259M-C/270 Mb/s-compatible Composite outputs selectable for NTSC/PAL-B/PAL-M Vertical blanking (pass/blank) line 10 to 22 (NTSC); line 10 to 23 (PAL) V-blanking chroma, plus chroma on/off Mono burst on/off Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control systems)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
SD-SDI Out 1 SD-SDI Out 2 SD-SDI Out 3 SD-SDI Out 4
+D Only
Back modules VSM6801+S

SDI IN 1
VSM6801+D
SDI IN
CPST 1
SDI OUT 4
CPST 1
SD-SDI In Equalizer Serial Decoder Encoder Filter and Buffer
CPST 2
CPST 3
CPST 2
Analog Composite Out 1 Analog Composite Out 2 Analog Composite Out 3 Analog Composite Out 4
+D Only
SDI OUT 2 CPST 4 SDI OUT 2 SDI OUT 1 SDI OUT 3 SDI OUT 1

sdi input Composite Analog Outputs
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:2 serial component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Maximum Input Cable . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (300 m) CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz
88
sdi Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 for VSM6801+S, 4 for VSM6801+D Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Over Shoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% (all outputs terminated) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . 0.40 to 0.7 ns (20 to 80% amplitude)
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 for VSM6801+S, 4 for VSM6801+D Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk nominal (10% adjustable) DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 mV 14 mV (2 IRE) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Output Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits (encoding inputs: 8 bits) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.25 dB to 5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.2 Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB RMS to 5 MHz
power Consumption. . . . . . . <5 W
ordering inFormation VSM6801+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI monitoring DA, with single-width back module, for use in 6800+ series frames VSM6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI monitoring DA, with double-width back module, for use in 6800+ series frames
VTM6801+D
SDI Triple Monitoring

89
The VTM6801+ SDI monitoring distribution amplifier (DA) combines the functions of an equalizing, reclocking SDI DA and a 4:2:2 to NTSC/PAL converter for three channels on a single DA-sized card and is designed for use with the 6800+ modular core processing platform. VTM6801+ modules can be controlled at the card edge, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser (with QXFE-series frames only), NUCLEUS hardware control panel, or via third-party control applications using SNMP.
Features Three independent SDI 4:2:2 inputs Each SDI input has one corresponding composite analog and one corresponding equalized, reclocked SDI output SMPTE 259M-C/270Mb/s-compatible User-selectable standard mode (NTSC/PAL-B) (edge controlled per channel) Vertical blanking (pass/delete) line 10 to 20 and 273 to 284 (NTSC); line 7 to 22 and 319 to 335 (PAL) (edge controlled per channel) Setup on/off option (per channel), NTSC Local gain control for each channel Zero SCH and proper picture position Encoder: 10-bit DAC, 8-bit input data path Built-in color bar test signal per channel Status LEDs, with signal presence indication per channel Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control systems)
Back module
SD-SDI Out 1 Analog Composite Out 1 SD-SDI Out 2 Analog Composite Video Out 2 SD-SDI Out 3 Analog Composite Video Out 3
SDI IN 1
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Equalizer
De-serializer
Encoder
Filter and Buffer
SDI OUT 1
CPST 1
SD-SDI In 2
Equalizer
De-serializer
Encoder
Filter and Buffer
SDI IN 2
CPST 2
SD-SDI In 3
Equalizer
De-serializer
Encoder
Filter and Buffer
SDI OUT 3
SDI OUT 2
CPST 3
SDI IN 3

sdi inputs Composite Analog Output
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:2 serial component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Maximum Input Cable . . . . . . . . . >984 ft (300 m) CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz
sdi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC per channel Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Over Shoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% (all outputs terminated) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <350 ps Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . -1.5 ns as per SMPTE 259
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-M , PAL-B Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC per channel Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk nominal (1 dB adjustable) DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 mV 10 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Output Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits (encoding inputs 8 bits) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.25 dB to 5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 % Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.2 Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB RMS to 5 MHz Processing Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 microseconds Test Signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color Bar: NTSC 100/7.5/75/7.5, PAL 100/0/75/0
ordering inFormation VTM6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI monitoring DA, with double-width back module, for use in FR6802+ series frames
fIbeR oPTIC solUTIons

Harris OpTO+ fiber optic solutions address the transport of broadcast-quality audio and video signals, as well as a complete set of other signal types including gpi/O, serial, ethernet and rf. flexible, cost-effective solutions are available for a range of applications, including broadcast, satellite and cable; OB; post production; telecommunications; and government. Available for Harris DAs, routers and frame synchronizers, OpTO+ offers an efficient, reliable and affordable means of transport for video, audio, data, sD, HD and 3 gb/s signals across any workflow. To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/opto+.
90
3 gB/S over oPtiCS

DA-DHreo6803+D
Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Dual Fiber Transmitter .............................. 73 Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers and Transmitters ............ 113
oP+SFS+
3G/HD/SD-Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer with Optical Transmitter or Receiver . 114
DA-DHroe6803+D
DA-DHrooe6803+D
oP+tDmr+8
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Output, TDM Fiber Receiver ................................................................................................. 118
DA-Hro6803+D
Fiber Receiver/Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Fiber Transmitter/Coaxial Out .. 79
oP+tDmt+8
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Input, TDM Fiber Transmitter ............................................................................................. 120
oBS+oP+5050D
Optical Power Splitter, 50% Split ................................................................. 95
oPSS+oP+D
Intelligent Optical Protection Switch ........................................................... 122
oBS6800+CD
1310/1550 nm Passive Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer ............................. 96
oXS+oP+
3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver ..................................................... 123
omS6800+CxxD
4- or 8-Channel CWDM Optical Multiplexer .................................................. 97
oXS+2+oP+
Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver ................................. 124
oP+DWDm8
8-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer .......................... 98
Platinum
Innovative Large-Scale Routing ................................................................. 332
oP+DWDm40
40-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer, Standalone 1RU 99
Platinum mX
Advanced Medium-Scale Routing .............................................................. 337
oP+HDX
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Demultiplexer with 8 AES Outputs and Optical Receiver . 100
X50
Frame Synchronizer and Converter ............................................................ 449
oP+HmX
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Multiplexer with 8 AES Inputs and Optical Transmitter .... 103
X85
Multiple Application Video and Audio Platform ............................................. 454
XoS+oP+
3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter .................................................. 125
oP+eot
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Transmitters ................................. 106
XoS+2+oP+
Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter ............................. 127
91
oP+eot+2
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Dual Fiber Transmitters ......................... 108
oP+eot+4
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Quad Fiber Transmitters ........................ 110
oP+oer+S
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers .................................... 112
oP+oer+SF+D
viDeo over oPtiCS

oP+Avr
1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Channel Fiber Receiver ............................... 129
oP+SDr
Quad SD-SDI TDM Fiber Receiver .............................................................. 146
oP+Avr+2
2 Analog Video, 8 Analog Audio Fiber Receiver............................................ 131
oP+SFS+
3G/HD/SD-Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer with Optical Transmitter ............ 114
oP+Avt
1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Fiber Transmitter ........................................ 133
oP+Smt
Quad SD-SDI TDM Fiber Transmitter .......................................................... 147
oP+Avt+2
oP+tDmr+8
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Output, TDM Fiber Receive .................................................................................................. 118
oP+DAS
Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Multiplexer, Optical Output, Q-SEE-Compliant .................................................................................. 137
oP+tDmt+8
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Input, TDM Fiber Transmit ................................................................................................. 120
oP+eot
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Transmitters ................................. 106
oXS+oP+
3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver ..................................................... 123
oP+eot+2
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Dual Fiber Transmitters ......................... 108
oXS+2+oP+
Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver ................................. 124
oP+eot+4
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Quad Fiber Transmitters ........................ 110
XoS+oP+
3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter .................................................. 125
oP+HBD
HD/SD/ASI, AES, RS-232/422/485, GPIO, Intercom Transmitter .................... 151
XoS+2+oP+
Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter ............................. 127
oP+HDr
Dual HD/8 SD-SDI TDM Fiber Receiver ....................................................... 140
oP+HDX
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Demultiplexer with 8 AES Outputs with Optical ........ 100
AuDio over oPtiCS

oP+AeS
Fiber Optic AES Transceivers ..................................................................... 148
oP+Hmt
Dual HD/8 SD-SDI TDM Fiber Transmitter ................................................... 141
oP+Avr
1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Channel Fiber Receiver ............................... 129
92
oP+HmX
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Multiplexer with 8 AES Inputs with Optical .............. 103
oP+Avr+2
oP+oer+S
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers .................................... 112
oP+Avt
oP+oer+SF+D
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers and Transmitters ............ 113
oP+Avt+2
oP+oHB
HD/SD/ASI, AES, RS-232/422/485, GPIO, Intercom Receiver ........................ 143
oP+DAS
Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Multiplexer, Optical Output, Q-SEE-Co ............................................................................................. 137
DiStriBution over oPtiCS

DA-DHreo6803+D
Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Dual Fiber Transmitter .............................. 73
oP+HBD
DA-DHroe6803+D
oP+oHB
DA-DHrooe6803+D
DAtA over oPtiCS

oP+DAt
Serial Data, GPI Transceiver ...................................................................... 154
DA-Hro6803+D
Fiber Receiver/Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Fiber Transmitter/Coaxial Out .. 79
oP+etH
10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet Switch Transceiver ....................................... 157
oPtiCAL SPLitterS/ComBinerS
oBS+oP+5050D
Optical Power Splitter 50% Split .................................................................. 95
oP+HBD
oP+oHB
oBS6800+CD
1310/1550 nm Passive Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer ............................. 96
oPSS+oP+D
interCom over oPtiCS

oP+HBD
Intelligent Optical Protection Switch ........................................................... 122
DenSe/CoArSe WAve DiviSion muLtiPLeXing

HomS+oP+CxxD
8 Coaxial HD/SD/ASI In, Multiplexer, Upper/Lower CWDM ............................ 165
oP+int
Optical Intercom Transceivers ................................................................... 159
oP+oHB
oHDS+oP+CxxD
8 Coaxial HD/SD/ASI Out, Demultiplexer, Upper/Lower CWDM ...................... 166
omS6800+CxxD
rF over oPtiCS
oP+LBr
L-Band Satellite Optical Receiver ............................................................... 162
4- or 8-Channel CWDM Optical Multiplexer .................................................. 97
oP+DWDm8
8-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer .......................... 98
93
oP+DWDm40
40-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer, Standalone ...... 99
oP+LBt
L-Band Satellite Optical Transmitter ........................................................... 163
FrAmeS, ControL, ProBeS
Fr6800+mB
Platinum
Fr6822+QXFe
Platinum mX
Q-See ProBeS
HD/SD Probes with MPEG-4/Thumbnail Streaming ...................................... 274
X50/85 WitH FiBer oPtiC interFACe

X50
oPtiCAL teSt AnD meASurement

oFi-20B
Optical Fiber Identifier .............................................................................. 704
X85
oLt-20A
Optical Loss Tester................................................................................... 698
oPm-15
Optical Power Meter ................................................................................ 697
otm-20
Optical Test Meters .................................................................................. 700
palmotDr-S20
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer ........................................................... 695
SLS
Stabilized Laser Source ............................................................................ 702
vLS-20A
Visible Laser Source ................................................................................ 703
PLAtinum router WitH FiBer oPtiC interFACe
94
OBS+OP+5050D
Optical Power Splitter, 50% Split

FiBeR OptiC sOLutiOns // 3 gB/s Over OpTiCs
95
The OBS+OP+5050D optical protection switch and 50-50 power splitter represent integral parts of an end-to-end optical fiber network design, and provide path redundancy and network resiliency. The 50-50 power splitter and protection switch are critical in redundant-path optical fiber network design or for optical signal monitoring purposes where the power budget allows for a 50% loss of power.
Features Intelligent auto-switching and auto-changeover Programmable switching threshold and changeover hysteresis Comprehensive signal and card status monitoring Single-mode fiber support Multiple wavelength support (1260 to 1610 nm range) Standard SMPTE SC/PC optical connectors Full hot-swapping capability with no fiber disconnection/reconnection required Capability of supporting single optical wavelengths at 1310 nm, 1550 nm, or up to 16 CWDM wavelengths (ITU-T G.694.2 compliant)
images/diagrams
OBS+OP+5050D
Fiber Optic 50% Power I/O

SC/PC
IN
Fiber Optic 100% Power I/O
Optical Splitter/Coupler Fiber Optic 50% Power I/O
OUT-1
OUT-2
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fiber Type/Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-mode, 9 m core/125 m overall Operation Wavelength . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Optical Back Reflection. . . . . . . . . <-35 dB Insertion Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical 4 dBm Maximum Input Optical Power . . . 25 dBm
Common specifications
ordering inFormation OBS+OP+5050D. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/50 optical power splitter Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
OBS6800+CD
1310/1550 nm Passive Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer

The OBS6800+CD is a full-spectrum optical splitter and combiner. The OBS6800+CD divides or combines wavelengths between 1310 and 1550 nm with low insertion loss and high isolation, with bidirectional application on one single-mode fiber.
Features Passive design Divides or combines 1310 and 1550 nm with low insertion loss and high isolation Bidirectional application on one signal-mode fiber
images/diagrams
Block diagram OBs6800+Cd 1.3/1.55 Wdm splitter/coupler Back module OBs6800+Cd single-width
OBS6800+CD
Fiber Optic 1310 nm I/O WDM Filter Fiber Optic 1550 nm I/O Fiber Optic Full Spectum I/O
FULL SPECTRUM IN/OUT
1.3 um IN/OUT
1.55 um IN/OUT
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Number of Connectors . . . . . . . . . 3 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trans. Port: 1550 nm Refl. Port: 1310 nm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Insertion Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trans. Port: <1 dB typical Refl. Port: <0.8 dB typical Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.3 dB Adjacent Channel Isolation . . . . . . >40 dB Reflect Channel Isolation . . . . . . . >18 dB typical Polarization Dependent Loss . . . . . <0.1 dB Directivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >50 dB Maximum Power Handling . . . . . . 200 mW Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
ordering inFormation OBS6800+CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive 1310 nm/1550 nm optical splitter and combiner
96
OMS6800+CxxD
4- or 8-Channel CWDM Optical Multiplexer

97
OMS6800+ are passive 4- and 8-channel multiplexers for the coarse wave division multiplexing (CWDM) system, compliant with ITU-T G.694.2 standards for CWDM wavelengths. They provide options for a number of connectors, including SC, ST and FC. OMS6800+ demultiplexers do not require low-water-peak fiber to utilize all 16 wavelengths and operates over wavelengths between 1271 and 1611 nm.
Features Passive design Provides options for connectors including SC, ST, FC CWDM modules comply with ITU-T G.694.2 standards for CWDM wavelengths Does not require low-water-peak fiber to utilize all 16 wavelengths and operate over wavelengths between 1271 and 1611 nm
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . OMS6800+CL4D: 4 OMS6800+CL8D: 8 OMS6800+CU4D: 4 OMS6800+CU8D: 8 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OMS6800+CL4D in 1: 1291 nm OMS6800+CL4D in 2: 1311 nm OMS6800+CL4D in 3: 1331 nm OMS6800+CL4D in 4: 1351 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 1: 1271 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 2: 1291 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 3: 1311 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 4: 1331 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 5: 1351 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 6: 1371 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 7: 1431 nm OMS6800+CL8D in 8: 1451 nm OMS6800+CU4D in 1: 1551 nm OMS6800+CU4D in 2: 1571 nm OMS6800+CU4D in 3: 1591 nm OMS6800+CU4D in 4: 1611 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 1: 1471 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 2: 1491 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 3: 1511 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 4: 1531 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 5: 1551 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 6: 1571 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 7: 1591 nm OMS6800+CU8D in 8: 1611 nm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Input to Output Insertion Loss . . . . 4-channel: <2.5 dB typical 8-channel: <3.5 dB typical Express Port Insertion Loss . . . . . . 4-channel: <2 dB typical 8-channel: <3 dB typical Combined Insertion Loss . . . . . . . 12-channel: <5.5 dB typical 16-channel: <6.5 dB typical Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB @c 6.5 nm Adjacent Channel Isolation . . . . . . >30 dB @c 13.5 nm (demux) Non-adjacent Channel Isolation . . . >40 dB @c 33.5 nm (demux) Polarization Dependent Loss . . . . . <0.1 dB @c Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB Maximum Power Handling . . . . . . 300 mW Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Fiber Optic Express In Fiber Optic In 1 Fiber Optic In 2 Fiber Optic In 3 Fiber Optic In 4 Fiber Optic In 5 Wavelength 1 Filter Wavelength 2 Filter Wavelength 3 Filter Wavelength 4 Filter Wavelength 5 Filter Wavelength 6 Filter Wavelength 7 Filter Wavelength 8 Filter
Optical Mux
Fiber Optic Out
Fiber Optic In 6 Fiber Optic In 7 Fiber Optic In 8 OMS6800+CL8D/CU8D Option
Back modules Oms6800+CL4d Oms6800+CL8d
OPT EXPRESS IN
OPT OUT
OPT EXPRESS IN
OPT OUT
1351 nm IN
1271 nm IN
1331 nm IN
1291 nm IN
1371 nm IN
1291 nm IN
1431 nm IN
1311 nm IN
1351 nm IN
1311 nm IN
1451 nm IN
1331 nm IN
ordering inFormation OMS6800+CL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive 4-channel optical mux 1291 to 1351 nm OMS6800+CL8D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive 8-channel optical mux 1271 to 1451 nm OMS6800+CU4D . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive 4-channel optical mux 1551 to 1611 nm OMS6800+CU8D . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive 8-channel optical mux 1471 to 1611 nm
OP+DWDM8
8-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer

The OP+DWDM8 is an eight-channel fiber optic module capable of dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) and demultiplexing. With its dense signal-tofiber ratio, the OP+DWDM8 is ideal for long-haul transport of fiber optic signals. Use it to multiplex and transport a large number of signals of various formats all over a single fiber.
Features Bidirectional capability Multiplexer and demultiplexer capability in one module Express port for expansion Compliance with ITU-T G.694.1 standards for DWDM wavelengths
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Fiber Optic Express In Fiber Optic In 1 Fiber Optic In 2 Fiber Optic In 3 Fiber Optic In 4 Fiber Optic In 5 Fiber Optic In 6 Fiber Optic In 7 Fiber Optic In 8 Wavelength 1 Filter Wavelength 2 Filter Wavelength 3 Filter Wavelength 4 Filter Wavelength 5 Filter Wavelength 6 Filter Wavelength 7 Filter Wavelength 8 Filter Optical DWDM Mux
sPeciFications Operating Wavelength Range . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Channel Passband . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 GHz Channel Insertion Loss . . . . . . . . . 3.6 dB Express Port Insertion Loss . . . . . . 0.8 dB1
isolation (adjacent channel)
Demux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 dB2
isolation (non-adjacent channel)
Fiber Optic Out
Demux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 dB2 Uniformity (pk-to-pk single-) . . . . . 1.0 dB channel insertion loss variation
directivity:
Back modules Op+dWdm8+1d

OP+DWDM8+1D
Op+dWdm8+2d
OP+DWDM8+2D
Mux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 dB Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 dB Polarization Dependent Loss (PDL) 0.2 dB Power Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 dBm3 Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . OP+DWDM8 product is passive and does not require external power Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) (1) Express port passing wavelength for the blue band module (OP+DWDM8+1D) is from 1260 to 1540 nm and 1560 to 1620 nm. Express port passing wavelength for the red band module (OP+DWDM8+2D) is from 1260 to 1520 nm and 1540 to 1620 nm. (2) Measured across the 30 GHz passband (3) CW light at any wavelength from 1250 to 1650 nm ordering inFormation
COM CH31 1552.52 nm CH33 1550.92 nm CH35 1549.32 nm CH37 1547.72 nm
EXP CH32 1551.72 nm CH34 1550.12 nm CH36 1548.51 nm CH38 1546.92 nm
COM CH53 1535.04 nm CH55 1533.47 nm CH57 1531.90 nm CH59 1530.33 nm
EXP CH54 1534.25 nm CH56 1532.68 nm CH58 1531.12 nm CH60 1529.55 nm
OP+DWDM8+1D. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel optical DWDM multiplexer/ demultiplexer, operating in the 193.1 to 193.8 THz group of channels (with 100 GHz spacing) OP+DWDM8+2D. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel optical DWDM multiplexer/ demultiplexer, operating in the 195.3 to 196.0 THz group of channels (with 100 GHz spacing) Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
98
Op+dWdm8+1d and Op+dWdm8+2d Wavelengths Op+dWdm8+1d (Red) Op+dWdm8+2d (Blue) Channel Wavelength (nm) Channel Wavelength (nm) 31 1552.52 53 1535.04 32 1551.72 54 1534.25 33 1550.92 55 1533.47 34 1550.12 56 1532.68 35 1549.32 57 1531.90 36 1548.51 58 1531.12 37 1547.72 59 1530.33 38 1546.92 60 1529.55
OP+DWDM40
40-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer, Standalone 1RU
40-channel passive multiplexer and demultiplexer capability in a 1RU frame Compliance with ITU-T G.694.1 standards for DWDM wavelengths Multiplexer and demultiplexer capability in one frame Bidirectional capability
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Operating Wavelength Range . . . . 1520 to 1564 nm Passband . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . @ 0.5 dB 0.2 nm Maximum Insertion Loss . . . . . . . . 4.5 dB Ripple in Passband. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB Uniformity Within Channels . . . . . . 2.0 dB (Mux or Demux) Adjacent Channel Isolation . . . . . . 30 dB Non-Adjacent Channel Isolation . . 45 dB images/diagrams
Block diagram
Fiber Optic Express In Fiber Optic In 1 Fiber Optic In 2 Fiber Optic In 3 Wavelength 1 Filter Wavelength 2 Filter Wavelength 3 Filter Optical DWDM Mux Wavelength 38 Filter Wavelength 39 Filter Wavelength 40 Filter
Directivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 dB Return Loss (all ports) . . . . . . . . . 45 dB Polarization Dependent Loss . . . . . 0.3 dB PMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 ps Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . OP+DWDM40 product is passive and does not require external power Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C)
Back module
CH21
CH23
CH25
CH27
CH29
COMMON
CH22 CH24 CH26 CH28 CH30
Fiber Optic Out
Fiber Optic In 38 Fiber Optic In 39
Fiber Optic In 40
ordering inFormation OP+DWDM40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-channel optical DWDM multiplexer/ demultiplexer in the 192.1 to 196.0 THz group of channels (with 100 GHz spacing) Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame. Channel Ch21 Ch22 Ch23 Ch24 Ch25 Ch26 Ch27 Ch28 Ch29 Ch30 Ch31 Ch32 Ch33 Ch34 Ch35 Ch36 Ch37 Ch38 Ch39 Ch40
Op+dWdm40 Wavelengths Wavelength (nm) Channel 1560.61 Ch41 1559.79 Ch42 1558.98 Ch43 1558.17 Ch44 1557.36 Ch45 1556.55 Ch46 1555.75 Ch47 1554.94 Ch48 1554.13 Ch49 1553.33 Ch50 1552.52 Ch51 1551.72 Ch52 1550.92 Ch53 1550.12 Ch54 1549.32 Ch55 1548.51 Ch56 1547.72 Ch57 1546.92 Ch58 1546.12 Ch59 1545.32 Ch60
Wavelength (nm) 1544.53 1543.73 1542.94 1542.14 1541.35 1540.56 1539.77 1538.98 1538.19 1537.40 1536.61 1535.82 1535.04 1534.25 1533.47 1532.68 1531.90 1531.12 1530.33 1529.55
99
The OP+DWDM40 fiber optic module is a 40-channel standalone product in a compact 1RU frame that is capable of dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) and demultiplexing. With its dense signal-to-fiber ratio, the OP+DWDM40 is ideal for long-haul transport of fiber optic signals. Use it to multiplex and transport a large number of signals of various formats all over a single fiber.
Features
OP+HDX
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Demultiplexer with 8 AES Outputs and Optical Receiver

The HDX6803+D 3G/HD/SD de-embedder module for the 6800+ frame has up to eight AES outputs and a video processing amplifier. It allows control over the video while functioning as a de-embedded audio processor for hot-switching deembedded audio. This new module provides full audio delay, audio processing and the ability to de-embed metadata to external sources. The HDX6803+D is ideal for any broadcast operation where the de-embedding of audio from HD or SD video signals is required or where SD or HD video and (embedded and/or discrete) audio signals are processed. The OP+HDX+R+D version includes a fiber sub-module that will allow the addition of an optical receiver to complement the electrical inputs.
Features Inputs: One video serial digital input Genlock input (composite or tri-level sync) frame or card user selectable DARS input (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) Fiber receiver (OP+HDX+R+D version) Outputs: Four serial video digital outputs Eight AES outputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) Four AES standard eight with HDX68OPT-AES8 license option RS-232/422 serial port metadata output Operates video standards: 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M) 1080i/p 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M) 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M) upgradeable Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard 10-bit video processing Digital equalization (supports Belden 8281/1694A and newer, thin coaxial cables like Alcatel SD02) Passes all HANC samples Passes VANC with user-selectable option for VBI/ANC line by line video deleting Up to eight frames of HD and 50 frames of SD video delay Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze Video processing amplifier with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Ability to de-embed metadata Dolby header adjustment Seamless Sound (on LOV audio de-embedding from black or grey can be obtained) Support for fiber receiver (OP+ HDX+R versions) option via sub module on main module Basic audio limiting capability: User-selectable threshold for soft compression limiting Adjustable compression slope Adjustable attack time/rate Adjustable delay time/rate Noise gate level and time Video and audio test generator AES audio routing/advanced processing Internal audio processing amplifier with gain, swap, invert, delay, mix (sum) of de-embedded audio channels Bypass able sample rate conversion for external and embedded audio Data mode for passing compressed audio apt-X, Dolby E, AC-3 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C, U and V bit transparency Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Card-edge control Ethernet remote control and monitoring Auto-sensing 3G/HD/SD multiplexer with up to eight AES outputs
Product details Each HDX6803+D package includes a module-specific breakout cable that expands the number of available connections beyond what would fit on a standard two-slot back connector. The breakout cable includes an RS-232/422 serial connector to embed or de-embed Dolby metadata. The HDX6803+D can be controlled manually via card-edge controls with OSD video display or remotely using CCS Navigator, HTTP Web server or third-party SNMP-based control applications. In addition, the module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in a FR6822+QXFE frame with a QSEE6800+HT or QSEE6800+HST module.
100
OP+HDX

101
serial Video input unbalanced Aes/dARs input
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M) 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M) HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component SD-SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/p: 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are future software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s-adaptive cable equalization for up to 164 ft (50 m) (typical) of Belden 1694A coaxial cable HD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 492 ft (150 m) (typical) of Belden 1694A coaxial cable SD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 984 ft (300 m) (typical) of Belden 8281 coaxial cable
serial Video Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Balanced Aes/dARs input (with external baluns)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external baluns Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V (pk-pk) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Aes unbalanced Output
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M) 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M) HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270Mb/s, 525/625 component SD-SDI Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: 25, 29.97, 30, 59.94 Hz 1080p: 23.98 (p/psf), 24 (p/psf), 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz 525, 625 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps 3 Gb/s <270 ps HD-SDI 0.4 to 1.5 ns SD-SDI Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: <2 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10Hz); <0.3 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter (>100kHz) HD: <1 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10Hz); <0.2 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter for (>100kHz) SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk (>10Hz) Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 frames less 2 lines for 3G/HD; 50 frames for SD
Reference Video
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz 30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16
Aes Balanced Output (with external baluns)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external baluns Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16
Fiber Optic input (Receiver)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Overload Input Power . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm PIN Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm PIN
Rs-232/422 (metadata i/O)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 RS-232/422 switchable

power and temperature
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 6 dB/-3.5 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite 525/625 or tri-level sync (1080i/p /720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 10 MHz (typical)
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W maximum Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
OP+HDX

images/diagrams
Block diagram
Test Pattern Generator Driver Equalizer Video delay Video Proc Amp Driver Audio Demux Sample Rate Converter Audio Delay Audio Proc Amp 2 8 3G/HD/SD-SDI AES Out
SDI OUT 3 BREAKOUT SDI OUT 2
Back module
HDX6803+D Rx SDI IN 1
Optical receiver
OP+SFS+PR
3G/HD/SD-SDI
SDI OUT 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI
DARS
DARS Data Deembedder Metadata Router

CCS and Q-SEE monitoring and control
Metadata CCS and SNMP Control
SDI OUT 4
Available via breakout cable (included).
ordering inFormation OP+HDX+R+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD demultiplexer with 4 AES outputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with fiber optic PIN receiver OP+HDX+R+HI+D. . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD demultiplexer with 4 AES outputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with fiber optic APD receiver (high-sensitivity) HDX68OPT-AES8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+HDX to provide 8 discrete AES outputs HDX68OPT-3G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+HDX to provide 3 Gb/s HD capability 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable with coax connectors for unbalanced AES I/O (NOTE: One cable provided with each OP+HDX+R unit ordered) note: One unbalanced audio breakout cable (6800+OPT+16CAPM) is included with each OP+HDX module purchased and does not need to be separately ordered/ purchased. Additional/replacement cables can be ordered using part numbers 6800+OPT+16CAPM. Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
102
OP+HMX
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Multiplexer with 8 AES Inputs and Optical Transmitter

103
SDI OUT 1
The HMX6803+ 3G/HD/SD embedder module has up to eight AES inputs and a video processing amplifier. This module allows for control over the picture, has an embedded audio processor for hot-switching embedded audio, provides full audio delay and processing, and enables the embedding of metadata from external sources. The HMX6803+D can be used in any broadcast facility where the embedding of AES on SD or HD signals is required or where the processing of SD or HD video and audio signals is essential. The OP+HMX+D version includes a fiber sub-module that will allow the addition of an optical transmitter to complement the electrical inputs.
Features Inputs: One video serial digital input Genlock input (composite or tri-level sync) frame or card user selectable Eight AES inputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) Four AES inputs standard, eight AES with HMX68OPT-AES8 license option DARS input (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) RS-232/422 serial port for external metadata source Outputs: Four serial video digital outputs Fiber transmitter (OP+HMX+D version) Operates video standards: 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M) 1080i/p 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M) 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M) upgradeable Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard 10-bit video processing Digital equalization (supports Belden 8281/1694A and newer, thin coax cables like Alcatel SD02) Passes all HANC samples Passes VANC with user-selectable option for VBI/ANC line-by-line video deleting Up to eight frames of HD and 50 frames of SD video delay Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze
Product details Each HMX6803+D package includes a module-specific breakout cable that expands the number of available connections beyond what would fit on a standard two-slot back connector. The breakout cable includes an RS-232/422 serial connector to embed or de-embed Dolby metadata. The HMX6803+D can be controlled manually via card-edge controls with OSD video display or remotely using CCS Navigator, HTTP web server or third-party SNMPbased control applications. In addition, the module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in a FR6822+QXFE frame.
Video processing amplifier with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Ability to embed AES on output (fiber or SDI) without video source or genlock Ability to embed external metadata Dolby header adjustment Basic audio limiting capability: User-selectable threshold for soft compression limiting Adjustable compression slope Adjustable attack time/rate Adjustable delay time/rate Noise gate level and time Module will directly support eight AES unbalanced inputs only balanced AES supported via external baluns adapters Video and audio test generator AES audio routing/advanced processing Internal audio processing amplifier with gain, swap, invert, delay, mix (sum) of deembedded and external audio channels. Bypassable sample rate conversion for external and embedded audio Data mode for passing compressed audio apt-X, Dolby E, AC-3 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C, U and V bit transparency Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Card-edge control Ethernet remote control and monitoring Auto-sensing 3G/HD/SD multiplexer with up to eight AES outputs
images/diagrams
HMX6803+D
Tx
SDI IN 1
Test Pattern Generator Video Proc Audio Embed Data Embed AFD/WSS/VI Inserter
Laser Driver
OP+SFS+(C)xxD
3G/HD/SD-SDI
Equalizer
AFD/WSS/VI Detector
Video Delay
Driver
3G/HD/SD-SDI
SDI OUT 2
Driver AES In
HMX 68 OPT +AES option 8
3G/HD/SD-SDI
4 4
AES In
Sample rate converter
Audio delay
Audio proc amp

BREAKOUT
SDI OUT 3
DARS Metadata
DARS Metadata Router

CCS & QSEE monitoring control &
SDI OUT 4
CCS and SNMP Control
OP+HMX

serial Video input unbalanced Aes/dARs input
serial Video Output
104
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M) 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M) HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component SD-SDI Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: 25, 29.97, 30, 59.94 Hz 1080p: 23.98 (p/psf), 24 (p/psf), 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz 525, 625 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps 3 Gb/s <270 ps HD-SDI 0.4 to 1.5 ns SD-SDI Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: <2 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.3 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter (>100 kHz) HD: <1 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.2 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter for (>100 kHz) SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk (>10 Hz) Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 frames less 2 lines for 3G/HD; 50 frames for SD
Reference Video
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz 30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16

Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 6 dB/-3.5 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite 525/625 or tri-level sync (1080i/p /720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 10 MHz (typical)
OP+HMX

105
ordering inFormation OP+HMX+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD multiplexer with 4 AES inputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with 1310 nm fiber optic transmitter OP+HMX+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD multiplexer with 4 AES inputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with CWDM fiber optic transmitter OP+HMX+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD multiplexer with 4 AES inputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with CWDM fiber optic transmitter HMX68OPT-AES8 . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+HMX to provide 8 discrete AES inputs HMX68OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+HMX to provide 3 Gb/s HD capability 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable with coax connectors for unbalanced AES I/O (NOTE: One cable provided with each OP+HMX unit ordered) note: One unbalanced audio breakout cable (6800+OPT+16CAPM) is included with each HMX6803+D module purchased and does not need to be separately ordered/purchased. Additional/replacement cables can be ordered using part numbers 6800+OPT+16CAPM.
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame. *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
**dWdm Wavelength selection table replace xy with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xy itu Channel Frequency (tHz) Wavelength (nm) number 21 21 192.1 1560.61 22 22 192.2 1559.79 23 23 192.3 1558.98 24 24 192.4 1558.17 25 25 192.5 1557.36 26 26 192.6 1556.55 27 27 192.7 1555.75 28 28 192.8 1554.94 29 29 192.9 1554.13 30 30 193.0 1553.33 31 31 193.1 1552.52 32 32 193.2 1551.72 33 33 193.3 1550.92 34 34 193.4 1550.12 35 35 193.5 1549.32 36 36 193.6 1548.51 37 37 193.7 1547.72 38 38 193.8 1546.92 39 39 193.9 1546.12 40 40 194.0 1545.32 41 41 194.1 1544.53 42 42 194.2 1543.73 43 43 194.3 1542.94 44 44 194.4 1542.14 45 45 194.5 1541.35 46 46 194.6 1540.56 47 47 194.7 1539.77 48 48 194.8 1538.98 49 49 194.9 1538.19 50 50 195.0 1537.40 51 51 195.1 1536.61 52 52 195.2 1535.82 53 53 195.3 1535.04 54 54 195.4 1534.25 55 55 195.5 1533.47 56 56 195.6 1532.68 57 57 195.7 1531.90 58 58 195.8 1531.12 59 59 195.9 1530.33 60 60 196.0 1529.55
OP+EOT
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Transmitters

OP+EOT modules are available in configurations that support single-wavelength, single-mode fiber, multimode fiber and 16-channel coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM). This group of modules is geared toward distributing broadcast signals electrically and optically. They are available with a single fiber output (OP+EOT), dual fiber outputs (OP+EOT+2) and four fiber outputs (OP+EOT+4). All of the OP+EOT modules operate at the following data rates: 270 Mb/s in SD-SDI and DVB-ASI 1483.5 Mb/s in HD-SDI 1485 Mb/s in HD-SDI 2967 Mb/s in HD-SDI 2970 Mb/s in HD-SDI Any rate from 50 Mb/s up to 3 Gb/s without reclocking
electrical specifications
Features 3 Gb/s HD-SDI capability Automatic cable equalization on BNC inputs Laser safety shutdown protection against overpowering Comprehensive operating controls, including automatic/manual reclocking and rate selection, laser enable and laser disable Comprehensive status reporting via CCS-compliant software and control panels, including module ID, loss of input, signal lock status, input data rate and laser enabled/disabled status CWDM compliance with ITU-T G.694.2 standards for CWDM wavelengths Available SC/PC, ST/PC and FC/PC connectors (the SC/PC connector is supplied standard) Multiple fiber output availability Hot-swappable installation and removal
Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI, ASI, 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI, 3 Gb/s HD-SDI Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz >10 dB up to 3 GHz Cable Equalization for Belden . . . . 984 ft (300 m) at 270 Mb/s 1694A 328 ft (100 m) at 1.485 Gb/s 164 ft (50 m) at 2.97 Gb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Output Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps for SD-SDI <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI Output Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10%
Output Alignment Jitter. . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI for SD-SDI, 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <0.3 UI for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI Output Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI for SD-SDI <1 UI for 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <2 UI for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI
Output specifications
Numbers of Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4 (standard) ST/PC per IEC 61754-2 (optional) FC/PC per IEC 61754-13 (optional)
Optical performance
Average Output Power (FP) . . . . . . -7 dBm (typical) Average Output Power (CWDM). . . 0 dBm (typical)
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <5 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Fiber Optic Transmitter E/O Converter
Back module
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out
106
OPTICAL OUT
Cable Driver
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out
SDI IN
3G/HD/ SD-SDI In
Cable Equalizer
Reclocker
Fanout
SDI OUT
SDI OUT
OP+EOT
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Transmitters

107
ordering inFormation OP+EOT+13S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-slot SD-SDI electrical-to-optical 1310 nm FP laser transmitter, software upgradable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with SC-type rear connector OP+EOT+CxxS*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-slot SD-SDI electrical-to-optical CWDM laser transmitter, software upgradable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with SC-type rear connector OP+EOT+DxyS** . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-slot SD-SDI electrical-to-optical DWDM laser transmitter, software upgradable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with SC-type rear connector Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST/PC fiber optic connector option OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC fiber optic connector option
*CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
OP+EOT+2
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Dual Fiber Transmitters


Optical performance
Average Output Power (FP) . . . . . . -7 dBm (typical) Average Output Power (2 split outs CWDM) . . . . . . . . . . . -3 dBm (typical)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <5 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C)
Back module
Optical Splitter 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out
SDI OUT
SDI IN
108
SDI OUT
Cable Driver
3G/HD/ SD-SDI In
Cable Equalizer
Reclocker
Fanout Cable Driver
SDI OUT OPTICAL OUT SDI OUT SDI OUT
Cable Driver
Cable Driver
SDI OUT
SDI OUT
OP+EOT+2
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Dual Fiber Transmitters

109
ordering inFormation OP+EOT+2+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-slot SD-SDI CWDM laser electrical-to-optical transmitter, software upgradable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with two SC-type rear connector OP+EOT+2+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . Dual-slot SD-SDI DWDM laser electrical-to-optical transmitter, software upgradable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with two SC-type rear connectors Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
Connector Options
OP+EOT+4
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Quad Fiber Transmitters

Optical performance
Average Output Power (FP) . . . . . . -7 dBm (typical) Average Output Power (4 split outs CWDM) . . . . . . . . . . . -6 dBm (typical) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <5 W Start-Up Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Back module
SDI IN
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out Optical Splitter 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out
110
3G/HD/ SD-SDI In Cable Equalizer Reclocker Fanout
OPTICAL OUT
SDI OUT
Cable Driver
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out
SDI OUT
SDI OUT
Cable Driver
SDI OUT
OP+EOT+4
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Quad Fiber Transmitters

111
ordering inFormation OP+EOT+4+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-slot SD-SDI CWDM laser electrical-to-optical transmitter, software upgradable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with four SC-type rear connectors OP+EOT+4+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . Dual-slot SD-SDI DWDM laser electrical-to-optical transmitter, software upgradable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with four SC-type rear connectors Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
Connector Options
OP+OER+S
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers

OP+OER modules are 3 Gb/s HD-SDI optical-to-electrical receivers. This group of modules is geared toward distributing broadcast signals electrically and optically. They are available in single- and double-slot versions (the dual-slot version adds a passive splitter and additional reclocked outputs) and in standard-sensitivity PIN and high-sensitivity APD versions.
Features 3 Gb/s HD-SDI capability Comprehensive operating controls, including automatic/manual reclocking and rate selection, laser enable and laser disable Comprehensive status reporting via CCS-compliant software and control panels, including module ID, loss of input, signal lock status, input data rate and input optical power Available SC/PC, ST/PC and FC/PC connectors (the SC/PC connector is supplied standard) Hot-swappable installation and removal 1260 to 1620 nm capability sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Output Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Output Alignment Jitter. . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI for SD-SDI, 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <0.3 UI for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI Output Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI for SD-SDI <1 UI for 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <2 UI for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI
input specifications
Numbers of Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (OP+OER+SF+D and OP+OER+SF+HI+D) Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4 (standard) ST/PC per IEC 61754-2 (optional) FC/PC per IEC 61754-13 (optional)
Optical performance
Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BNC (OP+OER), 8 BNC (OP+OER+F+D) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI, ASI 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI, 3 Gb/s HD-SDI Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz >10 dB up to 3 GHz Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Output Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps for SD-SDI <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI images/diagrams
Block diagram
Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Sensitivity (OP+OER+S) . . . . . . . . -18 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -20 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Sensitivity (OP+OER+SF+D) . . . . . -14 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -16 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Sensitivity (OP+OER+HI+D) . . . . . -28 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -30 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Sensitivity (OP+OER+SF+HI+D) . . -24 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -26 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Overload (OP+OER+S) . . . . . . . . . 0 - BER <1E-10 Overload (OP+OER+SF+D). . . . . . +3 - BER <1E-10 Overload (OP+OER+HI+D) . . . . . . -9 - BER <1E-10 Overload (OP+OER+SF+HI+D) . . . -6 - BER <1E-10 * SMPTE 424M SDI check field signal, BER <1E-10 ** SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 292M SDI check field signal, BER <1E-10
Back module
OPTICAL IN
-9 dBm Max (APD)
Cable Driver
Fiber Optic Receiver O/E Converter PIN/APD
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out
SDI OUT
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber In
Reclocker
Fanout Cable Driver
SDI OUT
112
SDI OUT
ordering inFormation OP+OER+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-slot standard-sensitivity 270 Mb/s SD-SDI PIN fiber receiver, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with SC-type rear connector OP+OER+HI+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-slot high-sensitivity 270 Mb/s SD-SDI APD fiber receiver, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s with SC-type rear connector
Connector Options
OP+OER+SF+D
Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers and Transmitters

113
OP+OER modules are 3 Gb/s HD-SDI optical-to-electrical receivers. This group of modules is geared toward distributing broadcast signals electrically and optically. They are available in single- and dual-slot versions (the dual-slot version adds a passive splitter and additional reclocked outputs) and in standard-sensitivity PIN and high-sensitivity APD versions.
Features 3 Gb/s HD-SDI capability Comprehensive operating controls, including automatic/manual reclocking and rate selection, laser enable and laser disable Comprehensive status reporting via CCS-compliant software and control panels, including module ID, loss of input, signal lock status, input data rate and input optical power Available SC/PC, ST/PC and FC/PC connectors (the SC/PC connector is supplied standard) Hot-swappable installation and removal 1260 to 1620 nm capability sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Output Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Output Alignment Jitter. . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI for SD-SDI, 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <0.3 UI for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI Output Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI for SD-SDI <1 UI for 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <2 UI for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI
input specifications
Numbers of Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (OP+OER+SF+D and OP+OER+SF+HI+D) Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4 (standard) ST/PC per IEC 61754-2 (optional) FC/PC per IEC 61754-13 (optional)
Optical performance
Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BNC (OP+OER), 8 BNC (OP+OER+F+D) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI, ASI 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI, 3 Gb/s HD-SDI Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz >10 dB up to 3 GHz Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Output Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps for SD-SDI <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD-SDI images/diagrams
Block diagram
Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Sensitivity (OP+OER+S) . . . . . . . . -18 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -20 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Sensitivity (OP+OER+SF+D) . . . . . -14 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -16 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Sensitivity (OP+OER+HI+D) . . . . . -28 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -30 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Sensitivity (OP+OER+SF+HI+D) . . -24 dBm 3 Gb/s, pathological* -26 dBm all rates color bars, up to 1.5 Gb/s, pathological** Overload (OP+OER+S) . . . . . . . . . 0 - BER <1E-10 Overload (OP+OER+SF+D). . . . . . +3 - BER <1E-10 Overload (OP+OER+HI+D) . . . . . . -9 - BER <1E-10 Overload (OP+OER+SF+HI+D) . . . -6 - BER <1E-10 * SMPTE 424M SDI check field signal, BER <1E-10 ** SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 292M SDI check field signal, BER <1E-10
Back module
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber Out
SDI OUT
SDI OUT
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Fiber In
Optical Splitter
Cable Driver
Fiber Optic Receiver O/E Converter PIN/APD
3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out 3G/HD/ SD-SDI Out
OPTICAL IN
SDI OUT
SDI OUT
OPTICAL OUT
Reclocker
Fanout Cable Driver
SDI OUT
SDI OUT
Cable Driver
SDI OUT
SDI OUT
Cable Driver
ordering inFormation OP+OER+SF+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-slot standard-sensitivity 270 Mb/s SD-SDI PIN fiber receiver with single-mode fiber optic loop-through, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, with SC-type rear connector OP+OER+SF+HI+D . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-slot high-sensitivity 270 Mb/s SD-SDI APD fiber receiver with single-mode fiber optic loopthrough, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s with SC-type rear connector
Connector Options
OP+SFS+
3G/HD/SD-Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer with Optical Transmitter or Receiver

The SFS6803+ 3G/HD/SD video frame synchronizer is an auto-timing serial digital frame synchronizer and audio synchronizer processing module for the 6800+ frame. The module provides video frame synchronization and delay for 3G/HD/SD signals and can be used in any broadcast, post-production, cable or mobile facility where processing and synchronization of SD or HD video and audio (embedded and/or discrete) signals are required. The SFS6803+ has the capability to retime an I/O signal to a local station clock for the clean processing of all synchronized signals. The OP+SFS+D version includes a fiber sub-module that will allow the addition of an optical transmitter or receiver to complement the electrical inputs.
Product details With both video and full audio processing capabilities, the SFS6803+ allows for control over the picture, embedded audio processing and audio tracking. Full handling of the embedded metadata is provided, with the ability to de-embed and re-embed metadata from external sources. The module will have: One video serial digital input Four synchronized video serial digital outputs Genlock reference video input (card or frame) A special output (data I/O) for the hot switch and I/O delay signals for tracking audio processing An RS-232/422 serial connector for metadata embedding and de-embedding In addition, the module has a option for eight AES input and eight AES output ports allowing for separate audio processing of 16 channels. This provides the ability to select these 16 channels along with 16 embedded channels from the SDI input. The SFS6803+D can be controlled manually via card-edge controls with OSD video display or remotely using CCS Navigator, HTTP web server or third-party SNMPbased control applications. In addition, the module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an FR6822+QXFE frame. Features Inputs: One video serial digital input Genlock input (composite or tri-level sync) frame or card user selectable Eight AES inputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) DARS input (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) RS-232/422 serial port for external metadata source Optional fiber receiver (OP+SFS+R+D) Outputs: Four synchronized serial video digital outputs One data I/O signal for tracking audio processing Eight AES outputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) RS-232/422 serial port metadata output Optional fiber transmitter (OP+SFS+D) Operates video standards: 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M); 1080i/p; 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M); 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M) upgradeable Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard 10-bit video processing Digital equalization (supports Belden 8281/1694A and newer, thin coax cables like Alcatel SD02) Passes all HANC samples Passes VANC with user-selectable option for VBI/ANC line-by-line video deleting Cleanly handles hot switch on input Up to eight frames of HD and 50 frames of SD video delay Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze Video processing amplifier with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Ability to embed AES on output (fiber or SDI) without video source or genlock Ability to de-embed metadata and embed external metadata Dolby header adjustment Support for fiber receiver (OP+SFR+ versions) or transmitter (OP+SFT+ versions) options via sub-module on main module Basic audio limiting capability: User-selectable threshold for soft compression limiting Adjustable compression slope Adjustable attack time/rate Adjustable delay time/rate Noise gate level and time Module will directly support eight AES unbalanced inputs and outputs only balanced AES supported via external balun adapters Video and audio test generator AES audio routing/advanced processing Internal audio processing amplifier with gain, swap, invert, delay, mix (sum) of deembedded and external audio channels Includes bypass of sample rate conversion for external and embedded audio Data mode for passing compressed audio apt-X, Dolby E, AC-3 16, 20 or 24-bit audio processing Handling of embedded data and audio when a hot switch occurs (de-embed, resample, buffer, re-embed) Provides audio tracking and hot switching information to other modules C, U and V bit transparency Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Card-edge control Ethernet remote control and monitoring www.broadcast.harris.com
114
OP+SFS+
Features supported

115
Video frame and audio sync with genlock support Full 3 Gb/s support Audio embedder and de-embedder Audio embedding on loss of video Data embedder and de-embedder Dolby header adjustment Fiber TX and/or RX Advanced audio procamp with audio routing Audio limiter VBI line-by-line deleting Video procamp Eight AES input/output support AFD metadata handling

serial Video input
serial Video Output
Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: <2 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.3 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter (>100 kHz) HD: <1 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.2 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter for (>100 kHz) SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk (>10 Hz) Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 frames less 2 lines for 3G/HD; 50 frames for SD Frame Synchronizer Lock Range . . At least 45 ppm
Reference Video
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 6 dB/-3.5 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite 525/625 or tri-level sync (1080i/p / 720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 10 MHz (typical)
unbalanced Aes/dARs input
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 synchronized Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M) 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M) HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component SD-SDI Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: 25, 29.97, 30Hz 1080p: 23.98 (p/psf), 24(p/psf), 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz 525, 625 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz; >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps 3 Gb/s; <270 ps HD-SDI 0.4 to 1.5 ns SD-SDI
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external balun Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V (pk-pk) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
OP+SFS+

Fiber Optic Output (transmitter) Optical Outputs
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz 30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bit . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional) FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB typical
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external balun Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
data i/O Output

Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss (up to 6 MHz) . . . . . . >20 dB
images/diagrams
Block diagram
External reference1 Frame reference Optical receiver
OP+SFS+R+D
Back module
Genlock Test pattern generator Video proc Audio embed Data embed Laser driver DATA I/O
Rx/Tx SDI IN 1
OP+SFS+(C)xxD
SDI OUT 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI
Equalizer
Frame sync
Driver
3G/HD/SD-SDI
SDI OUT 2
Driver Audio demux Sample rate converter Audio sync Audio proc amp
2 4 4
3G/HD/SD-SDI AES out

SDI OUT 3 BREAKOUT
AES in
SFS68OPT-AES8
4 4 DARS
AES out
SFS68OPT-AES8
AES in
116
DARS
Data deembedder
Metadata router
SDI OUT 4
Metadata CCS & SNMP control
OP+SFS+

117
ordering inFormation OP+SFS+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with 1310 nm fiber optic transmitter OP+SFS+CxxD*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with CWDM fiber optic transmitter OP+SFS+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with DWDM fiber optic transmitter OP+SFS+R+D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with fiber optic PIN receiver OP+SFS+R+HI+D . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes dual-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with fiber optic APD receiver (high-sensitivity) SFS68OPT-AES4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+SFS to provide 4 discrete AES inputs and outputs SFS68OPT-AES8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+SFS to provide 8 discrete AES inputs and outputs SFS68OPT-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+SFS to provide 1.5 Gb/s HD capability SFS68OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for OP+SFS to provide 3 Gb/s and 1.5 Gb/s HD capability 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable with coax connectors for unbalanced AES I/O (NOTE: one cable provided with each OP+SFS unit ordered) note: One unbalanced audio breakout cable (6800+OPT+16CAPM) is included with each OP+SFS module purchased and does not need to be separately ordered/ purchased. Additional/replacement cables can be ordered using part numbers 6800+OPT+16CAPM
Connector Options
OP+TDMR+8
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Output, TDM Fiber Receiver
With the introduction of the OP+TDMT/R+8 family of fiber products, Harris now offers the highest-density signal transport over fiber in the market. This awardwinning line of fiber products is capable of transporting up to four 3 Gb/s, eight HD-SDI or eight SD/ASI signals, or any combination equal to 12 Gb/s of transport signals, over a single optical fiber. Built to reside in the 6800+ modular core processing platform, the OP+TDMT/ R+8 products transport up to eight streams of 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI signals by using the time division multiplexing (TDM) approach. Multiplexing technologies are implemented across the Harris fiber optic portfolio, allowing for cost-effective and expandable designs. The OP+TDMT/R+8 products are ideal for applications handling a high volume of signals for medium- and long-haul transport.
Features 12 Gb/s payload and 12.44 Gb/s transmission data rate Transport for up to eight unidirectional HD-SDI video channels Transparent end-to-end transmission, with unmodified passthrough of vertical and horizontal ancillary data Handling of independent 3 Gb/s HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, and DVB/ASI signals, as well as general-purpose 1.5 Gb/s and 3 Gb/s data Independent channels (connection or disconnection of any channel has no impact on other channels) Automatic disabling of output port at receiver upon loss of signal at transmitter input Input signal format detection Input video CRC status detection at transmitter and receiver Full hot-swapping capability in a 6800+ frame Thumbnail streaming for monitoring video signals Automatic equalization, re-clocking and rate reporting Link status reporting laser status and receiver power monitoring Dedicated input monitoring port on transmitters Configurable output/monitoring port on receivers
Product details By utilizing a single wavelength on a wave division multiplexing (WDM) system, the OP+TDMT/R+8 fiber products are capable of transporting multiple 3 Gb/s HD-SDI, 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI, SD-SDI, DVB-ASI or SDTI signals. The serial fiber link runs at a 12.44 Gb/s proprietary bit stream. The video interfaces are designed in compliance with SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 305M, SMPTE 348M and SMPTE 292M. They are able to transport fully independent video or data streams (i.e., the streams can be asynchronous and can move at different data rates). Connection and disconnection of one stream has no impact on the transmission of the other streams. The OP+TDMT/R+8 fiber product line includes a 12 Gb/s TDM transmitter module and a 12 Gb/s TDM receiver module. The transmitter module consists of an input and preprocessing host module, as well as a TDM transmitter sub-module. The receiver module consists of a TDM receiver sub-module, as well as a post-processing and output host module. Both the transmitter and receiver modules share the same back module. The transmitter is available in 1310 nm single and 40 C-band DWDM wavelengths. Receivers are available as either standard (PIN) or high-sensitivity (APD).
images/diagrams
Block diagram
3G/HD/SD-SDI Out 1 3G/HD/SD-SDI Out 2 3G/HD/SD-SDI Out 3 Fiber Receiver Fiber Optic Receiver TDM Demux 3G/HD/SD-SDI Out 4 HD/SD-SDI Out 5 HD/SD-SDI out 6 HD/SD-SDI out 7 HD/SD-SDI out 8 or Monitor Output (user selectable 1-7 outputs)
CH 7 WAVELENGTH CH 4 CH 5 CH 8
Back module
OP+TDMT+8__ OP+TDMR+8__
MONITOR OUT
(TDMT ONLY)
CH 1
CH 2 Tx/Rx CH 3
118
8x1 Matrix
OP+TDMR+8
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Output, TDM Fiber Receiver
119
electrical Output
ordering inFormation OP+TDMR+8+T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) output, TDM PIN fiber receiver with tripleslot back module and SC-type fiber connector OP+TDMR+8+HI+T . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) output, TDM APD high-sensitivity fiber receiver with triple-slot back module and SC-type fiber connector transmitters
Connector Options
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s HD-SDI, HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI, or general purposed 1.485 Gb/s or 2.970 Gb/s data Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port 1-4: >10 dB 5 MHz to 3 GHz Port 5-7: >15 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Port 8: >10 dB 5 MHz to 3 GHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time (20-80%) . . . . 3 Gb/s: <135 ps HD: <270 ps SD: <740 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: <1 UI Alignment: <0.2 UI
Optical Output
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OP+TDMR+8: -15 dBm (BER <1E-12 at 12.44 Gb/s) OP+TDMR+8+HI: -21 dBm Operation Wavelength Range . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . OP+TDMR+8: -1 dBm OP+TDMR+8+HI: -3 dBm Receiver Reflectance (return loss) . <-27 dB
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <14 W (OP+TDMR+8+T) Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec
OP+TDMT+8
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Input, TDM Fiber Transmitter
With the introduction of the OP+TDMT/R+8 family of fiber products, Harris now offers the highest-density signal transport over fiber in the market. This awardwinning line of fiber products is capable of transporting up to four 3 Gb/s, eight HD-SDI or eight SD/ASI signals, or any combination equal to 12 Gb/s of transport signals, over a single optical fiber. Built to reside in the 6800+ modular core processing platform, OP+TDMT/R+8 fiber products transport up to eight streams of 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI signals by using the time division multiplexing (TDM) approach. Multiplexing technologies are implemented across the Harris fiber optic portfolio, allowing for cost-effective and expandable designs. The OP+TDMT/R+8 products are ideal for applications handling a high volume of signals for medium- and long-haul transport.
Product details By utilizing a single wavelength on a wave division multiplexing (WDM) system, the OP+TDMT/R+8 fiber products are capable of transporting multiple 3 Gb/s HD-SDI, 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI, SD-SDI, DVB-ASI or SDTI signals. The serial fiber link runs at a 12.44 Gb/s proprietary bit stream. The video interfaces are designed in compliance with SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 305M, SMPTE 348M and SMPTE 292M. They are able to transport fully independent video or data streams (i.e., the streams can be asynchronous and can move at different data rates). Connection and disconnection of one stream has no impact on the transmission of the other streams. The OP+TDMT/R+8 fiber product line includes a 12 Gb/s TDM transmitter module and a 12 Gb/s TDM receiver module. The transmitter module consists of an input and preprocessing host module, as well as a TDM transmitter sub-module. The receiver module consists of a TDM receiver sub-module, as well as a post-processing and output host module. Both the transmitter and receiver modules share the same back module. The transmitter is available in 1310 nm single and 40 C-band DWDM wavelengths. Receivers are available as either standard (PIN) or high-sensitivity (APD). sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
electrical Output Optical Output
Features 12 Gb/s payload and 12.44 Gb/s transmission data rate Transport for up to eight unidirectional HD-SDI video channels Transparent end-to-end transmission, with unmodified passthrough of vertical and horizontal ancillary data Handling of independent 3 Gb/s HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, and DVB/ASI signals, as well as general-purpose 1.5 Gb/s and 3 Gb/s data Independent channels (connection or disconnection of any channel has no impact on other channels) Automatic disabling of output port at receiver upon loss of signal at transmitter input Input signal format detection Input video CRC status detection at transmitter and receiver Full hot-swapping capability in a 6800+ frame Thumbnail streaming for monitoring video signals Automatic equalization, re-clocking and rate reporting Link status reporting laser status and receiver power monitoring Dedicated input monitoring port on transmitters Configurable output/monitoring port on receivers
120
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s HD-SDI, HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI, or general purpose 1.485 Gb/s or 2.970 Gb/s data Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port 1-4: >10 dB 5 MHz to 3 GHz Port 5-8: >15 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Port 8: >10 dB 5 MHz to 3 GHz Monitoring: <10 dB 5 MHz to 3 GHz Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s ports: 0 to 50 m (with Belden 1694A) HD ports: 0 to 120 m SD ports: 0 to 300 m Input Signal Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 to 850 mV pk-pk
monitoring port
Wavelength/Frequency . . . . . . . . . OP+TDMT+8+13T: 1260 to 1360 nm OP+TDMT+8+DxyT: At 100 GHz ITU grids from 192.1 to 196.0 THz Wavelength Stability . . . . . . . . . . . <25 pm in wavelength or 3 GHz in frequency Tx Spectral Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 nm (full width at 3 dB down from maxima) Side Mode Suppression Ratio . . . . >30 dB Tx Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 dBm 1 dB for DWDM and 2 dBm 1 dB for 1310 nm wavelength Tx Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . >7 dB Total Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 UI Rise and Fall Time (20-80%) . . . . <35 ps Dispersion Tolerance (with . . . . . . OP+TDMT+12G+13T: 6.6 ps/nm 2 dB penalty at 12.44 Gb/s) OP+TDMT+12G+DxyT: 600 ps/nm Laser Safety Compliance . . . . . . . Class I
DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 dB 5 MHz to 3 GHz Rise and Fall Time (20-80%) . . . . 3 Gb/s: <135 ps HD: <270 ps SD: <740 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: <1 UI Alignment: <0.2 UI
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <14 W (OP+TDMT+8+13T) <15 W (OP+TDMT+8+DxyT) Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec
OP+TDMT+8
images/diagrams
Block diagram
8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Input, TDM Fiber Transmitter
121
Back module
3G/HD/SD-SDI In 1 3G/HD/SD-SDI In 2 3G/HD/SD-SDI In 3 3G/HD/SD-SDI In 4 HD/SD-SDI In 5 HD/SD-SDI In 6 HD/SD-SDI In 7 HD/SD-SDI In 8
Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer 3G/HD/SD Monitor Output (user-selectable 1-8 inputs) 8x1 Matrix
OP+TDMT+8__ OP+TDMR+8__
MONITOR OUT
(TDMT ONLY)
CH 1
TDM Mux
Fiber Optic Transmitter
Fiber Transmitter
CH 2 Tx/Rx CH 3
CH 7 WAVELENGTH CH 4 CH 5 CH 8
ordering inFormation OP+TDMT+8+13T . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) input, 1310 nm TDM fiber transmitter with triple-slot back module and SC-type fiber connector OP+TDMT+8+DxyT** . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) input, DWDM fiber transmitter with tripleslot back module and SC-type fiber connector in 40 ITU wavelengths (nm) [19xy00 GHz (xy is from 21 to 60)]
Connector Options
**dWdm Wavelength selection table replace xy with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xy itu Channel Frequency (tHz) Wavelength (nm) number 21 21 192.1 1560.61 22 22 192.2 1559.79 23 23 192.3 1558.98 24 24 192.4 1558.17 25 25 192.5 1557.36 26 26 192.6 1556.55 27 27 192.7 1555.75 28 28 192.8 1554.94 29 29 192.9 1554.13 30 30 193.0 1553.33 31 31 193.1 1552.52 32 32 193.2 1551.72 33 33 193.3 1550.92 34 34 193.4 1550.12 35 35 193.5 1549.32 36 36 193.6 1548.51 37 37 193.7 1547.72 38 38 193.8 1546.92 39 39 193.9 1546.12 40 40 194.0 1545.32
**dWdm Wavelength selection table replace xy with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xy itu Channel Frequency (tHz) Wavelength (nm) number 41 41 194.1 1544.53 42 42 194.2 1543.73 43 43 194.3 1542.94 44 44 194.4 1542.14 45 45 194.5 1541.35 46 46 194.6 1540.56 47 47 194.7 1539.77 48 48 194.8 1538.98 49 49 194.9 1538.19 50 50 195.0 1537.40 51 51 195.1 1536.61 52 52 195.2 1535.82 53 53 195.3 1535.04 54 54 195.4 1534.25 55 55 195.5 1533.47 56 56 195.6 1532.68 57 57 195.7 1531.90 58 58 195.8 1531.12 59 59 195.9 1530.33 60 60 196.0 1529.55
OPSS+OP+D
Intelligent Optical Protection Switch

The OPSS+OP+D optical protection switch and 50-50 power splitter represent integral parts of an end-to-end optical fiber network design, and provide path redundancy and network resiliency. The 50-50 power splitter and protection switch are critical in redundant path optical fiber network design or for optical signal monitoring purposes where the power budget allows for a 50% loss of power.
Features Intelligent auto-switching and auto-changeover Programmable switching threshold and changeover hysteresis Comprehensive signal and card status monitoring Single-mode fiber support Multiple wavelength support (1260 to 1610 nm range) Standard SMPTE SC/PC optical connectors Full hot-swapping capability with no fiber disconnection/reconnection required Capability of supporting single optical wavelengths at 1310 nm, 1550 nm, or up to 16 CWDM wavelengths (ITU-T G.694.2 compliant)

Opss+Op+d
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (bidirectional) Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (bidirectional) Fiber Type/Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single mode, 9 m core/125 m overall Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC Operation Wavelength . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Switch Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <15 ms Optical Back Reflection. . . . . . . . . <-35 dB Insertion Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical 1.5 dBm Maximum Input Optical Power . . . 25 dBm
images/diagrams
OPSS+OP+D
Fiber Optic Primary I/O
Optical Power Detector Optical Switch Fiber Optic I/O
IN-1
IN-2
Fiber Optic Secondary I/O
Optical Power Detector CPU Monitoring and Control
OUT
122
ordering inFormation OPSS+OP+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-to-one protection switch, wideband 1200 to 1620 nm Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
OXS+OP+
3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver

123
The OXS+OP+ are industry-leading 3 Gb/s fiber modules capable of receiving optical inputs from single- or multimode fiber and converting them back to 3 Gb/s HD-SDI (SMPTE 424M), HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M), SDI (SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M) or DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) electrical signals. These modules come standard with 270 Mb/s SD-SDI support and are upgradeable to 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI and 3 Gb/s HD-SDI support via optional software keys, eliminating equipment replacement costs when upgrading to these standards. OXS+OP+ modules accept one optical input and provide two identical re-clocked 3G/ HD/SD BNC outputs. The modules are available with standard PIN optical receivers or a high-sensitivity APD optical receiver. Occupying a single slot in 6800+ frames, these modules allow for up to 20 independent 3 Gb/s signals in a single 2RU frame.
Features Software-upgradeable support: SD to HD to 3 Gb/s Accepts any wavelength in 1260 to 1620 nm range Supports single- or multimode fiber Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options User-selectable re-clocking modes to meet exact needs: Automatic detection: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Manually set: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Automatically bypasses the re-clocker when the signal does not lock Enforced bypass mode Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Fully hot-swappable Optional CCS Navigator application for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Up to 20 modules in 2RU 6800+ frame or up to two modules in the standalone 6800+ Mix Box frame Standard SC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC-type or ST-type fiber optic connector sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Optical input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-mode SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Optical Port Back Reflection . . . . . <-14 dB Optical Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . >-1 dBm (standard-sensitivity) >-7 dBm (high-sensitivity) Sensitivity OXS+OP+ . . . . . . . . <-20 dBm for 270 Mb/s and 1.5 Gb/s (PIN receiver) <-18 dBm for 3 Gb/s Sensitivity OXS+OP+HI+ . . . . . . <-30 dBm for 270 Mb/s and 1.5 Gb/s (APD receiver) <-28 dBm for 3 Gb/s
electrical Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (identical) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M, DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 270 MHz >15 dB 270 MHz to 1.5 GHz; >10 dB up to 3 GHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <700 ps for SD <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD; <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Total Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <5 W

Back module
Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following single-slot back connector.
Fiber Optic Receiver Reclocker 3G/HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI Out 1
OPTICAL 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI Out 2 Midplane I/O CCS Remote Monitoring and Control
OPTICAL 2
SDI 1
OXS+OP
SDI 2
ordering inFormation OXS+OP+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD fiber receiver, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, PIN, single-slot SC-type rear connector OXS+OP+HI+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD high-sensitivity fiber receiver, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, APD, single-slot SC-type rear connector OXS+OPT+SDHD. . . . . . . . . . . . . SD to 1.5 Gb/s HD software upgrade for receiver modules, requires OXS+OP base products OXS+OPT+SD3G. . . . . . . . . . . . . SD to 3 Gb/s HD software upgrade for receiver modules, requires OXS+OP base products
OXS+OPT+HD3G. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 Gb/s HD to 3 Gb/s HD software upgrade for receiver modules, requires OXS+OP base products
Connector Options
-5dBm Max (APD)
Fiber Optic In
OXS+2+OP+
Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver

The OXS+2+OP+ are industry-leading 3 Gb/s fiber modules capable of receiving optical inputs from single- or multimode fiber and converting them back to 3 Gb/s HD-SDI (SMPTE 424M), HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M), SDI (SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M) or DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) electrical signals. These modules come standard with 270 Mb/s SD-SDI support and are upgradeable to 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI and 3 Gb/s HD-SDI support via optional software keys, eliminating equipment replacement costs when upgrading to these standards. OXS+2+OP+ modules accept two independent fiber inputs and provide two independent re-clocked 3G/HD/SD BNC outputs. The modules are available with standard PIN optical receivers or a high-sensitivity APD optical receiver. Occupying a single slot in 6800+ frames, these modules allow for up to 40 independent 3 Gb/s signals in a single 2RU frame.
Features Software-upgradeable support: SD to HD to 3 Gb/s Accepts any wavelength in 1260 to 1620 nm range Supports single- or multimode fiber Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options User-selectable re-clocking modes to meet exact needs: Automatic detection: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Manually set: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Automatically bypasses the re-clocker when the signal does not lock Enforced bypass mode Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Fully hot-swappable Optional CCS Navigator application for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Up to 20 modules in 2RU 6800+ frame or up to two modules in the standalone 6800+ Mix Box frame Standard SC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC-type or ST-type fiber optic connector sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Optical input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-mode SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Optical Port Back Reflection . . . . . <-14 dB Optical Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . >-1 dBm (standard-sensitivity) >-7 dBm (high-sensitivity) Sensitivity OXS+2+OP+ . . . . . . <-20 dBm for 270 Mb/s and 1.5 Gb/s (PIN receiver) <-18 dBm for 3 Gb/s Sensitivity OXS+2+OP+HI+ . . . <-30 dBm for 270 Mb/s and 1.5 Gb/s (APD receiver) <-28 dBm for 3 Gb/s
electrical Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (independent) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M, DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 270 MHz >15 dB 270 MHz to 1.5 GHz; >10 dB up to 3 GHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <700 ps for SD <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD; <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Total Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI
images/diagrams
Block diagram

Back module
Fiber Optic In 1
Fiber Optic Receiver
Reclocker
3G/HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 1
OPTICAL 1
OPTICAL 2
Fiber Optic In 2
Back module
Reclocker
3G/HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 2
OXS+OP
SDI 1
SDI 2
124
Midplane Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following single-slot I/O back connector.
CCS Remote Monitoring and Control
ordering inFormation OXS+2+OP+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber receiver, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, PIN, single-slot SC-type rear connector OXS+2+OP+HI+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual SD high-sensitivity fiber receiver, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, APD, single-slot SC-type rear connector OXS+2+OPT+SDHD. . . . . . . . . . . . SD to 1.5 Gb/s HD software upgrade for dual receiver modules, requires OXS+2+OP base products OXS+2+OPT+SD3G. . . . . . . . . . . . SD to 3 Gb/s HD software upgrade for dual receiver modules, requires OXS+2+OP base products OXS+2+OPT+HD3G. . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 Gb/s HD to 3 Gb/s HD software upgrade for dual receiver modules, requires OXS+2+OP base products
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
-5dBm Max (APD)
XOS+OP+
3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter

125
The XOS+OP+ are industry-leading 3 Gb/s-capable electrical-to-optical conversion modules, able to convert any incoming 3 Gb/s HD-SDI (SMPTE 424M), HDSDI (SMPTE 292M), SDI (SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M) or DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) electrical signal to an optical signal for transmission on single- or multimode fiber. These modules come standard with 270 Mb/s SD-SDI support, and are upgradeable to 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI and 3 Gb/s SDI support via optional software keys. The output optical option of 1310 nm FP laser or CWDM DFB laser makes these modules suitable for a wide variety of applications. The XOS+OP+ modules accept one electrical input and provide one fiber output along with an equalized and re-clocked electrical output for monitoring and distribution purposes. These modules occupy a single slot in a 6800+ frame, allowing for the high density of up to 20 independent 3 Gb/s signals in a 2RU frame.
Features Future proof software-upgradeable support: SD to HD to 3 Gb/s Supports single- or multimode fiber Available in 1310 nm FP and DFB CWDM wavelength options User-selectable re-clocking modes to meet exact needs: Automatic detection: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Manually set: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Automatically bypasses the re-clocker when the signal does not lock Enforced bypass mode Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Fully hot-swappable Optional CCS Navigator application for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Up to 20 modules in a 2RU 6800+ frame or up to two modules in the standalone 6800+ Mix Box frame Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector

electrical input Optical Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M, DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 270 MHz >15 dB 270 MHz to 1.5 GHz >10 dB up to 3 GHz Maximum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 m Belden 1694A for 270 Mb/s 100 m Belden 1694A for 1.485 Gb/s 50 m Belden 1694A for 2.97 Gb/s
electrical Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M, DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 270 MHz >15 dB 270 MHz to 1.5 GHz >10 dB up to 3 GHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <700 ps for SD <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Total Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 nm 30 nm FP, 1270 nm, 1290 nm, 1310 nm, 1330 nm, 1350 nm, 1370 nm, 1430 nm, 1450 nm, 1470 nm, 1490 nm, 1510 nm, 1530 nm, 1550 nm, 1570 nm, 1590 nm, 1610 nm DFB Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC, ST/PC, FC/PC Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm 1 dBm (CWDM) -7 dBm 1 dBm (1310 nm FP) Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >8 Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <700 ps for SD <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD Back Reflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-14 dB Total Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI
XOS+OP+
images/diagrams
Block diagram
3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter
Back module
3G/HD/ SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI Out Midplane I/O CCS Remote Monitoring and Control
XOS+OP+
SDI 1
SDI 2
ordering inFormation XOS+OP+13S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, 1310 nm FP, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+OP+CxxS* . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s, CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector
Connector Options
126
OPTICAL 2
OPTICAL 1
3 Gb/s/HD/ SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In
Equalizer
Reclocker
Fiber Optic Out
XOS+2+OP+
Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter

127
The XOS+2+OP+ are industry-leading 3 Gb/s-capable electrical-to-optical (Eto-O) conversion modules able to convert any incoming 3 Gb/s HD-SDI (SMPTE 424M), HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M), SDI (SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M) or DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) electrical signal to an optical signal for transmission on single- or multimode fiber. These modules come standard with 270 Mb/s SD-SDI support, and are upgradeable to 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI and 3 Gb/s SDI support via optional software keys. The output optical option of 1310 nm FP laser or CWDM DFB laser makes these modules suitable for a wide variety of applications. The XOS+2+OP+ modules accept two electrical inputs and provide two optical outputs. These modules occupy a single slot in a 6800+ frame, allowing for the high density of up to 40 independent 3 Gb/s signals in a 2RU frame.
Features Future proof software-upgradeable support: SD to HD to 3 Gb/s Supports single- or multimode fiber Available in 1310 nm FP and DFB CWDM wavelength options User-selectable re-clocking modes to meet exact needs: Automatic detection: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Manually set: 270 Mb/s, 1.485 or 2.97 Gb/s Automatically bypasses the re-clocker when the signal does not lock Enforced bypass mode Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Fully hot-swappable Optional CCS Navigator application for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Up to 20 modules in a 2RU 6800+ frame or up to two modules in the standalone 6800+ Mix Box frame Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector

Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 297M, DVB-ASI (DVB-A010) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 270 MHz >15 dB 270 MHz to 1.5 GHz >10 dB up to 3 GHz Maximum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 m Belden 1694A for 270 Mb/s 100 m Belden 1694A for 1.485 Gb/s 50 m Belden 1694A for 2.97 Gb/s
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 nm 30 nm FP, 1270 nm, 1290 nm, 1310 nm, 1330 nm, 1350 nm, 1370 nm, 1430 nm, 1450 nm, 1470 nm, 1490 nm, 1510 nm, 1530 nm, 1550 nm, 1570 nm, 1590 nm, 1610 nm DFB Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC, ST/PC, FC/PC Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm 1 dBm (CWDM DFB) -7 dBm 1 dBm (1310 nm FP) Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >8 Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <700 ps for SD <270 ps for 1.5 Gb/s HD <135 ps for 3 Gb/s HD Back Reflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-14 dB Total Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI
XOS+2+OP+
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter
Back module
OPTICAL 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 1
Equalizer
Reclocker
Fiber Optic Out 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 2
Equalizer
Reclocker
Fiber Optic Out 2
SDI 1
ordering inFormation XOS+2+OP+13+13S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1310 nm FP and 1310 nm FP, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C2729S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1270 nm and 1290 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C3133S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1310 nm and 1330 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C3537S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1350 nm and 1370 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C4345S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1430 nm and 1450 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C4749S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1470 nm and 1490 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C5153S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1510 nm and 1530 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C5557S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1550 nm and 1570 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OP+C5961S . . . . . . . . . Dual SD fiber transmitter, software upgradeable to 1.5 or 3 Gb/s,1590 nm and 1610 nm CWDM, single-slot SC-type rear connector XOS+2+OPT+SDHD . . . . . . . . . . SD to 1.5 Gb/s HD software upgrade for dual transmitter modules, requires XOS+2+OP base products XOS+2+OPT+SD3G . . . . . . . . . . SD to 3 Gb/s HD software upgrade for dual transmitter modules, requires XOS+2+OP base products XOS+2+OPT+HD3G . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 Gb/s HD to 3 Gb/s HD software upgrade for dual transmitter modules, requires XOS+2+OP base products
Connector Options
128
XOS+OP+
Midplane I/O
SDI 2
OPTICAL 2
OP+AVR
1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Channel Fiber Receiver

FiBeR OptiC sOLutiOns // viDeO Over OpTiCs
129
The OP+AVR modules provide professional, broadcast-quality transport of multiple analog audio and video signals over a single fiber optic interface. These modules are capable of transporting up to eight analog video channels and 64 analog audio channels over this fiber interface, using an innovative daisy-chain design to maximize the fiber optic bandwidth. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 20 independent analog video signals and 80 analog audio channels in a single 2RU frame. Since the analog video is not decoded, phase information is kept intact, allowing applications such as blackburst transport over long distances for genlock purposes. The OP+AVR modules support up to one video and four audio channels, while the OP+AVR+2 modules support up to two video and eight audio channels. As well, an electrical-only expansion version of the OP+AVR+2 (OP+AVR+EXP) can be used along with an initial optical version to create a daisy-chained configuration capable of supporting up to eight video and 64 audio channels on a single optical channel. Fiber optic receivers are available in both PIN (standard) and APD (high-sensitivity) options, allowing for in-building, campus or metro-distance applications. These modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls or remotely using either CCS Navigator, third-party SNMP-based control applications, HTTP web browser (with QXFE-series frames only) or NUCLEUS control panels.
Optical input (Op+AVR Optical Receiver)
Features One fiber input: either single- or multimode Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Up to two composite video outputs (NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M) Up to eight balanced analog audio outputs Electrical-only expansion module allows for daisy-chaining of up to eight receive modules Hot-swappable Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box HTTP control via Ethernet-equipped 6800+ 2RU frames Optional CCS Navigator application for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector
Cross talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.0 dB (to -100 dBFS), typical
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC optical connector Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <800 mV pk-pk differential Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm, -5 dBm (high-sensitivity option) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm, -30 dBm (high-sensitivity option)
Analog Composite Video Output (Op+AVR Receiver)
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <10 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 sec
expansion inputs (All modules)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (75 ohms terminated) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M), PAL-B (ITU 624-2), PAL-M Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Signal Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . 12-bit Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB RMS to 6 MHz
Analog Audio Output (Op+AVR Receiver)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proprietary Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 to 1.5 ns Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI, pk-pk
expansion Outputs (All modules)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmller 24-pin locking header-socket pair Output Audio level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (adjustable in 2 dB increments) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB @ 0 dBFS (+28 dBu), 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB @ 1 kHz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu (66 ohms) or -1 dBFS = +17 dBm (600 ohms), typical SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ -60 dBFS
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proprietary Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall times . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 to 1.5 nS Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI, pk-pk
OP+AVR
1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Channel Fiber Receiver

images/diagrams
Block diagram
Expansion In D/A Converter Video Filter Expansion Out Analog Composite Video Out 1
(Optional OP+AVR+2)
Back module
OP+AVR
NOT USED
VID A OUT
Rx
VID B OUT
2:1
(Optional OP+AVR/ OP+AVR+2)
Deserializer
Demux 4
D/A Converter D/A Converter D/A Converter 4
Video Filter Audio Filter Audio Filter 4

- GND +
Analog Composite Video Out 2 Analog Audio Out Analog Audio Out
NOT USED
Fiber Optic In
4
- GND +
2A2B
3A3B
4A4B
EXP IN
ordering inFormation OP+AVR+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 video, 4 audio, PIN receiver OP+AVR+HI+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 video, 4 audio, APD receiver
Connector Options
130
1A1B
EXP OUT
OP+AVR+2
2 Analog Video, 8 Analog Audio Fiber Receiver

131
The OP+AVR modules provide professional, broadcast-quality transport of multiple analog audio and video signals over a single fiber optic interface. These modules are capable of transporting up to eight analog video channels and 64 analog audio channels over this fiber interface, using an innovative daisy-chain design to maximize the fiber optic bandwidth. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 20 independent analog video signals and 80 analog audio channels in a single 2RU frame. Since the analog video is not decoded, phase information is kept intact, allowing applications such as black burst transport over long distances for genlock purposes. The OP+AVR modules support up to one video and four audio channels, while the OP+AVR+2 modules support up to two video and eight audio channels. As well, an electrical-only expansion version of the OP+AVR+2 (OP+AVR+EXP) can be used along with an initial optical version to create a daisy-chained configuration capable of supporting up to eight video and 64 audio channels on a single optical channel. Fiber optic receivers are available in both PIN (standard) and APD (high-sensitivity) options, allowing for in-building, campus or metro-distance applications. These modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls or remotely using either CCS Navigator, third-party SNMP-based control applications, HTTP web browser (with QXFE-series frames only) or NUCLEUS control panels.
Features One fiber input: either single- or multimode Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Up to two composite video outputs (NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M) Up to eight balanced analog audio outputs Electrical-only expansion module allows for daisy-chaining of up to eight receive modules Hot-swappable Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box HTTP control via Ethernet-equipped 6800+ 2RU frames Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Expansion In D/A Converter Video Filter Expansion Out Analog Composite Video Out 1
(Optional OP+AVR+2)
Back module
OP+AVR
NOT USED
VID A OUT
Rx
VID B OUT
2:1
(Optional OP+AVR/ OP+AVR+2)
Deserializer
Demux 4
D/A Converter D/A Converter D/A Converter 4
Video Filter Audio Filter Audio Filter 4

- GND +
Analog Composite Video Out 2 Analog Audio Out Analog Audio Out
NOT USED
Fiber Optic In
4
- GND +
2A2B
3A3B
4A4B
EXP IN
1A1B
EXP OUT
OP+AVR+2
2 Analog Video, 8 Analog Audio Fiber Receiver

Optical input power and temperature
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC optical connector Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <800 mV pk-pk differential Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm, -5 dBm (high-sensitivity option) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm, -30 dBm (high-sensitivity option)
Analog Composite Video Output
expansion inputs (All modules)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (75 ohms terminated) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M), PAL-B (ITU 624-2), PAL-M Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Signal Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . 12-bit Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB RMS to 6 MHz
Analog Audio Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proprietary Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 to 1.5 ns Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI, pk-pk
expansion Outputs (All modules)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmller 24-pin locking header-socket pair Output Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (adjustable in 2 dB increments) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB @ 0 dBFS (+28 dBu), 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB @ 1 kHz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu (66 ohms) or -1 dBFS = +17 dBm (600 ohms), typical SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ -60 dBFS Cross talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.0 dB (to -100 dBFS), typical
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proprietary Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 to 1.5 ns Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI, pk-pk
ordering inFormation OP+AVR+2+D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 video, 8 audio, PIN receiver OP+AVR+2+HI+D . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 video, 8 audio, APD receiver OP+AVR+2+EXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 video, 8 audio, AVR expansion (no optics) OP+OPT+AVR+2. . . . . . . . . . . . . Software upgrade key for OP+AVR+ to OP+AVR+2
Connector Options
132
OP+AVT
1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Fiber Transmitter

133
The OP+AVT modules provide professional, broadcast-quality transport of multiple analog audio and video signals over a single fiber optic interface. These modules are capable of transporting up to eight analog video channels and 64 analog audio channels over this fiber interface, using an innovative daisy-chain design to maximize the fiber optic bandwidth. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 20 independent analog video signals and 80 analog audio channels in a single 2RU frame. Since the analog video is not decoded, phase information is kept intact, allowing applications such as blackburst transport over long distances for genlock purposes. The OP+AVT modules support up to one video and four audio channels, while the OP+AVT+2 modules support up to two video and eight audio channels. As well, an electrical-only expansion version of the OP+AVT+2 (OP+AVT+EXP) can be used along with an initial optical version to create a daisy-chained configuration capable of supporting up to eight video and 64 audio channels on a single optical channel. Fiber optic transmitters are available in both 1310 nm (FP laser) CWDM and DWDM (DFB laser) wavelengths, allowing for in-building, campus or metro-distance applications. These modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls or remotely using either CCS Navigator, third-party SNMP-based control applications, HTTP web browser (with QXFE-series frames only) or NUCLEUS control panels.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Expansion In Expansion Out Video In 1 Loop Analog Composite Video In 1 Video PreProcessor A/D Converter
(Optional OP+AVT+2) (Optional OP+AVT/ OP+AVT+2)
Features One fiber output: either single- or multimode Available in 1310 nm FP and CWDM DFB wavelength options Up to two composite video inputs (NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M) Up to eight balanced analog audio inputs (high impedance or 600 ohms) Electrical-only expansion module allows for daisy-chaining of up to eight transmit modules Hot-swappable Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box HTTP control via Ethernet-equipped 6800+ 2RU frames Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector
Back module
OP+AVT
VID A LOOP
VID A IN
TX
VID B IN
Video In 2 Loop Analog Composite Video In 2 Analog Audio In 4

- GND +
Video PreProcessor 2:1 Audio PreProcessor Audio PreProcessor 4
A/D Converter A/D Converter A/D Converter 4
TDM Mux
Serializer
Fiber Optic Out

VID B LOOP 4A4B
3A3B
EXP IN AUDIO IN EXP OUT
Analog Audio In
4
- GND +

Optical Output Analog Composite Video inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM (ITU G.694.2) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1ST/PC (optional), FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB typical
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (75 ohms terminated) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M), PAL-B (ITU 624-2), PAL-M Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection Ratio . . . >60 dB at 60 Hz
1A1B
2A2B
OP+AVT
Analog Audio inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmller 24-pin locking header-socket pair Input Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (adjustable in 2 dB increments) Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-impedance or 600 ohms, jumper selectable CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB at 60 Hz, typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB (to -100 dBFS) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz), typical THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB (at -1 dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 kHz) SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
ordering inFormation OP+AVT+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 video, 4 audio, 1310 nm FP laser OP+AVT+CxxD*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 video, 4 audio, CWDM laser OP+AVT+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 video, 4 audio, DWDM laser
Connector Options
134
OP+AVT+2

135
The OP+AVT modules provide professional, broadcast-quality transport of multiple analog audio and video signals over a single fiber optic interface. These modules are capable of transporting up to eight analog video channels and 64 analog audio channels over this fiber interface, using an innovative daisy-chain design to maximize the fiber optic bandwidth. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 20 independent analog video signals and 80 analog audio channels in a single 2RU frame. Since the analog video is not decoded, phase information is kept intact, allowing applications such as blackburst transport over long distances for genlock purposes. The OP+AVT modules support up to one video and four audio channels, while the OP+AVT+2 modules support up to two video and eight audio channels. As well, an electrical-only expansion version of the OP+AVT+2 (OP+AVT+EXP) can be used along with an initial optical version to create a daisy-chained configuration capable of supporting up to eight video and 64 audio channels on a single optical channel. Fiber optic transmitters are available in both 1310 nm (FP laser) CWDM and DWDM (DFB laser) wavelengths, allowing for in-building, campus or metro-distance applications. These modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls or remotely using either CCS Navigator, third-party SNMP-based control applications, HTTP web browser (with QXFE-series frames only) or NUCLEUS control panels.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Expansion In Expansion Out Video In 1 Loop Analog Composite Video In 1 Video PreProcessor A/D Converter
(Optional OP+AVT+2) (Optional OP+AVT/ OP+AVT+2)
Features One fiber output: either single- or multimode Available in 1310 nm FP and CWDM DFB wavelength options Up to two composite video inputs (NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M) Up to eight balanced analog audio inputs (high impedance or 600 ohms) Electrical-only expansion module allows for daisy-chaining of up to eight transmit modules Hot-swappable Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box HTTP control via Ethernet-equipped 6800+ 2RU frames Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector
Back module
OP+AVT
VID A LOOP
VID A IN
TX
VID B IN
Video In 2 Loop Analog Composite Video In 2 Analog Audio In 4

- GND +
Video PreProcessor 2:1 Audio PreProcessor Audio PreProcessor 4
A/D Converter A/D Converter A/D Converter 4
TDM Mux
Serializer
Fiber Optic Out

VID B LOOP 4A4B
3A3B
EXP IN AUDIO IN EXP OUT
Analog Audio In
4
- GND +

Optical Output Analog Composite Video inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM (ITU G.694.2) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional), FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB typical
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (75 ohms terminated) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M), PAL-B (ITU 624-2), PAL-M Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 6 dB nominal Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection Ratio . . . >60 dB at 60 Hz
1A1B
2A2B
OP+AVT+2
Analog Audio inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmller 24-pin locking header-socket pair Input Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (adjustable in 2 dB increments) Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-impedance or 600 ohms, jumper selectable CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB at 60 Hz, typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB (to -100 dBFS) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz), typical THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB (at -1 dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 kHz) SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <10 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 sec ordering inFormation OP+AVT+2+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 video, 8 audio, 1310 nm FP laser OP+AVT+2+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . 2 video, 8 audio, CWDM laser OP+AVT+2+DxyD**. . . . . . . . . . . 2 video, 8 audio, DWDM laser OP+AVT+2+EXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 video, 8 audio, AVT expansion (no optics) OP+OPT+AVT+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software upgrade key for OP+AVT+ to OP+AVT+2
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame. *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
136
OP+DAS
Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Multiplexer, Optical Output, Q-SEE-Compliant

137
The OP+DAS provides video and audio conversion from analog to digital, synchronizes the audio to the video, embeds the synchronized audio (four channels) into the SD-SDI video stream and transmits the resulting signal over a fiber optic interface. Integrated processing amps provide for full processing of both video and audio signals. This module is the optical version of the DAS6801+. This module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls or remotely using either CCS Navigator, third-party SNMP-based control applications, HTTP web browser (with QXFE-series frames only) or NUCLEUS control panels. The module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Features 2D video decoder as standard feature, upgradeable to 3D decoding (available as a software license-key option) 12-bit, 4x oversampling of input video Video frame synchronization User-adjustable input video processing for black level, gain, hue and saturation Time-base correction Integrated audio processing (gain, invert, mute, channel swap, channel sum) Accepts composite analog video or SD-SDI inputs, with user-selectable input priority (can be used for simple failover protection of input signal) Relay bypass on SDI input for protection against loss of module power Up to four SDI component digital video outputs Four analog audio inputs Two discrete AES audio connections (balanced or unbalanced), independently user-configurable as either inputs or outputs Audio embedding of four channels (two analog pairs, two AES pairs or one pair of each) Integrated video and audio test signal generators One fiber optic output: either single- or multimode Available in 1310 nm FP, CWDM and DWDM DFB wavelength options Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector Q-SEE-compliant

serial digital Video input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Composite Analog Video input
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
serial digital Video Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M), PAL-B (ITU 624-2), PAL-M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Reference Video input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 4 (some connections shared) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Fiber Optic Video Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) (frame only) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Analog Audio input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmuller 22-pin Input Analog Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 12 dBu (in 1 dB increment)
Aes unbalanced input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional), FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP, 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB typical
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
Aes Balanced input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms

Aes Balanced Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmuller 22-pin Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmuller 22-pin
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W maximum
OP+DAS

images/diagrams
Block diagram
DATA I/O Reference
(from frame)
Back module
Genlock Video Frame Sync Video Proc/ Delay Audio Embedder Fiber Optic Transmitter
(shared with SD-SDI out 2)
DARS/SDI IN
CPST IN
SD-SDI In Equalizer A to D Conversion and 2D decoder De-Serializer
Fiber Optic Out OP+DAS+xxx versions only SD-SDI Out 1 SD-SDI Out 2
(shared with DATA I/O)
TX
SDI OUT 1
Composite Analog Video In DARS Unbalanced

(shared with SD-SDI in)
3D Decoder DAS68OPT+3D Option
SDI OUT 2/DATA I/O
Analog Audio In AES In 1

Balanced
1
4 /
ANALOG AUDIO IN & BAL DARS, AES 1, AES 2
DARS Balanced A to D Conversion
DARS Reference 4 /
Audio Delay/ Sync/Proc
SD-SDI Out 3 (shared with AES out 1) SD-SDI Out 4 (shared with AES out 2) AES Out 1
Balanced Balanced
1
SDI OUT 3/AES I/O 1
AES Out 2
1
SDI OUT 4/AES I/O 2
AES in 2
Balanced
1

1
Balanced AES in and out are shared
ordering inFormation OP+DAS+13D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite video and analog audio decoder/ synchronizer/multiplexer with dual-slot back module, for use with FR6802+ series frames, Q-SEE-compliant, 1310 nm FP optical output OP+DAS+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite video and analog audio decoder/ synchronizer/multiplexer with dual-slot back module, for use with FR6802+ series frames, Q-SEE-compliant, CWDM DFB optical output OP+DAS+DxyD**. . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite video and analog audio decoder/ synchronizer/multiplexer with dual-slot back module, for use with FR6802+ series frames, Q-SEE-compliant, DWDM DFB optical output DAS68OPT+3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional high-quality 3D decoder option for DAS6800+D (available as software license key)
Connector Options
138
OP+DAS

139
OP+HDR
Dual HD/8 SD-SDI TDM Fiber Receiver

The OP+HDR modules provide high-density transport of digital video signals over fiber using Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) technology. These modules are capable of transporting up to two HD-SDI or eight SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals over a single optical fiber. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 20 independent HD-SDI or 80 independent SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals in a single 2RU frame. OP+HDR modules (when paired with the OP+HMT) can transport: Two x HD-SDI Eight x SD-SDI/DVB-ASI One x HD-SDI plus four x SD-SDI Fiber optic transmitters are available in both 1310 nm FP and 16 CWDM (Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing) DFB wavelengths. Fiber optic receivers are available in both PIN (standard) and APD (high-sensitivity) options.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI Out 1 SD-SDI Out 2 SD-SDI Out 3 SD-SDI Out 4
_OP+SDR+ _OP+SDR+2+ _OP+HDR+ _OP+HDR+2+
Features One fiber input either single- or multimode Accepts any wavelength in 1260 to 1620 nm range Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Eight BNC outputs with automatic cable equalization and reclocking Passing of unmodified vertical and horizontal ancillary data Video thumbnail streaming for confidence monitoring Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXF 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector
Back module Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following double-slot back connectors:
OUT 6 RX 1
OUT 1 OUT 2
Note: Connectors OUT 5 to OUT 8 and RX 2 are NOT used in this product.
OUT 3
Fiber Optic In
TDM DeMux
SD-SDI Out 5 HD/SD-SDI Out 6 SD-SDI Out 7
RX 2 OUT 7
_PIN _APD -5dBm MAX (APD)
OUT 4
OUT 8
OUT 5
SD-SDI Out 8
note: The RX2 and TX2 connectors are not used on these products.

Optical inputs
ordering inFormation OP+HDR+D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel HD/8-channel SD, TDM fiber receiver, PIN, dual-slot SC-type rear connector OP+HDR+HI+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel HD/8-channel SD, TDM high-sensitivity fiber receiver, APD, dual-slot SC-type rear connector
Connector Options
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Overload Input Power . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm PIN, -5 dBm APD Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm PIN, -30 dBm APD
electrical Outputs
140
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 700 ps for SD, <270 ps for HD Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) for SD, <1 UI (673 ps) for HD Alignment Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) for SD, <0.2 UI (134 ps) for HD
OP+HMT
Dual HD/8 SD-SDI TDM Fiber Transmitter

141
The OP+HMT modules provide high-density transport of digital video signals over fiber using time division multiplexing (TDM) technology. These modules are capable of transporting up to two HD-SDI or eight SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals over a single optical fiber. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 20 independent HD-SDI or 80 independent SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals in a single 2RU frame. OP+HMT modules (when paired with the OP+HDR) can transport: Two HD-SDI Eight SD-SDI/DVB-ASI One HD-SDI plus four SD-SDI Fiber optic transmitters are available in both 1310 nm FP and 16 coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) DFB wavelengths. Fiber optic receivers are available in both PIN (standard) and APD (high-sensitivity) options.
Features One fiber output either single- or multimode Available in 1310 nm FP and CWDM DFB wavelength options Eight BNC inputs with automatic cable equalization and reclocking Passing of unmodified vertical and horizontal ancillary data Video thumbnail streaming for confidence monitoring Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector

Optical Outputs electrical inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Max Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 350 m for SD 0 to 140 m for HD
images/diagrams
Block diagram Back modules Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following double-slot back connectors:
SD-SDI In 2 SD-SDI In 3 SD-SDI In 4 SD-SDI In 5 HD/SD-SDI In 6 SD-SDI In 7 SD-SDI In 8
Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer

A S I TDM
IN 6 TX 1
IN 1 IN 2
IN 3
_OP+SMT+ _OP+SMT+2+ _OP+HMT+ _OP+HMT+2+
Mux m u x
Fiber Optic Out
TX 2 IN 7 IN 4
IN 8
IN 5
_13 _C27 _C29 _C31 _C33 _C35 _C37 _C43 _C45 _C47 _C49 _C51 _C53 _C55 _C57 _C59 _C61
HD/SD-SDI In 1
Equalizer
Note: Connectors IN 5 to IN 8 and TX 2 are NOT used in this product.
note: The RX2 and TX2 connectors are not used on these products.
OP+HMT
Dual HD/8 SD-SDI TDM Fiber Transmitter

ordering inFormation OP+HMT+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel HD/8-channel SD, TDM fiber transmitter, 1310 nm FP, dual-slot SC-type rear connector OP+HMT+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel HD/8-channel SD, TDM fiber transmitter, CWDM, dual-slot SC-type rear connector OP+HDR+D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel HD/8-channel SD, TDM fiber receiver, PIN, dual-slot SC-type rear connector OP+HDR+HI+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel HD/8-channel SD, TDM high-sensitivity fiber receiver, APD, dual-slot SC-type rear connector
Connector Options
142
OP+OHB
HD/SD/ASI, AES, RS-232/422/485, GPIO, Intercom Receiver

143
The OP+OHB fiber modules aggregate different types of signals into and from the fiber domain utilizing a single module. Each card is capable of integrating audio, video and data applications, and supports intercom, RS-232/422/485 and GPIO bidirectional data flow, as well as unidirectional transport of HD/SD/SDI video and balanced/unbalanced audio signals. The OP+OHB modules enable broadcasters and production facilities to migrate all the signal types needed in a studio application onto fiber utilizing one OPTO+ module. This highly dense solution provides significant space and cost savings, while maximizing quality and reliability through simplifying the fiber handling requirements. These products are ideal for any applications requiring the transfer of audio, video and data information over fiber.
Features One unidirectional SDI channel HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI or DVB/ASI signal Four unidirectional AES channels, user-selectable balanced or unbalanced Two bidirectional RS-232/422/485 data ports Four GPI interface channels, user-selectable direction Configurable, two-wire and four-wire bidirectional intercom channel compatible with RTS, Telex and Clear-Com matrices Single fiber output: either single- or multimode, available in 1310 nm FP, CWDM and DWDM DFB wavelength options Single fiber input: either single- or multimode Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector, optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control

Optical Outputs
Optical inputs
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) for SD <1 UI (673 ps) for HD Alignment Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) for SD <0.2 UI (134 ps) for HD
Aes Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Balanced
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Overload Input Power . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm PIN -5 dBm APD Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm PIN -30 dBm APD
sdi electrical Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms; 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 24 bits Output Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 96 kHz
unbalanced
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 700 ps for SD <270 ps for HD
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector, BNC (IEC 169-8) on breakout cable Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 50 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 24 bits Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 96 kHz
OP+OHB
gpiO interface gpi inputs
intercom
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 4 Trigger Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active low Internal Pull-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 pin on female high-density 26-pin connector, RCA on breakout cable, common ground
gpi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 4 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TTL active low or high Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 pin on female high-density 26-pin connector, RCA on breakout cable, common ground
serial i/O
Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 k ohms single end >20 k ohms differential 600 ohms selectable Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms 600 ohms selectable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector Operating Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 to +8 dBu, nominal Maximum Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +17 dBu Gain Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 to +4 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 20 Hz to 20 kHz -0.1 dB typical Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232/422/485 selectable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector, DB9 on breakout cable Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 10 Mb/s (RS-422)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
TDM in HD/SD-SDI out Selector Fiber-optic receiver Demux 4 AES out GPI out
TDM/SDI Out SDI/TDM In Tx
Back module
-5dBm Max. (APD)
Rx
Fiber-optic in
GPI in Fiber-optic out Fiber-optic transmitter Mux 9

Intercom I/O RS232/422/485 I/O 1 RS232/422/485 I/O 2

AUX I/O
144
OP+OHB

145
ordering inFormation OP+OHB+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO intercom, FP 1310 nm laser single-mode E/O, wideband O/E OP+OHB+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422 4 GPIO intercom, DFB CWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband O/E OP+OHB+HI+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO Intercom, DFB CWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband high-sensitivity (APD) O/E OP+OHB+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO Intercom, DFB DWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband O/E OP+OHB+HI+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO intercom, DFB DWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband high-sensitivity (APD) O/E
Connector Options
OP+SDR
Quad SD-SDI TDM Fiber Receiver

The OP+SDR modules provide transport of SD-SDI/DVB-ASI digital video signals over fiber using time division multiplexing (TDM) technology. These modules are capable of transporting up to four SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals over a single optical fiber. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 40 independent SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals in a single 2RU frame. A pair of OP+SMT/OP+SDR modules can transport four SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals. Fiber optic transmitters are available in both 1310 nm FP and 16 CWDM (Coarse Wave Division Multiplexing) DFB wavelengths. Fiber optic receivers are available in both PIN (standard) and APD (high-sensitivity) options.
Features One fiber input either single- or multimode Accepts any wavelength in 1260 to 1620 nm range Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Four BNC outputs with automatic cable equalization and reclocking Passing of unmodified vertical and horizontal ancillary data Video thumbnail streaming for confidence monitoring Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Optical inputs
Overload Input Power . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm PIN, -5 dBm APD Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm PIN, -30 dBm APD
electrical Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI* Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 700 ps for SD <270 ps for HD Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) for SD; <1 UI (673 ps) for HD Alignment Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) for SD; <0.2 UI (134 ps) for HD
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <11 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 sec *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
Back module
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 images/diagrams
Block diagram
SD-SDI Out 1 SD-SDI Out 2

_OP+SDR+ _OP+SDR+2+ _OP+HDR+ _OP+HDR+2+
OUT 6 RX 1
OUT 1 OUT 2
Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following dual-slot back connectors:
Note: Connectors OUT 5 to OUT 8 and RX 2 are NOT used in this product.
Fiber Optic in
DeMux
OUT 3
146
SD-SDI Out 3 SD-SDI Out 4
RX 2 OUT 7
_PIN _APD -5dBm MAX (APD)
OUT 4
OUT 8
OUT 5
note: Connectors OUT 5 to OUT 8 and RX2 are NOT used in this product.
ordering inFormation OP+SDR+D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel SD, TDM fiber receiver, PIN, dual-slot SC-type rear connector OP+SDR+HI+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel SD, TDM high-sensitivity fiber receiver, APD, dual-slot SC-type rear connector
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules
OP+SMT
Quad SD-SDI TDM Fiber Transmitter

147
note: Connectors IN 5 to IN 8 and TX2 are NOT used in this product.
The OP+SMT modules provide transport of SD-SDI/DVB-ASI digital video signals over fiber using time division multiplexing (TDM) technology. These modules are capable of transporting up to four SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals over a single optical fiber. Occupying two slots within the 6800+ frame, this solution allows for up to 40 independent SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals in a single 2RU frame. A pair of OP+SMT/OP+SDR modules can transport four SD-SDI/DVB-ASI signals. Fiber optic transmitters are available in both 1310 nm FP and 16 CWDM DFB wavelengths. Fiber optic receivers are available in both PIN (standard) and APD (high-sensitivity) options.
Features One fiber output either single- or multimode Available in 1310 nm FP and CWDM DFB wavelength options Four BNC inputs with automatic cable equalization and reclocking Passing of unmodified vertical and horizontal ancillary data Video thumbnail streaming for confidence monitoring Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6822+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Optical Outputs
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional), FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB typical
electrical inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Max Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 350 m for SD, 0 to 140 m for HD
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <10 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 sec *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP, 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM images/diagrams
Block diagram
Back module
SD-SDI In 1 SD-SD In 2 SD-SDI In 3 SD-SDI In 4
Equalizer
IN 6 TX 1
IN 1 IN 2
Equalizer
_OP+SMT+ _OP+SMT+2+ _OP+HMT+ _OP+HMT+2+
Mux Equalizer
Fiber Optic transmitter
Fiber Optic Out
IN 3
TX 2 IN 7 IN 4
Equalizer
IN 8
IN 5
ordering inFormation OP+SMT+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel SD, TDM fiber transmitter, 1310 nm FP, dual-slot SC-type rear connector OP+SMT+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel SD, TDM fiber transmitter, CWDM, dual-slot SC-type rear connector
Connector Options
Modules are used in 6800+ frames with the following dual-slot back connectors:
OP+AES
FiBeR OptiC sOLutiOns // AuDiO Over OpTiCs
Fiber Optic AES Transceivers

The OP+AES fiber optic modules offer an excellent solution for the easy and reliable transport of multiple AES audio channels over fiber, making them ideal for applications in outside broadcast (OB) vans, stadiums/arenas and event facilities. Equipped with user-selectable receive or transmit capability, these modules are available in configurations of eight or 16 AES channels and are capable of operating in bidirectional mode. The OP+AES modules also can be used in a daisy-chain or cascading application to carry 128 AES audio channels on a single wavelength an ideal fiber optic solution for even the most demanding long-haul AES transport.
Features Up to 16 AES channels input/output per module in bidirectional mode, and up to 128 AES unidirectional channels per wavelength in daisy-chain (cascade) mode Support for balanced or unbalanced AES input and output (balanced AES requires an external balun adapter) Sample rates from 30 to 96 kHz Optical power monitoring and alarm thresholds Full CCS control and monitoring Front and back hot-swappable capability 8- or optional 16-channel AES capability User-selectable receive or transmit capability Channel-by-channel selectable balanced/unbalanced capability Manual gain and mute support for audio output channels Front/back headphone jacks for content monitoring at card edge and at back module
Product details
Op+Aes modules are available in the following configurations:
8 or 16 AES channels Fiber optic outputs in FP 1310 nm CWDM and DWDM wavelengths Standard (PIN) or high-sensitivity (APD) receivers Coaxial expansion (daisy chain) or bidirectional modes

Optical performance tX: Aes Balanced
Average Output Power (FP) . . . . . . -5 dBm (typical) Average Output Power (CWDM). . . 0 dBm (typical)
RX:
Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm Sensitivity (+HI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -27 dBm
expansion serial input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external balun Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V (pk-pk) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 96 kHz
Aes unbalanced
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 492 ft (150 m) (typical) of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
expansion serial Output
148
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20-80%) Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 UI pk-pk timing jitter (>10Hz) <0.2 UI pk-pk alignment jitter (>100kHz)
Aes unbalanced
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 96 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bit . . . . . Maintained
Aes Balanced Output
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external balun Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 96 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained
propagation delay specifications
Sampling Rate Propagation Delay . 32 kHz to 6.2 ms (AES In to Out) 48 kHz to 4.2 ms 96 kHz to 2.1 ms
OP+AES
Aes Balanced Output

149
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external balun Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 96 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained
propagation delay specifications
Sampling Rate Propagation Delay . 32 kHz to 6.2 ms (AES In to Out) 48 kHz to 4.2 ms 96 kHz to 2.1 ms Start-Up Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <8 W *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
OP+AES

images/diagrams
Block diagrams Op+Aest
HD-SDI 1.5 Gb/s Deserializer TDM Mux AES Analog Driver
8/16 AES out
SFP Module
Deserializer CPU Monitoring and Control
Serializer
HD -SDI 1.5 Gb/s
Driver
Headphone
Block diagrams Op+AesR Back module
8/16 AES in AES analog receiver Serializer TDM
HD- SDI 1.5 Gb/s
Rx EXPANSION IN Tx
Rx 0 dBm Max (PIN) -7 dBm Max (APD)
SFP module
BREAKOUT
EXPANSION OUT
HD-SDI 1.5 Gb/s
Deserializer
CPU monitoring and control
Headphone Driver
HEADPHONE
__PIN__APD __8CH__16CH
Op+Aes modules
150
OP+AESR+8+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 1310 nm AES receiver module (requires OP+SFP1+TRxx) OP+AEST+8+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 1310 nm AES transmitter module (requires OP+SFP1+TRxx) OP+AESR+16+D . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-channel 1310 nm AES receiver module (requires OP+SFP1+TRxx) OP+AEST+16+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-channel 1310 nm AES transmitter module (requires OP+SFP1+TRxx) OP+AES+EXP+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-channel coaxial AES transmitter/receiver (daisy chain expansion module) OP+AES+OPT+16. . . . . . . . . . . . SoftKey upgrade to convert OP+AEST/R+8+D into OP+AEST/R+16+D to provide 16 channels of AES support
OP+SFP1+TR13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products; 1310 nm wavelength transceiver; up to 2.5 Gb/s bandwidth capable OP+SFP1+TRxx* . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products; CWDM wavelength transceiver; up to 2.5 Gb/s bandwidth capable OP+SFP1+HI+TRxx* . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products; CWDM wavelength transceiver with high-sensitivity (APD) receiving ability; up to 2.5 Gb/s bandwidth capable OP+SFP1+HI+TRxy** . . . . . . . . . Small form factor pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products; DWDM wavelength transceiver with high-sensitivity (APD) receiving ability; up to 2.5 Gb/s bandwidth capable Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame.
OP+HBD
HD/SD/ASI, AES, RS-232/422/485, GPIO, Intercom Transmitter

151
The OP+HBD fiber modules aggregate different types of signals into and from the fiber domain utilizing a single module. Each card is capable of integrating audio, video and data applications, and supports intercom, RS-232/422/485 and GPIO bidirectional data flow, as well as unidirectional transport of HD/SD/SDI video and balanced/unbalanced audio signals. The OP+HBD modules enable broadcasters and production facilities to migrate all the signal types needed in a studio application onto fiber utilizing one OPTO+ module. This highly dense solution provides significant space and cost savings, while maximizing quality and reliability through simplifying the fiber handling requirements. These products are ideal for any applications requiring the transfer of audio, video and data information over fiber.
Features One unidirectional SDI channel HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI or DVB/ASI signal Four unidirectional AES channels, user-selectable balanced or unbalanced Two bidirectional RS-232/422/485 data ports Four GPI interface channels, user-selectable direction Configurable, two-wire and four-wire bidirectional intercom channel compatible with RTS, Telex and Clear-Com matrices Single fiber output: either single- or multimode, available in 1310 nm FP, CWDM and DMWM DFB wavelength options Single fiber input: either single- or multimode Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector, optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXF 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control

Optical Outputs Aes inputs
Optical inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Balanced
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms; 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 24 bits Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 96 kHz
unbalanced
sdi electrical input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, SDTI, DVB-ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz Maximum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 350 m for SD 0 to 140 m for HD
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector, BNC (IEC 169-8) on breakout cable Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 24 bits Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 96 kHz
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 4 Trigger Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active low Internal Pull-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 pin on female high-density 26-pin connector, RCA on breakout cable, common ground
gpi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 4 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TTL Active low or high Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 pin on female high-density 26-pin connector, RCA on breakout cable, common ground NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
OP+HBD
serial i/O

Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232/422/485 selectable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector, DB9 on breakout cable Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 10 Mb/s (RS-422)
intercom
Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 k ohms single end >20 k ohms differential 600 ohms selectable Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms 600 ohms selectable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pins on female high-density 26-pin connector Operating Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 to +8 dBu, nominal Maximum Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +17 dBu Gain Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 to 4 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 20 Hz to 20 kHz -0.1 dB typical Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
images/diagrams
Block diagram
TDM Out Mux
Back module
-9 dBm Max. (APD)
Rx
HD/SD-SDI In
Equalizer 4
SDI/TDM In Tx
Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Out
AES In GPI In
TDM/SDI Out
GPI Out Intercom I/O RS-232/422/485 I/O 1 RS-232/422/485 I/O 2

9
Demux
Fiber Optic In
AUX I/O
Connectors shown using unbalanced breakout cable
152
OP+HBD

153
ordering inFormation OP+HBD+13D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO intercom, FP 1310 nm laser single-mode E/O, wideband O/E OP+HBD+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO intercom, DFB CWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband O/E OP+HBD+HI+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO Intercom, DFB CWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband high-sensitivity (APD) O/E OP+HBD+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 1 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO intercom, DFB DWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband O/E OP+HBD+HI+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD/ASI 4 AES 2 RS-232/422/485 4 GPIO intercom, DFB DWDM laser single-mode E/O, wideband high-sensitivity (APD) O/E
Connector Options
OP+DAT
FiBeR OptiC sOLutiOns // DATA Over OpTiCs
Serial Data, GPI Transceiver

Working together, a pair of OP+DAT modules can aggregate multiple protocol data links, transport them over optical fiber to a distant location, and then deliver them in their original formats. The supporting data links include GPI In, GPI Out, and serial data interconnections in the EIA-recommended standards of EIA-232, EIA-422 and EIA-485. OP+DAT modules support bidirectional data links and are available in 1310 nm, coarse wave division multiplexing (CWDM) and dense wave division multiplexing (DWDM) wavelengths. OP+DAT products can be used in broadcast, cable, production, educational and auditorium applications where the distribution of data over fiber optic lines is required. Typical applications include sending data from a studio, remote truck or other production facility to the transmission site/facility. Other applications include sending signals within a single broadcast organization that has buildings remotely located across a large campus area or across town.
Features Protocol and data rate transparency Six configurable GPI In/Out ports Four bidirectional RS-232/422/485 serial data channels Support for digital and optical diagnostics, such as loopback, link health test, test pattern generation and error check, loss of signal detection, laser and receiver status monitoring and control Built-in bidirectional communication channel for remote module diagnostic and automatic configuration (for example, when a local GPI In/Out port is configured as input, the remote port is automatically configured as output) Support for up to 932 kb/s data rate per port for RS-422/485 and up to 460 kb/s per port for RS-232 One fiber output: either single- or multimode Available in 1310 nm FP, CWDM and DWDM DFB wavelength options One fiber input: either single- or multimode Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXF 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control

Optical Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional), FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP, 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB typical
Optical inputs
Receiver Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . 3 V Receiver Input Voltage Range . . . . 5 to 15 V

Rs-422
serial i/O Rs-232
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA-422-B Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <932 kb/s Maximum Output Level (unloaded) -0.25 to 6 V Output Level (loaded) . . . . . . . . . . >2 V Driver Load Impedance. . . . . . . . . 100 ohms Slewrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 A Maximum Driver Current in High Z >4 K ohms Receiver Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV Receiver Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . -10 to 10 V Receiver Input Voltage Range . . . . 4 channels
Rs-485
154
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . . 4 channels with hardware flow control or 8 channels without hardware flow Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA-232-E Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <460 kb/s Maximum Output Level (unloaded) . . .<25 V Output Level (loaded) . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 15 V Driver Load Impedance. . . . . . . . . 3 to 7 K ohms Slewrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <30 V/s Maximum Driver Current in High Z 6 mA @ 2 V Receiver Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 7 K ohms
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA-485 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <932 kb/s Maximum Output Level (unloaded) -7 to +12 V Output Level (loaded) . . . . . . . . . . >1.5 V Driver Load Impedance. . . . . . . . . 54 ohms Slewrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 A Maximum Driver Current in High Z >12 K ohms Receiver Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV Receiver Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . -7 to 12 V Receiver Input Voltage Range . . . . 4 channels
OP+DAT

155
gpi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 6 Trigger Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active low Internal Pull-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 6 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TTL active low or high

images/diagrams rJ45 ConneCtor Pin outS

gpiO
PIN Conductor 8. GPI input/output 6 7. GPI input/output 5 6. Signal ground 5. GPI input/output 4 4. GPI input/output 3 3. Signal ground 2. GPI input/output 2 1. GPI input/output 1
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <7.5 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec
Rs-232
PIN 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Conductor Not in use Not in use Transmitter data Receiver data Signal ground Not in use Not in use Not in use
Rs-422/Rs-485
PIN 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. Conductor Transmitter data inverted Receiver data not inverted Not in use Not in use Signal ground Not in use Receiver data inverted Transmitter data not inverted
Block diagram
Back module
OPTIC OUT
RS-232/422/485 Channel 1 I/O RS-232/422/485 Channel 2 I/O RS-232/422/485 Channel 3 I/O RS-232/422/485 Channel 4 I/O GPI I/O
TDM Mux
Fiber Optic Out
Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following single-slot back connectors:
GPI I/O
OPTIC IN
TDM Demux
Fiber Optic In
DATA PORT 1
DATA PORT 3
DATA PORT 2
DATA PORT 4
OP+DAT

ordering inFormation OP+DAT+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-232 channels, 4 RS-422/485 channels, and 6 GPIs, 1310 nm FP laser, 1260 to 1620 nm wideband PIN receiver OP+DAT+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-232 channels, 4 RS-422/485 channels, and 6 GPIs, CWDM DFB laser, 1260 to 1620 nm wideband PIN receiver OP+DAT+HI+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-232 channels, 4 RS-422/485 channels, and 6 GPIs, CWDM DFB laser, 1260 to 1620 nm wideband high-sensitivity (APD) receiver OP+DAT+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-232 channels, 4 RS-422/485 channels, and 6 GPIs, DWDM DFB laser, wideband PIN receiver OP+DAT+HI+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-232 channels, 4 RS-422/485 channels, and 6 GPIs, DWDM DFB laser, wideband PIN receiver
Connector Options
156
OP+ETH
10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet Switch Transceiver

157
The OP+ETH is a standalone 10/100/1000 Mb/s triple-speed Ethernet switch with five RJ45 data ports and a dual-fiber interface. It allows up to a Gigabit of Ethernet connectivity for 1310 nm coarse wave division multiplexing (CWDM) and dense wave division multiplexing (DWDM) optical transmission systems, while providing local connectivity among the five copper ports and aggregating all copper-based network traffic for transmission over the fiber optic interface. The OPTO+ Ethernet module represents one interface in the wide range of interfaces available in the OPTO+ family of products implemented on the leading 6800+ processing platform.
Features 10/100/1000Base-T auto-sensing Ethernet connection Non-blocking, wire-speed performance 8 K MAC address for automatic address learning and aging Auto MDI/MDIX support to detect and correct crossover cables for all ports Full-duplex and half-duplex options support One fiber output: either single- or multimode Available in 1310 nm FP, CWDM and DWDM DFB wavelength options One fiber input: either single- or multimode Available with PIN or high-sensitivity APD receiver options Standard SC/PC-type fiber optic connector Optional FC/PC-type or ST/PC-type fiber optic connector Hot-swappable Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs Occupies two slots in the 2RU FR6802+QXFE 6800+ frame or the standalone FR6800+MB 6800+ Mix Box Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control

Optical Outputs electrical ethernet i/O
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP, 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional) FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB typical
Optical inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100/1000Base-T data packets Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Mb/s, 100 Mb/s and 1000 Mb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 per IEC 169-8 Differential Impedance . . . . . . . . . 100 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 100 m CAT-5 UTP
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Overload Input Power . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm PIN, -5 dBm APD Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm PIN, -30 dBm APD images/diagrams
Block diagram
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <7.2 W Start Up Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec
Back module
TX OP+ETH+
Ethernet I/O 1
Gigabit MAC & PHY

CH3
Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following dual-slot back connectors:
Ethernet I/O 2 Ethernet I/O 3
Gigabit MAC & PHY Gigabit MAC & PHY Gigabit MAC & PHY Gigabit MAC & PHY Ethernet Switch Controller
Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Receiver
RX -5 dBm Max (APD)
__PIN __APD
Fiber Optic Out Fiber Optic In
CH1
CH4
Ethernet I/O 4
CH2
CH5
Ethernet I/O 5
OP+ETH
10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet Switch Transceiver

ordering inFormation OP+ETH+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet, 1310 nm FP laser, wideband PIN receiver OP+ETH+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet, CWDM DFB laser, wideband PIN receiver OP+ETH+HI+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . 5-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet, CWDM DFB laser, wideband high-sensitivity (APD) receiver OP+ETH+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet, DWDM DFB laser, wideband PIN receiver OP+ETH+HI+DxyD** . . . . . . . . . . 5-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet, DWDM DFB laser, wideband high-sensitivity (APD) receiver
Connector Options
158
OP+INT
Optical Intercom Transceivers

FiBeR OptiC sOLutiOns // inTerCOM Over OpTiCs
159
The OP+INT fiber optic module is designed for the optimized transport of multiple intercom channels over fiber. Delivering a high-density solution of 32 channels per fiber link for standard protocols, the OP+INT module is ideal for live event, mobile and stadium applications. This new module available in a standalone or expansion mode version can perform bidirectional communication for multiple channels over fiber.
Features Support for party-line and matrix versions of RTS-Telex and Clear-Com Available in standalone and expansion mode versions Capable of handling up to four intercom channels (party-line or matrix), two GPI inputs, two GPI outputs and one 10/100 Ethernet communication over a single fiber optic link in standalone mode Capable of handling up to 32 intercom channels (party-line or matrix), 16 GPI inputs, 16 GPI outputs and one 10/100M Ethernet communication over a single fiber optic link in expansion mode Simultaneous operation of different intercom types using independent channels Support for RS-232/422/485 data inputs Bidirectional communication capability over two fiber optic lines (one for each direction) Available optical wavelengths of 1310 nm and 1550 nm CWDM (ITU-T G.694.2 compliant) Hot-swappable capability from the front of frame Card-edge and remote control capability Comprehensive signal and card status monitoring via card-edge display and CCS Navigator

party-Line intercom
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . Up to 4, selectable between party-line and matrix Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTS-Telex and Clear-Com party-line Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 per IEC169-8, 3 pins Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC-coupling for processing, DC levels preserved Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . High Impedence >10 K ohms Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum: +5 dBu (200 ohms load) Nominal: -14 dBu to 0 dBu Sidetone Null . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware supported Call signaling (send) . . . . . . . . . RTS-Telex: 20 kHz 100 Hz, 240 mVRMS Clear-Com: 11 VDC Call Signaling (receive) . . . . . . . RTS-Telex: 20 kHz 800 Hz, 100 mVRMS Clear-Com: 4-30 VDC Microphone Kill . . . . . . . . . . . . RTS-Telex: 24 kHz 800 Hz, 100 mVRMS Clear-Com: Not supported (DC power to microphone killed) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . <2 dB (120 Hz to 20 kHz) THD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <60 dB @1 kHz SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-60 dB Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 kHz Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-bit Adjustable Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 dB
matrix intercom
Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Impedance (>10 k ohms) or 600 ohms Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . 66 or 600 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . <1.0 dB @ 0 dBFS (+20 dBu), (20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical) THD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <80 dB @ 1 kHz SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB @ -60dBFS Cross Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-80 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 kHz Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-bit Serial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTS-Telex (EIA/TIA-485) Clear-Com (EIA/TIA-422)
seRiAL dAtA generic
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . 4 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA/TIA-232 EIA/TIA-422 EIA/TIA-485 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 per IEC169-8 (2, 3, or 4 pins)
eiA/tiA-232-e
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . Up to 4, selectable between party-line and matrix Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 per IEC169-8, 4 pins Output Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . Maximum: 20 dBu Nominal: 0 dBu (Clear-Com) +8 dBu (RTS-Telex)
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Output Level (unloaded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Level (loaded) . . . . . . . . Driver Load Impedance . . . . . . . Slew Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max Driver Current in High-Z . . . Receiver Impedance . . . . . . . . . Receiver Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . Receiver Input Voltage Range . . .
Up to 4 channels EIA/TIA-232-E RJ45, 3-pins <460 Kb/s <25 V 5 to 15 V 3 to 7 k ohms <30 V/s 6 mA @ 2 V 3 to 7 k ohms 3 V 15 V
OP+INT
eiA/tiA-485 (422)
Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . Up to 4 channels Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIA/TIA-485 (EIA/TIA-422 compatible) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45, 4 pins Input Termination . . . . . . . . . . . 120 ohms , jumper selectable Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <460 Kb/s Maximum Output Level (unloaded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <6 V Output Level (loaded) . . . . . . . . >1.5 V Driver Load Impedance . . . . . . . 50 ohms (422) 27 ohms (485) Max Driver Current in High Z . . . 100 A Receiver Impedance . . . . . . . . . >12 k ohms Receiver Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV Receiver Input Voltage Range . . . -7 to +12 V
geneRAL puRpOse inteRFACe input And Output gpi in and Out
Optical port performance - Outputs item minimum typical maximum Fixed Wavelength module (Op+int+13t) Peak Wavelength (FP) 1290 nm 1310 nm 1340 nm Spectrum Width (RMS) 2 nm 4 nm (FP) Average Output Power -8 dBm -7 dBm -6 dBm (FP) multiple Wavelength modules (Op+int+Cxxt) Peak Wavelength n-3 n* n+3 (CWDM) Average Output Power -1 dBm 0 dBm +2 dBm (CWDM) All modules Extinction Ratio 6 dB 8 dB Optical Rise Time Optical Fall Time 135 ps 135 ps 150 ps
note -
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 (4 pins GPI In/Out and 4 pins shared common) Trigger Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active low Internal Pull-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . +5 V Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 Kb/s Number of Outputs . . . . . . . . . . 2 Signal Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . TTL Active, low or high Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 (4 pins GPI In/Out and 4 pins shared common) Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 Kb/s
Fiber Optic input/Output
2.1 GHz filter (fourth order Bessel) No filter; 20% to 80% No filter; 20% to 80%
eXpAnsiOn expansion downlink
Number of Connectors . . . . . . . 1 input, 1 output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OP+OPT+SC (standard) OP+OPT+ST (optional at time of order) OP+OPT+FC (optional at time of order) Jitter Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps), pk--pk Optical port performance - inputs item minimum typical maximum standard sensitivity modules (Op+int+13t) Input Wavelength 1260 nm 1620 nm Sensitivity -20 dBm Overload 0 dBm High sensitivity module (Op+int+Hi+t) Input Wavelength 1260 nm 1620 nm Sensitivity -28 dBm Overload -7 dBm -5 dBm -
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (balanced pair) Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (balanced pair) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 per IEC169-8, four wires Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TDM Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Mb/s Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB Maximum Cable Length . . . . . . . . 15 m (shielded)
expansion uplink
note BER <1E-10 BER <1E-10
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (balanced pair) Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (balanced pair) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 per IEC169-8, 4 wires Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TDM Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Mb/s Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB Maximum Cable Length . . . . . . . . 15 m (shielded)
10/100 ethernet input/Output
160
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (balanced pair) Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (balanced pair) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 per IEC169-8, four wires Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100 Base-T Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Mb/s Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100 Base-T power Consumption. . . . . . . <16 W start-up time . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 seconds temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C)
OP+INT

161
images/diagrams
Block diagram
10/100 Ethernet (or expansion uplink)
Switch
10/100 Ethernet controller LVDS transceiver LVDS transceiver
D/A conversion
4 intercom outputs (matrix or party line) 4 serial data outputs (EIA/TIA-422 & 485, RS-232)
Expansion downlink 4 Intercom inputs (matrix or party-line) 4 Serial data inputs (EIA/TIA-422 & 485, RS-232) General purpose interface Rx 4
TDM mux and demux

4
Buffer
A/D conversion
Buffer
2 Buffer
with automatic sidetone nulling and intercom/data type selection
2 Buffer
General purpose interface
Tx
CPU monitoring and control
Notes: OP+INT provides 2 GPI inputs and 2 GPI outputs In the master module, the upstream Expansion is replaced with 10/100 Ethernet
Back module main

ETHERNET
expansion
EXPANSION UPLINK
Rx
Tx
EXPANSION DOWNLINK
GPI I/O 1-4
EXPANSION DOWNLINK
GPI I/O 1-4
INTERCOM / DATA
OP+INT+EXP
-5 dBm MAX (APD)
OP+INT
_PIN _APD
INTERCOM / DATA
ordering inFormation OP+INT+13T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiber transceiver set at 1310 nm Standard-sensitivity (PIN) wideband fiber receiver Muxing capability for the following bidirectional signals: 4 RS-232/422/485 2 inputs/two outputs of GPI OP+INT+CxxT . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiber transceiver set at CWDM wavelength Standard-sensitivity (PIN) wideband fiber receiver Muxing capability for the following bidirectional signals: 4 RS-232/422/485 2 inputs/two outputs of GPI OP+INT+HI+CxxT . . . . . . . . . . . Fiber transceiver set at CWDM wavelength of 1xx0 nm High-sensitivity (APD) wideband fiber receiver Muxing capability for the following bidirectional signals: 4 RS-232/422/485 2 inputs/two outputs of GPI OP+INT+EXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expansion module (no fiber transceiver sub-module) Connector Options OP+OPT+SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC fiber optic connectors (standard) OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST/PC fiber optic connectors (optional) OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC fiber optic connectors (optional) *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
OP+LBR
FiBeR OptiC sOLutiOns // rf Over OpTiCs
L-Band Satellite Optical Receiver

The OP+LBR is a fiber optic receiver that is capable of receiving an optical signal from either single- or multimode fiber and converting it back to an electrical LBand signal. The OP+LBR module accepts one optical input and provides two electrical L-Band Type F outputs. The OP+LBR occupies two slots in a 6800+ frame, allowing for up to 10 independent L-Band signals in a single 2RU frame.
Features sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Optical input
75 ohms Type F connector output Accepts L-band frequency range from 250 MHz to 2.25 GHz Transmits video, audio and data modulation protocols transparently ~45 dB dynamic range ACG Fully hot-swappable from front of frame Available with standard PIN optical receiver or a high-sensitivity APD optical receiver Supports single- or multimode fiber SC/PC, FC/PC or ST/PC fiber optical connector Dual-slot form factor in 6800+ frames, including 2RU FR6822+QXFE or deskmount FR6800+MB Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs CCS Navigator control and monitoring, including NUCLEUS control panel
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog modulated optical Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC Operating Wavelength . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Receiver Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm Optical Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . >5 dBm Input @ -55 dBc Intermodulation . >2 dBm
electrical Outputs
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type F Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB 250 MHz to 2.25 Ghz Minimum Signal Level @ 1 GHz . . -45 dBm Maximum Signal Level @ 1 GHz . . -20 dBm Signal Level Setting Error . . . . . . . <3 dB Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 dB at 250 to 2250 MHz Carrier to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . 35 dB at any 36 MHz bandwidth
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog RF (frequency multiplexed QPSK signals) images/diagrams
Block diagram
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 3 W
Back module
Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following dual-slot back connectors
L-band Out 1
RX
Amplifier Fiber Optic In Fiber Optic Receiver AGC Amplifier
OUT
L-band Out 2
OUT
162
NOT USED
NOT USED
OP+LBR+
ordering inFormation OP+LBR+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Band fiber receiver, 75 ohms type F connector, SC/PC Connector options OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules Compatible with the FR6822+QXFE frame. www.broadcast.harris.com
OP+LBT
L-Band Satellite Optical Transmitter

163
The OP+LBT is a fiber optic transmitter that converts satellite L-Band signals into the optical domain for transmission over single- or multimode fiber. With 1310 nm and CWDM wavelength options, this module is suitable for a wide variety of applications. The OP+LBT module accepts one electrical L-Band input (250 MHz to 2.25 GHz) and provides one fiber output, along with an electrical output for monitoring and distribution purposes. The OP+LBT occupies two slots in a 6800+ frame, allowing for up to 10 independent L-Band signals in a single 2RU frame.
Features 75 ohms type F connector input Accepts L-band frequency range from 250 MHz to 2.25 GHz Wide dynamic range RF input from -60 to -20 dBm Transmits video, audio and data modulation protocols transparently Additional amplified RF output for monitoring or distribution ~45 dB dynamic range AGC and manual output signal level settings Remote LNB powering and control with configurable 13 V or 18 V with up to 450 mA current DC power supply Fully hot-swappable from front of frame Available in 1310 nm FP and DFB CWDM wavelength options Supports single- or multimode fiber SC/PC, FC/PC or ST/PC fiber optic connector Dual-slot form factor in 6800+ frames, including 2RU FR6802+QXFE or deskmount FR6800+MB Complete module status monitoring via card-edge LEDs CCS Navigator control and monitoring, including NUCLEUS control panel

Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog RF (frequency multiplexed QPSK signals) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type F Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB 250 MHz to 2.25 GHz Minimum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . -60 dBm @ 75 ohms Maximum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm @ 75 ohms
electrical Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog RF (frequency multiplexed QPSK signals) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type F Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB 250 MHz to 2.25 GHz Minimum Signal Level @ 1 GHz . . -45 dBm Maximum Signal Level @ 1 GHz . . -20 dBm Signal Level Setting Error . . . . . . . <3 dB Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 dB at 250 MHz to 2250 MHz Carrier to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . 35 dB at any 36 MHz bandwidth
Remote powering
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 nm 30 nm FP, 1270 nm, 1290 nm, 1310 nm, 1330 nm, 1350 nm, 1370 nm, 1430 nm, 1450 nm, 1470 nm, 1490 nm, 1510 nm, 1530 nm, 1550 nm, 1570 nm, 1590 nm, 1610 nm DFB Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC, ST/PC, FC/PC Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +3 dBm typical Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog modulated optical Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB Flatness (tested with linear . . . . . . 2.5 dBm at 250 MHz to 2.25 GHz O/E converter) Carrier to Noise Ratio (tested . . . . 35 dB at any 36 MHz bandwidth with linear O/E converter)
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 3 W without LNB 12 W with LNB
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC power supply capable with 22 kHz control tone Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type F Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configurable 13 and 18 V (1 V drop budgeted at cable and 12/17 V at LNB) Voltage Variation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Maximum Current . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 mA
OP+LBT
L-Band Satellite Optical Transmitter

images/diagrams
Block diagram
+13/+17 VDC LNB power
Back module
Modules are used in the 6800+ frames with the following dual-slot back connector
L-band in and DC out
AGC
Amplifier
NOT USED
Fiber Optic Out L-band Out
TX
NOT USED
OUT
IN
OP+LBT+
ordering inFormation OP+LBT+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Band fiber transmitter, 1310 nm FP, 75 ohms type F connector, SC/PC OP+LBT+CxxD*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Band fiber transmitter, 1270 nm, 75 ohms type F connector, SC/PC
Connector options
164
HOMS+OP+CxxD
8 Coaxial HD/SD/ASI In, Multiplexer, Upper/Lower CWDM

FiBeR OptiC sOLutiOns // Dense/COArse WAve DivisiOn MuLTipLeXing
165
The HOMS+OP+ are active multiplexers. Active multiplexers combine the functions of electrical-to-optical (E-to-O) transmitters and passive CWDM multiplexers into one dense module. Multiplexers have four or eight HD/SD/ASI inputs that are converted into four or eight optical wavelengths. The optical wavelengths are then optically multiplexed onto one single-mode fiber optic cable. For each type of multiplexer, there are four variations corresponding to the upper eight, lower eight, upper four and lower four wavelengths of the standard ITU-T G.694.2 16 wavelengths. An optical express port allows cascading individual products to completely fill (all 16) CWDM wavelengths, thereby providing the greatest level of coarse wave division multiplexing efficiency.
Features CWDM support according to ITU-T G.694.2 over the entire spectrum of 1270 to 1610 nm Expandable system in groupings of four or eight wavelengths, allowing costeffective system configuration up to the complete 16-wavelength CWDM standard Electrical interface support: SD-SDI, HD-SDI, ASI, with automatic and manual reclocking rate setting (143, 177, 270, 360, 540, 1485 Mb/s) for SDI Occupies only two 6800+ frame slots (out of 20) for either multiplexer or demultiplexer modules Optional CCS Navigator application for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control, and user-configurable NUCLEUS control panel control Third-party control through SNMP-based, published protocol Standard SC-type fiber optic connector

electrical inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >17 dB (typical) from 5 to 1500 MHz Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 300 m Belden 1694A for 270 Mb/s SDI 0 to 100 m Belden 1694A for HD
Optical Outputs
Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI, SD-SDI, ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB (typical) from 5 to 1500 MHz Adjacent Channel Isolation . . . . . . >30 dB Non-adjacent Channel Isolation . . . >40 dB
power Consumption
HOMS+OP+Cx8D: . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 W HOMS+OP+Cx4D: . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 W
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (dual mirrored outputs for the 4-wavelength version) images/diagrams
Block diagram
Fiber Optic Express In HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 1 HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 2 HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 3 HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 4 HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 5 HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 6 HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 7 HD/SD-SDI/ DVB-ASI In 8 Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Transmitter
OPT EXPRESS IN HD/SD IN 3
Back module
HD/SD IN 2
HD/SD IN 1
CWDM Multiplexer
Fiber Optic Out
FIBER OUT
HD/SD IN 4
HD/SD IN 6
HD/SD IN 5
HD/SD IN 8
HD/SD IN 7
HOMS+OP+CL8D/CU8D option
ordering inFormation HOMS+OP+CL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 4-channel optical multiplexer, lower CWDM frequencies with optical output, HD/SD/ASI inputs HOMS+OP+CL8D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 8-channel optical multiplexer, lower CWDM frequencies with optical output, HD/SD/ASI inputs HOMS+OP+CU4D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 4-channel optical multiplexer, upper CWDM frequencies with optical output, HD/SD/ASI inputs HOMS+OP+CU8D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 8-channel optical multiplexer, upper CWDM frequencies with optical output, HD/SD/ASI inputs NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
OHDS+OP+CxxD
8 Coaxial HD/SD/ASI Out, Demultiplexer, Upper/Lower CWDM

Our OHDS+OP+ are active demultiplexers. Active demultiplexers combine the functions of passive CWDM demultiplexers and optical-to-electrical (O-to-E) receivers. Demultiplexers have four or eight HD/SD/ASI outputs that are converted from four or eight optical wavelengths. The optical wavelengths are optically demultiplexed from one single-mode fiber optic cable. For each type of demultiplexer, there are four variations corresponding to the upper eight, lower eight, upper four and lower four wavelengths of the standard ITU-T G.694.2 16 wavelengths. An optical express port allows cascading individual products to completely fill all 16 CWDM wavelengths, thereby providing the greatest level of coarse wave division multiplexing efficiency.
Features CWDM support according to ITU-T G.694.2 over the entire spectrum of 1270 to 1610 nm Expandable system in groupings of four or eight wavelengths, allowing costeffective system configuration up to the complete 16-wavelength CWDM standard Electrical interface support: SD-SDI, HD-SDI, ASI, with automatic and manual reclocking rate setting (143, 177, 270, 360, 540, 1485 Mb/s) for SDI Occupies only two 6800+ frame slots (out of 20) for either multiplexer or demultiplexer modules Optional CCS Navigator applications for remote Ethernet PC-based status monitoring and control, and user-configurable NUCLEUS control panel control Third-party control through SNMP-based, published protocol Standard SC-type fiber optic connector

Optical inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CWDM 16 channels per ITU.T G.694.2 in groups of 4 or 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >-3 dBm per channel Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than -17 dBm Express Port Optical Insertion Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel: <2 dB typical 8-channel: <3 dB typical
power Consumption
OHDS6800+xx8D . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6 W maximum OHDS6800+xx4D . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9 W maximum
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Fiber Optic Express Out Fiber Optic Receiver Fiber Optic Receiver Fiber Optic Receiver Fiber Optic Receiver Fiber Optic Receiver Fiber Optic Receiver Fiber Optic Receiver CPU Monitoring and Control Fiber Optic Receiver Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 1
Back modules OHds+Op+CL4d-Cu4d
OHds+Op+CL8d-Cu8d
HD/SD OUT 1A
HD/SD OUT 1B
HD/SD OUT 2
HD/SD OUT 1
HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 2 HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 3 HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 4 HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 5

OPT EXPRESS OUT HD/SD OUT 2B OPT EXPRESS OUT HD/SD OUT 4
FIBER IN
HD/SD OUT 2A
FIBER IN
HD/SD OUT 3
Fiber Optic In
CWDM De-mux
166
HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 6
HD/SD OUT 4A HD/SD OUT 3A HD/SD OUT 6 HD/SD OUT 5
HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 7 HD/SD-SDI/DVB-ASI Out 8 OHDS+OP+CL8D/CU8D option
HD/SD OUT 4B
HD/SD OUT 3B
HD/SD OUT 8
HD/SD OUT 7
OHDS+OP+CxxD
8 Coaxial HD/SD/ASI Out, Demultiplexer, Upper/Lower CWDM

167
Wavelength table corresponding to the variations of active multiplexer/demultiplexer products:
OHDS+OP+CL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 4-channel optical demultiplewer, lower CWDM frequencies with optical input, HD/SD/ASI outputs OHDS+OP+CL8D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 8-channel optical demultiplexer, lower CWDM frequencies with optical input, HD/SD/ASI outputs OHDS+OP+CU4D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 4-channel optical demultiplexer, upper CWDM frequencies with optical input, HD/SD/ASI outputs OHDS+OP+CU8D . . . . . . . . . . . . Active 8-channel optical demultiplexer, upper CWDM frequencies with optical input, HD/SD/ASI outputs
Lower Band Wavelengths L4 L8 1270 nm 1290 nm 1290 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1330 nm 1330 nm 1350 nm 1350 nm 1370 nm 1430 nm 1450 nm
upper Band Wavelengths u4 u8 1470 nm 1490 nm 1510 nm 1530 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm 1570 nm 1570 nm 1590 nm 1590 nm 1610 nm 1610 nm
GRaPHICs
Tv graphics and branding have never been more important. As broadcasters strive to enhance their on-air look, differentiate their brand, explain complicated news stories and present compelling sports stats, Harris inscriber graphics systems provide the competitive edge. Our integrated graphics solutions provide a cost-effective way to optimize workflow while achieving new levels of graphics quality and ultimately attract, inform and retain more viewers. simply brilliant graphics. Brilliantly simple workflows. Only from Harris.
168
To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/graphics.
inscriber g7
High-Performance, Single- or Dual-Channel, HD/SD Broadcast Graphics System ............................................................ 170
inscriber g5 Xt
HD/SD Broadcast Graphics System ............................................................ 174
inscriber titleone Xt
Cost-Effective, Single-Channel 2D Character Generator ............................... 179
Channel one
HD/SD Automated Graphics Channel .......................................................... 182
inscriber Connectus
Optimized Graphics Management and Distribution System ........................... 185
inscriber rtX net

High-Performance, 2D/3D, Custom On-Air Graphics Solution ....................... 187
169
Inscriber G7
gRApHiCs // insCriBer g7
High-Performance, Single- or Dual-Channel, HD/SD Broadcast Graphics System

Features
g7 exclusive Features
Dual-channel configuration available, featuring additional I/O channel and dedicated GPU for uncompromised playback on the second channel Dual system drives with RAID 1 redundancy Eight-drive, SAS media array for uncompressed clip playback with RAID 5 redundancy HD/SD simulcasting (requires second channel)
standard
Designed to meet the big picture graphics requirements of todays broadcasters, the Harris Inscriber G7 solution offers a full suite of broadcast graphics tools combined with professional-grade hardware components in a single 4RU chassis. The G7 platform has been designed to be a top-of-the-line, single- or dual-channel character generator that delivers the robustness and reliability professional broadcasters demand. Featuring the Altitude Express graphics board, standard system and media drive redundancy, NVIDIA GPUs and the latest processor technology, the G7 provides the fastest and most reliable system available. Software tools, including the powerful Inscriber G-Scribe creation and playout software, Intelligent Interface and MOS support, Connectus integration, RTX NET API and Inscriber G-3D design option, optimize workflow while achieving new levels of graphics quality. Combined with hardware features such as 2D and 3D DVE capabilities, video ingest, and dedicated second-channel hardware components, the G7 platform uniquely integrates the functionality of multiple broadcast graphics products into a single system solution. (* Some components optional.)
G-Scribe advanced graphics software Strata Compositing seemingly separate channels/layers output as one channel RapidFire software playback capability Automation Interface for Intelligent Interface system control Connectus integration (Connectus software sold separately) Overlay persistent objects 3D scene playback capability (Collada or G-3D formats) RTX NET scripting Quick Edit mode for rapid data entry Integrated media store, with the ability to store, manage, retrieve and play out media files Open database connectivity (ODBC) to databases and spreadsheets; displays RSS feeds SD/HD-switchable Hardware-scaled SD downconversion on a single channel Embedded and discrete AES audio capability (16 channels) Redundant power supplies Timecode support 2-2D DVE effects for live video squeezeback Real-time 2D animation creation and playback Front-mounted, swappable system and media drives G-3D design tool for 3D scene creation and editing RTX NET ports MOS integration Uncompressed video clip playback with support for most software codecs, including Quicktime Live video ingest to LTV or MPEG 3D chart creation Direct Control 2 remote playlist creation and control Integrated Paint tool including Adobe Photoshop PSD import with layer support RapidFire keyboard G-Scribe Offline creation software
Options
Product details
g-scribe Character generator
Automation interface
170
G-Scribe is a feature-rich character generator that provides all of the tools required to create stunning on-air graphics in an easy-to-use package. You can integrate clips, stills, audio, animation, transition effects, and much more to create incredible on-air presentations. Along with content creation tools, G-Scribe provides an array of tools to control and manipulate graphics, including a full playlist and sequencer module, RapidFire page recall and recording, and an integrated media store.
RtX net scripting
Automation Interface allows you to connect an Inscriber graphics system to graphics automation systems using the industry-standard Intelligent Interface protocol. It also enables tag filling and display control using standard serial port protocol or TCP/IP available from most news system vendors, including Harris, AP, Autocue, Avid, Compromter, EZ News, Florical, Parkervision and Sundance.
strata Compositing
Unleash the power of RTX NET directly from your CG pages and G-3D scenes using the all-new RTX NET scripting engine. RTX NET scripting allows you to design features and functionality to meet your specific workflow requirements. Scripts can be applied to both 2D and 3D elements, and are ideal for creating special graphic effects that can automatically affect the page design and layout based on user-driven content. By utilizing the .NET framework, you can develop scripts in your language of choice, and take full advantage of all of the development tools offered by the .NET framework.
Strata Compositing enables real-time compositing of multiple, independently controllable virtual channels into a single physical channel. Use it to output multiple graphic layers a ticker, a station ID, a lower third and background video, for instance as a single channel.
Inscriber G7
Overlay

171
g-scribe Offline
Overlay allows you to build and control three additional layers of graphics on top of your current output without having to use additional channels. Objects output with Overlay remain on the topmost layer and operate without disruption. Theyre completely independent of other layouts, making them easy to control. You can easily insert and hide clocks, timers, still or animated logos, channel IDs, lower thirds, scoreboards, over-theshoulder graphics, text crawls and temperature read-outs.
Connectus integration
With G-Scribe Offline, a standalone software package, you can compose layouts on any computer running Windows XP and transfer designs to an online graphics system for playout to air.
g-3d
Easily publish individual layouts or entire playlists to a Connectus media server with G-Scribe creation and playout software. Quickly and easily distribute content between multiple CG systems. You also can download and approve media from the Connectus server. Media Store operators can directly publish and retrieve media assets including associated metadata. * Note: Connectus software must be purchased separately.
integrated media store
This proprietary 3D design module elevates broadcast graphics design with illuminating, true 3D graphics, text and real-time animations. Create 3D scenes from native and/or imported 3D objects, or import 3D scenes from third-party programs such as 3ds Max and Maya. G-3D provides a deep level of scene editing including timeline modification, image manipulation, primitive shapes, lights, multiple cameras, and many options for texturing. Attach audio files to the 3D graphics for playout in SD or HD. Apply custom textures to any 3D surface containing tagged text and graphic content using the familiar G-Scribe graphics editor. Tagged fields can be updated manually or via automation. Once a scene has been created, it can be played out directly from G-Scribe or exported and then used as a template for playback using Automation Interface or Inscriber RTX NET applications. Also included with the G-3D module is the ability to create Advanced Real-time Triggers (ART), allowing you to quickly and easily create dynamic interactions between objects and scenes that can be triggered from the timeline or manually by an operator. These triggers allow complex actions to be integrated into 3D scenes with no scripting required. * Training recommended.
g-3d Offline
Store, manage, retrieve and play out media files including stills, templates, clips and animations. The integrated media store allows you to search based on various metadata, including user-definable keywords. Metadata is copied with each image, allowing files to retain all related information when moved from one system to another. The media store integrates directly with the playlist and the output display so graphics resources can be found and used either in CG layouts or directly out to air.
Real-time 3d playback
Import and play true 3D scenes directly from third-party applications such as 3ds MAX and Maya. Integrate these scenes directly into your playlist for real-time playback. Add the G-3D option for even greater control of your 3D scene, allowing scene editing and template creation.
system and media drive Redundancy
* Same as above, but used in conjunction with G-Scribe Offline. Create G-3D files offline, and transfer to an online G-Series system.
g-scribe+ software Bundle
Your valuable graphic assets are always protected against hardware failure with standard system and media drive redundancy, with no impact on system performance. RAID protection provides the peace of mind that your system and data will be available when you need it.
integrated dVe effects
The G-Scribe+ software bundle includes the G-3D design module, 3D charts and video capture. Video capture and 3D charts are available exclusively with the G-Scribe+ software bundle. Video capture enables you to record streaming audio and video at full HD resolution. Set in and out points, and play back as a full-frame video clip. The 3D charts feature enables the integration of dynamic 3D charts directly into 3D scenes. Each chart can be connected to a separate data source and will update on-air as updates are made to the data source (e.g., Excel, Access). Chart types available include 3D bar and pie, as well as line charts.
Clip playback
Onboard hardware video scalers allow two incoming video feeds to be displayed resized in real time in a region of the graphics layout. There are 2 x 2D DVE (SD or HD) per Altitude Express graphics channel.
Hardware downconversion
The Altitude Express allows your stations to standardize with one set of HD graphics and eases the transition to HD. The downconversion feature allows you to work in a completely HD workflow and downconvert the final graphics from the system using the scaling method of your choice.
OdBC
This option enables integrated playout of compressed video clips as backgrounds, media objects and textures within your graphics layout. Play media content of any resolution up to full HD. Software codecs enable playout of most Windows formats, including VIA, AVI, WMV, MPEG2 and QuickTime*. The clip option includes a large-capacity media array consisting of eight 250 GB frontmounted SAS hard drives, providing uncompressed clip playback with integrated data protection. * Some QuickTime codecs may not be suitable for broadcast playback.
direct Control 2
The open database connectivity (ODBC) standard allows multiple programs to share information stored within a database. The Inscriber ODBC feature links the information in your database tables to your graphic layouts and templates. When you update the database entries, the information automatically updates in your layouts. Easily update graphics from an external source no graphics experience is needed. This feature is ideal for sporting events, elections, school closing announcements and more.
OptiOns second Channel Option
Add a second channel to your G7 system to create a powerful dual-channel solution with uncompromised power across two channels. The G7 system includes a dedicated graphics processing unit for both output channels to ensure that each channel has equal bandwidth and processing power. The second channel option also provides the ability to convert your G7 system into an HD/SD simulcasting solution producing a simultaneous HD and hardware-scaled SD video stream from a single box.
Take control of your graphics systems with the all-new Direct Control 2 remote control interface for Inscriber production graphics systems. From a single seat, generate playlists, fill tags and control playback on multiple CG systems simultaneously. A simple drag and drop interface makes CG control a breeze with intuitive controls and operation, and is easy-to-use even by those not trained as graphics operators. Direct Control 2 supports most common media formats, including stills, video clips, CG pages and G-3D files. * The Direct Control 2 option must be purchased for each playback system.
3d dVe module
The 3D DVE module option is an add-on to the Altitude Express board. The 3D DVE option allows one input to be animated and positioned within 3D space on the output channel. The 3D DVE option can be used in conjunction with the 2D DVE option. Typically, the underlying graphics are revealed. One 3D DVE module is purchased per Altitude Express graphics channel.
Inscriber G7
RtXports

inscriber mOs gateway system
RTXports enables the playback of custom or third-party applications such as financial tickers, elections results or sports score bugs that have been created using the RTX NET API on any Inscriber graphics system. These customized applications can run concurrently with G-Scribe and Automation Interface, while sharing access to the output channel.
paint
The Inscriber MOS Gateway system is a 1RU chassis with dual Ethernet ports and redundant power. The gateway communicates between the NRCS and the MOS clients. * The Inscriber MOS option must be purchased separately.
RapidFire Keyboard
The Paint option is a 32-bit paint and graphics creation tool integrated with G-Scribe. It supports unlimited layering, resolution-independent image processing and masking. Paint allows native Photoshop files (.PSD) to be imported into and manipulated within the G-Scribe user environment while maintaining layers.
inscriber mOs
RapidFire is a dedicated, custom keyboard that enables single-stroke functionality for many G-Scribe functions and features. It includes a US 101 key-cap layout for use as a standard keyboard for normal PC operations. The RapidFire keyboard is an essential tool for live event coverage. * Ships with English key-caps.
BOB-8000p two-Channel passive Breakout Box
Inscriber MOS enables remote asset browsing, editing and playout capabilities within MOS Newsroom Computer Systems (NRCS) such as APs ENPS and Avids iNews. Inscriber MOS consists of a MOS-compliant ActiveX client control interface connected to Inscriber graphics systems. Inscriber MOS enables newsroom staff to create and schedule template-based graphics from their desktops. Once inserted into a rundown, the graphics are available for playout across multiple Inscriber graphics systems. The Inscriber MOS server component negotiates transactions between the various MOS clients, the newsroom computer and Inscriber graphics hardware. Real-time previews are available for the journalists as they create their graphics to ensure the accuracy of each item being added to a story. Absolutely no graphics experience is required. * MOS Training and Commissioning must also be purchased. ** The MOS option must be purchased for each graphics system that will be controlled by MOS. *** The MOS option includes unlimited client licenses.
The BOB-8000p is a 1RU passive breakout box that allows you to manage cable connections for up to two Inscriber G5 systems or one dual-channel Inscriber G7 system. The BOB-8000p package includes two breakout cables and the breakout box.
On-site training
Have a certified Harris Inscriber instructor visit your site for three days of comprehensive training. You will learn about the G7 hardware and G-Scribe software, and have an opportunity to enhance and customize your graphics workflow. * Commissioning and Inscriber MOS training available separately. ** Online training seminars also available.

Hardware
172
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4RU rackmount Front-mounted, hot-swappable drive bays (10) 1+1 redundant hot-swappable power supply, 700 W High CFM cooling for 24/7 operation Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 7 x 19 x 25.5 in. (17.78 x 48.26 x 59.59 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 lbs (32.2 kg) Breakout Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 18 in. Altitude Express ponytail cable CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron 2220 2.8 GHz GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-head NVIDIA FX4600/768 RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 GB DDR2-667 RAM Disk Sub System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 250 GB SATA system drives in RAID 1 8 x 250 GB SAS media drives in RAID 5 (requires clip option) Removable Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . Recordable CD/DVD-RW drive for backup or system restore External Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gb Ethernet ports via RJ-45 2 RS-232 serial port via DB-9 connector 6 USB 2.0 ports
Video
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, SMPTE 272M Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fill Input Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . . 16 channels per input Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic, adjustment-free cable equalization Input Cable Length . . . . . . . . . . . . For HD 135 m minimum of Belden 1694A cable For SD 250 m minimum of Belden 828IB cable Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Fill + 1 Key Output Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . 16 channels Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDH insertion on output
Aes Audio
Supported Video Resolutions. . . . . 1920 x 1080: 60i/59.94i/50i 1280 x 720: 60p/59.94p/50p 720 x 486 (525): 59.94i 720 x 576 (625): 50i
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3-1992 Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) and 2 XLR Sample Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 16/20/24-bit Input Sampling Rate . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms (BNC) or 110 ohms (XLR) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V pk-pk Output Sampling Rate . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC (IEC 169-8) and 4 XLR Output Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC coupled Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms (BNC) or 110 ohms (XLR)
Inscriber G7
genlock Reference

inscriber g7 Back panel
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 318M Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) loop Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 mV Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms or High-Z (software controlled) Input Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTST/PAL color black or 2 V sync or tri-level sync
timecode
LTC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, 0.6 to 5 V pk-pk, high-impedance termination LTC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, <9 V pk-pk
images/diagrams
inscriber g7 Front panel
ordering inFormation INSG7-PROMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G7 Power Promo system; is charged with: singlechannel, 2D DVE, automation, AES audio, clips, RTXports, Broadcast Paint, RapidFire Keyboard, G-Scribe+ (includes G-3D design, video capture, 3D charts) and G-Scribe Offline INSG74100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber G7 4 RU HD/SD graphics system; Altitude Express supports 2 video inputs per channel, with full system redundancy; 2D DVE standard
Hardware Options software Options
INSG72C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second channel for Inscriber G7 system ordered and installed with system; (2 SDI video inputs, 1 video and key output, analog genlock input) INSG7CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enables the playout of HD/SD clips of most Windows-supported codecs; option includes additional storage capacity for the dedicated SAS media array (RAID 5) INSRFK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provides fast streamlined operation for playback of graphics in a live production environment BOB-8000P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel, rackmountable breakout box for Altitude Express-based system; includes 2 breakout cables and a 1RU breakout box to support up to 2 Altitude Express boards
INSG7GSPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Scribe+ software provides extended functionality; only available for G7; includes G-3D (create 3D graphics), real-time 3D charts and video capture INSMOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Create and insert Inscriber graphics directly into your MOS-enabled NRCS such as APs ENPS and Avids iNews; includes Inscriber MOS Gateway software, Rundown Control and unlimited client licenses for journalists (per site);** NOTE: Must purchase MOS training and commissioning INSGSOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provides the ability to compose Inscriber G-Scribe layouts on any sufficiently powerful Windows XP system for later transfer to Inscriber hardware for broadcast playout INSRTXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enables the playback of custom or third-party applications such as financial tickers or school closings INSPNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-bit Paint and graphics creation plug-in for Inscriber systems; imports Photoshop files (.PSD) directly into the G-Scribe user environment INSDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Control for Inscriber systems, network management software offering an innovative way of managing your graphics resources across a LAN. Resources on a G series system can be viewed and managed from any computer system on the LAN. Streamlined user interface allows for editing, displaying, or simple browsing of CG graphics, playlists, news rundowns, templates or template libraries even by those not trained as CG operators
173
Inscriber G5 XT
gRApHiCs // insCriBer g5 XT
HD/SD Broadcast Graphics System

Features
standard
The Inscriber G5 XT broadcast graphics system delivers a robust and complete HD/SD live-to-air solution. It pairs the powerful Altitude Express graphics board offering video capture, HD/SD downconversion, integrated DVE effects and hardware-based video clip playback with Inscriber G-Scribe creation and playout software. Housed in a 3RU chassis, the G5 XT platform delivers flawless 2D and 3D realtime graphics in either SD or HD. It can easily be incorporated into the workflow of any automated, live news/sports broadcast environment through the use of Intelligent Interface or MOS protocols, or via the unique Harris Direct Control 2 interface. Available in a single- or dual-channel configuration and with standard features ranging from the support of embedded/discrete AES audio to end-to-end media file management, Inscriber G5 XT is a powerful yet affordable solution for broadcasters that demand the best in an all-in-one graphics system.
G-Scribe advanced graphics software Strata Compositing seemingly separate channels/layers output as one channel RapidFire software playback capability Automation Interface for Intelligent Interface system control Connectus integration (Connectus software sold separately) Overlay persistent objects 3D scene playback capability (Collada or G-3D formats) RTX NET scripting Quick Edit mode for rapid data entry Integrated media store, with the ability to store, manage, retrieve and play out media files Open database connectivity (ODBC) to databases and spreadsheets; displays RSS feeds SD/HD-switchable Hardware-scaled SD downconversion on a single channel Embedded and discrete AES audio capability (16 channels) Redundant power supplies Timecode support 2-2D DVE effects for live video squeezeback Real-time 2D animation creation and playback Front-mounted, swappable system and media drives
Options
Dual-channel configuration available featuring additional I/O channel and dedicated GPU for uncompromised playback on the second channel HD/SD simulcasting (requires the second channel option) G-3D design tool for 3D scene creation and editing Inscriber RTX NET ports MOS integration Video clip playback with support for most software codecs, including Quicktime Live video ingest to LTV or MPEG 3D chart creation Direct Control 2 remote playlist creation and control Integrated Paint tool including Adobe Photoshop PSD import with layer support RapidFire keyboard G-Scribe Offline creation software
Product details
g-scribe Automation interface
G-Scribe is a feature-rich character generator that provides all of the tools required to create stunning on-air graphics in an easy-to-use package. You can integrate clips, stills, audio, animation, transition effects, and much more to create incredible on-air presentations. Along with content creation tools, G-Scribe provides an array of tools to control and manipulate graphics, including a full playlist and sequencer module, the RapidFire software playout capability and an integrated media store.
strata Compositing
174
RtX net scripting
Unleash the power of RTX NET directly from your CG pages and G-3D scenes using the all-new RTX NET scripting engine. RTX NET scripting allows you to design features and functionality to meet your specific workflow requirements. Scripts can be applied to both 2D and 3D elements, and are ideal for creating special graphic effects that can automatically affect the page design and layout based on user-driven content. By utilizing the .NET framework, your can develop scripts in your language of choice, and take full advantage of all of the development tools offered by the .NET framework.
Overlay
Overlay allows you to build and control three additional layers of graphics on top of your current output without having to use additional channels. Objects output with Overlay remain on the topmost layer and operate without disruption. Theyre completely independent of other layouts, making them easy to control. You can easily insert and hide clocks, timers, still or animated logos, channel IDs, lower thirds, scoreboards, over-the-shoulder graphics, text crawls and temperature read-outs.
Inscriber G5 XT

175
g-3d
Easily publish individual layouts or entire playlists to a Connectus media server with G-Scribe creation and playout software to quickly and easily distribute content between multiple CG systems. You also can download and approve media from the Connectus server. Media Store operators can directly publish and retrieve media assets (including associated metadata). * note: Connectus software must be purchased separately.
This proprietary 3D design module elevates broadcast graphics design with illuminating, true 3D graphics, text and real-time animations. Create 3D scenes from native and/or imported 3D objects, or import 3D scenes from third-party programs such as 3ds Max and Maya. G-3D provides a deep level of scene editing including timeline modification, image manipulation, primitive shapes, lights, multiple cameras, and many options for texturing. Attach audio files to the 3D graphics for playout in SD or HD. Apply custom textures to any 3D surface containing tagged text and graphic content using the familiar G-Scribe graphics editor. Tagged fields can be updated manually or via automation. Once a scene has been created, it can be played out directly from G-Scribe or exported and then used as a template for playback using Automation Interface or Inscriber RTX NET applications. Also included with the G-3D design module is the ability to create advanced real-time triggers (ART), allowing you to quickly and easily create dynamic interactions between objects and scenes that can be triggered from the timeline or manually by an operator. These triggers allow complex actions to be integrated into 3D scenes with no scripting required. * Training recommended.
g-3d Offline
Store, manage, retrieve and play out media files including stills, templates, clips and animations. The integrated media store allows you to search based on various metadata, including user-definable keywords. Metadata is copied with each image, allowing files to retain all related information when moved from one system to another. The media store integrates directly with the playlist and the output display so graphics resources can be found and used either in CG layouts or directly out to air.
Real-time 3d playback
Import and play true 3D scenes directly from third-party applications such as Autodesk 3ds Max and Maya. Integrate these scenes directly into your playlist for real-time playback. Add the G-3D option for even greater control of your 3D scene, including scene editing and template creation.
2d dVe
This feature allows two incoming video feeds to be displayed resized in real time in a region of the graphics layout. Typically, the underlying graphics are revealed. There are two 2D DVE (SD or HD) per Altitude Express graphics channel.
sd downconversion
* Same as above, but used in conjunction with G-Scribe Offline. Create G-3D files offline, and transfer to an online G-Series system.
g-scribe+ software Bundle
Altitude Express allows your stations to standardize with one set of HD graphics and eases the transition to HD. The downconversion feature allows you to work in a completely HD workflow and downconvert the final graphics from the system using a hardware-based downconversion tool.
OdBC
The G-Scribe+ software bundle Includes the G-3D design module, 3D charts feature and video capture. Video capture and 3D charts are available exclusively with the GScribe+ software bundle. Video capture enables you to record streaming audio and video at full HD resolution. Set in and out points, and play back as a full-frame video clip. 3D charts enables the integration of dynamic 3D charts directly into 3D scenes. Each chart can be connected to a separate data source and will update on-air as updates are made to the data source (e.g., Excel, Access). Chart types available include 3D bar and pie, as well as line charts.
direct Control 2
The Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) standard allows multiple programs to share information stored within a database. The Inscriber ODBC feature links the information in your database tables to your graphic layouts and templates. When you update the database entries, the information automatically updates in your layouts. Easily update graphics from an external source no graphics experience is needed. This feature is ideal for sporting events, elections, school closing announcements and more.
Real-time 2d Animation
Take your graphics to the next level with the easy-to-use 2D animation editor. The editor allows any graphic and text elements, including media objects (with Clips Option), to be key-framed on the x, y and z axes. Quickly apply effects such as transparency, scale and rotation to create dynamic, reusable animations, or use prebuilt templates included on the system. No previous animation experience is necessary.
Clips
Take control of your graphics systems with the all-new Direct Control 2 remote control interface for Inscriber production graphics systems. From a single seat, generate playlists, fill tags and control playback on multiple CG systems simultaneously. A simple drag and drop interface makes CG control a breeze with intuitive controls and operation, and is easy-to-use even by those not trained as graphics operators. Direct Control 2 supports most common media formats, including stills, video clips, CG pages and G-3D files. * The Direct Control 2 option must be purchased for each playback system.
3d dVe
This feature enables integrated playout of video clips as backgrounds, media objects and textures within your graphics layout. Play media content of any resolution up to full HD. Software codecs enable playout of most Windows formats, including VIA, AVI, WMV, MPEG-2 and QuickTime*. The clips feature also includes a large-capacity media array consisting of eight 250 GB front-mounted SAS hard drives in RAID 5 configuration. This ensures optimal bandwidth for HD media playback, while protecting your digital assets and providing on-air reliability. * Full HD clips must be compressed. * Some QuickTime codecs may not be suitable for broadcast playback.
OptiOns g-scribe Offline
The 3D DVE module option is an add-on to the Altitude Express board. The 3D DVE option allows one input to be animated and positioned within 3D space on the output channel. The 3D DVE option can be used in conjunction with the 2D DVE option. Typically, the underlying graphics are revealed. One 3D DVE module is purchased per Altitude Express graphics channel.
RtXports
With G-Scribe Offline, a standalone software package, you can compose layouts on any computer running Windows XP, and transfer designs to an online graphics system for playout to air.
Inscriber G5 XT
paint

RapidFire Keyboard
The Paint option is a 32-bit paint and graphics creation tool integrated with G-Scribe. It supports unlimited layering, resolution-independent image processing and masking. Paint allows native Photoshop files (.psd) to be imported into and manipulated within the G-Scribe user environment while maintaining layers.
inscriber mOs
RapidFire is a dedicated, custom keyboard that enables single-stroke functionality for many G-Scribe functions and features. It includes a US 101 key-cap layout for use as a standard keyboard for normal PC operations. The RapidFire keyboard is an essential tool for live event coverage. * Ships with English key-caps
BOB-8000p two-Channel passive Breakout Box
Inscriber MOS enables remote asset browsing, editing and playout capabilities within MOS Newsroom Computer Systems (NRCS) such as AP ENPS and Avid iNews. Inscriber MOS consists of a MOS-compliant ActiveX client control interface connected to Inscriber graphics systems. Inscriber MOS enables newsroom staff to create and schedule template-based graphics from their desktops. Once inserted into a rundown, the graphics are available for playout across multiple Inscriber graphics systems. The Inscriber MOS server component negotiates transactions between the various MOS clients, the newsroom computer and Inscriber graphics hardware. Real-time previews are available for the journalists as they create their graphics to ensure the accuracy of each item being added to a story. Absolutely no graphics experience is required. * MOS training and commissioning must also be purchased. ** The MOS option must be purchased for each graphics system that will be controlled by MOS. *** The MOS option includes unlimited client licenses.
inscriber mOs gateway system
The BOB-8000p is a 1RU passive breakout box that allows you to manage cable connections for up to two Inscriber G5 systems or one dual-channel Inscriber G7 system. The BOB-8000p package includes two breakout cables and the breakout box.
On-site training
Have a certified Harris Inscriber instructor visit your site for three days of comprehensive training. You will learn about the G5 hardware and G-Scribe software, and have an opportunity to enhance and customize your graphics workflow. * Commissioning and Inscriber MOS training available separately. ** Online Training seminars also available. Inscriber G5 XT has 1 x 250 GB SATA Drive, and 7 x 250 GB SATA II Drives.
The Inscriber MOS Gateway system is a 1RU chassis with dual Ethernet ports and redundant power. The gateway communicates between the NRCS and the MOS clients. * The Inscriber MOS option must be purchased separately.

Hardware
176
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU rackmount Front-mounted, hot-swappable drive bays (8) 2+1 redundant hot-swappable power supply, 760 W High CFM cooling for 24/7 operation Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.25 x19 x 25.5 in. (13.35 x 48.26 x 59.69 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 lbs (28.18 kg) Breakout Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 18 in. Altitude Express ponytail cable CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x Intel Xeon E5520 Nehalem 2.26 GHz quad core GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NVIDIA Quadro FX3800 RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 GB DDR3-1366 MHz RAM Disk Sub System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 250 GB SATA system drive 7 x 250 GB SATA media drives Removable Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . Recordable CD/DVD-RW drive for backup or system restore 1.44 MB floppy drive External Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gb Ethernet ports via RJ-45 2 RS-232 serial port via DB-9 connector 4 USB 2.0 ports
Video
Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic, adjustment-free cable equalization Input Cable Length . . . . . . . . . . . . For HD 135 m min of Belden 1694A cable; for SD 250 m minimum of Belden 828IB cable Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 fill + 1 key Output Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . 16 channels Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDH insertion on output
Aes Audio
Supported Video Resolutions. . . . . 1920 x 1080: 60i/59.94i/50i 1280 x 720: 60p/59.94p/50p 720 x 486 (525): 59.94i 720 x 576 (625): 50i Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, SMPTE 272M Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 fill Input Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . . 16 channels per input
Inscriber G5 XT
genlock Reference

177
timecode
LTC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, 0.6 to 5 V pk-pk, high impedance termination LTC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, <9 V pk-pk
NOTE: The second channel option adds a second Altitude Express IO board, as well as a second NVIDIA Quadro FX3800.
images/diagrams
Front panel
LED Panel
CD/DVD-RW
USB 1-2
Removable Drive Trays
Back panel
Power Supply Modules
Dual Broadcast DisplayPort I/O
GPIO
PC Connectors
DVI
Broadcast I/O 2 (Dual Channel Option)
Inscriber G5 XT
INSG5XT3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber G5 XT production graphics system, featuring G-Scribe, media store, integrated, clip playback, 2D DVE *INSG5XTPRODBDL . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber G5 XT productivity bundle includes a single-channel G5 XT system, G-Scribe+ feature G-3D, video capture, 3D Charts, RapidFire keyboard, RTXports and Paint option
Hardware Options
INSG5XT2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second channel option for Inscriber G5 XT, includes Altitude Express IO board, NVIDIA GPU, and required hardware (factory upgrade) INSG5XT-3DDVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3D DVE module for G5 XT systems, provides one hardware-based 3D DVE; rotate, scale and crop incoming video signal in 3D space BOB-8000P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel passive breakout box for Altitude Express including cables to support up to 2 Altitude Express boards, this option does not include onboard bypass relays INSRFK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RapidFire keyboard
software Options
INSGSOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber G-Scribe Offline software provides the ability to compose Inscriber G-Scribe layouts on any sufficiently powerful Windows XP system, includes all of the functionality of the Inscriber G-Scribe software found on Inscriber G-Series and Inscriber TitleOne XT systems; provides offline composition for later transfer to Inscriber hardware for broadcast playout INSG3DOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber G-3D Offline; proprietary offline module to create 3D text and animations, or import Collada files from third-party applications such as 3D Studio Max; scene editing includes timeline modification, image manipulation, primitive shapes, lights, multiple cameras and textures; tag text and graphic content, to update manually, or via automation or RTX
service and Comissioning
178
INSG5XT-GSPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Scribe+ software bundle provides extended software functionality including G-3D (create 3D graphics), real-time charting and video capture INSDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Control for Inscriber systems, network management software offering an innovative way of managing your graphics resources across a LAN. Resources on a G series system can be viewed and managed from any computer system on the LAN. Streamlined user interface allows for editing, displaying, or simple browsing of CG graphics, playlists, news rundowns, templates or template libraries even by those not trained as CG operators INSRTXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTXports option enables the playback of custom or third-party applications such as financial tickers or school closings on Inscriber systems. These customized applications can run concurrent with CG pages and even share the access to the output channel INSPNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber Paint, 32-bit paint and graphics creation plug-in for Inscriber systems with unlimited layering capabilities, image processing and masking tools. Provides native Photoshop file import (.PSD) directly into the G-Scribe user environment, maintaining layers INSMOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOS support for Inscriber systems enables remote asset browsing, editing and playout capabilities within MOS NRCS such as AP ENPS and Avid iNews; consists of a MOS-compliant ActiveX client control interface connected to Inscriber systems, giving newsroom staff the ability to create and schedule template-based text and graphics for playout across the entire Inscriber G-Series product line; the Inscriber MOS server component negotiates transactions between the various MOS clients, the NRCS and Inscriber graphics hardware, acting as a rendering engine to generate previews and on-air graphics, and interfaces MOS rundowns to the Inscriber playlist; includes unlimited client licenses for journalists and unlimited MOS gateways used to facilitate communications between the Inscriber systems used for playout and the Inscriber MOS Clients used by journalists; training and commissioning is mandatory for the Inscriber MOS option (use INSMOS-QSTR or INSMOS-QSTRNT with orders)
G5XT-GOLD-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1st year G5 XT Gold system support upgrade, includes next-day hardware exchanges for faulty components, 24x7 priority phone and e-mail technical support G5XT-SWS-EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year G5 XT software support extension; additional year of software technical support during regular business hours (8:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m.); hardware exchanges are not included G5XT-BASIC-EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year G5 XT Basic system and software warranty extension, includes hardware exchanges for faulty components, phone and e-mail technical support during regular business hours (8:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m.) G5XT-GOLD-EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year G5 XT Gold system and software warranty extension, includes next-day hardware exchanges for faulty components, 24x7 priority phone and e-mail technical support G5XT-QS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-day on-site Quickstart commissioning for G5 XT (excludes travel and expenses) G5XT-OPS-OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-day on-site operation training for G5 XT system (excludes travel and expenses) G5XT-OPS-FTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-day factory training for G5 XT system G5XT-OPS-WEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-hour web-based training for G5 XT systems; class topics can be customized based on user requirements INSMOS-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic MOS ServicePAK 1 year basic ServicePAK for Inscriber MOS Gateway INSMOS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold MOS ServicePAK 1-year basic ServicePAK for Inscriber MOS Gateway INSMOS-QSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-day MOS commissioning and training (includes travel and expenses) INSMOS-QSTRNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-day MOS commissioning and training (excludes travel and expenses)
Inscriber TitleOne XT
Cost-Effective, Single-Channel 2D Character Generator

gRApHiCs // insCriBer TiTLeOne XT
179
Features
stAndARd
The Inscriber TitleOne XT is a feature-rich, budget-friendly graphics system ideal for the production of 2D graphics. This single-channel system is available in either an SD version or an HD/SD-switchable solution and includes the Inscriber 2D character generator (CG), automation support, sequencer, ODBC integration, real-time animations and clip playback support. The TitleOne XT platform offers a compete package of intuitive graphics tools to help public broadcasters, cable operators, small or mid-sized television stations, stadiums, educational facilities and houses of worship easily produce professional graphics, compelling digital effects and sophisticated titles and crawls all at an unbelievably low price.
TitleOne advanced graphics software Strata Compositing seemingly separate channels/layers output as one channel RapidFire software playback capability Automation Interface for Intelligent Interface system control Connectus integration (Connectus software sold separately) Compressed clip playback Overlay persistent objects RTX NET scripting Quick Edit mode for rapid data entry Open database connectivity (ODBC) to databases and spreadsheets; displays RSS feeds Integrated Paint tool, including Adobe Photoshop PSD import with layer support Embedded audio support Real-time 2D animation creation and playback Front-mounted, swappable system and media drives
OptiOns
Available as an SD-only or HD/SD-switchable solution; SD-only system is upgradable to HD/SD-switchable solution Inscriber RTX NET ports Direct Control 2 remote playlist creation and control Integrated media store MOS Integration AES audio and timecode support RapidFire Keyboard G-Scribe Offline creation software
Product details
titleOne Xt Character generator software strata Compositing
The TitleOne XT software package provides users with an easy-to-use, feature-rich 2D character generator, making it possible to import still graphics and media files and integrate text using an intuitive drag-and-drop interface to create stunning 2D CG pages in minutes. TitleOne XT supports most common image and clip formats, including TGA, TIFF, PSD, AVI and MOV. Text tools include full unicode support, as well as support for all TrueType and Adobe OpenType fonts installed on the system. Combined with ODBC integration, RapidFire page recall and much more, TitleOne XT offers quality for any budget. note: Graphics created using TitleOne XT are 100 percent compatible with G-Scribeenabled systems such as the Inscriber G5 and Inscriber G7. Content created on the G5 and G7 systems may have some compatibility issues when being played on a TitleOne XT system, as certain features, such as 3D playback, are only available on the G5 and G7 platforms.
RtX net scripting
Overlay
Overlay allows you to build and control three additional layers of graphics on top of your current output without having to use additional channels. Objects output with Overlay remain on the topmost layer and operate without disruption. Theyre completely independent of other layouts, making them easy to control. You can easily insert and hide clocks, timers, still or animated logos, channel IDs, lower thirds, scoreboards, over-theshoulder graphics, text crawls and temperature read-outs.
Unleash the power of RTX NET directly from your CG pages and G-3D scenes using the all-new RTX NET scripting engine. RTX NET scripting allows you to design features and functionality to meet your specific workflow requirements. Scripts can be applied to both 2D and 3D elements, and are ideal for creating special graphic effects that can automatically affect the page design and layout based on user-driven content. By utilizing the .NET framework, you can develop scripts in your language of choice, and take full advantage of all of the development tools offered by the .NET framework.
Automation interface
Easily publish individual layouts or entire playlists to a Connectus media server with G-Scribe creation and playout software to quickly and easily distribute content between multiple CG systems. You also can download and approve media from the Connectus server. Media Store operators can directly publish and retrieve media assets including associated metadata. * Note: Connectus software must be purchased separately.
FX Animation (2d)
Take your graphics to the next level with this easy-to-use 2D animation editor. Keyframe any graphic and text element, including media objects (with Clips option), on the x, y and z axes. Apply easy-to-use effects such as transparency, scale and rotation to create dynamic, reusable animations, or use pre-built templates included on the system. No previous animation experience is necessary.
paint

direct Control 2
Paint is a 32-bit paint and graphics creation tool integrated within the TitleOne XT design software. It supports unlimited layering, resolution-independent image processing and masking. Paint allows native Photoshop files (.psd) to be imported directly into the Paint environment while maintaining layers.
Clip playback*
Clip Playback integrates video clip playout as backgrounds, media objects and textures within your graphics layout, and it supports media content of any resolution, up to full HD. Software codecs enable playout of most Windows formats, including VIA, AVI, WMV, MPEG-2 and QuickTime. The TitleOne XT system provides 750 GB of dedicated media storage in a stripped media array for clip and media playback. NOTE: Clip playback performance, including the size and number of clips used, is limited based on a number of factors, including the codec used, compression and screen coverage. We recommend that all clips be cropped to the minimal resolution required for playback.
OptiOns upgrade from sd Only to an sd/Hd-switchable system
Take control of your graphics systems with the all-new Direct Control 2 remote control interface for Inscriber production graphics systems. From a single seat, generate playlists, fill tags and control playback on multiple CG systems simultaneously. A simple drag-and-drop interface makes CG control a breeze with intuitive controls and operation, and is easy-to-use even by those not trained as graphics operators. Direct Control 2 supports most common media formats, including stills, video clips, CG pages and G-3D files. * The Direct Control 2 option must be purchased for each playback system.
mOs integration
Inscriber MOS enables remote asset browsing, editing and playout capabilities within MOS Newsroom Computer Systems (NRCS), such as AP ENPS and Avid iNews. Inscriber MOS consists of a MOS-compliant ActiveX client control interface connected to Inscriber graphics systems. Inscriber MOS gives newsroom staff the ability to create and schedule template-based graphics from their desktops. Once inserted into a rundown, the graphics are available for playout across multiple Inscriber graphics systems. The Inscriber MOS server component negotiates transactions among the various MOS clients, the newsroom computer and Inscriber graphics hardware. Real-time previews are created for the journalists as they create their graphics to ensure the accuracy of each item being added to a story. Absolutely no graphics experience is required.
RapidFire Keyboard
Upgrade your TitleOne XT-S system to a TitleOne XT-H system with a simple software option. No additional hardware is required.
g-scribe Offline
With G-Scribe Offline, a standalone software package, you can compose layouts on any computer running Windows XP, and transfer designs to an online graphics system for playout to air.
RapidFire is a dedicated, custom keyboard that enables single-stroke functionality for many G-Scribe functions and features. It includes a US 101 key-cap layout for use as a standard keyboard for normal PC operations. The RapidFire keyboard is an essential tool for live event coverage. * Ships with English key caps.
RtXports
Store, manage, retrieve and play out a wide range of media files, including stills, templates, clips and animations. Media Store also includes search capability based on various metadata, including user-definable keywords. This metadata is copied with each image, allowing files to retain all related information when moved from one system to another. Media Store integrates directly with both the playlist and the output display, so graphics resources can be found and used either in CG layouts or sent directly out to air.
Aes Audio and timecode support
Add four channels of AES audio inputs and outputs with this audio paddleboard option. Trigger graphic sequences using a timecode source with the LTC input option. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intel Core i7- 920, 2.66 GHz, QPI 4.80 GT/s, Socket 1366 Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 GB DDR3 1333 MHz OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows XP Pro 32 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550 W non-redundant power supply, 115 to 230 V AC @ 9/4.5A Disk Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 250 GB SATA boot drive 3 x 250 GB SATA media drives GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NVIDIA Quadro FX1800 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU rackmount, rack rails included Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 25.5 in. (13.35 x 48.26 x 64.77 cm) Weight 55 lbs (24.9 kg), estimate Supported Video Resolutions. . . . . Serial digital component 4:2:2 video @ 1920 x 1080: 60i/59.94i/50i (SMPTE 274M) 1920 x 1080: 30p/29.97p/25p/24p/23.98p (SMPTE 274M) 1280 x 720: 60p/59.94p/50p (SMPTE 296M) 720 x 486 (525): 59.94i (ITU-R BT601) 720 x 576 (625): 50i (ITU-R BT601)
Video inputs
180
One Serial Digital (SD/HD). . . . . . . 4:2:2 SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M, 8/10-bit Program/Frame Grab Input SDI (270 Mb/s @ 525/625 and 1.485 Gb/s for HD) One Serial Digital (SD/HD). . . . . . . 4:2:2 SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M, 8/10-bit Key Input SDI (270 Mb/s @ 525/625 and 1.485 Gb/s for HD) One Analog Reference Input . . . . . Tri-level sync (HD) or blackburst (SD) - (terminated/non-terminated under jumper control) Input Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI: 800 mv pk-pk Analog Ref. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk blackburst or 0.6 V pk-pk for tri-level sync Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Video Outputs
One Serial Digital (SD/HD). . . . . . . 4:2:2 SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M, 8/10-bit Program/Fill Output SDI (270 Mb/s @ 525/625 and 1.485 Gb/s for HD) One Serial Digital (SD/HD). . . . . . . 4:2:2 SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M, 8/10-bit Key Output SDI (270 Mb/s @ 525/625 and 1.485 Gb/s for HD) Output Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI: 800 mv pk-pk Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms www.broadcast.harris.com

181
Audio Specifications (Standard) . . . On-board audio mixer 3.5 mm stereo jack on faceplate for analog audio monitoring Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All internal video processing at 12-bits component 4:2:2:4 Video and audio bypass on HD/SDI program inputto-output in the event of a power fail or application reset Shaped or unshaped fill signal processing Internal watchdog timer to ensure hardware stability Monitoring and signal status LEDs Additional Features with AES . . . . 2 input/2 output AES/EBU audio channels through Audio Paddle Board Option the unbalanced/BNC connectors on the separate PC I/O paddle board Time Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE timecode reader BNC connector on the audio paddle board Minimum System Requirements . . 2.0 GHz processor or better 4 GB of RAM for the G-Scribe Offline Windows XP or 2003 Server NVIDIA 9800 GTX, (or better) or Quadro series (4600 or better) GPU Media partition or separate drive named D: recommended for local media storage
ordering inFormation INSTOXTS3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TitleOne XT-S SD-only 2D character generator single-channel system featuring clip playback, automation, strata, frame grab, ODBC and more, 3RU chassis INSTOXTH3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TitleOne XT-H SD/HD-switchable 2D character generator single-channel system featuring clip playback, automation, strata, frame grab, ODBC and more, 3RU chassis INSMOSGW1100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber MOS Gateway system 1RU chassis with dual Ethernet and redundant power * The Inscriber MOS option must be purchased separately
Hardware Options
INSTOXT-AES4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES audio paddle board for TitleOne XT systems INSRFK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RapidFire keyboard
software Options
INSTOXTS-HD-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . TitleOne XT-S HD upgrade, convert your SD-only system to an SD/HD-switchable system INSTOXT-STORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . TitleOne XT Media Store option, add a fully featured media store to your TitleOne XT system to manage, play to air, keyword, and search all media assets on your system INSDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Control for Inscriber systems, network management software offering an innovative way of managing your graphics resources across a LAN. Resources on a G series system can be viewed and managed from any computer system on the LAN. Streamlined user interface allows for editing, displaying, or simple browsing of CG graphics, playlists, news rundowns, templates or template libraries even by those not trained as CG operators
INSMOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOS support for Inscriber systems enables remote asset browsing, editing and playout capabilities within MOS Newsroom Computer Systems (NRCS), such as AP ENPS and Avid iNews *Training and commissioning is mandatory for the Inscriber MOS option (include INSMOS-QSTR or INSMOS-QSTRNT with orders) INSRTXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enables the playback and development of custom or third-party applications, such as financial tickers or school closings, using the Inscriber RTX NET graphics API INSGSOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber G-Scribe Offline software enables the composing of Inscriber G-Scribe layouts on any sufficiently powerful Windows XP system; G-Scribe Offline provides all of the functionality of the Inscriber G-Scribe software found on the Inscriber G-Series and Inscriber TitleOne XT systems, allowing offline composition for later transfer to Inscriber hardware for broadcast playout
Channel ONE
gRApHiCs // CHAnneL One sDi
HD/SD Automated Graphics Channel

Features Reliable 24/7 playback with server-grade motherboard, redundant power supplies, hot-swappable drives and optional video/audio bypass Automated playback and external control of animated logos, still images, video clips, crawls, rolls, analog clocks, digital clocks and live SDI input Two incoming video feeds can be displayed and resized in real time (2D DVE) Infinite layering of effect regions Powerful scheduling engine drives playlists in each effect region Real-time data updates from external sources such as XML, RSS, .txt and ODBC As Run logs with bill generation or export to third-party business systems 16 channels of embedded audio per SDI input or output Eight channels of discrete AES audio I/O Inscriber Connectus integration (Connectus software sold separately)
The television landscape is changing, and traditional broadcasters have new options for reaching out to specialized audiences. DTV opens a door that allows stations to multicast secondary channels and tap new sources of revenue. Content created for a main channel can be repurposed and broadcast over these subchannels, which can include a wealth of additional material. In addition, specialty channels with focused programming can be targeted to specific demographics. The Harris Channel ONE system is your one-stop solution for creating, scheduling and airing complete television channels in HD or SD. Channel ONE integrates graphics, video, audio and real-time external data feeds to build a complete channel. The innovative Channel ONE supplies everything a broadcaster needs to produce and air DTV subchannels or graphics-intensive, 24-hour automated information channels featuring national, regional and local content that can leverage and increase the value of your existing primary content. Channel ONE delivers all of these capabilities in a single turnkey system, which means you dont have to purchase large amounts of equipment to get started. And the revenue generated by these specialty channels will pay for your Channel ONE investment in no time!
Product details
powerful scheduling Real-time information
The Channel ONE systems powerful scheduling engine allows you to run your channel fully automated, or mix automated and external control. And youll feel secure running in an automated environment with the Channel ONE systems server-grade motherboard, redundant power supplies, hot-swappable drives and optional video/audio bypass. The schedule engine offers granular control of playback, making a wide range of channels possible. Each region can have independent or linked playlists, enabling data-rich info channels. Support sophisticated ad campaigns or diverse community needs with the ability to schedule individual videos and images to display at specific times of the day, on certain days of the week, within date ranges or when defined data values, such as temperatures or sports scores, are reached.
Keep viewers informed of breaking news, the latest sports scores, real-time stock information and weather updates with Channel ONE systems sophisticated data integration. Channel ONE can broadcast multiple, live data feeds directly from various sources, including ODBC databases, RSS feeds, SMS messages, XML files and text files. Update time-sensitive data directly onscreen in tickers, tables and animations, or drive video clip and still image playlists directly from external data sources.
pop-Back dVe
182
The Pop-Back DVE feature allows you to reposition and scale full-frame SDI input video, IP input streams or locally stored video clips. Show additional graphics and data without compromising your video content.
As Run Logging
Each region in Channel ONE can log playback. You can export the As Run logs for one or more items as a customer-ready report for billing or as a comma-delineated file for easy import into accounting and business systems.
stunning design Capabilities
Channel ONE provides unparalleled composition capabilities. Create a compelling onair brand by quickly arranging multiple overlapping layers of design elements, including logos, charts, still images, analog and digital clocks, video clips, live video, animations, rolls and tickers. Cater broadcasts to specific audiences by creating custom content such as local news, community events, transit delays and advertising.
Integrate with Connectus for enhanced content and system management. Whether you need to manage a single community channel or an international network of channels, Connectus will streamline your workflow. Supporting multiple network architectures including LAN, WAN and satellite Connectus allows you to centrally store schedules and content for global distribution. Revision control, auto-archiving and file mirroring allow you to effectively manage and protect your content on the server. You can even retrieve and combine as run logs from multiple Channel ONE systems, making country-wide or even global advertising campaigns possible. Connectus also allows you to manage and distribute content for other Harris devices such as IconStation, Icon Logo, and the complete line of live broadcast character generators increasing your ROI even further.
Channel ONE

183
Connectus also makes managing a network of unmanned regional and cable head stations easier. Auto-generated e-mails warn technical staff of potential problems. Technical staff can monitor output and system health and perform basic trouble shooting from any Internet-connected location in the world. Powerful user rights management ensures personnel only have access to the appropriate systems and tasks. * Note: Connectus Software must be purchased separately.
OptiOns squeezeback dVe Channel One Offline
With Channel ONE Offline, a standalone software package, operators can compose layouts on a computer running Windows XP, and transfer their designs to an online graphics system for playout to air. A perfect complement to the Connectus graphics management system, Channel ONE Offline allows you to generate and schedule new content in an offline environment, and then use Connectus to publish it to remote player(s).
RtXports
Add elegance when you need to transition from full-screen video to a scaled or DVE video window. The Squeezeback option allows you to scale your video smoothly over a user-defined duration. Use this effect to reveal your already running graphics and data from under the full-screen video.
Clip playback
RTXports provides a simple and convenient interface with which to create customized interface controls to generate additional graphics through the Inscriber RTX API. This option makes it easy to generate custom presentations including sports scores, election returns, stock tickers and weather bulletins and display them through Channel ONE. The RTXports option allows to you enhance your Channel ONE presentation using purchased or custom-built plug-ins.
Clip Playback allows playback of video clips in one or more regions. Choose from a wide range of video formats including QuickTime, Flash, AVI, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, WMV and more. Channel ONE also has a built-in hardware codec, allowing you to play a full-screen HD video background without taxing system resources, such as memory or CPU.

Hardware
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU rackmount Front-mounted hot-swappable drive bays (8) 2+1 redundant hot-swappable power supply, 760 W High CFM cooling for 24/7 operation Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 25.5 in. (13.35 x 48.26 x 59.69 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 lbs (20.41 kg) Breakout Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 18 in. (4.7 cm) Altitude Express ponytail cable CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x AMD Opteron 2220 GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Head PNY NVIDIA FX1500/256 RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 GB DDR-800 RAM Disk Sub System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 250 GB SATA system drive 3 x 250 GB SATA media drives Additional 4 x 250 GB SATA drives for clip option (clip option includes SATA controller with 8 SATA ports) Removable Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . Recordable CD/DVD-RW drive for backup or system restore 1.44 MB floppy drive External Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gb Ethernet ports via RJ-45 2 RS-232 serial port via DB-9 connector 4 USB 2.0 ports
Video
Input Cable Length . . . . . . . . . . . . For HD 135 m minimum of Belden 1694A cable For SD 250 m minimum of Belden 828IB cable Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 fill + 1 key Output Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . 16 channels Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDH insertion on output
Aes Audio
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3-1992 Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) and 2 XLR Sample Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 16/20/24-bit Input Sampling Rate . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms (BNC) or 110 ohms (XLR) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V pk-pk Output Sampling Rate . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC (IEC 169-8) and 4 XLR Output Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Coupled Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms (BNC) or 110 ohms (XLR)
genlock Reference
Supported Video Resolutions. . . . . 1920x1080: 60i/59.94i/50i 1280x720: 60p/59.94p/50p 720x486 (525): 59.94i 720x576 (625): 50i Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, SMPTE 272M Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 fill Input Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . . 16 channels per input Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic, adjustment-free cable equalization
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 318M Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) loop Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 mV Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms or High-Z (software controlled) Input Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTST/PAL Color black or 2 V sync or tri-level sync
timecode
LTC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, 0.6 to 5 V pk-to-pk, high-impedance termination LTC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, <9 V pk-to-pk
Channel ONE
images/diagrams
Channel One Hd/sd Frame
Floppy Disk
LED Panel
CD/DVD-RW
USB 1-2
Removable Drive Trays
5.25" Drive Bays
Channel One Hd/sd Backpanel

Power Supply Modules GPIO DVI
AES2
AES4
XD-200
PC Ports
COM 3 (optional)
Broadcast I/O
ordering inFormation INSC1H3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel ONE HD/SD system

Hardware Options
INSC1HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel ONE HD/SD clip option INSC1HDVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel ONE HD/SD DVE INSC1BOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel ONE bypass option (BOB)
software Options
INSC1SOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Channel ONE Offline (software only) INSRTXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTXports playback custom applications
184
Inscriber Connectus
Optimized Graphics Management and Distribution System

gRApHiCs // insCriBer COnneCTus
185
Streamline operations. Improve on-air looks. Increase performance. Inscriber Connectus gives you the edge to respond to these demands by centrally managing your valuable Harris graphics resources, with ultimate control and efficiency. Create Once distribute Anywhere The Connectus graphics management and distribution system enables stations and facilities to take advantage of lightning-fast workflows for sharing and distributing graphics. Your graphics team can create content in Dallas, your local news director can make up-to-the-minute edits to the content from Denver, and your CG operator in New York can download the latest approved content to a graphics playback system. With Connectus, graphics designers, producers and operators have the freedom to create, share, manage and distribute their content to and from any location, any way they choose. The workflow is simple. Graphics designers and authorized users can create, browse and edit graphics using a variety of Harris Inscriber content creation software systems, as well as popular third-party graphics software products such as Adobe Photoshop and After Effects and Autodesk 3ds Max. Content is then published to the centralized Connectus server, ready to be viewed, edited and approved for playout. Content residing on the Connectus server can be sent either manually or via the Connectus console to playback accurately and efficiently on the on-air devices networked across a LAN, WAN or the Internet. deliver Accurate Content 24/7 Connectus lets you set approval rules for authorized administrators, guaranteeing content that gets played to air is accurate, 24/7. The Connectus approval process ensures that only approved content is made available for locations outside the creation source, such as affiliate stations. Specific approval requirements can be created for individual players, with content approved by predetermined approvers, such as the Connectus administrator and the designer. As new content is published that requires approval, Connectus automatically generates an e-mail notification to the appropriate approvers. make the most of Your mOs environment In busy MOS environments using Newsroom Computer Systems (NRCS) such as AP ENPS, Connectus centrally manages and moves content directly among the offline systems used for creating graphics, the Connectus server and the playback devices. Connectus sends graphics assets to predetermined folders on the playback devices, ready to be used by journalists as needed. This streamlined graphic workflow ensures that graphics can get from the design stage to the playback devices as quickly as possible.
Features Seamless integration with all Inscriber graphics systems Supports all file formats publish and manage documents from any application Content receiver turn any PC into a Connectus receiver Integrates directly with Windows operating system to publish and download content Integrated approval system Automatic server replication Integrated user permissions and controls Remote server management using the Connectus system Group content distribution Player maps Content revision history Support for LAN, FTP and HTTP file transfer for distributed content management Auto-forwarding rules Remote player management
Product details
the Connectus streamlined Workflow How it Works
1. Content packages are published to the Connectus server directly from the creation system. 2. The content package and all associated assets are moved to the pre-defined Connectus storage server. 3. If an earlier copy of the content already resides on the server, a new revision of the content is created while maintaining all initial versions. 4. If an approval process is being used, the content will be stored on an unapproved server until an authorized user approves that content. Once approved, the content package is moved to an approved control server. 5. Content on the approved content server can be manually downloaded to a player device, or using the Connectus console, the content can be distributed directly to individual or groups of player devices.
Content Receiver
The Content Receiver utility is a free application that allows you to convert any system on your network into a Connectus player system, allowing content to be distributed to specified folders on the machine. This tool easily allows you to build player networks for content distribution.
inscriber shell extension
The Inscriber Shell Extension is a convenient toolkit that allows you to publish or download files to or from the Connectus server. This tool allows graphic designers or other production team members to utilize the powerful Connectus workflow without requiring any other Harris graphics software.
Inscriber Connectus
gRApHiCs // insCriBer COnneCTus
Optimized Graphics Management and Distribution System
supported graphics systems
Connectus seamlessly integrates with the following systems and applications: Receiver Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes Yes (allows any system on the network to receive content from Connectus) No Inscriber Shell Extension Yes Yes Yes Channel ONE Yes Yes IconStation Yes Yes IconStation Offline LogoCreator Yes No No Yes IconLogo No Yes IconMaster Yes Yes InfoCaster Creatior No Yes InfoCaster Player** No Yes InfoCaster LE Player** No Yes InfoCaster SE Player** Publishers post graphics content to Connectus for sharing and managing Receivers grab graphics content from Connectus for managing and/or playout * Requires Content Receiver ** InfoCaster systems use InfoCaster Manager product Inscriber G5 Inscriber G7 Inscriber TitleOne XT G-Scribe Offline Automation Interface Content Receiver publisher Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Connectus server specifications
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU rackmount Front-mounted hot-swappable drive bays (8) 2+1 redundant hot-swappable power supply, 760 W High CFM cooling for 24/7 operation Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 25.5 in. (13.35 x 48.26 x 59.69 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 lbs (28.18 kg) CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMD Opteron 2220 2.8 GHz GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MATROX G550 PCI-E RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 GB DDR2-667 RAM Disk Sub System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 250 GB SATA II Drives in RAID 5 Partitioned 80 GB for OS and 1.92 TB for media storage Removable Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . Recordable CD/DVD-RW drive for backup or system restore 1.44 MB floppy drive External Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gb Ethernet ports via RJ-45 2 RS232 serial port via DB-9 connector 4 USB 2.0 ports
Connectus software Only minimum software specifications
186
CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual core processor RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GB DDR2 RAM Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows 2003 or Windows 2008 Server Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gigabit Ethernet Server Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Server storage can reside on the same system as the Connectus software or on a remote system; 2 TB or more recommended ordering inFormation INSCNCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connectus server with 15 connection licenses (software only) INSCNCTS3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connectus server with 15 connection licenses (software and hardware) INSCNCTS-A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 additional Connectus licenses www.broadcast.harris.com
Inscriber RTX NET
High-Performance, 2D/3D, Custom On-Air Graphics Solution

gRApHiCs // insCriBer rTX neT
187
Features Full access to the Microsoft .NET Framework develop applications using the development language of your choice Available as a standalone turnkey solution, or integrated into the full line of Inscriber production graphics systems including Inscriber TitleOne XT, Inscriber G5 XT and Inscriber G7 Native support of .scribe and .g3d file formats Software clip codec support Integrated DVE support Real-time transition effects Rich, multi-layered graphics interface Integrated audio effects Full 3D scene manipulation and control Connectus API support Analog preview channel
Think it. Design it. Then command it, with Inscriber RTX NET. With innovative hardware advancements and a complete redesign, the RTX NET on-air graphics solution features a native .NET component for developing dynamic real-time 2D and 3D effects within a flexible multilayer environment providing the ultimate freedom for creating your own custom broadcast solution. RTX NET is an Application Programming Interface (API) that allows broadcasters to develop custom graphics applications for use in live and post production environments, such as sports scores, forecasts and warnings, elections results, stock tickers and game show voting and results. Using standard Microsoft .NET development tools or environments, you can use RTX NET to create your own custom project or application. As a graphics engine, RTX NET handles the low-level hardware calls or tasks required for the generation of broadcast graphics, making it much easier to learn and use than a low-level Software Development Kit (SDK). Inscriber RTX NET is available as a standalone turnkey solution, or as an option on many of the Inscriber line of production graphics systems, including the Inscriber G5 XT, Inscriber G7 and TitleOne XT platform.
Product details
innovative Hardware
RTX NET supports fill and key input and output, and provides direct integration with other graphics systems in an upstream or downstream keyed environment. In addition to providing all the benefits of multichannel effects on a single channel, RTX NET supports optional dual-channel SDI output two independent outputs at the same time. RTX NET includes a bypass relay on the hardware (optional) that automatically reroutes the video feed during a power loss or system failure to ensure that the video feed is never disrupted. This feature can also be triggered manually to maintain the video feed during scheduled maintenance.
Rich multilayer environment
RTX NET boasts a rich multilayer environment for the simultaneous display of text, graphics, animations, video, rolls, crawls and more. All screen elements can be displayed on an infinite number of overlapping layers, providing you with maximum flexibility and creative control over your screen output. Use Z-ordering to set the depth of each layer, determining whether a graphic or effect is displayed in the foreground or background of a layer.
software Codec support
The implementation of software codec support allows for the playout of a wide range of video formats including DV25, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, AVI, WMV, LXF, LTV (hardware dependent) and QuickTime, just to name a few.
Real-time element transitions
Transition among screen elements such as clip-to-clip, clip-to-animations and animation-to-animation using fades, pushes, dissolves and wipes. Cascade multiple transitions together and increase your creative options, including adding animations or fading elements into a running ticker. Update ticker information while already on-screen no need to wait for ticker items to go off-screen before updating them. Leave the ordinary dissolve behind with the organic transition, which allows you to apply your own mask or pattern to any dissolve. Use your own branding logos as patterns to set your programming apart.
2d and 3d Animations
Enhance your broadcasts by incorporating a variety of animation styles. You can import pre-rendered animations from Autodesk 3ds Max, Adobe Flash or Adobe AfterEffects, all with matte (key) for instant playout. Using the G-Scribe Offline software (included), simple 2D animations can be built as templates and used for instant update and playout of real-time data. Expand your graphic world to the realm of true 3D with the G-3D offline software. From this 3D design environment, you can create your own 3D scene from scratch, or import from a variety of third-party programs such as Autodesk 3ds Max and Maya. Through RTX NET, you can control every aspect of the 3D scene, including lighting, camera, objects and timelines, as well as dynamic texture mapping on objects all in a native 32-bit environment.
Inscriber RTX NET

RtXports

Analog preview Channel
RTXports provides you with the ability to develop and embed custom graphic applications and features directly on Inscriber graphics systems (such as G7, G5 XT, TitleOne XT, IconStation and Channel ONE). Depending on the graphic solution, RTXports can be run as a standalone application, or embedded directly into the application one box, infinite possibilities.
dVe
RTX NET allows you to use dual-head VGA cards to produce an analog preview output. This is a cost-effective way to generate a quality preview output for your operator or director. Preview output can be SD (NTSC/PAL) or in a VGA format. The VGA format is capable of a full preview (not just static thumbnails).
Audio
RTX NET supports not only the scaling and positioning of various graphic media, but also a high-quality 10-bit DVE of up to two simultaneous SDI input feeds (hardware dependent). This feature allows you to display your graphics without compromising your video content or graphics. As an option, you can purchase support for 3D DVE one SDI input source.
g-scribe Offline
RTX NET supports embedded and discrete audio without the need for additional hardware. Whether you need to play a WAV file or play audio that is already encoded into a video clip, you can do it with RTX NET. Depending on your hardware configuration, RTX NET can support from 16 to 32 channels of audio output while mixing with any incoming audio stream.
Save the time and effort of manually generating code to produce text and graphics. G-Scribe Offline allows you to design layouts offline for use within RTX NET. All elements in the layout can be tagged or named so that, through RTX NET, you can access any element or object and update it with real-time data for just-in-time playout.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers are responsible for providing their own development environment for RTX NET. RTX NET supports Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 and above. A development environment is not required for application execution.
turnkey solution
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU rackmount Front-mounted hot-swappable drive bays (8) 2+1 redundant hot-swappable power supply, 760 W High CFM cooling for 24/7 operation Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 25.5 in. (13.35 x 48.26 x 59.69 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 lbs (28.18 kg) Breakout Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 18 in. (45.7 cm) Altitude Express ponytail cable CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x Opteron Quad 2387 Shanghai, 4 x 2.8 GHz GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Head PNY NVIDIA FX4800 RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 GB DDR2-800 RAM Disk Sub System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 250 GB SATA system drive 3 x 250 GB SATA media drives SD clip option adds 2 x 250 GB SATA II hard drives HD clip option adds 4 x 250 GB SATA II hard drives Removable Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . Recordable CD/DVD-RW drive for backup or system restore 1.44 MB floppy drive External Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gb Ethernet ports via RJ-45 2 RS-232 serial port via DB-9 connector 4 USB 2.0 ports
Video
Input Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic, adjustment-free cable equalization Input Cable Length . . . . . . . . . . . . For HD 135 m min of Belden 1694A cable For SD 250 m min of Belden 828IB cable Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 fill + 1 key Output Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . 16 channels Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDH insertion on output
Aes Audio
genlock Reference
188
Supported Video Resolutions. . . . . 1920 x 1080: 60i/59.94i/50i 1280 x 720: 60p/59.94p/50p 720 x 486 (525): 59.94i 720 x 576 (625): 50i Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, SMPTE 272M Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 fill Input Embedded Audio . . . . . . . . . 16 channels per input Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
timecode
LTC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, 0.6 to 5 V pk-pk, high-impedance termination LTC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR connector, <9 V pk-pk
Inscriber RTX NET

software + Board Bundle system Requirements

189
GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NVIDIA FX1500 for SD minimum (FX1700 or better recommended) NVIDIA FX3600 for HD minimum (FX4600 or better recommended) RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GB for SD 4 GB for HD Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows XP, SP2 (or newer)
Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 PCIe, Gen 1/2, x16 slot (for GPU) 1 PCIe, Gen 1/2, x4 slot (or greater 8/16 lane for AEX board) CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMD Opteron 280 or better Intel core 2 Q8200 (2.33 GHz) or better
ordering inFormation RTX NET is available as a full turnkey solution, or as an optional component for the full line of production graphics systems. INSRTXNETS3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RTX NET, SD only turnkey system for the creation and/or play out of custom broadcast applications, includes AEX hardware for video processing and first year of annual software maintenance agreement INSRTXNETH3100 . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RTX NET, HD/SD selectable turnkey system for the creation and/or play out of custom broadcast applications, includes AEX hardware for video processing and first year of annual software maintenance agreement
Hardware Options Offline Rtx net Creation
INSRTXNETSCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clip option for INSRTXNETS3100, add 2 additional SATA drives to media array INSRTXNETHCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clip option for INSRTXNETH3100, add 4 additional SATA drives to media array INSRTXBOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Break out box for Altitude Express board (AEX); required if video bypass relay (E-E) is a customer requirement
i/O Board and software Bundles
INSRTXNETOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RTX NET Offline software; for developing custom graphic applications on any sufficiently powerful Windows XP system; includes G-Scribe Offline; custom work to be transferred to Inscriber hardware based system for broadcast play out INSRTXNET3DOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RTX NET Offline software; for developing custom graphic applications on any sufficiently powerful Windows XP system; includes G-Scribe and G3D Offline; custom work to be transferred to Inscriber hardware based system for broadcast play out
Rtx net upgrade Options
INSRTXD2NET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade from RTX Developer 1.x to RTX NET; includes G-Scribe Offline INSRTXP2NET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade from RTX Playback 1.x to RTX NET
INSRTXNETAEXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RTX NET board bundle, SD only; this board and software bundle includes video I/O hardware (AEX) software license; to be installed by a qualified integrator in a system which meets or exceeds the minimum specifications set by Harris INSRTXNETAEXH . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inscriber RTX NET board bundle, HD/SD selectable; this board and software bundle includes video I/O hardware (AEX) software license; to be installed by a qualified integrator in a system which meets or exceeds the minimum specifications set by Harris
masTeR ConTRol anD bRanDInG

The Harris master control and branding family offers the most advanced and comprehensive set of products available for master control switching, graphics and on-air/channel branding. from the flagship icon series family of master control switchers to the groundbreaking Launchpad integrated channel launch solution, we provide customers with unrivaled choice and flexibility for meeting both present and future master control and branding needs. prepare content for playout. Capture and keep the audiences attention. Cost effectively add new capabilities. At Harris, we make it easier than you might think. To learn more, visit broadcast.harris.com/mastercontrolandbranding.
190
LaunchPad
Integrated Channel Launch Solution........................................................... 192
iconmaster
Master Control Switcher ........................................................................... 193
iconLogo
On-Air Channel Branding System .............................................................. 197
iconStation
Advanced Channel Branding System .......................................................... 200
iconKey
Serial Digital Keyer .................................................................................. 203
CBS LiDiA v iconLogo System

Channel Branding System for CBS Affiliates ................................................ 205
191
LaunchPad
mAsteR COntROL And BRAnding // LAunCHpAD
Integrated Channel Launch Solution

As viewers continue to move beyond the traditional TV model in the ways they consume media, broadcasters around the world are looking for ways to expand their services, lower operating costs and improve output quality. Centralized master control facilities that enable multichannel operation are no longer enough. Todays broadcasters need a powerful, streamlined channel launch solution that allows them to cost-effectively add new capabilities and tap new revenue streams in emerging delivery methods. Harris LaunchPad is a groundbreaking, fully integrated channel launch solution that utilizes the full breadth of the Harris portfolios interoperable capabilities to prepare content for playout to any of the growing number of distribution methods available to DTV broadcasters. From multichannel TV transmission to mobile TV and online content delivery, LaunchPad offers a robust, streamlined technology solution that enables any broadcast operation to cost-effectively and efficiently launch new channels today.
Product details
Benefits of an integrated Workflow
LaunchPad delivers an intuitive, unified, fully automated solution that streamlines every stage of the channel launch workflow from switching, routing and branding to multisource processing, monitoring and playout. The systems work seamlessly together greatly simplifying workflow in multichannel broadcast environments. While the integration of the systems represents a compelling value proposition, each component can also be purchased separately and interfaced with third-party equipment. From a support perspective, choosing a LaunchPad integrated channel launch solution enables broadcasters to maintain a single point of contact for both sales and support. From an operational perspective, LaunchPad delivers intelligent, dynamic communication among core systems in the master control room optimizing the branding, switching and quality control of each signal being broadcast. The result: improved output quality, rich image branding and increased overall advertising revenues while providing your audience with a virtually unlimited array of new viewing experiences and reception options. The following broadcast functions are supported by Harris products, which can be integrated as part of your LaunchPad solution: Branding: IconLogo and IconStation Master Control: IconMaster Automation: ADC and D-Series Monitoring and Control: CCS Navigator control software, CENTRIO and Predator II-GX multiviewers Signal Processing: 6800+, NEO, X50/X85 Central Routing: Platinum
Bra
ndi
ng
r ive t Del onten C
and ge ora hive St rc A
r ste l Ma ontro C ces sin g
ing tor l oni ontro M C &
192
e eiv t Reconten C ra ent l Ro utin
Sig g
ro al P
AU
TO
MA
TIO
IconMaster
Master Control Switcher

mAsteR COntROL And BRAnding // iCOnMAsTer
193
IconMaster is a cost-effective, modular master control and branding solution that combines critical master control functions with multi-integrated branding all in a modular card format with room to add and grow as requirements change. IconMaster is both SD- and HD-ready, right from the outset. Customers are able to migrate from an SD master control to an HD master control by means of a straightforward configuration utility, without additional cost or hardware changes.
Features
Future-proofed Audio Control
SD- or HD-configurable with no hardware changes Upgrade from the IconLogo branding system to IconMaster master control RoHS-compliant Up to eight channels controlled from one RCP (remote control panel) or SCP (software control panel one at a time or as master and slaves)
Flexible
Optional assignable (two-channel) squeezeback with third background input Direct control of up to 12 auxiliary bus router inputs on up to 12 auxilliary router busses Program Bus Hot Cut for quick single-button on-air program changes Fast reset for single-button reset of audio and video processing parameters Hot keys for keyer changes, audio overs, background changes Quick Select single-button macros to save and recall source, keyer and audio setting combinations 16 programmable and flexible effects with multiple segments for powerful looks
Routing Options
Dedicated audio control panel offers direct access to channel gains Multiple audio channels can be ganged together as a cluster and controlled from a single knob Audio cluster gain values are tracked independently of sub-channel, providing powerful gain control Directly accessible audio over ratio control Up to 16 audio mapping profiles may be assigned from the control panel Passes non-PCM audio such as Dolby E and Dolby AC-3 on selected channels while processing PCM channels
Additional Features
External routing with 12 or 22 directly accessible inputs and connection to any size primary router Dynamic routing control capabilities allow router inputs to be re-mapped on the fly Automatic control of emergency backup source routing Native Ethernet or serial control of Harris routing systems Available third-party router control
Control
12- or 22-input deskmount/rackmount control panel Industry-standard buttons with LEDs for source selection and transitions User-configurable LCD buttons Optional intelligent audio control panel Optional enhanced software control application CCS control and monitoring with CCS Navigator or NUCLEUS when NEO Resource Card (3901RES-E) is installed (Requires 3901RES-E)
multichannel modular design
Full next-event preview Six keyers with assignable key priorities Two external, key/fill Four internal branding keys with up to 4 GB online logo storage Static and animated logos Analog and digital clocks Crawls, static text and Emergency Alert System (EAS)/Amber Alert Assignable clean output Flexible audio options Eight channels discrete (SD or HD) Eight or 16 channels embedded (SD) 16 channels embedded (HD only) Two audio overs with dedicated inputs Full-channel audio assignment and processing Machine control via serial or GPI outputs Full automation control Zero frame cut
Options
Relay bypass with dedicated bypass input Discrete AES audio inputs/outputs Two-channel video effects/squeezeback Text crawl with dynamic data insertion via RSS and ODBC connectivity EAS and Amber Alert insertion
Two NEO-slot solution provides up to six channels in 3RU Three NEO-slot solution with optional discrete audio processing Audio monitoring (embedded audio with external routing) Operate multiple channels from single panel including master/slave modes
IconMaster
Product details
enhanced Control
superior Branding
IconMaster features a 12- or 22-input deskmount/rackmount control panel and industry-standard buttons with LEDs for source selection and transitions, as well as fully configurable LCD buttons. An intelligent audio control panel and touch-screen configuration and control are available as options. The IconMaster is fully controllable under automation, and is supported by a broad range of automation systems including Harris D-Series and ADC playout automation.
unsurpassed Flexibility
IconMaster delivers superior branding, including four internal and two external key layers. Standard features supported include static and animated logos, analog and digital clock capability, optional crawls, optional temperature probe, optional emergency alert system (EAS ) and Amber Alert. IconMaster is based on our industry-leading NEO modular platform, and IconMaster is the only master control that can be combined with other advanced applications to create a complete, self-contained channel release system. IconMaster master control and branding needs for today and tomorrow.
With IconMaster, flexibility is a core feature. With assignable (two-channel) squeezback position, you have the power to choose. External routing with 12 or 22 directly accessible inputs is available, with or without emergency bypass routing.
images/diagrams
iconmaster Remote Control panel iCOnm-RCp-mAF iconmaster navigator software Control panel mgi-gui

serial digital Video inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 (A, B, Fill1, Key1, Fill2, Key2, squeeze background)

standard
194
SDTV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s 525/625 per SMPTE 259M-C HDTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s serial per SMPTE 292M 1080i/720p 59.94 Hz/50 Hz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to 100 m (328 ft) of Belden 1694 Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Return Loss (HD only) . . . . . . . . . . >18 db Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
genlock input
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Reference Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL, color black, or 525/625 comp sync or tri-level per SMPTE 240M 29.97/30/25 Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV to 2 V nominal Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
serial digital Video Outputs standard
Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 genlock Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB to 6 MHz
SDTV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s 525/625 per SMPTE 259M HDTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s serial per SMPTE 292 M 1080i/720p 59.94 Hz/50 Hz Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4; PGM (2), PVW, CLEAN Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 db Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms www.broadcast.harris.com
IconMaster
embedded Audio

195
VAnC data
SDTV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 272M (embedded as 20-bit audio only) HDTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 299M (embedded as 24-bit audio) 48 KHz per AES-3-1992 Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 groups SD, 4 groups HD Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete existing and rewrite new audio groups
discrete Audio for Audio Over
For 525 systems, line 21 may be selected to be part of active picture or blanking. Set this parameter using the IconMaster configuration software. VANC Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data will be allowed to pass through video processor
gpi inputs and Outputs
It is assumed that these inputs/outputs are externally isolated. They are low-voltage TTL style input/outputs.
gpi input
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AES (internal routing) Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-bit operation Sampling Rate Input . . . . . . . . . . . 48 KHz (33, 44.1 KHz) Sample Rate Converter (SRC) Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-pin DB-62/coaxial or balanced inputs on terminal strips on optional breakout module Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES audio levels
Optional discrete Aes Audio
Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated TTL Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software specified Voltage Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.3 to 5.3 V maximum Current Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part of 62-pin D-type or terminal strips on optional breakout module
gpi Output
The following specifications apply when the optional MKA-3901 audio module is used in conjunction with the IconMaster. Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 AES in each for bus A and B Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 AES for PGM, PST, Clean and Monitor
Resolution
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20- or 24-bit operation, set by data configuration bits (with SRC off) Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20- or 24-bit operation, user-selectable Sample Rate Converter (SRC) Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No
sampling Rate
Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open drain Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software specified Voltage Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.3 to 5.3 V maximum Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mA maximum Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part of 62-pin D-type or terminal strips on optional breakout module
power Consumption
Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 W maximum; 150 W typical Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO (1RU) or NEO (3RU): <25 W
timecode input
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 KHz (33, 44.1 KHz) Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 KHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-pin DB62/coaxial or balanced inputs on terminal strips on optional breakout module Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES audio levels
Audio processor
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANSI/SMPTE 12M timecode (LTC) Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to 12 V pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 kW Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part of 62-pin D-type or terminal strips on optional breakout module
serial Communications interface
Number of Bus Inputs. . . . . . . . . . 2 - A, B Number of AES Streams . . . . . . . . 4 Channel Assignment . . . . . . . . . . Not restricted within A path or B path Modifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left or right invert, left and right sum Independent left and right level Number of Audio Overs . . . . . . . . 2 Transitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dissolve, cut, fade-fade, fade-cut, cut-fade Dolby Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restricting transition to cut, embedded audio only
Aes user and Configuration Bits
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 (SMPTE S207M) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Female 9-way D-type Maximum Output Drive . . . . . . . . . -0.25 to 6 V Receiver Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . 200 mV Data Comms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,400 baud, 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit
ethernet port
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T IEEE 802.3 u Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-pin RJ45

temperature probe
C Bits Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Read and analyzed for format, word size only C Bits Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reinserted based on configuration setting Selectable individually for each AES path U Bits Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not read or used U Bits Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset to 0 Common for all AES paths
monitoring Audio Level
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V to 75 R Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part of 62-pin D-type or terminal strips on optional breakout module
miscellaneous
Performance Temperature . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 45 C)
Monitor Gain Control . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 100% (requires audio control panel or software application) NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
IconMaster
sd/Hd iconmaster master Control systems
master Control Options
Complete SD/HD IconMaster systems come standard with configurable SD/HD master control with an embedded multi-layer branding engine. Each system includes a 3RU NEO frame with redundant power supplies, IconMaster master control module set with 6 layers of keying (2 external, 4 internal branding keys), 2 discrete AES audio overs, and GPI/serial breakout with relay bypass. Control panels are ordered separately.
embedded Audio-Only systems
ICON-S-0-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster system with embedded audio support, external video router required; occupies 2 NEO slots
discrete Balanced Aes Audio systems
ICON-S-0-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster system with mixed embedded audio and up to 4 balanced AES in/out/monitor support, balanced audio breakout, external video and AES router required; occupies 3 NEO slots
discrete Coaxial Aes Audio systems
ICONM-FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster 2-channel squeezeback effects ICONM-CRAWL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster character crawl with static text insertions ICONM-EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster interface to TFT, SAGE and Digital Alert Systems (using Sage or TFT protocol) for Emergency Alert System (includes CRAWL option) ICONM-ODBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster content editor for IconLogo text crawls or static text with web and database connectivity ICONM-3903-UPG .... . . . . . . . . . Upgrade IconMaster units based on MGI-3901 to MGI-3903, includes 2 GB DDR2, 4 GB Compact Flash, text and EAS
master Control Components
ICON-S-0-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster system with mixed embedded audio and 4 coaxial AES in/out/monitor support, coaxial audio breakout with relay bypass, external video and AES router required; occupies 3 NEO slots
Control panels
ICONM-AB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconMaster 4 AES discrete audio input/output/ monitor ICONM-BO-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconMaster GPI/serial audio breakout panel with relay bypass ICONM-BO-VAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconMaster discrete balanced audio breakout with relay bypass ICONM-BO-VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconMaster discrete coaxial audio breakout with relay bypass
master Control Branding memory Options
ICONM-RCP-MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster remote control panel with enhanced audio control ICONM-RCP-MAF . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster remote control panel with fader bar and enhanced audio control ICONM-RCP-A-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster audio control panel for customer field retrofit to IconMaster base panel ICONM-RCP-F-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster manual fader bar for customer field retrofit to IconMaster base panel
master Control module sets
ICONM-CF4096 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Flash (Type 1) upgrade, 4 GB card ICONM-CF8192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Flash (Type 1) upgrade, 8 GB card Note: only for MGI-3902 and MGI-3903-based systems ICONL-DDR2-2G . . . . . . . . . . . . . DDR2 memory upgrade, 2 GB module 2 GB branding memory configured with quantity 1 of this upgrade, 4 GB configured with quantity 2 note: only for MGI-3902 and MGI 3903-based systems
196
ICONM-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster master control module set with embedded audio support, 6 layers of keying (2 external, 4 internal branding keys), 2 discrete AES audio overs; occupies 2 NEO slots ICONM-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster master control module set with embedded audio and 4 balanced AES audio support, 6 layers of keying (2 external, 4 internal branding keys), 2 discrete AES audio overs; occupies 3 NEO slots ICONM-VAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster master control module set with embedded audio and 4 balanced AES audio support, 6 layers of keying (2 external, 4 internal branding keys), 2 discrete AES audio overs, balanced AES audio breakout and video relay bypass; occupies 3 NEO slots ICONM-VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD/HD IconMaster master control module set with embedded audio and 4 balanced AES audio support, 6 layers of keying (2 external, 4 internal branding keys), 2 discrete AES audio overs, coaxial to balanced AES audio breakout and relay bypass; occupies 3 NEO slots
IconLogo
On-Air Channel Branding System

mAsteR COntROL And BRAnding // iCOnLOgO
197
As the market leader in on-air branding, IconLogo provides a high degree of functionality and performance at a low cost offering broadcasters a reliable, full-featured, robust branding solution. IconLogo also features tight integration with IconMaster and numerous automation systems, making IconLogo a must have in every broadcasters on-air branding system. nOte: IconLogo is configurable as HD (1080i or 720p) or SD (525 and 625 lines).
Features HD/SD-configurable Up to four logos at once in SD or HD; each logo layer can be: Static and animated logos Digital/analog clocks (with or without temperature) Optional crawls Static text 2 GB of DDR2 RAM, expandable to 4 GB 4 GB compact flash, expandable to 8 GB Logos may be any size and may be positioned anywhere with varying transparency Multiple native graphics formats supported, including: Quantel Format (*.vpb) Windows Bitmap (*.bmp) Truevision Graphics Adaptor (Targa - *.tga) Tag Image File Format (Tiff - *.tif), Portable Network Graphics (*.png), SGI Image Format (*.sgi or *.rgb) Graphics Interchange Format (*.gif) Portable Bitmap (*.pbm) Portable Grey Map (*.pgm) Portable Pixel Map (*.ppm) PC Paintbrush Format (*.pcx), Harris IconLogo Format (*.mgi and *.mg2) Joint Photographic Experts Group Format (*.jpg) Optional crawls/dynamic text titling Storage for up 999 elements, including: logos, clocks, crawls and text Programmable quick selects for easy recall of complex setups Multiple native graphics formats supported, including: transfer of files via Compact Flash, FTP or LogoCreator, directly over the Ethernet connection Four-channel AES capability with: 24-bit resolution, embedded and/or discrete and/or internal clips with support for WAV, AIFF and AIFC formats Audio only or associated with video element (logo/clock/crawl) Downstream PGM/preview mode or upstream key/fill mode Programmable GPIs Logo selection Key on/off Optional EAS support with interface to TFT, Sage and Digital Alert Systems (using Sage or TFT Protocol) Optional redundant power supply Optional control Comprehensive, live on-air hardware panel offers full access to all parameters Cost-effective software panel offers full capabilities of hardware panel
IconLogo

serial digital Video embedded Audio
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PGM1, Fill1 and Key1 Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PGM1 (or Fill), Preview1, Clean1, Key1 Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m Belden 1694A coaxial cable, or equivalent Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, 5 MHz to 270 Mhz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps pk-pk) Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps, 20 to 80% amplitude Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% output
Hd serial digital Video
I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 299M for HD video Per SMPTE 272M for SD video Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 groups (4 stereo pairs)
external Reference (Hd and sd)
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PGM1, Fill1 and Key1 Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s serial per SMPTE 292M 1080i at 50 Hz, 59.94 Hz or 60 Hz 720p at 59.94 Hz or 60 Hz Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PGM1 (or Fill), Preview1, Clean1, Key1 Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 ft (50 m) Belden 1694A cable with relay bypass SMPTE 292M Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical 15 dB from 5 MHz to 1.2 GHz Typical 10 dB from 1.2 to 1.5 GHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 ps pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% output
Aes digital Audio
Input Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 differential Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite NTSC or PAL-B (color black recommended) Per SMPTE 318M-1999 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Maximum Input Signal Range . . . . 1 V pk-pk Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 25 Hz to 10 MHz
external Reference (Hd)
Input Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 differential Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD tri-level sync Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Maximum Input Signal Range . . . . 1 V pk-pk Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >35 dB, 1 kHz to 35 MHz
miscellaneous Connections
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 (2 audio groups or 4 stereo pairs) 48 kHz (24 to 96 kHz when resamplers are used) Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per AES-3-1992, 24-bit 110 ohms impedance 20%, 0.1 to 6 MHz >200 mV sensitivity 7 V pk-pk maximum signal level Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 (2 audio groups or 4 stereo pairs) 48 kHz Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per AES-3-1992 (balanced audio), 24-bit 110 ohms impedance 20%, 0.1 to 6 MHz 2 to 7 V pk-pk signal level <20 ns jitter 5 to 30 ns rise and fall time Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pin D-type female connector
Timecode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ANSI/SMPTE 12M via 44-pin, HD-type female connector Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T IEEE 802.3u via RJ45, 8-pin Serial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 (38,400 baud, 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit) per SMPTE 207M via dedicated DB-9, D-type female connector GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 (TTL level, diode protected via 44-pin, HD-type female connector) GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (TTL open collector via 44-pin, HD-type female connector) Temperature Probe . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 36 VDC, 4 to 20 mA via 44-pin, HD-type female connector
198
images/diagrams
Control panel Back module
REF IN FILL IN KEY IN PROGRAM IN PGM/FILL OUT CLEAN OUT KEY OUT PREVIEW OUT
SERIAL I/O
ETHERNET I/O
GPI I/O, TIME CODE, TEMPERATURE
AES I/O
MGI-3902H
IconLogo

199
ordering inFormation ICONL-RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD MGI card set with relay bypass ICONL-LT-RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD MGI LITE single-layer card set with relay bypass A NEO mounting frame is required for the above module sets. Each MGI card set occupies 2 vertical card slot positions.
iconLogo Control panels notes:
The IconLogo unit is factory equipped with a 1 GB DDR2 module and 4 GB compact Flash module.
Complete iconLogo systems
NUCLEUS-LOGO-DM . . . . . . . . . . NUCLEUS remote control panel, deskmount NUCLEUS-LOGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . NUCLEUS remote control panel, rackmount
Optional items
TT-PROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature probe, 12 to 36 VDC, 4 to 20 mA TT-SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shield for temperature probe ICONL-BO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio break-out module ICONL-DDR2-2G . . . . . . . . . . . . . DDR2 memory upgrade, 2 GB module ICONL-CF-8G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Flash (Type I) upgrade, 8 GB card ICONL-GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo software GUI control panel ICONL-EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo EAS and crawl ICONL-EAS-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo EAS upgrade, requires MGI-CRAWL ICONL-CRAWL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo text crawls ICONL-DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo ODBC/web text editor ICONL-3903-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade IconLogo units based on MGI-3901 to MGI-3903; includes 2 GB DDR2, 4 GB Compact Flash, text, EAS and software GUI licenses
ICONL-FR1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD IconLogo with 1RU frame, includes ICONL-RB, FR-3901-E 1RU, holds 4 modules (maximum 2 MGI), includes 3901BFP-1U blank front panel, 3901PS power supply, detachable power cord, 3901BBM blank back modules (as required), 3901FAN-1U fan module and 3901RESE resource communications module ICONL-FR3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD IconLogo with 3RU frame, includes ICONL-RB and FR-3923-E; The FR-3923-E is 3RU, holds 12 modules (maximum 6 MGI), includes 3901BFP 3RU blank front panel, one 3923PS power supply with room for one additional power supply, detachable power cord, 3901BBM blank back modules (as required), 3923FAN fan module, 3901RES-E resource communications module with room for a redundant resource module
IconStation
mAsteR COntROL And BRAnding // iCOnsTATiOn
Advanced Channel Branding System

iconstation master Control graphics and Channel presentation In broadcasting, channel branding and station identity have become increasingly important for stations wishing to differentiate themselves from the competition. IconStation simplifies the creation, display and maintenance of a consistent brand, allowing broadcasters to get to air with data-driven content, logos, time/ temperature display, rolls/crawls, and EAS information from within a single system. Templates and content can be created using the IconStation system or, alternatively, can be created using the offline content creation software that can be run on an ordinary PC or laptop. Enhanced branding and the display of L-bar effects, template-driven playout, unlimited layering and multi-level animation/still insertion are only part of what IconStation can offer. Available in either SD-only or SD/HDswitchable platforms, IconStation allows you to create and deliver your branding.
Features Simultaneous program/preview Superior graphics create multiple layers of independent bugs, crawls, animations, clocks and more Video bypass inhibits branding on program content by triggering the branding bypass feature Data integration for linking on-air graphics with databases, data feeds or text files for automatic updates to keep the information current Transfer files via Compact Flash, FTP or LogoCreator, directly over the Ethernet connection Squeezeback DVE option for squeezeback; and restore video to reveal the information displayed Dual-channel input option: single output with dual DVE or A/B mix capability Quick editors to modify content with fast and easy updates Control choices GPI, automation, manual Audio support for attachment to audio files to any display item, or create an independent audio region for audio stingers Intuitive, drag-and-drop user interface makes it simple to learn and allows users to get to air quickly
Product details
unmatched graphic Capabilities powerful macro scripting
IconStation is a revolutionary on-air branding system leveraging the innovative Inscriber platform to deliver spectacular on-air graphics. IconStation combines simplified logo insertion with the power of unlimited layering and control of real-time datafed rolls/crawls, squeezeback DVE and much, much more. Overlay static and animated graphics, station IDs, promos, moving backgrounds, EAS and emergency alerts, local news and advertising quickly and easily. Independently control the display of bugs, clocks, crawls, logos, graphics, clips, video and animations, and create a clear and distinct on-air brand differentiating yourself from the competition.
For All Broadcast Branding Applications
IconStation includes simple yet powerful macro scripting for graphically rich branding capabilities. Customized salvos make it easy to sequence the display of multiple layers of graphics, animations, audio and video using a single trigger source. Salvos are easily set, modified and saved for future use.
Real-time data updates
The IconStation systems extensive standard features and ease of operation make it ideally suited to large and small broadcasters seeking a reliable on-air branding solution. Integrate IconStations powerful branding capabilities in: master control environments, satellite uplink locations and mobile broadcast centers.
easy-to-use interface
IconStation offers the unique advantage of real-time data connections for continuous information updates within the base system. Link information that is to be displayed on-screen directly to external data sources such as text files, databases, RSS or ODBCcompatible sources. Display multiple crawls with real-time data from sources such as automated news, sports and financial feeds.
powerful Creation tools
From within a single 3RU system, IconStation offers the most sophisticated on-air graphics creation and playout capabilities available to broadcasters today. Combine the small form factor with an intuitive user interface and quick learning curve, and the result is a streamlined workflow that allows a single operator to create, deliver and control all station branding.
IconStation includes the award-winning Inscriber character generator for superior title and graphic creation. Produce stunning graphics using the familiar Inscriber interface currently used daily by graphics professionals worldwide. For simplified use, and getting to air in no time at all, quick editors are included for fast and simple text and layout creation. All IconStation content can be updated with new information during playback to meet the demands of time-critical local news updates. All IconStation systems provide master control channel branding using logos, animations and crawls displaying news, stock information, weather forecasts and breaking news. Create, manage and display an unlimited number of items while maintaining a unique and consistent look for broadcasts. Potential display items include logos, static and animated text information, still images, 2D and 3D animations, video clips (option), clocks and timers, temperature displays and multiple data-fed crawls displaying realtime information.
200
Flexible Control Options
The IconStation systems flexible and powerful control functions make content insertion seamless, while offering limitless combinations of content for compelling on-air branding. Using GPIs, a Harris automation system or manual controls, graphic elements can be independently transitioned to appear or disappear as necessary.
IconStation

201
Video inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 (program/frame grab input, key input, reference input)

Formats
RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ICON-STA: 4 GB, DDR400 RAM ICON-STN: 1 GB, DDR400 RAM Disk Sub System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x 73 GB U320 SCSI system drive 2x 160 GB SATA II drives in hardware RAID 0 media drive
A/V Output Board
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s 525/625 per SMPTE 259M-C HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s serial per SMPTE 292M 1080i/720p 59.94 Hz/50 Hz Genlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL, color black, or 525/625 comp sync or tri-level per SMPTE 240M 29.97/30/25 on BNC Input Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI 800 mV pk-pk Analog Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk blackburst Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Video Outputs
ICON-STN Systems ICON-STA Systems System Restore
Inca XD-200, single slot, 3/4 length PCI 2.2 compliant card, DMA I/O card Harris Altitude Express, full length, single slot PCIe 1.1 x4 compliant card, DMA I/O card Bootable restore DVDs to return system to factory configuration
iconstation iCOn-stA specification
The standard HD IconStation system includes: 3RU rackmount system Dual AMD Opteron CPU 4 GB RAM Two 160 GB HDD drives Dual Ethernet Redundant hot-swappable power supplies Breakout box with fail-safe video bypass relay 14 GPI and 10 GPO HD-SDI or SD-SDI video in and out Mounts in 30-in. deep equipment rack, includes rack rails, keyboard and mouse SD systems: component SDI input and output as per SMPTE 259M AES audio inputs and outputs, supports baseband AES audio via AES unbalanced audio I/O or via embedded audio A/V output board: Harris Altitude Express, full length, single-slot PCIe 1.1 x4 compliant card, DMA I/O card Optional hardware, 2D and 3D DVE
One Serial Digital Program/Fill Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M, 8/10-bit SDI (270 Mb/s @ 525/625) One Serial Digital Key Output . . . . SMPTE 259M, 8/10-bit SDI (270 Mb/s @ 525/625) Output Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI 800 mV pk-pk Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Audio specifications . . . . . . 2 input/output AES/EBU audio channels through
the unbalanced/BNC connectors on the separate PC I/O plate On-board audio mixer 3.5 mm stereo jack on faceplate for analog audio monitoring
Additional Features
Time Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE timecode LTC receiver GPIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-port GPIO

technical specifications
iconstation iCOn-stn specification
The standard SD IconStation system includes: 3RU rackmount system AMD Opteron CPU 1 GB RAM Two 160 GB HDD drives Dual Ethernet Redundant hot-swappable power supplies Fail-safe video bypass relay 14 GPI and 10 GPO SDI video in and out Mounts in 30-in. deep equipment rack, includes rack rails, keyboard and mouse SD systems: component SDI input and output as per SMPTE 259M AES audio inputs and outputs, supports baseband AES audio via AES unbalanced audio I/O or via embedded audio A/V output board: Inca XD-200, single-slot, 3/4 length PCI 2.2 compliant card, DMA I/O card
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU rackmount, rack rails included Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 25.5 in. (13.35 x 48.26 x 59.69 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 lbs (20.41 kg) Network Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gb/s Ethernet ports via RJ45 Serial Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RS-232 serial port via DB-9 connector USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 USB 2.0 ports Fire Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 IEEE 1394a port Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2+1 redundant hot-swappable power supply (3 x 380 W) Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High CFM cooling for 24/7 operation Optical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recordable CD/DVD-RW drive for backup or system restore CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ICON-STA: Dual AMD Opteron CPU ICON-STN: AMD Opteron CPU
IconStation
images/diagrams
iconstation Hd/sd Channel system
multiple graphic Layers of iconstation
iconstation iCOn-stA systems iconstation Options (iCOn-stA and iCOn-stn)
ICON-STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 HD/SD-channel IconStation ICON-STA-2IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-input IconStation

iconstation iCOn-stA Options
202
ICON-STA-CL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Codec support for the playback of clips within IconStation HD; examples of types of codecs supported include (but are not limited to) Windows Media 9, QuickTime, MPEG-2, DivX, etc; for reference, codecs supported by Windows Media Player are supported within IconStation ICON-STA-DVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconStation option for full 2D and 3D DVE control includes 2-channel 2D and 1-channel 3D DVE capability; requires the second input option to use 2 video inputs ICON-STA-DVE-2D . . . . . . . . . . . . IconStation option for 2D DVE control, including 2-channel 2D DVE must have the second input option to use 2 video inputs ICON-STA-DVE-3D . . . . . . . . . . . . IconStation option for single-channel 3D DVE control
ICON-STN-EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAS option to connect serial output of TFT or Sage EAS decoder to an IconStation unit for automatic keying of EAS crawl messages into the video; if EAS audio is supplied to the unbalanced analog stereo Line In jack, EAS audio may be inserted into the audio path based on a GPI (external impedance/level interface to PC Line In may be necessary); this option applies for both ICON-STN-OL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconStation off-line authoring package allows a graphics/promotions department to author IconStation page layouts and salvos without tying-up the IconStation unit; layouts can then be transferred via a network connection or CD to the IconStation unit for use on air; this package runs on a customer-provided Windows XP Professional-based PC; this software will create both HD and SD page layouts ICON-STN-RCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-button operator control panel buttons have LCD-type keycaps; both the functions and the legends of the buttons are programmable ICON-STN-RTXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allows IconStation to display third-party Inscriber RTX applications as an item within IconStation; RTX applications are created externally using Inscriber RTX Developer Studio; the purchase of Inscriber RTX Developer Studio is not required in order to enable this option; however, it is required in order to create content for the RTXport; RTX is not a control protocol for IconStation www.broadcast.harris.com
IconKey
Serial Digital Keyer

mAsteR COntROL And BRAnding // iCOnkey
203
IconKey is the latest serial digital keyer for the NEO frame. IconKey provides two channels of video fill and key inputs, as well as optional internal branding, in an HD/SD keyer. IconKey can be controlled by automation using the keying functions of the M2100 protocol, and supports the NUCLEUS series hardware control panel and the CCS Navigator software control panels. The IconKey logo option provides all the graphical playback power of an IconLogo branding system. The logo option adds four internal branding layers, each with the ability to play back stills, bugs, animations, crawls, EAS and more.
Features HD/SD-compatible Two fill+key video inputs for multi-layered keying Preview output channel NUCLEUS hardware control panel and full CCS Navigator soft-panel support Automation support via M2100 protocol Eight GPI in, seven GPI out Logo option features: Four internal branding layers Storage for up to 999 elements: logos, animations, clocks, crawls, etc. Up to 4 GB online, 8 GB offline storage available Relay bypass with optional breakout box Breakout box support for one or two IconKey modules per 1RU frame

serial digital Video inputs embedded Audio
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (PGM1, PGM2, Fill1, Key1, Fill2, Key2) Standard: HDTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s serial per SMPTE 292M 1080i/720p 59.94 Hz/50 Hz SDTV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s 525/625 per SMPTE 259M-C Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to 328 ft (100 m) of Belden 1694A Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Return Loss (HD only) . . . . . . . . . . >15 db Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
genlock input
SDTV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 272M (embedded as 20-bit audio only) HDTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 299M (embedded as 24-bit audio) 48 KHz per AES-3-1992 Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 groups HD, 2 or 4 groups SD Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete existing and rewrite new audio groups
gpi inputs and Outputs
It is assumed that these inputs/outputs are externally isolated. They are low-voltage, TTL-style inputs/outputs.
gpi input
Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 genlock Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB to 6 MHz Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Reference Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL, color black, or 525/625 comp sync or tri-level per SMPTE 240M 29.97/30/25 Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV to 2 V, nominal Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
serial digital Video Outputs
Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated TTL Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software specified Voltage Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.3 to 5.3 V maximum Current Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part of 62-pin D-type or terminal strips on optional breakout module
gpi Output
Standard: HDTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s serial per SMPTE 292M 1080i/720p 59.94 Hz/50 Hz SDTV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s 525/625 per SMPTE 259M-C Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 (PGM/A1, PGM/A2, PST/B) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 db Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open drain Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software specified Voltage Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.3 to 5.3 V maximum Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mA maximum Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Part of 62-pin D-type or terminal strips on optional breakout module
power Consumption
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO (1RU) or NEO (3RU): <25 W
IconKey
mAsteR COntROL And BRAnding // iCOnkey
Serial Digital Keyer

serial Communications interface
ordering inFormation ICONK-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconKey module set: DSK, includes 2 external keying layers, 2 audio over, occupies 2 NEO slots ICONK-E-LOGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconKey module set with logo: DSK + MGI, includes 2 external keying layers, 4 internal branding layers, audio logos, 2 audio over, occupies 2 NEO slots ICONK-BO-V1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconKey breakout with relay bypass, 1-channel ICONK-BO-V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconKey breakout with relay bypass, 2-channel
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 or RS-422 (SMPTE S207M) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Female 9-way D type Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input sensitivity 200 mV Data Comms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,400 baud, 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit
ethernet port
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T IEEE 802.3u Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-pin RJ45

miscellaneous
204
CBS LIDIA V IconLogo System

Channel Branding System for CBS Affiliates
mAsteR COntROL And BRAnding // CBs LiDiA v iCOnLOgO sysTeM
205
The Harris LIDIA V IconLogo system is designed to meet the needs of the fifthgeneration CBS automated station identification system. LIDIA stands for: Local identification inserted Automatically. The LIDIA V system is a user-friendly channel branding solution for CBS affiliates that automatically incorporates local station identification logos into network programs and promotional announcements. It also adds time, temperature display, and news lower-third graphics crawls when initiated by the LIDIA trigger. The LIDIA V system provides:
Features The LIDIA V system offers all the features of the standard IconLogo system, including: Up to four fully independent key layers, used to key any combination of Static and animated logos Digital and/or analog clocks Temperature Optional crawls Static text 4 GB Compact Flash near-line storage, expandable to 8 GB 2 GB DDR2 RAM online storage, expandable to 4 GB Logos can be any size and can be positioned anywhere with varying transparencies Up to 999 logos can be online and are instantly accessible on any layer Transfer files via Compact Flash, FTP or LogoCreator, directly over the Ethernet connection File transfer integration available with Harris Connectus an optimized graphics management system Multiple native graphics formats supported, including: Quantel Format (*.vpb) Windows Bitmap (*.bmp) Truevision Graphics Adaptor (Targa - *.tga) Tag Image File Format (Tiff - *.tif) Portable Network Graphics (*.png) SGI Image Format (*.sgi or *.rgb) Graphics Interchange Format (*.gif) Portable Bitmap (*.pbm) Portable Grey Map (*.pgm) Portable Pixel Map (*.ppm) PC Paintbrush Format (*.pcx) Harris IconLogo Format (*.mgi and *.mg2) Joint Photographic Experts Group Format (*.jpg) Operation and Control Operates in downstream program/preview or upstream key/fill modes Comprehensive, live on-air hardware panel offers full access to all parameters Cost-effective software panel offers full capabilities of hardware panel Programmable quick selects for easy recall of complex setups Eight programmable GPIs Logo selection Key on/off LIDIA enable/disable Crawls/dynamic text titling EAS support with interface to TFT, Sage and Digital Alert Systems (using Sage and TFT protocols) Entry from local keyboard or crawl editor application High-quality fonts stored on board with kerning Programmable font prefix (CBS eye) Four-channel AES capability with: 24-bit resolution, embedded and/or discrete and/or internal clips with support for WAV, AIFF and AIFC formats Audio only or associated with video element (logo/clock/crawl) Optional MGI breakout modules provides discrete AES relay Redundancy Program bypass relay protected Programmable trouble slide on loss of PGM input Optional redundant power supply Simple upgrade path from SDI CBS LIDIA 4 to LIDIA V HD (MGI-3903 models only) Integrated LIDIA compatibility Local and remote text Standard graphics editing software Standard graphics formats Local news and informational crawl Time and temp with existing local temperature probe Static logo and full animation playback Web data EAS crawl School closing information Weather emergency information Graphics uploads by standard data network or compact flash Continued operation without data network connectivity

Product details The LIDIA V system is based on the popular IconLogo HD card set. A fourth-generation modular branding product, IconLogo is housed in a Harris NEO frame and is available with a powerful complementary tool set to allow for maximum flexibility and creativity. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Hd serial digital Video
The LIDIA V system offers all of the standard benefits of our IconLogo HD product: Display up to four logos at once in HD (720p, 1080i). Each layer (logo) can be a static logo, animated logo, digital clock, temperature, analog clock or external key. Logos can be created on the device using a variety of formats or created offline using the LogoCreator software application and transferred via the Ethernet connection or copied directly to the Compact Flash. The EAS option supports crawls with connection to existing EAS decoders via an RS-232 connection. EAS messages are configurable to allow automatic airing of alert or warning messages. The Crawl option allows for the creation of custom crawls and text titling with entry from a local keyboard or via the crawl editor application. Crawls maintain the same attributes as logos and can therefore be positioned anywhere on screen with configurable font color and transparency. Up to four independent crawl objects can be aired at one time. Crawls can play once, repeat continuously, repeat a programmable number of cycles and be configured with variable crawl speeds.
Control
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PGM1, Fill1 and Key1 Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s serial per SMPTE 292M 1080i at 59.94 Hz or 50 Hz 720p at 59.94 Hz or 50 Hz Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PGM1 (or Fill), Preview1, Clean1, Key1 Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 m Belden 1694A cable with Relay Bypass SMPTE 292M Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical -15 dB from 5 MHz to 1.2 GHz Typical -10 dB from 1.2 to 1.5 GHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 ps pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% output
Aes digital Audio
The LIDIA V system can be controlled using the popular and comprehensive NUCLEUS-LOGO on-air panel. This panel allows for control of all IconLogo parameters with easy layer selection, on-air take, preview and logo selection. The NUCLEUS panel is available in both rackmount (shown, NUC-LOGO-RM) and deskmount models (NUC-LOGO-DM).
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 (2 audio groups or 4 stereo pairs) 48 kHz (24 to 96 kHz when resamplers are used) Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per AES-3-1992, 24-bit 110 ohms impedance 20%, 0.1 to 6 MHz >200 mV sensitivity 7 V pk-pk maximum signal level Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 (2 audio groups or 4 stereo pairs) 48 kHz Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per AES-3-1992 (balanced audio), 24-bit 110 ohms impedance 20%, 0.1 to 6 MHz 2 to 7 V pk-pk signal level <20 ns jitter 5 to 30 ns rise and fall time Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pin D-type female connector
embedded Audio
I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 299M for HD video Per SMPTE 272M for SD video Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 groups (4 stereo pairs)
external Reference
206
A cost-effective software panel (MGI-GUI) is also available to use in place of or in conjunction with the hardware panel. The software panel offers the same operations as the hardware panel and runs on a Windows platform. Automation control is achieved using the existing 2602 LogoMotion protocol with extensions for three additional layers. Without extensions, automation systems can control a single layer or multiple layers using internal quick selects.
Input Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 differential Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite NTSC or PAL-B (color black recommended) per SMPTE 318M-1999 or HD tri-level sync Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Maximum Input Signal Range . . . . 1 V pk-pk Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >35 dB, 1 kHz to 35 MHz

miscellaneous Connections
Timecode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ANSI/SMPTE 12M via 44-pin, HD-type female connector Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T IEEE 802.3u via RJ45, 8-pin Serial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 (38,400 baud, 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit) per SMPTE 207M via dedicated DB-9, D-type female connector GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (TTL level, diode protected via 44-pin, HD-type female connector) GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (TTL open collector via 44-pin, HD-type female connector) Temperature Probe . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 36 VDC, 4 to 20 mA via 44-pin, HD-type female connector ordering inFormation
COmpLete LidiA V iCOnLOgO sYstems Compact Flash upgrades
ICONL-L5-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo HD to LIDIA upgrade includes only firmware and I/O module update for MGI-3903 systems to support LIDIA V ICONL-L5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo LIDIA V base system card set ICONL-L5-FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo LIDIA V base system card set (ICONL-L5) and the NEO 3RU frame (FR-3923) with redundant power supply (3923PS) ICONL-L5-FR-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo LIDIA V base system card set (ICONL-L5) and the NEO 3RU frame (FR-3923) with redundant power supply (3923PS) and NUCLEUS deskmount remote control panel (NUC-LOGO-DM) ICONL-L5-FR-RM. . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo LIDIA V base system card set (ICONL-L5) and the NEO 3RU frame (FR-3923) with redundant power supply (3923PS) and NUCLEUS rackmount remote control panel (NUC-LOGO-RM)
OptiOnAL items networked media management software
MGI-CF-4096 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 GB CF card for use in MGI-based products MGI-CF-8192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 GB CF card for use in MGI-based products The IconLogo unit is factory equipped with a 2 GB DDR2 module and 4 GB compact flash module.
Breakout module
MGI-3902-BO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MGI breakout module

Control panel
NUCLEUS-LOGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . MGI NUCLEUS remote control panel, rackmount NUCLEUS-LOGO-DM . . . . . . . . . . MGI NUCLEUS remote control panel, deskmount MGI-GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software control panel for MGI
eAs License
MGI-LIDIA-EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo EAS and crawl

temperature probes
INSCNCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connectus control for up to 15 devices INSCNCTS-A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License for connecting 10 additional devices to an existing Connectus server ICONL-3903-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade IconLogo units based on MGI-3901 to MGI-3903; includes 2G DDR2, 4G Compact Flash, Text, EAS and Software GUI Licenses
ddR2 memory upgrades
TT-LIDIA-PROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . CBS LIDIA temperature probe TT-SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shield for temperature probe
ICONL-DDR2-2G (quantity 1) . . . . Upgrade from 512 MB or 1 GB to 2 GB of DDR2 RAM used on MGI ICONL-DDR2-2G (quantity 2) . . . . Upgrade from 512 MB or 1 GB to 4 GB of DDR2 RAM used on MGI
207
meDIa ConVeRGenCe PlaTfoRm

selenio combines traditional baseband video and audio processing, compression and ip networking features all in a single, space-saving 3ru frame. This combination of technologies enables full-featured multichannel video and audio processing, distribution and compression applications at a size and density scale that is unprecedented in the marketplace. To manage all that functionality? A built-in, highly intuitive, graphically rich, web-based interface using Microsoft silverlight technology, which enables operators to easily configure, monitor and manage the platforms advanced capabilities. now you can manage both baseband and ip intelligently and efficiently. Deftly juggle multiple compression standards, video or audio signals, encoding formats. simplify broadcast infrastructure, reduce cabling and minimize points of failure. get all the functionality you need to run your business today and a prudent, cost-effective growth path to whatever is on your horizon. To learn more, visit broadcast.harris.com/selenio.
208
FrAme
Selenio
Media Convergence Platform .................................................................... 210
APPLiCAtion moDuLeS
SeL-1enC1
MPEG-2/H.264 Universal Encoder (Preliminary) .......................................... 214
SeL-1DeC1
MPEG-2/H.264 Universal Decoder (Preliminary) .......................................... 219
SeL-mDX1
Transport Stream Multiplexer/Demultiplexer (Preliminary)............................. 224
SeL-2XD1
Dual-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio Processing Capability (Preliminary) ............................................................................................ 228
SeL-2FS1
Dual-Channel Frame Sync with Advanced Audio Processing Capability (Preliminary) ............................................................................................ 236
eXPAnSion moDuLeS
SeLoPt-DAeX1
Digital Audio Expansion (Preliminary) ......................................................... 244
SeLoPt-AAeX1
Analog Audio Expansion (Preliminary) ........................................................ 247
AuDio oPtionS
Dolby and DtS
Advanced Audio Options (Preliminary) ........................................................ 249
209
Selenio
mediA COnVeRgenCe pLAtFORm // frAMe
Media Convergence Platform

With the growing need in broadcast environments to support content from many new sources and deliver it over many new mediums there is an increasing demand to apply some of the networking efficiencies inherent in the IP domain. Todays customers recognize that IP infrastructure will eventually become the norm in the broadcast facility as compression gets better, networks get larger and products get less expensive. While this shift will ultimately drive cost savings, the transition period will undoubtedly present challenges. Selenio is a next-generation, modular solution that presents an all-new approach to networking and signal processing in this converging baseband/broadband arena. With Selenio, Harris has introduced the industrys first integrated media convergence platform. An evolution in platform a revolution in what you can do. Selenio combines traditional baseband video and audio processing, compression and IP networking features all in a single, space-saving 3RU frame. This combination of technologies enables full-featured multichannel video and audio processing, distribution and compression applications at a size and density scale that is unprecedented in the marketplace. To manage all that functionality? A built-in, highly intuitive, graphically rich, webbased interface using Microsoft Silverlight technology, which enables operators to get the most functionality from the new platform without being buried under an avalanche of manuals and bespoke commands. Now you can manage baseband and IP intelligently and efficiently. Reduce cabling and simplify your broadcast infrastructure. Deftly juggle multiple compression standards, video/audio signals, encoding formats. Get all the functionality you need to run your business today and a clear, cost-effective growth path to whatever is on your horizon.
Features Combined IP and baseband sub-networks in a single platform Video processing, advanced audio processing, compression and multiplexing in a single, flexible platform with intuitive graphical management tools Dual-channel baseband modules provide 28 channels of high-density baseband video processing, including up-, down-, and cross-conversion and synchronization Advanced audio processing capabilities, including integrated Dolby E, Dolby Digital, AAC, AAC-HE, MPEG audio and DTS Neural Surround UpMix, DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control Audio and video multiplexing and demultiplexing for compressed streams MPEG-2 and H.264 compression standards are supported from SD and HD to 3 Gb/s and mobile Support for up to 14 independent, single-slot modules with internal connectivity 3 Gb/s baseband connections to/from each module 1 Gb/s data connection to/from each module Independent control network to/from each module Integrated, seamless signal redundancy with full redundant configurations across processing, compression and routing for critical broadcast paths Inputs/outputs include analog video/audio, SDI, HD-SDI, AES audio (balanced, unbalanced), fiber optics, Ethernet for control and IP video, ASI and serial data Hot-swappable front and back modules, and controllers Support for two hot-swappable, redundant power supplies Standard support for thumbnails, customizable alarms and MPEG-4 streaming Two external reference genlock loops; high-performance passive loop-through inputs Support for two hot-swappable, redundant power supplies each independently able to handle the complete frame power load (650 W) Integral fan cooling with front-to-back primary airflow; designed to support full load at 40 C ambient with no thermal stacking limitations Direct Ethernet connectivity (1000Base-T for control/monitoring, 1000Base-T for data) to the frame with optional redundancy A variety of control methods to suit every operational environment: NUCLEUS, CCS Navigator, local control panel, rich interface application (RIA) HTTP web browser or third-party control systems via published SNMP MIBs for application modules
210
Selenio

211
Product details Every shipment of the Selenio frame includes the following: A controller for interface to control networks (with an option for data networks) Two genlock reference looping inputs utilizing standard BNC connectors Built-in, browser-based management system (no software required) that incorporates support for rich interactive features through Microsoft Silverlight A General Purpose Interface (GPI) Two GPI inputs and outputs are provided on a multi-pin type connector Power Supply Each frame includes one energy-efficient, 80 Plus Gold-certified power supply that will power a fully loaded frame. Selenio options include a second power supply and a second controller for redundancy, as well as a local control panel. n+1 redundancy N+1 redundancy is supported in the Selenio frame. Redundancy is accomplished by using an external router or a crosspoint on the Selenio controller module. Redundancy is implemented through software provisioning (controller module, application module and control system). Without Selenio: Complex broadcast infrastructure and workflow
18+2 SD Encoders Terrestrial Transmission
Application modules that require a digital reference such as the encoder, decoder or multiplexer/demultplexer have a digital reference connection to each of the two controller modules. intuitive Web-based gui Featuring a built-in, browser-based management system (no software required) that incorporates support for rich interactive features through Microsoft Silverlight, Selenio provides a graphically rich interface that enables operators to get the most functionality from the new platform without being buried under an avalanche of manuals and bespoke commands. Operators can access the platform from their web browser and, using graphical block diagrams for each particular module, can easily step through the configuration process significantly reducing the chance of error. HD-BnC Connectors Selenio application modules utilize high-density HD-BNC connectors for video and audio connectivity. The HD-BNC offers the same strength and is the same bayonet-locking connector as standard BNC connectors. HD-BNC connectors meet all SMPTE 292M and SMPTE 424M return loss specifications and exceed them at 3 Gb/s. For high-density applications, a cable insertion/ extraction tool is available, which is as simple to use as the standard BNC tool. Back module installation Back modules are easily connected to the frame, utilizing alignment pins and captive machine screws. Terrestrial
Transmission Controller modules The Selenio system redundant controller module provides control and management Selenio for the entire system. Functions include provisioning, status, fault management and supervisory control. Integral SDI/ASI and Ethernet switching with external routing proRouting and vides N+1 redundancy. Distribution
Routing and Distribution Multiplexer 1+1 SFN Adapter 1+1
Each controller includes two 1000Base-T Ethernet interfaces. One interface provides 18+2 SD, Multiplexer 1+1 an IP connection for system control and firmware upgrades, as well as for monitoring purposes. The second 1000Base-T Ethernet interface is enabled for video and audio data applications with an optional plug-in sub-module, and can be provided with an RJ-45 or optional SFP fiber transceiver. One controller is included with every frame and features two RJ-45 connections: one for control and one for video networking applications (utilizing the optional video IP sub module). For optical connectivity in video networking applications, an SFP transceiver option is available for the controller module. A secondary controller can be provided with the appropriate connectivity at the time of order or easily added in the field.
With Selenio: Significantly streamlined infrastructure and workflow

Terrestrial Transmission
trial ssion
expansion modules Inputs, outputs and functionality can be easily increased in Selenio application modules by simply adding video and audio expansion modules. Video and audio signals are connected internally over bidirectional high-speed busses eliminating external cabling. When an expansion module is installed beside an application module, an automatic connection takes place. The corresponding block diagram in the graphical user interface is updated, giving the user setup, control and monitoring functions. One video expansion module can be placed beside a frame sync or video conversion application module. Five back-module options provide interfaces for electrical and optical inputs and outputs and relay bypass for critical signals upon power loss. For audio expansion, up to two analog audio expansion modules and/or digital audio expansion modules can be placed beside a frame sync or video conversion application module. Audio expansion modules can enable additional audio processing such as Dolby codecs and DTS Neural Loudness Control. When viewing the front of the frame, video expansion modules are added to the left of the application module (lower slot numbers). Audio expansion modules are added to the right of the application module (higher slot numbers).
Selenio
Routing and Distribution 18+2 SD, Multiplexer 1+1
genlock reference There are three means of utilizing the external reference: 1. Main and back-up color black (blackburst) or TLS (Tri-Level Sync) references 2. Color black (blackburst) or TLS and DARS (Digital Audio Reference Signal) for AES-11 compliance configurations 3. Two different reference signals e.g., color black NTSC and (black burst) PAL can be applied to the frame, and each module capable of locking to an external reference can be chosen to lock to either reference Application modules with a frame synchronizer function have an analog reference connection to the two external reference inputs. Neither of these analog reference connections is broken if the controller module must be removed for servicing.
Selenio

images/diagrams
Web-based gui
Primary Internal Connectivity

selenio Controller module
Module 7 Module 8 Module 6 Module 5 Module 4 Module 3 Module 2 1000BaseT Module 9 Module 10 Module 11 Module 12 Module 13 Module 1 1000BaseT Module 14
Controller
media Convergence platform Rear View
SDI> <100BaseT> <GigE (1000BaseT)> >SDI 5 x 3 Gb/s

power supply input Voltage genlock
Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 250 VAC

Frequency
Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 60 Hz Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 63 Hz
input Current
212
Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 A rms maximum Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 A rms maximum at 90 VAC with 650 W output 3 A rms maximum at 250 VAC with 650 W output Inrush Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 A peak maximum @ high line, hot or cold start, duration not to exceed 10 ms Efficiency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The PSU will deliver an efficiency of no less than 86% at any net power level greater than 25% of rated output Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >0.95 at output power >50% load @ 250 VAC input >0.95 at output power >30% load @ 90 VAC input >0.97 at 90 to 135 VAC and >0.95 at 180 to 250 VAC, typical Harmonic distortion complies with the requirements of EN61000-3-2.
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB 25 Hz to 10 MHz (SMPTE 318M-1999) Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5.5 V pk-pk CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 60 Hz, 5 V pk-pk Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, -6.0 dB to +6.0 dB for NTSC/PAL-B 300 mV, -6.0 dB to +6.0 dB for tri-level sync, 1 V pk-pk for DARS 525: 59.94 625: 50 1080i: 50/59.94/60, 1080p: 23.98/24/25/29.97/30 1080 sF: 23.98/24, 720p: 25/29.97/30/50/59.94 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 170M (NTSC), ITU-R BT.470-6 (PAL-B), SMPTE 274M (1080i, 1080p), SMPTE 296M (720p), AES-3 SMPTE 276M
Selenio
ethernet

213
gpi
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100/1000Base-T (10/1000Base-T on front Ethernet port) Differential Output Voltage . . . . . . 0.75 V 0.83 dB High Frequency Jitter . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 ns CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 VRMS 1-250 MHz Clock Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 MHz 0.01%
sFp
2 in, 2 out
usB
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB Type A Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 2.0

physical Characteristics
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFP Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INF-8074i
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 20.25 in. (13.3 x 48.3 x 51.4 cm) (approximate)
mounting Frame
SEL-FR3-AC-RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selenio 3RU Frame: 1 AC PSU, 2 external reference looping BNC inputs, 1 controller (1 RJ45 for control/monitoring, 1 RJ45 for data (video IP sub module required)), no control panel SEL-FR3-AC-RR-IP . . . . . . . . . . . Selenio 3RU Frame: 1 AC PSU, 2 external reference looping BNC inputs, 1 controller (1 RJ45 for control/monitoring, 1 RJ45 for data (video IP sub module included)), includes control panel SEL-FR3-AC-RO-IP . . . . . . . . . . . Selenio 3RU Frame: 1 AC PSU, 2 external reference looping BNC inputs, 1 controller (1 RJ45 for control/monitoring, 1 optical transceiver for data (video IP sub module included)), SFP transceiver ordered separately, includes control panel
mounting Frame Options
SELOPT-CTR-RR-IP . . . . . . . . . . . Optional controller module with one RJ45 for control and monitoring and one RJ45 for data (video IP), video IP submodule included SELOPT-CTR-RO-IP . . . . . . . . . . . Optional controller module with one RJ45 for control and monitoring and one optical transceiver for data (video IP sub module included), SFP ordered separately SELOPT-VIDEO-IP . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional video IP submodule for controller module SELOPT-RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional dual RJ45 connections for controller module SELOPT-RO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional single RJ45, single optical transceiver connections for controller module (SFP tranceiver ordered separately) SELOPT-FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare fan
sFp tranceiver Option for data
SELOPT-LCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional local control panel SELOPT-PSU-AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional AC power supply module SELOPT-CTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller module (no back connections or video IP submodule included) SELOPT-CTR-RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional controller module with one RJ45 for control and monitoring and one RJ45 for data (video IP submodule required)
OP+SFP1+TRM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products. Multi-mode transceiver. Up to 1 Gb/s bandwidth capable for datacom/telecom or TDM solutions.
SEL-1ENC1
mediA COnVeRgenCe pLAtFORm // AppLiCATiOn MODuLes
MPEG-2/H.264 Universal Encoder (Preliminary)

The Selenio SEL-1ENC1 module is among the most compact, power-efficient, fullfeatured encoders on the market today. It incorporates the latest silicon architectures to surpass the barriers inherent in previous-generation approaches. The Selenio encoder provides compression of a single video signal using either the MPEG-2 or H.264 standards and compression of up to eight streams of audio supporting a variety of common algorithms, as well as the processing of associated VBI and VANC data. Ideal for a broad range of applications including contribution, distribution and final emission, as well as post production and surveillance the Selenio SEL-1ENC1 encoder delivers a full complement of features in a space- and power-efficient footprint, and resets the standard for simplicity in the H.264 era.
Product details The Selenio encoder module supports all popular video formats from standard definition (SD) to high definition (HD) to 1080p. Supported video and audio formats and compression standards can be upgraded in the field, providing a cost-effective expansion path for any facility. In addition to the main compressed image, the Selenio encoder module provides a reduced-resolution compressed stream output that can be used to support mobile encoding and Picture-in-Picture requirements in IPTV deployments, or stream monitoring in network deployments. Up to eight stereo pairs of audio can be supported, and a variety of audio compression options are available, including Dolby AC-3 2.0 and 5.1, MPEG-1 Layer 2, AAC-LC stereo and 5.1, HEAAC stereo and 5.1, and Dolby E. All audio can be presented to the encoder as embedded on SDI, or as separate AES inputs.
Front module Connectivity
The SEL-1ENC1 encoder application module is interconnected with the two controller modules for SDI/ASI, 100Base-T for control and monitoring and 1000Base-T for data applications. An internal digital reference also is available from each controller.
Back module Connectivity
The SEL-1ENC1 encoder application module offers two choices for back module external connectivity one with HD-BNC electrical connections for input and output, and one with an SFP optical input with HD-BNC outputs. Both back modules provide AES-3 connections by utilizing HD-BNC connectors and a GPI/serial port connector. SDI and ASI interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1505A, 1694A or 1695A cable with HDBNC connectors, and AES-3 interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1855 cable with HD-BNC connectors. A cable removal tool is provided for these types of HD-BNC connections. For optical input connectivity, an SFP receiver can be added to the appropriate back module. Features Video input formats supported: 1080p/59.94, 1080p/50 SMPTE 424/235 Level A and B 1080i/29.97, 1080i/25 SMPTE 292 720p/59.94, 720p/50 SMPTE 292 480i/29.97 SMPTE 259 576i/25 SMPTE 259 A primary SD/HD encoded stream (except with 1080p/60) and a secondary stream encoded at lower resolutions for mobile, Picture-in-Picture or monitoring are supported* Coding formats supported: H.264 high profile @ up to L4.2 (50 Mb/s max) H.264 restricted to main profile @ up to L4.2 H.264 restricted to baseline profile @ up to L1.3 MPEG-2 422 profile @ up to high level (50 Mb/s max) MPEG-2 restricted to main profile @ up to high level Reduced horizontal resolutions supported: 1920 1440, 1280, 960 1280 960, 640 720 704, 640, 544, 528, 480, 352 Reduced resolutions supported: CIF (352x240/288) QVGA (320x240 [4:3] 320x180 [16:9]) SQVGA (160x120 [4:3] 160x90 [16:9]) M/H (416x240 [letterbox for 4:3]) PiP (128x96) Video pre-processing supported: Inverse telecine* Motion-compensated temporal filtering (MCTF)* De-blocking filter Audio input: 8 HD-BNC connectors on the rear connector board for audio input Embedded audio from the SDI video input Audio signals from optional audio A/D expansion modules (future option) * The use of a second encoded video stream for Picture-in-Picture, mobile or monitoring will prevent support of inverse telecine and MCTF pre-processing, thus resulting in a slightly reduced quality of the encoded video. Up to 8 audio encoder engines supported: MPEG-1 Layer 2 Dolby AC-3 (maximum 6 stereo supported) AAC-LC (MPEG-2 and MPEG-4) HE-AAC V1 (SBR) and V2 (Parametric Stereo) Dolby E SMPTE 302 VANC processing: VANC passthrough (SMPTE 2038) up to 2K words per field EIA-608/708 closed captions AFD SCTE-104 splice-point signaling DVITC time code OP47 teletext Audio metadata VBI processing: EIA608 closed captions WSS signaling WST teletext VITC timecode AMOL-48 or AMOL-96 VPS data Data input: Closed captions from IP/UDP SCTE-104 splice-point markers from IP/TCP GPI triggers from back module Serial data from back module
214
SEL-1ENC1
images/diagrams
Back modules electrical to electrical (ees)

215
Optical to electrical (Oes)
SEL-1ENC1
Block diagrams electrical to electrical (ees)
CTR SDI EXT SDI 1 Video Input De-Embed Video Compression EXT SDI 2 EXT ASI 1 EXT ASI 2 Audio Compression 1 EXT ASI 1-8 5 EXT GPI 1-4 EXT Serial 1
2 1
EXT SDI CTR SDI
2 6
3 7
4 8
Transport Stream Mux
IP Encapsulation
IP LAN
CXN EXT IP
GPI
20
19
EXT Serial 2
Serial Data Services
Misc
EXT IP MGMT

CTR SDI EXT SDI 1 Video Input De-Embed Video Compression EXT SDI 2 EXT ASI 1 EXT ASI 2 Audio Compression 1 EXT ASI 1-8 5 EXT GPI 1-4 EXT Serial 1
2 1 19
SDI Rx CTR SDI
2 6
3 7
4 8
Transport Stream Mux
IP Encapsulation
IP LAN
CXN EXT IP
GPI
20
EXT Serial 2
Serial Data Services
Misc
EXT IP MGMT
216
SEL-1ENC1

217
3 gb/s Hd-sdi inputs 3 gb/s Hd-sdi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms

1.5 gb/s Hd-sdi inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
sd-sdi inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20% to 80%), differ by no more than 50 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: 2 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: 0.3 UI pk-pk
1.5 gb/s Hd-sdi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
unbalanced Aes input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Input Audio Sample Rate . . . . . . . 48 kHz
Asi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI pk-pk
sd-sdi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 50083-9 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% pk-pk Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Deterministic Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% pk-pk Random Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8% pk-pk Maximum Rise and Fall time . . . . . 1.2 ns (20% to 80%)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
SEL-1ENC1

encoder Hardware Only encoder Options
SEL-1ENC1-EES . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2/H.264 standard encoder includes video coding, 4 stereo pairs of audio compression, a single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI input, 2 SDI outputs, 2 ASI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-1ENC1-OES . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2/H.264 standard encoder includes video coding, up to 4 stereo pairs of audio compression, a single back module with SFP optical input (order 1 SFP dual input option separately), HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 2 ASI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
encoder model types
SEL-SK-EN-ATSC-SD . . . . . . . . . . ATSC, supporting MPEG-2 SD 4:2:0 video, AC-3 audio SEL-SK-EN-ATSC-HD . . . . . . . . . . ATSC, supporting MPEG-2 SD and HD 4:2:0 video, AC-3 audio SEL-SK-EN-ATSC-MBL . . . . . . . . . ATSC MH, supporting H.264 mobile video, HE-AAC V2 audio SEL-SK-EN-DVB-SD . . . . . . . . . . . DVB, supporting MPEG-2 SD, 4:2:0, MPEG-1 and audio SEL-SK-EN-DVB-HD. . . . . . . . . . . DVB, supporting MPEG-2 SD/HD, 4:2:0, MPEG-1 and audio SEL-SK-EN-DVB-MBL . . . . . . . . . DVB Mobile, supporting H.264 mobile video, HE-AAC V2 audio SEL-SK-EN-C-PRO-SD . . . . . . . . . Contribution, supporting MPEG-2 SD, 4:2:0 and 4:2:2 profiles, H.264 SD High and Main profile, MPEG-1, AAC-LC, HE-AAC V1 and V2 audio SEL-SK-EN-C-PRO-HD . . . . . . . . . Contribution, supporting MPEG-2 HD/SD, 4:2:0 and 4:2:2 profiles, H.264 HD/SD High and Main profile, MPEG-1, AAC-LC, HE-AAC V1 and V2 audio SEL-SK-EN-C-1080P . . . . . . . . . . Contribution, supporting MPEG-2 SD, 4:2:0 and 4:2:2 profiles, H.264 SD High and Main profile and 3G 1080P, MPEG-1, AAC-LC, HE-AAC V1 and V2 audio SEL-SK-EN-IPTV-SD. . . . . . . . . . . IPTV, supporting H.264 SD Main profile, MPEG-1, AAC-LC audio SEL-SK-EN-IPTV-HD . . . . . . . . . . IPTV, supporting H.264 HD Main profile, MPEG-1, AAC-LC audio
SELOPT-SK-EN-MBL . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for additional PIP channel up to a full SD mobile resolution. Note: Use of PIP reduces primary video picture quality SELOPT-SK-EN-AUD4 . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for additional 4 stereo pairs of audio available on-board SELOPT-SK-EN-PRE . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for pre-processing video enhancements for DTH applications SELOPT-SK-EN-DEE . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for support for Dolby E on 4 stereo pairs of audio SELOPT-SK-EN-DDE . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for support of Dolby AC-3 5.1 (uses 3 existing stereo pairs of audio) SELOPT-SK-EN-S302 . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option to support up to 8 stereo pairs of SMPTE-302 pass-through audio SELOPT-SK-EN-BISS . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 SELOPT-SK-EN-H264. . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option to add H.264 compression to ATSC or DVB Encoder models SELOPT-SK-EN-AAC . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for support of AAC audio on 4 stereo pairs
encoder Front module Only
SELOPT-FM-1ENC1 . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2/4 Standard 4:2:0 encoder front-module only

encoder Back modules
SELOPT-BM-ENC-EES . . . . . . . . . Single back module for ENC front module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI input, 2 SDI outputs, 2 ASI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SELOPT-BM-ENC-OES . . . . . . . . . Single back module for ENC front module with SFP optical input (order 1 SFP dual input option separately), HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 2 ASI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
sFp dual-input Option
OP+SFP+RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products. Dual PIN receiver with pathological support for baseband video
218
SEL-1DEC1
MPEG-2/H.264 Universal Decoder (Preliminary)

219
The Selenio SEL-1DEC1 module is a full-featured multiformat video decoder that handles both H.264 and MPEG-2 video streams and their commonly associated audio and metadata streams. The decoder is built with the latest silicon architectures and provides a high level of compatibility with the Selenio SEL-1ENC1 encoder module and other industry encoders. The Selenio decoder supports the decoding of a single video signal from a variety of sources using either the MPEG-2 or H.264 standards and supports up to eight audio streams, as well as the processing of any supporting data insertion via VBI or VANC. The flexibility of the Selenio decoder makes it ideal for production and distribution applications. Coupled with other modules in the Selenio series, this multifunction decoder works to address applications such as multiformat satellite decoding, confidence monitoring and much more.
Product details The Selenio decoder module provides the flexibility of decoding multiple standards of video from standard-definition (SD) and low-resolution formats through to 3 Gb/s and other high-definition (HD) formats. It also supports all the latest audio standards to provide a single-card solution for every need without resorting to a variety of card types. Up to eight channels of MPEG-1 Layer 2, Dolby AC-3, AAC-LC, HE-AAC, Dolby E or SMPTE 302 (uncompressed) audio can be supported. Audio outputs are provided as unbalanced AES or embedded audio. In addition, VANC and VBI data are re-inserted back into the video signal.
The SEL-1DEC1 decoder application module is interconnected with the two controller modules for SDI/ASI, 100Base-T for control and monitoring and 1000Base-T for data applications. The primary and backup reference signals are distributed as well.
The SEL-1DEC1 decoder application module offers two choices for back module external connectivity one with HD-BNC electrical connections for input and output, and one with two dual SFP optical outputs. Both back modules provide AES-3 connections by utilizing HD-BNC connectors and a GPI/serial port connector. SDI and ASI interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1505A, 1694A or 1695A cable with HDBNC connectors, and AES-3 interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1855 cable with HD-BNC connectors. A cable removal tool is provided for these types of HD-BNC connections. For optical output connectivity, an SFP transmitter can be added to the appropriate back module.
Features Supports receiving a single transport stream from any of the following sources: Over IP using UDP or RTP protocols and SMPTE 2022 error protection DVB-ASI from the rear I/O interface Internal connection from other application modules in the frame Supports decoding of constant bit rate and variable bit rate streams: H.264 high profile @ up to L4.2 (62.5 Mb/s maximum) H.264 main profile @ up to L4.2 H.264 baseline profile @ up to L1.3 MPEG-2 422 profile @ up to high level (65 Mb/s maximum) MPEG-2 restricted to main profile @ up to high level Supports any legal horizontal resolution Supports output video formats: 1080p/59.94, 1080p/50 SMPTE 424/235 Level A and B 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50 SMPTE 292 720p/59.94, 720p/50 SMPTE 292 480i/59.94 SMPTE 259 576i/50 SMPTE 259 Provides horizontal scaling for streams with reduced horizontal resolution Supports cross-conversion in the following cases*: SD (NTSC or PAL) to HD (1080i, 720p) at the same frame rate as the source maintaining aspect ratio by letter/pillar boxing, as necessary HD to SD at the same frame rate as the source maintaining aspect ratio by letter/pillar boxing, as necessary HD to HD (1080i to/from 720p) at the same frame rate as the source HD to SD or SD to HD if configured and AFD data is present, it can be used to further refine scaling Mobile streams (vertical resolution below 480) displayed as either full screen with letter/pillar boxing, as necessary, or centered with no vertical scaling 3 Gb/s to HD Decoded video can be synchronized to the clock recovered from the input bit stream, or genlocked to the frame reference * For additional broadcast-quality post-processing, refer to the following application modules: conversion (SEL-2XD1 and SEL-1XD1) frame sync (SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1) Audio decoding Supports up to eight audio streams Supports MPEG-1 Layer 2, Dolby AC-3, AAC-LC, HE-AAC, including SBR and parametric stereo, SMPTE 302 (AES-3 over MPEG), Dolby E, and passthrough of SMPTE 337 pre-compressed audio streams VANC processing VANC passthrough SMPTE 2038/RDD-1 EIA-608/708 closed captions AFD SCTE-104 SCTE-35 splice points DVITC timecode OP-47 teletext Audio metadata VBI processing EIA-608 closed captions AFD WST teletext SMPTE timecode AMOL-48 or AMOL-98 VPS - Lossless data (luma) - Test pattern generation Rear I/O connections 1x HD-BNC ASI input 2x HD-BNC SDI output 2x HD-BNC ASI loop-through 8x HD-BNC Primary AES audio outputs 2x serial outputs serial data and audio metadata GP outputs
SEL-1DEC1
images/diagrams
electrical to Optical (eOs)
220
SEL-1DEC1

221
EXT ASI 1 EXT ASI Transport Stream Input Transport Stream Demux Video DeCompression EXT ASI 2 CTR SDI
Embed
CXN EXT IP
IP LAN
EXT SDI 1 Audio Decompression 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
Audio Output Routing
EXT SDI 2
EXT AES 1-8
VANC Processing VBI Processing Misc Serial EXT Serial 2

2 1 19 1 19
GPI
EXT GPI 1 EXT Serial 1
EXT ASI
CXN EXT IP
IP LAN
Transport Stream Input
Transport Stream Demux
Video DeCompression
Embed
SDI Tx CTR SDI Audio Decompression 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8 Audio Output Routing
EXT AES 1-8
VANC Processing VBI Processing Misc Serial EXT Serial 2

2
20
GPI
EXT GPI 1 EXT Serial 1
20
SEL-1DEC1

Asi input sd-sdi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 50083-9 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Minimium Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV Maximum Input Voltage . . . . . . . . 88 mV pk-pk Minimum Discrete Connector Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (0.3 MHz to 1 GHz)
serial Video Output (sdi, Hd-sdi, 3 gb/s) 3 gb/s Hd-sdi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
digitl Audio Outputs unbalanced Aes Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20% to 80%), differ by no more than 50 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: 2 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: 0.3 UI pk-pk
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES 3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk @ 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bit . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Asi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI pk-pk
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 50083-9 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% pk-pk Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Deterministic Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% pk-pk Random Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8% pk-pk Maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . 1.2 ns (20% to 80%)
222
SEL-1DEC1

223
ordering inFormation SEL-1DEC1-EES . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-standard decoder includes decoding of a single channel of video and four stereo pairs of audio on the front module, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for ASI input, 2 ASI outputs, 2 SDI video outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) outputs and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-1DEC1-EOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-standard decoder includes decoding of a single channel of video and four stereo pairs of audio on the front module, includes single back module with HD-BNC connector for ASI input, dual SFP optical output (order 1 or 2 SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) outputs and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
decoder model types decoder Front module Only
SELOPT-FM-1DEC1 . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-standard 4:2:0 decoder, front module only

decoder Back modules
SELOPT-BM-DEC-EES . . . . . . . . . Single back module for DEC front module with HD-BNC connectors for ASI input, 2 ASI outputs, 2 SDI video outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced outputs) and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SELOPT-BM-DEC-EOS . . . . . . . . . Single back module for DEC front module with HD-BNC connector for ASI input, dual SFP optical output (order 1 or 2 SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced outputs) and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
sFp dual-Output Options
SEL-SK-DE-STD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2/H.264 4:2:0 video profile SEL-SK-DE-PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 4:2:0 and 4:2:2 video profiles, H.264 4:2:0 up to 1080P 3 Gb/s support
decoder Options
OP+SFP+TT+13+13 . . . . . . . . . . Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) for Harris Fiber Optic products; 1310 nm and 1310 nm wavelength dual transmitter with pathological support for baseband video
SELOPT-SK-DE-AUD4 . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for additional 4 stereo pairs of audio available on-board SELOPT-SK-DE-DED . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for support for Dolby E on 4 stereo pairs of audio SELOPT-SK-DE-DDD . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for support of Dolby AC-3 2.0 and 5.1 (uses 3 existing stereo pairs of audio) SELOPT-SK-DE-S302 . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option to support for up to 8 stereo pairs of SMPTE 302 pass-through audio SELOPT-SK-DE-BISS . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1
SEL-MDX1
mediA COnVeRgenCe pLAtFORm // AppLiCATOin MODuLes
Transport Stream Multiplexer/Demultiplexer (Preliminary)

The Selenio SEL-MDX1 encapsulator and multiplexer module makes it easy to multiplex, demultiplex, remultiplex or encapsulate streams for transport. Incoming programs can be readily repurposed into new programs, local content (commercials, news and more) can be easily added to existing programs, and new transport streams can be quickly generated. The unique internal connectivity in the Selenio platform provides unprecedented flexibility. Content can be easily routed from a variety of sources, including MPEG-2 and H.264 encoder modules, various internal network interfaces such as DVB-ASI, and incoming transport streams from Gigabit Ethernet. With features including DVB scrambling and conditional access (CA) enabled by a Simulcrypt interface, the Selenio multiplexer is ideal for contribution and distribution functions, as well as Direct-to-Home (DTH) market applications.
Product details The Selenio multiplexer is capable of accepting unencrypted programs from a variety of sources from local encoders to network interfaces, including ASI or Gigabit Ethernet. It includes a Simulcrypt synchronizer to request information from a conditional access system over a dedicated Ethernet connection. Each program is encrypted using DVB common scrambling, and Entitlement Control Messages (ECM) are multiplexed into each stream to provide a DVB-compliant output. The encryption engine supports 240 user-accessible simultaneous programs at a combined rate of up to 214 Mb/s. When not using encryption, the multiplexer supports up to an 800 Mb/s throughput. External connections can include up to eight software-selectable independent inputs or outputs that can handle either DVB-ASI or the SMPTE 310M protocols.
The SEL-MDX1 mux/demux application module offers two choices for back module external connectivity one with HD-BNC electrical connections for eight input or output ASI signals and one with HD-BNC electrical connections for five input or output ASI signals, and RJ-45 100Base-T connectivity to support conditional access. SDI and ASI interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1505A, 1694A or 1695A cable with HDBNC connectors. A cable removal tool is provided for these types of HD-BNC connections.
Features Back module configurations (two) HD-BNC Eight ASI/SMPTE 310 inputs/outputs on HD-BNC 10 MHz reference input on HD-BNC GPS 1 pps sync input on HD-BNC HD-BNC and RJ-45 Five ASI/SMPTE 310 inputs/outputs on HD-BNC 10 MHz reference on HD-BNC GPS 1 pps sync input on HD-BNC 10/100Base-T on RJ-45 for Simulcrypt server Transport stream input/output Configurable as input or output per port Configurable DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310 output per port MPEG format 188/204 bytes per TS packet (188-byte internal only) Data rate set from 2 pps internal time base, frame or GPS reference Total module bandwidth 800 Mb/s Total programs supported across module 240 Total PIDs supported across module 4096 PID or program multicasting, up to eight destinations Multiplexing Creation of up to eight individual multiplexes Program multiplexing Mirroring of odd numbered port to next even numbered port PID insertion Unreferenced PID insertion High/Low service prioritization Automatic or manual PID/program numbering Mux bypass (pass through) Data carousel Remote/local statistical multiplex of encoders Output modes CBR and capped VBR Opportunistic data insertion IP to IP multiplexing Conditional access BISS or DVB Simulcrypt Up to 240 control words Maximum data rate of 200 Mb/s Demultiplexing Up to eight individual multiplexes can be received Program demultiplexing PID extraction Demux bypass (pass through) Demux output streams can be CBR or capped VBR Can do IP to IP demultiplexing Gigabit Ethernet Access via frame data network Number of SPTS streams supported (in/out): 240/240 Support for unicast and multicast reception/transmission Source-specific joins supported with multiple sources (IGMPv3) FEC and encapsulation as per SMPTE 2022 Network jitter buffer and PCR recovery SFN adaptation DVB, SFN adaptor functions DVB MIP insertion 10 MHz and 1 pps timing input SI/PSI processing Support for combining of PAT, PMT and SDT tables Support for inclusion of static tables via data carousel Support for inclusion of streaming tables as TS input stream Integrated with third-party PSI generation system(s) Concurrent support for static and dynamic table
224
SEL-MDX1
images/diagrams

225
electrical to RJ-45 (eRs)
ASI IN/OUT (SMPTE 310M)
ASI IN/OUT (SMPTE 310M)
SEL-MDX1
Module Name
Function Map
Demux PID Map
IP LAN
CXN EXT IP EXT ASI 1-8

(SMPTE 310M)
GPS CA System 1-16 CA SCG 1-256 EXT 10 MHz
Ref
EXT 1PPS
electrical to RJ-45 (eRs)

Module Name Function Map Demux PID Map IP LAN
CXN EXT IP EXT ASI 1-5

(SMPTE 310M)
GPS CA System 1-16 CA SCG 1-256 EXT 10 MHz
EXT CA ETH
Ref
EXT 1PPS
226
SEL-MDX1

227
Asi input 310m Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . up to 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 50083-9 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Minimum Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV Maximum Input Voltage . . . . . . . . 88 mV pk-pk Minimum Discrete Connector Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (0.3 MHz to 1 GHz)
Asi Outputs
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Peak-to-Peak Voltage . . . . . . . . . . 0 mV 10% Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.392658 MHz 2.8 ppm Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-phase-mark coding Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 310M
10 mHz Reference
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sinusoidal 7 dBm nominal Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms

1 pps Reference
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . up to 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EN 50083-9 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% pk-pk Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Deterministic Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% pk-pk Random Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8% pk-pk Maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . 1.2 ns (20% to 80%)
310m input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 uS TTL pulse Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10K ohms

electrical
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 22 W
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ohms resistive Peak-to-Peak Voltage . . . . . . . . . . 80 mV to 200 mV pk-pk Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.392658 MHz 100 ppm Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-phase-mark coding Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 310M
ordering inFormation SEL-MDX1-EES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream multiplexer/ demultiplexer with dual input or output ports dependent on software model type (must select one) options, can be configured for SMPTE 310 or DVB-ASI on front module, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for 8 ASI input/ output ports and 10 MHz and 1 PPS inputs SEL-MDX1-ERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream multiplexer/ demultiplexer with dual input or output ports dependent on software model type (must select one) options, can be configured for SMPTE 310 or DVB-ASI on front module, includes single back module with one RJ-45 data (video IP) port and HD-BNC connectors for 5 ASI input/output ports and 10 MHz and 1 PPS inputs
multiplexer/demultiplexer model types multiplexer/demultiplexer Options
SELOPT-SK-MX-4CH . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option to select 4 in/out channels (adds 2 channels) SELOPT-SK-MX-8CH . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option to select 8 in/out channels (adds 6 channels) SELOPT-SK-MX-BISS . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for BISS encryption SELOPT-SK-MX-SCR . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for BISS and Simulcrypt single-channel encryption
multiplexer/demultiplexer Front module only
SELOPT-FM-2MDX1. . . . . . . . . . . Multiplexer/demultiplexer front module only

multiplexer/demultiplexer Back modules
SEL-SK-MX-MPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for basic multiplexer/ demultiplexer configuration SEL-SK-MX-ATSC . . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for ATSC multiplexer/ demultiplexer table configuration SEL-SK-MX-DVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for DVB multiplexer/ demultiplexer table configuration SEL-SK-MX-ENCAP . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for tunnel encapsulation (no multiplexing) configuration
SELOPT-BM-MDX-EES . . . . . . . . . Single back module for MDX multiplexer/ demultiplexer with HD-BNC connectors for 8 ASI input/output ports and 10 MHz and 1 PPS inputs SELOPT-BM-MDX-ERS . . . . . . . . . Single back module for MDX multiplexer/ demultiplexer with one RJ-45 data (video IP) port and HD-BNC connectors for 5 ASI input/output ports and 10 MHz and 1 PPS inputs
SEL-2XD1
Dual-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio Processing Capability (Preliminary)

The Selenio SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2XD1 modules provide single-channel and highdensity dual-channel video conversion and frame synchronization for 3G/HD/SD/3D signals. These modules are ideal for any broadcast, post-production, cable or mobile facility where processing and synchronization of NTSC/PAL, SD (480i, 576i), HD (720p, 1080i, 1080p/sf) and 3D video and audio (embedded and/or discrete) signals are required. The SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2XD1 can retime a program signal to a local station clock for the clean processing of all synchronized signals. Signal processing functions include up/down/cross/aspect ratio and basic frame rate conversion (and optional linear frame rate conversion), processing amplification, color correction and legalization, and logo generation/insertion for single- and dual-channel applications.
Features Single and dual-channel versions (field license key-upgradable) Video conversion Up/down/cross Aspect ratio Frame rate (basic included, linear optional) Video frame and audio sync with genlock support 3 Gb/s and 3D support Audio embedder and de-embedder Seamless sound functionality audio embedding on Loss of Video Fast switch for clean/quiet output on hot switch at the input with no output frame freeze Dolby header adjustment Fiber TX and/or RX SFP options Eight AES unbalanced ports (inputs or outputs) balanced AES supported via digital audio expansion modules; analog audio supported via analog audio expansion modules 10-bit video processing Passing of VANC data (closed captioning, subtitling (teletext), AFD, WSS, VI, audio metadata, SMPTE 12M-2 timecode and ABC (US) Brandnet) Passing of entire teletext for HD/SD aspect ratio conversion Up to 12 frames of HD video delay and 50 frames of SD video delay Ability to embed AES on output (fiber or SDI) without video source or genlock Ability to embed/de-embed audio metadata Video standards operated: NTSC, PAL-B PAL-M 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M) 1080i/p 1080sf 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M) ) 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M) Level A/B 1080p Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze Video processing amplifier (dual-channel version has two) with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Color corrector with controls (dual-channel version has two) for: RGB gain RGB offset RGB white slope RGB black stretch RGB gamma Legalizer with controls (dual-channel version has two) for: RGB white clip RGB black clip Audio processing amplifier for de-embedded and external audio channels: Gain Swap Invert Delay Mix (sum) Built-in logo generator/inserter (single- and dual- capability), includes SD memory card for storing graphics Onscreen Display (OSD) of menu parameters I-WINGS sidebar keying built-in using dual-channel version Dolby advanced audio options for encoding and decoding DTS Neural Surround UpMix/DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control Video and audio test generator 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C, U and V bit transparency VBI line-by-line deleting Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard SDI connectivity to both controller modules 100BaseT (control) connectivity to both controller modules Four GPI inputs and four GPI outputs with user-programmable scripts Inputs: Two serial digital video/analog composite inputs Two frame genlock inputs (composite or tri-level sync) Eight AES ports (unbalanced); balanced and analog audio utilize expansion modules DARS input (second genlock input can be used for DARS) Two RS-232/422 serial ports for external metadata source Optional fiber dual input (SFP separately orderable) Outputs: Two sets of two synchronized serial digital video outputs Eight AES ports (unbalanced); balanced and analog audio utilize expansion modules Two RS-232/422 serial port metadata outputs Optional fiber dual output (x2, SFP separately orderable) Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Ethernet remote control and monitoring (thumbnails and alarms) Q-SEE thumbnail monitoring support
228
SEL-2XD1
Product details

229
The single- and dual-channel SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2XD1 modules offer comprehensive video and audio processing capabilities, including conversion between video formats, control over the picture, embedded audio processing and audio tracking. Full handling of the embedded audio metadata is provided, including the ability to de-embed and embed audio metadata from external sources. The modules feature eight AES input/output ports, and two 16-channel embedder/ de-embedders with internal processing of 32 channels. Analog and digital audio expansion modules provide analog audio interface capability and additional AES inputs and outputs, and internal processing channels. Back modules can accommodate a dual-fiber input SFP and two dual-fiber output SFPs. The SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2 XD 1 modules can be controlled remotely using the standard web server element management system, CCS Navigator software, HTTP web server or third-party SNMP-based control applications. For the SEL-1 XD 1 single-channel version, there is the capability to provide the output with or without OSD. For the SEL-2XD1 dual-channel version with one input signal, there is the capability to provide one output with OSD and one output without OSD. In a dual input and output configuration, the OSD can be added to one output channel. In addition, the SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2XD1 modules are Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in a Selenio frame. For a dual-channel SEL-2XD1 module, one thumbnail is provided. If a second thumbnail is required for the second channel, a video expansion module can be added.
3dtV Functionality
For audio expansion, up to two analog audio expansion modules and/or digital audio expansion modules can be placed beside a frame sync and conversion application module. Audio expansion modules can provide additional audio processing support such as Dolby codecs and DTS Neural Surround UpMix/DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control. When viewing the front of the frame, the video expansion module is added to the left of the frame sync applications module (lower slot number). Audio expansion modules are added to the right of the frame sync applications module (higher slot numbers).
Audio expansion Configuration
Digital and analog audio expansion modules can be added to video conversion modules in the following configurations: Aes Audio inputs/ expansion Configurations Outputs
Main Video and Audio Module Digital Audio Expander Module Analog Audio Expander Module 8 0 0
Aes Aes Analog Analog inputs Outputs inputs Outputs

0 8 0 0 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 8
Configurations #1
Main Video and Audio Module Digital Audio Expander Module Digital Audio Expander Module 8 0 0 8 0 8 8 16 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 8 0 16 16 32 0 0 0 0 0 16 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 8 8 16 0 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 8 8 16 0 0 8 8
The Selenio SEL-2XD1 dual-channel video converter provides left eye/right eye processing for cameras with beam splitting, including conversion, video and audio synchronization, proc amp, color correction, legalization and logo insertion. Conversions between separate left and right eye signals and frame-compatible formats are supported, including side/side and over/under. The following table highlights the standards that are supported: Quality definition
Highest High 2 x 3 Gb/s 3D (2 x SMPTE 424M) 3 Gb/s 3D (SMPTE 424M) 2 x 1.5 Gb/s 3D (2 x SMPTE 292M) 1.5 Gb/s 3D (1 x SMPTE 292M)
# of 3dtV Connections
2 1 2 x 1080p 2 x 270p or 2 x 1080i (B), left eye/ Production right eye content 2 x 270p, or 2 x 1080i 1/2 resolution or better (many variants) Distribution
Configurations #2
Main Video and Audio Module Analog Audio Expander Module Analog Audio Expander Module 8 0 0 8
High Half
2 1
Configurations #3
Main Video and Audio Module Digital Audio Expander Module Analog Audio Expander Module 8 0 0 8
The Selenio SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2XD1 frame sync modules are interconnected with the two controller modules for SDI and 100Base-T for control and monitoring. An analog reference is available from each reference input on the back of the frame.
Video and Audio expansion
For additional inputs and outputs and increased functionality, simply add video and audio expansion modules to the Selenio SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2XD1 video conversion application modules. When an expansion module is installed beside an applications module, an automatic connection takes place. The corresponding block diagram in the graphical user interface is updated, giving the user setup, control and monitoring functions. Video and audio signals are automatically connected internally over bidirectional highspeed busses, eliminating the need for external cabling. One video expansion module can be placed beside a video conversion and frame sync application module. Five back module options provide interfaces for electrical and optical inputs and outputs and relay bypass for critical signals upon power loss.
The advanced audio plug-in has the following features: The maximum number of advanced audio plug-ins supported is two per FS/XD and audio expansion module pair. If the configuration has an FS or XD module, one audio expansion module and one advanced audio plug-in sub-module, the advanced audio plug-in must be installed on the FS or XD module. If the configuration has an FS or XD module, two audio expansion modules and two advanced audio plug-in sub-modules, the advanced audio plug-in must be installed on the FS or XD module and the first adjacent audio expansion module.
SEL-2XD1
The SEL-1XD1 and SEL-2XD1 video conversion applications modules offer four choices for back module external connectivity HD-BNC electrical connections for input and output; dual-SFP optical input with HD-BNC outputs; HD-BNC inputs with two dual-SFP optical outputs; and a dual-SFP optical input and two dual-SFP optical outputs. All four back modules provide AES-3 connections utilizing HD-BNC connectors, and GPI connections utilizing a 20-pin socket/plug connector. SDI interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1505A, 1694A or 1695A cable (or equivalent) with HD-BNC connectors, and AES-3 interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1855 cable (or equivalent) with HD-BNC connectors. Adaptor cables and an insertion/removal tool are provided for these types of HD-BNC connections. For optical input and output connectivity, dual-SFP receivers and transmitters can be provided with the appropriate back module. images/diagrams
Back modules electrical to electrical (ees) electrical to Optical (eOs) Optical to electrical (Oes) Optical to Optical (OOs)
230
SEL-2XD1
EXT Vid 1

231
Data DMB 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1
EXT SDI 1-4
EXT Vid 2
CMPST Decoder 1 AM CMPST Decoder 2 Video input Audio DMB 1
Video Sync and Delay 1
Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 1
Conversion and Advanced Video Processing 1
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
GL Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 2 Conversion and Advanced Video Processing 2 Video TSG OSD 2 Logo 2
Video Output and Routing CTR SDI Data EMB 2 Audio EMB 2 EXP SDI 1-3
CTR SDI
EXP SDI 1-2 Audio DMB 2 EXT AES In/Out 1-8 8 Audio I/O Assignment Audio Input Status Advanced Audio Processing (AAP) Genlock GL AAP1 AAP3 AAP2 AAP4 Audio TSG GL Data DMB 2 Audio Input Delay and Sync
Audio ProcAmp
Audio Output Routing
EXP AES
EXP AES
Frame Genlock 1 Frame Genlock 2

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O

2 1
GPI
Misc

EXT Vid 1 Data DMB 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1 SDI Tx 1-4
EXT Vid 2
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
Video Output and Routing
CTR SDI
CTR SDI
Data EMB 2
Audio EMB 2 EXP SDI 1-3
EXP SDI 1-2 Audio DMB 2 EXT AES In/Out 1-8 GL Data DMB 2 Audio Input Delay and Sync AAP1 AAP3 AAP2 AAP4 Audio TSG
8 Audio I/O Assignment Audio Input Status Advanced Audio Processing (AAP) Genlock GL Audio ProcAmp Audio Output Routing
EXP AES
EXP AES

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O

2 1
GPI
Misc
SEL-2XD1
Data DMB 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1
EXT SDI 1-4
EXT Vid 1 EXT Vid 2
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
CTR SDI
EXP AES
EXP AES

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O

2 1
GPI
Misc
Optical to Optical (OOs)

Data DMB 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1 SDI Tx 1-4
EXT Vid 1 EXT Vid 2
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
CTR SDI
CTR SDI
Data EMB 2
EXP AES
EXP AES

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O
GPI
Misc
232
SEL-2XD1

233
sdi Video inputs 3 gb/s Hd-sdi inputs 3 gb/s Hd-sdi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >10dB, typical, from 1485 to 2970 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 360 ft (110 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 590 ft (180 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
sd-sdi inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M (2.97, 2.97/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 db, typical, from 5 to 2970MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <2 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.3 UI pk-pk
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 1230 ft (375 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable or 902 ft (275 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable
Hd Fiber Video inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI pk-pk
sd-sdi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, Mode B operation Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -22 dBm (typical), -20 dBm maximum
3 gb/s Fiber Video inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm, typical, 18 dBm maximum
Composite Video input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI pk-pk
Hd Fiber Video Outputs
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M) PAL-B (ITU 624-2) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz, 5 V pk-pk
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, Mode B operation Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Output wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 30 nm Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 ps, typical, 100 ps maximum Laser Safety Level . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 1
SEL-2XD1
3 gb/s Fiber Video Outputs

Audio Outputs unbalanced Aes Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, Mode B operation Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Output Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 30 nm Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105/120 ps, typical, 165/180 ps, maximum Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ps typical, 180 ps maximum Laser Safety Level . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 1
Audio inputs unbalanced Aes input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mV Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk @10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status/User Bit . . . . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Communications gpi
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-pin Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Rs-232/422
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB9: 232/422 switchable 422 termination can be selected from the menu
dual-/single-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio processing
234
SEL-2XD1-EES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-1XD1-EES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-2XD1-EOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter, 3D capability and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, dual-SFP optical output (order two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/ plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
SEL-1XD1-EOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, dual-SFP optical output (order one or two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/ plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-2XD1-OES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter, 3D capability and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-1XD1-OES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
SEL-2XD1

235
SEL-2XD1-OOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter, 3D capability and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, dualSFP optical output (order two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/ output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-1XD1-OOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel video conversion front module with up/down/cross, frame rate and aspect ratio conversion, logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HDBNC connectors for SDI outputs, dual SFP optical output (order one or two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
dual-/single-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio processing Options sFp dual-Output Options
OP+SFP+TT+13+13 . . . . . . . . . . Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products. 1310 nm and 1310 nm wavelength dual transmitter with pathological support for baseband video
OP+SFP+RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products; dual PIN receiver with pathological support for baseband video
Advanced Audio processing software Key License Options for enC, deC, Fs/Xd/AAeX, dAeX
SELOPT-SK-XD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for single-channel to dualchannel field upgrade of video conversion module SELOPT-SK-SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software-keyed option for adding linear frame rate conversion (single channel) to the single- or dual-channel video conversion module
dual-/single-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio processing, Front module Only
SELOPT-SK-DEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E encoder SELOPT-SK-DED . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E decoder SELOPT-SK-DDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro encoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro decoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for DTS Neural Technologies (3 required for DTS Neural Surround UpMix or DownMix or 5.1 DTS Neural Loudness Control, 4 required for DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge, 1 required for 2.0 DTS Neural Loudness Control)
Cables, Adaptors, Connector/tools
SEL-FM-2XD1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel video conversion, front module only SEL-FM-1XD1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel video conversion, front module only
dual-/single-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio processing Back modules
SELOPTCAB-HD-BNC-V . . . . . . . . HD-BNC plug to BNC jack adaptor cable for video (12 in.) SELOPTCAB-HD-BNC-A . . . . . . . . HD-BNC plug to BNC jack adaptor cable for audio (12 in.) SELOPT-TOOL-CABLE . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC cable insertion and extraction tool
SEL-BM-FSXD-EES . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-BM-FSXD-EOS . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, dual SFP optical output (order one or two SFP dual output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-BM-FSXD-OES . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-BM-FSXD-OOS . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, dual SFP optical output (order one or two SFP dual output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
SEL-2FS1
Dual-Channel Frame Sync with Advanced Audio Processing Capability (Preliminary)

The Selenio SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1 modules provide single-channel and highdensity dual-channel video frame synchronization with audio timing for 3G/HD/ SD/3D signals. These modules are ideal for any broadcast, post-production, cable or mobile facility where processing and synchronization of NTSC/PAL, SD (480i, 576i), HD (720p, 1080i, 1080p) and 3D video and audio (embedded and/or discrete) signals are required. The SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1 can retime an I/O signal to a local station clock for the clean processing of all synchronized signals. Signal processing functions include processing amplification, color correction, legalization and logo generation/ insertion.
Features Single- and dual-channel versions (field license key-upgradable) Video frame and audio sync with genlock support Full 3 Gb/s and 3D support Audio embedder and de-embedder Seamless Sound functionality audio embedding on Loss of Video Fast-switch for clean/quiet output on hot switch at the input with no output frame freeze Dolby header adjustment Fiber TX and/or RX SFP options Eight AES unbalanced ports (inputs or outputs) balanced AES supported via digital audio expansion modules; analog audio supported via analog audio expansion modules 10-bit video processing Passing of all HANC and VANC samples Up to 12 frames of HD video delay and 50 frames of SD video delay Ability to embed AES on output (fiber or SDI) without video source or genlock Ability to de-embed metadata and embed external metadata Video standards operated: NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M) 1080i/p 1080sf 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M) ) 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M) Level A/B 1080p Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze Video processing amplifier (dual-channel version has two) with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Color corrector with controls (dual-channel version has two) for: RGB gain RGB offset RGB white slope RGB black stretch RGB gamma Legalizer with controls (dual-channel version has two) for: RGB white clip RGB black clip Audio processing amplifier for de-embedded and external audio channels: Gain Swap Invert Delay Mix (sum) Logo generator/inserter built-in (single and dual capability), includes SD memory card for storing graphics Onscreen Display (OSD) of menu parameters Dolby advanced audio options for encoding and decoding DTS Neural Surround UpMix/DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control Video and audio test generator 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C, U and V bit transparency VBI line-by-line deleting Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard SDI connectivity to both controller modules 100BaseT (control) connectivity to both controller modules Four GPI inputs and four GPI outputs with user programmable scripts Inputs: Two serial digital video/analog composite inputs Two frame genlock inputs (composite or tri-level sync) Eight AES ports (unbalanced); balanced and analog audio utilize expansion modules DARS input (second genlock input can be used for DARS) Two RS-232/422 serial ports for external metadata source Optional fiber dual input (order SFP separately) Outputs: Two sets of two synchronized serial digital video outputs Eight AES ports (unbalanced), balanced and analog audio utilize expansion modules Two RS-232/422 serial port metadata outputs Optional fiber dual output (x2, order SFP separately) Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Ethernet remote control and monitoring Q-SEE thumbnail monitoring support
236
SEL-2FS1
Product details

237
The single- and dual-channel SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1 modules offer comprehensive video and audio processing capabilities, including control over the picture, embedded audio processing and audio tracking. These modules also provide full handling of the associated embedded metadata, with the ability to de-embed and re-embed audio metadata from external sources. In addition, there are eight AES input and up to eight AES output ports, allowing for separate audio processing. Analog and digital audio expansion modules provide analog audio interface capability and additional AES inputs and outputs. Back modules can accommodate a dual-fiber SFP and two dual-fiber output SFPs. The modules can be controlled remotely using the standard web server element management system, Harris CCS Navigator software, HTTP web server or third-party SNMP-based control applications. There is the capability to provide the output with or without OSD. For the SEL-2FS1 dual-channel version with one input signal. In addition, the SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1 modules are Q-SEE -compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in a Selenio frame. For a dual-channel SEL-2FS1 module, one thumbnail is provided. If a second thumbnail is required for the second channel, a video expansion module can be added.
Audio expansion modules can provide additional audio processing support such as Dolby codecs, MPEG audio codecs, AAC codecs and DTS Neural Surround UpMix/ DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control. When viewing the front of the frame, the video expansion module is added to the left of the frame sync applications module (lower slot number). Audio expansion modules are added to the right of the frame sync applications module (higher slot numbers).
Audio expansion Configuration
Digital and analog audio expansion modules can be added to frame sync modules in the following configurations: Aes Audio inputs/ expansion Configurations Outputs

0 8 0 0 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 8
3dtV Functionality
The Selenio SEL-2FS2 dual-channel frame sync provides left eye/right eye processing for cameras with beam splitting, including video and audio synchronization, proc amp, color correction, legalization and logo insertion functionality. The following table highlights the standards that are supported: Quality definition
Highest High 2 x 3 Gb/s 3D (2 x SMPTE 424M) 3 Gb/s 3D (SMPTE 424M) 2 x 1.5 Gb/s 3D (2 x SMPTE 292M) 1.5 Gb/s 3D (1 x SMPTE 292M)
Configurations #1
# of 3dtV Connections
2 1 2 x 1080p
Configurations #2
2 x 270p or 2 x 1080i (B), left eye/ Production right eye content 2 x 270p, or 2 x 1080i 1/2 resolution or better (many variants) Distribution Main Video and Audio Module Analog Audio Expander Module Analog Audio Expander Module 8 0 0 8
High Half
2 1
Configurations #3
The Selenio SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1 frame sync modules are interconnected with the two controller modules for SDI and 100Base-T for control and monitoring. An analog reference is available from each reference input on the back of the frame.
Video and Audio expansion
For additional inputs and outputs and increased functionality, simply add video and audio expansion modules to the SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1 frame sync application modules. When an expansion module is installed beside an applications module, an automatic connection takes place. The corresponding block diagram in the graphical user interface is updated, giving the user setup, control and monitoring functions. Video and audio signals are automatically connected internally over bidirectional highspeed busses, eliminating the need for external cabling. One video expansion module can be placed beside a frame sync application module. Five back module options provide interfaces for electrical and optical inputs and outputs and relay bypass for critical signals upon power loss. For audio expansion, up to two analog audio expansion modules and/or digital audio expansion modules can be placed beside a frame sync application module.
The advanced audio plug-in has the following features: The maximum number of APM cards supported is two per FS/XD and audio expansion module pair. If the configuration has an FS or XD module, one audio expansion module and one advanced audio plug-in sub-module, the advanced audio plug-in must be installed on the FS or XD module. If the configuration has an FS or XD module, two audio expansion modules and two advanced audio plug-in sub-modules, the advanced audio plug-in must be installed on the FS or XD module and the first adjacent audio expansion module.
SEL-2FS1
The Selenio SEL-1FS1 and SEL-2FS1 frame sync applications modules offer four choices for back module external connectivity HD-BNC electrical connections for input and output; dual-SFP optical input with HD-BNC outputs; HD-BNC inputs with two dual-SFP optical outputs; and a dual-SFP optical input and two dual-SFP optical outputs. All four back modules provide AES-3 connections utilizing HD-BNC connections and serial data, and GPI connections utilizing a 20-pin socket/plug type connector. SDI and ASI interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1505A, 1694A or 1695A cable (or equivalent) with HD-BNC connectors, and AES-3 interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1855 cable (or equivalent) with HD-BNC connectors. A cable removal tool is provided for these types of HD-BNC connections. For optical input and output connectivity, dual SFP receivers and transmitters can be provided with the appropriate back module. images/diagrams
Back modules electrical to electrical (ees) electrical to Optical (eOs) Optical to electrical (Oes) Optical to Optical (OOs)
238
SEL-2FS1

239
EXT SDI 1-4 EXT Vid 1 Data DMB 1 AFD-VI-WSS Processing 1 Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1 Video Output and Routing CTR SDI Video Sync and Delay 2 Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 2 Video TSG OSD 2 Logo 2 Data EMB 2 Audio EMB 2 EXP SDI 1-3
EXT Vid 2
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
GL
CTR SDI
EXP SDI 1-2 Audio DMB 2 EXT AES In/Out 1-8 GL Data DMB 2 AFD-VI-WSS Processing 2
8 Audio I/O Assignment Audio Input Status Advanced Audio Processing (AAP) Genlock GL AAP1 AAP3 AAP2 AAP4 Audio TSG Audio Sync and Delay Audio ProcAmp Audio Output Routing
EXP AES
EXP AES

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O

2 1
GPI
Misc

EXT Vid 1 Data DMB 1 AFD-VI-WSS Processing 1 Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1 SDI Tx 1-4
EXT Vid 2
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
GL Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 2 Video TSG OSD 2 Logo 2
CTR SDI
EXP AES
EXP AES

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O

2 1
GPI
Misc
SEL-2FS1
Data DMB 1
AFD-VI-WSS Processing 1 Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1
EXT SDI 1-4
EXT Vid 1 EXT Vid 2
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
CTR SDI
CTR SDI
Data EMB 2
EXP AES
EXP AES

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O

2 1
GPI
Misc
Optical to Optical (OOs)

Data DMB 1 AFD-VI-WSS Processing 1 Video ProcAmp and Color Corrector 1 Video TSG OSD 1 Logo 1 SDI Tx 1-4
EXT Vid 1 EXT Vid 2
Data EMB 1
Audio EMB 1
CTR SDI
SDI Rx 1-2 Audio DMB 2 EXT AES In/Out 1-8 GL Data DMB 2 AFD-VI-WSS Processing 2
EXP AES
EXP AES

20
EXT SER 1 EXT SER 2
19
Serial
AM Audio Metadata
EXT GPI I/O

2 1
GPI
Misc
240
SEL-2FS1

241
sdi Video inputs 3 gb/s Hd-sdi inputs 3 gb/s Hd-sdi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M (2.97, 2.97/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >10dB, from 1485 to 2970 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 360 ft (110 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 590 ft (180 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
sd-sdi inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M (2.97, 2.97/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB, typical, from 5 to 2970 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20% to 80%), Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <2 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.3 UI pk-pk
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 1230 ft (375 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable or 902 ft (275 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable
Hd Fiber Video inputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI pk-pk
sd-sdi Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, Mode B operation Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -22 dBm (typical), -20 dBm maximum
3 gb/s Fiber Video inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1620 nm Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dBm, typical, 18 dBm maximum
Composite Video input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI pk-pk
Hd Fiber Video Outputs
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M) PAL-B (ITU 624-2) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz, 5 V pk-pk
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, Mode B operation Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Output wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 30 nm Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 ps, typical, 100 ps maximum Laser Safety Level . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 1
SEL-2FS1
3 gb/s Fiber Video Outputs

Audio Outputs unbalanced Aes Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, Mode B operation Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Output Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 30 nm Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105/120 ps, typical 160/180 ps maximum Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ps, typical, 180 ps maximum Laser Safety Level . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 1
Audio inputs unbalanced Aes input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mV Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk @10% into 75 ohmS load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status/User Bit . . . . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Communication gpi
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-pin Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Rs-232/422
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 RS-232/422 switchable 422 termination can be selected from the menu
dual-/single-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio processing
242
SEL-2FS1-EES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel frame synchronizer front module, logo generator/inserter, 3D capability and full embedded audio processing capability, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-1FS1-EES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel frame synchronizer front module with logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/ output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-2FS1-EOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel frame synchronizer front module with logo generator/inserter, 3D capability and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, dual SFP optical output (order two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
SEL-1FS1-EOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel frame synchronizer front module with logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, dual SFP optical output (order two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-2FS1-OES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel frame synchronizer front module with logo generator/inserter, 3D capability and full embedded audio processing capability, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2serial data connections SEL-1FS1-OES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel frame synchronizer front module with logo generator/inserter, and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dualinput option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and two serial data connections
SEL-2FS1

243
SEL-2FS1-OOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel frame synchronizer front module with logo generator/inserter, 3D and full embedded audio processing capability, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, dual SFP optical output (order two SFP dualoutput option separately) for SDI output, HD-BNC connectors for 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-1FS1-OOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel video conversion front module with logo generator/inserter and full embedded audio processing, includes single back module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, dual SFP optical output (order two SFP dual-output option separately) for SDI output, HD-BNC connectors for 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
dual-/single-Channel Frame sync with Advanced Audio processing Options sFp dual-Output Options
OP+SFP+TT+13+13 . . . . . . . . . . Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products; 1310 nm and 1310 nm wavelength dual transmitter with pathological support for baseband video
OP+SFP+RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) for Harris fiber optic products; dual PIN receiver with pathological support for baseband video
Advanced Audio processing Option plug-in for Fs/Xd/AAeX, dAeX
SELOPT-ADVAUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio processing sub-module for FS, XD, DAEX, DAEX-B, and AAEX (requires software key license option(s))
SELOPT-SK-FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software keyed option for single-to-dual-channel field upgrade for frame sync module
dual-/single-Channel Frame sync with Advanced Audio processing Front module Only
SEL-FM-2FS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel video frame synchronizer front module only SEL-FM-1FS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-channel video frame synchronizer front module only
dual-/single-Channel Frame sync with Advanced Audio processing Back modules
SELOPT-SK-DEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E encoder SELOPT-SK-DED . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E decoder SELOPT-SK-DDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro encoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro decoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for DTS Neural Technologies (3 required for DTS Neural Surround UpMix or DownMix or 5.1 DTS Neural Loudness Control, 4 required for DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge, 1 required for 2.0 DTS Neural Loudness Control)
SEL-BM-FSXD-EES . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-BM-FSXD-EOS . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with HD-BNC connectors for SDI and composite input, dual SFP optical output (order one or two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-BM-FSXD-OES . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections SEL-BM-FSXD-OOS . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for FS/XD front module with SFP optical input (order one SFP dual-input option separately) for SDI input, HD-BNC connectors for SDI outputs, dual SFP optical output (order one or two SFP dual-output option separately), 8 AES (unbalanced) input/output ports and socket/plug for 4 GPI inputs, 4 GPI outputs and 2 serial data connections
SELOPT-DAEX1
mediA COnVeRgenCe pLAtFORm // eXpAnsiOn MODuLes
Digital Audio Expansion (Preliminary)

The SELOPT-DAEX-AESCS and SELOPT-DAEX-AESBS digital audio expansion modules sit adjacent to the frame sync and video conversion application modules in the Selenio frame. The expansion modules provide additional unbalanced AES inputs and outputs, or add balanced AES inputs/outputs and increased audio processing functionality, to the Selenio platform.
Features Eight-input and 16-output AES digital audio expansion for Selenio frame sync and video conversion modules Dolby advanced audio options for encoding and decoding DTS Neural Surround advanced audio options for UpMix/DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control Unbalanced version utilizing HD-BNC Balanced version utilizing 62-pin connector
Product details When a digital expansion module is installed beside an applications module, an automatic connection takes place. The corresponding block diagram in the graphical user interface is updated, giving the user setup, control and monitoring functions. Audio signals are connected internally over bidirectional high-speed busses, eliminating external cabling. Additional audio processing functionality can be added to audio expansion modules including Dolby codecs, MPEG audio codecs, AAC codecs and DTS Neural Surround UpMix/DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control. When viewing the front of the frame, the audio expansion modules are added to the right of the frame sync applications module (higher slot numbers).
Audio expansion Capability
Please note the following for the advanced audio plug-in: The maximum number of APM cards supported is two per FS/XD and audio expansion module pair. If the configuration has an FS or XD module, one audio expansion module and one advanced audio plug-in sub-module, the advanced audio plug-in must be installed on the FS or XD module. If the configuration has an FS or XD module, two audio expansion modules and two advanced audio plug-in sub-modules, the advanced audio plug-in must be installed on the FS or XD module and the first adjacent audio expansion module.
For audio expansion, up to two analog audio expansion modules and/or digital audio expansion modules or a combination of five analog and digital audio expansion modules can be placed beside an encoder, decoder, frame sync or video conversion application module. Configurations include the following: Aes Audio inputs/ expansion Configurations Outputs
The SELOPT-DAEX digital audio application modules offer two choices for back module external connectivity one with HD-BNC electrical connections for input and output, and one with a DB-62 multi-pin connector for balanced AES connectivity. AES-3 interfaces utilize a Belden-type 1855 cable (or equivalent) with HD-BNC connectors. A cable removal tool is provided for these types of HD-BNC connections. For balanced AES, a mating connector is included.

0 8 0 0 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 8
Configurations #1
Configurations #2
244
Configurations #3
SELOPT-DAEX1
images/diagrams

245
electrical to Optical (eOs) unbalanced Aes input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
unbalanced Aes Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES 3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk @ 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status/User Bit . . . . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Balanced Aes input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 pin Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Balanced Aes Output
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 pin Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms @ 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status/User Bits . . . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
SELOPT-DAEX1
Audio expansion
SELOPT-DAEX1-AESCS . . . . . . . . Unbalanced AES audio expansion front module, adds more inputs and outputs to FS/XD/ENC/ DEC, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and 16 AES (unbalanced) outputs SELOPT-DAEX1-AESBS . . . . . . . . Balanced AES audio expansion front module, adds more inputs and outputs to FS/XD/ENC/ DEC, includes single back module with HD-62 D subminiature connector with 8 AES (balanced) inputs and 16 (balanced) outputs, mating connector included
Audio expansion Front module
SELOPT-ADVAUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio processing submodule for FS, XD, DAEX, DAEX-B, AAEX (requires software key license option(s)
Advanced Audio processing software Key License Options for Fs/Xd/AAeX, dAeX
SEL-FM-DAEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced AES audio expansion front module only SEL-FM-DAEX-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced AES audio expansion front module only
Audio expansion Back modules
SELOPT-SK-DEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E encoder SELOPT-SK-DED . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E decoder SELOPT-SK-DDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro encoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro decoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for DTS Neural Technologies (3 required for UpMix or DownMix or 5.1 Loudness Control, 4 required for MultiMerge, 1 required for 2.0 Loudness Control)
SEL-BM-AESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for unbalanced AES audio expansion front module with HD-BNC connectors for 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and 16 AES (unbalanced) outputs SEL-BM-AESB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for balanced AES audio expansion front module with HD-62 D subminiature connector with 8 AES (balanced) inputs and 16 (balanced) outputs, mating connector included
246
SELOPT-AAEX1
Analog Audio Expansion (Preliminary)

247
The SELOPT-AAEX-AABS analog audio expansion modules sit adjacent to the frame sync and video conversion application modules in the Selenio frame so as to add analog audio interfaces. The analog audio expansion modules deliver more inputs and outputs and additional functionality to the Selenio platform.
Features Eight-input and eight-output balanced analog audio expansion for Selenio frame sync and video conversion modules Dolby advanced audio options for encoding and decoding DTS Neural Surround advanced audio options for UpMix/DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control
Product details When an expansion module is installed beside an applications module, an automatic connection takes place. The corresponding block diagram in the graphical user interface is updated, giving the user setup, control and monitoring functions. Audio signals are connected internally over bidirectional high-speed busses, eliminating external cabling. Additional audio processing functionality can be added to audio expansion modules including Dolby codecs, MPEG audio codecs, AAC codecs and DTS Neural Surround UpMix/DownMix and DTS Neural Loudness Control. When viewing the front of the frame, the audio expansion modules are added to the right of the frame sync applications module (higher slot numbers).
Audio expansion Capability
Up to two analog audio expansion modules and/or digital audio expansion modules or a combination of five analog and digital audio expansion modules can be placed beside an encoder, decoder, frame sync or video conversion application module. Configurations include the following: Aes Audio inputs/ expansion Configurations Outputs

0 8 0 0 16 0 0 0 8 0 0 8
Configurations #1
Configurations #2
Configurations #3
SELOPT-AAEX1
images/diagrams
Back module
Analog Audio Expansion (Preliminary)

Audio inputs
The SELOPT-AAEX-AABS analog audio expansion module has one back module for external connectivity multi-pin with mating connectors.
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmller Input Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 12 dBu (0 dBFS, user adjustable in 1dB increments) Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-impedance or 600 ohms, jumper selectable CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB @ 60 Hz, typical
Audio Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmller Output Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 12 dBu (user adjustable in 1 dB increments) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 or 600 ohms, jumper selectable Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB (0.001%), (20 Hz to 20 kHz, -1 dBFS), typical SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >114 dB (-60 dBFS input, 997 Hz, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, unweighted), typical Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >107 dB, (20 Hz to 20 kHz, -1 dBFS), typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 dB (to -100 dBFS), typical ordering inFormation SELOPT-AAEX1-AABS . . . . . . . . . Analog audio expansion front module, adds more inputs and outputs to FS/XD/ENC/DEC, includes single back module with two Weidmuller connectors for 8 analog (balanced) inputs and 8 analog (balanced) outputs, mating connectors (2) included
SEL-FM-AAEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog audio expansion, front module only

Audio expansion Back module
SEL-BM-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for analog audio expansion front module with two Weidmuller connectors for 8 analog (balanced) inputs and 8 analog (balanced) outputs, mating connectors (2) included
SELOPT-ADVAUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio processing submodule for FS, XD, DAEX, DAEX-B, AAEX (requires software key license option(s))
Advanced Audio processing software Key License Options for Fs/Xd/AAeX, dAeX
248
SELOPT-SK-DEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E Encoder SELOPT-SK-DED . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for one Dolby E Decoder SELOPT-SK-DDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro encoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro decoder (5.1 or 2.0) SELOPT-SK-DTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for DTS Neural Technologies (3 required for UpMix or DownMix or 5.1 Loudness Control, 4 required for MultiMerge, 1 required for 2.0 Loudness Control)
SELOPTCAB-HD-BNC-V . . . . . . . . HD-BNC plug to BNC jack adaptor cable for video (12 in.) SELOPTCAB-HD-BNC-A . . . . . . . . HD-BNC plug to BNC jack adaptor cable for audio (12 in.) www.broadcast.harris.com
Dolby and DTS
Advanced Audio Options (Preliminary)

mediA COnVeRgenCe pLAtFORm // AuDiO OpTiOns
249
The Selenio media convergence platform sets a new standard in audio processing for contribution and distribution applications. By simply adding software key licenses to MPEG encoder and decoder modules, and software key licenses with a plug-in sub-module to frame sync, video conversion and audio expansion modules, users can take advantage of advanced audio applications for Dolby and DTS audio processing.
Features Product details
Adding Advanced Audio Options
Dolby E contribution-quality audio codec (4:1) Dolby Digital Plus 5.1 + 2.0/7.1 distribution-quality with VBR (preliminary) Dolby Digital Pro 2.0 and 5.1 distribution-quality audio codec Dolby Pulse distribution-quality audio codec utilizing AAC coding (preliminary) DTS Neural Surround UpMix capable of processing a stereo source signal to one of many common surround configurations such as 3.1, 4.1, 5.1, 6.1, 7.1, Phantom 6.1 or Phantom 7.1 DTS Neural Surround DownMix capable of processing 5.1 or 7.1 source signals into 2.0 DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge seamless transition between 2.0 and 5.1 at the input, with 5.1 and 2.0 at all times at the output DTS Neural 2.0 Loudness Control for stereo loudness control DTS Neural 5.1 Loudness Control for surround sound (or stereo loudness control)
For the encoder and decoder applications modules, order the required software keys. For the frame sync and video conversion applications modules, order the advanced audio plug-in and required software keys. To expand the advanced audio capability beyond the frame sync and video conversion applications modules, add the appropriate audio expander and advanced audio plug-in with the additional software keys.
SELOPT-ADVAUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio Processing Module (APM) plug-in advanced audio processing for FS, XD, DAEX, DAEX-B, AAEX (requires software key license option(s))
SELOPT-AAEX1-AABS . . . . . . . . . Analog audio expansion front module, adds more inputs and outputs to FS/XD/ENC/DEC, includes single back module with two Weidmuller connectors for 8 analog (balanced) inputs and 8 analog (balanced) outputs, mating connectors (2) included
SELOPT-SK-DEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for 1 Dolby E encoder (for FS, XD, DAES, AAES) SELOPT-SK-DED . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for 1 Dolby E decoder (for FS, XD, DAES, AAES) SELOPT-SK-DDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro encoder (5.1 or 2.0) (for FS, XD, DAES, AAES) SELOPT-SK-DDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for Dolby Digital Pro decoder (5.1 or 2.0) (for FS, XD, DAES, AAES) SELOPT-SK-DTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software key license for DTS Neural Technologies (3 required for UpMix or DownMix or 5.1 Loudness Control, 4 required for Multimerge, 1 required for 2.0 Loudness Control)
Audio expansion
SEL-FM-DAEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced AES audio expansion, front module only SEL-FM-DAEX-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced AES audio expansion, front module only SEL-FM-AAEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog audio expansion, front module only
Audio expansion Back modules
SELOPT-DAEX1-AESCS . . . . . . . . Unbalanced AES audio expansion front module, adds more inputs and outputs to FS/XD/ENC/ DEC, includes single back module with HD-BNC connectors for 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and 16 AES (unbalanced) outputs SELOPT-DAEX1-AESBS . . . . . . . . Balanced AES audio expansion front module, adds more inputs and outputs to FS/XD/ENC/ DEC, includes single back module with HD-62 D Subminiature connector with 8 AES (balanced) inputs and 16 (balanced) outputs, mating connector included
SEL-BM-AESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for unbalanced AES audio expansion front module with HD-BNC connectors for 8 AES (unbalanced) inputs and 16 AES (unbalanced) outputs SEL-BM-AESB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for balanced AES audio expansion front module with HD-62 D Subminiature connector with 8 AES (balanced) inputs and 16 (balanced) outputs, mating connector included SEL-BM-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single back module for analog audio expansion front module with two Weidmuller connectors for 8 analog (balanced) inputs and 8 analog (balanced) outputs, mating connectors (2) included
mUl TIVIeweRs
Change your view about whats possible in the world of multi-image displays and processing! As you consider a variety of options for your monitoring needs, turn to Harris for the industrys widest range of multiviewer solutions. you can trust your mission-critical, time-sensitive applications to our best-in-class monitoring solutions, which feature innovative, award-winning technology that provides superior image quality and brings significant cost savings. from standalone to modular to integrated router/multiviewer solutions, the Harris Hview family of multiviewers is well-suited to meet your specifications in any environment that requires a flexible, scalable architecture for baseband, ip or hybrid video monitoring including small-scale installations, large enterprises, truck-based broadcasting, master control rooms, production centers and cable head-ends.
250
To learn more, visit broadcast.harris.com/multiviewers.
HvieW QS SPACe-SAving, QuAD-SPLit CArDS

QS100HD
Multiformat HD Quad Card for Sony LMD/LUMA Displays ........................... 252
Qvm6800+
Quad-Split Multiviewer Card with Cascading Capability ................................ 254
HvieW CP ComPACt, miD-SizeD muLtivieWerS

Predator ii-gX
Expandable, Dual-Head, Auto-Sensing Multiviewer ...................................... 258
Predator ii-grF
Dual-Head DVI-I Multi-Image Display Solution ............................................. 263
HvieW SX innovAtive, SCALABLe muLtivieWerS WitH routing oPtionS

Hview SX Hybrid
Scalable Multiviewer Solution for the Platinum Router with IP Decode Capability ................................................................................ 265
HvieW iP muLtiFormAt, BroADBAnD muLtivieWerS

Hview iP
IP-Based Video Network Display and Monitoring Solution ............................. 268
251
QS100HD
muLtiVieWeRs // HvieW Qs spACe-sAving, QuAD-spLiT CArDs
Multiformat HD Quad Card for Sony LMD/LUMA Displays
Features As a full-featured multiviewer within the Sony display, the QS100HD saves space, reduces cabling requirements and provides excellent image quality, making it an ideal solution for mobile production vehicles, as well as desktop studio applications. Auto-detection of up to four analog, SDI (525, 625) or HD (720p, 1080i) inputs DVI-D output up to 1920x1080/1200* simultaneous DVI and HD/SDI output *1920x1200 resolution results in additional frame delay and rate conversion on LMD/LUMA series Lowest minimum frame delays (<1 frame) critical in production environments Full-screen, quad-split and any four-window display configuration Native HD and SD input processing to ensure excellent picture quality 4:3 and 16:9 aspect ratio management with aspect ratio markers NTP timecode support and digital clock display Instant display reconfigurability all four inputs are scalable and resizable Fullscreen selection from LMD/LUMA front panel Dynamic and static UMD protocol; supports numerous options for flexible operator control; Z-Configurator software, LMD/LUMA front panel, GPI and LAN Configurable tally lamps with up to four tally lamps per video window User-configurable preset layouts Embedded audio ballistic meters
The Harris QS100HD Quad card is a unique, first-to-market monitoring solution designed for integration with the Sony LMD/LUMA display range. This multiviewer offers outstanding performance and image quality for HDTV monitoring environments and is ideal for outside broadcast/mobile production, master control room and production studio quality monitoring. The QS100HD Quad card fits into the expansion slot of the Sony LMD/LUMA display range. Configurable as a quad-split or in any four-window arrangement, this fully integrated monitoring solution drives the high-resolution LMD/LUMA displays, allowing up to four auto-sensing analog, SDI and HD-SDI inputs to be shown. With an extensive standard feature set, the QS100HD Quad cards have numerous control options including the intuitive Z-Configurator layout editing software, which enables easy setup and operation, support for embedded audio and onscreen alarm display for video and audio. The high-performance QS100HD Quad card also features an HD-SDI output for distribution of the multi-image display output, or for cascading units.
Product details
excellence in image Quality and display
Reiable performance
The QS100HD Quad card auto-senses up to four 10-bit digital HD/SDI signals or analog signals. The module can route any of the four sources internally to the display, with no multi-image processing for full-screen display. Alternatively, users can select a DVI input for multi-image display processing. The result is an outstanding, high-resolution quad display with minimal input-to-output frame delay. A simultaneous HD-SDI output is available as standard to distribute the four-channel (quad) output to additional displays and routers within the production system.
superior Control/ease of use
The superior processing technology of the QS100HD Quad card results in performance that is second to none. The integrated module boasts minimum frame delays (<1 frame) from source to output, making it a reliable choice in critical production environments.
252
The QS100HD Quad card module features the powerful Z-Configurator layout editing software to make system setup and operation effortless. The creation of layouts is simplified with the option to edit pre-loaded basic templates or use the drag-and-drop functionality to quickly create and save new layout styles. The intuitive GUI allows the operator to easily configure, resize and position any source in the layout in order to set up tally/UMD parameters, alarm thresholds and audio ballistics. LAN and GPI control are standard interfaces. Users can choose between any of the four inputs viewed full screen, with no processing of the multi-image display directly from the LMD/LUMA front panel.
QS100HD
Multiformat HD Quad Card for Sony LMD/LUMA Displays

253
Video inputs
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-detects 1080i 50/59.94/60, 720p 50/59.94/60, SD 525/625, PAL, NTSC HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M 1.485 Gb/s) and/or SDI (SMPTE 259M 270 Mb/s) Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD: 820 ft (250 m) cable equalization, HD: 328 ft (100 m) for HD Return loss >15 dB
graphics Overlay
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z-Configurator layout configuration software (for multiviewer operation) Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Base-T Ethernet control TCP/IP, via RJ-45 GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 inputs
physical
16 text and border colors 4 tally lamps red, green, yellow, blue Audio ballistics bar graphs red, green, yellow Multiple digital and analog clocks synchronized to NTP over LAN Multiple countdown and countup timers
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 7.8 x 5.8 x 0.7 in. (200 x 147.5 x 20 mm) Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 W Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating ambient temperature 32 to 95 F (0 C to 35 C) Recommended operation 68 to 86 F (20 to 30 C) Storage temperature 32 to 122 F (0 C to 50 C) Humidity 70% maximum (QS100HD)
Front panel
display Outputs
LMD/QS100HD Control . . . . . . . . Source-select A1, A2, B1, B2 and DVI for multi-image display
integrated Rear panel
Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-image output on DVI-D is display-selectable using the front-panel DVI source-select DVI-D output Front-panel source-select A1, A2, B1, B2; select one source to the display HD-SDI O/P to 1080i when the DVI output is set to 1920x1080p Front panel source select A1, A2, B1, B2 select 1 source to the display HD-SDI O/P to 1080i when the DVI output is set to 1920x1080p Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-D BNC
Control/Operation
LMD/QS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC video inputs, 1 GPI RJ-45, 1 BNC HD-SDI output, 1 DVI-D output, 1 Ethernet RJ-45 Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE product emission standard EN 55 022:1994 CE generic immunity standard 50082-1:1992 (as per the EMC directive 89/336/EEC) FCC Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules; RoHs-compliant
system
SSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front-panel LCD menu, onscreen display (for multiviewer display select) UMD/Tally Control . . . . . . . . . . . . Dynamic UMD and tally via TSL protocol over TCP/ IP and UDP
Sony LMD/LUMA Models Supported LMD-1750W LMD-2050W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S/N 3003370 and later, ex-factory December 18, 2007 LMD-2450W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S/N 3003387, ex-factory December 19, 2007 LMD-4250W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S/N 3000007, ex-factory January 7, 2008 LMD-1751W LMD-2451W
images/diagrams
Rear panel View
ordering inFormation ZQS100HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 4-channel integrated quad card supporting HD (720p/1080i), SDI (525/625), PAL and NTSC inputs (auto-detected)
QVM6800+
Quad-Split Multiviewer Card with Cascading Capability

Features The QVM6800+ series provides a high-quality 3 Gb/s monitoring solution in a small form factor, allowing up to six quads in a single 2RU frame The cascading function provides the flexibility to build and rebuild systems to suit changing monitoring requirements. Auto-detection of up to four analog, HD (720p, 1080i, 1080p) or SDI (525, 625) inputs Cascading model can be configured to provide up to 24 sources on one display Auto-detection of analog, HD (720p, 1080i, 1080p) or SDI (525, 625) inputs 3 Gb/s-capable Native HD and SD input processing to ensure excellent picture quality DVI-D output up to 1920x1080 when cascading or 1920x1200 in fixed quad model with simultaneous DVI and HD-SDI output Lowest minimum frame delays (<1 frame), even for cascaded model critical in production environments Embedded audio ballistic meters and alarms Full-screen, quad-split and any four-window display configuration NTP + LTC timecode support and digital clock display Instant display reconfigurability all four inputs are scalable and resizable Numerous options for flexible operator control, including Z-Configurator software Dynamic and static UMD protocol support Configurable preset layouts Configurable tally lamps with up to four tally lamps per video window Onscreen alarms and SNMP notification for immediate response Onscreen clock and timer Four GPI inputs for full screen, preset or tally selection
The Harris QVM6800+ quad-split cards bring full multi-image processing functionality to the popular Harris 6800+ modular core processing platform. Providing comprehensive control and monitoring at a low cost, the QVM6800+ cards offer a revolutionary small-footprint multiviewer solution that is ideal for outside broadcast/ mobile production vehicles, studio production facilities and existing 6800+ users. The QVM6800+ is available in two versions a standalone Quad card for standard four-inputs-to-one-display applications, and the QVM6800+C flexible cascading model, which allows multiple cards to be linked together to build larger systems. The QVM6800+ cards are designed for use in the 2RU, 20-slot 6800+ frame. This industry-leading frame offers integral cooling, enhanced hot-swappable power supplies and a lightweight construction, while supporting a full range of modules for processing, distribution and conversion. As each QVM6800+ card occupies only three 6800+ slots, up to six quads can be populated in a single frame alongside any of the other hundreds of 6800+ cards offering a great space-saving solution. Both QVM6800+ card versions feature four auto-sensing inputs, as well as simultaneous DVI and HD-SDI outputs ensuring exceptional image quality. In addition, both cards offer resolutions up to 1920x1200 (1920x1080 when cascading) and embedded audio and video alarm capabilities.
Product details
Cascading Function
The unique cascading function of the QVM6800+C allows the user to build or reconfigure a multiviewer architecture to suit the varied and changing applications in any workflow. In the cascading model, the fifth loop input becomes active the user can take the output from one card and cascade to the next, and connect multiple cards to build up larger single-output systems (for instance, link four cards together to form a 16-inputs-to-one-display). The cascade function operates without any loss of quality or any additional processing delays. The worst possible delay for any source to the output is one frame. The control of multiple cards in this mode has been simplified by the ZConfigurator cascade editor, which allows the user to select and group cascaded units so they can be viewed and controlled as a single multiviewer.
Z-Configurator Cascade editor Applications
254
Control/ease of use
With an extensive standard feature set, the QVM6800+ multiviewer cards have numerous control options, including the intuitive Z-Configurator layout editing software an easy-to-use Windows-based editor that allows a user to quickly configure any Harris multiviewer for setup and operation. With Z-Configurator, the user can create and edit onscreen layouts; adjust system configurations such as network settings and resolution; set up and enable alarms; and access control functionality by selecting audio monitor output and full-screen operation. Cascade make and break is quickly and simply achieved through the Z-Configurator softwares frame view. Once a cascade has been created, the cards operate and are controlled as a single multiviewer system.
The superb image quality and low latency of the QVM6800+ cards make them ideal for production applications. Low power consumption (<15 W per quad) and compact size combine to make the QVM6800+ a popular choice for outside broadcast (OB) vehicles as well. Furthermore, the flexibility of the cascading function makes this card an excellent option in flyaway kits, where the ability to quickly and easily reconfigure the number of inputs to a display to match changing requirements is a key feature.
6800+ modular platform
The 6800+ modular core processing platform addresses virtually any application and makes it easy to migrate to new standards without rebuilding the existing infrastructure, thus providing significant savings. With a lightweight construction perfect for any fixed or mobile installation, the frame supports a full range of modules for AV processing and multiplexing, advanced audio, networking, 3 Gb/s processing, compression, distribution, frame synchronization, HD conversion, fiber optics and multi-source monitoring. www.broadcast.harris.com
QVM6800+
images/diagrams
Quad-Split Multiviewer Card with Cascading Capability

255
Cascade Input Auto-sensing Inputs
DVI-D Output HD-SDI Output GPI and Audio Monitoring Output
LAN
LTC Input
1 x 24 QVm6800+C Frame Configurations
QVM6800+
256
Quad-Split Multiviewer Cards for the 6800+ Platform

ordering inFormation QVM6800+T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quad multiviewer card for 6800+ frame; occupies three 6800+ slots; embedded audio monitoring; GPI inputs; Z-Configurator supplied as standard QVM6800+C-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cascadable quad multiviewer card for 6800+ frame; occupies three 6800+ slots; embedded audio monitoring; GPI inputs; Z-Configurator supplied as standard QVM68OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License to enable 3 Gb/s 1080p capability on inputs and HD-SDI output on QVM6800+ module; one license enables all inputs and outputs on a single QVM6800+ QVM68OPT-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License to field upgrade QVM6800+T to cascading model QVM6800+C-T; only applicable on new revisions; check with factory for eligibility www.broadcast.harris.com
QVM6800+
Quad-Split Multiviewer Cards for the 6800+ Platform

257
Video inputs physical
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: SMPTE 424M (2.97, 2.97/1.001 Gb/s) HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M 1.485 Gb/s) and/or SDI (SMPTE 259M 270 Mb/s) and or composite (PAL/NTSC) Number of Inputs Per Card . . . . . . 4; up to 6 cards may be cascaded to provide additional inputs Number of 6800 Slots Required . . 3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Input Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports 1080p, 1080i, 720p 50/59.94/60, SDI 525, SDI 625, PAL, NTSC
display Outputs
Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simultaneous DVI-D and HD-SDI output Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (same image on DVI and HD-SDI); when cascaded, only master card output is active Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-D and BNC Output Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . User-programmable up to 1920x1200; Up to 1920x1080 if in cascade mode or HD-SDI output active
Control/Operation
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6800+ frame 19-in. rackmount: 2RU high Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 19x 11.5 in. (8.8 x 48.3 x 29.2 cm) Weight Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 b (4.08 kg) empty; 12 lb (5.44 kg) with 2 power supplies Power Frame Auto-detected of 100 or 240 V and within 47/63 Hz; redundant PSU option Power Consumption Card 14 W per card Environmental Operating temperature 32 to 95 F (0 to 35 C), storage is 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C), humidity 70% maximum Compliance CE product emission standard EN 55 022:1994, CE generic immunity standard 50082-1:1992 (as per the EMC directive 89/336/EEC), FCC Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules; RoHs-compliant UMD Protocol Support . . . . . . . . . TSL Image Video Graphics Overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ability to download bitmaps for logos on screen Stylized video window skins In-picture embedded audio bargraphs 2 analog clocks 6 up/down timers 4 tally lamps - red, green, yellow, blue Dynamic UMD/tally 6 digital clocks Fault Detection And Alarms . . . . . . Loss of video sync Frozen picture Audio over-level Audio under-level Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input standard
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z-Configurator layout configuration software Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet control, via RJ-45 GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 inputs per card Audio Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stereo, analog audio
ordering inFormation QVM6800+T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quad multiviewer card for 6800+ frame; occupies 3 6800+ slots; embedded audio monitoring; GPI inputs; Z-Configurator supplied as standard QVM6800+C-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cascadable quad multiviewer card for 6800+ frame; occupies 3 6800+ slots; embedded audio monitoring, GPI inputs; Z-Configurator supplied as standard QVM68OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License to enable 3 Gb/s 1080p capability on inputs and HD-SDI output on QVM6800+ module; one license enables all inputs and outputs on a single QVM6800+ QVM68OPT-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License to field upgrade QVM6800+T to cascading model QVM6800+C-T; only applicable on new revisions; check with factory for eligibility
Predator II-GX
muLtiVieWeRs // HvieW Cp COMpACT, MiD-sizeD MuLTivieWers
Expandable, Dual-Head, Auto-Sensing Multiviewer

Features Available in either a 1 or 2RU frame Available in a range of models capable of auto-detecting 4 to 32 HD-SDI, SDI or composite video inputs Optional DVI-I input card to allow for computer source inputs (DVI or VGA) Two DVI-I outputs driving two independent displays at resolutions of up to 1920x1080 (up to 1920x1200 in single-head mode) Less than one frame processing delay from source to output; ideal for production applications Standard, easy-to-use Z-Configurator software included Integrated audio monitoring capabilities onscreen ballistic meters and alarming features; embedded audio monitoring for up to 16 sources per video source (standard); and discrete analog and AES monitoring options. 2RU model includes a dedicated audio monitor output in simultaneous analog and AES Decoding of aspect ratio data (AFD or WSS) to display sources correctly onscreen; a range of screen aspect ratio and safe area markers help support monitoring of a multi-aspect ratio production Extensive alarm monitoring capabilities ability to monitor numerous video and audio faults such as loss, freeze, black, metadata loss, audio silence or over-level; range of response options including onscreen notification, SNMP messaging and GPO trigger Support for dynamic UMD and tally indicator via a number of industry-standard protocols Direct communication with the Platinum router to display source and/or destination names for each input from Platinum Decoding and display of Closed Caption data (608/708) on any video source Multiple-clock display in different formats, with options to sync to LTC, NTP or PC time sources Up and down timer support with various trigger options D-VITC decoding for display of embedded time code on video Downloading and display of custom bitmaps; allows information display or branding capability
The Harris Predator II-GX is more than just an HD multiviewer it is a complete HD control and monitoring solution. It features auto-sensing support for multiple input standards and a modular architecture that allows smaller models to be expanded as demand grows. Combining pristine-quality images, easy-to-use editing software and an array of standard video and audio monitoring capabilities, the Predator II-GX also offers extensive ancillary data decoding capabilities. An optional computer graphics card allows for the addition of test, monitoring or control sources onscreen as part of the multi-image display.
predator ii-gX i/O Overview
Analog/AES monitor output 2x DVI-I outputs Up to 64 analog/ AES audio channels Up to 64 GPI inputs Up to 32 HD/SD/ composite inputs
MGPI output
NUCLEUS control panel
CCS Navigator network management and control software Up to 8* DVI-I inputs

*8 DVI-I inputs only available with HD12 or HD16 models
DVI or VGA
258
MFD6800+ IP/ASI to video decoder
Z-Configurator control and editing
IP/DVB ASI
Test equipment or PC sources
Predator II-GX
Product details

259
The Predator II-GX comes with a variety of input options. The 1RU frame offers options from 4 to 12 video inputs, while the 2RU range offers models from 12 to 32 inputs. The unique Predator II-GX architecture allows the user with a smaller model to expand input capacity by simply adding processing cards to match any future increase in monitoring needs. This highly flexible multiviewer also offers options for monitoring PC sources onscreen alongside video sources for example, placing playout server control onscreen alongside the playout sources to mix monitoring and control on the same displays.
AppLiCAtiOns
production Flycases
The compact design and easy set-up of Predator II-GX make it ideal for SNG and flycase applications. Auto-detection of up to 32 HD-SDI, SDI and composite video inputs via BNC (1080i, 720p, 625, 525, PAL, NTSC) Multiple-clock display in digital and analog format; NTP or LTC timecode input option available for synchronization to master clock Metadata displays in multiple up/down timers Support for dynamic UMD and tally indicators, as well as many industry-standard protocols
production studios
Designed to perfection for demanding applications with features and capabilities targeted to specific needs, Predator II-GX is a high-performance multiviewer solution for many areas.
Outside production
Whether for call letter stations or national broadcasters, the Predator II-GX ticks all the boxes for high-quality, high-performance multi-image viewing. The excellent picture quality, low processing delay, and simple control and configuration options make Predator II-GX an enormously popular solution. Integrated UMD decoding and display, as well as numerous tally style options, make identifying and highlighting sources easily customizable all standard features. Embedded audio monitoring is also a standard feature, while analog or AES audio monitoring is available as an option.
master Control Rooms
With its compact size, rugged design and excellent production capabilities, Predator II-GX is a popular choice in outside broadcast vehicles. Each Predator II-GX multiviewer is capable of driving two independent displays, so a large number of displays can be driven from multiple Predator II-GX systems. Excellent picture quality Dual-head display Lowest frame delays Easy setup and reconfiguration Dynamic UMD and tally updates Predator II-GX provides all the necessary tools for channel launch and control. Boasting a large number of monitoring features such as video loss, video freeze, black picture, caption loss, audio loss, silence or over-level, auto-sensing support for composite/HD/ SD inputs and optional graphics inputs, Predator II-GX should be considered in smaller to mid-end master control applications. Signal status Alarm monitoring Metadata displays Clocks and timers AFD/WSS status
Predator II-GX
Large-system monitoring
Connect up to 64 Predator II-GX systems to drive up to 128 displays
Platinum router
Predator II-GX multiviewers
Combining Predator II-GX with Platinum routers provides an excellent solution for medium- to large-scale monitoring systems. By using a single Platinum router, up to 512 sources can be fed to up to 64 Predator II-GX systems. Source and destination names can be extracted from the router for display with the video, while Z-Configurator software allows the user to dynamically switch router sources, offering the ability to pull any router source to any PIP.
post production
Predator II-GX supports a range of input standards, such as 1080p 23.98/24/25/29.97/ 30 Hz, and includes on video display of D-VITC information. These features, along with the excellent image quality and optional DVI inputs, make the Predator II-GX an excellent choice for post-production editing suites. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Video inputs Control/Operation
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M, 1.485 Gb/s) SDI (SMPTE 259M, 270 Mb/s) Composite (PAL/NTSC) Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU: 4, 8, 12 2RU: 12, 16, 20, 24, 32 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Input Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports 1080i 50/59.94/60, 720p, 50/59.94/60, SDI 525, SDI 625, PAL, NTSC
display Outputs
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front-panel LCD menu, onscreen display Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z-Configurator layout configuration software Serial Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 RS-232 port, 1 RS-232/422 port (user-selectable) Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet control, via RJ-45 GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 inputs per video input Audio Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stereo, analog audio + simultaneous AES (2RU models only) Master GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Can be used to trigger external alarm devices (2RU models only)
physical
260
Operates as a single- or dual-output system to give any mix of inputs across two displays Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit DVI or RGBHV (via adaptor) output Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2: duplicate (in single-output mode) or dual output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I connector Output Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-output display mode: user-programmable up to 1920x1200 Dual head display mode: user-programmable up to 1920x1080
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-in. rackmount: 1RU high (HD 4/HD 8/HD 12); 2RU high (HD 12/HD 16/HD 20/HD 24/HD 32) Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 1RU: 18.8 x 15.1 x 1.7 in. (480 x 386 x 44 mm) 2RU: 18.8 x 15.1 x 3.4 in. (480 x 386 x 88 mm)
Predator II-GX

261
predator ii-gX 1Ru model with 8 video inputs and 4 dVi-i inputs
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZP2-HD4-FR1RU: 9 lbs (4.1 kg) ZP2-HD8-FR1RU: 10.3 lbs (4.7 kg) ZP2-HD12-FR1RU: 11.4 lbs (5.2 kg) ZP2-HD12: 17.2 lbs (7.8 kg) ZP2-HD16: 18.5 lbs (8.4 kg) ZP2-HD20: 19.4 lbs (8.8 kg) ZP2-HD24: 20.7 lbs (9.4 kg) ZP2-HD32: 22.9 lbs (10.4 kg) Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-detected of 100 or 240 V and within 47/63 Hz; uses a 2.2 A fuse; single mains power adaptor (supplied) Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature 32 to 95 F (0 to 35 C), storage is 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C), humidity 70% maximum Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 configuration/menu buttons Rear Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power on/off, rear I/O 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 32 SD/ HD I/O BNC pairs, each with GPI/O 9-pin RS-232, 9-pin RS-232/422 and Ethernet as standard Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE product emission standard EN 55 022:1994, CE generic immunity standard 50082-1:1992 (as per the EMC directive 89/336/EEC), FCC Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules; RoHs-compliant
Ancillary Data Decode . . . . . . . . . Closed caption decode and display (EIA 608, 708) D-VITC decode and display (RP188) Source ID (SMPTE 291M) WSS AFD UMD Protocol Support . . . . . . . . . TSL Thomson ASCII Image Video Ross Graphics Overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ability to download bitmaps for logos on screen Stylized video window skins In-picture embedded audio bargraphs 2 analog clocks 6 up/down timers 4 tally lamps red, green, yellow, blue Dynamic UMD/tally 6 digital clocks Fault Detection And Alarms . . . . . . Loss of video sync Frozen picture Audio over-level Loss of V-Chip rating Black picture Loss of audio/audio under-level Loss of closed captioning Loss of source ID Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed caption detection Source ID V-Chip status Input standard
images/diagrams
predator ii-gX 2Ru model with 32 video inputs
predator ii-gX 1Ru model with 12 video inputs
predator ii-gX 2Ru model with 16 video inputs and 8 dVi-i inputs
Predator II-GX
system
ZP2-HD4-GX-FR1RU . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 4-channel 1RU multiviewer system ZP2-HD8-GX-FR1RU . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 8-channel 1RU multiviewer system ZP2-HD12-GX-FR1RU . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 12-channel 1RU multiviewer system ZP2-HD12-GX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 12-channel 2RU multiviewer system ZP2-HD16-GX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 16-channel 2RU multiviewer system ZP2-HD20-GX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 20-channel 2RU multiviewer system ZP2-HD24-GX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 24-channel 2RU multiviewer system ZP2-HD32-GX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 32-channel 2RU multiviewer system All models support HD (720p/1080i), SDI (625/525), composite (PAL/NTSC) inputs auto-detected. * Above models include, as standard, Dual Head, embedded audio monitoring, UMD tally, video and audio alarms, Z-Configurator software, and LAN control.
Options
ZP2-OPT-VID4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel video input card can be added to a base system to increase inputs to a large model in the same chassis (4-12 in 1RU, 12-32 in 2RU) ZP2-OPT-GRF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel computer input card; add DVI-I inputs to base model; number of cards allowed is dependent on number of video inputs; none allowed with 32 video input system; see below for details ZP2-PSU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply (2RU models only) ZP2-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog audio option card; each card accepts 8 analog audio inputs; maximum of 1 card for every 4 channels of video ZP2-DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital audio option card; each card accepts 16 digital audio inputs via 8 AES channels; maximum of 1 card for every 4 channels of video Z-DVI-HDSDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I to HD-SDI scaler box for conversion from DVI-I to HD-SDI/SDI (from Gefen: EXT-DVI-2HDSDISSL); 1 required per output Z-DVI-RGB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RGB (socket) to DVI-I (plug) adaptor for conversion between DVI-I and RGB; 1 required per output Z-DVI-EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI FM extender to extend DVI display up to 2000 ft (610 m) away from source (from Gefen: EXT-DVI-FMP); 1 per output ZP2-HAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lockable Harlink cables for breakout of GPIO connectors; there is 1 GPIO connector for every 2 video inputs; also used for audio monitor out (included as standard with ZP2-AA or ZP2-DA options) Z-TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC to serial plug-in module for synchronization to master clock and clock display (from Horita) for 1RU models only (2RU has LTC integrated) NUCLEUS-MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel for Predator II NUCLEUS-MV-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel for Predator II model ZP2-HD4-GX-FR1RU ZP2-HD8-GX-FR1RU ZP2-HD12-GX-FR1RU ZP2-HD12-GX ZP2-HD16-GX ZP2-HD20-GX ZP2-HD24-GX ZP2-HD32-GX max allowed Zp2-Opt-gRF2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 1, 2, 3 or 4 1, 2, 3 or 4 1 or 2 1 or 2 0
262
Predator II-GRF
Dual-Head DVI-I Multi-Image Display Solution

263
Features Two DVI-I outputs driving two independent displays at resolutions of up to 1920x1080 (up to 1920x1200 in single-head mode) Support for DVI and VGA inputs via DVI-I interface Standard, intuitive Z-Configurator software with easy-to-edit templates Fast recall with up to 10 layouts on one system Multiple clock displays in different formats, with options to sync to LTC, NTP or PC time sources Simple labeling for each window Stylish window borders with a choice of themes Up and down timer support with various trigger options Ability to download custom bitmaps for information display or branding
Based on the popular Harris Predator II-GX multiviewer architecture, the Predator II-GRF is a computer graphics inputs-only HD multi-image display solution that is ideal for analog and digital PC sources. The system is available with a range of options and input sizes from four or eight DVI-I inputs in a 1RU form factor, to 12 or 16 DVI inputs in 2RU. It features auto-sensing support for multiple resolutions on DVI-I inputs, easy-to-use editing software, clear onscreen clock and timers, and customizable backgrounds. Capable of driving two independent displays at HD resolutions from a single system, the Predator II-GRF allows the display of complex layouts and offers flexible graphical positioning. This makes it a sophisticated, yet cost-effective multiviewer solution for demanding 24/7 applications in Pro AV, control or situation room systems, and tactical and emergency operations centers.
The Predator II-GRF multiviewer is available in a range of models capable of autodetecting 4 to 16 DVI, VGA or HDMI sources (external connector adapter required for VGA and HDMI sources; HDCP not supported).
Product details
Designed for demanding applications in 24/7 situation and control rooms, the Predator II-GRF is the perfect high-performance graphic multiviewer solution for:
professional AV

graphic inputs
With its compact size, easy-to-use software and ability to easily store and recall setups, the Predator II-GRF multiviewer is well-suited for Pro AV applications requiring the display of multiple PC sources (e.g., in meetings and for conferencing), as well as for distance learning or corporate control room applications.
government
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I (DVI-D or RGBHV via adaptor) Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU: 4, 8 2RU: 12, 16 Input Resolution Auto-Detecting . . From 800x600 up to 1920x1200
display Outputs
In Tactical Operation Centers (TOCs), Emergency Operation Centers (EOCs) or Military Command Centers, the Predator II-GRF multi-image processor can be used to view information from a variety of computer sources, as well as display vital information, transmission data and equipment streaming sources.
network Operation Centers (nOCs)
Operates as a single- or dual-output system to give any mix of inputs across two displays
Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit DVI or RGBHV (via adaptor) output Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2: duplicate (in single-output mode) or dual output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I connector Output Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-output display mode: user-programmable up to 1920x1200 Dual Head display mode: user-programmable up to 1920x1080
Control/Operation
Network Operation Centers are required to manage, control and monitor a large quantity of data, as well as arrange and monitor outputs from numerous PCs and test and control equipment. The Predator II-GRF is a powerful tool ideally suited for this unique and mission-critical environment.
educational Facilities
The Predator II-GRF enables the quick and easy display of information from numerous PCs, making it an excellent display tool in educational facilities. Featuring quick-recall presets, the Predator II-GRF allows selection of different window layouts to change displays, as well as the addition and removal of sources.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front-panel LCD menu, onscreen display Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z-Configurator layout configuration software Serial Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 RS-232 port, 1 RS-232/422 port (user-selectable) Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet control, via RJ-45
physical
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 1RU: 18.8 x 15.1 x 1.7 in. (480 x 386 x 44 mm) 2RU: 18.8 x 15.1 x 3.4 in. (480 x 386 x 88 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZP2-GRF4-FR1RU: 9 lbs (4.1 kg) ZP2-GRF8-FR1RU: 10.3 lbs (4.7 kg) ZP2-GRF12: 20.7 lbs (9.4 kg) ZP2-GRF16: 22.9 lbs (10.4 kg)
Predator II-GRF
images/diagrams
Dual-Head DVI-I Multi-Image Display Solution
predator ii-gRF 2Ru model with 32 video inputs
predator ii-gRF 1Ru model with 12 video inputs
predator ii-gRF 2Ru model with 16 video inputs and 8 dVi-i inputs
predator ii-gRF 1Ru model with 8 video inputs and 4 dVi-i inputs
power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-detected of 100 or 240 V and within 47/63 Hz; uses a 2.2 A fuse; single mains power adaptor (supplied)
environmental
system
264
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 95 F (0 to 35 C), storage is 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C), humidity 70% maximum Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 configuration/menu buttons Rear Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power on/off Rear I/O 4, 8, 12, 16, DVI-I inputs Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE product emission standard EN 55 022:1994 CE generic immunity standard 50082-1:1992 (as per the EMC directive 89/336/EEC) FCC Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules; RoHs-compliant graphics Overlay . . . . . . . . Ability to download bitmaps for logos on screen Stylized video window skins In-picture embedded audio bargraphs 2 analog clocks 6 up/down timers 6 digital clocks
ZP2-GRF4-FR1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 4-channel 1RU DVI-I multiviewer system ZP2-GRF8-FR1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 8-channel 1RU DVI-I multiviewer system ZP2-GRF12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 12-channel 2RU DVI-I multiviewer system ZP2-GRF16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-resolution 16-channel 2RU DVI-I multiviewer system Z-Configurator software included as standard.
Options
ZP2-PSU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply (2RU models only) Z-DVI-RGB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RGB (socket) to DVI-I (plug) adaptor for conversion between DVI-I and RGB Z-DVI-EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI FM extender to extend DVI display up to 2000 ft away from source (from Gefen: EXT-DVI-FMP); 1 per output NUCLEUS-MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel for Predator II-GX NUCLEUS-MV-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel for Predator II-GX
HView SX Hybrid
Scalable Multiviewer Solution for the Platinum Router with IP Decode Capability
muLtiVieWeRs // HvieW sX innOvATive, sCALABLe MuLTivieWers WiTH rOuTing OpTiOns
265
Features Multiple IP decodes with associated audio MPEG-2, MPEG-4/H.264 through 1 Gb/s Ethernet connection Up to 512 baseband inputs (HD, SD, analog, audio, fiber) Outputs up to 64 discrete displays Available in four chassis sizes (5RU, 9RU, 15RU, 28RU) Full alarming on audio, video and metadata Scrolling PiPs Overlapping PiPs Onscreen control CC presence and text V-Chip identifiers Teletext capabilities Clocks and timers Aspect ratio markers Audio meters and phase Rules Designer automated action responses Optional test and measurement windows (fully internal) VNC client-capable RSS support Built-in backgrounds Ability to control the router
Harris introduces the HView SX Hybrid multiviewer designed for hybrid applications with routing and monitoring of both traditional and IP signals. Combining baseband and broadband monitoring, superior graphics, and optional integrated test and measurement tools for baseband signals in a single chassis, the multiviewer/router solution is built to reduce integration costs and enable a more efficient use of space in todays complex A/V monitoring environments. The HView SX Hybrid multiviewer resides within the output section of the Harris Platinum router frame, and is available as either a multiviewer-only or multiviewer/ router integrated solution. Available in four chassis sizes (5RU, 9RU, 15RU, 28RU), this hybrid multiviewer offers unique features such as IP video display, RSS feeds direct to the display and advanced virtual network connection (VNC) capabilities. With VNC, multiple standalone devices can be controlled with the click of a mouse; this allows operators to respond more quickly to alarms and enables systems integrators to eliminate dedicated hardware for control and monitoring of third-party devices.
Product details
Hardware
Control
The HView SX Hybrid multiviewer is an output module that is added to the 5, 9, 15 and 28RU Harris Platinum chassis. The chassis has multiple input modules autodetecting HD/SD, analog and video, as well as a variety of audio cards. Each HView SX Hybrid multiviewer occupies four slots in the output section of the Platinum frame. The 5RU has eight output slots, the 9RU has 16, the 15RU has 32 and the 28RU has 64. The HView SX Hybrid multiviewer has access to the entire signal matrix in the Platinum frame and can process any group of 32 baseband signals at any one time, as well as an additional four IP streams and multiple VNC sources. Depending on the size of the frame, up to 16 HView SX Hybrid modules can be placed in one chassis and each multiviewer is capable of driving two DVI-I outputs or four SDI outputs. As an example, a full 28RU chassis would be able to monitor 512 baseband input signals, as well as 64 IP streams, and drive 64 independent HD-SDI monitors. The Platinum chassis also has redundant crosspoint modules, redundant power supplies, redundant resource cards, and tie-line capabilities to increase the number of inputs that this hybrid multiviewer can access and display. As an output module, the HView SX Hybrid multiviewer can be added to existing Platinum routers in the field, and be part of a system that has the multiviewer, video router and audio router in one frame. HView SX Hybrid also can reside alone in a frame and be used exclusively as a multiviewer with inputs received from an IP network, any router or distribution upstream.
There are a number of options for controlling the HView SX Hybrid multiviewer. Layout Designer (PC-based setup software) is used to create the layouts by arranging the PiPs on a screen, assigning alarm rules, selecting the resolution and developing the appearance of the screen that the user wishes to have. It can also be used to control the onscreen mouse remotely. Other methods of control include the Harris NUCLEUS control panel, a built-in Web application, or a built-in onscreen control. Additionally, with the onscreen mouse, the user will be able to call up a test and measurement PiP (video window in the layout on screen) for baseband signals, as well as signal information, or change specific sources to any PiP in a layout. The HView SX Hybrid multiviewer is CCS-compliant, and can be seamlessly tied together with the Harris network monitoring and control software, CCS Navigator. HView SX Hybrid and Navigator can generate alarm conditions and respond to system events. Additionally, both have rules engines and can collaborate over CCS enabling powerful system-level behaviors. For added flexibility, the HView SX Hybrid offers built-in VNC capabilities that allow the user to view and control other PC-based devices. This feature is activated by simply placing the onscreen mouse on top of the VNC window and clicking. The VNC window can be viewed at full screen or at PiP size with the multiviewers onscreen mouse now operating as the device mouse over the PiP.
HView SX Hybrid
design
display
Simplified system design was a core consideration for the HView SX Hybrid multiviewer. As the number of signals in a facility grows, additional input modules are easily added, allowing the HView SX Hybrid multiviewer to accommodate from eight to 512 baseband inputs and up to 64 IP streams in a single chassis. The rugged design of the system with a solid state drive and built-in redundancy make it ideal for control room applications, as well as OB truck operations.
Flexibility
To maximize a facilitys display potential, HView SX Hybrid drives multiple displays with varying resolutions. By driving up to 32 independent DVI outputs or 64 independent HD-SDI outputs from one chassis, HView SX Hybrid is an ideal solution for controlling multiple wall applications in multiple rooms, with multiple layouts.
monitoring
Due to its inherent design flexibility, HView SX Hybrid can be customized to fit the unique needs of any application. The system can be baseband/broadband multiviewer and video/audio router in one frame, or it can comprise exclusively multiviewers. In all cases, the systems consist of inputs and outputs. For example, a 72-input 5RU HView SX Hybrid system would consist of the following components: Part no. PM-FR-5 (1) PM-HS-IB (9) PM-72x64-3G5 (1) Harris HView SX Hybrid multiviewer (2) This system would have connectivity for 72 3 Gb/s, HD or SD inputs and eight IP streams that can be displayed on either four DVI or eight SDI screens. The input modules can be replaced with audio input modules for discrete audio capabilities or with fiber input modules in the field as needed.
graphics
The HView SX Hybrid multiviewer provides unprecedented access to a vast toolset that enables users to have more information at a glance and more control at their fingertips so they can respond faster to operational needs. In addition to IP decoding capabilities, HView SX Hybrid goes well beyond traditional offerings by supplying built-in test and measurement capabilities for baseband signals, user rules creation (Rules Designer), onscreen control, VNC capabilities, RSS feed display and programmable events. Since the HView SX Hybrid multiviewer resides within the Platinum framework, users get unmatched multi-image processing and an unsurpassed level of confidence that comes with using a world-class router. With the ability to access every video and audio input within a facility, HView SX Hybrid delivers a powerful solution that streamlines even the most complex monitoring applications: The design of Harris hybrid multiviewer makes it the ideal tool to monitor system quality and provide control and facility system management. The multiviewer has the ability to access every video and audio input within a facility simplifying the system design. This integration of functionality delivers a powerful solution that streamlines even the most complex monitoring applications: Reduces cabling requirements The HView SX Hybrid multiviewer uses the existing router fabric to connect to all signals in the system Simplifies expandability Add another HView SX Hybrid module to the output to increase the number of processed images Reduces the rack unit requirements of most systems No need to use rack space with separate image processors fed from distribution amplifiers or a separate router
Description 5RU Platinum frame HD/SD inputs 5RU X-point 64x72
Award-winning Harris Inscriber graphics are built right into the HView SX Hybrid multiviewer, powering state-of-the-art image layouts. Layouts can be customized for each output using sharp, striking visual elements that result in a more effective, efficient control environment. These high-quality graphical elements, combined with the monitoring and alarming capabilities, enable quicker response times, preprogrammed reactions, and faster access to video and audio references. The advanced graphics engine drives multiple screens at independent resolutions with independent layouts.
266
HView SX Hybrid
267
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 DVI-I or 4 SDI 2 AES audio Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-detecting HD/SD input module Fiber input module Analog input module Balanced AES audio input module Unbalanced AES audio input module Stereo input module Video Compression Formats . . . . . MPEG-2, MPEG-4/H.264 Audio Compression Formats . . . . . MPEG-1 Layer 2 AC3 E-AC3 AAC Redundant Hot-Swappable . . . . . . Power supplies Modules Crosspoint modules Resource modules Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2x 1 Gb Ethernet ports 6 USB ports Serial port and breakout cable with 2 RS-232 and 2 RS-232/422 connections for Tally and UMD
Alarms
Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Format change SD EDH error Loss of video Video freeze Video black Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio channel missing Audio channel peak Audio channel low Audio channel silence Audio group 1 missing Audio group 2 missing Audio group 3 missing Audio group 4 missing Audio format change Dolby E program change
Metadata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CC missing CC not updating CC not valid V-Chip mismatch Teletext missing Teletext not updating Teletext not valid VITC missing WSS missing WSS format change AFD missing AFD format change Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPI Actions from Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . Change layout Change PiP source Counter reset Counter start Counter stop Fire global event Fire GPO Fire layout event Log message Make PiP full screen Router switch Send email Send SMS text message Set info panel alarm state Set label text Set PiP alarm state Set tally alarm state Set window alarm state Show message box Show waveform
electrical
Redundant Power Supply (optional). 100 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 255 W
system
HV-SXH-32x2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scalable 4-slot hybrid multiviewer for Platinum frames, 32 baseband inputs x 2 displays (or 4 via HD-SDI), IP decode, remote desktop control over VNC and advanced graphical processing capabilities Layout Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration software included at no charge
Options
All Included . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All options are included in the Hybrid system tally, UMD, audio, metadata (CC 608/708, V-Chip, test and measurement)
HView IP
muLtiVieWeRs // HvieW ip MuLTifOrMAT, BrOADBAnD MuLTivieWers
IP-Based Video Network Display and Monitoring Solution

Features Compact 1RU rackmount unit Inputs from IP directly Inputs from ASI and Satellite Inputs from DVB-T, ISDB-Tb Up to 32 SD IP decodes with audio Multiple IP decodes with associated audio for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 Output of two discrete displays Alarming on audio, video and metadata Transport stream monitoring TR101290 compliance Scrolling PiPs Overlapping PiPs Onscreen control CC presence and text V-Chip identifiers Teletext capabilities Clocks and timers Aspect ratio markers Audio meters Rules Designer for automated action responses VNC client-capable RSS support Built-in backgrounds
The Harris HView IP multiviewer is a 1RU IP-based video network display and monitoring solution designed to meet the needs of multichannel broadcasters and headends. This compact multiviewer provides all the monitoring capabilities of an industry-leading baseband multiviewer, but functions in a networked environment where the feeds being monitored are primarily compressed video or audio. With its ability to support multiple compression formats and resolutions, the IP-based multiviewer is ideal for operators that use different codecs for different jobs from high-quality H.264 to lower-bit MPEG-2. Unique features include support for virtual network connection (VNC) control, which allows the user to view and control PCbased devices; RSS display, which enables interaction with a broad range of network data providers; and multiformat IP stream decoding with built-in, visual alarming.
Product details
system
Compact 1RU rackmount unit Redundant power supplies Gigabit Ethernet connection for compressed signals Ethernet connection for control and management Supports two DVI displays in either independent or spanned operation
Other methods of control include the Harris NUCLEUS control panel, a built-in web application, or a built-in onscreen control. The HView IP multiviewer is CCS-compliant, and can be seamlessly tied together with the Harris network monitoring and control software, CCS Navigator. This allows for complete interoperability with all Harris products, including control for changing sources or layouts and the ability to view all alarms in the system. Additionally, both the HView IP multiviewer and Navigator have rules engines and can collaborate over CCS, enabling powerful system-level behaviors. The HView IP multiviewer is also able to control PC-based devices. Using built-in VNC capabilities, the system allows the user to view and control other devices. This feature is activated by simply placing the onscreen mouse on top of the VNC window and clicking. The VNC window can be viewed at full screen or at PiP size with the multiviewers onscreen mouse now operating as the device mouse over the PiP.
Control
There are a number of methods available to control and configure the HView IP multiviewer. Layout Designer (PC-based setup software) is used to create the layouts by arranging the PiPs on a screen, assigning alarm rules, selecting the resolution and developing the appearance of the screen according to the users wishes. It also can be used to control the onscreen mouse remotely.
268
HView IP
IP-Based Video Network Display and Monitoring Solution

muLtiVieWeRs // HvieW ip MuLTifOrMAT, BrOADBAnD MuLTivieWers
269
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 digital displays (DVI or display port) Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stream inputs via Gigabit Ethernet Control inputs via Ethernet Video Compression Formats . . . . . MPEG-2, MPEG-4/H.264 Audio Compression Formats . . . . . MPEG-1 Layer 2 AC3 E-AC3 AAC Transport Stream Analysis . . . . . . Presence, bitrate analysis, table rate analysis Other common TS errors
Alarms
Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loss of video Video freeze Video black Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio channel missing Audio channel peak Audio channel low Audio channel silence
Metadata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CC608, CC 708, XDS, AFD, V-Chip, Teletext, VITC, WSS ,AFD Actions from Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . Change layout Change PiP source Counter reset Counter start Counter stop Fire global event Fire GPO Fire layout event Log message Make PiP full screen Send email Send SMS text message Set info panel alarm state Set label text Set PiP alarm state Set tally alarm state Set window alarm state Show message box
system
HV-IP-MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiformat, 1RU broadband multiviewer with 2 outputs Layout Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration software included at no charge
Options
All Included . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All options are included in the IP system tally, UMD, audio, metadata (CC 608/708, V-Chip)
neTwoRk monIToRInG anD ConTRol

Broadcasters today need more than the simple ability to control an individual product from one location. They require centralized, real-time monitoring and control of a variety of products at stations across the country and, in some cases, around the world. in the event of a problem, operators must be quickly notified and given the ability to take immediate corrective action. With a wide range of monitoring and control products including the CCs navigator advanced graphical navigation application and nuCLeus user-configurable network control panel Harris enables unmatched control of both Harris and third-party products within a broadcast network. To learn more, visit broadcast.harris.com/monitoringandcontrol.
270
CCS nAvigAtor
Network Monitoring and Control Graphical Navigation Application ................. 272
Q-See ProBeS
HD/SD Probes with MPEG-4/Thumbnail Streaming ...................................... 274
nuCLeuS
User-Configurable Network Control Panel ................................................... 276
nuCLeuS trAX
Router Follow Option ................................................................................ 279
eDge
Router Protocol Translator ......................................................................... 280
eDge-DPS575
DPS-475/DPS-575 Protocol Translator....................................................... 281
271
CCS NAVIGATOR
netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // CCs nAvigATOr
Network Monitoring and Control Graphical Navigation Application

Features Searchable alarm logging User-configurable network views Secure and restricted user access Access to Harris product user manuals Network control panel configuration Client-Server configuration, architecture, allowing centralized administration and streamlined change management to Navigator instances UNICODE or multi-lingual support (available in version 4.2 and above) Ability to embed ActiveX components (e.g., Flash movies or web browsers) GUI supports video thumbnails and MPEG-4 streaming through Q-SEE technology Creation and placement of action/status hotspots over user-supplied images Wizards enable quick creation of control panel surfaces to control/monitor routers Wizards enable quick creation of processing frame views Rendering of events across multiple pages Browsing (backward and forward) across CCS Navigator pages Single button to launch single or multiple presets Single click to launch web-based applications Auto-pilot capabilities using Event-Action Rules Engine Ability to create MACROS (stacked actions)
CCS Navigator is a Windows-based software application that provides device configuration and various levels of control and monitoring for broadcast networks. CCS Navigator primarily uses the Harris-developed CCS Protocol (CCSP), a binary open source protocol that provides real-time parametric adjustment and enhanced alarm management and correlation. CCSP allows a tighter integration with Harris products, easy setup and the ability to scale networks while conserving precious network bandwidth. Ensure the products integrate with Navigator are CCS-P compliant to ensure a seamless integration.
Product details CCS Navigator is available in a client-server administration tool that provides a featurerich, completely customizable GUI. It allows discovery, configuration, control and monitoring through device control, as well as an enhanced graphical surface and enhanced scripting capabilities. The unique ability to render CCS alarms across multiple pages enables a drill-down from geographic views to the specific device view all with a few clicks of the mouse. A key benefit to employing a GUI is its ability to represent operational environments and workflows in a familiar and intuitive manner. In just a few easy steps, the GUI enables the import of graphics and provides drag-and-drop functionality for the creation of complex navigation pages. The advanced rules engine allows the user to configure automatic event-driven actions under defined logical conditions. Global variables called custom properties can be created to track global statuses, as well as various control features throughout the system. This allows the user to totally customize CCS Navigator to meet current and future operational needs. Below is an example of a channel playout view showing how rules can be used to define failover conditions in a redundant channel view.
272
CCS NAVIGATOR
single-seat CCs navigator
Network Monitoring and Control Graphical Navigation Application

netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // CCs nAvigATOr
273
ordering inFormation NAVIGATOR-TRIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-day trial for all features in CCS Navigator NAVIGATOR-DEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . License to enable full device control and monitoring NAVIGATOR-SRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . License for client-server based device control and monitoring and enhanced graphical user interface NAVIGATOR-NX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License for integrating NEXIO series of servers NAVIGATOR-CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License for device control and monitoring and graphical user interface (client station requires NAVIGATOR-SRV) CCS-INTRO-OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day introductory CCS training CCS-ADV-OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-day advanced training NAVIGATOR-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Site software ServicePAK: 1-year SWS extends software technical support services and provides application updates and non-chargeable upgrades (one contract per site) Note: CCS Navigator is a highly customizable application. To derive the most value from the application, Harris highly recommends purchasing a training package or engaging Harris Professional Services for a commissioning package tailored to detailed customer requirements. Service quotes will be generated based on detailed system design and project scope definition.
Our most cost-effective method of performing control and monitoring for broadcast networks is the CCS Navigator Device Control option (NAVIGATOR-DEV). This option allows users to discover network elements and configure, control and monitor them from a simple and familiar navigation tree structure. This navigation tree structure allows users to logically group devices by simply dragging and dropping devices onto network nodes for faster problem isolation or control capabilities. Scaling single-seat applications is possible by simply purchasing another license for a separate machine.
Available in either a single-seat application or in combination with NAVIGATOR-SRV, the NAVIGATOR-NX (NEXIO license) allows users to discover NEXIO SNMP agents and provides a quick control and monitoring user interface. Running the NEXIO wizard will create a NEXIO system view and all the drill-down pages. CCS Navigator also provides the ability to open up graphical single-seat control surfaces. The IconMaster software control panel allows users to replicate the IconMaster hardware panel.
Q-SEE PROBES
netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // Q-see
HD/SD Probes with MPEG-4/Thumbnail Streaming

Q-SEE is a state-of-the-art video/audio quality-probing technology that enables the setting of advanced alarming and customizable alarm thresholds for any HD/ SD-SDI source. There are two categories for Q-SEE technology the dedicated Q-SEE module (card) and Q-SEE-compliant devices. Q-SEE-compliant is the term used to describe other Harris products that support Q-SEE thumbnail streams and advanced alarm probing. Many of the cards within the 6800+ QXF(E) frame support Q-SEE technology. The dedicated QSEE6800+ module is a customizable product that allows more precise monitoring of signal quality. This module is designed to integrate into Harris monitoring and control products to report signal quality status. Web browser control and thumbnail viewing of Q-See module output. This free new feature using our baseline frame control Ethernet resource module along with the QSEE6800+ allows quick and easy access to view thumbnail streams using a standard web browser. The technology is cross platform-capable and allows thumbnail viewing on standard mobile browsers.
Features Eight independent SD/HD auto-detecting inputs Customizable alarm criteria for each of the eight inputs HD video alarms SD video alarms Embedded audio alarms (eight AES) Closed captioning presence Thumbnails for each of the eight inputs Set the repetition rate: up to two frames per second per input Select the thumbnail size from three preset sizes for SD and three preset sizes for HD Thumbnail aspect ratio is fixed 4x3 or 16x9 based on actual video input format Generation of line-based waveform for each of the eight inputs Select the line for which the waveform is generated Open the waveform in thumbnail size or expand to a larger size Generation of line-based vector for each of the eight inputs Select the line for which the waveform is generated Open the vector in thumbnail size or expand to a larger size CCS Navigator support Associate thumbnail with any hot spot on CCS Navigator page NUCLEUS support Display any Q-SEE module or Q-SEE-compliant thumbnail stream on the NUCLEUS display Optional report of alarm conditions over SNMP Free thumbnail viewing in an Ethernet resource-equipped frame
Product details The QSEE6800+ module provides eight HD/SD inputs and eight simultaneous thumbnail streams with a variable refresh rate of up to two frames per second of each input for confidence monitoring. It is also capable of providing a single MPEG-4 stream of any of the eight inputs with an output of up to 30 frames per second at 200-1000 kb/s (fixed) or 1500 kb/s (variable) bitrate. The MPEG-4 stream flows through a dedicated Ethernet port on the rear of the module and can be captured through Harris monitoring and control systems, as well as through any media player that supports RTSP video streaming. The QSEE6800+ has a broad range of applications. It can be used for confidence video viewing, as a mini multiviewer, an MPEG-4 streaming card, and a signal quality control manager and is even capable of monitoring multiple broadcast stations with multiple channels located around the world. With more than 100 customizable alarms, this Q-SEE module ensures that signals are behaving within desired specifications. The QSEE6800+ integrates seamlessly into CCS Navigator. CCS Navigator provides an advanced, customizable GUI with advanced features that allow endless customization with a few simple mouse clicks. Once the QSEE6800+ module is discovered in CCS Navigator, engineers can easily drag and drop thumbnails streams, MPEG-4 streams, input controls and input alarms onto the GUI surface.
differences between Ht and Hst models
The QSEE6800+HST system provides all of the capabilities of QSEE6800+HT and includes the following features: MPEG-4 confidence monitoring stream QuickTime-compatible (requires QuickTime v7.0.4) User adjustable bit rate 200 kb/s 1000 kb/s fixed bitrate up to 1500 kb/s variable bitrate CCS Navigator support Display up to 32 thumbnails and two MPEG-4 streams simultaneously on a single Navigator page
274
Q-SEE PROBES
images/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI In 1 HD/SD-SDI In 2 HD/SD-SDI In 3 HD/SD-SDI In 4 HD/SD-SDI In 5 HD/SD-SDI In 6 HD/SD-SDI In 7 HD/SD-SDI In 8 Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Equalizer Video Mux TDM Scanning
HD/SD Probes with MPEG-4/Thumbnail Streaming

netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // Q-see
275
Back module
CCS Remote Monitoring and Control SQM Alarms Thumbnail Streaming One-line Sample SQM Alarms MPEG-4 CIF Streaming Ethernet I/O 2 SQM Control Midplane I/O ICE6800+ Resource
HD/SD-SDI IN 2 HD/SD-SDI IN 1
HD/SD-SDI IN 4
HD/SD-SDI IN 3
HD/SD-SDI IN 6
HD/SD-SDI IN 5
MPEG-4 JPEG Streaming QSEE6800+HST Option

Ethernet Physical
HD/SD-SDI IN 8
HD/SD-SDI IN 7
ETHERNET I/O
ordering inFormation QSEE6800+HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 HD/SD thumbnails QSEE6800+HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 HD/SD thumbnails with MPEG-4 streamer QSEE6800+H+SUG . . . . . . . . . . . Software key to enable MPEG-4 streamer on QSEE6800+HT
NUCLEUS
netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // nuCLeus
User-Configurable Network Control Panel
NUCLEUS, a next-generation 2RU network control panel, and NUCLEUS-DM, a deskmount network control panel, unify and streamline the operation of routers, master control products, multiviewers, processing products, remote monitoring products and SNMP-enabled third-party products with a fully user-configurable interface. NUCLEUS is completely user programmable by means of an intuitive panel wizard, ensuring that each network control panel can be tailored to meet the exacting demands of every user.
easy setup and Configuration
Features Supports up to five different password-protected configurations Fully customizable user interface for processing devices Controls assignable to four knobs and four soft keys User device names downloaded to LCD navigation buttons Preconfigured control layout for IconLogo operation Practical real-time control of any Harris processing product Store up to eight presets per processing device Operator-assigned Unity preset per processing device Fully customizable user interface for router control Single-bus operation Multi-bus operation X/Y operation Category/index selection Direct source selection Salvo buttons Store up to eight router destination(s), router source or custom router salvo per routing device NUCLEUS TRAX option to automatically track router crosspoint selection Operator-assigned Home key returns user to a specific point within the NUCLEUS configuration High-resolution color display View thumbnail generated by any Q-SEE-enabled products Alert when multiple panels try to control the same device Supports SNMP for controlling third-party products USB support Copy configurations from one panel to another Store/load device parameter settings
NUCLEUS is user configurable with CCS Navigator Build Mode. (Note: CCS Navigator Build Mode is provided free of charge with the NUCLEUS panel.) An intuitive step-by-step wizard guides the administrator through the configuration of the panel. Some licensed features can be set up locally at the panel by selecting a device and setting an IP address.
Customizable multi-device Control panel
NUCLEUS provides flexibility and a streamlined approach to device control. With the ability to control many devices using a logical menu/navigation structure, NUCLEUS allows users to quickly execute a series of complex device control changes with a few simple button presses.
Real-time monitoring and Control
NUCLEUS provides real-time control with the fastest and smoothest parameter adjustments. With the addition of advanced real-time alarm management capabilities, NUCLEUS is the most versatile hardware panel in the industry.
276
NUCLEUS

277
Product details
device navigation/menuing Operator-Assigned presets
NUCLEUS allows users to directly select devices for control purposes in one of three ways: Direct device selection: link a device directly to a programmable LCD button Category/index device selection: for larger networks, divide devices into logical, intuitive user categories to speed up access to a specific device Numeric index device selection: assign a device a numeric index, and use the numeric keypad to select the specific device
Virtual devices
Users can store device settings as presets and assign them to any of eight separate buttons. Each device can have up to eight presets. Presets can be recalled by pressing the button.
Operator-Assigned unity
Create virtual devices by linking up to five individual devices together under a common name. Combine separate audio, video and conversion devices together to speed up user access to logically associated functions. Virtual devices may contain products with different IP addresses.
device Control
In some cases, users may need to quickly restore device parameter settings back to a known zero state. NUCLEUS permits the user to assign a Unity setting for each device. To invoke Unity, one of the LCD programmable buttons must be configured to permit this capability. This is set up with the panel configuration wizard.
Routing switchers
NUCLEUS allows users to gain access to routers of any size. NUCLEUS has been optimized for large router operation.
Customized destination/source selection
NUCLEUS control is centered on a full-color display. It provides four knobs for immediate access to continuously variable controls. NUCLEUS also provides four soft keys, as well as assignable LCD keys for immediate access to additional device parameters. All parameters are immediately active as soon as they are displayed. In addition to making use of the Harris CCS Protocol, NUCLEUS also has the unique ability to use industrystandard SNMP (simple network management protocol) to assign parameters directly from a third-party product MIB (management information base). This gives NUCLEUS the unparalleled capability to control any device within a broadcast network while saving cost and reducing complexity.
NUCLEUS is configured with an advanced wizard that makes use of the router database. NUCLEUS operation can be customized, by means of filters, to only show necessary destinations and sources. Operation can be tailored to the exact needs of the user. NUCLEUS supports multiple operational modes.
NUCLEUS

Fully customizable user interface for Router Control Consistent Operator user interface
Single-bus operation Multi-bus operation X/Y operation Category/index selection Direct source selection Salvo buttons Full breakaway audio control
Users can easily create a NUCLEUS configuration to enable quick and easy access to IconLogo devices. A configuration with multiple IconLogo systems can be created directly from the front panel. Furthermore, it is possible to slave multiple IconLogo systems together so that an operator can control multiple channels simultaneously. The IconLogo user interface is hard coded and cannot be modified by the user.
snmp engine
Operator-Assigned presets
Users can now transfer MIBs and panel configurations for SNMP third-party devices, allowing NUCLEUS to become an all-in-one multi-device panel. This option requires CCS Navigator (Build Mode) to configure the SNMP and transfer MIBs to the panel.
usB support
Users can store multiple router destinations as a preset, a single source as a preset and/or create a custom salvo and assign them to any of eight separate buttons. Salvos created with a NUCLEUS panel are not globally accessible by all Harris routing control panels. Each routing device can have up to eight presets. Presets can be recalled by pressing the button.
iconLogo Branding
NUCLEUS supports a USB interface. This interface allows users to copy/load panel configurations (NUCLEUS supports up to five different password-protected configurations) from one panel to another. The interface also permits presets to be saved offline to USB.
Multiviewer Support
NUCLEUS allows users to control any IconLogo branding system in a live, operational environment. NUCLEUS has been customized with a specific user interface that allows operators to load logos, manipulate their transparency and position and transition logos to air.
Through the multiviewer option, NUCLEUS is now able to support many of the multiviewer products in the Harris portfolio. Configure the CENTRIO multiviewer through CCS Navigator for a combination of routing and parameter control. Setup is a breeze for the QVM6800+ and the Predator II-GX multiviewers users can add IP addresses locally on the panel with no custom setup or configuration!
ordering inFormation NUCLEUS-PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with processing control software NUCLEUS-RTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with routing control software NUCLEUS-LOGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with IconLogo control software NUCLEUS-MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with multiviewer control (QVM6800+, CENTRIO and Predator II-GX) NUCLEUS-SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with SNMP capabilities NUCLEUS-PROC-DM . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel with processing control software NUCLEUS-RTR-DM. . . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel with routing control software NUCLEUS-LOGO-DM . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel with IconLogo control software NUCLEUS-MV-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel with multiviewer control (QVM6800+, CENTRIO and Predator II-GX) NUCLEUS-SNMP-DM . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel with SNMP capabilities NUC-OPT-PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processing control software option NUC-OPT-RTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routing control software option NUC-OPT-LOGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IconLogo control software option NUC-OPT-MV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiviewer control software option (QVM6800+, CENTRIO and Predator II-GX) NUC-OPT-TRAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router follow software option (must have NUC-OPT-PROC) NUC-OPT-SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNMP control software option NUCLEUS-QSNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-day NUCLEUS quickstart commissioning (travel expenses additional)
278
NUCLEUS TRAX
Router Follow Option
netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // nuCLeus TrAX
279
NUCLEUS TRAX provides integration of router source selection and upstream and/or downstream processing product control. It simplifies workflow in master control and quality control stations, speeding up the access to the controls of devices upstream from the router and dramatically minimizing the possibility of mistakes. NUCLEUS TRAX can save both time and money for the customer. CCS Navigator free configuration tool is included to provide the necessary configuration for NUCLEUS to track router crosspoint takes to a specific destination.
Features Associate specific product with each router source Automatically display product controls on the control panel by selecting a source with the router control panel ordering inFormation NUCLEUS-PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with processing control software NUCLEUS-RTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with routing control software NUCLEUS-PROC-DM . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel with processing control software NUCLEUS-RTR-DM. . . . . . . . . . . . Deskmount network control panel with routing control software NUC-OPT-PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processing control software option NUC-OPT-RTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Routing control software option NUC-OPT-TRAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router follow software option (must have NUC-OPT-PROC) NUCLEUS-QSNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-day NUCLEUS QuickStart commissioning (does not include travel and expenses) note: NUCLEUS TRAX requires a router and processing options enabled on a panel.
EDGE
netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // eDge
Router Protocol Translator

Features
Control Flexibility
Today, many broadcast facility system designs require interoperability among router systems from different manufacturers. End users often favor one manufacturers control system over another and are simply looking to expand current routing capabilities. EDGE is a 1RU router protocol translator that acts as a bridge between Harris XY router protocols and other third-party router control and monitoring protocols. EDGE is distinguished from existing Harris serial protocol translators (SPT) in that it can support third-party TCP/IP protocols, as well as serial protocols. Many system designs require Harris router control panels to control third-party routers or for Harris routers to be controlled by third-party router control panels. EDGE can be configured to meet the needs of both of these applications. EDGE also acts as an SNMP agent for Harris routing systems. Any Harris router can be mapped to an SNMP-based monitoring and control system.
Harris router control panels can control third-party routers Third-party control panels can control Harris routers
nuCLeus tRAX Router Follow Option
NUCLEUS TRAX will automatically display the control parameters for a specific device upstream of the selected router source
iconmaster integration
Use Edge with third-party protocol support to allow IconMaster to source-select from a third-party router
snmp Agent Capability
Convert XY protocol used on all Harris routers to SNMP

the edge platform can support the following protocols:
GVG SMS-7000 Utah RCP-1 and Utah-12 nVision Public and 9000 Jupiter ASCII and ES-Switch Pesa Pro-Bel SW-P-02 and SW-P-08 Harris router SNMP agents
ordering inFormation EDGE-UTAH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator with Utah protocol translation EDGE-SMS7000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator with GVG SMS-7000 protocol translation EDGE-NVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator with nVision protocol translation EDGE-JUPITER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator with Jupiter protocol translation EDGE-PESA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator with Pesa protocol translation EDGE-PROBEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator with Pro-Bel protocol translation EDGE-SYS-SNMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator for Harris router system SNMP support EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Router protocol translator with XY physical interface translation P-1RU-PSO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply P-PMT-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support shelf for power supply EDGE-QSNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-day EDGE QuickStart commissioning (travel and expenses additional)
280
EDGE-DPS575
DPS-475/DPS-575 Protocol Translator

netWORK mOnitORing And COntROL // eDge-Dps575
281
The EDGE-DPS575 gateway is required so that a network of DPS-475/575 processors can be interfaced to Harris CCS Protocol and products associated with the Harris CCS protocol, primarily for NUCLEUS control of DPS-475/575 and X75 processors. V3.4 version of Co-Pilot/Pilot/Navigator software required
Features Existing DPS-475/575 networks can be interfaced to NUCLEUS network control panel Harris CCS Protocol-compliant
images/diagrams
DPS475 PC running CoPilot/Pilot/Navigator (Versions greater or equal to 3.4) DPS475 Ethernet Hub/Switch Up to 20 units per EDGE-DPS575 Gateway EDGE-DPS575 NUCLEUS User-Customizable Remote Control Panel (Version 1.5)
ordering inFormation EDGE-DPS575 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol translator for DPS-475/575 for DCN<>CCS connectivity
neTwoRkInG anD enCoDInG

As todays demand for rich media continues to grow, consumers require various types of content originated from around the world delivered to them in multiple formats, on multiple devices and at anytime. Harris helps broadcasters meet these demands with the netvX video networking system, 6800+ core processing platform and netplus receiver/decoder. These easy-to-use, flexible networking and encoding products deliver best-in-class audio, video and data network management. To learn more, visit broadcast.harris.com/networking.
282
netPLuS viDeo netWorKing

netPlus m400
Integrated Receiver/Decoder ..................................................................... 284
multiplexer modules
HALrtmX-m12
MPEG-2 Transport Stream Multiplexer Module ............................................ 314
HALrtmX-m12-SCr
netvX viDeo netWorKing

networking modules
HALrAtm-X11
ATM Network Interface Module.................................................................. 287
Simulcrypt Scrambler and Conditional Access Module ................................. 316
HALrtmX-m14
MPEG-2 Transport Stream Multiplexer Module ............................................ 317
Software
vidiem emS
Element Management System ................................................................... 318
HALrgBe-C11
Gigabit Ethernet Module ........................................................................... 290
vidiem Service manager

Reservation-Based Scheduling and Management ........................................ 319
encoder/Decoder modules
HALrDeC-S11
MPEG-2 Decoder Module ......................................................................... 292
6800+ Core netWorKing

Ctt6800+SDt, +HDt
JPEG2000 Compressed Transport Transceiver Module ................................. 321
HALrenC-A21
HD/SD MPEG-4 Part 10/H.264 Encoder Module.......................................... 295
HALrenC-H11
High-Definition MPEG-2 Encoder Module ................................................... 299
iPA6800+D
IP Video Gateway ASI to IP Encapsulator Module .................................... 323
HALrenC-S11
MPEG-2 Multipurpose Encoder Module ...................................................... 302
iPS6800+D
IP Video Gateway SDI to IP Encapsulator Module .................................... 324
HALrenC-S21
High-Performance Standard-Definition Encoder Module ............................... 304
mFD6800+t
Multiformat Decoder Module ..................................................................... 325
HALrSYS-H264
1RU H.264 Encoder ................................................................................. 306
SrC6800+D
Satellite Receiver and Demodulator Module ................................................ 327
HALrAuD-D14
Audio Processing Module ......................................................................... 308
SrD6800+D
System enclosures
HALrSYS-1700-AC/-DC
5RU System Enclosure ............................................................................. 310
Srz6800+D
HALrSYS-350
1RU System Enclosure ............................................................................. 312
283
HALrSYS-A22
System Controller Module ......................................................................... 313
NetPlus M400
netWORKing And enCOding // neTpLus viDeO neTWOrking
Integrated Receiver/Decoder
Features Bitstream Input/Output Capabilities DVB-S, DVB-S2 satellite demodulator (standard) Advanced RF demodulator (option) for 16/32 QAM and DSNG DVB-ASI input and output (standard) Dual IP SMPTE 2022-1 inputs and outputs (standard) DVB fixed-key (BISS) decryption (standard) DVB common interface module slot (option) Smart PID filtering to output selected streams on ASI or IP Video Compression Formats MPEG-2 MP@ML, MP@HL (standard) MPEG-2 422P@ML, 422P@HL (option) H.264 MP@L3, MP@L4.1 (standard) H.264 422P@L3, 422P@L4.1 [eight-bit] (option) Audio Compression Formats AAC-LC, HE-AAC v2 2.0 and 5.1 decode (standard) MPEG-1 Layer 2 decode (standard) Dolby Digital (AC-3) 2.0 and 5.1 decode (standard) SMPTE 302 PCM and Dolby E passthrough with AVTrack (standard) One or two Dolby E integrated decoders (option) Data/Ancillary Capabilities (standard) VANC processing AFD and WSS Teletext VBI Video/Audio Output Capabilities Dual SDI/HD-SDI video outputs; 1080i/720p/625i/525i 50/59.94 Hz Eight stereo pairs of assignable embedded audio Four assignable, separate AES outputs
The NetPlus M400 is a broadcast-grade, satellite integrated receiver/decoder (IRD) that supports a wide range of global standards for video and audio compression. It sports a highly robust set of standard features, including DVB-S/S2 demodulation capabilities and inputs for DVB-ASI and IP. Every unit supports MPEG-2 and H.264 video compression from the 4:2:2 format to SD and HD formats as well as MPEG, Dolby Digital AAC and SMPTE 302 audio systems. Building on the industry-leading Harris experience in multichannel audio transport, this IRD features the AVTrack frame-alignment system for Dolby E audio alignment, and is available with a factory-fitted option for an integrated Dolby E decoder. The M400 supports vertical ancillary data space (VANC) transport, wide-screen signaling (WSS), active format description (AFD) and other related data signals, as well as DVB fixed-key decryption (BISS) and DVB Common Interface (DVB-CI) descrambling methods. Options for the M400 include an advanced demodulator that adds DVB-DSNG and 16/32 QAM DVB-S2 modes for the full range of satellite transmission standards currently in use worldwide. The NetPlus M400 is the ideal solution for on-the-fly, multiformat, multi-standard contribution and distribution environments. With a full arsenal of supported standards and features, the M400 is up to the task, for every feed, every day.
Product details The NetPlus M400 receiver/decoder is offered with several options. The standard base unit M400-STD (4:2:0) can optionally support DVB-compliant descrambling and conditional access. The professional unit incorporates 4.2.2. support, and offers options for DVB-compliant descrambling and conditional access, integrated Dolby E audio decoding, advanced demodulation schemes and multiple methods of system configuration and control. A sample listing of chassis types and features is shown below:
images/diagrams
Back module
284
NetPlus M400
Receiver
285
Reference input
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Type (up to 4) Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Baud Rate Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 45 Mbaud (DVB-S/DSNG), 10 to 30 Mbaud (DVB-S2) Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK (DVB-S), QPSK/8 PSK/16 APSK (DVB-S2) QOSK/8 PSK (DVB-DSNG/S)
inner Code
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackburst composite video Reference Connector . . . . . . . . . . BNC with passive loopthrough Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE RP 154
Control LAn interfaces
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T Ethernet (IEEE 802.1) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45

transport stream interface
DVB-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 8 PSK 2/3, 5/6, 8/9 16 QAM 3/4, 7/8 DVB-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/4, 1/3, 2/5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 8 PSK 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 16 APSK 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 32 APSK 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 DVB-DSNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 8 PSK 2/3, 5/6, 8/9 16 QAM 3/4, 7/8 Outer Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 188 Reed-Solomon per EN 300 421 L-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . 0.9400 to 1.7500 GHz (In 0.0005 GHz steps) Maximum Total Input Power . . . . . -25 dBm Minimum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . -55 dBm
Video Output: serial digital interface
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNCs (1 in/1 out) and 2 RJ-45 (bidirectional) Physical Layer Interface . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI (auto-sensing) DVB-ASI Transport Stream Data . . 0.0 to 214.0 Mb/s Rate IP Transport Stream Data Rate . . . 0.0 to 120.0 Mb/s IP over Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet (IEEE 802.1) FEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 2022
general specifications Ambient temperature
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Non-Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 to 149 F (40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% to 95%, non-condensing

physical specifications
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI and SDI (SMPTE 292M/259) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (2) Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 480i/59.94, 525i/50
mpeg-2 and H.264 Video decoding
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU 1.73 in. (4.4 cm) Standard EIA 19-in. rackmount Dimensions (H x W) . . . . . . . . . . . 1.73 x 17 in. (4.4 x 43.18 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 lbs (4.4 kg)
MPEG-2 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main profile at main level (NTSC/PAL) Main profile at high level (HD) 4:2:2 profile at main level (SD) 4:2:2 profile at high level (HD H.264 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main profile at level 3.1 High profile at level 4.2 (broadcast HD) 4:2:2 profile at level 4.2 (8-bit only) Maximum Video Elementary . . . . . 108 Mb/s Stream Bitrate
Audio
Maximum Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC Supply Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 60 Hz Power Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEC-C-13 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 A @ 250 V GMC time delay fuse Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front intake, rear exhaust @ 10 CFM
Bitstream Decoding Formats . . . . . Dolby Digital AC-3 2.0 Supported Dolby Digital AC-3 5.1 MPEG-1 Layer 2 SMPTE 302M (Dolby E compatible), IEC-958 Dolby E integrated decode (optional) Advanced audio coding low complexity (AAC-LC) 2.0 and 5.1 High-efficiency AAC version 1 (2.0) and version 2 (HE-AAC v2 2.0) HE-AAC 5.1 Digital Audio Output Format . . . . . AES/EBU as per SMPTE 276 Embedded as per SMPTE 299 Passthrough encoding audio (SMPTE 337) with no restrictions
NetPlus M400
standard models
HALRM400-STD . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system HALRM400-STD-C . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with conditional access module support HALRM400-STD-A . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with additional audio support HALRM400-STD-CA . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with conditional access module and additional audio support
professional models
HALRM400-PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system HALRM400-PRO-C . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with conditional access module support HALRM400-PRO-CA . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with conditional access module and additional audio support HALRM400-PRO-CE . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with conditional access module and Dolby E decoding support HALRM400-PRO-CAE . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with conditional access module, additional audio and Dolby E decoding support HALRM400-PRO-A . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with additional audio support HALRM400-PRO-AE . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with additional audio and Dolby E decoding support
HALRM400-PRO-E . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with Dolby E decoding support HALRM400-PRO-R . . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with advanced RF module support HALRM400-PRO-CR . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with advanced RF module and conditional access module support HALRM400-PRO-CAR . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with advanced RF module, additional audio module and conditional access module support HALRM400-PRO-CER . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with advanced RF module, Dolby E decoding and conditional access module support HALRM400-PRO-CAER . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with advanced RF module, Dolby E decoding, additional audio module and conditional access module support HALRM400-PRO-AR . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with advanced RF module and additional audio module support HALRM400-PRO-AER . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with advanced RF module, Dolby E decoding and additional audio module support HALRM400-PRO-ER . . . . . . . . . . NetPlus M400 4:2:0/4:2:2 HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 decoder system with Dolby E decoding and advanced RF module support
286
HALRATM-X11
ATM Network Interface Module

netWORKing And enCOding // neTvX neTWOrking MODuLes
287
support for Atm Circuit Connections The NetVX HALRATM-X11 network interface module provides a full-duplex 155 Mb/s SONET/SDH optical interface and a fullduplex 35/45 Mb/s PDH electrical interface. These interfaces support asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) circuit connections. A building integrated timing supply (BITS) master clock interface is also provided for either sending or receiving Stratum clock timing signals. The HALRATM-X11 ATM module is engineered in coordination with a wide range of telecommunication standards to ensure interoperation with most standards-compliant equipment. The HALRATM-X11 modules SFP socket allows the module to be fitted with either multimode or single-mode optical interface connections, complying with the small form-factor pluggable (SFP) multi-source agreement (MSA). Each HALRATM-X11 module supports 63 AAL-1 or 255 AAL-5 permanent virtual circuits (PVCs). Up to 63 virtual circuits may be allocated for handling MPEG-2 transport stream inputs. Similarly, as many as 63 virtual circuits may be allocated for handling MPEG-2 transport stream outputs. The module can maintain desired output bandwidth on a per-VC basis using a CBR or VBR mode.
Product details
HALRAtm-X11 module types and Features
Each NetVX HALRATM-X11 module is factory-configured as a particular module type. Module types are composed of a module base type, in this case HALRATM-X11, and a suffix, such as 1-1A1. The module type indicates which premium features are present on the module.
HALRAtm-X11 module type definitions
Features SFP not included -1 MPEG-2 encapsulation in AAL-5 MPEG-2 encapsulation in AAL-1 IP encapsulation in AAL-5 Traffic class prioritization One (1) active interface per card Two (2) active interfaces per card *= denotes the SFP module type, M = multimode SFP, S = single-mode SFP, L = loge-reach SFP, E = STM-1e SFP -1A1
HALRATM-X11 Module Types SFP included -1*/-M1/-S1/ -L1/-E1 -1A1*/-M1A1/ -S1A1/-L1A1/E1A1 -2*/-M2/-S2/ -L2/-E2 -2A1*/-M2A1 -S2A1/-L2A1/-E2A1
Supported Feature
Unsupported Feature
HALRATM-X11
mpeg general
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 3.9 x 0.7 x 6.2 in. (100 x 20 x 160 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 lbs (0.3 kg)
electrical
Atm network interfaces ds3 Atm interface
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.736 MHz 20 ppm Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-bit parity or M23 Cell Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLCP (G.751) or no PLCP Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . Bellcore GR-499-CORE, ANSI T1-107-1988, ITU-T G.703, ITU-T G.704, ITU-T G.804
e3 Atm interface
IP Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . UDP or RTP FEC Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XOR Maximum Number of IP VCs Using FEC High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Maximum Number of IP VCs Using FEC Medium, Low or None . 127 Block Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 16 packets Interleaver Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 20 MTU Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 7 transport stream packets
demultiplexing
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.368 MHz 20 ppm Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.751, G.832 Cell Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLCP (G 751) or no PLCP Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ITU-T G.703, G.751, G.832, and G.804 Optical Interface Connector. . . . . . Small form-factor pluggable (SFP)
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 programs Sustained Throughput . . . . . . . . . 450 Mb/s Network Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . 30 ms PCR Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 ns
multiplexing
Programs/PIDs Supported . . . . . . 63 programs Sustained Throughput . . . . . . . . . 450 Mb/s
ordering inFormation HALRATM-X11-OPT-LR . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant 40 km long-reach SFP module for the HALRATM-X11 card HALRATM-X11-OPT-MM . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant multimode SFP module for the HALRATM-X11 card HALRATM-X11-OPT-SM . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant single-mode SFP module for the HALRATM-X11 card HALRATM-X11-STM1E. . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant STM-1E SFP module for the HALRATM-X11 card; the STM1E-SFP08 is a small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module compatible with the multi-source agreement (MSA) for SFP transceivers; the module utilizes the latest generation of line interface units (LIUs) for 155 b/s electrical interfaces (STM-1e, ES1); it also includes all the necessary components for interfacing to 75 ohm telecommunications coaxial cable HALRATM-X11-STMCBL . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant STM-1E cable for the STM-1E SFP module; 3 ft (1m) TCE2HH2 flexible cable assemble with 1.0/2.3 male and 75 ohm BNC male connectors HALRATM-X11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or multimode optical); electrical interface provided with the ability to add optical interface with a small form factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-M1 . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (multimode); includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or multimode optical); multimode optical interface is provided with a small form factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/ FEC support HALRATM-X11-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (single-mode); includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or single-mode optical); singlemode optical interface is provided with a small form factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (STM-1e); includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or STM-1e); STM-1e electrical interface is provided with a small form factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-M1A1 . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (multimode) with AAL1/FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or multimode optical); multimode optical interface is provided with a small form factor pluggable (SFP); includes AAL-1/ FEC support for MPEG streams
288
HALRATM-X11

HALRATM-X11-S1A1 . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (single-mode) with AAL1/ FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or single-mode optical); single-mode optical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); include AAL-1/FEC support for MPEG streams HALRATM-X11-E1A1 . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (STM-1e) with AAL1/FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or STM-1e); STM-1e electrical interface is provided with a small formfactor pluggable (SFP); include AAL-1/FEC support for MPEG streams HALRATM-X11-1A1 . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM base card capable of receiving a SFP laser for multimode, single-mode or long-range mode; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH) and 1 small form-factor pluggable (SFP) slot HALRATM-X11-L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (long reach); includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or long-reach optical); 40 km longreach optical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-L1A1 . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM single-interface network adapter card (long reach) with AAL1/FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 1 interface (PDH or long-reach optical); 40 km long-reach optical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); includes AAL1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card (long reach); includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interface (PDH or long-reach optical); 40 km long-reach optical interface is provided with a small form factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-L2A1 . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card (long reach) with AAL1/FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interface (PDH or long-reach optical); 40 km long-reach optical interfaces is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); includes AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-M2 . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card with multimode optics; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interfaces (PDH and multimode optical); multimode optical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card with single-mode optics; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interfaces (PDH and single-mode optical); single-mode optical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/FEC support HALRATM-X11-E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card with STM-1e; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interfaces (PDH and STM-1e); STM-1e electrical interface is provided with a small formfactor pluggable (SFP); does not include AAL-1/ FEC support HALRATM-X11-M2A1 . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card with multimode optics and AAL1/FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interfaces (PDH and multimode optical); multimode optical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); includes AAL-1/FEC support for MPEG streams HALRATM-X11-S2A1 . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card with single-mode optics and AAL1/FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interfaces (PDH and single-mode optical); single-mode optical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); includes AAL-1/FEC support for MPEG streams HALRATM-X11-E2A1 . . . . . . . . . . NetVX RoHS-compliant ATM dual-interface network adapter card with STM-1e and AAL1/ FEC; includes ATM network adaptation layer processing for 2 concurrent interfaces (PDH and STM-1e); STM-1e electrical interface is provided with a small form-factor pluggable (SFP); includes AAL-1/FEC support for MPEG streams
289
HALRGBE-C11
Gigabit Ethernet Module

providing High-speed ethernet/ip Connectivity for netVX The HALRGBE-C11 Gigabit Ethernet module brings unparalleled data support to the NetVX multi-service video networking platform. In addition to supporting video over IP, the HALRGBE-C11 can be used to aggregate voice and data traffic for more efficient use of private or leased facilities. When used as a network uplink, the HALRGBE-C11 may support over 600 Mb/s of MPEG streaming traffic. High- and standard-definition streams can be generated locally within NetVX or combined with previously encoded streams through the HALRTMX-M12 multiplexer module for point-to-point (unicast) or multicast transmission. Both unidirectional and bidirectional streams are supported. Optional forward error correction (FEC) protects streams from transmission errors. The HALRGBE-C11 is suitable for small, regional or large, geographically dispersed implementations.
Features Standards-compliant MPEG-2 mapping to IP 127 bidirectional MPEG streams Unicast and multicast support Optional forward error correction IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tagging and TOS marking IEEE 802.3 1000Base-T, auto-sense or manual RJ-45 copper or optional optical SFP interface Multiple prestored configurations Redundant operation Low power consumption (12 W) Hot-swappable plug-in module Supports MPEG-4 and MPEG-2 encoded streams
Product details
typical Applications
Video over IP and high-speed file transfer Broadcast, Telco and cable TV distribution Multi-service applications When combined with the HALRATM-X11 network module, the HALRGBE-C11 becomes a service aggregator for PBX trunking, VoIP and LAN extension. NetVX provides operators with the tools to segregate traffic, assign priorities and control bandwidth. The HALRGBE-C11 supports IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tagging and TOS marking. Services may be configured for static operation or scheduled using Vidiem Service Manager to support applications such as overnight batch backups. The HALRGBE-C11 works with the entire line of NetVX devices including encoders, decoders, multiplexers and the ATM network module.
HALRgBe-C11 module type definitions
Features -FX Video on IP (VIP) support for VC function types: TS_TX, TS_RX, RTP_TX or RTP_RX
HALRGBE-C11 Module Types -LAN -LANTS -VIPA
290
VC 16 support for up to 16 virtual channels VC 128 support for up to 128 virtual channels IPoTS support for IP on transport stream Supported Feature Unsupported Feature
HALRGBE-C11
interface electrical interface general
Gigabit Ethernet Module

291
mpeg general
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100/1000Base-T auto-select Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE 802.3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full duplex, half duplex
electrical interface 1000Base-t
Differential Output Voltage . . . . . . 0.75 V 0.83 dB High Frequency Jitter (maximum) . 0.3 ns Clock Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 MHz 0.01% Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 1 V RMS 1 to 250 MHz
Optical interface
IP Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . UDP or RTP FEC type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XOR Maximum Number of IP VCs Using FEC High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Maximum Number of IP VCs Using FEC Medium, Low or None . . . . . . 127 Block Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 16 packets Interleaver Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 20 MTU Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 7 transport stream packets
demultiplexing
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor pluggable (SFP)

Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 3.94 x 0.79 x 6.29 in. (100 x 20 x160 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 lbs (0.3 kg)
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 programs Sustained Throughput . . . . . . . . . 450 Mb/s Network Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . 30 ms PCR Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 ns
multiplexing
Programs/PIDs Supported . . . . . . 63 programs Sustained Throughput . . . . . . . . . 450 Mb/s

A single, compact chassis can contain the functionality of more than a dozen hard-wired black boxes.
ordering inFormation HALRGBE-C11-LAN . . . . . . . . . . . Gigabit Ethernet MPEG encapsulator RoHScompliant card; encapuslates MPEG-2 programs into IP datagrams and transmits them over Gigabit Ethernet (copper) interface; module includes an SFP-style receptacle for optional optical interface cartridge below; receives and de-encapsulates MPEG-2 programs from IP; supports IP bridging of up to 16 virtual LANs onto ATM HALRGBE-C11-LANTS . . . . . . . . . Gigabit Ethernet MPEG encapsulator RoHScompliant card; encapuslates MPEG-2 programs into IP datagrams and transmits them over Gigabit Ethernet (copper) interface; module includes an SFP-style receptacle for optional optical interface cartridge below; receives and de-encapsulates MPEG-2 programs from IP; supports IP bridging of up to 16 virtual LANs onto ATM or transport stream HALRGBE-C11-VIPA . . . . . . . . . . . Gigabit Ethernet MPEG encapsulator RoHScompliant card; encapuslates MPEG-2 programs into IP datagrams and transmits them over Gigabit Ethernet (copper) interface; module includes an SFP-style receptacle for optional optical interface cartridge below; receives and de-encapsulates MPEG-2 programs from IP; supports up to 16 programs concurrently each direction; supports RTP encapsulation (RFC2250) and RFC2733 FEC HALRGBE-C11-FX . . . . . . . . . . . . Gigabit Ethernet MPEG encapsulator RoHScompliant card; encapuslates MPEG-2 programs into IP datagrams and transmits them over Gigabit Ethernet (copper) interface; module includes an SFP-style receptacle for optional optical interface cartridge below; receives and de-encapsulates MPEG-2 programs from IP; supports up to 128 programs concurrently each direction; supports RTP encapsulation (RFC2250) and RFC2733 FEC HALGBE-OPT-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate-reach single-mode optical interface cartridge (SFP type) for HALRGBE-C11 module HALGBE-OPT-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . Multimode optical interface cartridge (SFP type) for HALRGBE-C11 module
HALRDEC-S11
netWORKing And enCOding // neTvX enCODer/DeCODer MODuLes
MPEG-2 Decoder Module

extending the Functionality of netVX The NetVX video networking system provides a simple solution for bidirectional transport over packet-based connections, as well as integrated encoding and decoding capabilities that make it ideal for a wide variety of production and distribution applications. The HALRDEC-S11 MPEG-2 decoder module handles both main level/main profile CIF 4:2:0 and main level/professional profile 4:2:2 video, and provides both analog composite and SMPTE 259M SDI component video. The HALRDEC-S11 also decodes Dolby AC-3 or MPEG-1 Layer 2 and supports SMPTE 302 and pre-compressed audio formats. Primary and secondary stereo audio outputs are provided as AES-3 balanced analog or embedded audio. In addition, this module inserts VANC and VBI data that is present into the video output.
Features Decoding of MPEG-2 4:2:0 or 4:2:2 video in single module SDI component and analog video output simultaneously Dual stereo audio decoding Insertion of VANC and VBI data into output Also available for low-resolution confidence monitoring applications
Product details
HALRdeC-s11 module types and Features
Features -STD 4:2:0 video decoding capability 4:2:2 professional profile with extended window Analog video and balanced audio interfaces MPEG Layer 2 audio Dolby AC-3 2.0 audio One stereo pair of audio Two stereo pairs of audio SDI video and AES audio interfaces Conditional access SMPTE 302 audio decoding Captions or teletext reconstruction, and VBI sampling reconstruction of passthrough services
HALRDEC-S11 Module Types -STD-D -PRO -PRO-D
292
Supported Feature
Unsupported Feature
HALRDEC-S11
systems multiplex

293
Component signal Accuracy and timing Vectors
Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 ns PCR jitter Multiplex Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 4 ms Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream PSI Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO (IEC 13818.1 MPEG-2 systems) Max Transport Stream Input . . . . . 50 Mb/s Maximum MPEG-2 Decoding . . . . 64 Mb/s Video Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 50 Mb/s Audio Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 3.1 Mb/s per service (several stereo pairs may be carried in the bit stream; up to two may be selected for decoding.) Ancillary Data Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . Up to 7 Mb/s per program
Video Analog Video Output Formats
Pb Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Pr Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Luma Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Interchannel Delay (Pb - Y) . . . . . . NGT 10 ns Interchannel Delay (Pr - Y) . . . . . . NGT 10 ns
Audio
Audio Decompression Formats . . . SMPTE 272M-AB

Audio input Rates
Analog Composite Formats . . . . . . NTSC, NTSC-J, PAL-I, B, G, H, D or PAL-M

selected Analog Video measurements
MPEG-1, Layer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 48, 80, 160, 224, 320, 56, 64, 96, 112, 128, 192, 256, 384 ATSC A/52 (Dolby AC-3) . . . . . . . 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 640 SMPTE 310M (uncompressed) . . . 16-bit, 20-bit
digital Audio
Test Parameter Field Time Waveform Distortion Chrominance-Luminance Gain Inequality Luminance Non-linearity Chrominance Gain Non-linearity Chrominance Phase Non-linearity Differential Gain Differential Phase Signal-to-Noise Ratio (15 kHz to 42 MHz, unified weighting)
digital Video Outputs
Signal NTC-7 composite NTC-7 composite NTC-7 composite NTC-7 combination NTC-7 combination NTC-7 composite NTC-7 composite Shallow ramp
Units <% 100 % <% <% <degree <% <degree dB
Value 1 2 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 54
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3-1992, ANSI S4.40-1992, SMPTE 276 Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-bits at 48 kHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC
Analog Audio input
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, 600 ohms Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4 dBu with 20 dBu headroom Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin D subconnector Analog Audio Parameter Test Signal Nominal Bandwidth Insertion Gain 0 dBm 400 Hz sine Gain-Frequency Response (Relative to 0 dBm @ 1kHz) 20 to 100 Hz -20 dBm sweep 100 Hz to 7 5 kHz -20 dBm sweep 75 to 16 kHz -20 dBm sweep 16 kHz to 20 kHz -20 dBm sweep Total Harmonic Distortion +4 dBm @ 400 Hz Sine +4 dBm @ 1 kHz Sine Headroom above 0 dBm @ 1 kHz Signal-to-Noise Raio Unweighted 20 kHz Flat 0 dBm 400 Hz sine Weighted CCIR 468-2 RMS 0 dBm 400 Hz sine Crosstalk 0 dBm 20 to 20 kHz sweep Level Difference (20 Hz to 20 kHz) 0 sweep Phase Difference (20 Hz to 20 kHz) 0 sweep
physical
Specifications 10 Hz to 20 kHz 1 dB +0.5 to -0.5 dB +0.5 to -0.5 dB +0.5 to -0.5 dB +2 to -2 dB NGT 0.5% NGT 0.5% NLT 24 dB NLT 60 dB NLT 65 dB NGT -56 dB NGT 0 25 dB NGT 1o
Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI (ANSI/SMPTE 259M-1994) Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Within SMPTE RP 184 specifications Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit 4:2:2 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC
digital Video test parameters (75/100% Colorbars)
Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB return loss @ 75 ohms Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 to 1.5 ns Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 to 1.5 ns Rise Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Fall Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 V
Jitter
Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 UI pk-pk (10 Hz to 1 kHz) Alignment Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 UI pk-pk (1 kHz to 27 Mhz)
Wander
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU VME Dimensions (H x D) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 x 3.94 in. (20.32 x 100 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 lbs (0.3 kg)
electrical
Drift Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ppb/s (below .5 Hz) Frequency Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
HALRDEC-S11
HALRDEC-S11-STD . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant utility decoder card; includes 4:2:0 MP@ML decoding, SDI and analog composite video outputs (concurrent). 2 stereo pairs of MPEG audio; no special VBI support except for captions and teletext reinsertion. HALRDEC-S11-STD-D . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant utility decoder card with Dolby; includes 4:2:0 MP@ML decoding, SDI and analog composite video outputs (concurrent). 2 stereo pairs of MPEG or Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio; no special VBI support except for captions and teletext reinsertion.
HALRDEC-S11-PRO . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant professional decoder card; includes 4:2:2P@ML decoding with extended window; SDI and analog composite video outputs (concurrent); analog and AES and embedded audio outputs (concurrent); 2 stereo pairs of MPEG or SMPTE 302 audio; special VBI processing including test patterns; includes DVB fixed-key descrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E HALRDEC-S11-PRO-D . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant professional decoder card with Dolby; includes 4:2:2P@ML decoding with extended window; SDI and analog composite video outputs (concurrent); analog and AES and embedded audio outputs (concurrent); 2 stereo pairs of MPEG, Dolby or SMPTE 302 audio; special VBI processing including test patterns; includes DVB fixed-key descrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E
294
HALRENC-A21
HD/SD MPEG-4 Part 10/H.264 Encoder Module

295
Supported Feature Unsupported Feature
Advanced Video Compression The HALRENC-A21 high-definition (HD) encoder module brings full-featured advanced video compression (AVC) H.264 encoding into the NetVX video networking system. Incorporating the latest silicon architectures to surpass the barriers inherent in previous-generation DSP-based approaches, the HALRENC-A21 is among the smallest, lowest-power full-featured H.264 HD encoders on the market today. The HALRENC-A21 supports either standard-definition (SD) or HD video formats in a key-enabled architecture, which allows operators to gradually migrate services from SD to HD in the future. Video is input as SDI or HD-SDI, and a full range of North American and European formats is supported. In addition to the main compressed image, the HALRENC-A21 module provides a reduced-resolution compressed stream output, which can be used to support picture-in-picture requirements in IPTV deployments, or for stream monitoring requirements in network deployments. Up to three stereo pairs of audio are supported on the HALRENC-A21 module; a variety of audio compression options are available including Dolby AC-3 2.0, MPEG Layer 1 audio and AAC-HE (high-efficiency). All audio can be presented to the encoder as embedded on the SDI or as separate AES-3 inputs. With a full complement of features and a space-efficient, low-power footprint, the HALRENC-A21 re-sets the standard for high-definition simplicity in the H.264 era.
Product details
HALRenC-A21 module type definitions
Features -HD/ -SD MPEG-4 part 10/H.264 video encoding Level 3 (SD), Level 4.1 (HD) MPEG Layer 2 audio three pairs Dolby AC-3 2.0 audio three pairs MPEG-4 AAC-LC audio (low-complexity) two pairs (available in a future release) MPEG-4 AAC-HE audio (high-efficiency) two pairs (available in a future release) Fixed-key scrambling (BISS-1 and E) SMPTE 302M audio encapsulation (rate permitting) VANC extraction of captions (HD models only**) Vertical ancillary data support (HD models only**) PIP low-resolution secondary stream HE-AAC 5.1 AAC-LC 5.1 ** ** ** ** ** ** -HD-D/ -SD-D -HD-M/ -SD-M
HALRENC-A21 Module Types -HD-P/ -SD-P -HD-DP/ -SD-DP -HD-MP/ -SD-MP -HD-DC/ -SD-DC -HD-MC/ -SD-MC
** **
** **
** **
** **
** **
HALRENC-A21
Video Hd-sdi High-definition
Audio digital Audio input
Digital Video Input Formats 1080i 30 1080i 25 720p 60 Input Line Rate(s)
Sample x Lines @ Rate 1920x1080 @ 30/1.001 Hz 1920x1080 @ 25 Hz 1280x720 @ 60/1.001 Hz 1.485 Gb/s and 1.485/1.001
Standard SMPTE 292M-1998, Table 1 Column E SMPTE 292M-1998, Table 1 Column F SMPTE 292M-1998, Table 1 Column M
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES (AES-3-1992, ANSI S4.40-1992) SMPTE 276M Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized to video and re-sampled to 48 kHz at 24-bits Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC
Audio Compression and smpte 302 Audio Handling Audio Compression standards
sdi standard-definition digital Video input Formats
480- and 525-Line Resolutions . . 720x480, 720x525 Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANSI/SMPTE 259M-C 1997 Input Line Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s
physical interface
Surround Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAC-LC 5.1, HE-AAC 5.1 3-channel (3 stereo pairs). . . . . . . . Dolby AC-3 2.0, MPEG-1 Layer 2, SMPTE 302M, AAC-LC 2.0, and HE-AAC 2.0 Compressed Audio Bitrates . . . . . . 32 to 640 kb/s, and 2.8, 2.4, 2.0 Mb/s (standard-dependent)
geneRAL speCiFiCAtiOns systems multiplex
Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meets SMPTE RP184 specifications Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-bit Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC
Video Compression
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 part 10/H.264/ISO-IEC-14496-10 2003 Profile and Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports main profile at level 4.0-compatible decoders HD Horizontal Resolutions . . . . . . . 1080i: 1920, 1440, 1280, 960 720p: 1280, 960, 640 SD Horizontal Resolutions . . . . . . . 480i: 720, 704, 640, 544, 528, 480, 352 576i : 720, 704, 640, 544, 528, 480, 352 Anchor Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Macro Block Processing . . . . . . . . In-loop de-blocking Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CABAC Compressed Output . . . . . . . . . . . 0 25-20.0 Mb/s (to backplane) Bitrates PIP Resolutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96x96 and 192x192 pixels VBI Input Formats Closed Captioning Vertical Interval Time Code WST Teletext Wide Screen Signalling Lossless Luma (Six lines maximum ) Prestored Test Patterns VBI Standard EIA-608 SMPTE12M ETSI EN 300 706 ETSI EN 300 294 Various MPEG Carriage Standard EIA-708 and ETSI EN 301 775 SMPTE 266M ISO/IEC13818(GOP Header) ETSI EN 301 775and ETSI EN 300 472 ETSI EN 301 775 ETSI EN 301 775 Proprietary
Ad Insertion/Splice Point. . . . . . . . SCTE 104/SCTE 35 Signaling Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream PSI formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO (IEC 13818.1 MPEG-2 systems) Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BISS-1, BISS-E (EBU Tech 3292 rev. 2) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 ms of multiplex jitter; <500 ns PCR jitter
physical
electrical
296
HALRENC-A21

297
HALRENC-A21-MBL. . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) mobile SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-MBL module is a singleprogram H.264 SD encoder that supports baseline profile level 1.3 with AAC audio HALRENC-A21-SD-M . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-SD-D . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21SD-M-EX . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD level 3 encoder card; accepts SMPTE 259M SDI video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; includes support for KLV processing HALRENC-A21-SD-P . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); the HALRENC-A21-SD generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-SDIPTV. . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); the HALRENC-A21-SD generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; maximum output is limited to 3 Mb/s HALRENC-A21-SD-MP . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); the HALRENC-A21-SD generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources
HALRENC-A21-SD-DP . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); the HALRENC-A21-SD generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-SD-MC . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance HALRENC-A21-SD-DC . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) SD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-SD module is a single-program H.264 level 3 encoder (software upgradeable to an HD H.264 encoder); it accepts SMPTE 259M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special enduser license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance HALRENC-A21-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a singleprogram H.264 HD level 4 encoder; it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-HD-M . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a singleprogram H.264 HD level 4 encoder; it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-HD-D . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a singleprogram H.264 HD level 4 encoder; it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources
HALRENC-A21

HALRENC-A21-HD-DM . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a singleprogram H.264 HD level 4 encoder; it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 Layer 2, Dolby AC-3, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-HD-P . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a single-program H.264 HD level 4 encoder; the HALRENC-A21 generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-HDIPTV . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a single-program H.264 HD level 4 encoder; the HALRENC-A21 generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; maximum output is limited to 10 Mb/s HALRENC-A21-HD-MP . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a single-program H.264 HD level 4 encoder; the HALRENC-A21 generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21HD-M-EX . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD level 4 encoder card; accepts SMPTE 292M SDI video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HEAAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; includes support for KLV processing HALRENC-A21-HD-DP . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a single-program H.264 HD level 4 encoder; the HALRENC-A21 generates a low-resolution secondary stream for use in picture-in-picture (PiP) electronic program guides (EPG); it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources HALRENC-A21-HD-MC. . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a single-program H.264 HD level 4 encoder; it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using MPEG-1 level 2 compression, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance HALRENC-A21-HD-DC . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a singleprogram H.264 HD level 4 encoder; it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special enduser license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance HALRENC-A21-HD-DMC . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (AVC/H.264) HD encoder card; the HALRENC-A21-HD module is a single-program H.264 HD level 4 encoder; it accepts SMPTE 292M SDI component video and encodes stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3, MPEG-1 level 2, MPEG-4 AAC-LC, MPEG-4 HE-AAC or the lossless SMPTE 302 audio format; the card accepts audio via 3 AES stereo audio inputs or embedded sources; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance
298
HALRENC-H11
High-Definition MPEG-2 Encoder Module

299
professional High-definition encoding The HALRENC-H11 uses the latest in VLSI technology to bring stunning high-definition (HD) video to the NetVX platform. The fully featured HALRENC-H11 is the smallest, lowest-power professional MPEG-2 HD encoder on the market today and is suitable for a broad range of applications including post production, surveillance, contribution, distribution and final emission. typical Applications Broadcast, Telco and cable TV distribution Event venue backhaul Post production Government and military The HALRENC-H11 may be combined with any NetVX multiplexer or network module, enabling transmission over SMPTE 310, DVB-ASI, TDM, ATM or Ethernet/IP networks. Up to seven HALRENC-H11 encoders may be configured in one 5RU shelf. Built-in audio services may be expanded from three stereo pairs to seven using the HALRAUD-D14 audio expansion module (sold separately).
Features Full range of North American and European formats 4:2:0 and 4:2:2 encoding (up to 160 Mb/s) Dynamic pre-processing Up to three stereo pairs of audio; Dolby AC-3 2.0, Musicam and SMPTE 302 uncompressed Passthrough for external compressed Dolby 5.1 and IEC-958 Embedded or external AES inputs EIA 708B closed captioning extraction via HD-SDI VANC data (SMPTE 334) Ability to work with any NetVX network interface (DVB-ASI, SMPTE 310, Ethernet/IP, ATM/TDM) Multiple pre-stored configurations Support for 1+1 or n+1 redundancy Low power consumption (<30 W) Hot-swappable plug-in module
Product details
HALRenC-H11 module type definitions
Features -SD-D High-definition 4:2:0 MPEG-2 video encoding (MP@ML) 4:2:2 professional profile with extended window MPEG Layer 2 audio Dolby AC-3 2.0 audio Three stereo pairs of audio SDI video and AES audio interfaces Fixed-key scrambling (BISS) SMPTE 302M audio encapsulation VANC extraction of captions Vertical ancillary data support ATSC features DVB features -SD-M
HALRENC-H11 Module Types -SD-DM -STD-M/EX -STD-D -ATSC -PRO-M -PRO-D -PRO-DM -PRO-MC -PRO-DC -PRO-DMC
Supported Feature
Unsupported Feature
HALRENC-H11
Hd-sdi High-definition
Compression modes
Digital Video Input Formats 1080i 30 1080i 25 720p 60 Input Line Rate(s)
Sample x Lines @ Rate 1920x1080 @ 30/1.001 Hz 1920x1080 @ 25 Hz 7280x720 @ 60/1.001 Hz 1.485 Gb/s and 1.485 /1.001
Standard SMPTE 292M-1998, Table 1 Column E SMPTE 292M-1998, Table 1 Column F SMPTE 292M-1998, Table 1 Column M
Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby AC-3 (2.0) Musicam (MPEG-1, Layer 2) SMPTE 302 (uncompressed) passthrough (Dolby E and IEC-958)
Video processing
VBI Input Formats Closed Captioning Vertical Interval WST Teletext Wide Screen Signalling Lossless Luma (6 lines maximum) Prestored Test Patterns KLV on VANC VANC Passthrough
general systems multiplex
VBI Standard EIA-608 SMPTE 12M ETSI EN 300 706 ETSI EN 300 294 Various
sdi standard-definition digital Video input Formats
480 and 525-Line . . . . . . . . . . . . 720x480, 720x525 ANSI/SMPTE 259M-C 1997 Resolutions Format Input Line Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s
physical interface
MPEG Carriage Standard EIA-708 and ETSI EN 301 775 SMPTE 266M ISO/IEC 13818(GOP header) ETSI EN 301 775 and ETSI EN 300 472 ETSI EN 301 775
Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meets SMPTE RP184 specifications Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC
Video Compression
Proprietary SMPTE 170M-2004 SMPTE 2031-2-2007
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO (IEC 13818.1 MPEG-2 systems) Profile and Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 4:2:2 profile @ high level (4:2:2) MPEG-2 main profile @ high level (4:2:0) HD Horizontal Resolutions . . . . . . . 1080i: 1920, 1440 720p: 1280 SD Horizontal Resolutions . . . . . . . 480i: 720 576i: 720
Audio digital Audio inputs
Ad Insertion/Splice Point Signaling . . SCTE 104/SCTE 35 Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BISS-1, BISS-E (EBU tech 3292 rev. 2) Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream, ATSC, digital video broadcast (DVB) PSI formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO (IEC 13818.1 MPEG-2 systems)
physical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 3.94 x 0.79 x 29 in. (100 x 20 x 160 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.77 lbs (0.35 kg)
electrical
Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES (AES-3-1992, ANSI S4.40-1992) SMPTE 276M Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized to video and resampled to 48 KHz at 24-bits Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC
300
HALRENC-H11

301
HALRENC-H11-SD-D . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 high-performance 4:2:0 RoHS encoder card *HD upgradeable, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression; video preprocessing including advanced noise reduction, MCTF and spatially-adaptive filtering; advanced multi-pass encoding algorithm with ThinkAhead rate-management system HALRENC-H11-SD-M . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 high-performance 4:2:0 RoHS encoder card *HD upgradeable, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression or Musicam MPEG audio compression; video preprocessing including advanced noise reduction, MCTF and spatially-adaptive filtering; advanced multi-pass encoding algorithm with ThinkAhead rate-management system HALRENC-H11-SD-DM. . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 high-performance 4:2:0 RoHS encoder card *HD upgradeable, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Musicam audio compression; video preprocessing including advanced noise reduction, MCTF and spatially-adaptive filtering; advanced multi-pass encoding algorithm with ThinkAhead rate-management system HALRENC-H11-STD-M . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:0 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, MP@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Musicam audio compression; consult applications engineering regarding slot population guidelines for this module HALRENC-H11STDM-EX. . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:0 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, MP@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Musicam audio compression; includes support for KLV processing HALRENC-H11-STD-D . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:0 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, MP@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Dolby AC-3 audio compression; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module HALRENC-H11-ATSC . . . . . . . . . . ATSC MPEG-2 HD 4:2:0 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, MP@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Dolby AC-3 audio compression. ATSC tables and statmuxing; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module HALRENC-H11-PRO-M. . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:2 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, 4:2:2P@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Musicam MPEG Layer 2 audio compression; also includes support for up to 3 stereo pairs of SMPTE 302 audio transport; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module
HALRENC-H11-PRO-D . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:2 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, 4:2:2P@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Dolby AC-3 audio compression; also includes support for up to 3 stereo pairs of SMPTE 302 audio transport; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module HALRENC-H11-PRO-DM . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:2 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, 4:2:2P@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Dolby AC-3 or Musicam MPEG Layer 2 audio compression; also includes support for up to 3 stereo pairs of SMPTE 302 audio transport; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module HALRENC-H11-PRO-MC . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:2 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, 4:2:2P@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Musicam MPEG Layer 2 audio compression; also includes support for up to 3 stereo pairs of SMPTE 302 audio transport; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module HALRENC-H11-PRO-DC . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:2 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, 4:2:2P@HL video encoding, and 2 stereo pairs of Dolby AC-3 audio compression; also includes support for up to 3 stereo pairs of SMPTE 302 audio transport; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module HALRENC-H11-PRODMC . . . . . . . MPEG-2 HD 4:2:2 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes HD-SDI video input with embedded audio, separate AES audio inputs, 4:2:2P@HL video encoding, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby AC-3 audio compression, and Musicam MPEG Layer 2 audio compression; also includes support for up to 3 stereo pairs of SMPTE 302 audio transport; includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E; requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance; consult customer support regarding slot population guidelines for this module *Upgradeable to HD with purchase of software key HALRENC-H11-SD2STD
HALRENC-S11
MPEG-2 Multipurpose Encoder Module

extending the encoding Capabilities of netVX The NetVX system provides a simple solution for bidirectional transport over packet-based connections, as well as integrated encoding and decoding capabilities that make it ideal for a wide variety of production and distribution applications. The HALRENC-S11 MPEG-2 encoder module can encode both main level/main profile CIF 4:2:0 and main level/professional profile 4:2:2 video, and accepts analog composite and SMPTE 259M SDI component video. The HALRENC-S11 also encodes two stereo pairs of audio using Dolby AC-3 or MPEG-1 Layer 2 compression, SMPTE 302 or pre-compressed passthrough audio. Primary and secondary stereo audio is accepted as AES-3, balanced analog or embedded. In addition, this module encodes VANC and VBI data that is present in the video input.
Features MPEG-2 4:2:0 or 4:2:2 video handled in single module SDI or analog video accepted Dual stereo audio encoding VANC and VBI signals supported Available for low-resolution confidence monitoring applications

general systems multiplex
Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 ms of multiplex jitter; <500 ns PCR jitter Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream PSI Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO (IEC 13818.1 MPEG-2 systems)
multiplexed program Bit Rates
Maximum Transport . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Mb/s Stream Bit Rate: Video Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 50 Mb/s (4:2:2 Profile) Up to 15 Mb/s (MP @ ML) Audio Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 3.1 Mb/s per service (2 stereo pairs maximum allowed)
Video Analog Video input Formats
Product details
HALRenC-s11 module type definitions
Features Feature Key Suffix 4:2:0 MPEG-2 video encoding (MP@ML) 4:2:2 professional profile with extended window Analog video and balanced audio interfaces MPEG Layer 2 audio Dolby AC-3 2.0 audio One stereo pair of audio Two stereo pairs of audio SDI video and AES audio interfaces Conditional access SMPTE 302M audio encapsulation VBI extraction of captions or teletext, VBI sampling and passthrough services ATSC DVB -UTIL-M -STD-M -STD-MC -STD-D
HALRENC-S11 Module Types -STD-DC -PRO-M -PRO-D -PRO-DC -PRO-DM

-PRO-DMC
302
Supported Feature
Unsupported Feature
HALRENC-S11
digital Video input
MPEG-2 Multipurpose Encoder Module

303
Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI (ANSI/SMPTE 259M-1997) Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Within SMPTE RP 184 specifications Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit 4:2:2 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC
selected HALRenC-s11 to HALRdeC-m-11 end-to-end Analog Video performance
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3-1992, ANSI S4.40-1992, SMPTE 276 Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16-bits at 48 kHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC
Analog Audio input
Test Parameter Field Time Waveform Distortion Chrominance-Luminance Gain Inequality Luminance Non-linearity Chrominance Gain Non-linearity Chrominance Phase Non-linearity Differential Gain Differential Phase Signal-to-Noise Ratio (15 kHz-42 MHz, unified weighting)
Signal NTC-7 composite NTC-7 composite NTC-7 composite NTC-7 combination NTC-7 combination NTC-7 composite NTC-7 composite Shallow Ramp
Units <% 100 % <% <% <degree <% <degree dB
Value 1 2 2 2 1 1 1. 3 54
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, 600 ohms Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4 dBu with 20 dBu headroom Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin D-sub connector
physical
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU VME Dimensions (W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.79 x 3.94 in. (20.32 x 100 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 lbs (0.3 kg)
electrical
ordering inFormation HALRENC-S11-UTIL-M . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 multipurpose utility RoHS encoder module, includes analog video and audio interfaces only, 1 stereo pair of Musicam audio, MPEG-2 MP@ML (4:2:0) video coding HALRENC-S11-STD-M . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 standard 4:2:0 RoHS encoder module, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Musicam audio compression HALRENC-S11-STD-D . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 standard 4:2:0 RoHS encoder module, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression HALRENC-S11-PRO-M . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 professional 4:2:2 RoHS encoder module, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, 4:2:2P@ML video coding, extended window support, 2 stereo pairs of Musicam audio compression, SMPTE 302 audio transport and VBI special processing modes HALRENC-S11-PRO-D . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 professional 4:2:2 RoHS encoder module, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, 4:2:2P@ML video coding, extended window support, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression, SMPTE 302 audio transport and VBI special processing modes HALRENC-S11-PRO-DM. . . . . . . . MPEG-2 professional 4:2:2 RoHS encoder module, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, 4:2:2P@ML video coding, extended window support, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression, Musicam audio compression or SMPTE 302 audio transport and VBI special processing modes HALRENC-S11-PRO-MC. . . . . . . . MPEG-2 professional 4:2:2 RoHS encoder module with BISS encryption, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, 4:2:2P@ML video coding, extended window support, 2 stereo pairs of Musicam audio compression, SMPTE 302 audio transport and VBI special processing modes; also includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E, requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance HALRENC-S11-PRO-DC . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 professional 4:2:2 RoHS encoder module with BISS encryption, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, 4:2:2P@ML video coding, extended window support, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression, SMPTE 302 audio transport and VBI special processing modes; also includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E, requires execution of a special enduser license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance HALRENC-S11-PRODMC . . . . . . . MPEG-2 professional 4:2:2 RoHS encoder module with BISS encryption, includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, 4:2:2P@ML video coding, extended window support, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression, Musicam audio compression, or SMPTE 302 audio transport and VBI special processing modes; also includes DVB fixed-key scrambling modes BISS-1 and BISS-E, requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance
HALRENC-S21
High-Performance Standard-Definition Encoder Module

extending the Functionality of netVX The NetVX HALRENC-S21 is an ultra-low bitrate MPEG-2 standard-definition encoder incorporating the latest filtering and multipass technologies and statistical multiplexing, achieving bitrate performance like no other. The NetVX video networking system pushes the limit with the latest DSP technology to provide complex scene analysis, noise reduction, spatially adaptive edge-preserving filters and motioncompensated temporal filtering. The HALRENC-S21 features multipass encoding that utilizes scene change/fade/flashbulb detection and handling, reprocessed motion vectors and forward-looking complex scene detection. The HALRENC-S21 supports statistical multiplexing, which allows a group of encoders to pool and dynamically allocate bandwidth. The HALRENC-S21 accepts both analog and digital audio and video inputs. Both PAL and NTSC are supported. The HALRENC-S21 will encode two stereo pairs of audio using either MPEG or Dolby compression or lossless SMPTE 302. The NetVX HALRAUD-D14 module (sold separately) can expand the HALRENC-S21 encoders audio encoding capabilities to up to six stereo pairs per program. The HALRENC-S21 supports a wide selection of VANC and VBI data options for both ATSC and DVB markets. The HALRENC-S21 works with the entire line of NetVX devices, including the ATM, Gigabit Ethernet or transport stream multiplexer modules.
Product details
HALRenC-s21 module type definitions
Features Optimized for multichannel operations; broadcast, cable, satellite, Telco and government MPEG-2 DVB and ATSC 4:2:0 main profile at main level CBR or VBR encoding Statistical multiplexing with other NetVX encoders Adaptive noise reduction Spatially adaptive edge-preserving filters Motion-compensated temporal filtering Multipass encoding using scene change/fade/flashbulb detection and handling External or embedded audio Multiple pre-stored configurations Support for 1+1 or n+1 redundancy Low power consumption (<33 W) Hot-swappable plug-in module
Features MPEG-2 video encoding Analog video and balanced audio interfaces MPEG Layer 2 audio Dolby AC-3 2.0 audio One stereo pair of audio Two stereo pairs of audio SDI video and AES audio interfaces VBI extraction of captions or teletext, VBI sampling and passthrough services ATSC features DVB features
HALRENC-S21 Module Types -STD-M -STD-D -STD-DM
Supported Feature
Unsupported Feature
304
HALRENC-S21
interface systems multiplex
High-Performance Standard-Definition Encoder Module

305
Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 ms of multiplex jitter; <500 ns PCR jitter Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream PSI Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO (IEC 13818.1 MPEG-2 systems) Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BISS-E (EBU Tech 3292 rev. 2)
multiplexed program Bitrates
VBI Input Formats Closed Captions Vertical Interval Time Code WST Teletext Wide Screen Signalling Lossless Luma (Six Lines Max.) Pre-Stored Test Patterns AMOL I / II
VBI Standard EIA608 SMPTE 12M ETSI EN 300 706 ETSI EN 300 294 Various .CEA2020
MPEG Carriage Standard EIA708 and ETSI EN 301 775 SMPTE 266M ISO/IEC 13818-(GOP Header) ETSI EN 301 775 and ETSI EN 300 472 ETSI EN 301 775 ETSI EN 301 775 Proprietary ETSI EN 301 775
Maximum Transport Stream Bitrate . 18 Mb/s Video Bitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 15 Mb/s Audio Bitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 3.1 Mb/s per service (2 stereo pair maximum allowed)
Video Analog Video input Formats

digital Video input
Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI (ANSI/SMPTE 259M-1997) Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meets SMPTE RP184 specifications Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-bit or 10-bit 4:2:2 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES (AES-3-1992, ANSI S4.40-1992), SMPTE 276M Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-bits at 48 kHz, 20-bits at 48 khz, 16-bits at 48 khz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC
Analog Audio input
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced (600 ohms) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4 dBu with 20 dBu headroom Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin D-sub connector
ordering inFormation HALRENC-S21-STD-M . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 high-performance 4:2:0 RoHScompliant encoder card; includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Musicam audio compression, and video preprocessing including advanced noise reduction, MCTF and spatially adaptive filtering; advanced multi-pass encoding algorithm with the ThinkAhead rate-management system HALRENC-S21-STD-D . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 high-performance 4:2:0 RoHS-compliant encoder card; includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression, and video preprocessing including advanced noise reduction, MCTF and spatially adaptive filtering; advanced multi-pass encoding algorithm with ThinkAhead rate-management system HALRENC-S21-STD-DM . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 high-performance 4:2:0 RoHScompliant encoder card; includes analog and SDI video interfaces, analog and AES-3 audio interfaces, MP@ML video coding, 2 stereo pairs of Dolby Digital (AC-3) audio compression or Musicam MPEG audio compression, and video preprocessing including advanced noise reduction, MCTF and spatially adaptive filtering; advanced multi-pass encoding algorithm with ThinkAhead rate-management system
HALRSYS-H264
1RU H.264 Encoder
Features Up to 80 Mb/s H.264 4:2:2P @ L4 16-channel audio AAC-LC (1-, 2-, 4-, 5.1- and 6-channel), HE-AAC (2-channel and 5.1), MPEG, Dolby E passthrough and SMPTE 302 audio Low latency mode (~350 ms) VBI, time code and VANC support IP and ASI outputs Optional BISS encryption HTTP support Low power consumption, less than 80 W Quick boot-up
The addition of the HALRSYS-H264 encoder to the NetVX portfolio further establishes Harris as the leading provider of broadcast-quality compression products. This 1RU product supports H.264 4:2:2 profile HD (1080i/720p), as well as up to 16 channels of audio input capability, with both DVB-ASI and IP outputs. With its low latency of less than 350 ms, the HALRSYS-H264 can be used in a variety of contribution applications, including sporting events and ENG/SNG. The intuitive front-panel display makes it easy to set up and operate the system. Network maintenance is provided through the built-in SNMP functionality or the web-based graphical user interface.
All models are 1RU, AC-powered and feature a DVB-ASI and IP interface, as well as front panel, HTTP, Telnet and SNMP control interfaces.

supported standards
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO/IEC13818-1 (MPEG-2 system transport stream) Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO/IEC14496-10 (MPEG-4 AVC/H.264) Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO/IEC11172-3 (MPEG-1 Layer 2) ISO/IEC13818-7 (MPEG-2 AAC) LC profile ISO/IEC14496-3 subpart 4 (MPEG-4 AAC) LC profile ISO/IEC14496-3 amendment 1 (MPEG-4 HE-AAC v1) SMPTE 302M-2002
Video
Video Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i (1920/1440x1080) @ 25 Hz, 29.97 Hz, 30 Hz: SMPTE 274M 720p (1280x720) @ 50 Hz, 59.94 Hz, 60 Hz: SMPTE 296M 480i (720x480) @ 29.97 Hz: SMPTE 125 M 576i (720x576) @ 25 Hz: ITU-R BT.656-4 Profile and Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 AVC Profile: main, high, high 4:2:2 (8-bit) Level: 4.0/3.0 Entropy: CABAC/CAVLC Video Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M/SMPTE 259M BNCx2 (0.8 V pk-pk 75 ohms) Video Through Output. . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M/SMPTE 259M BNCx1 (0.8 V pk-pk 75 ohms) GOP Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4AVC M=1 to 3, N=1 to 30 Test Signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color-bar movie signal
Audio
306
Audio Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU (8-channel + 8-channel): BNC x (4+4) (1 V pk-pk 75 ohms) Embedded audio (8-channel): SMPTE 299M, SMPTE 272M Ending Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >Up to 8 (+8) AES channels or up to 8 embedded channels (selection is available by stereo)
Encoding Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-1 Layer 2 (1-channel (1/0), 2-channel (1/0) x 2, 2-channel (2/0) up to 4 PES MPEG-2 BC (1-channel (1/0), 2-channel (1/0) x 2, 2-channel (2/0) up to 4 PES MPEG-2 AAC-LC (1-channel (1/0), 2-channel (1/0) x 2, 2-channel (2/0), 4-channel (2/0) x 2, 5.1-channel (3/2/1), 6-channel (2/0) x 3 up to 2 PES MPEG-4 AAC-LC (2-channel (2/0), 5.1-channel(3/2/1) up to 2 PES MPEG-4 HE-AACv1 (2-channel (2/0), 5.1-channel (3/2/1) up to 2 PES SMPTE 302M (2, 4, 6, 8-channel) up to 2 PES Sampling Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Sampling Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-bit (MPEG-1), 16-bit (AAC), 16/20-bit (SMPTE 302M) Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128/192 kb/s (on MPEG-1, MPEG-2 BC 1-channel) 128/192/256/384 kb/s (on MPEG-1, MPEG-2 BC 2-channel) 128/192 kb/s (on MPEG-2 AAC 1-channel) 128/192/256/320/384 kb/s (on MPEG-2/4 AAC 2-channel) 320/480/512/640 kb/s (on MPEG-2/4 AAC 5.1-channel) 64/96/128 kb/s (on MPEG-4 HE-AAC 2-channel) 128/192/256 kb/s (on MPEG-4 HE-AAC 5.1-channel) Test Signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 kHz sine wave (-18/-20 dBFS) Passthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby E/Dolby Digital external encoder delay absorption feature (0 to 2 frames/187 ms) Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Packet TIMECODE, ARIB TR-B22, ARIB TR-B23, SMPTE 334M Output Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: BNCx2 (0.8 V pk-pk 75 ohms) IP: 10Base-T/100Base-TX (RJ45) x1 (Cat.5/5e/6) RTP/UDP/IP (RFC1889), FEC (Reed-Solomon), IGMP v2 www.broadcast.harris.com
HALRSYS-H264
1RU H.264 Encoder
ts
External Clock Input . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 160.0000 MHz (compliant with ARIB STD B-18 clock input), BNC x 1 line (0.8 V pk-pk 75 ohms) Stream Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS (188/204 bytes: Reed-Solomon code error correction not implemented) Multiplicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 video signal line, 4 audio signal lines Maximum TS Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . HD: 80.0000 Mb/s (internally set in increments of 1 kb/s)
Control
TS Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BISS-1/E (DES)*1 Outside Dimensions (H x W x D) . . 1.7 x 17 x 19.7 in. (43.6 x 432.4 x 500 mm), excluding projections Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 13 lbs (6 kg) Supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 100 to 240 V (50/60 Hz) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 80 W Operating Environment . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) 30 to 90%, non-condensing note: Ancillary Data *1 BISS is optional
Local Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vacuum fluorescent display (20 positions x 2) + operating switches (6 buttons) Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAN 10Base-T/100Base-TX (RJ-45) Maintenance I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAN 10Base-T/100Base-TX (RJ-45) (also serves as remote control) Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buzzer tone (variable volume), relay contact output (2 NO/NC contacts) External Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System reset effected by a relay contact input (1 NO contact) Equipment Supervisory Control . . . SNMP, web-based GUI
ordering inFormation HALRH264-422IP HALRHVD-9100 The HVD9100 is the companion H264 4:2:2 profile decoder; this 1RU product supports decoding of MPEG-4 4:2:2 HD streams via an ASI or IP input port; outputs consist of an HD-SDI, as well as up to 16 channels of audio
307
Other
HALRAUD-D14
Audio Processing Module

extending the Audio Capabilities of netVX The HALRAUD-D14 audio processing module extends the audio capabilities of NetVX by providing up to four additional channels (stereo pairs) of audio I/O. Audio codecs include MPEG-1 Layer 2 and Dolby AC-3. SMPTE 302 is also provided to support Dolby E passthrough processing. The unique cross-connect topology of the NetVX platform provides unprecedented flexibility to route within a single system a variety of otherwise disparate sources and destinations. Sources include in-system encoders and remotely originated ASI-, ATM- or IP-based media streams. Destinations include local decoders and transmission paths to remote equipment connected over ASI, ATM or IP. Each HALRAUD-D14 audio pair operates in either associated or standalone mode. In associated mode, one or more audio channels are associated with an MPEG-2 encoder or decoder to provide additional audio I/O facilities. In standalone mode, each HALRAUD-D14 channel operates as an independent audio encoder or decoder. For maximum flexibility, the HALRAUD-D14 modules four interfaces each operate independently from one another. Multiple HALRAUD-D14 modules can operate simultaneously in the same NetVX system. The integrated encoding, decoding and video networking capabilities of NetVX make it ideal for a wide variety of production, contribution, networking and video distribution applications.
Features Point-to-point audio encoding and decoding Ability to encode additional audio channels for association with video programs Four AES ports; can be used for either encoding or decoding (model dependent) Encoding and decoding of MPEG-1-compliant audio transport streams Encoding and decoding of MPEG-1 Layer 2, Dolby AC-3 2.0 and lossless audio using SMPTE 302 Support for Dolby E passthrough supported ATSC or DVB multiplex mode operation sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
digital Audio input/Output (included on all models)
Digital Audio Format . . . . . . . . . . . AES (AES-3-1992, ANSI S4.40 1992) SMPTE 276M Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-bit at 48 kHz, 20-bit at 48 kHz, 16-bit at 48 kHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC Audio Coding Formats and Data Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital AC-3 2.0 (56-640) kb/s, MPEG-1 Layer 2, MPEG-2 Layer 1 (32-384) kb/s (planned for a future release), SMPTE 302M (Dolby E-compatible), IEC-958
system multiplex
Multiplex Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATSC, DVB PCR Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <500 ns Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 transport stream PSI Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISO (IEC 13818.1 MPEG-2 systems) Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BISS-E (EBU Tech 3292 rev. 2)
general Ambient temperature
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Non-Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -104 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% to 95%, non-condensing

For use in HALRsYs-1700 and HALRsYs-350
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 15 W Product details

netVX HALRAud-d14 module type definitions
Features -DEC Four stereo pair of AES digital audio interfaces MPEG Layer 2 audio encoding
HALRAUD-D14 Module Types -ENC-D -ENC-M -ENC-DM
308
MPEG Layer 2 audio decoding Dolby AC-3 2.0 audio encoding Dolby AC-3 2.0 audio decoding Supported Feature Unsupported Feature
HALRAUD-D14

309
HALRAUD-D14-DEC . . . . . . . . . . . Digital audio expansion card (decode only); RoHScompliant; 4 stereo pairs of audio decoding, which can be associated with HALRDEC-S11 modules (for decoding additional stereo pairs of audio from an audio/video service) or can be used to decode audio-only services; audio outputs are provided on AES-3 (coaxial) interface, and also embedded into the SDI video output when associated with HALRDEC-S11; supports both Dolby AC-3 and MPEG audio HALRAUD-D14-ENC-D . . . . . . . . . Digital audio expansion card (encode/decode (D)). RoHS-compliant; 4 stereo pairs of audio encoding, which can be associated with HALRENC-S11 or HALRENC-H11 modules for encoding additional stereo pairs of audio in an audio/video service; module can also be used to encode audio-only services. Audio inputs are provided on AES-3 (coaxial) interface, and also from embedded audio on the SDI video input when associated with HALRENC-S11/HALRENC-H11; encoding support for 4 stero pairs of Dolby AC-3; module also provides decoding support for both Dolby AC-3 and MPEG audio; total of 4 stereo pairs (including encode and decode)
HALRAUD-D14-ENC-M. . . . . . . . . Digital audio expansion card (encode/decode (M)); RoHS-compliant; 4 stereo pairs of audio encoding, which can be associated with HALRENC-S11 or HALRENC-H11 modules for encoding additional stereo pairs of audio in an audio/video service; module can also be used to encode audio-only services. Audio inputs are provided on AES-3 (coaxial) interface, and also from embedded audio on the SDI video input when associated with HALRENC-S11/HALRENC-H11; Encoding support for 4 stereo pairs of Musicam MPEG audio; module also provides decoding support for both Dolby AC-3 and MPEG audio; total of 4 stereo pairs (including encode and decode) HALRAUD-D14-ENC-DM . . . . . . . Digital audio expansion card (encode/decode (DM)); RoHS-compliant; 4 stereo pairs of audio encoding, which can be associated with HALRENC-S11 or HALRENC-H11 modules for encoding additional stereo pairs of audio in an audio/video service; module can also be used to encode audio-only services; audio inputs are provided on AES-3 (coaxial) interface, and also from embedded audio on the SDI video input when associated with HALRENC-S11/HALRENC-H11; encoding support for 4 stero pairs of Musicam MPEG audio or 4 stereo pairs of Dolby AC-3 audio; (cannot use both at same time); module also provides decoding support for both Dolby AC-3 and MPEG audio; total of 4 stereo pairs (including encode and decode)
HALRSYS-1700-AC/-DC
5RU System Enclosure
netWORKing And enCOding // neTvX sysTeM enCLOsures
The HALRSYS-1700 NetVX system enclosure occupies five units of a standard 19-in. rack, but provides a level of functionality equivalent to more than a dozen hard-wired components. The NetVX system performs mission-critical, real-time professional video transport using todays global telecommunications infrastructure. The NetVX video networking system is a modular video networking device. NetVX modules combine standards-compliant audio, video and data networking interfaces to integrate with any video plant and expand to reach to broader, even global, data networks.
Modular design scales to meet exact requirements Plug-in architecture provides simple upgrade path Features and options support no-compromise operation locally or remotely
Redundancy Capabilities
Redundant power inputs Redundant power supplies Redundant cooling fans Redundant system controller modules Redundant application modules
Features Compact 5RU size conserves expensive rack space The NetVX video networking systems modular design supports a wide variety of application-specific configurations. The NetVX chassis houses system controller and application modules, which may be mixed and matched as desired. The NetVX HALRHALRSYS-1700 chassis contains slots for two system controller modules and 15 application modules.
standards-Compliant data networking interfaces
Product details
modular By design
NetVX networking modules support SONET (OC-3), PDH (DS3) and IP data networks. The modules also support various levels of forward error correction (FEC) and may be tuned to optimally address network-specific conditions.
extreme Flexibility
of the primary module. Any subsequent failures can direct the service to other remaining backup modules. External Path Redundancy the NetVX monitors incoming ATM- or IP-based network data. A loss of signal or ATM AIS detected on a monitored data interface triggers a failover to the backup module. Internal Path Redundancy The NetVX monitors a cross connection. A service fault detected on the monitored cross connection triggers a failover to the backup cross connection.
Flexible power
Within the NetVX system, cross connections link signals between encoders, decoders, multiplexers, demultiplexers, and ATM and IP interfaces. Cross connections are established dynamically through software control. Each cross connection source can simultaneously service up to eight different destinations within the NetVX. Any of these cross connections can be added, dropped or re-routed in real time on an as-needed basis, without affecting any other cross connection.
Redundancy by design
The HALRSYS-1700 is factory-configured for either 110/220 VAC or 48 VDC power. A single power supply is provided with each chassis, and space is available for a second backup supply.
Flexible monitoring and Control
The NetVX provides a number of configuration interfaces including Telnet, craft port, SNMP and an HTTP-based Web browser.
the Bottom Line
Uptime can be paramount when networking video, and real-time failover protection is critical. Redundancy protection is designed into the NetVX system video networking system to support user application needs and meet application budgets. NetVX provides several types of redundancy for maximum signal protection: 1:1 Redundancy a single backup module supports a single active module. In the event of a failure, the secondary module provides the service of the primary module. N:M Redundancy One or more backup modules support one or more active modules. The relationship between the quantity of active and backup modules is fully configurable. In the event of a failure, a secondary module assumes service sPeciFications Features
The NetVX video networking system, Vidiem element management system and Vidiem Service Manager provide the infrastructure needed to create, configure, schedule and monetize real-time global video networks.
HALRsYs-1700 Chassis types and Features*
* Video on IP (VIP) in this table addresses video going through the system controller. This approach is not a recommended practice, but is available with keys that enable it.
HALRSYS-1700 Chassis Types -AC -DC
AC power DC power IP on ATM (optional keyed feature) Video on IP (optional keyed feature) -STD-IA -STD-VIP Supported Feature -STD-IA -STD-VIP Unsupported Feature
310
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
HALRSYS-1700-AC/-DC
general Ambient temperature
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -104 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Non-Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% to 95%, non-condensing

internal design
HALRSYS-1700AC-A22 . . . . . . . . RoHS-compliant 5RU, 17 slot, AC starter system; includes controller, 1 PS, 2 fans, CIB, RCB, ears, U.S. cord and A22 system controller HALRSYS-1700DC-A22 . . . . . . . . RoHS-compliant 5RU, 17 slot, DC starter system; includes A22 system controller, 1 PS, 2 fans, CIB, RCB, ears
Application Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 x 6.2 in. (100 x 160 mm)

safety Compliance
HALRSYS-1700-AC/-DC. . . . . . . . UL and cUL (United States-UL1950 and Canada-CSA C22.2, No.950), CE, NEBS (levels 1, 2, and 3)
FCC Certification
HALRSYS-1700-AC/-DC. . . . . . . . Complies with FCC Subpart 15, Class A

Form Factor: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounts in standard 19-in. rack Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 8.75 x 17 x 12 in. (222.3 x 431.8 x 304.8 mm) (Depth does not include cable allowances) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 lbs (11.34 kg) (partially loaded) Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front (standard) or middle rackmount ears
HALRsYs-1700-AC
Maximum Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 W Supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC Supply Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 63 Hz Power Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEC-C-13 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 A @ 250 V GMC time delay fuse
HALRsYs-1700-dC
Maximum Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 W Supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 to 60 VDC Supply Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 V Redundant Power Inputs. . . . . . . . Terminal block Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 A @ 250 V GMC time delay fuse
311
HALRSYS-350
modular By design The NetVX HALRSYS-350 is a 1RU chassis containing an internal system controller and slots for up to three user-serviceable application modules.* The NetVX video networking system is a modular video networking device. The modular design supports a wide variety of application-specific configurations. standards-Compliant data networking interfaces NetVX networking modules support SONET (OC-3), PDH (DS3) and IP data networks. The modules also support various levels of forward error correction (FEC) and may be tuned to optimally address network-specific conditions.
Product details
extreme Flexibility

Ambient temperature
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Non-Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C)

Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% to 95%, non-condensing internal design
Application Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 x 6.2 in. (100 x 160 mm)

safety Compliance . . . . . . . . UL and cUL (United States: UL1950; and
Canada: CSA C22.2, No.950), CE
Within the NetVX video networking system, cross connections link signals between encoders, decoders, multiplexers, demultiplexers, and ATM and IP interfaces. Cross connections are dynamically established through software control. Each cross connection source can simultaneously service up to eight different destinations within the NetVX. Any of these cross connections can be added, dropped or re-routed in real time on an as-needed basis, without affecting any other cross connection.
Redundancy by design
FCC Certification . . . . . . . . . Complies with FCC Subpart 15, Class A physical Characteristics
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU, standard 19-in. rackmount Dimensions (H x W x D)* . . . . . . . 1.73 x 17.50 x 19.375 in. (4.4 x 44.2 x 49.2 cm)* (*depth does not include cable allowances) Weight (unpopulated) . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 lbs (4.45 kg)
electrical (HALRsYs-350-AC)
Uptime can be paramount when networking video, and real-time failover protection is critical. Redundancy protection is designed into the NetVX system video networking system to support application needs and meet application budgets. The NetVX provides several types of redundancy for maximum signal protection: 1:1 Redundancy a single backup module supports a single active module. In the event of a failure, the secondary module provides the service of the primary module. N:M Redundancy one or more backup modules support one or more active modules. The relationship between the quantity of active and backup modules is fully configurable. In the event of a failure, a secondary module assumes service of the primary module. Any subsequent failures can direct the service to other remaining backup modules. External Path Redundancy the NetVX monitors incoming ATM- or IP-based network data. A loss of signal or ATM AIS detected on a monitored data interface triggers a failover to the backup module. Internal Path Redundancy the NetVX monitors a cross connection. A service fault detected on the monitored cross connection triggers a failover to the backup cross connection.
power Requirements
Maximum Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 W Supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 A (maximum) Supply Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 63 Hz Power Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEC-C-13 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 A @ 250 V GMC time delay fuse
electrical (HALRsYs-350-dC)
Maximum Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 W Supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 to 72 VDC Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 A (maximum) Power Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corcom DA Series/Molex 6A310 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 A @ 250 V GMC time delay fuse
The NetVX HALRSYS-350 operates on standard 110/220 VAC power and -48 VDC.
Flexible monitoring and Control
ordering inFormation HALRSYS-350AC-A22 . . . . . . . . . 1RU 3-slot system AC chassis with internally integrated HALRSYS-A22, 3 total slots; 1 slot for transport interface and 2 slots for additional modules; modules are hot-swappable and hotinsertable in this chassis; includes AC power cord HALRSYS-350DC-A22 . . . . . . . . . 1RU 3-slot system chassis with internally integrated HALRSYS-A22, 3 total slots; 1 slot for transport interface and 2 slots for additional modules; modules are hot-swappable and hotinsertable in this chassis HALRSYS-350 Chassis Types
The NetVX provides a number of configuration interfaces including Telnet, craft port, SNMP and an HTTP-based web browser.
the Bottom Line
The NetVX video networking system, Vidiem element management system and Vidiem Service Manager provide the infrastructure needed to create, configure, schedule and monetize real-time global video networks.
HALRsYs-350 Chassis types and Features
Features -AC/ -DC -AC-STD/ -DC-STD
-AC-IA/ -DC-IA
-AC-IA-VI/ -DC-IA-VI
-AC-VI/ -DC-VI
312
IP on ATM Video on IP* Supported Feature *Consult application engineering for card-type usage in this chassis. Unsupported Feature
HALRSYS-A22
System Controller Module

313
provides monitoring and Control Functionality The NetVX HALRSYS-A22 system controller module provides control and management functionality for the entire NetVX system. HALRSYS-A22 functions include provisioning, status, fault management and supervisory control. The HALRSYS-A22 is designed to provide redundant system control. Systems configured for redundant system control use two HALRSYS-A22 modules installed in slots one and two. A HALRSYS-A22 can also perform redundant functions to a HALRSYS-A12 system controller. Each HALRSYS-A22 module includes two 10/100Base-T Ethernet interfaces. One interface provides an IP connection for system control and firmware upgrades. The second interface is for monitoring purposes and connects to the same interface on an optional backup system controller. The HALRSYS-A22 reference input accepts a 300 mV blackburst signal on a BNC interface that is internally terminated with a 75 ohm load. A blackburst signal received through this interface provides a genlock reference to any of the NetVX systems video and audio outputs. A DB-15 interface provides a connection point for cabling to the NetVX rear connection board. The NetVX connection board breaks out the HALRSYS-A22 module RS-232 and RS-422 serial data signals for connections with external equipment.
general Control protocol
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telnet, SNMP Local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local RS-232 craft-access port

Alarms
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNMP traps

Control interface
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T Ethernet (IEEE 802 3) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45

serial ports
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9600, 19200, 38400 b/s, 8-bit, no parity, 1-stop bit
physical
electrical
ordering inFormation HALRSYS-A22-CTL . . . . . . . . . . . Primary or redundant system controller with blackburst reference input; can provide reference timing for decoder modules HALRSYS-4AC-A22 . . . . . . . . . . . Mini 4-slot system AC chassis with HALRSYS-A22 in slot 1, 4 total slots; 3 slots for application modules and 1 slot for controller module; modules are hot-swappable and hot-insertable in this chassis; includes AC power cord HALRSYS-4DC24-A22 . . . . . . . . . Mini 4-slot system 24 VDC chassis with HALRSYS-A22 in slot 1, 4 total slots; 3 slots for application modules and 1 slot for controller module; modules are hot-swappable and hotinsertable in this chassis; includes DC power cord HALRSYS-4DC48-A22 . . . . . . . . . Mini 4-slot system 48 VDC chassis with HALRSYS-A22 in slot 1, 4 total slots; 3 slots for application modules and 1 slot for controller module; modules are hot-swappable and hotinsertable in this chassis; includes DC power cord
HALRTMX-M12
netWORKing And enCOding // neTvX MuLTipLeXer MODuLes
MPEG-2 Transport Stream Multiplexer Module

Facilitates Content Repurposing and Localization One of the keys to success in todays multimedia world is the ability to generate relevant programs quickly and efficiently. The HALRTMX-M12 makes it easy to de-multiplex and remultiplex transport streams, enabling incoming programs to be repurposed into new programs, local content (commercials, news, and more) to be added, and new transport streams to be generated. The NetVX video networking systems unique cross-connect topography creates unprecedented flexibility, allowing content to be readily routed from a variety of sources, including on-site MPEG-2 encoders and incoming transport streams. Further enhancing system versatility, the HALRTMX-M12 features two independent inputs and outputs and can handle either the DVB-ASI or the SMPTE 310M protocols.
Features Makes content repurposing and localization quick and efficient Features dual MPEG-2 transport stream multiplexing and demultiplexing functionality with two independent MPTS inputs and outputs Configurable for DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M operation Provides enhanced versatility with advanced cross-connect routing
Product details
HALRtmX-m12 module type definitions
Features -TNL1 Tunnel-mode mapping to/from backplane Number of supported input interfaces Number of supported output interfaces SI insertion from carousel or UDP stream TSID localization Demultiplex incoming TS to separate program elements Multiplex separate backplane elements into one TS Statmux locally encoded and remotely encoded streams 1 1
HALRTMX-M12 Module Types -TNL2 2 2 -MUX 2 2
Supported Feature
Unsupported Feature
314
HALRTMX-M12-SCR . . . . . . . . . . Enables DVB common scrambling by connecting to conditional access systems through the Simulcrypt interface; capable of encrypting 63 simultaneous programs at a combined rate up to 200 Mb/s; must be used with HALRTMX-M12-MUX
HALRTMX-M12
general Asi input

315
smpte 310m Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 mV to 200 mV pk-pk Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev. 1.0
Asi Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Peak-to-Peak Voltage . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.392658 MHz 1 ppm Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bi-phase-mark coding Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 310M
mpeg demultiplexing
Programs/PIDs supported . . . . . . . 63/256 (total across both inputs)

multiplexing
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev. 1.0
smpte 310m input
Programs/PIDs supported . . . . . . . 63/256 (total across both networks) PCR Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 ns PSI Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAT, PMT
physical
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, resistive Peak-to-Peak Voltage . . . . . . . . . . 880 to 200 mV pk-pk Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.392658 MHz 100 ppm Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bi-phase-mark coding Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 310M
electrical
ordering inFormation HALRTMX-M12-TNL1 . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant transport stream interface card; interface 1 single-program or multi-program transport stream into or out of the NetVX system; 1 port in, 1 port out, port can be configured for DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310 operation; no multiplexing or demultiplexing functionality HALRTMX-M12-TNL2 . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant transport stream interface card; interface 2 single-program or multi-program transport streams into or out of the NetVX system; 2 ports in, 2 ports out, each port can be configured for DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310 operation; no multiplexing or demultiplexing functionality HALRTMX-M12-MUX . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant transport stream multiplexer/demultiplexer card; full demultiplexing of incoming transport streams, full multiplexing of elements into each outgoing transport stream; 2 ports each direction, each port can be configured for SMPTE 310 or DVB-ASI HALRTMX-M12-MPH . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant transport stream multiplexer/demultiplexer with MPH support; 2 ports each direction, can be configured for SMPTE 310, DVB-ASI or MPH HALRTMX-M12-SCR . . . . . . . . . . Enables DVB common scrambling by connecting to conditional access systems through the Simulcrypt interface; it is capable of encrypting 63 simultaneous programs at a combined rate up to 200 Mb/s; must be used with HALRTMX-M12-MUX SKTMX-M12-MPH . . . . . . . . . . . . HALRTMX-M12 software key to support mobile handhelds (M12 already keyed for -MUX)
HALRTMX-M12-SCR
Simulcrypt Scrambler and Conditional Access Module

The NetVX platform can now address market segments such as Direct-to-Home (DTH), non-free-to-air DVB-T, and select business-to-business applications with the addition of new DVB scrambling and Conditional Access capabilities enabled by a Simulcrypt interface. The HALRTMX-M12-SCR can accept unencrypted programs from a variety of sources such as local encoders and network interfaces, including ASI, Gigabit Ethernet or DS3/OC-3/E3/STM1. It interfaces with the Simulcrypt synchronizer (SCS) on the control module to access Control Word (CW) and Conditional Access information (entitlement control messages or ECMs). Each program is encrypted using DVB common scrambling, and ECMs are multiplexed into each stream to provide a DVB-compliant output. The HALRTMX-M12-SCR based on the TMX hardware now runs on a new software and a unique firmware load that turns the TMX into an encryption engine supporting 63 simultaneous programs at a combined rate up to 200 Mb/s. Since the SCR is derived from the TMX, it is known as the HALRTMX-M12-SCR and is configured as such. In addition to the encryption hardware, the HALRTMX-M12-SCR also contains a hardware random number generator known as the Control Word Generator (CWG) by Simulcrypt. The SCS requests a new Control Word from the CWG on the SCR each Crypto Period (CP).
Features DVB scrambler Simulcrypt synchronizer CW generator Integration with multiple conditional access headend systems Connection to multiple simultaneous Conditional Access systems Simulcrypt integration TMX DVB common scrambling Control word generator Simulcrypt synchronizer <-> ECM generator protocol Simulcrypt synchronizer ECM transmission and CW management MUX <-> EMM generator protocol Compliant with ETSI TS 103 197 V1.1.1 (2000-06) Compliant with ETSI TS 101 197 V1.2.1 (2002-02)
316
HALRTMX-M14

317
Facilitates Content Repurposing and Localization The unique cross-connect topography of the NetVX video networking system creates unprecedented flexibility, allowing content to be readily routed from a variety of sources. These include on-site MPEG-2 and H.264 encoders and incoming transport streams from ATM, Gigabit Ethernet or DVB-ASI input cards. The NetVX HALRTMX-M14 enables the generation of relevant programs for output quickly and efficiently. It allows the creation of new multiplexes for new program generation and increases the output density of the NetVX platform by adding four independent, software-selectable DVBASI/SMPTE 310M outputs.
Product details
HALRtmX-m14 module type definitions
Features Quick and efficient content repurposing and localization Quad MPEG-2 transport stream mux and de-mux functionality with four independent MPTS outputs Configurable for DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M Enhanced versatility with advanced cross-connect routing
Features Tunnel-mode mapping to/from backplane Number of supported input interfaces Number of supported output interfaces SI insertion from carousel or UDP stream TSID localization Demultiplex incoming transport stream to separate program elements Multiplex separate backplane elements into one transport stream Statmux locally encoded streams
HALRTMX-M14 Module Types -TNL4 -MUX
Supported Feature sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.

general Asi Output multiplexing
Unsupported Feature
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev. 1.0
mpeg demultiplexing
Programs/PIDs supported . . . . . . . 63/256 (total across both networks) PCR Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 ns PSI Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAT, PMT
physical
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU VME Dimensions (W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . 79 x 3.94 in. (20.32 x 100 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 lbs (0.3 kg)
electrical
Programs/PIDs supported . . . . . . . 63/256 (signals taken from back plane)
ordering inFormation HALRTMX-M14-TNL4 . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 RoHS-compliant transport stream interface card; interface 4 single-program or multi-program transport streams out of the NetVX system; each of the 4 ports can be configured for DVB-ASI operation; no multiplexing or demultiplexing functionality
Vidiem EMS
netWORKing And enCOding // neTvX sOfTWAre
Element Management System

The Vidiem EMS element management system is a sophisticated Windowsbased application for configuring and monitoring both NetVX and FlexiCoder DVS systems. Configuration interface The configuration interface appears as a familiar Windows-style configuration tree. Nodes in the tree represent NetVX system controller modules, application modules and their respective configuration entities. Drag-and-drop operations between configuration tree nodes simplify complex configuration operations.
Product details
status monitoring interfaces
The status monitoring interface features a dynamic graphical representation of the system for at-a-glance system quality assurance. NetVX and FlexiCoder DVS status monitoring is performed in real time, at a user-defined polling interval for each device. The polling rate is configurable to any value between one and 3600 seconds. The Vidiem status tree flags errors by sub-system. Tree nodes expand to reveal all the necessary detail to quickly locate the exact source of any error(s).
Configuration dialogs Vidiem configuration dialogs provide the means to configure node-specific values. Each dialog cross-checks and validates settings to reduce the chance of error and to ensure compatibility with other system parameters. This level of configuration logic and rule checking is not available in any other NetVX configuration interface.
The status monitoring interface provides at-a-glance quality assurance via a dynamic graphical representation.
trap monitor interface
The Vidiem trap monitor interface operates as a Windows service independent of the main application. The trap monitor continuously receives traps even when the main Vidiem application is inactive. The trap tog maintains a time- and date-stamped list of all traps received. Trap log entries serve as hyperlinks to more detailed, dynamically generated, HTML-based trap description pages. Trap description pages describe instance-specific error conditions. These pages provide guidance on how to quickly identify the root cause of trap-inducing alarm conditions and where to begin debugging procedures.
Additional Features
Vidiem uses robust, industry-standard SNMP for communications with remote NetVX and FlexiCoder DVS systems. A context-sensitive help system describes all NetVXrelated dialogs, configuration settings and status parameters. The help system also provides more than 70 detailed, step-by-step NetVX configuration procedures. The Vidiem element management system provides an intuitive, uniform, and observable element management environment for trouble-free operations in networks of any size. ordering inFormation HALEMS-VIDIEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . Element Manager software for NetVX, current release (licenses: 5 seats) HALEMS-VIDIEM-UPG . . . . . . . . . Upgrade for Element Manager software to current release (licenses: 5 seats)
318
Vidiem Service Manager
Reservation-Based Scheduling and Management

319
Features Reservation-based scheduling and management Allows non-technical users to easily schedule video connections across complex, multipoint network paths Avoids resource conflicts Schedule reservations months in advance Schedule activation and teardown of connections between NetVX endpoints Point-to-point services with most direct routing Point-to-multipoint reservations Manage fixed services (immediate start, no end time) Interface with external automation/scheduling systems via XML (e.g., ScheduALL) Route circuits over IP, ASI or ATM Web-based administrator and operator interfaces Controls NetVX, Harris routers and other routers High-availability database (Oracle)
The Vidiem Service Manager turns the NetVX video network into a profit center. The reservation-based scheduling and management system provides the means for non-technical customer service representatives to easily schedule customer network reservations. Using an easy-to-learn web-based interface, users can route complex point-to-point and point-to-multipoint video service connections. As connections are requested, the Vidiem Service Manager determines and reserves the optimal routing path in light of all other resources required within the same time frame. Because it is a web-based application, a single instance of the Vidiem Service Manager can provide the booking interface for an entire department of customer service reps 24/7, 365 days a year. Product details
system Architecture Web Client interface
The Vidiem Service Manager is a standalone Windows server-based application that runs on an instance of Oracle. It uses SNMP to bring up and tear down connections between remote NetVX endpoints. Controllable endpoints can also include media routers, such as the Harris Platinum series, or any other router connected to a NetVX and supported by the systems serial port router control function.
technical Applications
Operators interacting with end customers use the web client interface to book reservations. As a web-based application hosted on the Vidiem Service Manager server, this application is easily deployed and instantly available to all members of the customer service department. The Vidiem Service Manager actively manages the network resources required to support each reservation. As new reservation requests are made through the web client, the Vidiem Service Manager determines if the required network resources will be available to support the request at the time specified. In real time, the operator is informed of success or failure and can confirm or change the reservation immediately without breaking contact with the customer. Without Vidiem Service Manager, configuring such a reservation would be a lengthy, highly technical process.
Fixed-service interface
Network managers and other technical users can use the Vidiem Service Manager for full-service management of connections within their NetVX video network. Network maintenance operations include service monitoring, schedule management, resource load reporting, network hardware introduction and removal, bulk reservation migration and management, and other network topology administration tasks.
deployments
At one of Americas top sports networks, Vidiem Service Manager has operated in conjunction with ScheduALLs front end since 2005. And at Canadas largest communications company, the Vidiem Service Manager installed in 2005 is the heart of a 35-node NetVX system that has processed more than 250,000 reservations.
Admin manager interface
The fixed-service interface provides operators and administrators a means to create fixed (or permanent) network service connections.
scheduling grids
Network administrators use this interface to add or drop NetVX systems and modules, manage user accounts and specify network resources such as ATM configuration values and service profile definitions.
Web-based source and destination scheduling grids provide at-a-glance representations of resource allocation. The visual representation of reservations within the grid display rivals that of significantly more expensive systems.
XmL/Automation interface
The automation interface is an XML-based interface that provides a means of machine control for third-party automation control systems. Vidiem Service Manager is currently deployed and controlling significant video contribution and distribution networks throughout North America.
Vidiem Service Manager

sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Minimum Server Requirements*. . . Server-Class PC Windows 2000, Service Pack 4 Microsoft Internet Explorer, service pack 6 or higher 4 GHz CPU 2 GB RAM Virtual Memory: Initial size 1.5 GB, maximum size 1.5 GB Operating system disk drive free space: 440 MB disk space Vidiem Service Manager/Oracle installation, 18 GB free disk drive space 100Base-T Ethernet NIC Minimum Network Requirements*. . 100Base-T IP connectivity between the Vidiem Service Manager host system and all NetVX systems ATM connectivity between all NetVX systems (for ATM Networks) IP connectivity between all NetVX systems (for IP Networks) In a production environment, the Vidiem Service Manager must run on a server-class system that is not used to host other applications * All host-system requirements are subject to change at any time and without notice.
Reservation-Based Scheduling and Management

ordering inFormation HALSRV-MGR-1ST . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Manager software for NetVX: first time purchase (5 shelves or 25 cards); includes 2-day installation and setup as per professional services pricing; requires execution of a special end-user license agreement by the end customer as a precondition of order acceptance HALSRV-MGR-EXP . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Manager software for NetVX: expansion (additional 5 shelves or 25 cards) includes 1-day installation and setup, as per professional services pricing HALSRV-MGR-LIC . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Manager software for NetVX: additional license for redundancy only HALSRV-MGR-REDLIC . . . . . . . . . Additional Service Manager redundancy license
320
CTT6800+SDT, +HDT
JPEG2000 Compressed Transport Transceiver Module

netWORKing And enCOding // 6800+ COre neTWOrking
321
The CTT6800+ is ideal for applications requiring compressed transport of video, audio and data signals. Utilizing an advanced JPEG2000 compression codec, the CTT6800+ can encode and decode baseband media to/from a 270 Mb/s DVB ASI transport stream. The CTT6800+ supports the following signal formats: SDI (270 Mb/s SMPTE 259M or 1.5 Gb/s SMPTE 292M) Four AES audio pairs LTC GPI Dolby metadata
images/diagrams
Block diagrams Ctt6800+ Jpeg2000 Compressed transport transceiver (Receiver mode)
CTT6800+
Features Configurable as either a JPEG2000 encoder or decoder; this allows switching of two CTT6800+ modules, operating as an encode/decode pair, to transport content in either direction Compression of baseband media utilizing advanced JPEG2000 codec, including 270 Mb/s or 1.5 Mb/s SDI, AES and embedded audio, LTC, GPI and serial Dolby metadata with encoding onto a 270 Mb/s DVB-ASI transport stream Encoding and decoding of up to four lines of user-selectable ancilliary data Automatic or user-selectable video compression data rates of up to 200 Mb/s Onscreen display for simplified setup and configuration Supports Q-SEE thumbnail and alarm monitoring Remote control and monitoring via CCS or SNMP
Back module
JPEG 2000 Decoder
Video Embedder On-screen Display
HD/SD-SDI Out 1 HD/SD-SDI Out 2 4 /
AES I/O 1
SD/HD/ASI IN
Audio SMPTE 302M Unpacker ASI De-mux
AES VANC Unpacker
AES Out
AES I/O 2
GPIO / LTC RS232 / RS422
DVB-ASI In
SD/HD/ASI OUT 1
LTC/Serial/GPI Unpacker 9
LTC Out, GPI Out Metadata, RS-232/422 Out
AES I/O 3
SD/HD/ASI OUT 2
AES I/O 4
RESERVED
Ctt6800+ Jpeg2000 Compressed transport transceiver (transmitter mode)
On screen display AES in 4 / Audio SMPTE 302M
Mux
DVB-ASI out 2
HD/SD-SDI
Deembedder VANC packing
JPEG 2000 Codec
ASI mux
DVB-ASI out 1
LTC in, GPI in Metadata, RS-232/422 In
LTC/ Serial/GPI
9

Asi input
Maximum Input Voltage . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 270 Mb/s

Asi Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >23 dB Belden 8281 cable Minimum Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mV
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 V 0.5 V
CTT6800+SDT, +HDT
Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (pk-pk) Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 270 Mb/s
Hd-sdi input
JPEG2000 Compressed Transport Transceiver Module

LtC input
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/23.98 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB (typical) from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 328 ft (100 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable or 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
sd-sdi input
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential, balanced Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE/EBU LTC 24/25/30 drop/no-drop Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminal Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z (>30 k ohms) or 600 ohms, jumper-selectable Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 mV pk-pk CM Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 V CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 dB at 60 Hz
LtC Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >23 dB Belden 8281 cable
Hd-sdi Output
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential, Balanced Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE/EBU LTC 24/25/30 drop/no-drop Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminal Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-Z (<25 ohms per side) or 600 ohms, jumper-selectable Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 V pk-pk nominal to 1 k ohm, (low-Z output) 2.5 V pk-pk nominal to 1 k ohm, (600 ohms output) Transition Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 microseconds 4 microseconds measured at 10% and 90% amplitude
unbalanced Aes inputs
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/23.98 Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps pk-pk
sd-sdi Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV pk-pk (50 mV pk-pk, typical) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (<-35 dB, typical) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 kHz to 96 kHz
unbalanced Aes Outputs
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (pk-pk)
gpiO interfaces
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (<-35 dB, typical) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) (33 ns, typical)
dolby e metadata (Rs-232/422)
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential, balanced Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 RS-232/422 switchable ordering inFormation CTT6800+HDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JPEG2000 compressed transport transceiver module; HD/SD signal format support; includes front module and triple-width back module; requires 3 available 6800+ slots CTT6800+SDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JPEG2000 compressed transport transceiver module; SD signal format support; includes front module and triple-width back module; requires 3 available 6800+ slots CTT68+SD-UG-HD . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade for CTT6800+SDT; feature upgrade to CTT6800+HDT functionality; software activation key upgrade
322
GPI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Internally pulled HIGH External contact closure to ground to trigger GPI Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 TTL-compatible Sink 64 mA, source 32 mA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9
IPA6800+D
IP Video Gateway ASI to IP Encapsulator Module

323
The IPA6800+D IP video gateway module is an extension of the comprehensive set of line cards in the 6800+ modular platform. The IPA6800+D links traditional ASI-based video plants with modern Gigabit Ethernet networks and provides a cost-effective alternative to expensive satellite-based ASI links. Take advantage of an existing Gigabit Ethernet network by transporting compressed signals from a satellite receiver or encoder simultaneously to multiple locations over a wide area network (WAN), and reverse the process at the other end with the same card. Share or pass through single or multiple program streams over IP, and have the extra protection of Pro MPEG COP-3 forward error correction (FEC) to guard against network shortcomings.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Ethernet I/O
Features Bidirectional transmission of ASI to and from IP Two independent transmit and receive channels Simultaneously send or receive in either direction without interference Add forward error correction (FEC) for robust data transmission Transmit or receive IP unicast or multicast video streams Control using CCS Protocol and over IP Encapsulate up to two ASI streams and transmit them over IP De-encapsulate ASI streams from an IP transport
Back module
ASI IN
DVB-ASI In 1 DVB-ASI In 2
Equalizer
Forward Error Correction Insertion
Ethernet Physical
Error Correction Buffer
DVB-ASI Out 1 DVB-ASI Out 1 DVB-ASI Out 2 DVB-ASI Out 2

1000 BaseT 1 ASI OUT 2
Reclocker
Midplane I/O

10/100/1000Base-t electrical interface Operating temperature . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Regulatory Compliance
Differential Output Voltage . . . . . . 0.75 V 0.83 dB High Frequency Jitter (maximum) . 0.3 ns Clock Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 MHz 0.01% Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 1V RMS 1 to 250 MHz
Asi input
Safety Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . UL and cUL (United States-UL1950 and CanadaCSA C22.2, No.950) CE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE FCC Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complies with FCC Sub-Part 15, Class A
physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-slot 6800+ module, RoHS-compliant power Consumption. . . . . . . 12 W Frames supported . . . . . . . . FR6802+XF, FR6802+XF48, FR6822+QXFE and
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 to 200 mV pk-pk Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 214 Mb/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev 1.0 FEC Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pro-MPEG code of practice 3 R2 Row FEC
Asi Output
FR6800+MB
ordering inFormation imPortAnt: Certain module combinations may exceed the power and heat dissipation capabilities of the frames. HALRIPA6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP video gateway, bidirectional, dual ASI to IP converter with rear connector module for 6800+ series frames HALRIPA6800+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP video gateway, bidirectional, dual ASI to IP converter, no rear connector module HALRIPA6800+R . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP video gateway, bidirectional, dual ASI to IP converter, dual-width rear connector module
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 1 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 214 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev 1.0
IPS6800+D
IP Video Gateway SDI to IP Encapsulator Module

The IPS6800+D IP video gateway module is an extension of the comprehensive set of line cards in the 6800+ modular platform. The IPS6800+D links traditional SDI-based video plants through modern Gigabit Ethernet networks and provides a cost-effective alternative to other, more expensive, links such as satellite or ATM. Take advantage of an existing Gigabit Ethernet network by transporting highquality uncompressed SDI signals to multiple locations over a wide area network (WAN). Extend coaxial by carrying uncompressed SDI signals from source to destination over IP, and have the extra protection of Pro MPEG COP-4 forward error correction (FEC) to guard against possible network shortcomings.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Ethernet I/O
Features Bidirectional transmission of SDI to and from IP Two independent transmit and receive channels Simultaneously send or receive in either direction without interference Add forward error correction (FEC) for robust data transmission Transmit or receive IP unicast or multicast video streams Control using CCS Protocol and over IP Encapsulate up to two uncompressed SDI (SMPTE 259M) video signals into RTP packets and transmit them over IP De-encapsulate uncompressed SDI (SMPTE 259M) streams from an IP transport
Back module
SDI IN
SD-SDI In 1 SD-SDI In 2
Equalizer
Forward Error Correction Insertion
Ethernet Physical
Error Correction Buffer
SD-SDI Out 1
1 SDI OUT 2
SD-SDI Out 1 SD-SDI Out 2 SD-SDI Out 2

1000 BaseT
Reference In Reference Loop
Reclocker
Midplane I/O

10/100/1000Base-t electrical interface Operating temperature . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) Regulatory Compliance
Differential Output Voltage . . . . . . 0.75 V 0.83 dB High Frequency Jitter (maximum) . 0.3 ns Clock Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 MHz 0.01% Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 1 V RMS 1 to 250 MHz
sdi digital Video input
Safety Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . UL and cUL (United States-UL1950 and CanadaCSA C22.2, No.950) CE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE FCC Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complies with FCC Sub-Part 15, Class A
physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-slot 6800+ module, RoHS-compliant electrical Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W Frames supported . . . . . . . . FR6802+XF, FR6802+XF48, FR6822+QXFE and
Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI (ANSI/SMPTE 259M-C1997) Jitter Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meets SMPTE RP184 specifications Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-bit or 10-bit 4:2:2 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC FEC Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pro-MPEG code of practice 4
serial Video Output
FR6800+MB
324
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C; 270Mb/s, 525/625 Component Connector . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.40 to 1.5 ns as per SMPTE 259 Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-to-pk
ordering inFormation imPortAnt: Certain module combinations may exceed the power and heat dissipation capabilities of the frames. HALRIPS6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . IP video gateway, bidirectional SDI to IP converter with rear connector module for 6800+ series frames HALRIPS6800+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP video gateway, bidirectional SDI to IP converter, no rear connector module HALRIPS6800+R . . . . . . . . . . . . IP video gateway, bidirectional SDI to IP converter, dual-width rear connector module
MFD6800+T
Multiformat Decoder Module

325
The MFD6800+T is a multiformat video decoder module that extends the flexibility of the 6800+ modular platform. The MFD6800+T is a single 6800+ module that decodes either H.264 or MPEG-2 HD and SD video signals and their commonly associated audio signals. There is no need to purchase multiple cards to decode different flavors of audio and video. The MFD6800+T provides the flexibility of decoding multiple standards without resorting to an assortment of different card types. The flexibility of the MFD6800+T makes it ideal for production and distribution applications. Coupled with other modules in the 6800+ series, the multiple-function MFD6800+T decoder works to address applications such as multiformat satellite decoding, confidence monitoring and much more.
Features Supported video decoding formats HD H.264/MPEG-4 part 10 decoding SD H.264/MPEG-4 part 10 decoding HD MPEG-2 decoding SD MPEG-2 decoding Supported audio decoding/processing formats AAC-LC 2.0 HE-AAC V1.2.0 Dolby AC-3 2.0 SMPTE 302 Supported input formats DVB-ASI IP inputs Supported output formats HD (SMPTE 292M) SD (SMPTE 259M) Extensive VBI processing support
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Ethernet I/O Video decoder Audio embedder HD/SD-SDI out 1 HD/SD-SDI out 2
Back module
MFD6800+ AES 1
AES audio out 1 Reference in Reclocker AES audio out 2 Reference loop through Midplane I/O
OUT
ASI in
Equalizer
Monitor out (reference in when backplane in use)
OUT
SDI 1
AES 2
SDI 2
AES 3
REF IN/ CVBS MON 10/100 BaseT
AES 4 ASI IN
CCS remote monitoring and control

Asi input serial Video Output (sdi, Hd-sdi)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 mV200 mV pk-pk Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB A010
10/100Base-t electrical interface
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C; 270 Mb/s, 525/625 SMPTE 292M; ~1.5 Gb/s, 1080i/29.97,1080i/25, 720 p/59.94, 720 p/50 Component Connector . . . . . . . . . BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
digital Audio Outputs (4 stereo pairs)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Differential Output Voltage . . . . . . 0.75 V 0.83 dB High Frequency Jitter (maximum) . 0.3 ns Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 1 V RMS 1 to 250 MHz Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 15 Mb/s Packet Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UDP, RTP
Digital Audio Format . . . . . . . . . . . AES (AES-3-1992, ANSI S4.40 1992), SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MFD6800+T
Video decompression
Multiformat Decoder Module

Control
MPEG-2 MP@ML (4:2:0) MPEG-2 MP@HL (4:2:0) H.264 MP@L3.1 (SD) H.264 HP@L4 (HD) MPEG-1 Layer 2 Dolby AC-3 2.0 SMPTE 302 (lossless) supporting Dolby E passthrough H.264 AAC-LC 2.0 and HE-AAC 2.0 EIA-608/708 closed captioning WSS/WST teletext VITC timecode Test pattern insert VANC
CCSP IP (Telnet, HTTP)

Regulatory Compliance
Audio decompression (4 stereo pairs)
Safety Compliance (Pending) . . . . UL and cUL (United States-UL 1950 and Canada-CSA C22.2, No.950) CE (Pending) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE FCC Certification (Pending) . . . . . . Complies with FCC sub-part 15, Class A
physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Triple-slot 6800+ module, RoHS-compliant power Consumption. . . . . . . 14 W Frames supported . . . . . . . . FR6802+XF, FR6802+XF48, FR6802+QXFE
VBi processing
ordering inFormation imPortAnt: Certain module combinations may exceed the power and heat dissipation capabilities of the frames. MFD6800+T multiformat decoder triple-width slot card for 6800+ series frames; includes rear connector. MFD6800+T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiformat decoder includes triple-wide rear connector module MFD6800+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiformat decoder, no rear connector module MFD6800+R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Triple-wide rear connector module for multiformat decoder
326
SRC6800+D
Satellite Receiver and Demodulator Module

327
The SRC6800+D satellite receiver and demodulator is a cost-effective alternative to more expensive single-function satellite demodulation units. This feature-rich module resides in the 6800+ frame and fully interoperates with other modules in the extensive line. The SRC6800+D is capable of receiving a variety of satellite signals and provides an industry-standard ASI output for distribution or decoding.
Features L-Band satellite tuner supports DVB-S (QPSK) DVB-S2 (QPSK and 8PSK) Four active software-selectable F-Type inputs 950-2150 MHz input frequency selection DC power and 22 Hz tone configurable on selected input Conditional Access (CA) support DVB fixed-key decryption (BISS modes 0, 1, and E) Integral conditional access module (consult factory for supported CA vendors) PID filtering ASI input for CA decrypting or PID filtering Control using CCS Protocol and over IP
Back module
When used along with the MFD6800+ module, the SRC6800+D forms the front end to a cost-effective multiformat satellite receiver/decoder. Alternatively, when used with the IPA6800+D, the SRC6800+D allows the distribution of satellite signals anywhere over a wide area network (WAN).
images/diagrams
Block diagram
10/100 Ethernet DVB-S2 L-Band Tuner Demodulator CAM Module Micro Processor
RF 1 IN
ASI 1 OUT
L-Band Inputs
RF 2 IN
RF 3 IN
Descram ASI Input
PID Filter
ASI Outputs
ASI 2 OUT
RF 4 IN
10/100 BaseT ASI 3 OUT ASI IN

Receiver
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 F-Type Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Baud Rate Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 45 Mbaud (DVB-S), 10 to 30 Mbaud (DVB-S2) Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-S (QPSK) ETSI EN 300 421 DVB-S2 (QPSK/8PSK) ETSI EN 302 307
inner Code
Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 1 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev 1.0
Operating temperature . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double half-slot 6800+ module, RoHS-compliant power Consumption. . . . . . . 12 W Regulatory Compliance
DVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 DVB-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 8PSK 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 L-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . 0.9400 to 2.1500 GHz (In 0.0005 GHz steps) Maximum Total Input Power . . . . . -25 dBm Minimum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . -55 dBm
Asi input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 to 200 mV pk-pk Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev 1.0
Asi Output
Safety Compliance (Pending) . . . . UL and cUL (United States-UL1950 and Canada-CSA C22.2, No.950) CE (Pending) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE FCC Certification (Pending) . . . . . . Complies with FCC sub-part 15, Class A Frames supported . . . . . . . FR6802+QXFE, and FR6800+MB ordering inFormation imPortAnt: Certain module combinations may exceed the power and heat dissipation capabilities of the frames. SRC6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiformat video decoder double-wide card for 6800+ series frames; includes rear connector
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BNC
SRD6800+D

The SRD6800+D satellite receiver and demodulator module provides a cost effective alternative to more expensive single-function satellite demodulation units. Packed with a rich list of features, the SRD6800+D is capable of receiving various types of satellite signals and provides an industry-standard ASI output for distribution or decoding. The SRD6800+D is fully interoperable with other modules in the extensive 6800+ line. When used with the IPA6800+D, the SRD6800+D allows the distribution of satellite signals anywhere over a wide area network (WAN).
Features L-Band satellite tuner supports DVB-S (QPSK) DVB-S2 (QPSK and 8PSK) Four active software-selectable F-Type inputs 950 to 2150 MHz input frequency selection DC power and 22 Hz tone configurable on selected input Conditional Access (CA) Support DVB fixed-key decryption (BISS modes 0, 1, and E) PID filtering ASI input for CA decrypting or PID filtering Control using CCS Protocol and over IP
Back module
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Ethernet In
RF 1 IN
ASI 1 OUT
L-band In 1 L-band In 2 Demodulator L-band In 3 L-band In 4 Conditional Access and PID Filter
Ethernet Physical
Smart Card Reader
RF 2 IN
ASI 2 OUT
ASI Out 1 ASI Out 2
RF 3 IN
ASI 3 OUT
ASI In ASI Out 3 Midplane I/O

RF 4 IN ASI IN
10/100 BaseT

Receiver
inner Code
Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . ETSI TR 101891
DVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 DVB-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 8PSK 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 L-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . 0.9400 to 2.1500 GHz (in 0.0005 GHz steps) Maximum Total Input Power . . . . . -25 dBm Minimum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . -55 dBm
Asi input
Safety Compliance (Pending) . . . . UL and cUL (United States-UL1950 and Canada-CSA C22.2, No.950) CE (Pending) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE FCC Certification (Pending) . . . . . . Complies with FCC Sub-Part 15, Class A Frames supported . . . . . . . FR6802+XF, FR6802+XF48, FR6802+QXFE, and FR6800+MB ordering inFormation imPortAnt: Certain module combinations may exceed the power and heat dissipation capabilities of the frames. HALRSRD6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite receiver and demodulator with doubleslot rear connector module HALRSRD6800+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite receiver and demodulator less rear connector module HALRSRD6800+R . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite receiver and demodulator with double rear connector module www.broadcast.harris.com
328
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 to 200 mV pk-pk Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . ETSI TR 101891
Asi Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 1 ppm
SRZ6800+D

329
The SRZ6800+D satellite receiver and demodulator made for the the 6800+ frame converts ISDB-T BTS 204 byte streams to or from the 188 byte DVB-ASI format for transport over DVB network equipment. Packed with a rich list of features, this module is capable of receiving various types of satellite signals and provides an industry-standard DVB-ASI/BTS output for distribution. The SRZ6800+D interoperates with other modules in the extensive 6800+ line. When used with the IPA6800+ video gateway module, the SRZ6800+D allows the distribution of satellite signals anywhere over a wide area network (WAN). images/diagrams
Block diagram
10/100 Ethernet
RF 1 IN
Features L-Band satellite tuner supports DVB-S (QPSK) DVB-S2 (QPSK and 8PSK) Four active software-selectable F-Type inputs 950-2150 MHz input frequency selection DC power and 22 Hz tone configurable on selected input DVB fixed-key decryption (BISS modes 0, 1 and E) Control using CCS Protocol and over IP
Back module
ASI 1 OUT
L-Band Inputs
DVB-S2 L-Band Tuner Demodulator
Micro Processor ASI To/From BTS Conversion
RF 2 IN
ASI 2 OUT
RF 3 IN
ASI 3 OUT
ASI/BTS Outputs
RF 4 IN ASI IN
10/100 BaseT
ASI/BTS Input

Receiver
inner Code
Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev 1.0
DVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 DVB-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QPSK 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 8PSK 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 L-Band Frequency Range . . . . . . . 0.9400 to 2.1500 GHz (in 0.0005 GHz steps) Maximum Total Input Power . . . . . -25 dBm Minimum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . -55 dBm
Bts/Asi input
Safety Compliance (Pending) . . . . UL & cUL (United States-UL1950 and CanadaCSA C22.2, No.950) CE (Pending) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE FCC Certification (Pending) . . . . . . Complies with FCC Sub-Part 15, Class A Frames supported . . . . . . . FR6802+QXFE, and FR6800+MB ordering inFormation imPortAnt: Certain module combinations may exceed the power and heat dissipation capabilities of the frames. SRZ6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite receiver and demodulator double-wide card for 6800+ series frames; includes rear connector
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 100 ppm Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 mV to 200 mV pk-pk Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 210 Mb/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI A011 Rev 1.0
Bts/Asi Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz 1 ppm
RoUTInG sysTems
Built for maximum reliability in even the harshest 24/7 operation, Harris routing switchers are ideal for network, local broadcast, mobile production, cable, telco, military, government and corporate applications. Whether you choose our robust large-scale platinum router, mediumscale platinum MX and integrator routers, or our affordable and compact panacea router, you can rest easy knowing your investments are cost-effective and future-proof. no wonder theyre the best-selling routers in the world! To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/routers.
330
LArge routing
Platinum
HArDWAre ControL PAneLS

magellan
Router Control Panels .............................................................................. 359
nuCLeuS
meDium routing
Platinum mX
User-Configurable Network Control Panel ................................................... 276
SoFtWAre ControL APPLiCAtionS

CCS nAvigAtor
Network Monitoring and Control Graphical Navigation Application ................. 272
integrator
True Analog and Port Routing .................................................................... 342
routerWorKS
SmALL routing
Panacea
Small-Scale Routing ................................................................................. 347
Windows-Based Router Control and Status Software ................................. 363
ProtoCoL SuPPort
eDge
Router Control Protocol ............................................................................ 280
Panacea Lite
12x1 Economical Utility Router .................................................................. 352
Panacea Control Panel options

Local Control Panels ................................................................................ 357
SPt
Serial Protocol Translator .......................................................................... 364
Panacea Web
Web-Based Ethernet Remote Control of Panacea Routers ............................ 358
etHernet SWitCH
CCS-net-24
24-Port Ethernet Switch for CCS Routing Networks ................................... 365
331
Platinum
ROuting sYstems // LArge rOuTing
Innovative Large-Scale Routing

Features Mixed-signal routing (SD, HD, 3 Gb/s and audio) Up to 256x256 video in 15RU (up to 512x512 discrete stereo/audio) Up to 512x512 video in 28RU (up to 1024x1024 discrete stereo/audio) All Platinum frames have independent signal paths and crosspoints for video and audio Mux/Demux audio processing support Mux/Demux 16 channels of audio per video stream Full mono breakaway audio routing support Seamless integration between de-embedded and discrete audio Embed 16 channels of audio into each video output Optional eight-channel frame sync input card for wild feed ingest and audio shuffling, as well as demultiplexing of up to 16 channels of embedded audio in each video stream Modular I/O in groups of eight provide support for either coaxial or fiber connectivity Front-loading, hot-swappable modules for 24/7 operation Redundant power supplies, controllers and signal paths Enhanced control and monitoring Wide range of hardware control panels Powerful control integration for easy setup and configuration Software and web-based applications with user-configurable GUIs Protocol support for CCS Navigator, SNMP and third-party vendors Secure access rights with restrictions by level, source and destination Video routing support 1080p (3 Gb/s) signal routing (any size) Almost any digital video signal from 3 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s including: HD-SDI, SD-SDI, ASI, SMPTE 310, SMPTE 305, etc. SMPTE-compliant analog video supported via conversion to/from SD-SDI on I/O Discrete audio routing support Digital audio signals including balanced and unbalanced AES Analog stereo/mono audio via conversion to/from AES on I/O modules Support for up to 16 embedded AES streams per video input Quiet switch with transitions HView SX integrated internal multiviewer 32 PiPs per HView SX module Onscreen control CC presence and text Clocks and timers Tallies and UMDs Audio meters and phase
The Platinum line of routing switchers combines a highly robust architecture with the flexibility required to future-proof your investment, delivering unsurpassed value for your large-scale routing needs. All Platinum frames provide independent signal paths and crosspoints for audio and video, allowing complete versatility regardless of matrix size. Designed to support high-quality routing of all analog and digital video and audio signals, Platinum seamlessly integrates the capabilities of a discrete audio infrastructure in a fully embedded video plant without the need for a secondary audio frame. In keeping with a tradition of innovation the hallmark of Platinum routing systems Harris introduces an eight-channel frame sync input card that allows up to eight wild video signals to be synchronized to house reference without the use of external frames or wiring. This optional card also will perform de-embedding of up to 16 channels of embedded audio in each video stream, which can then be routed independently and discretely. Created to support 24/7 operation, Platinum routing switchers are well-suited to network, local broadcaster, mobile production, cable, telco, military, government and corporate applications any environment that requires routing of a large number of audio and video signals.
332
Platinum
Product details

333
Worlds First true embedded Audio processing Router
enhanced Control and monitoring
Platinum combines the best of both high-bandwidth video signal routing and an internal TDM architecture to provide the worlds first embedded audio infrastructure router. By providing parallel signal paths and dedicated, redundant crosspoints for both audio and video within a single frame, Platinum is able to de-embed incoming embedded audio signals internally. All audio within the frame is presented to the TDM MAX crosspoint, routed independently and discretely, and can be embedded within the router into any digital video output. Additionally, utilizing the TDM MAX crosspoint, Platinum can perform phase reversal, swap, sum and quiet breakaway switching of the audio between any discrete or embedded input, and provide gain/level adjustments on a per-channel basis. This ability to process and route both discrete and embedded audio within the Platinum frame eliminates the need for racks of external equipment and saves on space, cabling, troubleshooting and maintenance. All the capabilities of a discrete audio infrastructure are now available with the straightforward wiring of an embedded plant. System designers can now reduce the number of modules and frames, and simplify wiring and system integration tasks while providing enhanced functionality for the end user.
Harris router control systems make even the most complex router configuration simple and intuitive to implement and maintain. Among the powerful tools available for administering systems are low-level discovery of available hardware, allowing database creation and maintenance to be accomplished from the engineers desk; and automatic, wizard-based creation of logical source assignments for de-embedded audio levels. The DB Editor interface provides access to the Platinum routers distributed control architecture, which drives router frames and control surfaces without reliance on a centralized controller. Each Platinum frame features redundant control modules that store configuration information related to that frame in non-volatile memory, protecting your crucial configuration information and current routing status. This topology also allows control panel communication to be distributed throughout the facility, eliminating single points of failure.
Platinum Architecture
Platinum Architecture
Up to 512 Video Inputs with Embedded Audio
Video Input Card

FRAME SYNC/DEMUX
Video With Embedded Audio
3 Gb/s Crosspoint
Video With Embedded Audio
Video Output Card

MUX
Up to 512 Video Outputs with Embedded Audio
Demultiplexed Audio Over 3 Gb/s Link Up to 1024 Discrete Audio Inputs
Demultiplexed Audio Over 3 Gb/s Link Up to 1024 Discrete Audio Outputs
Audio Input Card
Supports 8192x8192 Matrix
TDM Crosspoint
Audio Output Card
Classic Embedded Audio Complexity Classic Embedded Audio Complexity

FRAME SYNC/DEMUX
DEMUX
VIDEO
AUDIO
Video Inputs Discrete Audio Inputs
MUX
MUX
Video Outputs Discrete Audio Outputs
Platinum

integrated multiviewer support Higher Reliability
Platinum is the only routing system in the marketplace to offer an integrated, internal multiviewer system. HView SX modules reside in the Platinum frame, seamlessly providing multiviewer support for all inputs coming into the router. Combining superior graphics, industry-proven architecture and integrated test and measurement tools, HView SX is a landmark development in multiviewer design and value. With multi-image processing, routing, superior graphics and an unrivaled monitoring toolkit all in one chassis, HView SX delivers a lower-cost solution, simpler system design and a more efficient use of space for broadcast video and audio monitoring, master control rooms, broadcast trucks and events. Each multiviewer output provides up to 32 discrete PiP (picture-in-picture) images that are controlled from the router control system in the same way as dedicated outputs, creating a user-friendly experience that is easily understood by operators. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Hd digital Video inputs (pt-Hs-iB+)
Platinum routing frames are designed for harsh operation (including mobile truck environments) and feature front-loading, hot-swappable modules for ease of serviceability. Employing the latest technology, Platinum allows more functionality at lower power consumption, and is supported by redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Airflow is from front to back, with each fan individually replaceable without taking the system offline. For further reliability, Platinum I/O modules support either eight inputs or eight outputs, thereby limiting the number of signals affected by any one module. Each Platinum frame supports redundant control, and redundant cross-points are available in most configurations.
Analog Video inputs (pt-deC-iB)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M*, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI, other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s *tested using JBERT (PRBS 23 and pathogenic signal types); as new test equipment becomes available, further compliance testing will continue. Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . 880 mV Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%
sd digital Video inputs (pt-s-iB+)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI; most other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 to 540 Mb/s Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . 880 mV Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%
Balanced digital Audio inputs (pt-AeBt-iB)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC, coupled Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . 2 V pk-pk Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk +10% Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-line adaptive comb, notch or trap Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s per SMPTE 259C Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB to 5.75 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 Signal-to-Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >65 dB Bulk Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <80 microseconds, typical
Analog Audio inputs (pt-AdCt-iB)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 AES frame rates 32 to 192 kHz Other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals from 2 to 25 Mb/s Input Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 V to 7 V pk-pk Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk 1 V
unbalanced digital Audio inputs (pt-AeCt-iB)
334
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Input type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC, coupled Input connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 (via adapter) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3id, SMPTE 276M AES frame rates from 32 to 192 kHz Other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals 2 to 25 Mb/s Input Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 to 2 V pK-pK Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10%
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-44 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stereo analog audio Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . +28 dBu Full scale Adjustment Range . . . . . 0 dBFS = +13 dBu to +28 dBu in 1 dB steps, 0.5 dB CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >75 dB rejection @ 60Hz Conversion Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128x oversampling, 1-bit, delta-sigma Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 bits Sampling Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 192 kHz using external AES reference 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz or 192 kHz using internal oscillators Gain Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Linearity Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB typical <1.0 dB worst case THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01% @ 997 Hz, 1 dBFS = +23 dBu Idle Channel Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . <-100 dBFS CCIR-RMS, typical <-90 dBFS CCIR-RMS, worst case Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB CCIR-RMS, typical >90 dB CCIR-RMS, worst case Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, all hostile (hostile channels driven at -1 dBFS = +23 dBu)
Platinum

335
Hd digital Video Outputs (pt-HsR-OBg+) Analog Video Outputs (pt-enC-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI Most other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s Reclocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic for 2.970 Gb/s, 2.967 Gb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, 1.4835 Gb/s, and 270 Mb/s Bypass for all other rates between 3 Mb/s and 3 Gb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 ps 1500 ps, for SMPTE 259M data rates <135 ps, for SMPTE 424M and 292M data rates Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude
sd digital Video Outputs (pt-sR-OBg+)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCIR-601-compliant Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB to 5.2 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.8% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.6 Bulk Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <80 microseconds Signal-to-Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . (RMS) >65 dB unified weighting DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.025 V
Analog Audio Outputs (pt-dACt-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal type SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI Other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 to 540 Mb/s Reclocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic for 270 Mb/s Bypass for all other rates between 3 and 540 Mb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude
Balanced digital Audio Outputs (pt-AeBt-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 AES frame rates from 32 to 192 kHz Other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals from 2 to 25 Mb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk 1 V into 110 ohms load DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.05 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <170 ns
unbalanced digital Audio Outputs inputs (pt-AeCt-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-44 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stereo analog audio Maximum Output Amplitude . . . . . +28 dBu Full Scale Adjustment Range. . . . . 0 dBFS = +13 dBu to +28 dBu in 1 dB steps, 0.5 dB DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.05 V Conversion Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128x oversampling, fifth-order, delta-sigma Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 bits AES Frame Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 192 kHz Gain Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Linearity Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01% @ 997 Hz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu Idle Channel Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . <-100 dBFS CCIR-RMS Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB CCIR-RMS Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, all hostile, typical (hostile channels driven at -1 dBFS = +23 dBu)
physical
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 15U (PM-FR-15): 17.5 x 18.4 x 26.25 in. (44.5 x 46.7 x 66.7 cm) 28RU (PM-FR-28): 17.5 x 18.4 x 49 in. (44.5 x 46.7 x 124.5 cm) Weight Fully Loaded (approximately) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15U (PM-FR-15): 210 lbs (95 kg) 28RU (PM-FR-28): 350 lbs (159 kg) ordering inFormation
Frame Components
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 oms per IEC 169-8 (via adaptor) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3id, SMPTE 276M AES frame rates from 32 to 192 kHz Other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals from 2 to 25 Mb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.05 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <170 ns
PT-FR-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PT-FR-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PT-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PT-FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PT-ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PT-FR-15-DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15RU frame assembly (includes 2 -PS, -RES) 28RU frame assembly (includes 4 -PS, -RES) AC redundant power supply Replacement fan Replacement alarm module 15RU frame assembly with DC power (includes 2 -PS, -RES)
Platinum

PT-FR-28-DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28RU frame assembly with DC power (includes 4 -PS, -RES) PT-PS-DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC redundant power supply
Control Components
PT-RES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource controller module PT-SNMP-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNMP license (per 128 inputs and outputs)
Cross-point modules
PT-128x256-3G15 . . . . . . . . . . . 128x256 3 Gb/s cross-point module for 15RU PT-128x256-3G28 . . . . . . . . . . . 128x256 3 Gb/s cross-point module for 28RU
tdm Cross-point modules
PT-V-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-BNC back plane (HSR, SR, ENC, DEC) PT-A2-IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo audio input back plane PT-A2-OBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo audio output back plane PT-AEB-IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-balanced AES audio input back plane PT-AEB-OBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-balanced AES audio output back plane PT-AEC-IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-unbalanced AES input back plane with cable PT-AEC-OBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-unbalanced AES output back plane with cable PT-CAB-AEC-BOC . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-unbalanced AES breakout cable PT-A2-DTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo break-out screw terminal back plane PT-A2-44MALEDB . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo 44-pin male DB connector PT-AEB-25MALEDB . . . . . . . . . . . 8-AES 25-pin male DB connector
ethernet switch
PT-ATDM16-X15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATDM XPT for 16 slots audio in 15RU PT-ATDM32-X15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATDM XPT for 32 slots audio in 15RU PT-ATDM32-X28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATDM XPT for 32 slots audio in 28RU PT-ATDM64-X28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATDM XPT for 64 slots audio in 28RU
input modules
PT-HS-IB+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 HD-SDI input module with options and back plane PT-S-IB+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SDI input module with options and back plane PT-DEC-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 analog to SDI decoder input with back plane PT-HSO-PIN-IB+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI fiber input board PT-AECT-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 unbalanced AES input module with back plane PT-AEBT-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 balanced AES input module with back plane PT-ADCT-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 stereo to balanced AES input with back plane PT-DMX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Demux daughter board for video signals up to 1.5 Gb/s PT-DMX-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Demux daughter board for video signals up to 3 Gb/s PT-FSDMX-IBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal demultiplexer base board-frame synccapable, coaxial connectivity for signals up to 3Gb/s PT-FSDMXO-IBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal demultiplexer base board-frame synccapable; optical connectivity for signals up to 3Gb/s PT-FSIB-OPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License to enable frame sync capability on PT-FSDMX-IBG or PT-FSDMXO-IBG for signals up to 3Gb/s
Output modules
CCS-NET-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-port Ethernet switch for CCS routing networks CCS-NET-24-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply for CCS-NET-24; requires 1 CCS-NET-PS-FR for every 2 CCS-NET-24-PS CCS-NET-PS-FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply tray for CCS-NET-24, holds 2 power supplies (power supplies not included), tray only required for redundancy
service Options 90-day elite Care
PT-90-ELITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-day Elite ServicePAK Enhanced Elite support for the first 90-days: includes on-call project expert, next-day advance exchange of parts, RemoteDialup support and one wrap-up and review session (excludes travel and expenses, actual charges billed using PS-TE-V-SVC)
Quickstart Commissioning
PT-HSR-OBG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-HD-SDI with reclock output green module with options and back plane PT-SR-OBG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-SD-SDI with reclock output module with options and back plane PT-HSRO-OBG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI fiber output board PT-ENC-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-SDI to analog encoder output with back plane PT-AECT-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-unbalanced AES output module with back plane PT-AEBT-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-balanced AES output module with back plane PT-DACT-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-balanced AES to stereo output with back plane PT-MUX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplexer daughter board for video signals up to 1.5 Gb/s PT-MUX-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplexer daughter board for video signals up to 3 Gb/s
Output monitoring module
PT-LG-QS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mandatory 5-day QuickStart for 512X Platinum (includes travel and expenses) *Applies to specific zones in Europe and Asia PT-LG-QSNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mandatory 5-day QuickStart for 512X Platinum (excludes travel and expenses) PT-MD-QS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mandatory 4-day QuickStart for 256X Platinum (includes travel and expenses) *Applies to specific zones in Europe and Asia PT-MD-QSNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mandatory 4-day QuickStart for 256X Platinum (excludes travel and expenses)
servicepAK Agreements
PT-LG-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for large (512X) Platinum router PT-LG-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for large (512X) Platinum router PT-MD-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for medium (256X) Platinum router PT-MD-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for medium (256X) Platinum router PT-RDOPT-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for Platinum redundant options (logic cards and power supplies) PT-RDOPT-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for Platinum redundant options (logic cards and power supplies)
training Courses
PT-HSRAEC-OM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s HD-SDI output monitoring module
336
Back modules (included with front module but orderable separately)
PT-BLANK1-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-slot blank/spacer back plane PT-BLANK2-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-slot blank/spacer back plane PT-BLANK4-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-slot blank/spacer back plane PT-BLANK16-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-slot blank/spacer back plane
PT-OPS-OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day on-site Platinum operational training course (excludes travel and expenses) PT-OPS-FTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day factory Platinum operational training course (excludes travel and expenses)
Platinum MX
Advanced Medium-Scale Routing

ROuting sYstems // MeDiuM rOuTing
337
Features Mixed-signal routing (SD, HD, 3 Gb/s and audio) Up to 72x64 video in 5RU (up to 144x128 discrete stereo/audio) Up to 128x128 video in 9RU (up to 256x256 discrete stereo/audio) All Platinum frames have independent signal paths and crosspoints for video and audio Optional eight-channel frame sync input card for wild feed ingest and audio shuffling, as well as demultiplexing of up to 16 channels of embedded audio in each video stream Modular I/O in groups of eight provides support for either coaxial or fiber connectivity Front-loading, hot-swappable modules for 24/7 operation Redundant power supplies, controllers and signal paths Mux/demux audio processing support Mux/demux 16 channels of audio per video stream Full mono breakaway audio routing support Seamless integration between demultiplexed and discrete audio Multiplex 16 channels of audio into each video output Enhanced control and monitoring Wide range of hardware control panels Powerful control integration for easy setup and configuration Software and web-based applications with user-configurable GUIs Protocol support for CCS Navigator, SNMP and third-party vendors Secure access rights with restrictions by level, source and destination Video routing support 1080p (3 Gb/s) signal routing (any size) Almost any digital video signal from 3 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s including: HD-SDI, SD-SDI, ASI, SMPTE 310, SMPTE 305, etc. SMPTE-compliant analog video supported via conversion to/from SD-SDI on I/O Discrete audio routing support Digital audio signals including balanced and unbalanced AES Analog stereo/mono audio via conversion to/from AES on I/O modules Support for up to 16 embedded AES streams per video input Quiet switch with transitions HView SX integrated internal multiviewer 32 PiPs per HView SX module Onscreen control CC presence and text Clocks and timers Tallies and UMDs Audio meters and phase
Platinum MX routing switchers combine a highly robust architecture with the flexibility required to future-proof your investment, delivering unsurpassed value for your mid-scale routing needs. All Platinum MX frames provide independent signal paths and crosspoints for audio and video, allowing complete versatility regardless of matrix size. Designed to support high-quality routing of all analog and digital video and audio signals, Platinum MX seamlessly integrates the capabilities of a discrete audio infrastructure in a fully embedded video plant without the need for a secondary audio frame. In keeping with a tradition of innovation the hallmark of Platinum routing systems Harris introduces an eight-channel frame sync input card that allows up to eight wild video signals to be synchronized to house reference without the use of external frames or wiring. This optional card also will perform demultiplexing of up to 16 channels of embedded audio in each video stream, which can then be routed independently and discretely. Created to support 24/7 operation, Platinum MX routing switchers are well-suited to network, local broadcaster, mobile production, cable, telco, military, government and corporate applications any environment that requires routing of a large number of audio and video signals.
Product details
Worlds First true embedded Audio processing Router enhanced Control and monitoring
Platinum MX combines the best of both high-bandwidth video signal routing and an internal TDM architecture to provide the worlds first embedded audio infrastructure router. By providing parallel signal paths and dedicated, redundant crosspoints for both audio and video within a single frame, Platinum MX is able to de-embed incoming embedded audio signals internally. All audio within the frame is presented to the TDM MAX crosspoint, routed independently and discretely, and can be multiplexed within the router into any digital video output. Additionally, utilizing the TDM MAX crosspoint, Platinum can perform phase reversal, swap, sum and quiet breakaway switching of the audio between any discrete or embedded input, and provide gain/level adjustments on a per-channel basis. This ability to process and route both discrete and embedded audio within the Platinum frame eliminates the need for racks of external equipment and saves on space, cabling, troubleshooting and maintenance. All the capabilities of a discrete audio infrastructure are now available with the straightforward wiring of an embedded plant. System designers can now reduce the number of modules and frames, and simplify wiring and system integration tasks while providing enhanced functionality for the end user.
Harris router control systems make even the most complex router configuration simple and intuitive to implement and maintain. Among the powerful tools available for administering systems are low-level discovery of available hardware, allowing database creation and maintenance to be accomplished from the engineers desk; and automatic, wizard-based creation of logical source assignments for demultiplexed audio levels. The DB Editor interface provides access to the Platinum MX routers distributed control architecture, which drives router frames and control surfaces without reliance on a centralized controller. Each Platinum MX frame features redundant control modules that store configuration information related to that frame in non-volatile memory, protecting your crucial configuration information and current routing status. This topology also allows control panel communication to be distributed throughout the facility, eliminating single points of failure.
Platinum MX
integrated multiviewer support

Higher Reliability
Platinum MX is the only routing system in the marketplace to offer an integrated, internal multiviewer system. HView SX modules reside in the Platinum MX frame, seamlessly providing multiviewer support for all inputs coming into the router. Combining superior graphics, industry-proven architecture and integrated test and measurement tools, HView SX is a landmark development in multiviewer design and value. With multiimage processing, routing, superior graphics and an unrivaled monitoring toolkit all in one chassis, HView SX delivers a lower-cost solution, simpler system design and a more efficient use of space for broadcast video and audio monitoring, master control rooms, broadcast trucks and events. Each multiviewer output provides up to 32 discrete PiP (picture in picture) images that are controlled from the router control system in the same way as dedicated outputs, creating a user-friendly experience that is easily understood by operators. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Hd digital Video inputs (pm-Hs-iB+)
Platinum MX routing frames are designed for harsh operation (including mobile truck environments) and feature front-loading, hot-swappable modules for ease of serviceability. Employing the latest technology, Platinum MX allows more functionality at lower power consumption, and is supported by redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Airflow runs from front to back, with each fan individually replaceable without taking the system offline. For further reliability, Platinum MX I/O modules support either eight inputs or eight outputs, thereby limiting the number of signals affected by any one module. Each Platinum MX frame supports redundant control, and redundant crosspoints are available in most configurations.
Analog Video inputs (pm-deC-iB)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M*, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI, other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s *tested using JBERT (PRBS 23 and pathogenic signal types); as new test equipment becomes available, further compliance testing will continue Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . 880 mV Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%
sd digital Video inputs (pm-s-iB+)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI; Other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 to 540 Mb/s Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . 880 mV Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%
Balanced digital Audio inputs (pm-AeBt-iB)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC, coupled Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . 2 V pk-pk Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk +10% Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-line adaptive comb, notch or trap Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s per SMPTE 259C Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB to 5.75 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 Signal-to-Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >65 dB Bulk Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <80 microseconds, typical
Analog Audio inputs (pm-AdCt-iB)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, AES frame rates 32 to 192 kHz, other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals from 2 to 25 Mb/s Input Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 V to 7 V pk-pk Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk 1 V
unbalanced digital Audio inputs (pm-AeCt-iB)
338
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Input type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC, coupled Input connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 (via adapter) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3id, SMPTE 276M, AES frame rates from 32 to 192 kHz, other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals 2 to 25 Mb/s Input Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 to 2 V pK-pK Nominal Input Amplitude. . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10%
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-44 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stereo analog audio Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . +28 dBu Full scale Adjustment Range . . . . . 0 dBFS = +13 dBu to +28 dBu in 1 dB steps, 0.5 dB CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >75 dB rejection @ 60Hz Conversion Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128x oversampling, 1-bit, delta-sigma Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 bits Sampling Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 192 kHz using external AES reference 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz or 192 kHz using internal oscillators Gain Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Linearity Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB typical, <1.0 dB worst case THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01% @ 997 Hz, 1 dBFS = +23 dBu Idle Channel Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . <-100 dBFS CCIR-RMS, typical <-90 dBFS CCIR-RMS, worst case Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB CCIR-RMS, typical >90 dB CCIR-RMS, worst case Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, all hostile (hostile channels driven at -1 dBFS = +23 dBu) www.broadcast.harris.com
Platinum MX
Hd digital Outputs (pm-HsR-OBg+)

339
Analog Video Outputs (pm-enC-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI Other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s Reclocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic for 2.970 Gb/s, 2.967 Gb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, 1.4835 Gb/s, and 270 Mb/s Bypass for all other rates between 3 Mb/s and 3 Gb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps, for SMPTE 259M data rates <135 ps, for SMPTE 424M and 292M data rates Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude
sd digital Outputs (pm-sR-OBg+)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCIR-601-compliant Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB to 5.2 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.8% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.6 Bulk Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <80 microseconds Signal-to-Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . (RMS) >65 dB unified weighting DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.025 V
Analog Audio Outputs (pm-dACt-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal type SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, DVB-ASI Other <1 V pk-pk digital signals, 3 to 540 Mb/s Reclocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic for 270 Mb/s Bypass for all other rates between 3 and 540 Mb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude
Balanced digital Audio Outputs (pm-AeBt-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 AES frame rates from 32 to 192 kHz Other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals from 2 to 25 Mb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk 1 V into 110 ohms load DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.05 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <170 ns
unbalanced digital Audio Outputs (pm-AeCt-OB)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-44 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stereo analog audio Maximum Output Amplitude . . . . . +28 dBu Full Scale Adjustment Range. . . . . 0 dBFS = +13 dBu to +28 dBu in 1 dB steps, 0.5 dB DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.05 V Conversion Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128x oversampling, fifth-order, delta-sigma Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 bits AES Frame Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 192 kHz Gain Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Linearity Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01% @ 997 Hz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu Idle Channel Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . <-100 dBFS CCIR-RMS Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB CCIR-RMS Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, all hostile, typical (hostile channels driven at -1 dBFS = +23 dBu)
physical
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 5RU (PM-FR-5): 9RU (PM-FR-9): Weight Fully Loaded (approximately) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5RU (PM-FR-5): 9RU (PM-FR-9):
17.5 x 18.4 x 8.75 in. (44.5 x 46.7 x 22.2 cm) 17.5 x 18.4 x 15.75 in. (44.5 x 46.7 x 40 cm) 68 lbs (31 kg) 125 lbs (57 kg)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Output Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 oms per IEC 169-8 (via adaptor) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3id, SMPTE 276M, AES frame rates from 32 to 192 kHz, other 40% to 60% duty cycle digital signals from 2 to 25 Mb/s Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.05 V Rise/Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <170 ns
Platinum MX
Frame Components
Output modules
PM-FR-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 5RU frame assembly (includes -PS, -RES) PM-FR-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 9RU frame assembly (includes -PS, -RES) PT-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC redundant power supply PT-FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement fan PT-ALARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement alarm module PM-FR-5-DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 5RU frame assembly with DC power (includes -PS, -RES) PM-FR-9-DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 9RU frame assembly with DC power (includes -PS, -RES) PT-PS-DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC redundant power supply
Control Components
PT-RES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource controller module PT-SNMP-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNMP license (per 128 inputs and outputs)
Cross-point modules
PM-HSR-OBG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 8 HD-SDI with reclock output green module with options and back plane PM-SR-OBG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 8 SD-SDI with reclock output module with options and back plane PT-HSRO-OBG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI fiber output board PM-ENC-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 8 SDI to analog encoder output with back plane PM-AECT-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 16 unbalanced AES output module with back plane PM-AEBT-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 16 balanced AES output module with back plane PM-DACT-OB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 16 balanced AES to stereo output with back plane PT-MUX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplexer daughter board for video signals up to 1.5 Gb/s PT-MUX-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplexer daughter board for video signals up to 3 Gb/s
Output monitoring module
PM-40x32-3G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 40x32 cross-point module for 5RU PM-64x64-3G9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 64x64 cross-point module for 9RU PM-72x64-3G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 72x64 cross-point module for 5RU PM-128x128-3G9 . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 128x128 cross-point module for 9RU PM-64x64-X9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 64x64 3 Gb/s cross-point module for 9RU
tdm Cross-point modules
PT-HSRAEC-OM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s HD-SDI output monitoring module

Back modules (included with front module but orderable separately)
PM-ATDM9-X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX ATDM XPT for 9 slots audio in 5RU PM-ATDM16-X9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX ATDM XPT for 16 slots audio in 9RU
input modules
340
PM-HS-IB+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 8 HD-SDI input module with options and back plane PM-S-IB+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 8 SD-SDI input module with options and back plane PM-DEC-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 8 analog to SDI decoder input with back plane PT-HSO-PIN-IB+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI fiber input board PM-AECT-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 16 unbalanced AES input module with back plane PM-AEBT-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 16 balanced AES input module with back plane PM-ADCT-IB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum MX 16 stereo to balanced AES input with back plane PT-DMX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Demultiplexer daughter board for video signals up to 1.5 Gb/s PT-DMX-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Demultiplexer daughter board for video signals up to 3 Gb/s PT-FSDMX-IBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal demultiplexer base board-frame synccapable, coaxial connectivity for signals up to 3Gb/s PT-FSDMXO-IBG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal demultiplexer base board-frame synccapable; optical connectivity for signals up to 3Gb/s PT-FSIB-OPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License to enable frame sync capability on PT-FSDMX-IBG or PT-FSDMXO-IBG for signals up to 3Gb/s
PT-BLANK1-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-slot blank/spacer back plane PT-BLANK2-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-slot blank/spacer back plane PT-BLANK4-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-slot blank/spacer back plane PT-BLANK16-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-slot blank/spacer back plane PT-V-BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-BNC back plane (HSR, SR, ENC, DEC) PT-A2-IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo audio input back plane PT-A2-OBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo audio output back plane PT-AEB-IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-balanced AES audio input back plane PT-AEB-OBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-balanced AES audio output back plane PT-AEC-IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-unbalanced AES input back plane with cable PT-AEC-OBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-unbalanced AES output back plane with cable PT-CAB-AEC-BOC . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-unbalanced AES break-out cable PT-A2-DTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo break-out screw term. back plane PT-A2-44MALEDB . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-stereo 44-pin male DB connector PT-AEB-25MALEDB . . . . . . . . . . . 8-AES 25-pin male DB connector
service Options 90-day elite Care
PT-90-ELITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-day Elite ServicePAK Enhanced Elite support for the first 90 days: includes on-call project expert, next-day advance exchange of parts, RemoteDialup support and one wrap-up and review session (excludes travel and expenses, actual charges billed using PS-TE-V-SVC)
Platinum MX
Quickstart Commissioning

341
PT-SM-QS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mandatory 3-day QuickStart for 128X Platinum (includes travel and expenses) *Applies to specific zones in Europe and Asia PT-SM-QSNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mandatory 3-day QuickStart for 128X Platinum (excludes travel and expenses, which are billed separately) PS-TE-V-SVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Travel and expense charges for Harris support for video processing and distribution products
servicepAK Agreements
PT-SM-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for small (128X) Platinum router PT-SM-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for small (128X) Platinum router PT-RDOPT-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for Platinum redundant options (logic cards and power supplies) PT-RDOPT-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for Platinum redundant options (logic cards and power supplies)
training Courses
PT-OPS-OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day on-site Platinum operational training course (excludes travel and expenses) PT-OPS-FTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day factory Platinum operational training courses (excludes travel and expenses)
Integrator
True Analog and Port Routing

Features Mixed-signal routing: 4RU frame: single 64x64; dual 32x32 6RU frame: single 128x64; triple 32x32 8RU frame: single 128x128 audio (128x64 video); dual 64x64 Modular I/O in groups of 32 Front loading, hot-swappable modules for 24/7 operation Redundant power supplies and controllers Enhanced control and monitoring Video routing support True analog video routing up to 100 MHz Telco formats such as DS3 and E3 Audio routing support True analog audio routing Timecode routing Data routing support (RS-422/232) Up to 128 ports Product details
The Integrator line of routing switchers allows you to switch multiple signal formats within the same 4RU, 6RU or 8RU frame. With expansion in groups of 32 inputs or 32 outputs, Integrator provides cost-effective scalability for analog video and many telco formats up to 64x64 in 4RU or 128x64 in 6RU. Analog audio can be expanded up to 128x128 in 6RU. Data routing (i.e., RS-422/232) is supported with up to 64 ports in 4RU and 128 ports in 8RU. As Integrator routing switchers support true analog video and analog routing, they are especially well-suited to the routing of composite signals (including even lower-quality analog video signals such as VHS), telco signals such as DS3 or E3, and time-code. The Integrator family of routing switchers is widely used in network, local broadcaster, mobile production, cable, telco, military, government and corporate applications where analog signals are still in use.
Robust Architecture with proven Reliability
mixed signal Formats can be integrated in the same Frame
Signal formats routed include analog audio and video, telco-related formats such as DS3 (45 Mb/s) and E3 (34 Mb/s), and data routing for machine control. Integrator offers soft-matrix partitioning of hardware matrices for efficient integration of the router into the matrices required by the facility. It also offers software that provides virtual crosspoint mapping for improved input and output utilization, crosspoint restrictions such as locks and protects, uploadable drivers for diagnostics and control of other vendors equipment, and left/right audio channel reversal for audio routing systems. All configuration settings are stored in nonvolatile flash memory. Other options available include dual outputs, output monitoring and left/right swapping.
designed for Control, Reliability and Redundancy
Integrator routing frames are designed for harsh operation (including mobile truck environments) and feature front-loading, hot-swappable modules for ease of serviceability and 24/7 operation. Integrator frames support redundant, load-sharing power supplies. Redundant controllers/logic cards are also supported, providing seamless transition in the event of a failure.
enhanced Control and monitoring
Integrator is built on distributed architecture that removes single points of failure and supports installations across multiple locations. Plus, the Integrator offers optional, redundant, hot-swappable power supplies and logic controller cards, as well as incorporated alarms for control, fans and power supplies. These are provided via contact closures on the rear of each unit, as well as through our control system software applications, which can be networked through serial, coaxial and Ethernet direct to the frame or through a wide range of control panels.
The distributed control system used in Harris routing switchers is unique in the industry in that it does not require a separate, centralized controller. Each Integrator frame features redundant control modules that store configuration information related to that frame in non-volatile memory, protecting your crucial configuration information and current routing status. This topology also allows control panel communication to be distributed throughout the facility, eliminating single points of failure.
342
Integrator

343
Analog Video inputs (64X-V) Analog Audio Outputs (64X-A)
Number of inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . From 32 to 128 in steps of 32 Signal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite or component analog video; any RF signal within the voltage & frequency limit Signal coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 oms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB @ 5 MHz, >20 dB @ 70 MHz Normal Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 V pk-pk centered at 0 V
Analog Audio inputs (64X-A)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-128 in steps of 32 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced analog audio Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Z, > 20k ohms (or 600 ohms, specify 600 version) Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +28 dBu (+22 dBm for 600 ohm version) CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB rejection, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical >75 dB rejection, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, worst case > 65 dB rejection, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, worst case for 600 ohm version
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . From 32 to 64 in steps of 32 (A and B channels) From 32 to 128 in steps of 32 (single-channel) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced analog audio Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . +28 dBu (+22 dBm for 600 ohm version) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms (or 600 ohms, specify 600 ohm version) DC Output Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 mV, maximum Maximum Cable Length . . . . . . . . 300 ft (100 m) of Belden 8451 or equivalent* Minimum Load Impedance . . . . . . 600 ohms Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unity, 0.1dB THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01%, 20Hz to 20kHz (+24 dBu, 600 ohms or High Z load) <0.005%, typical IMD (SMPTE 4:1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.005% (+24 dBu, 600 ohms or High Z load) < 0.002%, typical Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB isolation, 20Hz to 20kHz, all hostile, typical >85 dB isolation, worst case Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB, 20Hz to 20 kHz -3 dB point: >200 kHz Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >110 dB reference to +24 dBu, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
* Frequency response in 600 ohm version with 328 ft (100 m) cable will be -1 dB at 20 kHz, -14 dB at 200 kHz into 600 ohm load.
Analog Video Outputs (64X-V)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . From 32 to 64 in steps of 32 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms Normal Output Level . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 V pk-pk centered at 0 V Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB DC to 10 MHz, > -3 dB, 70 MHz Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 % Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB at 5 MHz, typical Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 % Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 EQ Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 d DC to 10 MHz 328 ft (100 m) Belden 8281 Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB at 5 MHz (>40 dB at 5 MHz for dual [twin] output) > 20 dB at 70 MHz Phase Scatter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 at 3.58 MHz Gain Scatter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB Gain Adjustable Range . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 50 mV Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >70 dB, 5 MHz, > 60 dB, 70 MHz Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <18 ns 2 ns
THD+N increases as matrix size and/or number of destinations increase. The worst case is a 12864 stereo system or a 128128 mono system with all destinations set to a single source. In this worst case, the THD+N is <0.025%, 20Hz to 20kHz, +24dBu, 600 ohms or High Z load.
physical
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaxial communications 1 V pk-pk Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal input AC: 90 yo 250 VAC, DC: -40 to -50 VDC 47 to 63 Hz, 600 VA, 600 W Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1 = +5 VDC @ 7A V2 = +24 VDC @ 12A V3 = 24 VDC @ 12A Total Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 ohms Current Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active, all outputs N+1 hot-swappable (diode isolation) TRMA (Operating Temperature) . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) at 100% power rating 4RU: 6.969 19.00 15.83 in. (17.70 48.26 40.20 cm) 6RU: 10.469 19.00 15.83 in. (26.59 48.26 40.20 cm) 8RU: 13.99 19.00 15.83 in. (35.54 48.26 40.20 cm) Weight (fully loaded) . . . . . . . . . . . 4RU: 57 lb (25.90 kg), approximate 6RU: 68 lb (30.84 kg), approximate 8RU: 79 lb (35.83 kg), approximate Size (W x D x H)
Integrator

ordering inFormation Integrator routers may be ordered in one of two ways:
single Format per Frame 32-input, single-Format systems
Order single signal format matrix sizes using a system number to define the system matrix size, signal format, single or dual outputs and frame size. (i.e., 128x64s6, 32x32v4, etc.)
multiple Formats per Frame
Frames come standard with an AC power supply. model number 32x32V4 32x32V6 32x32VT6 32x32VT8 32x32A14 32x32A16 32x32A24 32x32A26 32x64V4 32x64V6 32x64VT6 32x64VT8 32x64A14 32x64A16 32x64A24 32x64A26 32x96A14 32x96A16 32x128A14 32x128A16 64x32V4 64x32V6 64x32VT6 64x32VT8 64x32A14 64x32A16 64x32A24 64x32A26 64x64V4 64x64V6 64x64VT6 64x64VT8 64x64A14 64x64A16 64x64A24 64x64A26 64x96A14 64x96A16 64x128A14 64x128A16 maximum internal Frame size expansion 4RU 64x64 6RU 128x64 6RU 64x64 8RU 128x64 4RU 64x128 6RU 128x128 4RU 64x64 6RU 128x64 4RU 64x64 6RU 128x64 6RU 64x64 8RU 128x64 4RU 64x128 6RU 128x128 4RU 64x64 6RU 128x64 4RU 64x128 6RU 128x128 4RU 64x128 6RU 128x128 4RU 64x64 6RU 128x64 6RU 64x64 8RU 128x64 4RU 64x128 6RU 128x128 4RU 64x64 6RU 128x64 4RU N/A 6RU 128x64 6RU N/A 8RU 128x64 4RU 64x128 6RU 128x128 4RU N/A 6RU 128x64 4RU 64x128 6RU 128x128 4RU N/A 6RU 128x128
Order multiple signal formats, with or without different matrix sizes, as a multiple line item system. The steps for using the multiple line item system are: A) Select frame size. (i.e., INT-FR4, INT-FR6, or INT-FR8) B) Select primary matrix size and signal format, single or dual outputs and maximum expansion size (#-of-RU; i.e., INT-32X64V-4, INT-64X32A2-6) C) Select secondary matrix size and signal format, single or dual outputs and maximum expansion size (#-of-RU; i.e., INT-32X64V-4, INT-64X32A2-4) D) Repeat step C for each additional matrix/matrices. INT 32 64 A2 4 int-32 X 64 A2 - 4 Represents the Integrator family of routers Number of inputs Number of outputs Identifies the signal format Indicates the maximum size that the matrix will occupy when fully expanded (maximum #-of-inputs and outputs per RU can differ per format) 2= 2RU (32x32 maximum for all formats except A1) 4 = 4RU (64x64 maximum for most formats) 6 = 6RU (128x64 maximum or 64x64 with dual outputs for most formats) 8 = 8RU (128X128 maximum or 128x64 with dual outputs for most formats)
single Format (single Output) single Format (twin/dual Outputs) N.A. multiple/ mixed Formats Two 32x32s power supply (ps)
Frame
4RU
32x32 to 64x64 32x32 to 64x128
-V, A2, D422, D232 -A1 -V, A2, D422, D232 -A1 -A2, D422, D232
1 PS standard, order additional PS for redundancy 1 PS standard 5 or more I/O boards requires additional PS 1 PS standard 5 or more I/O boards requires additional PS
6RU
32x32 to 128x64 32x32 to 128x128
32x32 to 64x64
-VT
One 64x64 + One 32x32 Three 32x32s One 128x64 + One 32x32 Two 64x64s Four 32x32s
8RU
32x32 to 128x128
32x32 to 128x64
-VT
description 32x32 analog video 32x32 analog video 32x32 analog video with dual outputs 32x32 analog video with dual outputs 32x32 analog monaural audio 32x32 analog monaural audio 32x32 analog stereo audio 32x32 analog stereo audio 32x64 analog video 32x64 analog video 32x64 analog video with dual outputs 32x64 analog video with dual outputs 32x64 analog monaural audio 32x64 analog monaural audio 32x64 analog stereo audio 32x64 analog stereo audio 32x96 analog monaural audio 32x96 analog monaural audio 32x128 analog monaural audio 32x128 analog monaural audio 64x32 analog video 64x32 analog video 64x32 analog video with dual outputs 64x32 analog video with dual outputs 64x32 analog monaural audio 64x32 analog monaural audio 64x32 analog stereo audio 64x32 analog stereo audio 64x64 analog video 64x64 analog video 64x64 analog video with dual outputs 64x64 analog video with dual outputs 64x64 analog monaural audio 64x64 analog monaural audio 64x64 analog stereo audio 64x64 analog stereo audio 64x96 analog monaural audio 64x96 analog monaural audio 64x128 analog monaural audio 64x128 analog monaural audio
344
Integrator

345
96-input, single-Format systems data port Router module (does not include frame)
Frames come standard with an AC power supply. For 600 ohm audio versions, convert A1 to AL1 for mono audio and A2 for stereo audio. model number 96x32V6 96x32VT8 96x32A16 96x32A26 96x64V6 96x64VT8 96x64A16 96x64A26 96x96A16 96x128A16 maximum internal Frame size expansion 6RU 128x64 8RU 128x64 6RU 128x128 6RU 128x64 6RU 128x64 8RU 128x64 6RU 128x128 6RU 128x64 6RU 128x128 6RU 128x128
description 96x32 analog video 96x32 analog video with dual outputs 96x32 analog monaural audio 96x32 analog stereo audio 96x64 analog video 96x64 analog video with dual outputs 96x64 analog monaural audio 96x64 analog stereo audio 96x96 analog monaural audio 96x128 analog monaural audio
128-input, single-Format systems
Frames come standard with an AC power supply. For 600 ohm audio versions, convert A1 to AL1 for mono audio and A2 to AL2 for stereo audio. model number 128x32V6 128x64V6 128x32VT8 128x64VT8 128x32A16 128x64A16 128x32A26 128x64A26 128x96A16 128x128A16 maximum Frame internal size expansion 6RU 128x64 6RU N/A 8RU 128x64 8RU N/A 6RU 128x64 6RU 128x128 6RU 128x64 6RU N/A 6RU 128x128 6RU N/A
description 128x32 analog video 128x64 analog video 128x32 analog video with dual outputs 128x64 analog video with dual outputs 128x32 analog monaural audio 128x64 analog monaural audio 128x32 analog stereo audio 128x64 analog stereo audio 128x96 analog monaural audio 128x128 analog monaural audio
INT-32PD422-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 2RU INT-32PD422-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 4RU INT-64PD422-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 64-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 4RU INT-32PD422-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 6RU INT-64PD422-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 64-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 6RU INT-96PD422-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 96-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 6RU INT-32PD422-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU INT-64PD422-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 64-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU INT-96PD422-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 96-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU INT-128PD422-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 128-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU INT-32PD232-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 2RU INT-32PD232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 4RU INT-64PD232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 64-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 4RU INT-32PD232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 6RU INT-64PD232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 64-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 6RU INT-96PD232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 96-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 6RU INT-32PD232-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 32-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU INT-64PD232-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 64-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU INT-96PD232-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 96-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU INT-128PD232-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 128-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU
Integrator

data port Router Complete with Frame Related products
32PD4224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 4RU Integrator 64PD4224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 4RU Integrator 32PD4226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 6RU Integrator 64PD4226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 6RU Integrator 96PD4226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 6RU Integrator 32PD4228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator 64PD4228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator 96PD4228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator 128PD4228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-port RS-422 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator 32PD2324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 4RU Integrator 64PD2324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 4RU Integrator 32PD2326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 6RU Integrator 64PD2326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 6RU Integrator 96PD2326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 6RU Integrator 32PD2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator 64PD2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator 96PD2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator 128PD2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-port RS-232 data port routing switcher, 8RU Integrator
INT-FR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 4RU frame assembly INT-FR6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 6RU frame assembly INT-FR8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrator 8RU frame assembly INT-PS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply, Integrator INT-LOGIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant logic board, Integrator
346
Panacea
Small-Scale Routing
ROuting sYstems // sMALL rOuTing
347
Features 3 Gb/s (1080p) performance at HD-SDI (1.485 Gb/s) prices Flexible matrix partitioning options allow for flexibility and customization Available in the widest array of format sizes available from 8x8 through 32x32 and up to a 256x4 solution Available in 1RU or 2RU sizes: Panacea 1RU single-format matrix options: 16x16, 16x4, 16x1, 8x8 in HD-SDI, SDI, AES, analog video and analog audio Panacea 2RU dual-format matrix options: 32x32, 32x4, dual 16x16, dual 16x4, dual 8x8 in HD-SDI, SDI, AES, analog video and analog audio Panacea 2RU mixed-format matrix options: 16x16, 16x4, 16x1 and 8x8 HD-SDI SDI and analog video with analog audio Other mixed formats including HD and SDI with discrete AES available contact sales for more information Comprehensive signal formats include HD-SDI (3 Gb/s), SD-SDI, ASI, analog video, analog audio, AES/EBU balanced and unbalanced and RF Choose either integrated universal AC or DC power supplies or external (brick) universal power supplies Redundant power supplies, external 1RU and 2RU, integrated 2RU only Ethernet communications optional on all Panacea routers except Panacea Lite Quiet switching of discrete AES/EBU digital audio option Signal diagnosis capabilities (i.e., signal presence, error detection) Small frame footprint, only 5.25-in. (13.3 cm) deep Control via XY, serial RS-232/422, local control panel, optional remote control panel or direct-to-frame; optional IP/Ethernet/SNMP
Key Benefits
All Hd panacea routers now offer 3 gb/s (1080p) performance! The affordable, compact Panacea routing switcher line is the market leader for small routing applications, offering the largest selection of matrix sizes, options and built-in control features allowing you to purchase a router tailored to your applications.
Product details
Hd/sd-sdi
The Panacea wideband digital multirate routing switcher offers a clear growth path from lower-bit-rate SDI and ASI to high-bandwidth HDTV applications. It routes signals from 3.072 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s.
sd-sdi
From 8x8 to 32x32, the Panacea SDI router switches signals from 3.072 to 540 Mb/s.
Wideband Analog Video
The Panacea wideband analog video router switches standard composite NTSC, PAL, SECAM and analog component video signals, and RF/IF-up to 200 MHz.
Analog Audio
3 Gb/s performance Flexible matrix sizes from 8x8 to 256x4 Widest range of formats in the industry Control via Ethernet, coaxial XY and serial standard Redundant power supplies available Small-frame footprint Budget-conscious price Superior quality
The Panacea analog audio router switches standard stereo and mono analog audio signals, as well as timecode.
Aes/eBu digital Audio
The Panacea AES/EBU routing switcher provides synchronous or synchronous quiet switching for balanced or unbalanced digital audio signals.
Panacea
Small-Scale Routing
Frame And systems input Analog Audio inputs
1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU portable desktop power supply (rear mount AC power supply module available as an option) 2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU portable desktop power supply (rear mount AC power supply module available as an option) Desktop Power Supply . . . . . . . . . Universal input 1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 63 Hz, 70 W AC: 100 to 240 VAC DC: -36 to -72 VDC 2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 to 63 Hz, 130 W AC: 100 to 240 VAC DC: -36 to -72 VDC
Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 16 or 32 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, analog audio Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Z (20 k ohms), or low Z (600 ohms) Low Z analog audio only available in 16x1, 16x16, 32x32 sizes Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >75 dB rejection, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Normal Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . +8 dBu Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +28 dBu
Outputs
Total Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VDC 1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 W 2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 W Performance Temperature . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
mechanical
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 4, 16 or 32 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, analog audio Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25 Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +28 dBu DC Output Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 mV maximum Maximum Cable Length . . . . . . . . 328 ft (100 m) of Belden 8451 or equivalent Minimum Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ohms Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms
performance
1RU Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . 19 x 5.25 x 1.75 in. (48.3 x 13.3 x 44 cm) 2RU Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . 19 x 5.25 x 3.5 in. (48.3 x 13.3 x 88 cm
Weight (fully loaded)
1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 lbs (2.3 kg) 2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 lbs (3.2 kg)

indicators
Standard Resource Module . . . . . . Power/alarm LED Enhanced Resource Module . . . . . Power/alarm LED, data LED Cooling (only in HD and . . . . . . . . Forced air/convection analog audio)
input/Output signals
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unity, 0.15 dB THD+N* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01% at 28 dBu, <0.005%, typical IMD (SMPTE 4:1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.005%, +24 dBu, typical <0.01%, worst case Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, all hostile, typical >85 dB isolation, worst case Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <3 dB to 200 kHz 0.15 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz S/N Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >105 dB ref. to +28 dBu, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
temperature
RS-232/422 Serial . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 pin connector Communication Alarm/Comm Port . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector XY (coaxial communication) . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45
Performance Temperature . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) * THD+N increases as matrix size and/or number of destinations increase. The worst case is a 128x64 stereo system or a 128x128 mono system with all destinations set to a single source. In this worst case, the THD+N is <0.025%, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +28 dBu, with a High Z load.
348
Panacea
Analog Video inputs
Small-Scale Routing
349
sdi, Hd-sdi inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 16 or 32 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite or component analog video or any video or RF signal within the voltage and frequency limits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB at 5 MHz, >35 dB at 20 MHz >18 dB at 250 MHz Normal Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 V pk-pk centered at 0 V
Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 16 or 32 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 W BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M and SMPTE 292M signal formats (HS only) Frequency limited 3.072 Mb/s to 3 Gb/s Normal Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 1200 mV Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >-20 dB (5 to 540 MHz) >-18 dB (540 MHz to 1.485 GHz) Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto 270 Mb/s 1100 ft (335 m) Belden 1694A 1.485 Gb/s (HS only) 400 ft (122 m) Belden 1694A
Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 4, 8, 16 or 32 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, component analog video or any video or RF signal within the voltage and frequency limits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >45 dB at 5 MHz >35 dB at 20 MHz >18 dB at 250 MHz Normal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 V pk-pk centered at 0 V Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1%
performance
DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV Input to Input Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . Unity 0.15 dB Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB from DC to 20 MHz 0.5 dB from 20 to 50 MHz +2 dB to -3 dB from 50 to 200 MHz Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >65 dB, typical >60 worst case Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15% at 3.58 and 4.43 MHz Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15 at 3.58 and 4.43 MHz Phase Scatter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 input to input Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >65 dB 5 MHz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 35 W
temperature
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 4, 16 or 32 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M and SMPTE 292M signal formats Reclocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic for all SMPTE-defined data rates passthrough for all non-standard clock rates Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 dB (5 to 540 MHz) >-18 dB (540 MHz to 1.485 GHz) >12dB to 3 Gb/s Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI @ frequency tested Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s 400 to 1500 ps 1.485 Gb/s (HS only) <270 ps 3 Gb/s (HS only) <135ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude
performance
DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5 V Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 16x16 = 25 W 32x32 = 50 W Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <4.5 nS P16 xn S (270 Mb/s) <13 nS P16 xn SR (270 Mb/s) <5.5 nS P32 xn S (270 Mb/s) <13.5 nS P-2 xn SR (270 Mb/s)
temperature
Panacea
Aes Audio inputs
Small-Scale Routing
signal Formats
Type Qty. (Signals) Qty. (Reference) Connector (Signals) Connector (Reference) Impedance Return Loss Signal Amplitude
Outputs
Balanced i/O Balanced, transformer coupled 32, 16 or 8 One, terminated DB-25 Removable terminal strip 110 ohms N/A 0.2 V to 7 V pk-pk
Coaxial i/O AC coupled 32, 16 or 8 One, looping BNC BNC 75 ohms >30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz >25 dB, 6 to 12 MHz 0.1 V to 2 V pk-pk
S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI, non-reclocking SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI with reclocking HS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI (wideband digital multi-rate) non-reclocking HSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI (wideband digital multi-rate) with reclocking AEB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU balanced, digital audio AEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU coaxial digital audio AEBQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU balanced, digital audio quiet switch AECQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU coaxial digital audio quiet switch A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog stereo audio V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog video
power supplies
Type Quantity Connector Impedance Return Loss Signal Amplitude DC Offset Rise and Fall Time
performance
Balanced i/O Balanced, transformer coupled 32, 16, 8, 4 or 1 DB-25 110 ohms N/A 5 V pk-pk 1 V into 110 ohms load 0 V 50 mV 5 to 30 ns
Coaxial i/O Unbalanced 32, 16 or 4 BNC 75 ohms >35 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz >25 dB, 6 to 12 MHz 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load 0 V 50 mV 30 to 44 ns
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal AC power supply Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal DC power supply O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External AC power supply

ethernet Connectivity
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enables Ethernet connectivity
Propagation Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . <170 ns, asynchronous mode <1.5 AES frames, synchronous or SQS modes Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 ns Switching Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Asynchronous, synchronous or synchronous quiet switching (SQS) AES Frame Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 192 kHz in asynchronous mode 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz in synchronous or SQS mode Data Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 30 Mb/s, 50% duty cycle, asynchronous mode Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <20 W
temperature
350
Panacea Clean/Quiet Switch
Dual-Channel Clean and Quiet Routing Switcher with Integrated Relay Bypass
351
power Consumption
Panacea Clean/Quiet Switch is the industrys most powerful dual-channel clean video with discrete or embedded audio routing switcher providing more features, functions and signal outputs than any similar product available today.
16X8 (2 Clean, 6 Auxiliary) . . . . . . 50 W

temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 158 F (0 to 55 C) sdi, Hd-sdi
two Clean and Quiet Outputs The Panacea Clean/Quiet Switch provides two clean and quiet outputs for SDI and HD-SDI signals with embedded or discrete audio, along with six additional auxiliary busses to be used for utility routing. This unique feature permits routing of SDI and HD-SDI signals simultaneously in an HD-SDI wideband version of the clean switch, allowing full use of your clean switch investment while transitioning from SDI to HD-SDI. The two copies of both clean outputs can be combined with flexible partitioning options of the 16 inputs to fit any multiformat application. Auxiliary Output Busses Six auxiliary outputs are available for preview of both clean outputs, as well as additional outputs for secondary destinations. Full, embedded Audio Control In addition, embedded audio quiet switching has been added to provide clean and quiet switching. Full control of the audio levels, audio fade options and channel assignment is provided for complete management of your embedded audio content. transitions for Video and embedded Audio A variety of video transitions with variable transition rates are available including dissolve, V fade, cut-fade, fade-cut and cut.
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259 M and SMPTE 292 M Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 1200 mV Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than -20 dB (5 to 540 MHz) Better than -18 dB (540 MHz to 1.485 GHz) Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto: SD (270 Mb/s) 984 ft (330 m) Belden 1694A HD (1.485 Gb/s) 328 ft (120 m) Belden 1694A
sdi, Hd-sdi
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8: 2 clean (2 copies of each) and 6 auxiliary (non-clean) Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292 signal formats Reclocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic for all SMPTE defined data rates Passthrough for all nonstandard clock rates Passthrough for all auxiliary outputs Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than -20 dB (5 to 540 MHz) Better than -18 dB (540 MHz to 1.485 GHz) Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . SD (270 Mb/s) 400 to 1500 ps HD (1.485 Gb/s) <270 ps ordering inFormation P16HSCQO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16x2 HD-SDI and SDI wideband digital multirate clean switch with embedded audio quiet switching with 6 auxiliary non-clean outputs P16SCQO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16x2 SDI clean switch with embedded audio quiet switching with 6 auxiliary non-clean outputs PLCP-32X8CQp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32x8 local control panel for clean/quiet switch RCP-32x8CQp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32x8 remote control panel for clean/quiet switch
Panacea Lite
12x1 Economical Utility Router

Features Competitive pricing Shallow 1RU frame with adjustable mounting ears mount in the rear of an equipment rack Comprehensive support of signal formats Built-in AC supply Available as a dual-format router (analog video and audio, SDI video and AES, HD-SDI video and AES router) or in standalone formats (analog video, analog audio, SDI and HD-SDI video) Control via XY, serial RS-232/422, local control panel, optional remote control panel or GPI
KeY BeneFits
Panacea Lite offers mixed-format, broadcast-quality 12x1 utility routing all within an affordable, compact 1RU frame. Wide Range of signal Formats Featuring the widest format range in the industry in a 1RU frame, Panacea Lite is available as a dual-format analog video and audio, SDI video and AES, HD-SDI video and AES router for coverage of the countless utility applications. Panacea Lite is also offered in the following standalone formats: analog video, analog audio, SDI or HD-SDI video. single/dual-Format Within a 1Ru Frame Panacea Lite is one of the most compact 12x1 routers for utility routing applications available today. With a frame depth of only 5.25 inches (13 cm), Panacea Lite allows for either front- or rear-rack mounting. In addition, both video and audio are housed in the compact 1RU frame for maximum space efficiency. Control is tailored to Your Requirements Panacea Lite allows you to select local and/or remote control panels with standard breakaway operation. If rear rack mounting is desired, Panacea Lite lets you tailor your remote control applications by offering XY remote control as standard. This allows you the freedom of remote panel distances up to 2000 ft (615 m). Multiple routers can be linked together for multi-level switching, and because a common Harris control system is incorporated, Panacea Lite can be easily integrated into existing facilities. In addition, serial control is available with GPI. panacea Lite Fits Any Facility Panacea Lite fits into any television production facility, cable facility, production or post production facility, outside broadcast vans/trucks, DBS satellite operation, webcaster or telco facility with ease.
High-quality, low-cost 12x1 utility routing Widest range of formats in the industry Single or dual formats available Local and/or remote control panels available Small-frame footprint

Frame electrical Analog Audio (p-12X1A2) input
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal AC power supply module Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal input 47 to 440 Hz, 45 W 85 to 265 VAC Total Power, Maximum . . . . . . . . . 45 W Performance Temperature . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
mechanical
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 stereo channels Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, analog audio Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Z (20 k ohms) CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB rejection @ 60 Hz Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +26 dBu
Output
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 x 5.25 x 1.75 in. (48.3 x 13.3 x 44 cm) Weight (fully loaded) . . . . . . . . . . . 5 lbs (2.3 kg) Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power LED Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convection
352
input/Output signal
RS-232/422 Serial . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 pin connector Communication XY (coaxial communication) . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC, looping Sync (coaxial reference) . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC, looping
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 stereo channels (identical signals) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, analog audio Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +26 dBu DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV
Panacea Lite
Analog Audio performance

353
Analog Video/stereo Analog Audio (p-12X1VA2) input
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unity, 0.1 dB THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01%, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +24 dBu IMD (SMPTE 4:1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.01%, +24 dBu Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, all hostile Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz -3 dB point: >200 kHz Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >110 dB ref. to +24 dBu, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Analog Video (p-12X1V) input
Number of Inputs Signal Type
Connector Impedance Signal Coupling Return Loss Normal Input Level Maximum Level CMRR
Output
Analog Video 12 Composite or (or component when used in a multiframe system) analog video, or any video or RF signal within the voltage and frequency limits 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms DC >40 dB at 5 MHz 1 V pk-pk 2 V pk-pk centered at 0 V
stereo Analog Audio 12 stereo channels Balanced, analog audio
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite (or component when used in a multiframe system) analog video, or any video or RF signal within the voltage and frequency limits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB at 5 MHz Normal Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 V pk-pk centered at 0 V
Output
DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) High Z (20 k ohms) +26 dBu >65 dB rejection @ 60 Hz
Number of Outputs Signal Type
Analog Video 2 (identical signals)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (identical signals) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB at 5 MHz Normal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 V pk-pk centered at 0 V
performance
Connector Impedance Return Loss Normal Level Maximum Level

performance
Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unity 0.1 dB Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15% at 3.58 and 4.43 MHz Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15 at 3.58 and 4.43 MHz Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 dB from DC to 10 MHz 0.25 dB from 10 to 35 MHz +2 dB to 3 dB from 35 to 50 MHz Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1% Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >62 dB isolation from DC to 5 MHz Phase Scatter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 Gain Scatter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >65 dB, 5 MHz bandwidth
Composite or (or component when used in a multiframe system) analog video, or any video or RF signal within the voltage and frequency limits 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) 75 ohms 66 ohms >40 dB at 5 MHz 1 V pk-pk 2 V pk-pk centered at 0 V +26 dBu
stereo Analog Audio 2 stereo channels (identical signals) Balanced, analog audio
Gain Differential Gain Differential Phase THD+N IMD (SMPTE 4:1) Tilt Crosstalk Frequency Response
Phase Scatter Gain Scatter DC Offset Signal to Noise Ratio
Analog Video stereo Analog Audio Unity 0.1 dB Unity, 0.1 dB <0.15% at 3.58 MHz and 4.43 MHz <0.15 at 3.58 and 4.43 MHz <0.01%, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +24 dBu <0.01%, +24 dBu <0.1% 62 dB isolation from DC to >90 dB isolation, 20 Hz to 5 MHz 20 kHz, all hostile 0.05 dB from DC to 10 MHz <0.1 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz 0.25 dB from 10 to 35 MHz -3 dB point: >200 kHz +2 dB to -3 dB from 35 to 50 MHz <1.5 <0.1 dB <50 mV <50 mV >65 dB, 5 MHz bandwidth >110 dB ref. to +24 dBu, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Panacea Lite
sd Video (p-12X1s) input
Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M and DVB-ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Normal Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 1200 mV pk-pk Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 540 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic, up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694A
Output
Number of Outputs Signal Type Connector Impedance Return Loss Output Amplitude Rise/Fall Time Overshoot Jitter
performance
sd Video 2 (identical signals)1
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (identical signals)1 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M DVB-ASI (output 1 only)* Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 540 MHz Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10%
performance
Balanced Aes 2 (dual channels, identical signals) SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M Balanced, transformer DVB-ASI (output 1 only)* coupled (AES-3) 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) 75 ohms 110 ohms >18 dB 5 to 540 MHz N/A 800 mV pk-pk 10% 5 V pk-pk 1V into 110 ohms load 400 to 1500 ps 5 to 30 ns <10% of amplitude <0.2UI @ frequency tested <5 ns
DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5 V Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to1500 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2UI @ frequency tested
sd Video/Balanced Aes Audio (p-12X1sAeB) input
DC Offset Propagation Delay Intrinsic Jitter Switching Type AES Frame Rates Data Rates
sd Video 0 V 0.5 V
Balanced Aes <50 mV <100 ns <5 ns Asynchronous 30 to 192 kHz Up to 30 Mb/s, 50% duty cycle
sd Video/Coaxial Aes Audio (p-12X1sAeC) input
Number of Inputs Signal Type Connector Impedance Normal Input Level Maximum Input Level Return Loss Signal Amplitude Equalization
sd Video 12 SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M and DVB-ASI 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms 800 mV pk-pk 10% 1200 mV pk-pk >18 dB 5 to 540 MHz Automatic, up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694A
Balanced Aes 12, dual channels Balanced, transformer coupled (AES-3) DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) 110 ohms 5 V pk-pk 7 V pk-pk 0.2 to 7 V pk-pk
Number of Inputs Signal Type Connector Impedance Normal Input Level Maximum Input Level Return Loss Signal Amplitude Equalization
sd Video 12 SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, and DVB-ASI 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms 800 mV pk-pk 10% 1200 mV pk-pk >18 dB 5 to 540 MHz Automatic, up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694A
Coaxial Aes 12, dual channels Unbalanced, AC coupled (AES-3id, SMPTE 276M) 75 ohms BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms 1 V pk-pk 2 V pk-pk >30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz >25 dB, 6 to 12 MHz 0.1 to 2 V pk-pk
354
Panacea Lite
Output

355
performance
Number of Outputs Signal Type Connector Impedance Return Loss Output Amplitude Rise/Fall Time Overshoot Jitter
performance
sd Video 2 (identical signals)1
Coaxial Aes 2 dual channels (identical signals) SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M Unbalanced (AES-3id, DVB-ASI (output 1 only)* SMPTE 276M) 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms 75 ohms >18 dB 5 to 540 MHz >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz >30 dB, 6 to 12 MHz 800 mV pk-pk 10% 1.0 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load 400 to 1500 ps 30 to 44 ns <10% of amplitude <0.2UI @ frequency tested <5 ns
DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5 V Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2UI @ frequency tested
Hd/sd Video/Balanced Aes Audio (p-12X1HsAeB) input
Connector Impedance Normal Input Level Maximum Input Level Return Loss Signal Amplitude Equalization
sd Video 12 SMPTE 292M SMPTE 259M SMPTE 344M DVB-ASI 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms 800 mV pk-pk 10% 1200 mV pk-pk Better than -18 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Automatic, up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694A
Balanced Aes 12, dual channels Balanced, transformer coupled (AES-3) DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) 110 ohms 5 V pk-pk 7 V pk-pk 0.2 to 7 V pk-pk
sd Video 0 V 0.5 V
Coaxial Aes <50 mV <100 ns <5 ns Asynchronous 30 to 192 kHz Up to 30 Mb/s, 50% duty cycle
Output
Hd/sd Video (p-12X1Hs) input
sd Video 2 (identical signals)1 SMPTE 292M SMPTE 259M SMPTE 344M DVB-ASI (Output 1 only)* 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 75 ohms Better than -18 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz 800 mV pk-pk 10% <270 ps <10% of amplitude <0.2UI @ frequency tested
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M SMPTE 259M SMPTE 344M DVB-ASI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Normal Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 1200 mV pk-pk Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than -18 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic, up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694A
Output
Balanced Aes 2, dual channels (identical signals) Balanced, transformer coupled (AES-3) DB-62 (terminal strip adapters available) 110 ohms N/A 5 V pk-pk 1V into 110 ohms load 5 to 30 ns <5 ns
Connector Impedance Return Loss Output Amplitude Rise/Fall Time Overshoot Jitter
performance
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (identical signals)* Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M SMPTE 259M SMPTE 344M DVB-ASI (output 1 only)* Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than -18 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Output Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10%
sd Video 0 V 0.5 V
Balanced Aes <50 mV <100 ns <5 ns Asynchronous 30 to 192 kHz Up to 30 Mb/s, 50% duty cycle
Panacea Lite

Hd/sd Video/Coaxial Aes Audio (p-12X1HsAeC) input
signal Formats
sd Video 12 SMPTE 292M SMPTE 259M SMPTE 344M
Coaxial Aes 12, dual channels Unbalanced, AC coupled (AES-3id, SMPTE 276M)
Connector Impedance Normal Input Level Maximum Input Level Return Loss Signal Amplitude Equalization
DVB-ASI 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 169-8 75 ohms 75 ohms 800 mV pk-pk 10% 1200 mV pk-pk Better than -18 dB, 5 MHz >30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz to 1.485 GHz >25 dB, 6 to 12 MHz 0.1 to 2 V pk-pk Automatic, up to 984 ft (300 m) Belden 1694A
S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI, non-reclocking HS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI (wideband digital multi-rate), non-reclocking AEB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU balanced, digital audio AEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU coaxial digital audio A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog stereo audio V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog video
Output
sd Video 2 (identical signals)1 SMPTE 292M SMPTE 259M SMPTE 344M
Coaxial Aes 2 dual channels (identical signals) Unbalanced (AES-3id, SMPTE 276M)
Connector Impedance Return Loss Output Amplitude Rise/Fall Time Overshoot Jitter
DVB-ASI (output 1 only)* 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 75 ohms, BNC per IEC 169-8 169-8 75 ohms 75 ohms Better than -18 dB 5 MHz >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz to 1.485 GHz >30 dB, 6 to 12 MHz 800 mV pk-pk 10% 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load <270 ps 30 to 44 ns <10% of amplitude <0.2UI @ frequency tested
performance
sd Video 0 V 0.5 V
Coaxial Aes <50 mV <100 ns <5 ns Asynchronous 30 to192 kHz Up to 30 Mb/s, 50% duty cycle
356
Output 2 is inverted, so it is not compliant with DVB-ASI signals.
Panacea Control Panel Options

Local Control Panels
Local Control All Panacea routing switchers have the option to include a programmable local control panel. These optional panels can be ordered as a separate line item and installed on the routing switcher prior to shipment. These programmable control panels combine the simplicity of button-per-crosspoint control with user-definable button mapping. All panels have back-lit, positive-touch pushbuttons that can be labeled. Panacea local control panels are available in a wide range of sizes, and all control panels include the Harris RouterMAPPER configuration utility, which allows for button mapping and user-specific configuration.
ordering inFormation PLCP-32X32P-2RU . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Panacea 32x32 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-32X1P-1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 32x1 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-32X1P-2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Panacea 32x1 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-16X16P-1RU . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 16x16 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-16X16P-2RU . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Panacea 16x16 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-16X8P-1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 16x8 local programmable pushbutton panel PCLP-16X8P-2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Panacea 16x8 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-16X4P-1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 16x4 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-16X4P-2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Panacea 16x4 local programmable pushbutton panel PCLP-16X1P-1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 16x1 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-16X1P-2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Panacea 16x1 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-8X8P-1RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 8x8 local programmable pushbutton panel PLCP-8X8P-2RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Panacea 8x8 local programmable pushbutton panel
Clean/Quiet switch-Only Control panel
PLCP-32x8CQp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 32x8 local programmable pushbutton panel for clean/quiet switch routers
panacea Lite-Only Control panel
P12x1-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Panacea 12x1 local pushbutton panel for Panacea Lite
Remote Control panels
All Panacea routing switchers can also use any Harris remote control panels (buttonper-crosspoint, alphanumeric breakaway, ABA and alphanumeric breakaway control panels, etc.). Please refer to the control panel descriptions in our routing switcher section.
357
Panacea Web
Web-Based Ethernet Remote Control of Panacea Routers

Panacea Web offers direct-to-the-frame Internet access to Panacea routing switchers. Convenient and affordable, Panacea Web is the perfect addition for enhancing remote control of your Panacea router. true Web Access to panacea Routers Panacea Web provides a direct-to-router web access solution, allowing access to router control and status via any Internet-enabled device through any standard web browser (Internet Explorer, Netscape, Mozilla). Panacea Web frees users from being in the office to control and monitor the router, while freeing facilities from the need to add external devices for remote control. Advanced Features In addition to the single-bus or multibus GUI-based control panel views, Panacea Web offers panel configuration settings and terminal access to status, configuration and alarm verification; and secures user-access control with defined user and administrator access levels. security is paramount Panacea Web provides secure levels of access. An administrator access level is provided to establish and control user accounts. The administrator creates user names and passwords, and defines access limits to specific sources and destinations. In addition, time out disconnects can be defined to ensure that inactive sessions are limited. User access is denied to all users without administrative setup. Logging Functions Logging functions are provided to further enhance the value provided by Panacea Web. All switch commands are logged with time, date and initiator notes, offering cost-effective system for monitoring and cataloging. Logging can be downloaded as a file or viewed online.
ordering inFormation P-WEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Panacea Web
358
Magellan
Router Control Panels

ROuting sYstems // HArDWAre COnTrOL pAneLs
359
The Harris Magellan family of router control panels (RCPs) provides a fast, powerful and simple way to control your Harris or third-party routing systems. Available as a series of 10 programmable hardware panels in 1 or 2RU versions, Magellan RCPs offer intuitive, web-based configuration enabling the industrys fastest setup for both local and remote operations. These feature-rich, cost-effective and highly customizable panels ranging from simple, button-per-source, single-bus panels to multilevel, multibus, relegendable LCD-button panels are sure to meet both your budget and routing operational requirements. Designed with an understanding of the physical layout of a typical facility or OB truck, these compact RCPs less than 2 inches deep integrate easily into console-mount or any other space-constrained environment, enabling you to rapidly optimize the navigation and control of your routers.
Features Supports button-per-source (BPS), multibus, XY and enhanced grouping modes Ability to reconfigure and reassign buttons and alias names both on panel front and at configuration GUI Compact and less than 2 inches (51 mm) deep, ideal for console-mount applications Supports Ethernet and coaxial connections Ethernet supports both LRC (recommended) and XY protocols Coaxial supports XY only (use these systems without a Platinum router or for legacy routers) Common control sections Web-based configuration for easy and fast setup Unicode support Template-based to facilitate quick configuration changes either at the panel or through the web Automatic update of routing tables no need for downloads Parametric control of all Platinum modules for seamless router integration
Product details
magellan RCp LCd+OLed display magellan RCp LCd Only
Available in 1 and 2RU versions Completely programmable and relegendable LCD buttons standard Template-driven to facilitate easy panel layout changes Generation of automatic updates for source, destination, and salvo additions, deletions and name changes Ability to create local salvos and aliases Provides unicode support Configurable to operate in Cat/Idx mode or enhanced button-per-source
magellan RCp pushbutton+OLed display
Available in 1 and 2RU versions Completely programmable and relegendable LCD buttons standard Ability to create local salvos and local aliases Generation of automatic updates for source, destination, and salvo additions, deletions and name changes Ability to switch router via status name, long name and aliases Unicode support Configurable to operate in Cat/Idx mode or enhanced button-per-source
magellan RCp pushbutton Only
Available in 1 and 2RU versions Completely programmable rubber pushbuttons standard Template-driven to facilitate easy panel layout changes Capable of fast and intuitive operation Follow/breakaway support Ability to view and switch all levels of the router Configurable to operate in Cat/Idx mode, multibus or single-bus mode
Available in 1 and 2RU versions Completely programmable rubber push buttons standard Fast and intuitive operation Follow/breakaway support Button-per-source configuration with ability to page to more sources and destinations Support for button-per-source, single-bus and multibus applications
Magellan
360
images/diagrams
RCp-24LCd-OLed
RCp-48LCd-OLed
RCp-32pB-OLed
RCp-64pB-OLed
Magellan

361
RCp-16LCd
RCp-32LCd
RCp-64LCd
RCp-16pB
RCp-48pB
RCp-96pB
Magellan

RCp-24LCd-OLed RCp-32LCd
Number of Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 LCD plus 8 programmable function keys Operation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button-per-source, XY, grouping, single-bus, multibus, breakaway Communications Ports . . . . . . . . . Ethernet and loop-through coaxial Protocols Supported . . . . . . . . . . . LRC (Ethernet only), XY (coaxial and Ethernet) Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . . . . 19 x 1.75 x 1.75 in. (48.3 x 4.4 x 4.4 cm)
RCp-48LCd-OLed
RCp-64LCd
Number of Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 LCD plus 16 programmable function keys and 2 control knobs Operation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button-per-source, XY, grouping, single-bus, multibus, breakaway Communications Ports . . . . . . . . . Ethernet and loop-through coaxial Protocols Supported . . . . . . . . . . . LRC (Ethernet only), XY (coaxial and Ethernet) Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . . . . 19 x 3.5 x 1.75 in. (48.3 x 8.9 x 4.4 cm)
RCp-32pB-OLed
RCp-16pB
Number of Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 push buttons plus 8 programmable function keys Operation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button-per-source, XY, multibus, single-bus, breakaway Communications Ports . . . . . . . . . Ethernet and loop-through coaxial Protocols Supported . . . . . . . . . . . LRC (Ethernet only), XY (coaxial and Ethernet) Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . . . . 19 x 1.75 x 1.75 in. (48.3 x 4.4 x 4.4 cm)
RCp-64pB-OLed
Number of Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 push buttons plus 8 programmable function keys Operation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button-per-source, single-bus, multibus, breakaway Communications Ports . . . . . . . . . Ethernet and loop-through coaxial Protocols Supported . . . . . . . . . . . LRC (Ethernet only), XY (coaxial and Ethernet) Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . . . . 19 x 1.75 x 1.75 in. (48.3 x 4.4 x 4.4 cm)
RCp-48pB
Number of Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 push buttons plus 16 programmable function keys and 2 control knobs Operation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button-per-source, XY, multibus, breakaway Communications Ports . . . . . . . . . Ethernet and loop-through coaxial Protocols Supported . . . . . . . . . . . LRC (Ethernet only), XY (coaxial and Ethernet) Dimensions (W x H x D) . . . . . . . . 19 x 3.5 x 1.75 in. (48.3 x 8.9 x 4.4 cm)
RCp-16LCd
RCp-96pB
ordering inFormation RCP-24LCD-OLED. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU control panel with 24 LCD buttons and OLED display and 8 function keys RCP-48LCD-OLED. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU control panel with 48 LCD buttons and OLED display and 16 function keys RCP-32PB-OLED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU control panel with 32 push buttons and OLED display RCP-64PB-OLED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU control panel with 64 push buttons and OLED display and 16 function keys RCP-16LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU control panel with 16 LCD buttons and 8 function keys RCP-32LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU control panel with 32 LCD buttons and 8 function keys RCP-64LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU control panel with 72 LCD buttons and 16 function keys RCP-16PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU control panel with 16 push buttons and 8 function keys RCP-48PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU control panel with 48 push buttons and 8 function keys RCP-96PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU control panel with 96 push buttons and 16 function keys www.broadcast.harris.com
362
RouterWORKS
Windows-Based Router Control and Status Software

ROuting sYstems // sOfTWAre COnTrOL AppLiCATiOns
363
Suited to a great variety of PC-based control applications, the Windows-based RouterWORKS software provides simple control and monitoring of any size routing switcher. RouterWORKS offers single-bus, multibus and matrix views to combine the flexibility of the most powerful hardware control panel with the simplicity of a graphical user interface. Wild database mapping allows you to logically reassign crosspoints, freeing you from the physical restraints of hardware crosspoint matrices and levels.
Features Source, destination and level restrictions can be tailored for each user Most GUI elements configurable (i.e., size and number of buttons, colors, icons, etc.) Multiple software panels can be run simultaneously on the same screen Easy setup, execution and statusing of salvos
ordering inFormation RouterWORKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows-based router control software v5.03 RouterWORKS-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade package for upgrading older versions (previous to v5.03) of RouterWORKS
SPT
ROuting sYstems // prOTOCOL suppOrT
Serial Protocol Translator

Features Protocol translation between Harris XY and specified third-party protocol Harris routers controlled by other manufacturers control systems Harris control system elements controlling other manufacturers routers Expansion of Harris routing switchers Additional serial control interfaces for Harris routing system
ordering inFormation SPT-LSERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional serial port for Harris routers SPT-LXYTOMODEM . . . . . . . . . . . Harris XY control of remote router using modem and dedicated/leased lines SPT-LXYTOXY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provides access to Harris XY protocol to/from generic RS-232 or RS-422 port SPT-LSIMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . Simulates a Harris router system including support for both serial port operation and XY bus (panels) operation SPT-LXYTOSONY . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 machine control adapter SPT-LXYTOSONYRTR . . . . . . . . . . Harris XY control of Sony routers SPT-LXYTOGVG20 . . . . . . . . . . . . Harris XY control of GVG 20-Ten routers SPT-LXYTONVIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harris XY control of nVision routers SPT-LXYTODATEK . . . . . . . . . . . . Harris XY Control of Datatek routers SPT-GVG20TOLXY . . . . . . . . . . . . GVG 20-Ten control of Harris routers using XY SPT-PROBELTOLXY . . . . . . . . . . . Pro-Bel control of Harris routers using XY SPT-JUPITERTOLXY . . . . . . . . . . . . Thomson Jupiter control of Harris routers using XY SPT-SANDARTOLXY . . . . . . . . . . . Sandar control of Harris routers using XY SPT-LXYTOTSLUMD . . . . . . . . . . . Harris XY control of TSL under-monitor display The following table is a list of all the SPTs currently available: (Please contact your Harris representative for other possibilities)
spt Categories Utility model number SPT-LSERIAL SPT-LXYTOMODEM SPT-LXYTOXY SPT-LSIMULATOR description Additional serial port for Harris routers Harris XY control of remote routers using modem and dedicated/leased lines Provides access to Harris XY protocol to/from generic RS-232 or RS-422 port Simulates a Harris router system including support for both serial port operation and XY bus (panels) operation RS-422 machine control adapter Harris XY control of Sony routers Harris XY control of GVG 20-Ten router Harris XY control of nVision routers Harris XY control of Datatek routers GVG 20-Ten control of Harris routers using XY; IMPORTANT: This unit can be used to interface to Philips/BTS Jupiter control system as well as GVG-7000 control system Allows a Harris router to connect to the Pro-Bel System 2 or 3 switcher bus with Pro-Bel control system controlling Harris router Jupiter control of Harris routers using XY Sandar control of Harris routers using XY Tandberg control of Harris routers using XY Harris XY control of TSL under-monitor display
The legacy Serial Protocol Translator (SPT) was developed to aid in the integration and expansion of Harris routing switchers and control systems. The SPT is a clever and compact device that allows the user to translate to and from the Harris XY protocol to the protocol of other manufacturers.
Product details The SPT is available in two basic styles: the SPT-SXY and the SPT-SS. The SPT-SXY includes one serial port configurable for RS-232, RS-422 or RS-485 and a pair of XY control ports (XY coaxial and XY mini XLR). The serial port is used to communicate with other manufacturers equipment, while the XY ports are used to communicate with Harris equipment. The SPT-SS includes two serial control ports: one configurable for RS-232, RS-422 or RS-485 and the other fixed for RS-232. The SPTs can be configured for a number of different applications including:
protocol translation
With the SPT, Harris routing switcher systems can be controlled by other manufacturers control systems. Conversely, other manufacturers routers can be controlled by Harris control elements, including the wide variety of Harris control panels and control software.
system expansion
The SPT can be used in a special Harris-to-Harris mode to provide source and destination offsets for expanded configurations.
Additional serial ports for Harris Routers
The SPT can be used in a special Harris-to-Harris mode that can be used as a serial to XY converter. In this configuration, the SPT provides additional serial ports in a routing system where the serial ports on router frames are already all used.
utility
VTR/machine control Harris controlling other manufacturers equipment
SPT-LXYTOSONY SPT-LXYTOSNYRTR SPT-LXYTOGVG20 SPT-LXYTONVIS SPT-LXYTODATEK SPT-GVG20TOLXY
The SPT can be configured to simulate a Harris routing system to assist in debugging control software and hardware, or provide for an RS-232 to RS-422 electrical conversion. The SPT is physically housed in a small plastic box and can be mounted to the side of a rack, or left in-line along a length of cable. All connections, including the power connection, can be locked so they remain secure.
Other manufacturers equipment controlling Harris routers
SPT-PROBELTOXY
SPT-JUPITRTOLXY SPT-SANDARTOLXY
364
SPT-TNDBERGTOLXY Interfacing with under- SPT-LXYTOTSLUMD monitor and in-monitor displays
CCS-NET-24
24-Port Ethernet Switch for CCS Routing Networks

ROuting sYstems // eTHerneT sWiTCH
365
The CCS-NET-24 is a 24-port rackmount Ethernet switch approved for use in Harris CCS routing networks and software applications. This is a third-party product being resold with Harris routing systems. Configuration software is included along with the 24 10/100 ports with two 10/100/1000 uplinks. The CCS-NET-24 is for networked routing system configurations where Ethernet connectivity is required (for example, configurations containing Platinum, Panacea
images/diagrams
platinum Router and Control panels panacea Router and Control panels
and/or control panels). It is recommended that a customer using an Ethernet network should purchase a compatible Ethernet switch with Harris routing system configurations. This switch is offered as a means to guarantee functionality and compatibility with Harris routing systems. Redundant power supply options are available please refer to the ordering information.
Redundant Control of Router
ordering inFormation CCS-NET-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-port Ethernet switch for CCS routing networks CCS-NET-24-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply for CCS-NET-24; requires CCS-NET-PS-FR for every 2 CCS-NET-24-PS CCS-NET-PS-FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply tray for CCS-NET-24, holds 2 power supplies (power supplies not included), tray only required for redundancy
seRVeRs, eDITInG anD ComPResseD sTReam sysTems

The neXiO family of HD/sD video servers, storage solutions, editing tools and compressed stream products sets the industry standard for enabling highly efficient production and playout workflows. featuring unmatched format flexibility, cost-effective reliability and trouble-free scalability, this integrated family of products dramatically reduces the costs associated with content acquisition, production, distribution and media management today and for the long term. no matter where you are in your transition from sD to HD or from baseband to file-based workflows choose Harris for all of your mission-critical production and broadcast television applications. To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/nexio.
366
trAnSmiSSion ServerS
neXio AmP
Advanced Media Platform for Storage Area Networks .................................. 369
SPeCiALtY ServerS
neXio Production Playout Center
Live Event and Production Platform ........................................................... 402
neXio AmP with integrated Storage

Advanced Media Platform ......................................................................... 373
neXio FCP integration gateway

Final Cut Pro On-San Editing Appliance .................................................... 405
neXio AmP SSD

Advanced Media Platform with Solid-State Storage ..................................... 377
neXio ingest Control manager

Ingest Workflow and Device Control System ............................................... 408
neXio volt
Compact Transmission Server for Storage Area Networks............................. 381
neXio instantonline iii

High-Resolution Conforming Engine ........................................................... 410
neXio volt with integrated Storage

Compact Transmission Server ................................................................... 384
neXio media gateway Server

IT Expansion Module ................................................................................ 412
neXio XS
Transmission Server for Storage Area Networks .......................................... 387
neXio media Host Server

I/O Expansion Appliance ........................................................................... 413
neXio XS with integrated Storage

Transmission Server ................................................................................. 389
StorAge SoLutionS
neXio Farad
High-Performance Storage........................................................................ 415
neWSroom AnD ProDuCtion SoLutionS

velocity eSX
On-SAN Editor ......................................................................................... 391
neXio nXS3100 Series

SBOD Storage Arrays ............................................................................... 416
velocity Xng
Field Editor.............................................................................................. 394
neXio intrinsic mirroring

SAN Protection System ............................................................................. 418
velocity PrX
Low-Resolution Proxy Editor...................................................................... 396
neXio nXiQ Series

Near-Line/Archive Clustered Storage ......................................................... 420
neXio AmP PrX encoder

Low-Resolution Encoding Software ............................................................ 397
neXio PrX transcoder

Low-Resolution Transcoding Server ........................................................... 398
neXio moS gateway

MOS Integration Software ......................................................................... 400
367
neXio AmP meDiA APPLiCAtionS

neXio AmP Channelview
Integrated Multiviewer I/O Monitoring ........................................................ 422
ComPreSSeD meDiA StreAm ProDuCtS

neXio transport Stream Delay Server
Compressed Media Stream Delay Recorder ................................................ 437
neXio remote
Monitoring and Control Software ............................................................... 424
DtP-300
Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) ....................................................... 439
neXio AmP PrX encoder

Low-Resolution Encoding Software ............................................................ 397
neXio mCAPture
Compressed Media Stream Recorder ......................................................... 442
neXio ClipSync
Channel Synchronization Software ............................................................. 425
neXio Content manager

Content Transfer and Management Software............................................... 426
neXio Playlist
Event-Sequencing Software ...................................................................... 427
neXio Delay
Recording and Playback Software .............................................................. 429
SWitCHeS
nXeS Series
Ethernet Switches .................................................................................... 430
nXeSD 1224X2
Ethernet Switches .................................................................................... 432
nXFS1608
4 Gb/s, 8-Port Fibre Channel Switch .......................................................... 434
nXFS1612
4 Gb/s, 12-Port Fibre Channel Switch ........................................................ 435
nXFS1644
4 Gb/s, 16-Port Fibre Channel Switch ........................................................ 436
368
NEXIO AMP
Advanced Media Platform for Storage Area Networks

seRVeRs // TrAnsMissiOn servers
369
Features Ingest and playback of SD (525i, 625i) and HD (1080i, 720p) content on the same chassis Software configurable for two-, three-, four- and six-channel operation Direct access to NEXIO true shared storage, which can scale to hundreds of channels Fault tolerance through dual hot-swappable power supplies, dual mirrored boot drives and RAIDsoft software RAID content protection Agile, integrated software codecs, supporting a wide range of formats, including DV, MPEG-2, IMX, Sony XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD and Panasonic AVC-Intra Software-based up/down/cross conversion Aspect ratio conversion AFD support Discontinuous timecode support Four AES/EBU audio pairs per video I/O channel Dolby Digital and Dolby E passthrough Content transfer of MXF, QuickTime, AVI, GXF, Pinnacle, MPEG and native LXF format files Off-speed play Support for a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications Support for NEXIO AMP ChannelView integrated multiviewer I/O monitoring Support for NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder low-resolution encoding Intrinsic Mirroring support for complete shared storage redundancy Redundant Ethernet switch support
The NEXIO AMP advanced media platform is much more than a robust HD/SD transmission server it represents an entirely new approach to managing digital content. From ingest to transmission, NEXIO AMP delivers exceptional reliability, flexible media I/O and complete format transparency. Standard on all NEXIO AMP mainframes are cutting-edge IT connectivity and direct access to the advanced NEXIO shared storage. Each NEXIO AMP supports up to six channels of SD or four channels of HD or mixed HD/SD real-time I/O. The system is fully software configurable, using agile software-based codecs to encode and decode HD and SD content. NEXIO AMP is optimized for use with NEXIO true shared storage, a modular and scalable system that makes it easy to add channels and storage as a broadcasters requirements change. Multiple NEXIO AMP mainframes can be attached to shared storage, enabling systems with hundreds of channels and integration with other NEXIO components, including editors and gateways. Access to shared storage is via redundant, dual-port 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel. As a member of the NEXIO server family, NEXIO AMP runs the Harris-patented and Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID managwement system, which allows all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction. RAIDsoft provides three methods for safeguarding stored media in each volume: RAID 3, for protection against single-drive failures per volume; error correction code (ECC) parity, which guards against two simultaneous drive failures per volume; and Intrinsic Mirroring, which simultaneously writes all data to two shared storage systems to provide complete data protection. The intelligent RAIDsoft system keeps cached copies of the frame allocation table (FAT) in RAM and on disk, adding exceptional system resiliency. Ethernet and FTP connectivity support network devices such as shared folders and near-line storage systems. Import and export of data to external devices is facilitated through front and rear USB 2.0 and FireWire ports, and a 5.25-in. drive bay accepts supported third-party devices, such as a Panasonic P2 deck. NEXIO AMP performance can be enhanced with a number of software options. These media applications include NEXIO AMP ChannelView, which integrates multiviewer I/O monitoring directly onto the server, and NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder, which enables simultaneous proxy-file generation during high-resolution video ingest. Other task-specific applications are also available.
Product details
High-performance technology processors
Two 64-bit AMD Opteron processors provide real-time, high-bit-rate coding and decoding, and enable the NEXIO AMP server to ingest and play out up to six channels simultaneously.
mediaCore engine
MediaCore is a high-performance, 64-bit software engine that controls all low-level NEXIO AMP functionality. This multistream module manages real-time transactions and system status updates, as well as RAIDsoft, the NEXIO software RAID and disk storage management system. MediaCore employs task-specific, multicore CPU/GPU/FPGA processing to effortlessly handle all baseband video and file I/O. The module can be controlled via external or internal interfaces.
shared storage Connectivity
All NEXIO AMP mainframes connect to the NEXIO shared storage and enjoy the same level of content sharing as all other servers in the NEXIO product line instant access to all content, all the time, by all users, without restrictions.
standard Applications nXOs
The standard user interface for the NEXIO AMP mainframe is NXOS. This intuitive operating system allows users to control ingest and playout on all channels including off-speed play, trimming and sub-clip creation. NXOS includes the versatile NEXIO MediaBase feature. As the NEXIO content management system, MediaBase updates the NEXIO AMP clip list in real time whenever changes are made to the content residing in storage.
neXiO Ftp server and Ftp Client
The NEXIO FTP Server application enables the movement of material from server domain to server domain, and import and export of material outside of the NEXIO server environment via Ethernet. NEXIO FTP Client facilitates MXF file exchange and simplified transfer of Panasonic P2 (including AVC-Intra import) and Sony XDCAM/ XDCAM HD files (including access to multiple XDCAM decks via Ethernet).
NEXIO AMP
performance enhancement

neXiO delay
Add any of the following optional applications to boost the performance of your NEXIO AMP advanced media platform:
neXiO Amp ChannelView
Use NEXIO Delay to apply a delay to your air channel for safety in live-to-air transmissions, or for time zone-specific playback delay.
neXiO navigator
NEXIO AMP ChannelView integrates software-based multiviewer I/O monitoring directly into the NEXIO AMP server, allowing users to easily and cost effectively monitor the servers input and output ports on an attached VGA monitor. Choose from preconfigured layouts that correspond to the different channel configurations available with NEXIO AMP, or customize layouts using the included Layout Designer software to match your specific I/O configuration.
neXiO Amp pRX encoder
Identify potential problems before they impact your on-air product with NEXIO Navigator, an SNMP-based application that supports remote monitoring and diagnostics of NEXIO servers and network-attached devices.
neXiO playlist
NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder enables the NEXIO AMP server to automatically generate lowresolution H.264 proxy files simultaneously with the baseband ingest of up to two channels of high-resolution video. These proxy files are saved to the NEXIO Browse Server storage array, where they are available for viewing and editing on a low-resolution NEXIO Browse network.
neXiO Clipsync
NEXIO Playlist is an event-sequencing application that can be used for play-to-air operations such as commercial insertion, time-of-day events, moving backgrounds and more.
neXiO Remote
Extend control of server channels using NEXIO Remote, an application that provides control of up to six NEXIO AMP channels over a standard LAN connection.
Use NEXIO ClipSync to play two clips in sync for key-plus-fill and similar applications when the two elements exist as separate clips.

system Configuration inputs
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 8 GB RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Dual-channel 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel host bus adapter Four 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports Dual-head DVI-A monitor interface 5 USB 2.0 ports (1 front, 4 rear) 1 FireWire (IEEE 1394) port (front-mounted) Windows XP Professional x64 Edition NEXIO NXOS operating system
Video Formats
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 2 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 292M)
genlock Reference
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bi-level sync support HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bi-level or tri-level sync support

Outputs
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) 2 SDI, active loop-throughs HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 4 HD-SDI, BNC (SMPTE 292M) 2 HD/SD-SDI, active loop-through
Aspect Ratio
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 @ 29.97 f/s, 625 @ 25 f/s HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i @ 29.97 f/s and 25 f/s 720p @ 59.94 f/s and 50 f/s
Channel Configurations
370
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional channels 2 bidirectional + 2 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 4 play-only channels No up/down/cross conversion support HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 1 bidirectional + 1 play-only channel 2 bidirectional channels 1 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 3 play-only channels 1 ingest-only + 3 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 4 play-only channels Up/down/cross conversion support Some features may not be supported in all configurations; consult your sales representative for details
HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9, 4:3 Aspect ratio conversion up/down/cross conversion support with EIA-608<>708 caption conversion AFD support insert/override embedded AFD metadata on a per-ID or per-port basis
Audio
Channels and Formats . . . . . . . . . 4 AES/EBU pairs per video I/O channel 8 pairs embedded per video I/O channel (4 pairs if using 24-bit PCM on SD video) Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pairs BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) BNC (embedded) Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pairs BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) BNC (embedded) Processing and Storage . . . . . . . . 16-, 20- or 24-bit PCM, 48 kHz Compressed Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) and Dolby E passthrough
NEXIO AMP
sd encoding/decoding

371
timecode support
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) IMX 30, 40 and 50 DVCPRO25, DVCPRO50 DVCAM (625 only)
Hd encoding/decoding
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232, TCP/IP, Harris clock interface Read, generate and write VITC, including discontinuities
Remote gpi Control
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Remote serial interface
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) XDCAM HD 35 and 50 Mb/s DVCPRO HD 100 Mb/s AVC-Intra class 50 and class 100 (AVC-Intra requires option NXCP)
Video storage
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 RS-422 ports, RJ12 connector (6 for channel control, 1 for VTR control, 1 spare)
Control
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP socket or UDP over Ethernet, RS-422, GPI Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO native protocol, VDCP, Sony 9-pin
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 16 drives per chassis Up to 384 drives (300 or 600 GB) per shared storage system Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-port, redundant 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel
RAid Redundancy
Dimension (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 28 in. (13.4 x 48.3 x 71.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 lbs (21.4 kg)
power
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID protection scheme RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection) ECC (multiple-drive parity, dual-drive failure protection) Support for Intrinsic Mirroring (fully redundant shared storage)
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115 to 120 V, 200 to 240 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W Typical Consumption . . . . . . . . . . 270 W @ 120 V
images/diagrams
nXOs standard interface
NEXIO AMP
neXiO Amp Front View (no bezel)
neXiO Amp Rear View

SD/HD-SDI Input SDI Input SD/HD-SDI Output SD/HD-SDI Output
SD/HD-SDI Loop-Through
SDI Loop-Through
SD/HD-SDI Output
SDI Output
Video I/O
32 GPI Inputs Reference In Two DVI-A Ports (Dual Head) and Loop Eight RS-422 Ports
Redundant Power Supplies
Four USB 2.0 Ports Four AES/EBU Audio Pairs Per Video I/O
Four GigE Ports
16 GPI Outputs
ordering inFormation NXAMP3601HDX 2S . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD shared storage server, 2-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDX 4S . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD shared storage server, 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDX 6S . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD shared storage server, 6-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDX 2H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD shared storage server, 2-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDX 3H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD shared storage server, 3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDX 4H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD shared storage server, 4-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAUPHD1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 1 HD channel, for NXAMP3601HDX 2H or NXAMP3601HDX 3H NXAUPSD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 2 SD channels, for NXAMP3601HDX 2S and NXAMP3601HDX 4S NXAMP3601SIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare baseband video I/O card NX3-HDX-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for NEXIO 3600/3601 HDX NX3-HDX-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for NEXIO 3600/3601 HDX NX3601SATA320H2. . . . . . . . . . . Spare 320 GB system drive for NEXIO AMP/ Velocity ESX chassis with sled NX3601SPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare power supply for NEXIO AMP chassis NX3601UP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-port Ethernet upgrade kit for NEXIO AMP chassis NXA3601LRE2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder software for in-server H.264 low-resolution proxy generation for NEXIO AMP chassis NXA1000CVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP ChannelView multiviewer I/O monitoring software
372
NEXIO AMP with Integrated Storage

Advanced Media Platform
373
Features Ingest and playback of SD (525i, 625i) and HD (1080i, 720p) content on the same chassis Software configurable for two-, three-, four- and six-channel operation Integrated media storage on six SATA-2 drives Fault tolerance through dual hot-swappable power supplies, dual mirrored boot drives and RAIDsoft software RAID content protection Agile, integrated software codecs, supporting a wide range of formats including DV, MPEG-2, IMX, Sony XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD and Panasonic AVC-Intra Software-based up/down/cross conversion Aspect ratio conversion AFD support Discontinuous timecode support Four AES/EBU audio pairs per video I/O channel Dolby Digital and Dolby E passthrough Content transfer of MXF, QuickTime, AVI, GXF, Pinnacle, MPEG and native LXF format files Off-speed play Support for a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications Support for NEXIO AMP ChannelView integrated multiviewer I/O monitoring Support for NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder low-resolution encoding
The NEXIO AMP advanced media platform with integrated storage is much more than a robust HD/SD transmission server it represents a pioneering approach to managing digital content. From ingest to transmission, NEXIO AMP delivers exceptional reliability, flexible media I/O and complete format transparency. The server supports up to six channels of SD I/O or four channels of HD or mixed HD/ SD I/O. Six internal, hot-swappable SATA-2 storage drives, agile software-based codecs and cutting-edge IT connectivity come standard. The system is fully software configurable and provides real-time I/O and network interfaces. As a member of the NEXIO server family, the NEXIO AMP platform runs the Harris-patented and Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID management system, which allows all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction. The intelligent RAIDsoft system keeps cached copies of the file allocation table (FAT) in RAM and on disk, adding exceptional resiliency.
Product details Ethernet and FTP connectivity support network devices such as shared folders and nearline storage systems. Import and export of data to external devices are facilitated through front and rear USB 2.0 and FireWire ports, and a 5.25-in. drive bay accepts supported third-party devices, such as a Panasonic P2 deck. NEXIO AMP performance can be enhanced with a number of software options. These all-new media applications include NEXIO AMP ChannelView, which integrates multiviewer I/O monitoring directly onto the server, and NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder, which enables simultaneous proxy-file generation during high-resolution video ingest. Other task-specific applications also are available. NEXIO AMP with integrated storage can be upgraded to connect to NEXIO shared storage, enabling a shared storage system with up to 450 channels.
High-performance technology processors neXiO Ftp server and Ftp Client
The NEXIO FTP Server application enables the movement of material from server domain to server domain, and the import and export of material outside of the NEXIO server environment via Ethernet. The NEXIO FTP Client application facilitates MXF file exchange and simplified transfer of Panasonic P2 (including AVC-Intra import) and Sony XDCAM/XDCAM HD files (including access to multiple XDCAM decks via Ethernet).
neXiO playlist
NEXIO Playlist is an event-sequencing application for play-to-air operations such as commercial insertion, time-of-day events, moving backgrounds and more.
Two multicore, 64-bit AMD Opteron processors provide real-time, high-bit-rate coding and decoding, and enable the NEXIO AMP server to ingest and play out up to six channels simultaneously.
mediaCore engine
Add any of the following optional applications to boost the performance of your NEXIO AMP advanced media platform:
MediaCore is a high-performance, 64-bit software engine that controls all low-level NEXIO AMP functionality. This multistream module manages real-time transactions and system status updates, as well as RAIDsoft, the NEXIO software RAID and disk storage management system. MediaCore employs task-specific, multicore CPU/GPU/FPGA processing to effortlessly handle all baseband video and file I/O. The module can be controlled via external or internal interfaces.
The NEXIO AMP ChannelView application integrates software-based multiviewer I/O monitoring directly into the NEXIO AMP server, allowing users to easily and cost effectively monitor the servers input and output ports on an attached VGA monitor. Choose from preconfigured layouts that correspond to the different channel configurations available with NEXIO AMP, or customize layouts using the included Layout Designer software to match a specific I/O configuration.
NXOS is the standard user interface for the NEXIO AMP mainframe. This intuitive operating system allows users to control ingest and playout on all channels including off-speed play, trimming and sub-clip creation. NXOS includes the versatile NEXIO MediaBase content management system, which updates the NEXIO AMP clip list in real time whenever changes are made to the content residing in storage.
The NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder application enables the NEXIO AMP server to automatically generate low-resolution H.264 proxy files simultaneously with the baseband ingest of up to two channels of high-resolution video. These proxy files are saved to the NEXIO Browse Server storage array, where they are available for viewing and editing on a low-resolution NEXIO Browse network.

neXiO Clipsync neXiO navigator
NEXIO ClipSync is an application that enables the playing of two clips in sync for keyplus-fill and similar applications when the two elements exist as separate clips.
neXiO delay
NEXIO Navigator is an SNMP-based application that supports remote monitoring and diagnostics of NEXIO servers and network-attached devices, enabling potential problems to be identified before they impact the on-air product.
neXiO Remote
NEXIO Delay is an application that applies a delay to an air channel for safety in live-toair transmissions, or for time zone-specific playback delay.
NEXIO Remote is an application that provides control of up to six NEXIO AMP channels over a standard LAN connection.

system Configuration Outputs
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 multicore AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 8 GB RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Four 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports Dual-head DVI-A monitor interface 5 USB 2.0 ports (1 front, 4 rear) 1 FireWire (IEEE 1394) port (front-mounted) USB keyboard and mouse Windows XP Professional x64 Edition NEXIO NXOS operating system
Video Formats
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SDI BNC (SMPTE 259M) 2 SDI active loop-throughs HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 3 (or 4 optional) HD-SDI BNC (SMPTE 292M) 2 HD/SD-SDIactive loop-through
Aspect Ratio
HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9, 4:3 Aspect Ratio Conversion . . . . . . . . Up/down/cross conversion support with EIA-608<>708 caption conversion AFD Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insert/override embedded AFD metadata on a per-ID or per-port basis
Audio
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional + 2 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 4 play-only channels No up/down/cross conversion support HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 1 bidirectional + 1 play-only channel 2 bidirectional channels 1 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 2 play-only channels 3 play-only channels 1 ingest-only + 3 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 4 play-only channels Up/down/cross conversion support Some features may not be supported in all configurations; consult your sales representative for details
inputs
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) IMX 30, 40 and 50 DVCPRO25, DVCPRO50 DVCAM (625 only)
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 1 (or 2 optional) SDI BNC (SMPTE 292M)
genlock Reference
374
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) XDCAM HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 and 50 Mb/s XDCAM EX DVCPRO HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Mb/s AVC-Intra Playout . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 50 and class 100 (up to 4 channels) (AVC-Intra requires optional NXCP advanced codec processor card)
Video storage
Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 SATA-2 hot-swappable media drives

RAid Redundancy
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Scheme. . . . . . . . RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection)
timecode support:
3 RU Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 28 in. (13.4 x 48.3 x 71.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 lbs (28.2 kg)
power:
Remote gpi Control
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115 to 120 V, 200 to 240 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 to 50 Hz Maximum Consumption . . . . . . . . 650 W Typical Consumption . . . . . . . . . . 350 W @ 120 V
Inputs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Control
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP socket or UDP over Ethernet, RS-422, GPI Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO native protocol, VDCP, Sony 9-pin images/diagrams
neXiO Amp with integrated storage (generation 2) Front View (no bezel)
375

neXiO Amp with integrated storage (generation 2) Front View (no bezel)
SD/HD-SDI Input SDI Input SD/HD-SDI Output SD/HD-SDI Output
SDI Loop-Through
SD/HD-SDI Output
SDI Output
Video I/O
Four GigE Ports
16 GPI Outputs
ordering inFormation NXAMP3601HDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with internal storage, 3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDI2S . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with internal storage, 2-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDI4S . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with internal storage, 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDI6S . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with internal storage, 6-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDI2H . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with internal storage, 2-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDI3H . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with internal storage, 3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601HDI4H . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with internal storage, 4-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAUPHD1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 1 HD channel, for NXAMP3601HDI, NXAMP3601HDI2H or NXAMP3601HDI3H NXAUPSD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 2 SD channels, for NXAMP3601HDI2S and NXAMP3601HDI4S NXAMP3601SIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare baseband video I/O card NXAMP-HDI-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for NEXIO AMP 3601 HDI NXAMP-HDI-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for NEXIO AMP 3601 HDI NX3601HDISD2TB . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare 2 TB content storage drive with sled for NX3601HDI server NX3601SATA320H2. . . . . . . . . . . Spare 320 GB system drive with sled for NXAMP3601HDI server NX3601SPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare power supply for NXAMP3601 chassis NX3601UP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-port Ethernet upgrade kit for NXAMP3601 chassis NX3601HDI-UPG01 . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade kit from NXAMP3601HDI to NX3601AMPHDX to add shared storage NXA3601LRE2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder software for in-server H.264 low-resolution proxy generation for NXAMP3601 chassis NXA1000CVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP ChannelView multiviewer I/O monitoring software for NXAMP3601 chassis
376
NEXIO AMP SSD
Advanced Media Platform with Solid-State Storage

377
Features Eco-friendly, integrated storage server Choice of eight or 16 SSD media drives Exceptional fault tolerance Ingest and playback of SD (525i, 625i) and HD (1080i, 720p) content on the same chassis Software configurable for two-, three-, four- and six-channel operation Agile, integrated software codecs, supporting a wide range of formats Software-based up/down/cross conversion Aspect ratio conversion with SMPTE and ATSC AFD support Content transfer of MXF, QuickTime, AVI, GXF, Pinnacle, MPEG and native LXF format files Support for a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications RAIDsoft software RAID content protection
Product details
The NEXIO AMP SSD advanced media platform is a robust HD/SD video server with integrated solid-state disk storage. Leveraging the capabilities of the NEXIO AMP server including exceptional reliability, flexible media I/O and complete format transparency it also delivers dramatic energy savings and unmatched resilience, offering broadcasters the highest level of performance in a video server. Designed for use in applications that do not require a storage area network, the NEXIO AMP SSD server is especially well-suited to disaster recovery, lights-out and mobile applications. The use of solid-state drives for content storage eliminates the mechanical failures typically associated with spinning disk technology. And, by running the Harris-patented and Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID management system, the server will operate normally even if a drive should fail. RAIDsoft allows all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction. Customers looking for a production platform that also meets their concerns for energy efficiency will appreciate the benefits of the NEXIO AMP SSD server. The device offers 30 percent energy savings over equivalent servers, and its full complement of 16 SSDs consumes 1/90th the power of a server with just six SATA spinning drives. NEXIO AMP SSD delivers this cost efficiency without giving up the features and flexibility broadcasters expect in a NEXIO server. Agile software-based codecs support a wide range of formats, including DV, MPEG-2, IMX, Sony XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD and Panasonic AVC-Intra. The system supports up to six channels of SD I/O or four channels of mixed HD/SD I/O, is fully software-configurable and provides real-time I/O and network interfaces.
A choice of eight or 16 internal, hot-swappable SSD storage media drives and cuttingedge IT connectivity comes standard on the NEXIO AMP SSD server. Ethernet and FTP connectivity support network devices such as shared folders and near-line storage systems. Import and export of data to external devices is facilitated through USB 2.0 and FireWire ports, and a 5.25-in. drive bay accepts supported third-party devices, such as a Panasonic P2 deck. NEXIO AMP SSD performance can be enhanced with a number of software options. These media applications include NEXIO AMP ChannelView, which integrates multiviewer I/O monitoring directly onto the server, and NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder, which enables simultaneous proxy-file generation during high-resolution video ingest. Other task-specific applications are also available. The NEXIO AMP SSD server can be upgraded to the NEXIO AMP advanced media platform. It can then be attached to NEXIO shared storage, enabling a shared storage system with more than 450 channels.
High-performance technology mediaCore engine
MediaCore is a high-performance, 64-bit software engine that controls all low-level NEXIO AMP SSD functionality. This multistream module manages real-time transactions and system status updates, as well as RAIDsoft, the NEXIO software RAID and disk storage management system. MediaCore employs task-specific, multicore CPU/GPU/ FPGA processing to effortlessly handle all baseband video and file I/O. The module can be controlled via external or internal interfaces.
The standard user interface for the NEXIO AMP SSD mainframe is NXOS. This intuitive operating system allows users to control ingest and playout on all channels including off-speed play, trimming and sub-clip creation. NXOS includes the versatile NEXIO MediaBase feature. As the NEXIO content management system, MediaBase updates the NEXIO AMP SSD clip list in real time whenever changes are made to the content residing in storage.
The NEXIO FTP Server application enables the movement of material from server domain to server domain, and import and export of material outside of the NEXIO server environment via Ethernet. NEXIO FTP Client facilitates MXF file exchange and simplified transfer of Panasonic P2 (including AVC-Intra import) and Sony XDCAM/ XDCAM HD files (including access to multiple XDCAM decks via Ethernet).
neXiO playlist
NEXIO Playlist is an event-sequencing application that can be used for play-to-air operations such as commercial insertion, time-of-day events, moving backgrounds and more.
NEXIO AMP SSD


neXiO Remote
Add any of the following optional applications to boost the performance of your NEXIO AMP SSD advanced media platform:
Extend control of server channels using NEXIO Remote, an application that provides control of up to six NEXIO AMP channels over a standard LAN connection. The application also supports NEXIO ClipSync and Delay.
neXiO navigator
NEXIO AMP ChannelView integrates software-based multiviewer I/O monitoring directly into the NEXIO AMP server, allowing users to easily and cost effectively monitor the servers input and output ports on an attached VGA monitor. Choose from preconfigured layouts that correspond to the different channel configurations available with NEXIO AMP SSD, or customize layouts using the included Layout Designer software to match your specific I/O configuration.
neXiO delay
NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder enables the NEXIO AMP SSD server to automatically generate low-resolution H.264 proxy files simultaneously with the baseband ingest of up to two channels of high-resolution video. These proxy files are saved to the NEXIO Browse Server storage array, where they are available for viewing and editing on a low-resolution NEXIO Browse network.
neXiO Clipsync

system Configuration inputs
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 8 GB RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Four 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports Dual-head DVI-A monitor interface 5 USB 2.0 ports (1 front, 4 rear) 1 FireWire (IEEE 1394) port (front-mounted) USB keyboard and mouse Windows XP Professional x64 Edition NEXIO NXOS operating system
Video Formats
genlock Reference

Outputs
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) 2 SDI, active loop-through HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 4 HD-SDI, BNC (SMPTE 292M) 2 HD/SD-SDI, active loop-through
Aspect Ratio
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional channels 2 bidirectional + 2 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 4 play-only channels No up/down/cross conversion support HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 1 bidirectional + 1 play-only channel 2 bidirectional channels 1 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 3 play-only channels 1 ingest-only + 3 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 4 play-only channels Up/down/cross conversion support Some features may not be supported in all configurations; consult your sales representative for details
HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9, 4:3 Aspect ratio conversion up/down/cross conversion support with EIA-608<>708 caption conversion AFD support insert/override embedded AFD metadata on a per-ID or per-port basis
Audio
378
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 Long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) IMX 30, 40 and 50 DVCPRO25, DVCPRO50 DVCAM (625 only)
NEXIO AMP SSD


379
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) MPEG-2 Long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) XDCAM HD 35 and 50 Mb/s DVCPRO HD 100 Mb/s
Video storage
Control
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP socket or UDP over Ethernet, RS-422, GPI Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO native protocol, VDCP, Sony 9-pin
Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 16 SSD hot-swappable media drives

RAid Redundancy
3 RU Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 28.5 in. (13.4 x 48.3 x 72.5 cm)

power
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Scheme. . . . . . . . RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection)
timecode support
Remote gpi Control
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115 to 120 V, 200 to 240 V, auto select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W Idle Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 W @ 240 V, 225 W @ 120 V Peak Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 W @ 240 V, 295 W @ 120 V
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
images/diagrams
NEXIO AMP SSD

neXiO Amp ssd Rear View
SD/HD-SDI Input SDI Input
SD/HD-SDI Output
SD/HD-SDI Output
SDI Loop-Through
SD/HD-SDI Output
SDI Output
Video I/O
Four GigE Ports
16 GPI Outputs
ordering inFormation NXAMP3601SSDI . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with solid-state internal storage, 3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601SSDI 2S . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with solid-state internal storage, 2-channel SD-only NXAMP3601SSDI 4S . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with solid-state internal storage, 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601SSDI 6S . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with solid-state internal storage, 6-channel SD-only NXAMP3601SSDI 2H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with solid-state internal storage, 2-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601SSDI 3H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with solid-state internal storage,3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAMP3601SSDI 4H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP HD/SD server with solid-state internal storage, 4-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAUPHD1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 1 HD channel, for NXAMP3601SSDI, NXAMP3601SSDI 2H and NXAMP3601SSDI 3H NXAUPSD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 2 SD channels, for NXAMP3601SSDI 2S and NXAMP3601SSDI 4S NXAMP3601SIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare baseband video I/O card NXAMP-SSDI-BASIC. . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for NXAMP3601 SSDI NXAMP-SSDI-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for NXAMP3601 SSDI NXA3601LRE2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder software for in-server H.264 low-resolution proxy generation NXA1000CVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP ChannelView multiviewer I/O monitoring software for NXAMP3601
380
NEXIO Volt
Compact Transmission Server for Storage Area Networks

381
The NEXIO Volt baseband video server answers the call for improved space savings and lower operating costs while maintaining the highest levels of resilience and reliability. A new addition to the NEXIO product family, NEXIO Volt offers support for up to four mixed HD/SD or SD-only baseband channels in a 1RU package. Built on the same platform as the award-winning NEXIO AMP advanced media platform, NEXIO Volt is designed for use with NEXIO true shared storage, a modular and scalable system that makes it easy to add channels and storage as a broadcasters requirements change. Multiple NEXIO Volt servers can be attached to a NEXIO shared storage system, enabling systems with hundreds of channels and integration with other NEXIO baseband servers, editors and gateways. Environmental considerations are an essential part of the NEXIO Volt design. New high-performance, low-power processors reduce power consumption. Available solid-state boot drives offer additional energy efficiency and extend system duty cycle. A strong industrial design concept enhances structural integrity and reduces weight, while reducing materials and coatings used in manufacturing.
Features Up to 4 HD/SD or SD-only channels in a 1RU platform Ingest and playback of HD (1080i, 720p) and SD (525i/625i) content on the same chassis Direct access to the NEXIO shared storage Fault tolerance through dual hot-swappable power supplies, dual mirrored boot drives and RAIDsoft software RAID management system Intrinsic Mirroring support for complete NEXIO shared storage redundancy Agile, integrated software codecs, supporting a wide range of formats Software-based up/down/cross conversion with aspect ratio conversion and SMPTE 2016 and ATSC TSG-814 AFD support Dolby Digital and Dolby E passthrough Support for a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications
Product details Remote monitoring and system management are easily enabled as standard via SNMP, and includes support for NEXIO Navigator remote diagnostics and management. Support for headless operation means a display, keyboard and mouse need not be connected to set up and manage system hardware. Channel control is supported using the industry-standard VDCP protocol and via NEXIO native protocol over Ethernet. The NEXIO Volt server responds in exactly the same way as the proven NEXIO AMP server, resulting in straightforward integration with existing automation systems.
High-performance technology mediaCore engine Codec support
Agile, integrated software codecs allow NEXIO Volt to support a wide range of formats. Available codecs and data rates for different channel counts and SD and HD resolutions are shown below:
NEXIO Volt connects to the NEXIO shared storage via Gigabit Ethernet and enjoys the same level of content sharing as all other NEXIO servers instant access to all content, all the time, by all users, without restrictions.
MediaCore is a high-performance, 64-bit software engine that controls all low-level NEXIO Volt functionality. This multistream module manages real-time transactions and system status updates, as well as RAIDsoft, the NEXIO software RAID and disk storage management system. MediaCore employs taskspecific, multi-core CPU/FPGA processing to effortlessly handle all baseband video I/O. The result is real-time, high-bit-rate coding and decoding that enables NEXIO Volt to ingest and play out up to four channels simultaneously. The module can be controlled via the NEXIO suite of software applications, and third-party automation and control panels.
RAidsoft storage protection
Add any of the following optional media applications to boost the performance of your NEXIO Volt server:
neXiO Remote
Take control of server channels using NEXIO Remote, an application that provides control of any six NEXIO server channels on a NEXIO shared storage system over a standard LAN connection. The application also supports NEXIO ClipSync and Delay.
neXiO playlist
NEXIO Volt runs the Harris-patented and Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID management system, which allows all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction. RAIDsoft provides three methods for safeguarding stored media in each volume: RAID 3, for protection against single-drive failures per volume; error correction code (ECC) parity, which guards against two simultaneous drive failures per volume; and Intrinsic Mirroring, which simultaneously writes all data to two NEXIO shared storage systems to provide complete data protection. The intelligent RAIDsoft system keeps cached copies of the file allocation table (FAT) in RAM and on disk, adding exceptional system resiliency. This approach also translates to fast searching for content and assured access to metadata, whether requested via VDCP serial or Ethernet control.
NEXIO Playlist is an event-sequencing application that can be used for play-to-air operations such as commercial insertion, time-of-day events, moving backgrounds and more. NEXIO Playlist runs on standard PC hardware over a standard LAN connection.
neXiO Clipsync
neXiO delay
neXiO navigator
A range of channel configurations is supported to enable the mix of ingest and playout ports that best match a broadcasters needs. Software is used to define each ports capabilities, and configuration changes are made with a user-friendly software wizard.
NEXIO Volt

system Configuration storage
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 quad-core AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 16 GB RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Optional dual mirrored SSD boot drives Two 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports VGA monitor interface 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse ports Windows XP Professional x64 Edition
Video Formats
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 16 drives per chassis up to 192 drives (300 GB or 600 GB) per NEXIO shared storage system Up to 384 drives (300 GB or 600 GB) per NEXIO shared storage system using Intrinsic Mirroring Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-port, redundant Ethernet via NEXIO Media Host system architecture
Audio
Channels and Formats . . . . . . . . . 8 pairs embedded per video I/O channel (4 pairs if using 24-bit PCM on SD video) Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (embedded) Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (embedded) Processing and Storage . . . . . . . . 16-, 20- or 24-bit PCM, 48 kHz Compressed Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) and Dolby E passthrough
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional channels 2 bidirectional + 2 play-only channels No up/down/cross conversion support HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional channels 1 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 3 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 1 ingest-only + 3 play-only channels 4 play-only channels Some features may not be supported in all configurations; consult your sales representative for details
inputs
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s), 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) IMX 30, 40 and 50 DVCPRO25 (625 only), DVCPRO50 DVCAM (625 only)
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) XDCAM HD 35 and 50 Mb/s XDCAM EX 35 Mb/sDVCPRO HD 100 Mb/s
RAid Redundancy
genlock Reference

Outputs
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Scheme RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection) ECC (multiple-drive parity, dual-drive failure protection) Support for Intrinsic Mirroring (fully redundant NEXIO shared storage systems)
timecode support
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) 2 SDI, active loop-throughs HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 4 (optional) HD-SDI BNC (SMPTE 292M) 2 HD/SD-SDI active loop-throughs
Aspect Ratio
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-422 ports, RJ12 connector

Control
HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9, 4:3 Aspect Ratio Conversion . . . . . . . . Up/down/cross conversion support with EIA608<>708 caption conversion AFD support insert/override embedded AFD metadata on a per-ID or per-port basis SMPTE 2016 and ATSC TSG-814
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 TCP/IP socket or UDP over Ethernet Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO native protocol, VDCP, Sony 9-pin
382
NEXIO Volt
physical

383
environmental
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 26.25 in (4.4 x 48.3 x 66.7 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 lbs (12.3 kg)
power
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage 115 to 240 VAC Current 8 to 4 A Frequency 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W Idle Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 W @ 240 V, 156 W @ 120 V Peak Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 W @ 240 V, 296 W @ 120 V
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C) Non-operating Temperature . . . . . -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Operating Relative Humidity . . . . . 20% to 85% from 23 to 104 F (-5 to 40 C) Non-operating Relative Humidity . . 10% to 80% from -22 to 140 F (-30 to 60 C) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,048 m) @ 77 F (25 C)
images/diagrams
neXiO Volt Rear diagram
PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse 2 HD-SDI Input 2 Input Loop Thru 4 HD-SDI Outputs 1 Reference Input Loop Thru
Hot-Swappable Redundant Power Supplies
2 USB
RS-232
VGA
2 Gigabit Ethernet
4 RS-422
ordering inFormation NXVOLT1401HDX. . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD shared storage server, 3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDX 2S . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD shared storage server, 2-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDX4S. . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD shared storage server, 4-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDX2H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD shared storage server, 2-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDX3H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD shared storage server, 3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDX4H . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD shared storage server, 4-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAUPHD1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 1 HD channel, for NXVOLT1401HDX, NXVOLT1401HDX2H and NXVOLT1401HDX3H NXAUPSD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 2 SD channels, for NXVOLT1401HDX2S NXVOLTSSDB2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mirrored SSD boot drives for NEXIO Volt shared storage server NXVOLTSPSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare power supply module for NEXIO Volt shared storage server NXVOLTHDXSLCD . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement front panel including LCD panel for NEXIO Volt shared storage server NXVOLT1401SIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare baseband video I/O card assembly for NEXIO Volt shared storage server NXVOLT-HDX-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for NEXIO Volt NXVOLT-HDX-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for NEXIO Volt
NEXIO Volt with Integrated Storage

Compact Transmission Server
The NEXIO Volt integrated storage server addresses the need for a small formfactor, high-performance baseband video server equipped with its own media storage, while delivering lower operating costs and high levels of resilience and reliability. A new addition to the NEXIO product family, the NEXIO Volt server offers support for up to four mixed HD/SD or SD-only baseband channels in a 1RU package. Built from the same technology as the award-winning NEXIO AMP advanced media platform, NEXIO Volt includes built-in RAID-protected media storage for video and audio essence. This makes NEXIO Volt ideal for applications including disaster recovery, delay, edge server, on-air cache, production playout and ingest to archive. Environmental considerations are an essential part of the NEXIO Volt design. New high-performance, low-power processors reduce power consumption. A strong industrial design concept enhances structural integrity and reduces weight, while also reducing materials and coatings used in manufacturing. The NEXIO Volt integrated storage server is ready to use in a variety of broadcast applications. This is possible due to industry-standard VDCP support and the bundled media applications. The server comes with the NEXIO Playlist event sequencing application for playing content to air, and NEXIO Remote for ingest, playout and media management. Both media applications control the server over a local area network (LAN). The NEXIO FTP Server is provided to support file-based workflows. Ethernet and FTP connectivity support network devices such as shared folders and nearline storage systems. Import and export of data to external devices is facilitated through front and rear USB 2.0.
Features Up to four HD/SD or SD-only channels in a 1RU platform A variety of software-licensed configurations from two SD channels to four HD/SD channels Ingest and playback of HD (1080i, 720p) and SD (525i/625i) content on the same chassis Integrated RAID-protected storage of video and audio essence Fault tolerance through dual hot-swappable power supplies and RAIDsoft software RAID management system NEXIO FTP Server for file-based ingest and export NEXIO Playlist event sequencing for playing content to air NEXIO Remote for manual ingest, playout and media management control Agile, integrated software codecs, supporting a wide range of formats Software-based up/down/cross conversion with aspect ratio conversion and SMPTE 2016 and ATSC TSG-814 AFD support Dolby Digital and Dolby E passthrough Support for a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications Software upgrade enables the server to connect to the NEXIO shared storage system
Product details Remote monitoring and system management are easily enabled as standard via SNMP, and support for NEXIO Navigator remote diagnostics and management is included. Since NEXIO Volt offers support for headless operation, a display, keyboard and mouse need not be connected to set up and manage system hardware. Channel control is supported via the industry-standard VDCP protocol and via NEXIO native protocol over Ethernet. The NEXIO Volt server responds in exactly same way as the proven NEXIO AMP server, resulting in straightforward integration with existing automation systems.
High-performance technology mediaCore engine
NEXIO Volt supports the RAIDsoft RAID 3 scheme for protection against single-drive failures in a volume. The intelligent RAIDsoft system keeps a cached copy of the file allocation table (FAT) in RAM and on disk, adding exceptional system resiliency. This approach also translates to fast searching for content and assured access to metadata, whether requested via VDCP serial or Ethernet control.
MediaCore is a high-performance, 64-bit software engine that controls all low-level NEXIO Volt functionality. This multi-stream module manages real-time transactions and system status updates, as well as RAIDsoft, the NEXIO software RAID and disk storage management system. MediaCore employs task-specific, multi-core CPU/FPGA processing to effortlessly handle all baseband video I/O. The result is real-time, highbit-rate coding and decoding that enables NEXIO Volt to ingest and play out up to four channels simultaneously. The module can be controlled via the NEXIO suite of software applications, and third-party automation and control panels.
A range of channel configurations is supported to enable the mix of ingest and playout ports that best match a broadcasters needs. Software is used to define each ports capabilities, and configuration changes are made with a user-friendly software configuration tool. Available Channels 2 3 4 HD Channels Enabled 2 bidirectional 1 record + 2 play 0 record + 3 play 2 record + 2 play 1 record + 3 play 0 record + 4 play 2 bidirectional + 2 play SD Channels Enabled 2 bidirectional Not available
384
RAidsoft storage protection
NEXIO Volt runs the Harris-patented and Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID management system, which allows all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction.

Codec support
NEXIO Volt supports many of the same codecs as NEXIO AMP. Available codecs and data rates for the different channel counts are shown in the table below for SD and HD resolutions. MPEG-2 at 150 Mb/s is not available in 4-channel modes. Resolution HD 2 Channels MPEG-2 up to 150 Mb/s XDCAM HD 35 Mb/s XDCAM HD422 50 Mb/s XDCAM EX 35 Mb/s DVCPRO HD SD MPEG-2 up to 50 Mb/s DVCPRO25 DVCPRO50 XDCAM (IMX 30/40/50) 3 Channels MPEG-2 up to 100 Mb/s XDCAM HD 35 Mb/s XDCAM HD422 50 Mb/s XDCAM EX 35 Mb/s DVCPRO HD MPEG-2 up to 50 Mb/s DVCPRO25 DVCPRO50 XDCAM (IMX 30/40/50) 4 Channels MPEG-2 up to 50 Mb/s XDCAM HD 35 Mb/s XDCAM HD422 50 Mb/s XDCAM EX 35 Mb/s DVCPRO HD MPEG-2 up to 50 Mb/s DVCPRO25 DVCPRO50 XDCAM (IMX 30/40/50)
NEXIO Remote is an application that provides control of any six NEXIO server channels in a NEXIO system over a standard LAN connection. The application also supports NEXIO ClipSync and Delay.
neXiO playlist
NEXIO Playlist is an event-sequencing application that can be used for play-to-air operations such as commercial insertion, time-of-day events, moving backgrounds and more. NEXIO Playlist runs on standard PC hardware over a standard LAN connection.
peRFORmAnCe enHAnCement
Add any of the following optional media applications to boost the performance of the NEXIO Volt server:
As the need for immediate content sharing grows, upgrade the NEXIO Volt integrated storage server to connect to the NEXIO shared storage system via Gigabit Ethernet. This software enhancement allows the server to enjoy the same level of content sharing as all other NEXIO servers instant access to all content, all the time, by all users, without restrictions.
neXiO Clipsync
NEXIO ClipSync is an optional application that allows NEXIO Volt to play two clips in sync for key-plus-fill and similar applications when the two elements exist as separate clips.
neXiO delay
The NEXIO FTP Server application enables the movement of material from server domain to server domain, and import and export of material outside of the NEXIO server environment via Ethernet. NEXIO FTP Client facilitates MXF file exchange and simplified transfer of Panasonic P2 (including AVC-Intra import) and Sony XDCAM/XDCAM HD files (including access to multiple XDCAM decks via Ethernet). sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
system Configuration
NEXIO Delay is an optional application that applies a delay to an air channel for safety in live-to-air transmissions, or for time zone-specific playback delay.
neXiO navigator
NEXIO Navigator is an SNMP-based application that supports remote monitoring and diagnostics of NEXIO servers and network-attached devices, enabling potential problems to be identified before they impact the on-air product.
inputs
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 16 GB RAM SATA boot drive Two 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports VGA monitor interface 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse ports Windows XP Professional x64 Edition
Video Formats
genlock Reference

Outputs
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) 2 SDI, active loop-throughs HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 4 HD-SDI, BNC (SMPTE 292M) 2 HD/SD-SDI, active loop-throughs
Aspect Ratio
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional channels 2 bidirectional + 2 play-only channels No up/down/cross conversion support HD or Mixed HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional channels 1 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 3 play-only channels 2 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 1 ingest-only + 3 play-only channels 4 play-only channels Up/down/cross conversion support Channel configurations controlled by Software License Key (SLK) Some features may not be supported in all configurations; consult your sales representative for details
HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9 SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9, 4:3 Aspect Ratio Conversion . . . . . . . . Up/down/cross conversion support with EIA- 608<>708 caption conversion AFD support insert/override embedded AFD metadata on a per-ID or per-port basis SMPTE 2016 and ATSC TSG-814
storage
Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 internal media drives (2 TB usage media storage) Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reconfigurable to join a NEXIO SAN
385
neXiO Remote

Audio timecode support
Channels and Formats . . . . . . . . . 8 pairs embedded per video I/O channel (4 pairs if using 24-bit PCM on SD video) Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (embedded) Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (embedded) Processing and Storage . . . . . . . . 16-, 20- or 24-bit PCM, 48 kHz Compressed Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) and Dolby E passthrough
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-422 ports, RJ-12 connector

Control
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 TCP/IP socket or UDP over Ethernet Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO native protocol, VDCP, Sony 9-pin
physical
power
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) note: 150 Mb/s not available in 4-channel modes MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) XDCAM HD 35 and 50 Mb/s XDCAM EX 35 Mb/s DVCPRO HD 100 Mb/s
RAid Redundancy
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage: 115 to 240 VAC Current: 8 to 4 A Frequency: 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W Idle Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 W @ 240 V, 156 W @ 120 V Peak Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 W @ 240 V, 296 W @ 120 V
environmental
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Scheme RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection)
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 50 to 85 F (10 to 30 C) Non-operating Temperature . . . . . -40 to 158 F (-40 to 70 C) Operating Relative Humidity . . . . . 8% to 90% (non-condensing) Non-operating Relative Humidity . . 5% to 95% (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,048 m) @ 77 F (25 C)
images/diagrams
neXiO Volt Hdi Rear diagram
PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse 2 HD-SDI Input 2 Input Loop Thru 4 HD-SDI Outputs 1 Reference Input Loop Thru
Hot-Swappable Redundant Power Supplies
2 USB
RS-232
VGA
2 Gigabit Ethernet
4 RS-422
ordering inFormation NXVOLT1401HDI2S . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD integrated storage server, 2-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDI4S . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD integrated storage server, 4-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDI2H . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD integrated storage server, 2-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDI3H . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD integrated storage server, 3-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXVOLT1401HDI4H . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Volt 1RU HD/SD integrated storage server, 4-channel HD/SD or 4-channel SD-only NXAUPHD1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 1 HD channel, for NXVOLT1401HDX, NXVOLT1401HDX2H and NXVOLT1401HDX3H NXAUPSD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software only add 2 SD channels, for NXVOLT1401HDX2S NXVOLTSPSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare power supply module for NEXIO Volt integrated storage server NXVOLTHDXSLCD . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement front panel, including LCD panel, for NEXIO Volt integrated storage server NXVOLT1401SIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare baseband video I/O card assembly for NEXIO Volt integrated storage server NXVOLT-HDI-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for NEXIO Volt NXVOLT-HDI-GOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for NEXIO Volt
386
NEXIO XS
Transmission Server for Storage Area Networks

387
Features Ingest and playback of HD (1080i, 720p) and SD (525i, 625i) content on the same SAN Software configurable for two-, three-, four- and six-channel operation no additional hardware required Up to three HD channels Up to six SD channels Scales up to 180 channels, all with shared, simultaneous, true random access to all content on the SAN Up to 196 drives (300 or 600 GB) per SAN, 384 drives with Intrinsic Mirroring Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft storage protection Redundancy through dual mirrored boot drives, dual-ported Fibre Channel, and dual, hot-swappable power supplies Agile, integrated software codec supports a wide range of media formats, including DV, MPEG and IMX AES/EBU and SDI-embedded audio support Dolby Digital and Dolby E passthrough Content transfer of MXF OP-1a and OP-Atom, QuickTime, AVI, GXF, Pinnacle, MPEG and native LXF format files (NEXIO NX1010MGX or NX1000MGX Media Gateway recommended to facilitate file transfers) Off-speed play up to 4x Support for a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications
The NEXIO XS transmission server for storage area networks (SANs) integrates real-time HD and SD I/O, agile software-based codecs, cutting-edge IT connectivity and advanced shared storage technology. Fully configurable, it uses software codec technology to seamlessly ingest and play back HD and SD content on the same storage area network. As a component of the NEXIO XS platform, the 3RU NX3600HDX server provides versatile networking functionality and direct access to the NEXIO SAN. The modular and scalable NEXIO architecture enables digital capabilities to be increased incrementally, making it easy to add channels, bandwidth and storage in a manageable and economic fashion.
Product details Each NEXIO XS server supports up to six channels of I/O, offering four- or six-channel SD or up to three-channel HD operation. Access to shared storage is via redundant, dual-port, 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel connectivity. Multiple NEXIO XS chassis can be attached to the NEXIO SAN to offer up to 180 channels and link to other components in the NEXIO product family, including I/O, editors and gateways. USB ports simplify file import and export to external devices, and Gigabit Ethernet and FTP connectivity support network-attached devices such as near-line storage systems. A full-size drive bay accepts the Panasonic P2 drive. The NEXIO XS utilizes the Harris-patented and Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID management system, which allows all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction. RAIDsoft provides two methods for safeguarding stored media: RAID 3, for protection against single-drive failures per logical volume; and proprietary NEXIO ECC Parity, which guards against two drive failures anywhere in the volume. This intelligent file management system keeps cached copies of the file allocation tables (FAT) in RAM on each server platform and on disk, providing drive-error detection, indicating potential drive failures and protecting against multipledrive failures.
First-Class technology processors
Two high-performance, dual-core, 64-bit AMD Opteron processors provide real-time, high-bit-rate coding and decoding, and enable the NEXIO XS server to ingest and play out up to six channels simultaneously.
storage Area network
All NEXIO XS mainframes connect to the NEXIO SAN and enjoy the highest level of content sharing instant access to all content, all the time, by all users, without restrictions. Other devices on the network, including NEXIO SD transmission servers, can access the same SAN content as the NEXIO XS.

system Configuration Video
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 dual-core AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCI-X platform 8 GB system memory Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Dual-channel 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel host bus adapter Two 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet adapters PS/2 keyboard and mouse 2 USB 2.0 ports (1 front, 1 rear) Windows XP Professional NEXIO NXOS operating system
SD Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525i @ 29.97 f/s; 625i @ 25 f/s HD Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i @ 29.97 f/s and 25 f/s; 720p @ 59.94 f/s and 50 f/s SD Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional and 2 playout, or 2 ingest and 4 playout mode HD or Mixed HD/SD Channels . . . . 1 bidirectional and 1 playout or 4 playout; if up/ down/cross conversion, file transfers, XDCAM 35 or 4:2:2 codecs are not used, increase playout channel count by 1 HD/SD Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) or 1 HD-SDI, BNC (SMPTE 292M), software configurable 1 genlock reference with tri-level and analog sync support
NEXIO XS
Transmission Server for Storage Area Networks

HD/SD Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) 2 HD-SDI, BNC (SMPTE 292M), software configurable Aspect Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD: 16:9, 4:3 HD: 16:9
Audio Video storage
Storage Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 16 drives per chassis Up to 192 drives per SAN using 300 and 600 GB drives, up to 384 drives with Intrinsic Mirroring Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-port, redundant, 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel optical connector
RAid Redundancy
Channels and Formats . . . . . . . . . 2 AES/EBU pairs per input channel 2 AES/EBU pairs per output channel Selectable 4, 8 or 16 channels embedded per input channel Selectable 4, 8 or 16 channels embedded per output channel Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pair BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) per channel BNC (embedded) Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pair BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) per channel BNC (embedded) Processing and Storage . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24-bit PCM, 48 kHz Compressed Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) and Dolby E passthrough
Video Compression
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Schemes . . . . . . . Single-drive parity (RAID 3, single-failure protection) Multiple-drive parity (ECC, dual-failure protection)
timecode Connection Options
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 TCP/IP Harris clock interface

Remote gpi Control
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SD Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 I-frame 4:2:2 (12 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) DVCPRO25, DVCPRO50 and DVCAM IMX 30, 40 and 50 Mb/s HD Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 I-frame 4:2:0 at 50, 80 and 100 Mb/s MPEG-2 I-frame 4:2:2 at 50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s (limited to 100 Mb/s in MIOHattached architecture) MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:0 at 50 Mb/s (no cross conversion) MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:2 at 50 Mb/s (2-channel mode only, no conversions) XDCAM HD and EX at 35 and 50 Mb/s (2-channel mode only) HD Decoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1440x1080/960x720, PAR 4:3, 4:2:0, VBR/BR, Long GOP 10 Mb/s to over 80 Mb/s 1920x1080/1280x720, PAR 1:1, 4:2:0, VBR/CBR, I-Frame and Long GOP 12 Mb/s to over 100 Mb/s 1920x1080/1280x720, PAR 1:1, 4:2:2, VBR/CBR, I-Frame and Long GOP 12 Mb/s to over 150 Mb/s XDCAM HD and EX at 35 and 50 Mb/s (2-channel mode only)
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 RS-422 ports RJ-12 connector with RJ12 to 9-pin D-sub adapters
Control
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP socket or UDP over Ethernet RS-422 GPI Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harris native VDCP Sony 9-pin
3RU (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 27.75 in. (13.4 x 48.3 x 70.7 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 lbs (27.3 kg)
power supply
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant, dual load-sharing Hot-swappable Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115 to 120 V/200 to 240 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60/50 Hz Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W
388
NEXIO XS with Integrated Storage

Transmission Server
389
Features Software configurable for three- and six-channel operation no additional hardware required Up to three HD channels Up to six SD channels 3RU form factor Two AMD Opteron dual-core processors for real-time, high-bit-rate coding and decoding Five media drives with software RAID 3 protection 5.25-in. drive bay with optional Panasonic P2 drive Dual mirrored boot drives Dual hot-swappable power supplies Supports 1080i, 720p HD and 525 and 625 lines SD resolutions Agile software codec supports a wide range of formats, including DV, MPEG and IMX Supports HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M), SDI (SMPTE 259M) Audio support through AES-3 and embedded in the HD/SD-SDI interface Dolby Digital and Dolby E audio passthrough Supports mixed HD and SD content on the same drives Standard NXOS software supporting ingest, playout, file transfers, playlist, media management and optional applications Content transfer via MXF OP1a and OP Atom, SD AVI, GXF, Pinnacle, MPEG and native LXF format files (NX1010MGX or NX1000MGX Media Gateway recommended to facilitate file transfers) Off-speed play at up to 4x Works with a wide range of automation, archiving and media management applications
The NEXIO XS integrated storage transmission server features HD and SD I/O, agile software-based codecs and cutting-edge IT connectivity. Fully configurable, it uses software codec technology to encode and decode HD and SD content. As a member of the NEXIO XS server family, the NEXIO XS integrated storage server provides real-time I/O, network interfaces and internal, hot-swappable drives. It supports up to six channels of I/O, offering three-channel HD or up to six-channel SD operation. NEXIO XS integrated storage platforms can be upgraded to the NEXIO XS baseband video server configuration and attached to NEXIO shared storage systems, providing the ability to build systems with more than 100 channels. NEXIO XS also can be mixed with all other server components in the NEXIO product family, including I/O, editors and gateways. External device support is better than ever, with the addition of easily accessible USB and FireWire ports for file import and export. Gigabit Ethernet and FTP connectivity support network devices such as shared folders and NAS storage. The NEXIO XS integrated storage server can be attached to other NEXIO platforms for easy file exchange, making it ideal for small transmission systems, edge server and redundant I/O applications. A full-size drive bay accepts the optional Panasonic P2 drive. NEXIO XS runs the Harris-patented and Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft system, which allows all channels and network ports to simultaneously access content without restriction. It provides software RAID protection for stored media and keeps cached copies of the FAT tables in RAM and on disk. For added protection, RAIDsoft provides drive-error detection, indicates potential drive failures and safeguards against multiple-drive failures.
Product details
state-Of-the-Art technology processors
LLm
Two dual-core 64-bit AMD Opteron processors enable the NEXIO XS server to ingest and play out on a combined total of up to six channels simultaneously.
integrated storage
The magic behind the NEXIO server family, the LLM manages real-time transactions, status updates and RAIDsoft, the Harris-patented software RAID and disk storage management system.
neXiO playlist
The NEXIO XS integrated storage server main frame enjoys the same level of content sharing as its SAN counterparts in the NEXIO product line instant access to all content, all the time, by all users, without restrictions. NEXIO and transport stream servers can store and share their content on the NX3600HDI. All content stored on the integrated storage is accessible via two Gigabit Ethernet ports.
NEXIO Playlist is an event-sequencing application for NEXIO and NEXIO Remote. It can be used for play-to-air operations for commercial insertion, time of day events, moving backgrounds and more.
enhance performance
Add any of the following applications and enhance the performance of your NEXIO server:
neXiO Remote
The standard user interface provided with each NEXIO main frame is NXOS. With it the user can control channels for ingest and playout including off-speed play, trimming and sub-clip creation. Its MediaBase clip list updates in real time to changes made on any node in the SAN no database server required. And the built-in Transfer Manager enables server-to-server and server-to-drive transfers to and from each NEXIO server. This includes support for USB and FireWire devices, NAS storage, and networked and local drives.
neXiO Ftp server
Extend control of server channels using NEXIO Remote. Control up to four NEXIO channels over a standard LAN connection.
neXiO delay
Apply a delay to your air channel for safety in live-to-air transmissions.

neXiO Clipsync
Play two clips in sync for key + plus fill and other similar applications.
neXiO Content manager
Enables the movement of material from server domain to server domain, and import and export of material outside of the server environment.
Protects your content by mirroring it either to network attached storage or another NEXIO server system.
NEXIO XS with Integrated Storage

Transmission Server
system Configuration
Main Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 dual core AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCI-X platform 8 GB system memory Dual mirrored SATA boot drives 2 x 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet adapters PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse 2 USB 2.0 ports 1 port mounted on the front 1 IEEE1394 (FireWire) port mounted on the front Windows XP Professional NXOS NEXIO operating system
HD Decoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1440x1080/960x720, PAR 4:3, 4:2:0, VBR/CBR, Long GOP 10 Mb/s to over 80 Mb/s 1920x1080/1280x720, PAR 1:1, 4:2:0, VBR/CBR, I-Frame and Long GOP 12 Mb/s to over 100 Mb/s 1920x1080/1280x720, PAR 1:1, 4:2:2, VBR/CBR, I-Frame and Long GOP 12 Mb/s to over 150 Mb/s XDCAM HD and EX at 35 and 50 Mb/s (2-channel mode only) Video storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 x 300 GB drives
RAid Redundancy
Video
SD Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 bidirectional and 2 playout, or 2 ingest and 4 playout mode HD or Mixed HD/SD Channels . . . . 1 bidirectional and 1 playout or 2 playout, if up/down/cross conversion, file transfers, XDCAM 35 or 4:2:2 codecs are not used, increase playout channel count by 1 SDI serial digital interface . . . . . . . HD: HD-SDI interface (SMPTE 292M) (SMPTE 259M) Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 @ 29.97 f/s, 625 @ 25 f/s, 1080i @ 29.97 f/s and 25 f/s, 720p @ 59.94 f/s and 50 f/s Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525/625: 2 program SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) HD: 1 program HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M) 1 genlock reference tri-level and bi-level sync support Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525/625: 4 SDI, BNC (SMPTE 259M) HD: 2 x HD-SDI BNC (SMPTE 292M) Aspect Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525/625: 16:9 and 4:3 HD: 16:9
Audio
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software RAID RAID Protection Schemes . . . . . . . Single-drive parity (RAID-3 single-failure protection)
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 TCP-IP Harris clock interface

Remote gpi Control
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 inputs Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 outputs

Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 RS-422 ports DB-9 connector

Control
Channels and Formats . . . . . . . . . 2 AES/EBU pairs per input channel 2 AES/EBU pairs per output channel 8 channels embedded per input channel 8 channels embedded per output channel Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pair BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) per channel BNC (embedded) Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 pair BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) per channel BNC (embedded) Processing and Storage . . . . . . . . 16, 20, or 24-bit PCM, 48 kHz Compressed Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) and Dolby E passthrough
Video Compression
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TCP/IP socket or UDP over Ethernet RS-422 GPI Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harris Native Protocol VDCP Sony 9-pin
3RU Dimensions (H x W x D) 5.25 x 19 x 27.75 in. (13.4 x 48.3 x 70.7 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 lbs (29.5 kg)
power
390
SD Coding/Decoding . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 I-frame 4:2:2 (12 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) DVCPRO25, DVCPRO50 and DVCAM IMX 30, 40 and 50 Mb/s HD Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 I-frame 4:2:0 at 50, 80 and 100 Mb/s MPEG-2 I-frame 4:2:2 at 50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s (limited to 100 Mb/s in MIOHattached architecture) MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:0 at 50 Mb/s (no cross conversion) MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:2 at 50 Mb/s (2-channel mode only, no conversions) XDCAM HD and EX at 35 and 50 Mb/s (2-channel mode only)
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant, dual load-sharing AC 115 to 120/200 to 240 V, auto-select 60/50 Hz 650 W
Velocity ESX
On-SAN Editor
seRVeRs // neWsrOOM AnD prODuCTiOn sOLuTiOns
391
Features Access to all shared storage material on the SAN via the NEXIO MediaBase content management system Create and modify MediaBase metadata; filter search and sort by metadata Software-only or hardware-based turnkey options NRCS integration with AP ENPS, Avid iNEWS, Octopus, OpenMedia and QNews Hardware ingest and in-server editing DV and HDV I/O via FireWire Integrated codecs and viewers for Panasonic P2, DVCPRO HD and AVC-Intra, Sony XDCAM, XDCAM HD, XDCAM HD422, and XDCAM EX formats Import and export of EDL, AAF, OMF, BXF and Apple Final Cut Pro XML files Import and export of common audio, video and graphic file formats Shared projects, settings and user profiles Manage and protect media, projects, render files, settings and presets User profile-based, customizable window layout, hotkeys and settings Optional integration with NEXIO InstantOnline III auto-conform engine Optional global proxy encoder and global proxy MediaBase viewer
editing toolset
Velocity ESX is a full-featured HD/SD high-resolution news, sports and production editing solution for the NEXIO shared storage system. The editor operates directly on shared storage, utilizing the robust NEXIO architecture and a powerful user interface. Velocity ESX can start editing HD and SD media the moment ingest begins, while Harris Edit and Media ID technology delivers the industrys quickest way to minimize time and re-rendering between content access and air. Format flexibility allows the use of all common file types in their native form, as well as intelligent import to the NEXIO SAN environment. Output to the web and mobile devices in a variety of formats is intuitively integrated as part of the high-resolution output. The system also integrates fully with newsroom computer systems such as AP ENPS and Avid iNEWS enabling a truly collaborative newsroom.
Editing of ingesting clips Multi-function Trim window including 4:3 and 16:9 safe area markers Precise insert-and-overwrite three-point editing; intuitive drag-and-drop-style editing NRCS script-based editing with audio voiceover and read rate-based prompter Media ID technology for immediate playback and Edit ID for faster than real-time output Interactive editing and effects creation without stopping playback Mixed HD and SD on the same timeline with global and clip-based up/down/cross conversion and aspect ratio conversion Selectable preview quality playback for increased frame rate during playback of complex formats, effects and layers Multiple galleries and timelines with configurable video and audio tracks Track based Eyecon view and advanced multi-camera editing Render bank technology with smart and batch rendering capability Create index marks and sub-clips Optional jog/shuttle and audio fader controllers Audio VU levels, mixing, fades, rubber banding, stereo panning, track patching, output routing, mute and solo Import graphics, animations, video and audio directly to the SAN Passthrough handling of closed-caption, Dolby-encoded audio and other metadata Integrated waveform and vectorscope window Sophisticated multilayer editing and effects
Video transitions and effects
More than 375 customizable 2D and 3D transitions Dozens of keyframeable video effects, including PIP and color correction Support for third-party audio VST filters, video effects and transitions; integration with Adobe After Effects Slow/fast motion speed change, reverse playback and strobe/stutter Freeze frame/stills Title rolls, crawls and animations using bundled Inscriber TitleMotion GS and third-party CG plug-ins
Velocity ESX
On-SAN Editor
Product details The Velocity ESX user interface provides access to a comprehensive editing and effects tool set. Real-time keyframeable effects such as PIP and color correction, the ability to employ mixed resolutions and aspect ratios on the same timeline, and essential audio controls are all included. The interface is completely customizable, with a broad range of user options for increasing productivity, including user-definable hot keys, flexible window layouts and an optional external jog/shuttle controller. This flexibility makes Velocity ESX an ideal choice for news operations that require newsroom computer system (NRCS) integration and the fastest time to air; sports applications that need highlight editing and slowmotion server output; and production environments that demand advanced editing tools along with true shared storage. Using sophisticated software codecs with CPU and GPU processing, Velocity ESX integrates seamlessly with NEXIO AMP, NEXIO Volt, NEXIO XS and NX4000-series servers via Gigabit Ethernet or Fibre Channel. Multiple Velocity ESX editors can reside on the SAN, creating a completely interactive, shared storage environment. Velocity ESX is part of the comprehensive NewsForce HD/SD news platform, as well as the NEXIO global proxy low-res system. The editor is available either as a hardwarebased turnkey system or software only.
Acquisition Formats multiformat Output
Velocity ESX simplifies and accelerates the output of multiformat material such as Quicktime, Windows Media, RealMedia, AVI, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264, Flash, 3GP/3G2 and iPod/iPhone. Configured presets allow creation of multiple formats upon output of the ID with a single button click. Optionally, outputs can be performed through InstantOnline III, eliminating any processing from the editor. Writeback to XDCAM and P2 formats is also available.
neXiO global proxy integration
When used in conjunction with a NEXIO global proxy system and the Velocity global proxy encoder option, Velocity ESX creates a proxy file simultaneous with the output Edit or Media ID. This allows instant access to the proxy file without burdening the separate NEXIO PRX Transcoder hardware. Also, with this option, the global proxy MediaBase can be accessed and configured to view proxy media from multiple locations and storage devices. Using further integration with Invenio Motion and InstantOnline III, this content can be retrieved and transferred to the local NEXIO SAN for conforming and output.
native 64-Bit Application
Velocity ESX offers the foremost support of file-based acquisition formats including JVC ProHD35Mbps and Ikegami GFCAM. Purpose-built P2, XDCAM, and XDCAM EX viewers allow browsing of native media and metadata directly off of the recording medium. Edit in place with high-resolution or proxy can be performed immediately with no file conversion or localization. Edited clips can then be imported for inclusion as shared media on the NEXIO SAN. Select MXF metadata can be mapped upon import, allowing this important information to be retained for searching and archiving. Content from cell phones and PDAs, such as the Apple iPhone, as well as other Flash-based recording devices are also supported.
Format Flexibility
Velocity ESX uses hardware profile calibration to optimize the software based on the current system configuration. Internally, the software is a native 64-bit application, which gives optimized performance, faster renders, improved real-time capabilities and additional stability.
Bundled inscriber titlemotion gs
Velocity ESX includes the latest Inscriber TitleMotion GS character generator, with support of the SCRIBE file format, as well as reading of the legacy ICG file format. Powered by Inscriber G-Scribe titling software, TitleMotion GS includes built-in integration with the Connectus graphics management system, allowing templates, styles, and elements to be shared with the other Inscriber G-Scribe-based systems like G5 and G7.
The Velocity ESX editing systems use of software codecs allows common file formats to be edited natively in place or imported to the NEXIO SAN. Supported file types include AVI, MOV, MPG, MP4, 3GP, SWF, WMV, MP3, WAV, BMP, JPEG, TIF, TGA, PNG and PSD. This flexibility also includes the ability to mix and match any HD, SD or other content in both 4:3 and 16:9 aspect ratios with complete control over the aspect ratio conversion used. Selectable quality previews can be performed without the need for rendering.

turnkey systems (nX3000VesX) Video
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 quad-core AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 16 GB ECC RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Dual-channel 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel host bus adapter 4 x 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet adapters Dual-head DVI-I/D monitor interface 5 USB 2.0 ports (1 front, 4 rear) 1 FireWire (IEEE 1394) port (front) USB custom keyboard and mouse Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Velocity ESX software
392
HD Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i @ 25 f/s and 29.97 f/s 720p @ 50 f/s and 59.94 f/s SD Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 @ 29.97 f/s 625 @ 25 f/s Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD mode: HD-SDI, BNC 1080i/720p 4:2:2 @ 1.48 Gb/s (SMPTE 292M) SD mode: SDI, BNC 525/625 4:2:2 @ 270 Mb/s (SMPTE 259M) Input Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit 4:2:2 serial digital video Adaptive cable equalization for optimized performance Input loop out Genlock Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . Bi-level and tri-level sync support Reference loop out SDI input as reference Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD mode: 2 HD-SDI, BNC 1080i/720p 4:2:2 @ 1.48 Gb/s (SMPTE 292M) SD Mode: 2 SDI BNC 525/625 4:2:2 @ 270 Mb/s (SMPTE 259M)
Velocity ESX
On-SAN Editor
Video Compression
SD Encoding/Decoding . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 I-frame: 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s); 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP: 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s); 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG IMX (30, 40 and 50 Mb/s) DVCPRO, DVCPRO50 DVCAM (625 only) HD Encoding/Decoding . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 I-frame: 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP: 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) HDV (25 Mb/s) XDCAM HD (17.5, 25 and 35 Mb/s) DVCPRO HD (100 Mb/s) HD Decode/Edit Only . . . . . . . . . . AVC-Intra (50 and 100 Mb/s) XDCAM HD422 (50 Mb/s) XDCAM EX (25 and 35 Mb/s)
Audio
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Schemes . . . . . . . RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection) ECC (multiple-drive parity, dual-drive failure protection) Support for Intrinsic Mirroring (fully redundant SANs)
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 (VTR) TCP/IP (time of day)

external machine Control
Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 (RJ-12 connector) Protocols Sony 9-pin

3RU Dimension (H x W x D). . . . . . 5.25 x 28 x 19 in. (13.4 x 71.4 x 48.3 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 lbs (27.3 kg)
power
Channels and Formats . . . . . . . . . 4 AES/EBU pairs per video I/O 4 pairs embedded per SDI I/O Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pairs BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) 1 BNC (SDI embedded) Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pairs BNC, unbalanced (AES/EBU) 4 BNC (SDI embedded) Processing and Storage . . . . . . . . 16-, 20- or 24-bit PCM, 48 kHz Compressed Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) and Dolby E pass-through
Video storage
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115-120 V, 200 to 240 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60/50 Hz Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 W
software Only (nXA1000VesX)
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 16 drives per chassis Up to 192 drives (146, 300 or 450 GB) per SAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-port, redundant 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel
Minimum System . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intel Core 2 Duo or AMD Opteron processor Recommendations (2 GHz dual core, 4 MB L2 cache, 800 MHz FSB) 8 GB ECC RAM NVIDIA Quadro FX 1700 512 MB graphics card @ 1440x900 (WSXGA or WXGA+) 200 GB, 7,200 RPM Ultra ATA, SATA or SAS hard drive Dual Gigabit Ethernet ports IEEE 1394 and USB 2.0 ports 48 k, 16-bit sound card Windows XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows 7 x64
ordering inFormation NX3000VESX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity ESX hardware-based turnkey editing system NXA1000VESX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity ESX software-only editing system NXA-VEL-UPG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity version 2.0 upgrade NXA-VEL-GPRXE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity global proxy encoder option NXEC400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External edit controller NXFAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External fader controller
393
RAid Redundancy
Velocity XNG
Field Editor
Features Access to all shared content on the NEXIO SAN using the Harris MediaBase content management system Pull content from the SAN for editing in the field NRCS integration with AP ENPS and Avid iNEWS, including script-based editing with audio voiceover and read-rate-based prompter Integrated codecs and viewers for Panasonic P2, DVCPRO HD and AVC-Intra, Sony XDCAM, XDCAM HD, XDCAM HD422, and XDCAM EX formats Baseband input and output with select third-party FireWire devices DV and HDV capture and print to tape Import and export of EDL, AAF, OMF, BXF and Apple Final Cut Pro XML files Import and export of common audio, video and graphic file formats Shared projects, settings and user profiles Manage and protect media, projects, render files, settings and presets User profile-based, customizable window layout, hotkeys and settings Optional integration with NEXIO InstantOnline III auto-conform engine Optional global proxy encoder and global proxy MediaBase viewer
editing toolset
Velocity XNG is a software-based HD and SD field editor designed for use on a laptop. It is a member of the NewsForce family of Velocity editors, all of which deliver exceptionally fast completion to air. Utilizing powerful software codecs and effects processing, Velocity XNG allows operators to complete their edits using the fully featured user interface. Concise audio controls, numerous transitions and advanced video effects are all available and easy to use.
Product details Velocity XNG users working remotely can use new field material or local copies of content previously pulled from the NEXIO SAN. The finished edit can be sent back to the newsroom over a remote IP connection or transferred directly onto the SAN at the facility. Velocity XNG uses powerful Harris Media ID technology to play from pointer lists and transfer only the necessary video and audio clips back to the SAN. The use of Media ID can significantly reduce bandwidth requirements and enables instant playback of edits by eliminating any need to create separate, flattened files before air. Velocity XNG can also be used with select third-party FireWire I/O devices, allowing baseband input and output in a variety of formats. Intelligent playout eliminates any rendering for cuts-only edits maintained in the native format. This workflow ensures compatibility with existing remote infrastructures utilizing standard SD microwave links. Whether editing DV, HDV, P2, XDCAM, HD or SD, Velocity XNG handles all formats on the same timeline. Complete control is available for up/down/cross conversion with aspect ratio adjustments. Fully MOS-compliant, the system integrates with all popular newsroom computer systems, including AP ENPS and Avid iNEWS. This sophisticated integration enables journalists to tie rundowns and scripts to finished edits, and time shots and VOs to the read rates of presenters. Velocity XNG is the ideal system for remote newsgathering and field editing applications.
Acquisition Formats
Edit clips during ingest when connected to the NEXIO SAN Multi-function Trim window including 4:3 and 16:9 safe area markers Precise insert and overwrite three-point editing; intuitive drag-and-drop style editing Harris Media ID pointer-playout technology for instant playback or Movie ID for flattened output Interactive editing and effects creation without stopping playback Mixed HD and SD content on the same timeline with global and clip-based up/down/cross and aspect ratio conversion Selectable preview quality playback for increased frame rate during playback of complex formats, effects and layers Multiple galleries and timelines with configurable video and audio tracks Track based Eyecon view and advanced multicamera editing Render bank technology with smart and batch rendering capability Create index marks and sub-clips Optional jog/shuttle and audio fader controllers Audio VU levels, mixing, fades, rubber banding, stereo panning, track patching, output routing, mute and solo Import graphics, animations, video and audio directly to the SAN
Video transitions and effects
More than 375 customizable 2D and 3D transitions Dozens of keyframeable video effects, including PIP and color correction Support for third-party audio VST filters, video effects and transitions; integration with Adobe After Effects Slow/fast motion speed change, reverse playback and strobe/stutter Freeze frame/stills Title rolls, crawls and animations using bundled Inscriber TitleMotion GS and third-party CG plugins
Velocity XNG offers the foremost support of file-based acquisition formats including JVC ProHD35Mbps and Ikegami GFCAM. Purpose-built P2, XDCAM and XDCAM EX viewers allow browsing of native media and metadata directly off of the recording medium. Edit in place with high-resolution or proxy clips can be performed immediately with no file conversion or localization. Edited clips can then be imported for inclusion as shared media on the NEXIO SAN. Select MXF metadata can be mapped upon import, allowing this important information to be retained for searching and archiving. Content from cell phones and PDAs, such as Apple iPhone, as well as other Flash-based recording devices are also supported.
394
Velocity XNG
Field Editor
Format Flexibility
The Velocity XNG field editors use of software codecs allows common file formats to be edited natively in place or imported to the NEXIO SAN. Supported file types include AVI, MOV, MPG, MP4, 3GP, SWF, WMV, MP3, WAV, BMP, JPEG, TIF, TGA, PNG and PSD. This flexibility also includes the ability to mix and match any HD, SD or other content in both 4:3 and 16:9 aspect ratios with complete control over the aspect ratio conversion used. Selectable quality previews can be performed without the need for rendering.
multiformat Output
Velocity XNG uses hardware profile calibration to optimize the software based on the current system configuration. Internally, the software is a native 64-bit application, which gives optimized performance, faster renders, improved real-time capabilities and additional stability when used in conjunction with a 64-bit operating system.
Bundled inscriber titlemotion gs
Velocity XNG simplifies and accelerates the output of multiformat material such as Quicktime, Windows Media, RealMedia, AVI, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264, Flash, 3GP/3G2 and iPod/iPhone. Configured presets allow creation of multiple formats upon output of the ID with a single button click. Optionally, outputs can be conformed through IntantOnline III, eliminating any processing from the editor. Writeback to XDCAM and P2 formats is also available.
neXiO global proxy integration
Velocity XNG includes the latest Inscriber TitleMotion GS character generator, with support of the SCRIBE file format, as well as reading of the legacy ICG file format. Powered by Inscriber G-Scribe titling software, TitleMotion GS includes built-in integration with the Connectus graphics management system, allowing templates, styles and elements to be shared with other Inscriber G-Scribe-based systems like G5 and G7.
When used in conjunction with a NEXIO global proxy system and the Velocity global proxy encoder option, Velocity XNG creates a proxy file simultaneous with the output Edit or Media ID. This allows instant access to the proxy file without burdening a separate global proxy transcoder server. Also, with this option, the global proxy MediaBase can be accessed and configured to view proxy media from multiple locations and storage devices. Using further integration with Invenio Motion and InstantOnline III, this content can be retrieved and transferred to the local NEXIO SAN for conforming and output.

Video Compression minimum system Requirements
SD Firewire Capture . . . . . . . . . . . DVCPRO, DVCPRO50 DVCAM (625 only) SD File Ingest and Editing . . . . . . . DVCPRO, DVCPRO50 DVCAM (625 only) MPEG-2 I-frame: 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s); 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP: 4:2:0 (4 to 15 Mb/s); 4:2:2 (10 to 50 Mb/s) MPEG IMX (30, 40 and 50 Mb/s) HD Firewire Capture . . . . . . . . . . . HDV (25 Mb/s) HD File Ingest and Editing . . . . . . . MPEG-2 I-frame: 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP: 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) HDV (25 Mb/s) XDCAM HD (17.5, 25 and 35 Mb/s) XDCAM HD422 (50 Mb/s) XDCAM EX (25 and 35 Mb/s) DVCPRO HD (100 Mb/s) AVC-Intra (50 and 100 Mb/s) ordering inFormation NXA1000XNGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity XNG software-only field editor NXA-VEL-UPG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity version 2.0 upgrade NXA-VEL-GPRXE . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity global proxy encoder option NXEC400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External edit controller NXFAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External fader controller
Intel Core 2 Duo or AMD Turion 64 X2 processor (2 GHz dual-core, 4 MB L2 cache, 800 MHz FSB) 4 GB RAM (8 GB recommended, especially for shared graphics card memory) 512 MB (dedicated or shared memory) graphics card @ 1440x900 (WSXGA or WXGA+) 200 GB, 7,200 RPM Ultra ATA, SATA or SAS hard drive 2 GB free space on hard drive Gigabit Ethernet port IEEE 1394 (Firewire) and USB 2.0 ports 48 K, 16-bit sound card Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows 7
395
native 64-Bit Application
Velocity PRX
Low-Resolution Proxy Editor

Features Product details Fully MOS-compliant, Velocity PRX is a component of the NewsForce HD/SD news platform. The editor integrates with all popular newsroom computer systems (NRCS), including APs ENPS and Avids iNEWS. This sophisticated integration enables journalists to tie rundowns and scripts to finished edits, and time shots and voiceovers to the read rates of presenters. Velocity PRX is used in conjunction with the time-saving NEXIO InstantOnline III server to automatically conform finished high-resolution copies on the SAN. These finished clips are saved into existing placeholder IDs made earlier from the NRCS, at which time they are immediately available for play to air. Velocity PRX projects can also be opened and edited on the high-resolution Velocity ESX on-SAN editor or Final Cut Pro, which offer enhanced layering and effects capability. Velocity PRX uses the latest in compressed video and audio codecs to maximize system bandwidth, while ensuring frame-accurate edits when conformed back to high resolution. Cuts, wipes and dissolves can be performed on two video tracks; audio level adjustments, cross fades and rubber banding can be performed on up to 16 audio tracks. Software-only proxy browse and frame-accurate editing Access to shared global proxy material on the low-res server Browse and edit during ingest NRCS integration with AP ENPS and Avid iNEWS, including script-based editing with audio voiceover and prompter Uses global proxy .mp4 wrapped H.264 video Selectable video bitrate of 1.5 Mb/s, 768 Kb/s or 384 Kb/s Encoded as 640x480 HD and 352x288/240 PAL/NTSC resolutions Uses 24 kHz, 16-bit AAC audio at 32 Kb/s (per pair) Supports up to eight pairs of audio (16 total discrete channels) Reads embedded NEXIO MediaBase metadata for filter search and sort operations 100+ simultaneous editors through house LAN Shares same user interface with other Velocity editors User profile-based customizable window layout, hotkeys and settings Precise insert and overwrite three-point editing; intuitive drag-and-drop-style editing Outputs XML EDLs to NEXIO InstantOnline III for auto-conform to high resolution Projects can be opened on Velocity ESX on-SAN editor or Apple Final Cut Pro connected to NEXIO FCP integration gateway Interactive editing and effects creation without stopping playback Local voiceover recording from external microphone to WAV file Allows inclusion of simple graphics and audio files Audio VU levels, mixing, fades, rubber banding, stereo panning, track patching, output routing, mute and solo 50 simple 2D wipe transitions, including dissolve Up to two video and 16 audio tracks
Velocity PRX is a proxy editor based on the intuitive Velocity user interface. As part of the comprehensive NEXIO global proxy system, Velocity PRX allows frame-accurate proxy editing of mirrored high-resolution content residing on the NEXIO SAN. Browsing and editing can take place even during ingest. Velocity PRX connects to the NEXIO Browse system through a standard house LAN, allowing up to 100 editors to operate simultaneously.

minimum system Requirements minimum network specifications
Intel Core 2 Duo processor (2 GHz dual-core, 4 MB L2 cache, 800 MHz FSB) 2 GB RAM (4 GB recommended, especially for shared graphics card memory) 256 MB graphics card @ 1440x900 (WSXGA or WXGA+) 2 GB free space on hard drive 100Base-T or Gigabit Ethernet port USB ports 48 K, 16-bit sound card with microphone input Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows 7
100Base-T switched Ethernet all ports set to 100Base-T full duplex 100Base-T to the client workstations Gigabit Ethernet connection between the switch and the server 8 Gigabit internal bandwidth per Ethernet switch Category 5 cabling or better for 100Base-T Ethernet devices Category 6 cabling for copper Gigabit Ethernet devices TCP/IP protocol support for all systems including switches, routers, gateways and other network devices Velocity PRX client bandwidth can be calculated using two streams of 1.5 Mb/s equaling 3 Mb/s
396
NXA1000PRX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity PRX proxy editor 1-user license pack NXA1000PRX5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity PRX proxy editor 5-user license pack NXA1000PRX10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity PRX proxy editor 10-user license pack NXA1000PRX25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity PRX proxy editor 25-user license pack NXA1000PRX50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Velocity PRX proxy editor 50-user license pack www.broadcast.harris.com
NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder

Low-Resolution Encoding Software
397
Features Encodes NEXIO content to 384 Kb/s, 768 Kb/s or 1.5 Mb/s proxy video with audio content to 32 Kb/s audio (per pair) up to eight pairs Encodes HD NEXIO content to 640x360 resolution Encodes SD NEXIO content to 352x240 (NTSC) or 352x288 (PAL) resolution Encodes up to two independent, simultaneous streams frame accurately and in real time Number of PRX Encoder channels used matches the configured NEXIO ingest channel count Creates universally accepted MP4 file format on standard storage devices Encodes all NEXIO-supported high-resolution HD and SD formats Supports NEXIO SANs with up to 192 drives Supports NEXIO Intrinsic Mirroring Supports redundant Ethernet for NEXIO LAN traffic
Part of the new NEXIO Global Proxy solution, the NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder is an optional, integrated media application for the NEXIO AMP advanced media platform. It enables the NEXIO AMP server to automatically generate low-resolution H.264 MP4 proxy files simultaneously with the baseband ingest of high-resolution video. These proxy files are saved to any standard storage array, where they can be viewed, edited and conformed back to high-resolution with other components of the Harris NewsForce platform. The NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder supports up to two record channels per server.
Product details The NEXIO Global Proxy solution is part of the NewsForce HD/SD news platform. All NEXIO global proxy products contribute to a highly efficient low-resolution workflow that: Eliminates the need for an expensive and complicated baseband infrastructure for proxy storage and management Facilitates simple and scalable browse viewing and editing in large low-resolution SANs Offers high-quality, high-performance, frame-accurate proxy encoding Provides flexible encoding options Speeds editing and play to air Simplifies media management The PRX Encoder application monitors the high-resolution ingest channels for activity; when a recording is detected, it starts a frame-accurate proxy encode at the same time. When the high-resolution recording stops, it directs the low-resolution encode to stop as well. The NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder runs as a background task showing current status of each ingest channel no user interaction is required. All proxy files generated with the NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder are universally accepted MP4 files stored on standard storage devices. The H.264 MP4 proxy files generated by the PRX Encoder are available for browse viewing with any standard media player. Alternately, due to the unique implementation of the global proxy file format, the MP4 files created by the PRX Encoder can be viewed in a Harris PRX Player or through the NEXIO Mediabase plug-in with all of the same metadata information that is saved with the high-resolution files on the NEXIO SAN. These MP4 proxy files are also available for editing with version 2.0 Velocity PRX proxy editors. Projects edited with Velocity PRX using global proxy files can be conformed directly to high-resolution clips using the NEXIO InstantOnline III conforming engine or sent to Velocity ESX and/or Apple Final Cut Pro for high-resolution finishing. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Media Application Package . . . . . . Software CD Software license key for one NEXIO AMP server Quick start guide 1-year Harris software maintenance agreement Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.264 4:2:0 @ 384 Kb/s, 768 Kb/s, or 1.5 Mb/s 640x360 @ 59.94/50 f/s 352x240 @ 29.97 f/s 352x288 @ 25 f/s Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAC 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 channels 32 Kb/s per channel pair Aspect Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD Source content: 16:9 SD Source content: 16:9, 4:3 Available Channel Configurations . . SD 2 bidirectional + 2 play-only + 2 proxy channels 2 ingest-only + 4 play-only + 2 proxy channels HD or mixed HD/SD 1 bidirectional + 1 play-only + 1 proxy channel 1 ingest-only + 2 play-only + 1 proxy channel 2 ingest-only + 2 proxy channels Servers Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP NX3601HDX generation 2 server NEXIO AMP NX3601HDX generation 1 server with NX3601UPCPU1 NEXIO AMP NX3601HDX generation 1 server with NX3601UP1
ordering inFormation NXA3601LRE2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder media application for the NEXIO AMP advanced media platform NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
NEXIO PRX Transcoder

Low-Resolution Transcoding Server
Features Transcodes NEXIO content to 384 Kb/s, 768 Kb/s or 1.5 Mb/s proxy video with audio content to 32 Kb/s audio (per pair) up to eight pairs Transcodes HD NEXIO content to 640x360 resolution Transcodes SD NEXIO content to 352x240 (NTSC) or 352x288 (PAL) resolution Transcodes up to four independent, simultaneous streams faster than real time Creates universally accepted MP4 file format on standard storage devices Reads all NEXIO-supported high-resolution HD and SD formats Supports NEXIO SANs with up to 192 drives Supports NEXIO Intrinsic Mirroring Supports redundant Ethernet topology for NEXIO LAN traffic
A key component of the new NEXIO Global Proxy solution, the NEXIO PRX Transcoder server automatically converts high-resolution files from the NEXIO SAN into low-resolution H.264 MP4 proxy files. It reads all NEXIO-supported highresolution HD and SD formats, and can automatically transcode up to four independent, simultaneous streams up to four times real time. The NEXIO PRX Transcoder is part of the Harris NewsForce HD/SD news platform. Once transcoded into low resolution, all MP4 proxy files are stored on any industry-standard storage array where they can be viewed, edited and conformed back to high resolution with other components of the NewsForce platform. The NEXIO PRX Transcoder works in conjunction with NEXIO Scavenger, a rulesbased application that automatically decides which clips need to be transcoded, which clips require that metadata updates be transferred to the low-resolution system, and which clips can be deleted from either high-resolution or low-resolution storage.
Product details The NEXIO PRX Transcoder is an integral part of the new NEXIO Global Proxy lowresolution browse and edit suite from Harris. The latest PRX Transcoder expands on the huge success of previous NEXIO Browse transcoders by moving to a universally accepted MP4 global proxy file format rather than the previous NEXIO Browse proprietary proxy file format. The PRX Transcoder represents the latest in NEXIO server technology and is built on the NEXIO lines proven 1RU platform with dual high performance quad-core CPUs, redundant power supplies, mirrored boot drives, 8 GB of RAM and Windows XP Professional x64 Edition. It reads high-resolution files from the NEXIO SAN (in all NEXIO-supported standard-definition and high-definition formats) through its on-board quad-port Fibre Channel adapter or via Gigabit Ethernet through a NEXIO Media Host. The NEXIO PRX Transcoder then performs a real-time transcode of up to four independent, simultaneous streams and writes those proxy files to any standard storage device. The H.264 MP4 proxy files generated by the NEXIO PRX Transcoder are available for browse viewing with any standard media player. Alternately, due to the unique implementation of the global proxy file format, the MP4 files created by NEXIO PRX Transcoder can be viewed in a Harris PRX Player or through the NEXIO Mediabase plug-in with all of the same metadata information that is saved with the high-resolution files on the NEXIO SAN. These MP4 proxy files are also available for editing with version 2.0 Velocity PRX proxy editors. Projects edited with Velocity PRX using global proxy files can be conformed directly to high-resolution clips using the NEXIO InstantOnline III conforming engine or sent to Velocity ESX and/or Apple Final Cut Pro for high-resolution finishing. The NEXIO PRX Transcoder is also capable of creating low-resolution proxy files from clips that are currently being ingested by a NEXIO AMP ingest channel, clips that are created by Velocity or Final Cut Pro editors, clips that are created by InstantOnline III and clips that are being transferred into the NEXIO SAN (via FTP or other import methods). Proxy creation can begin approximately 20 seconds after a record or file creation is initiated. The NEXIO PRX Transcoder comes pre-installed with version 2.0, which communicates with both the high-resolution NEXIO SAN (through the LLM) and the low-resolution storage device via Ethernet. It performs the actual transcode from high-resolution media to low-resolution global proxy file. The transcoder is controlled by PRX Scavenger, which is a rules-based application that automatically decides which clips need to be transcoded, which clips need metadata updates transferred to the low-resolution MP4 files, and which low-resolution clips can be deleted from either the high-resolution NEXIO SAN or the low-resolution storage. The NEXIO PRX Transcoder: Eliminates the need for expensive and complicated baseband infrastructure for proxy generation Provides high-quality, low bit-rate, frame accurate transcoding Provides flexible transcoding options Facilitates simple and scalable browse viewing and editing Speeds editing and play to air Simplifies media management
398
NEXIO PRX Transcoder

Low-Resolution Transcoding Server
system Configuration RAid Redundancy
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 quad-core AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 8 GB RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Quad port 4 Gb/s Fiber Channel host bus adapter 6 x 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports VGA monitor interface 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse ports Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Video Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD 1080i @ 29.97 f/s and 25 f/s SD 525 @ 29.97 f/s, 625 @ 25 f/s 720p @ 59.94 f/s and 50 f/s
storage
physical
power
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 16 drives per chassis up to 192 drives (146, 300 or 450 GB) per SAN Up to 384 drives (146, 300 or 450 GB) per SAN using Intrinsic Mirroring Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quad-port, redundant 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel optical connectivity
sd transcoding
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 to 240 VAC Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 4 A Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W Idle Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 W @ 240 V, 156 W @ 120 V Peak Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 W @ 240 V, 296 W @ 120 V
environmental
Hd transcoding
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C) Non-operating Temperature . . . . . 40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Operating Relative Humidity . . . . . 20% to 85% from 23 to 104 F (-5 to 40 C) Non-operating Relative Humidity . . 10% to 80% from -22 to 140 F (-30 to 60 C) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,048 m) @ 77 F (25 C)
MPEG-2 I-frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 80 and 100 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70, 80, 100, 120 and 150 Mb/s) MPEG-2 long-GOP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:0 (50, 60, 70 and 80 Mb/s) 4:2:2 (50, 70 and 80 Mb/s) XDCAM HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 and 50 Mb/s XDCAM EX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Mb/s DVCPRO HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Mb/s AVC-Intra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 and 100 Mb/s images/diagrams
nX1010ptCd Rear View
ordering inFormation NX1010PTCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO PRX Transcoder
399
NEXIO MOS Gateway

MOS Integration Software
The NEXIO MOS Gateway is a key component of the Harris NewsForce HD/SD news platform. It provides interoperability between MOS-compliant newsroom computer systems and NewsForce applications. Using the NEXIO MOS Gateway, NEXIO NewsForce is able to interact in real time with ENPS, Avid iNEWS, Octopus, Autocue QNews and Annova OpenMedia newsroom systems, NewsForce users have direct access to MOS active rundowns and scripts. Scripts are, for example, available inside the NEXIO editors, enabling the editing of video to text. Users are able to create placeholders in scripts from inside the newsroom system, forming a link to the playout system for content that will be created later in the production process by NEXIO ingest or editing systems. Status of content associated with MOS active rundowns is fed back to the newsroom system users. As status of media changes, users receive immediate notifications, including during playout. The NEXIO MOS Gateway is suitable for newsroom systems of all sizes. It connects your newsroom computer system through the newsroom systems local area network (LAN) to the NEXIO server system LAN. It provides communication between newsroom computer systems and NEXIO news applications using standard MOS protocol. NEXIO MOS Gateway monitors changes in rundowns and scripts of the newsroom computer system.. It communicates these changes to all NEXIO MOS applications, including MOS Playlist Manager and NEXIO MediaBase ActiveX plug-in (NXMB), as well as to the newsroom system tools in Velocity ESX, Velocity XNG, Velocity PRX, NewsFlash and Apple Final Cut Pro.
Features Enables integration of NEXIO NewsForce with AP ENPS, Avid iNEWS, Octopus, Autocue QNews and Annova OpenMedia Provides MOS protocol communications between the newsroom system and all MOS-enabled NewsForce products Enables current media, rundown and script status to be provided to users systemwide Passes lists of rundowns and script text in rundowns between the newsroom computer system and NewsForce applications Forwards status updates of MOS objects to the newsroom computer system display when clips are created, updated, cued and played Enables searching for media stored on the NEXIO server system from within newsroom computer system, using the NXMB ActiveX plug-in Enables clip preview within newsroom computer system via the NXMB ActiveX plug-in, when used with the NEXIO Global Proxy low-resolution browse and edit solution Supports Unicode for ASCII-based newsroom systems Supports device redundancy and workflow flexibility by enabling multiple MOS Playlist Managers to operate on the same rundown Maintains communication with newsroom computer system via heartbeat commands
supported Applications:
NEXIO MOS Playlist Manager NEXIO MediaBase newsroom computer system ActiveX plug-in (NXMB) Velocity ESX editor Velocity XNG low-resolution editing Velocity PRX low-resolution browser Apple Final Cut Pro when used with the NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway NRCS plug-in NewsFlash (version 4.0 or above) NewsFlash Preditor (version 4.0 or above) NewsFlash low-resolution browse client (ActiveX)

system Configuration mOs port Communications
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intel Pentium Processor PCI-X Platform 2 GB RAM Dual mirrored 2.5-in. boot drives 6 x 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports VGA monitor interface 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse ports Redundant, hot-swappable power supplies Windows XP Professional
physical
Up to 4 connections on TCP port 10540 (MOS mosObj) Up to 4 connections on TCP port 10541(MOS ro) Up to 64 connections on TCP port 10591 (NEXIO MOS Playlist Manager and NXMB ActiveX plug in)
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C) Non-operating Temperature . . . . . 40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C) Operating Relative Humidity . . . . . 20% to 85% from 23 to 104 F (-5 to 40 C) Non-operating Relative Humidity . . 10% to 80% from -22 to 140 F (-30 to 60 C) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,048 m) @ 77 F (25 C)
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 25.75 in.(4.4 x 48.3 x 65.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 lbs (8.6 kg)
power
400
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 to 240 VAC Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 4 A Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 W Idle Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 W @ 240 V, 156 W @ 120 V Peak Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 W @ 240 V, 296 W @ 120 V www.broadcast.harris.com
NEXIO MOS Gateway

MOS Integration Software
images/diagrams
nX1001mg Front View
nX1001mg Rear View
typical Connectivity
ordering inFormation NX1001MG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO MOS Gateway
401
NEXIO Production Playout Center

Live Event and Production Platform
seRVeRs // speCiALTy servers
Features 16 channels of playout control Crash record capabilities Support for subclipping, trimming and deleting Integration with jog/shuttle/T-bar controller* Avid iNews newsroom computer system interface with live updates Clip Sync/Protect dual roll (key/fill, HD and SD, etc.) Instant clip looping without a playlist Fast-Cue technology to quickly jump to specific timecodes in long clips Live updates to NEXIO MediaBase clip list Multi-bank storing and fast recall of pointers allowing user to mark key points in long records and quickly go to those points Nonlinear playback allowing playlist order to be adjusted on the fly Clip stacking allowing a second clip to be cued behind the clip being played Focus routing automatic router switching for monitoring when switching channels Full router control (eight routers @ 1024x1024 cross points each) Tally status from production switcher Configurable colors and labels throughout, allowing the user to create a custom interface to meet their specific needs More than 30 configurable shortcut keys
NEXIO servers move to an all-new level of functionality for sports and venue production with the introduction of Production Playout Center (PPC) a software control layer designed to control playback of NEXIO server channels in a variety of production environments. Created using feedback from broadcast leaders in both the news and sports arenas, PPC is a server ingest and playout application with capabilities that go far beyond other available products. From a single 1RU platform, PPC controls up to 16 NEXIO server channels for ingest and playback, as well as up to eight routers. PPC is made up of five software modules that fit into any type of production setting from scripted news, to on-the-fly live productions, to sports arena environments. All five modules are included with the PPC (NX1011PPC). Multiple PPCs can be used simultaneously on a single NEXIO system, each running any one of the supported modules at a given time. The number of PPCs in any system is limited only by the number of NEXIO channels the system can support. Speed to air is the driving force behind the PPC control application. Onboard media preparation tools allow the operator to define and organize content while recording is still underway. Tally indicators provide live notification of which channels are on-air keeping the operator constantly aware of the production. And with configurable shortcut keys, live asset and metadata updates, and built-in Fast-Cue technology for instant navigation to key points in long pieces of media, the PPC allows you to get your material on-air in record time.
*Controller available directly from DNF Controls.
402

Product details
shotbox module
The Shotbox module provides an extremely visual playback tool that is ideal for control of scoreboard content in an arena environment or for manual playback in any broadcast environment. Each Shotbox module can control up to 16 different NEXIO playout channels. Featuring seamless integration with NEXIO MediaBase, Shotbox allows for instant playback of server content with a single click. On-the-fly stacking of a second ID in the queue enables the second clip to play seamlessly the minute the currently loaded clip ends. With Shotbox, up to five playlists can be created for simple playback of a group of clips, and an unlimited number of playlists can be saved and loaded for later use. The module also allows for simultaneous playback of up to four playlists or individual pieces of media. With large buttons allowing for use of a touchscreen monitor rather than a keyboard and mouse, training is a snap. And touchscreen operation makes this module an ideal option anywhere desk real estate is at a premium. As well as being included with each PPC system, the Shotbox module can be purchased as a standalone, software-only package (NXA1000SBX) to be installed on a customer-supplied PC. The purchase of a full turnkey PPC system is not required if only Shotbox functionality is desired.
Fast Replay module
the following three modules are only available with the purchase of an nX1010PPC, they are not available as separate software-only modules.
package Builder module
The Package Builder module is designed for fast creation and turnaround of simple packages. This module allows the playout operator to quickly select a number of marks from one or more Fast Replay module operators and create a playlist for immediate playback (in-game editing). The Package Builder supports two lists running simultaneously (preview and program). Playlists can be stored in a playlist bank, which allows the operator to jump around from playlist to playlist in a flash. Bank sharing among multiple PPC systems provides further flexibility; for example, one operator can work on packages for players on one team, while another operator creates packages for players on the other team. These packages can then be easily shared. The packages can also be exported as EDLs directly to Velocity ESX, Apple Final Cut Pro, or other NEXIO-connected third-party editors. Full, dynamic slow-motion control can be achieved using an external hardware control panel with a T-Bar. When there is no time for an edit suite, the Package Builder module is the ideal package-building tool.
shot selector module
The Fast Replay module is the perfect tool for creating fast replays, with slow-motion playback, from multiple camera angles in a live-event environment. The module enables monitoring of up to four camera angles (provided via NEXIO record channels), and playback from up to four NEXIO playout channels. With up to four Fast Replay modules able to run simultaneously on a single system, the PPC enables operators to monitor a total of 16 camera angles and control 16 NEXIO playout channels. With Fast Replay, the operator can create marks from one or all of the records and play them back instantly, or add them to a highlight bank for playback later. Since all camera angles are being continuously recorded, its easy to go back and mark a key play for later use even if you miss a play. Virtually the entire workflow can be run from an external control surface (currently DNF), allowing plays to be marked on one or all angles, and slow-motion playback of one or all angles. Highlight banks can be shared among up to four Fast Replay module operators, allowing for a dynamic, collaborative workflow. If one operator missed a play, they can easily grab it from another operator and play it out of their own playback channel. The Fast Replay module can be purchased as a software-only package (NXA1000FRSM) to be installed on a customer-supplied PC to expand replay capabilities to control another four camera angles and four outputs. The software-only version of the Fast Replay module requires that each NEXIO system have a turnkey PPC system (NX1011PPC) present.
The Shot Selector module is designed for live, unscripted playout. Dual or single views of the NEXIO MediaBase clips list allow for quick access to any piece of media. Up to eight server channels can be loaded and played backed via drag/drop within the user interface, or with shortcut keys. Bank storage, along with Fast-Cue technology, allows for quick access and recall of segments from within longer media clips (ideal for growing records of live events). Onthe-fly stacking of a second ID in the queue enables the second clip to play seamlessly the minute the currently playing clip ends. Fully interactive tally status keeps the operator aware of whats happening in the control room, helping to avoid on-air mistakes. NEXIO MediaBase clip list searching and filtering is supported and allows the operator to be in two places at the same time. An optional jog/shuttle knob with T-bar controller has access to all eight server channels.
newsroom script List module
The Newsroom Script List module allows an operator to control four server channels from a single playlist. With four playlists able to run simultaneously, the module allows operators to control a total of 16 NEXIO channels (four channels in each of the four playlists). Configurable colors and grid layout provide a customized operator experience. Because the playlist allows for nonlinear control, the operator is not necessarily tied to the playout order presented by the newsroom system. Status updates indicate which items in the playlist are ready for playout, which items are cued, and most importantly, which items are NOT ready. Full tally support from the production switcher aids in supporting your productions. In addition to standalone operation, the Newsroom Script List module also interfaces with Avid iNews via the iNews monitor application, allowing seamless integration of NEXIO playout channels with the iNews NRCS.
403

images/diagrams
nX1011ppC Rear View and Breakout
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Supported Formats . . . . . . . . . . . Production Playout Center (PPC) has no codec dependencies; it supports any format available to the underlying NEXIO server system; for slow-motion applications, 720p is recommended Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 optically isolated inputs and 16 Reed relay outputs via USB Breakout 16 serial ports 2 x 1 GB Ethernet ports 2 PS/2 ports 2 USB ports 1 RS-232 port Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows 7 32-bit Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMD Multi-core Processor 4 GB ECC RAM Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nVidia Quadro FX 380 Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU rackmount chassis Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 17.2 x 23.5 x 1.7 in. (437 x 597 x 43 mm) Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black Front Panel Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . Power on/off button System reset button UID button LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power status LED Hard drive activity LED 2 Network activity LEDs Universal information (UID) LED System Cooling Fans . . . . . . . . . . 4 X 40 x 56 mm counter-rotating PWM fans Operating Environment (system) . . Operating temperature range: 50 to 95 F (10 to 35 C) Non-operating temperature range: -40 to 158 F (-40 to 70 C) Humidity range: 8% to 90%, non-condensing Non-operating humidity range: 5 to 95%, non-condensing Minimum PC Specifications for Shotbox and Fast Replay Software-only Modules . . . . . . . . . Intel Core2 Duo or AMD Dual-Core processor (2 GHz Dual-Core, 4 MB L2 cache, 800 MHz FSB) 4 GB ECC RAM NVIDIA Quadro FX 380 256MB graphics card 100GB 7200RPM Ultra ATA, SATA or SAS hard drive 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports 2 USB 2.0 ports Microsoft Windows 7 x32 Edition Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W (1 + 1) redundant AC-DC power supply AC Voltage: 100 to 240 V, 60 to 50Hz, 8 to 4 A 5 V standby: 3 A 12 V: 54 A With Power Distributor . . . . . . . . . 5 V: 25 A 3.3 V: 25 A -12 V: 0.6 A Regulatory (Power Supply) . . . . . . Power Supply Safety/EMC USA: UL-Listed, FCC Canada: CUL-Listed CCC Certification EN 60950/IEC 60950-compliant Europe/CE mark Germany: TUV-certified ordering inFormation NX1011PPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Production Playout Center turnkey system with 1 RU computer, Shotbox, Fast Replay, Package Builder, Shot Selector and Newsroom Script List modules NXA1000FRSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Production Playout Center Fast Replay/Slow Motion module (only available with the purchase of an NX1011PPC) NXA1000SBX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Production Playout Center Shotbox module (available with or without the purchase of an NX1011PPC)
404
NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway

Final Cut Pro On-San Editing Appliance
405
Features Integrates Apple Final Cut Pro into the NEXIO shared storage system Allows editing to begin during ingest Eliminates the need to move files via FTP Simplifies media management Allows content playout to air while the timeline is rendering Protects content via RAIDsoft software RAID storage protection
The NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway from Harris is a specialized server used to integrate Apple Final Cut Pro (FCP) nonlinear editing workstations onto the NEXIO shared storage system. It is an advanced solution that simplifies the use of the popular FCP editor in television news and sports environments or any broadcast operation seeking to benefit from the speed and resilience of the bestin-class HD/SD NEXIO server. Communication between the SAN and FCP workstations is facilitated using the Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocol. CIFS enables direct editing on the SAN even during ingest as well as the sharing of media and timelines with all other NEXIO Velocity in-server editors. Specially designed FCP plugins NEXIO Browser, NEXIO Export, NRCS Tool, NEXIO Sync, NEXIO Timeline, and NEXIO InstantOnline are provided to enable content and metadata searches, browse viewing and shot selection, and to provide integration with NEXIO Velocity editors, MOS newsroom computer systems, as well as the InstantOnline III conforming engine.
Product details The NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway facilitates the integration of Apple Final Cut Pro (FCP) nonlinear editing software with the NEXIO server system. It consists of a powerful Harris hardware platform with Harris software (CIFS Server and storage interface), boasting a host of key integration features. Included in the bundle is a suite of plug-in applications (NEXIO Browser, NEXIO Export, NRCS Tool, NEXIO InstantOnline, NEXIO Timeline and NEXIO Sync) for installation on customer-provided Apple FCP workstations. The FCP Integration Gateway allows third-party editing directly on the NEXIO shared storage system. The CIFS protocol facilitates the bridge between the NEXIO shared storage system and Apple computers running FCP. The CIFS Server application from Harris displays a filtered list of supported content on the NEXIO shared storage system and supports direct editing of that content without first copying clips to or from local storage. Edit-in-place support of DV25 / DVCPRO25, DVCPRO50, DVCPRO HD, AVC-Intra, IMX (30/40/50), XDCAM HD (35 Mb), XDCAM HD422 (50 Mb), XDCAM EX, graphics files (BMP, JPG, TGA, TIF, PSD, PNG) and PCM uncompressed audio formats are supported. Enhanced handling for editing clips while being ingested, as well as the ability to connect Windows clients to the FCP Integration Gateway is also provided. Editing in place is enabled by the use of one or more NEXIO FCP Integration Gateways that present the NEXIO content to the FCP editor as though it were simply a network file share. By connecting through the gateway, the NEXIO Browser exposes all compatible MediaBase content as MOV files on the FCP client. NEXIO Browser also exposes standard MediaBase metadata, provides a preview window for quick reviewing of content, allows metadata searches and manipulation, and enables immediate placing of desired content from this window into the FCP bin by linking, not copying. After NEXIO Browser has expedited the placing of content in FCPs bin, the full feature set of FCP is available for generating an edit. Completed edits are turned into new high-resolution IDs by rendering flattened files back onto the NEXIO SAN with the NEXIO Export plug-in. Completed edits can also be sent to a NEXIO InstantOnline III for remote conforming with the NEXIO InstantOnline plug-in for FCP, freeing the editor to move straight to the next task.
Harris plug-ins for FCp: neXiO Browser
Supports DV25/DVCPRO25, DVCPRO50, DVCPRO HD, AVC-Intra, IMX (30/40/50), XDCAM HD (35Mbit), XDCAM HD422 (50Mbit), XDCAM EX, graphics files (BMP, JPG, TGA, TIF, PSD, PNG), PCM uncompressed audio
NEXIO Browser displays all available NEXIO metadata fields, with the ability to pick which fields are displayed. Metadata can be searched using simple text-based searches, as well as manipulated based on user privileges. It also includes a built-in QuickTime viewer than allows the user to play the clips and confirm the media contents before importing it into FCPs bin. When importing media from NEXIO Browser into FCPs bin, the user can choose which project bin the clips will be imported into. Multiple clips can be selected at one time. NEXIO Browser also includes an option for the user to copy media from the NEXIO shared storage to the local FCP workstation if so desired.
neXiO export
NEXIO Export is used for outputting the edited timeline sequence from FCP to a single file (with NEXIO metadata) for playback on the NEXIO server system. NEXIO Export will export any FCP sequence back to the NEXIO SAN as a single flattened file. The full toolset of FCP effects can be used in the sequence. NEXIO Export will export sequences that contain NEXIO SAN content, local content or a mix of local and NEXIO SAN media.
nRCs tool
From a window in FCP, users can view rundowns, stories and scripts (text and MOS elements) from the newsroom computer system without the need for PC emulation software. Additionally, the NRCS Tool window supports recording voiceovers at the edit seat. A pop-up window provides timed playout of script text, while the voiceover audio goes directly to the FCP timeline, with audio being stored on the local FCP computer until the final edit is committed to the NEXIO shared storage system.
neXiO instantOnline
NEXIO InstantOnline is used for outputting an edited timeline sequence from FCP as XML (with NEXIO metadata) for remote conforming on the InstantOnline III automatic conforming engine. Exporting the FCP sequence to InstantOnline III frees up the editing workstation so the next job can be started immediately.
neXiO timeline
The NEXIO Browser will allow FCP users to see the NEXIO server systems clip list via a MediaBase application specifically designed for the Apple Mac platform. The NEXIO Browser window supports easy searching, viewing and importing of clips (links only not copying full bandwidth media) from its list into the bin on the FCP user interface.
NEXIO Timeline is a simple plug-in that allows FCP users to import timelines created by Harris Velocity ESX, Velocity XNG and Velocity PRX editors. NEXIO Timeline simplifies the import process by automatically linking the media in the imported timeline to the media that resides on the NEXIO SAN.
neXiO sync
NEXIO Sync is a plug-in that resides in the Apple menu bar while the FCP application is running. NEXIO Sync will notify the user of growing clips (currently being ingested) in their bin and allow the user to update the clips duration within the FCP project.

system Configuration physical Characteristics
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCIe platform 8 GB RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Quad port 4 Gb/s Fiber Channel host bus adapter 6 x 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports VGA monitor interface 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse ports Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Video Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD 525 @ 29.97 f/s, 625 @ 25 f/s HD 1080i @ 29.97 f/s and 25 f/s 720p @ 59.94 f/s and 50 f/s
storage
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 25.75 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 65.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 lbs (8.6 kg)
power
environmental Characteristics
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 16 drives per chassis up to 192 drives per SAN Up to 384 drives per SAN using Intrinsic Mirroring Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quad Port, redundant 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel optical connectivity
RAid Redundancy
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C) Non-operating Temperature . . . . . -40 to 140F (-40 to 60C) Operating Relative Humidity . . . . . 20% to 85% from 23 to 104 F (-5 to 40 C) Non-operating Relative Humidity . . 10% to 80% from -22 to 140 F (-30 to 60 C) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,048 m) @ 77 F (25C)
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Schemes . . . . . . . RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection) ECC (multiple-drive parity, dual-drive failure protection) Support for Intrinsic Mirroring (fully redundant SANs) images/diagrams
neXiO FCp integration gateway Rear View
406

neXiO Browser plug-in for FCp
neXiO nRCs tool plug-in for FCp
neXiO instantOnline plug-in for FCp
ordering inFormation NX1010FCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway
407
neXiO export plug-in for FCp
NEXIO Ingest Control Manager

Ingest Workflow and Device Control System
Broadcast operations are under growing pressure to increase workflow speed and more efficiently handle the increasing volume of content. That pressure translates into one important necessity productivity. With NEXIO Ingest Control Manager, (ICM) Harris delivers an ingest solution for NEXIO storage area networks that achieves broadcasters requirements for workflow speed, capacity and productivity. Providing scheduled recording of line feeds and news services, ICM controls server channels, tape decks, routers and frame synchronizers. Device control is via Ethernet or RS-422. The application includes auto-increment of IDs, which is extremely useful in crash-record situations or when recording periodic events. Loop record, batch digitizing and sub-clipping provide additional operational benefits. ICM v2 adds support for multiple NEXIO server domains, including scheduled protection records on different domains. Fast Cue and Timecode Restripe functions add speed and flexibility to your operational workflow. ICM consists of a hardware device controller and a software client application. The client can run on the device controller or on a networked PC. The system is highly versatile it communicates as a device server via Ethernet to IP-ready hardware (such as NEXIO AMP servers and Harris X75 or X85 synchronizers), and via serial ports to other devices such as routers and VTRs. The following equipment can be controlled and monitored simultaneously from one ICM: Up to 24 NEXIO server channels over LAN Eight serial tape decks (VTRs) via RS-422 protocol 16 Harris X75 or X85 synchronizers Eight routers (up to 1024x1024) With the power of ICM, one operator can manage the ingest of multiple content feeds. Server-centric features include automated or manual recording, looping records, automatic switching, subclip creation, trims, audio input and output control, clip renaming and crash recording for fast-breaking news stories. The ability to simplify complex tasks, such as simultaneously controlling eight batch-digitizing sessions from tape, underscores the ICM solutions power to efficiently streamline a broadcast stations workflow.
Features Allows a single operator to control up to 24 NEXIO server channels over four separate domains Simplifies resource management and scheduling Enables fast and efficient ingest from tape Automates daily, weekly and monthly feeds Offers powerful program segmentation tools Manages multistation ingest requirements Includes external controller support with user-definable keys Supports full system control via remote client software
408
NEXIO Ingest Control Manager

Ingest Workflow and Device Control System
Product details
eventBase power program segmentation
One of the major advantages of ICM is its ability to automate the ingest of content from many sources, without human intervention. Using NEXIO EventBase, automated events of varying requirements (and varying sets of hardware) can be scheduled with ease. EventBase features date-driven 24/7 scheduling, with up to 1,000 events per day locked to station time for efficient, unattended operation. Every automated event can control two server channels, two VTRs, four routers, one alarm, one GPI and two proc amps (synchronizers). Additionally, audio input level controls and proc amp settings are stored within each event to ensure a quality recording every time.
Video proc Amp Control
Long server events, such as full-length programs, often need to be segmented into subclips, allowing each segment to stand alone. These subclips can then be used in the station run logs to simplify the insertion of commercials, or to simplify the editing process. ICM places powerful program segmentation tools at your command, including: Virtual Subclips allows users to quickly review and edit content before creating the actual subclips; also automatically segments clips into preset time intervals for faster editing Hot Keys for Review speeds segmenting with Auto Steps based on time blocks Auto ID Incrementing enables quick crash recording or repeating of an event without overwriting the previous recordings Loop Recording allows automated loop recordings without increasing storage To facilitate multistation ingest requirements, time-zone segmenting is also offered. This powerful feature is designed for organizations with more than one server either locally or in different facilities. A virtual subclip text file can be distributed to other locations, where it is then imported and used to create identical subclips on other servers. ICM also applies offsets as needed, when the servers reside in different time zones.
ICM ensures the quality of ingested content by taking full advantage of the powerful features of Harris synchronizers. In addition to automated control of up to 17 parameters, ICM provides full control of 16 X75 or X85 synchronizers. This means that virtually every function that can be performed on the synchronizers front panel can also be performed from the ICM user interface with an identical front-panel view for operator familiarity. To guarantee repeatability, unlimited user settings can be saved.

system Configuration . . . . . Intel P4 3.4 GHz CPU
PCI-X platform Dual mirrored 2.5-in boot drives 16 RS-422 serial ports (9-pin, D-sub, female via 2 breakout panels) 2 x 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse Windows XP Professional x64 Edition NEXIO Ingest Control Manager software application
1RU (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 26.5 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 67.3 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 lbs (12.3 kg)
power
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 100 to 120, 200 to 240 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60/50 Hz, 8/5 A Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 W
device Control
NEXIO Server Channel Control . . . Up to 24 channels total in up to 4 domains Serial Controlled Devices . . . . . . . Up to 16 devices, including VTRs and router controllers Frame Synchronizers . . . . . . . . . . Up to 16 devices, including the X75 or X85, controlled via Ethernet connection
ordering inFormation NX1000ICM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ingest Control Manager includes 1 device controller and 1-seat local client license NXA1000ICM-CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Client license for remote control of ICM server NXEC400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External controller
409
NEXIO InstantOnline III

High-Resolution Conforming Engine
Features Creates broadcast-ready video clips from EDLs faster than real time Conforms projects and timelines from Harris Velocity editing systems, Apple Final Cut Pro sequences and an array of multi-media files Creates simultaneous Global Proxy low-resolution file during output of a high-resolution clip Makes clips available for playback as soon as conforming begins Supports voiceovers recorded at the users desktop Supports prioritization of EDLs waiting to be conformed Integrates directly with Velocity PRX proxy editors Integrates optionally with Velocity ESX, Velocity XNG and Final Cut Pro Integrates optionally with Invenio Motion for advanced multi-site workflows Supports all transitions, effects, and audio controls from Velocity PRX, Velocity ESX and Velocity XNG Supports basic wipes, dissolves and multi-track audio with levels, fades, and panning from Final Cut Pro Supports all file formats of NEXIO servers and Velocity editors Accepts a multitude of media file types for direct importation via watch folder Supports multiple InstantOnline servers running simultaneously in a single NEXIO domain Allows the management of all InstantOnline applications from one user interface Supports 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel interface connection to shared storage
NEXIO InstantOnline III (IOL) is an automatic conforming engine that enables edit decision lists (EDLs), projects and timelines from Harris Velocity editing systems, Apple Final Cut Pro sequences and media files to be conformed into high-resolution clips. This content is stored on the NEXIO shared storage system and is immediately available for play to air as soon as the conform process begins enabling a highly efficient workflow and the creation of broadcast-ready content from EDLs faster than real time. InstantOnline III is a third-generation specialty server commonly used with the NEXIO Global Proxy low-resolution system. Tight integration between InstantOnline and Velocity PRX proxy editors allows for direct timeline conforming and proxy creation at the push of a button. Voiceovers, timelines and EDLs created on the proxy editors are seamlessly conformed to high-resolution clips and are immediately ready for playback. With InstantOnline, proxy editor users also gain a real-time monitor showing current status of all timelines and voiceovers being conformed. Extremely versatile, InstantOnline can conform EDLs into clips containing both metadata and essence from any low-resolution browser that adopts the Harris EDL standard. It can also directly conform high-resolution timelines and projects from Velocity ESX on-SAN editors as well as from Final Cut Pro workstations (when used in conjunction with the NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway). This ability eliminates the need to process the final output from the editing workstation, allowing the editor to move quickly to the next time-critical project. In addition to conforming, InstantOnline provides a quick and efficient method for importing content onto the NEXIO SAN. Media copied to an InstantOnline watch folder are automatically imported directly to the SAN, where they can be edited or instantly sent to air. The system accepts a multitude of file types from third-party applications and devices.
Product details
LLm instantOnline settings
NEXIO LLM software manages real-time transactions, status updates and RAIDsoft, the patented and award-winning Harris software RAID and disk storage management system.
instantOnline Client
InstantOnline III features an interface for manipulating the final conforming settings of all projects and files sent to it. This includes aspect ratio handling, target output format, output ID type, simultaneous proxy creation and multiformat output configuration.
shared Watch Folder
InstantOnline III features a client application that connects and communicates with the InstantOnline server to monitor and manage EDLs, media files and timeline processing. The client is used to monitor status and error codes, and manually rearrange processing queues based on job priority. The real-time status window constantly displays all timelines and voiceovers being conformed and names of files being processed, along with duration updates.
A shared folder can be made available for easy drag and drop of compliant EDL and media files. The folder is constantly watched by the InstantOnline software as it waits for a new job to process. Accepted media files can exist in a variety of different formats including: .lxf, .avi, .m2t, .mpg, .mpeg, .mp4, .vob, .wmv, .3gp, .3g2, .swf, .mov, .mxf, .dps, .dva, .ltv, .lta, .wav, .aif, .aiff, .mp3, .dpt, .icg, .scribe, .bmp, .tif, .dib, .pcd, .wpg, .psd, .tga, .jpg, and .png NEXIO native formats (.lxf) are imported natively while all others are transcoded using preset format. Once the media has been imported into the SAN, it is available to all other users.
410
The client also appears as a tab within Velocity PRX and optionally in the Velocity ESX and XNG applications, allowing the conforming progress to be monitored. It can also be installed on any remote PC, provided that the workstation maintains an Ethernet connection to the InstantOnline server. This capability allows InstantOnline to be managed from any networked computer using a valid user name and password. Functionality is the same for local and remote clients.
NEXIO InstantOnline III

High-Resolution Conforming Engine
multiformat Output
InstantOnline III simplifies and accelerates the output of multiformat material such as Quicktime, Windows Media, Real Media, AVI, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264, Flash, 3GP/3G2 and iPod/iPhone. Configured presets allow creation of multiple formats upon output of the ID with a single button click.
global proxy Output
When used in conjunction with a NEXIO Global Proxy system, InstantOnline creates a proxy file simultaneous with the output of edit (single clip) or media ID (NEXIO reference file) clips. This allows instant access to the proxy file without burdening the Global Proxy Transcoder server.
Instant Online III can be optionally integrated with Invenio Motion to facilitate advanced multi-site workflows. Global Proxy content from multiple locations used by Velocity editors can be retrieved and transferred to the local NEXIO SAN by Invenio Motion. High-resolution versions of content referenced in a low-resolution proxy edit are the transferred by Invenio Motion to enable conforming and output by InstantOnline. The Invenio Motion media transfer progress is monitored in the InstantOnline clients Deferred Queue status tab.
native 64-bit Application
InstantOnline uses hardware profile calibration to optimize the software based on the current system configuration. Internally, the software is a native 64-bit application, which gives optimized performance, faster renders and additional stability.

system Configuration physical Characteristics
Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron 64-bit processors PCI-e platform 16 GB ECC RAM Dual mirrored SATA boot drives Dual-channel 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel host bus adapter 4 x 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports Dual-head DVI-I/D monitor interface 5 USB 2.0 ports (1 front, 4 rear) 1 FireWire (IEEE 1394) port (front-mounted) Windows XP Professional x64 Edition
RAid Redundancy
3RU (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 19 x 28 in. (13.4 x 48.3 x 71.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 lbs (27.3 kg)
power
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual hot-swappable, dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115 to 120 V, 120 to 200 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60/50 Hz Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 W
ordering inFormation NX3000IOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . InstantOnline III conforming engine
411
invenio motion integration
NEXIO Media Gateway Server

IT Expansion Module
Features Supports up to 2800 Mb/s file transfer Offers bandwidth throttle management to control data throughput level Supports up to 15 simultaneous transfers per NEXIO Media Gateway Supports multiple Media Gateways per NEXIO SAN limited only by NEXIO SAN bandwidth Supports 192 drives (384 drives if used in an Intrinsic Mirroring configuration) Runs NEXIO RAIDsoft software RAID controller Supports Intrinsic Mirroring storage protection
The NEXIO Media Gateway server is a 1RU appliance for high-performance file transfer to and from the NEXIO shared storage system. Up to 2,800 Mb/s of file transfer bandwidth is available per media gateway using standard Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. This enables large amounts of data to be transferred and removes bottlenecks in high-throughput workflows, such as migration of media from the server to near-line storage and to archive systems.
Product details As with other members of the NEXIO family, the Media Gateway Server supports NEXIO SANs with hundreds of drives, enabling customers to build large storage systems now or expand in the future. Storage is connected via Fibre Channel to the media gateway, while file transfers take place via Gigabit Ethernet. Multiple media gateways are supported, enabling a SAN to support many thousands of Gigabits of throughput across multiple devices. Each media gateway can support up to 15 simultaneous transfers, allowing flexible usage of the available bandwidth. Reliability is a high priority in any NEXIO system. NEXIO Media Gateway redundancy features include hot-swappable power supplies and removable, redundant boot drives. The four-port, 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel adapter supports redundant connectivity to the NEXIO SAN. Two Gigabit Ethernet ports support redundant Ethernet for the NEXIO network, and four Gigabit Ethernet ports provide file transfer paths in and out of the NEXIO server system. The Media Gateway server comes standard with NEXIO LLM software and the Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID controller. As with all other NEXIO devices running RAIDsoft, the media gateway provides a real-time system for data I/O and also acts as a software RAID controller, increasing performance of drive rebuilds and other RAID operations.

Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron quad-core processors PCI Express platform 8 GB RAM Dual mirrored, removable 2.5-in. boot drives Quad-port 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel host bus adapter Six 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse Windows XP Professional x64 Edition NEXIO LLM software
storage
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Schemes . . . . . . . RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection) ECC (multiple-drive parity, dual-drive failure protection) Intrinsic Mirroring
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 25.75 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 65.7 cm) With Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 26.5 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 67.6 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 lbs (8.6 kg)
power
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quad-port, redundant 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel optical
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115 to 120 V, 200 to 240 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60/50 Hz Typical Consumption . . . . . . . . . . 204 W @ 240 V, 221 W @ 120 V
images/diagrams
Rear panel
412
ordering inFormation NX1010MGX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Media gateway server for NEXIO I/O nodes
NEXIO Media Host Server

I/O Expansion Appliance
413
Features Supports 192 drives (384 drives if used in an Intrinsic Mirroring configuration) Allows more than 400 channels to connect to a single SAN Optimizes SAN bandwidth and extends access to shared storage Provides N+1 redundancy for seamless operation in case of Media Host failover Runs NEXIO RAIDsoft software RAID controller Supports Intrinsic Mirroring storage protection
The NEXIO Media Host Server is a high-performance 1RU appliance for connecting NEXIO I/O clients via Ethernet to a NEXIO shared storage SAN system. The media host architecture bridges the NEXIO Fibre Channel storage protocol for media essence transfer so that it can run over Gigabit Ethernet. As a result, the only limiting factor to the number of servers and editors that can connect to the NEXIO SAN is available storage bandwidth.
Product details The Media Host Server supports NEXIO SANs with hundreds of drives, enabling customers to build large storage systems now, or expand in the future. It is available as a method to increase the channel count of existing NEXIO servers systems deployed in the field. In a NEXIO SAN with a Media Host configuration, storage is connected via Fibre Channel to the Media Host Servers, while the I/O nodes such as the NEXIO AMP advanced media platform need only connect to Ethernet. These I/O nodes send and receive their data through the Media Host Servers an approach that allows more than 400 SD channels to attach to a single domain. The Media Host architecture uses two or more Media Host servers and features N+1 redundancy for seamless operation, providing a no-single-point-of-failure solution. Data and protocol information are automatically rerouted though the available Media Host servers in the event that one goes offline. Additional redundancy features include hot-swappable power supplies and removable redundant boot drives. The four-port, 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel adapter supports redundant connectivity to the NEXIO SAN. Six Gigabit Ethernet ports support redundant Ethernet for the NEXIO network and media essence data to connecting NEXIO I/O nodes. The Media Host Server comes standard with NEXIO LLM software and the Emmy award-winning RAIDsoft software RAID controller. As with all other NEXIO devices running RAIDsoft, it provides a real-time system for data I/O and also acts as a software RAID controller, increasing performance of drive rebuilds and other RAID operations.

Mainframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AMD Opteron quad-core processors PCI Express platform 8 GB RAM Dual mirrored, removable 2.5-in. boot drives Quad-port 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel host bus adapter 6 X 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports 4 USB 2.0 ports (2 front, 2 rear) PS/2 keyboard and mouse Windows XP Professional x64 Edition NEXIO LLM software
storage
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAIDsoft software RAID management system RAID Protection Schemes . . . . . . . RAID 3 (single-drive parity, single-drive failure protection) ECC (multiple-drive parity, dual-drive failure protection) Intrinsic Mirroring
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 25.75 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 65.7 cm) With Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 26.5 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 67.6 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 lbs (8.6 kg)
power
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quad-port, redundant 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel optical
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual load-sharing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 115 to 120 V, 200 to 240 V, auto-select Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60/50 Hz Typical Consumption . . . . . . . . . . 204 W @ 240 V, 221 W @ 120 V
NEXIO Media Host Server

I/O Expansion Appliance
images/diagrams
Block diagram
NEXIO I/O Nodes
Redundant Ethernet
Gigabit Ethernet Switch #1
Gigabit Ethernet Switch #2
Media Host Redundant Fiber Channel Shared Storage

Rear panel
ordering inFormation NX1010MIOH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Media host server for NEXIO I/O nodes
414
NEXIO Farad
High-Performance Storage
seRVeRs // sTOrAge sOLuTiOns
415
Harris introduces NEXIO Farad, a high-performance online storage system ideal for large-scale ingest, editing and playout for production, sports, news and liveevent applications. Customers in todays production environments face escalating storage and bandwidth requirements due to higher data rate codecs, more channels, more concurrent editing seats, additional camera feeds, 3 Gb/s and the overall volume of content. To address these challenges, NEXIO Farad delivers the highest levels of bandwidth and storage capacity to support even the most demanding multiplatform media delivery workflows. NEXIO Farad is designed for customers requiring more than 10,000 Mb/s bandwidth and more than 58 TB storage capacity. NEXIO Farad makes building a storage system that meets individual needs simple, thanks to its scalable architecture, which allows bandwidth and capacity to be accommodated independently of each other. Customers can achieve the system design they need, without compromising on performance, channel count, file-based I/O or their preference of compression technology.
Compatibility with NEXIO AMP and NEXIO Volt servers, Velocity editors, Apple Final Cut Pro and an extensive range of media appliances are all assured for best-in-class performance. The system is equipped with inherent RAID-601 storage protection to maintain system performance and resilience, and provide complete redundancy and backup without degrading system performance. Coupled with unattended, fully automatic drive rebuilds and a system monitoring and notifications system, NEXIO Farad represents the state of the art for high-performance, online, true shared storage.
NEXIO NXS3100 Series

SBOD Storage Arrays
Features Up to 9135 Mb/s of bandwidth per SAN (up to 16,000 Mb/s using Intrinsic Mirroring with dual SANs) 4 Gb/s (using 15,000-RPM drives) Fibre Channel High drive-packing density (16 drives in 3RU) Dual power supplies with power factor correction and auto-ranging Drive cooling provided by four centrifugal fans Fits in standard 19-in. rack Operator panel with enclosure ID selection, status indicators and configuration switches Fault indicators and audible alarm for power, cooling, system faults, loop speed and hub configuration Power supplies, Fibre Channel controllers and drives are hot-swappable for maximum availability FCC class A, UL, cUL and CE marks
The NEXIO NXS3100 series of storage arrays add a high-performance switched bunch of drives (SBOD) storage system option to the NEXIO storage area network (SAN). NEXIO SBOD storage systems support 15,000-RPM drives for 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel performance translating to as much as 16,000 Mb/s of bandwidth per single NEXIO storage domain. The NXS3100 series features a 3RU chassis with eight 4 Gb/s-capable Fibre Channel ports on the rear, and supports the NEXIO Direct Connect (up to eight nodes), switched Fibre Channel (up to 13 nodes) and media host (up to 100+ nodes) SAN architectures. The NXS3100 chassis will accommodate up to 16 15,000-RPM Fibre Channel drives. It is offered in eight- and 16-drive configurations, with a choice of 300 or 600 GB drives. Two hot-swappable power supplies are included.

general information physical Characteristics
External Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2/4 Gb/s FC-AL external ports Total Capacity per Unit . . . . . . . . . 2,400 TB (8x 300 GB drives), 4,800 TB (16x 300 GB drives) 4,800 TB (8x 600 GB drives), 9,600 TB (16x 600 GB drives) Expansion Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 enclosures (192 drives maximum) Intrinsic Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double maximum enclosure counts in two linked, mirrored SANs
disk drives
3RU Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . 5.12 x 19 x 21.7 in. (130 x 482.6 x 551 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77.6 lbs (35 Kg)
Altitude, power and temperatures
Disk Drives Supported (4 Gb/s) . . . 300 and 600 GB at 15,000 RPM Interface Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fibre Channel Max Drives per Enclosure . . . . . . . 16 hot-swappable Fibre Channel drives with pointto-point connections (per enclosure)
Configuration maximum number of drive Arrays
Operational Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 6,994 ft (2,133 m) Non-Operational Altitude. . . . . . . . -1,001 to 40,000 ft (-305 to 12,192 m) Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 to 240 VAC or -48 VDC Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 to 62 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 450 W Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 104 F (5 to 40 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% to 80%
shock and Vibration
Direct Connect Model . . . . . . . . . . 6 Switched Fibre Channel Architecture . 6 Media Host Architecture . . . . . . . . 12
maximum number of nodes
Operational Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 g 10 ms 1/2 sine Operational Vibration . . . . . . . . . . Random 0.21 g 5 to 500 Hz Non-Operational Shock . . . . . . . . 30 g 10 ms 1/2 Sine Non-Operational Vibration . . . . . . . Random 1.04 g 2 to 200 Hz Relocation Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . Swept sine 0.3 g 2 to 200 Hz Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sound power operating: <6.0 LwA @ 68 F (20 C)
Approvals
Direct Connect Model . . . . . . . . . . 8 Switched Fibre Channel Architecture . 13 Media Host Architecture . . . . . . . . 100+
416
system Availability
UL and cUL listed; tested to UL/IE/EN 60950; certified body certificate and report to IEC60950 CE marked to the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336/EEC; FCC Class A; EMC: EN55022/EN61000-3-2; EN61000-3-3
Warranty information
Hot-Swappable Components. . . . . PSU/cooling modules Disk drives I/O modules and controllers
1-year for enclosures with drives; standard Harris NEXIO server warranty terms and conditions apply
NEXIO NXS3100 Series

SBOD Storage Arrays
ordering inFormation NXS3108C15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO SBOD shared storage chassis 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel switched fabric disk array with 8 x 300 GB, 15,000-RPM, 4 Gb/s interface disk drives, includes dual hot-swappable power supplies and dual redundant Fibre Channel controllers NXS3116C15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO SBOD shared storage chassis 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel switched fabric disk array with 16 x 300 GB, 15,000-RPM, 4 Gb/s interface disk drives; includes dual hot-swappable power supplies and dual redundant Fibre Channel controllers NXS3108E15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO SBOD shared storage chassis 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel switched fabric disk array with 8 x 6 TB, 15,000-RPM, 4 Gb/s interface disk drives; includes dual hot-swappable power supplies and dual redundant Fibre Channel controllers NXS3116E15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO SBOD shared storage chassis 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel switched fabric disk array with 16 x 600 GB, 15,000-RPM, 4 Gb/s interface disk drives; includes dual hot-swappable power supplies and dual redundant fibre channel controllers NXS3108F300-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade kit to add 8 x 300 GB, 15,000-RPM disk drives to the NXS3108C15 or NXS3108B15 NXS3108F600-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade kit to add 8 x 600 GB, 15,000-RPM disk drives to the NXS3108C15 or NXS3108D15 NXS3100SCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare NXS3100 series SBOD chassis, includes operator control panel assembly; does not include power supplies or fibre channel controllers (LRCs) NXS3100SPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO NXS3100 series spare power supply module NXS3100SFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO NXS3100 series spare 4 Gb/s SBOD LRC controller module NXS3100SD300-15 . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO NXS3100 series spare 300 GB, 15,000RPM, 4 Gb/s disk drive with carrier NXS3100SD600-15 . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO NXS3100 series spare 600 GB, 15,000RPM, 4 Gb/s disk drive with carrier
417
NEXIO Intrinsic Mirroring

SAN Protection System
Features Simultaneously mirrors content during ingest to two identical SANs Supports baseband, file-based and edited content Enhances system performance and content protection Provides on-the-fly content management issue resolution during and after failures Does not impact I/O port count Does not affect standard system bandwidth Requires no additional automation device control Requires no additional system bandwidth
NEXIO Intrinsic Mirroring is the latest advance in storage protection for NEXIO storage area network (SAN) systems. It builds on the powerful RAIDsoft software RAID controller to mirror all content onto two identical SANs simultaneously during the ingest process, creating a more redundant and resilient storage system. Intrinsic Mirroring is not just a simple mirroring technology. Each SAN maintains its own RAID protection either ECC parity, which supports two drive failures anywhere in a volume; or RAID 3, which supports a single-drive failure per volume in addition to mirroring content. All ingesting content is supported, including baseband video, files imported via FTP and NLE-rendered material. The mirror process is managed entirely by the domain itself, making it transparent to automation systems. In NEXIO systems protected by Intrinsic Mirroring, I/O nodes are connected via Fibre Channel or Gigabit Ethernet to each of the two mirrored SANs. These connections are entirely independent of each other, allowing data to still flow through one pathway if there is an interruption on the other. As a result, the softwarebased Intrinsic Mirroring technology allows customers to build highly resilient storage systems without the need to manually replicate their I/O or wait for background file transfers or content replication to take place to keep two SANs in sync. As with standard RAIDsoft-protected, single-SAN systems, rebuilds take place as a background task and do not cause the system to run in a degraded or partially operational state. Rebuild times are minimized, as only this missing data needs to be rebuilt. NEXIO SANs running Intrinsic Mirroring take low-level control of 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel ports in each node, and manage them so that problems or interruptions in data communications do not cause on-air disruptions. There is no local caching or background transfer operation that takes place. A system can lose an entire volume or even a whole SAN plus up to two drives per volume on the available SAN without any disruption. Best of all, because RAIDsoft maintains RAID protection on each SAN as well as mirroring, a SAN failure does not leave the system vulnerable to additional drive failures adding peace of mind for users. No additional hardware is required to build a system protected by Intrinsic Mirroring only additional storage and Intrinsic Mirroring software licenses.
Data Member
Reading data
Product details
How intrinsic mirroring Works
Intrinsic Mirroring adds mirrored writes as an extra level of protection to RAIDsoft ECC or RAID 3 parity. NEXIO nodes employing Intrinsic Mirroring maintain two independent frame allocation tables (FATs) in their system RAM one unique instance for each SAN. In addition, the FAT for each SAN is striped across all storage drives on the SAN, further contributing to system resiliency.
LLM
Data Member
Writing mirror data
Baseband and File Playout
Parity Member
All data that enters the server passes through the NEXIO Low Level Module (LLM), whether it is baseband video, edited content or a file. The LLM writes the data simultaneously to each SAN at the block level, which guarantees a mirror of the data at all times. During ingest, the I/O node also updates the FAT on each SAN, and in RAM on each NEXIO node in the system. If a write error occurs, the FAT for the affected SAN is marked and ingest continues on the operational SAN without interruption.
LLM
Baseband and File Ingest
Parity Member
Data is read first from alternating SANs based on the server node number (odd numbered nodes from data member SAN; even numbered nodes from the parity member SAN) through the LLM for baseband, editing or file output. The LLM validates the data integrity during the read process, applying mirroring parity checks as needed. If the initial read fails for any reason, the data is then read from the other SAN through the LLM. There is no disturbance to playout. If both SANs contain good data, the load is balanced between the two SANs. Unrecorded or faulty sectors are noted and will not be used in subsequent read operations until the error is corrected as part of a rebuild cycle.
418
NEXIO Intrinsic Mirroring

SAN Protection System
Recovering From Failures
If a connection, one or more drives, or an entire SAN fails, no disruption occurs on air. Once the failure is resolved, drive rebuilds can begin, as needed. Since rebuilds take place as a background task, I/O operations can continue uninterrupted and with no impact to system performance. Probe commands are sent periodically to determine when Intrinsic Mirroring is working again, and normal mirroring operations resume automatically. No manual process is needed to select the correct data copy because the most recent copy is always the one available. Each data cluster on disk is time-stamped. If a drive, volume or entire SAN is offline for a period of time and later becomes available, the system knows to use the data clusters with the most up-to-date time stamp and then correct content, if necessary.
neXiO servers supported
NXA1000IM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Intrinsic Mirroring software license for 1 Fibre Channel-connected data or video I/O node note: Intrinsic Mirroring requires 2 SANs with the same storage hardware
NEXIO AMP NEXIO XS NEXIO Media Gateway Servers NEXIO Media Host Servers NEXIO PRX Transcoder NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway Velocity ESX Velocity XNG
419
NEXIO NXIQ Series

Near-Line/Archive Clustered Storage

Features Distributed file system creates a single, shared global namespace System can scale from 3.6 TB to 3.45 PB in a single file system Unmatched aggregate throughput from a single file system with up to 36 GB/s TrueScale enables linear and independent scaling of both capacity and performance Support for InfiniBand for intracluster communication Powerful, easy-to-use web-based management 60-second scaling of both capacity and performance Industry-standard protocol support (NFS, CIFS, HTTP, FTP, NDMP, SNMP, LDAP, ADS, NIS) Scale and aggregate bandwidth with NXIQ 10GigE accelerator; deliver dedicated streaming tape backup bandwidth with NXIQ backup accelerator Full support for full suite of data protection/management software applications, including: Isilon EX 6000, EX 9000 and EX 12000 high-capacity clustered storage extension nodes Isilon IQ backup accelerator Isilon IQ NL-Series storage system Isilon IQ X-Series storage system Isilon SyncIQ replication software SmartConnect optimizing scale-out NAS performance and availability SmartQuotas quota management and thin provisioning SnapshotIQ simple, scalable and flexible protection for scale-out NAS
The NEXIO NXIQ clustered storage series addresses the full spectrum of storage needs in the most demanding television production and broadcast environments. A product of the OEM relationship between Harris and Isilon Systems, the leader in clustered storage, NXIQ is a family of enterprise-class, near-line/ archive storage solutions that combine an intelligent, distributed file system with modular, industry-standard hardware to deliver unmatched simplicity, resiliency and scalability. Harris adds value by providing product commissioning and support, allowing customers to purchase these industry-leading products under the Harris ONE umbrella.

The NXIQ product family scales from three to 96 nodes, and from 4 TB to 5 PB in a single file system, while delivering up to 36 GB/s of total aggregate throughput. With their clustered network architecture, ease of use, self-healing and highly redundant operations, NXIQ products extend the reliability of the NEXIO platform by adding an optional high-performance, high-capacity near-line storage tier. NXIQ near-line storage is ideal for integrated broadcast television editing, news, postproduction or transmission environments working with both SD and HD content. The NEXIO NXIQ X-Series near-line clustered storage series addresses a full spectrum of storage needs in the most demanding television production and broadcast environments. The X-Series family of enterprise-class solutions provides improved performance and serviceability characteristics by combining an intelligent, distributed file system with modular, industry-standard hardware to deliver unmatched simplicity and scalability. X-Series products can also serve as a single sharedstorage pool and scratch-disk space for Apple Final Cut Pro ingest, edit and playback workflows, including uncompressed HD formats. The NEXIO NXIQ NL-Series provides a simple, economical and scalable solution for large disk archives. Customers can choose a disk archive system that, at less than $2/GB for a system thats easy to install, maintain and access data, will make them think twice before deploying a traditional tape archive.
420
NEXIO NXIQ Series

Near-Line/Archive Clustered Storage

421
NXIQ1920NLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 TB X-Series storage cluster bundle NXIQ3000NLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 TB X-Series storage cluster bundle NXIQ6000NLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18TB X-Series storage cluster bundle NXIQ9000NLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 TB X-Series storage cluster bundle NXIQ12000NLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 TB X-Series storage cluster bundle NXIQ36000NLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 TB X-Series storage cluster bundle NXIQ36NLNLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 TB NL-Series storage cluster bundle NXIQ1920PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.92 TB X-Series storage node package NXIQ3000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TB X-Series storage node package NXIQ6000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 TB X-Series storage node package NXIQ9000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 TB X-Series storage node package NXIQ12000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 TB X-Series storage node package NXIQ36000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 TB X-Series storage node package NXIQ36NLPKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 TB NL-Series storage node package NXIQAccelPKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X-Series accelerator node package NXIQAccel10GPKG . . . . . . . . . . . . X-Series 10GigE accelerator node package NXIQBkAccPKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X-Series backup accelerator node package
storage expansion nodes
system Commissioning
NXIQ-QS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-day QuickStart per NXIQ unit (includes T&E) NXIQ-QSNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-day QuickStart per NXIQ unit (excludes T&E)
post-Warranty support packages
NXIQEX6000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 TB X-Series storage expansion node package NXIQEX9000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 TB X-Series storage expansion node package NXIQEX12000PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 TB X-Series storage expansion node package
Optional software
NXIQSnapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SnapshotIQ single-node license NXIQSmartCon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SmartConnect single-node license NXIQSmartQuotas . . . . . . . . . . . . SmartQuotas single-node license NXIQSync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SyncIQ single-node license NXIQSyncTemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SyncIQ temporary one-time license NXIQAppPak1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single node license: SnapshotIQ and SmartConnect NXIQAppPak2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single node license: SnapshotIQ and SyncIQ NXIQAppPak3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single node license: SmartConnect and SyncIQ NXIQAppPak6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node license: SnapshotIQ, SmartConnect and SyncIQ NXIQAppPak7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node license: SnapshotIQ, SmartCon and SmartQuotas NXIQAppPak9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single node license: SnapshotIQ and SmartQuotas NXIQAppPak10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . License: SnapshotIQ, SmartCon, SmartQuotas, SyncIQ
Accessories and spare parts Kits
NXIQ19NLS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ1920NLS NXIQ3NLS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ3000NLS NXIQ6NLS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ6000NLS NXIQ9NLS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ9000NLS NXIQ12NLS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ12000NLS NXIQ36NLS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ36000NLS NXIQ36NNLS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ36NLNLS NXIQ19PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ1920PKG NXIQ3PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ3000PKG NXIQ6PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ6000PKG NXIQ9PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ9000PKG NXIQ12PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ9000PKG NXIQ36PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ36000PKG NXIQ36NLPK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQ36NLPKG NXIQAcclPK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQAccelPKG NXIQAc10PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQAccel10GPKG NXIQBkAcPK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQBkupAccPKG NXIQEX6PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQEX6000PKG NXIQEX9PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQEX9000PKG NXIQEX12PK-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQEX12000PKG NXIQSnapsht-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQSnapshot NXIQSmrtCon-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQSmartCon NXIQSQuotas-SWS. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQSmartQuotas NXIQSync-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQSync NXIQApPk1-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQApp1 NXIQApPk2-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQApp2 NXIQApPk3-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQApp3 NXIQApPk6-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQApp6 NXIQApPk7-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQApp7 NXIQApPk9-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQApp9 NXIQApPk10-SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year SWS for NXIQApp10 NXIQSwIB8-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQSwitchIB8 NXIQSwIB24-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold PAK for NXIQSwitchIB24
NXIQSwitchIB8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flextronics Infiniband 8-port switch NXIQSwitchIB24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flextronics Infiniband 24-port switch NXIQIBCbl3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infiniband 10 ft (3 m) cable NXIQIBCbl5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infiniband 16 ft (5 m) cable NXIQSpare160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard spares kit for NXIQ1920 platform NXIQSpare250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard spares kit for NXIQ3000 platform NXIQSpare500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard spares kit for NXIQ6000 platform NXIQSpare750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard spares kit for NXIQ9000 platform NXIQSpare1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spares kit for NXIQ12000, NXIQ36000 and NXIQ36NL
NEXIO AMP ChannelView

Integrated Multiviewer I/O Monitoring
seRVeRs // neXiO AMp MeDiA AppLiCATiOns
Features Multiple preconfigured layouts Display of both input and playout channels Real-time channel display with no delay Onscreen control Overlapping PiPs Clocks Audio meters and phase Built-in backgrounds Support for flat screens, cubes, projectors Configuration and management using the CENTRIO Layout Designer software application
NEXIO AMP ChannelView is an optional media application for the NEXIO AMP advanced media platform. It integrates software-based multiviewer I/O monitoring directly into the NEXIO AMP server, allowing users to easily and cost-effectively monitor the servers input and output ports on an attached VGA monitor. No additional hardware is required. NEXIO AMP ChannelView combines technology developed for the Harris CENTRIO multiviewer with the powerful NEXIO AMP video processing platform to deliver a complete view of up to six channels. Setup is as simple as connecting a VGA monitor to the second DVI port on the rear of a NEXIO AMP server. Broadcast engineers and operators can extend their view to the entire facility by using a KVM switch to monitor multiple servers.
Product details When using NEXIO AMP ChannelView, the same video buffers that are playing to air on NEXIO AMP are streamed out to the ChannelView display. As a result, the typical multiframe latency of multiviewers relative to the on-air video is almost nonexistent. Different layouts, which include both input and playout channels, can be selected from the NEXIO AMP ChannelView display using the applications built-in menus. Display modes include a full-screen version of any selected PiP. A custom channel label and up to 16 channels of audio can be overlaid on each PiP.
Layout Control
NEXIO AMP ChannelView comes standard with preconfigured layouts that correspond to the different channel configurations available with NEXIO AMP. CENTRIO Layout Designer is used to create custom layouts by arranging the PiPs on a screen, editing PiP labels and setting the desired screen resolution. Users can switch between layouts with a mouse-click. Award-winning Harris Inscriber graphics are built right into Layout Designer, allowing the creation of high-impact visual presentations for each layout. Sharp, striking graphic elements can be added to any layout to help create a more effective, efficient control environment. Layout Designer operates on a separate PC. A single workstation running Layout Designer can be used to manage multiple NEXIO AMP servers running ChannelView, thereby centralizing all administration functions.
422
NEXIO AMP ChannelView

Integrated Multiviewer I/O Monitoring
images/diagrams
CentRiO Layout designer
media Application package Software CD
Software license key for 1 NEXIO AMP server Quick start guide 1-year Harris software maintenance agreement
system Compatibility
Servers Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP NX3601HDX generation 2 server NEXIO AMP NX3601HDI generation 2 server NEXIO AMP NX3601HDX generation 1 server with quad-core CPUs NEXIO AMP NX3601HDI generation 1 server with quad-core CPUs
Configurations supported
SD Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All channel configurations HD and HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 play-only channels 4 play-only channels 1 ingest-only + 2 play-only channels 1 bidirectional + 1 play-only channel 1 bidirectional + 1 play-only + 1 proxy channel 2 bidirectional channels ordering inFormation NXA1000CVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP ChannelView multiviewer media application for the NEXIO AMP advanced media platform
423
NEXIO Remote
Monitoring and Control Software

Features Many of the same features, including optional applications, as NXOS Assign, remove, rename and connect to channels on any NEXIO server in the system Control up to two channels on an NEXIO NX4200 server Control up to four channels on an NEXIO Volt and NX4000 server Control up to six channels on NEXIO XS and NEXIO AMP Full control of basic ingest and playout, NEXIO MediaBase and optional NEXIO user applications such as Playlist, ClipSync and Delay* Control any NEXIO server within a single domain *VTR ingest control not supported
NEXIO Remote is used to monitor and control channels on one or more NEXIO servers over a local area network (LAN). NEXIO Remote has many of the same features and the same user interface as NXOS, the standard user interface, provided with NEXIO I/O servers. From a single user interface baseband ingest, playout and content management can be controlled for up to six NEXIO channels on any of the servers in a single server system. In addition, it supports optional applications including NEXIO Playlist, ClipSync and Delay. When a channel from a NEXIO server is connected to NEXIO Remote, control of that channel is locked to the application. NEXIO Remote may also be used to remotely manage content and control several user applications on the NEXIO server. Operators can connect and disconnect from different servers in the system, maximizing flexibility and control.
ordering inFormation NX1000RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX1000APX 1RU applications server with NEXIO Remote software installed NXA1000RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Remote software-only license NXA1000RMXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional seat software-only license for NEXIO Remote NXA1000RMBASIC . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK for NEXIO Remote monitor NXA1000RMGOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK for NEXIO Remote monitor

Servers Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP (up to 6 channels) NEXIO Volt (up to 4 channels) NEXIO XS (up to 6 channels) NX4200 (2 channels) NX4000 (up to 4 channels)
424
NEXIO ClipSync
Channel Synchronization Software

425
NEXIO ClipSync is an optional software application that allows NEXIO and NEXIO AMP servers to synchronize two playout channels so that they act as one single channel. This capability allows two clips to be played in sync for key-plusfill, looping, single-channel playback and other production processes. When used in conjunction with the NEXIO Playlist application, NEXIO ClipSync allows linked clips to be entered into a playlist as a single clip. The software can be controlled by either the NXOS standard NEXIO interface or the NEXIO Remote monitoring and control software application. It can also be controlled by automation systems via VDCP or NEXIO native protocol.
Features Synchronizes two playout channels for control as a single channel Enables looping playback of linked clips Compatible with NEXIO Playlist Control from NXOS or NEXIO Remote Automation control supported under VDCP and NEXIO native protocol

servers supported
ordering inFormation NXCLIPSYNC01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO ClipSync software for use with all NEXIO transmission servers
NEXIO AMP with Integrated . . . . . . NX3601HDI Storage NEXIO AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX3601HDX NEXIO XS with Integrated . . . . . . . NX3600HDI Storage NEXIO XS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX3600HDX NEXIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX4200HDI NEXIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX4200HDX NEXIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX4000ITS NEXIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX4000TXS
NEXIO Content Manager

Providing affordable insurance for your content, NEXIO Content Manager is an FTP transfer application that enables mirroring of NEXIO content to network attached storage (NAS) or to another NEXIO domain. Building on the functionality of the Mirror Streamer product by adding more features and less hardware, NEXIO Content Manager allows for a variety of content protection schemes. typical uses Share your content between two NEXIO server domains Send your content to a remote site in order to remain on air during emergencies Protect your content by maintaining the same content on NAS Back-up your content to NAS for archive NEXIO Content Manager is a software solution which reduces the complexity and costs of implementing a mirrored backup system. Content is moved via standard FTP, so the backup location can be local or remote as long as there is IP-network connectivity between the storage domains. NEXIO hardware has built-in Gigabit Ethernet ports that can be used to transfer material. Streamlining production and media management by caching material from one NEXIO domain to another, NEXIO Content Manager enables files to be moved from acquisition servers to specialized servers. NEXIO Content Manager provides increased flexibility, scalability, reliability and cost saving, while maintaining the best possible image quality throughout the production chain by transferring your content digitally.
Content Transfer and Management Software

Features FTP-based files transfers over 1000Base-T Ethernet Back-up of audio/video media files, including any associated metadata Full mirror mode automatically keeps content in synchronization, allowing one of the highest levels of system redundancy by eliminating the need to manually dub content from one server domain to another. Filtered mirror mode automatically applies customized business rule to selectively move content Available rules also include first in/first out and first in/last out modes to further refine the backup process. Backup mode sends material to a NAS for off-line storage sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. The NXA1000CM-SA software runs on any customer-supplied computer that meets the following minimum specifications: Desktop with Intel P4 2.4GHz CPU or higher 512 MB RAM 32 MB VGA adapter set to 1024x768 resolution and 32-bit color depth CD-ROM drive Network card with link speed and duplex set to 100Base-T, full duplex 3 GB free drive space Windows XP Professional, SP2 or higher
Product details
product Comparison
ordering inFormation NXA1000CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Content Manager software for managing content between 2 NEXIO SAN systems; runs on any approved NEXIO platform with built-in security device NXA1000CM-SA . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Content Manager standalone software for managing content between 2 NEXIO SAN systems; includes USB security device; runs on customersupplied computer or NEXIO hardware without a security device embedded or Standalone versions are available. NXA1000CM is configured for use directly on NEXIO server platforms that include a USB security device internally: NX4000ITS NX4000TXS NX4200HDI NX4200HDX
Compares performance between: NEXIO Content Manager running on NEXIO chassis, Mirror Streamer and Content Manager running on dedicated Gateway servers. software Hardware Recommended for system sizes Content transfer speeds Physical distance between original and backup Additional cost for implementation
1
nXA1000Cm nX4000tXs nX2000ms Small Medium 200 Mb/s1 Unlimited Low 300 Mb/s Short <100 M Medium
nXA1000Cm nX2000gs Large 500 Mb/s2 Unlimited High
Depending on system data throughout, up to 200 Mb/s may be used by the NX4000TXS chassis. Depending on system data throughout, up to 500 Mb/s may be used by the NX2000GS chassis.
NXA1000CM-SA is configured for use with a customer-supplied standalone computer or NEXIO server that does not have a security device installed. As the data path does not pass through this computer, the system does not require Gigabit Ethernet throughput.
426
NEXIO Playlist
Event-Sequencing Software
427
Features Supports up to 2,000 playlist events within a 24-hour period Loops single clips or entire playlists Schedules timed events Programs GPI triggers Imports and creates traffic filters Imports daily traffic logs from various traffic systems Copies events between playlists Creates fully customizable playlists Automatically creates As Run logs Supports use with ClipSync on NEXIO servers Supports in-server and remote control of playlist
nXA1000pL01, nXA1000pL02, nXA1000pL03 and nXA1000pL NEXIO Playlist is an event-sequencing application that runs on NEXIO servers and NEXIO Remote servers. It enables you to select clips from the NEXIO database, called MediaBase, and arrange them in any order for frame-accurate transmission. Multiple playlists can be run on each server with NEXIO Playlist, which supports programmable GPIs, importing traffic logs and auto-creation of As Run logs. NEXIO Playlist is targeted for a variety of applications, such as transmission, sports and news environments. Its ideal for commercial-insertion applications and smallmarket programming where full station automation is not required. However, it can also be used as an inexpensive backup to station automation.
Product details
user-Friendly interface traffic Logs
Playlists are simple to create, modify and start with NEXIO Playlist. Drag clips from MediaBase, and drop them into a blank playlist. Then, assign that playlist to any available NEXIO channel, and push start. Its that simple. Color-coded events help to easily detect the status of each playlist. Events include labels, targets, timed events, Go To, and end of sequences (EOS). Each event status can display airing, cued, skipped, clipped or ready to play. Additional events can be inserted into any playlist.
independent playlist Creation
Playlists traffic logs have the following features: Traffic filter import wizard for customizing filter settings Manual edit of traffic filter files Default traffic filter settings for quick, daily traffic log imports Importing of traffic files from any traffic system
Loop single clips
Another intelligent feature of NEXIO Playlist is that you can create a playlist without having to assign it to a channel. This allows NEXIO channels the freedom to perform other tasks.
Control
NEXIO Playlist can loop single clips in the playlist. Clips will loop endlessly until the playlist operator initiates the Next command.
Loop multiple clips or the entire playlist
Inserting Targets used in conjunction with Go To command can create completely customized loops of multiple clips.
enable clips
NEXIO Playlist can be controlled multiple ways: With NEXIO Remote Through the Playlist user interface With the Playlist context window (right-click menu) With GPIs Through keyboard shortcuts
Clips can be placed into the playlist without forcing you to air the clip. You can turn off individual clips so that they remain in the playlist but do not play when the sequence is played back. This allows users to add optional clips into a playlist without having to commit each clip to air.
Labels
Flexibility
You can modify on-air playlists, including adding and deleting objects, changing the order of objects and appending additional playlists to the end of existing playlists. This flexibility is added through the unlocked playlist feature.
global and programmable gpi inputs and outputs
Labels allow you to organize playlists through describing sequences and retaining operator notes. Labels are lines of text in the playlist. They do not affect the timing of the playlist nor do they show up in the As Run log.
As Run Logs
Playlist supports up to 16 GPI inputs and eight GPI outputs for global commands to playlists. Input GPI commands include Playlist Start, Playlist Stop, Playlist Recue, Playlist Next, Channel Stop and Channel Play. Programmable GPIs can be inserted as an event on any line of the playlist. Each GPI can adjust the parameters for Trigger Offset and Duration.
All saved playlists automatically generate reconciled As Run logs. As Run logs can be created in either Harris/Columbine format or ESGI format.
NEXIO Playlist
neXiO servers supported
Event-Sequencing Software
neXiO playlist
Event sequencing application for the NEXIO NXOS operating system. NXA1000PL01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-channel NEXIO Playlist NXA1000PL02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel NEXIO Playlist NXA1000PL03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-channel NEXIO Playlist NXA1000PL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel NEXIO Playlist
neXiO playlist Application includes:
NX4000TXS NX4000ITS (4 channels standard) NX4200HDX NX4200HDI (2 channels standard) NX3600HDX NX3600HDI (4 channels standard)
Remote servers supported
NXA1000RM NEXIO Remote servers NXA1000RMXT Extra NEXIO Remote servers

traffic systems supported
Playlist enabled dongle (for remote servers)* Software CD Manual (NXOS for NEXIO servers and NEXIO Remote for remote servers) 1-year software maintenance agreement with Harris
Virtually every traffic system

As Run Log Formats supported
Harris/Columbine ESGI
general purpose interface (gpi) supported
* NEXIO Playlist can be ordered to run on either NXOS (local) or NEXIO Remote (LAN). One NEXIO Playlist-enabled dongle is issued for NEXIO Remote. NEXIO server dongles are programmed from the factory. After initial shipment, Playlist can be updated on the NEXIO server dongles.
16 In 8 Out
428
NEXIO Delay
Recording and Playback Software

429
Features Up to four licensed record channels on multiple NEXIO domains Up to 12 licensed playback channels, operator-assigned to any record channel on the same NEXIO domain Timecode displayed on server GUI for each record channel User-defined or automatically created delay ID names up to 32 characters Manual control or automatic record/playback start Servers using NEXIO Delay should be provided LTC time code for frame-accurate operation Activity log created automatically
NEXIO Delay is a software application for NEXIO servers that provide time delay recording and playout. NEXIO Delay allows a frame-accurate time delay with a range of a few seconds up to 24 hours. Users can pre-program the NEXIO server to record an inbound feed at a later time and can delay playouts for live event censoring or for time zone-based delayed broadcasts.

ordering inFormation NXADELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Delay with 2 record-channel licenses and 4 play-channel licenses; this is the standard configuration NXADELAY-UP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Delay standard configuration, plus an additional 1 recorder and 4 players, a total controlled of 3 record and 8 play-channels NXADELAY-UP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Delay standard configuration, plus an additional 2 recorders and 8 players, a total controlled of 4 record and 12 play-channels; this is the maximum supported control configuration for the Delay application NXADELAY-LITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO Delay with a maximum 1 recorder and 1 player configured; low-cost, entry-level license
Servers Supported . . . . . . . . . . . . NEXIO AMP NEXIO Volt NEXIO XS (NX3600HDX) with 64-bit Operating System
NXES Series
Ethernet Switches
seRVeRs // sWiTCHes
Features Available in 24-port (NXES45024) and 48-port (NXES45048) configurations Optional redundant power supplies Layer three switching Supports optional 10 Gigabit Ethernet connectivity ExtremeXOS operating system for easy operation and manageability Supports NEXIO redundant Ethernet topology Two switches are used to create redundant pathways for internode communications for NEXIO NX3600, NX3601 and NX1000MGX hardware Each Ethernet port on the NEXIO server is configured for a different IP address Protects from a port, cable or entire switch failure In the event of an Ethernet failure, compliant NEXIO nodes route traffic through the functional Ethernet switch Probe commands are sent periodically to determine when the failed Ethernet connection/switch returns to operation; reconnection is automatic
The NXES45024 24-port and NXES45048 48-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet switches are used with NEXIO video servers for LAN communications and file transfer. Focused on enterprise-class networking, these switches are widely accepted by broadcasters and IT departments alike. The switches offer proven network performance and reliability, and are available with optional redundant power supplies. NXES45024 and NXES45048 switches are based on the revolutionary ExtremeXOS core-class operating system from Extreme Networks. ExtremeXOS is a highly resilient, modular operating system that provides continuous uptime, manageability and operational efficiency. When used in a NEXIO LAN, NXES45000-series switches provide reliable network connectivity between NEXIO I/O nodes for internode communications and third-party automation control. This functionality ensures that all I/O nodes have up-to-date metadata information, and supports content management and channel control by remote computers.
Product details When used for file transfer, the switches offer high-performance Gigabit Ethernet connectivity. They are ideally suited to high-bandwidth, high-volume Gigabit Ethernet data movement. They can be used with NEXIO low-resolution browse/edit solutions and FTP, NAS and CIFS servers for file- and folder-based transfer, as well as for third-party Ethernet-based media device support. The switches can also be used for simultaneous NEXIO internode communication, automation control and file transfer. Extreme Networks UniStack cables support the stacking of multiple switches to build a larger virtual switch. Up to three NXES45024 or NXES45048 (or a mix of each) can be connected to form a single Ethernet switch, allowing switches with up to 144 ports for accommodating NEXIO LAN and FTP traffic.
Redundant ethernet
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Ports nXes45024 24 ports 10/100/1000Base-T PoE with auto-speed and auto-polarity 4 SFP ports (mini-GBIC, shared PHY with four 10/100/1000Base-T) 1 serial port (control port) One 10/100Base-T out-ofband management port Per port status LED, including power status Slot for XENPAK dual 10 Gb option module 128 Gb/s switch fabric bandwidth 95.2 Mp/s frame forwarding rate 9,216 byte maximum packet size (jumbo frame) 128 load sharing trunks, up to 8 members per trunk 8 QoS queues/port 4,094 VLANs (port, protocol, IEEE 802.1Q) 1,024 centralized ACL rules per switch nXes45048 48 ports 10/100/1000Base-T PoE with auto-speed and auto-polarity 4 SFP ports (mini-GBIC, shared PHY with four 10/100/1000Base-T) 1 serial port (control port) One 10/100Base-T out-ofband management port Per port status LED, including power status Slot for XENPAK dual 10 Gb option module 256 Gb/s switch fabric bandwidth 130.9 Mp/s frame forwarding rate 9,216 byte maximum packet size (jumbo frame) 128 load sharing trunks, up to 8 members per trunk 8 QoS queues/port 4,094 VLANs (port, protocol, IEEE 802.1Q) 1,024 centralized ACL rules per switch
Option Slot Performance
By employing two NXES45024/NXES45048 switches in a NEXIO SAN, a redundant Ethernet topology can be created for NEXIO internode communication. The NEXIO realtime system uses low-level control of the Ethernet interfaces for the most effective control and detection of errors requiring failover to an alternate data pathway. This approach protects the system from port, cable or Ethernet switch anomalies. In the event of a failure, the system sends probe commands to detect whether the alternate pathway is available. Once connectivity is re-established, the system will automatically start using the redundant configuration again.
NXES45024 1RU (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.73 x 17.35 x 15.3 in. (4.4 x 44.1 x 38.7 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 lbs (6.35 kg) NXES45048 1RU (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.73 x 17.35 x 17 in. (4.4 x 44.1 x 43.2 cm) Weight 16.25 lbs (7.4 kg)
430
NXES Series
Ethernet Switches
images/diagrams
three interconnected extreme networks unistack switches:
Redundant ethernet diagram
ordering inFormation NXES45024. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extreme Networks Summit X450e-24p, 24-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet switch for NEXIO LAN and FTP NXES45048. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extreme Networks Summit X450e-48p, 48-port 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet switch for NEXIO LAN and FTP NXESSC05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extreme Networks UniStack stacking cable, 1.6 ft (0.5 m), Cascade NXES450 series switches NXESSC15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extreme Networks UniStack stacking cable, 4.9 ft (1.5 m), Cascade NXES450 series switches NXESSC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extreme Networks UniStack stacking cable, 9.8 ft (3 m), Cascade NXES450 series switches NXESPSU45024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . External power supply for NXES45024 NXESPSU450T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External power supply for NXES45048 (no power supplies included) NXESPSU450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External power supply for NXESPSU450T (for use with the NXES45048 only); minimum 1 per NXESPSU450T; maximum 3 per NXESPSU450T
431
seRVeRs // sWiTCHes
NXESD 1224X2
Ethernet Switches
seRVeRs // sWiTCHes
NXESD 1224X2 is a bundled pair of 24-port Gigabit Ethernet switches that can be configured for any NEXIO product supporting a redundant Ethernet topology. The NXESD 1224X2 redundant switch pair blends plug-and-play simplicity with exceptional performance and reliability to create a cost-effective solution for NEXIO server networks. Each switch supports two combo fiber SFP uplinks for uplinking to servers, storage or other switching devices, providing superior performance with exceptional value.
Features
Advanced management Features 802.1p priority tagging
NXESD 1224X2 supports SNMP version 1. SNMP is a useful tool in managing and controlling SNMP-supported network devices. SNMP enables the Web Smart NXESD 1224X2 to be polled to provide valuable information about the status of the unit and send traps on abnormal events. This sharing of vital management information saves time and money. The NXESD1224X2 also supports spanning tree and provides protection from unintentional cabling loops forming within a network infrastructure. 802.1D spanning tree detects and breaks these loops, ensuring network uptime.
Advanced security
Like 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.1p places a tag in a frame to indicate the priority of the frame. This differs from port-based QoS in that all traffic entering a specific port in port-based QoS is prioritized the same way with the same value. In 802.1p, a port can receive frames with varying priority tags and classify them based on these tags. For example, a VoIP phone that supports 802.1p can assign a priority to its VoIP traffic. When it enters the switch, the switch can then prioritize it so that voice traffic is always clear and jitter-free.
Jumbo Frame support
NXESD 1224X2 provides a robust set of security features normally found only in fully managed switching solutions. It is equipped with the D-Link Safeguard Engine to protect the CPU from malicious attack. When frames enter the switch, the D-Link Safeguard Engine detects and blocks broadcast, multicast and unicast flooding that can overload a CPU and bring network traffic to a halt. In addition the NXESD 1224X2 also provides support for secure, encrypted 802.1x port-based user authentication, broadcast storm control and up to 256 static MAC address entries.
ieee 802.1Q VLAn tagging
Jumbo frame support is designed to improve network throughput and significantly reduce the CPU utilization of large file transfers (such as multimedia files or large data files) by enabling more efficient, larger payloads per packet. The NXESD1224X2 supports jumbo frames up to 10 KB in size.
Web management utility
A VLAN (Virtual LAN) is a collection of computers that are grouped together. VLANs allow the network to be segmented into groups (departmental, hierarchical, and security groups). 802.1Q is a standard that places a tag in a frame identifying which VLAN it belongs to. The advantage of this is that all 802.1Q-compliant devices can work seamlessly together to manage VLAN traffic.
d-Link green eco-Friendly technology
NXESD 1224X2 includes the D-Link Web Smart management utility. This utility provides a valuable tool in managing, planning and troubleshooting network configurations. Managing a Web Smart switch takes only minutes. With full-color graphic pictures, diagrams and easy-to-understand navigation menus, using the Web Smart management utility is as easy as surfing the Internet. Some of the features include: Discovery List Every Smart NXESD1224X2 comes with auto-discovery software that automatically detects and displays up to 254 D-Link Web Smart switches running on your network, along with a list of their MAC addresses. monitor List The NXESD1224X2 can be monitored for status and trap messages sent to a designated station. trap view When an abnormal event occurs on the switch, traps can be set to notify the system administrator. Device Setting The device setting feature of the web management utility allows the network administrator to set the IP address, subnet mask, gateway, send trap to address, system name, password and location of the NXESD 1224X2.
D-Link Green Technology implements special power-saving features that detect link status and cable length, and adjust power usage accordingly. The result is reduced power consumption, less heat dissipation, extended product life and reduced operating costs.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Each NXESD1224X2 consists of 2 D-Link DGS-1224T switches with the specifications detailed below:
product/performance interface Options
432
DGS-1224T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 ports 10/100/1000 Mb/s with 2 combo SFP expansion slots MAC Address Table Size . . . . . . . . 8 K Switch Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Gb/s forwarding capacity Transmission Method . . . . . . . . . . Store-and-forward Diagnostic LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per unit: power Per Port: activity/link and speed Packet Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512 KB Port Trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 groups/8 ports per group QoS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802.1 p (4 queues) WRR VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802.1 Q (255 static)
RJ45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX and 1000BASE-T universal UTP cable recognition for straightthrough or crossover cables (MDI/MDI-X) LC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On optional SFP transceiver
network protocol and standards
IEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802.3 Ethernet, 802.3u fast Ethernet, 802.3x flow control and 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet, 802.1P QoS, 256 802.1Q VLANs, link aggregation, 802.1D spanning tree, SNMP v1, port mirroring (one-to-one/many-to-one), jumbo frames up to (10240 bytes), port setting on speed, flow control and on/off, central logging, switch discovery management utility, web-based management, password control access, 802.1x port based access control, broadcast storm control, static MAC up to 256 entries), D-Link safeguard engine, DHCP client, IGMP snooping www.broadcast.harris.com
NXESD 1224X2
Ethernet Switches
seRVeRs // sWiTCHes
433
electrical and electrical emissions summary physical specifications
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE Mark, FCC Class A Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz internal universal power Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1 W
safety Agency Certifications and environmental
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 17.36 x 8.27 x 1.73 in (440 x 210 x 44 mm) note: 19-in. rackmount width, 1RU height Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 lbs (2.99 kg)
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUL, RoHS-compliant, VCCI Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating: 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Storage: -14 to 158 F (-10 to 70 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating: 10% to 90% RH and non-condensing Heat Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119.69 (BTU/hr) images/diagrams
Redundant ethernet topology using nXesd1224X2 switch pair
ordering inFormation NXESD1224X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pair of redundant 24-port Gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 switches for NEXIO LAN(D-Link Web Smart gigabit switch) NXESD1224SPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement spare switch for NXESD1224X2 pair of 24-port Gigabit Ethernet switches for NEXIO LAN (D-Link Web Smart gigabit switch)
NXFS1608
seRVeRs // sWiTCHes
4 Gb/s, 8-Port Fibre Channel Switch

Features Eight auto-sensing, self-configuring 1/2/4G device ports Redundancy supported using two LC optical cables and four GBICs 1RU form factor Out-of-band SNMP remote diagnostics and management Standard hot-swappable, dual redundant power supplies/fan modules Industrys lowest latency for maximum broadcast performance Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) connectivity on first 12 ports Support for NEXIO Pilot remote diagnostics and monitoring
The NXFS1608 4 Gb/s, eight-port Fibre Channel switch is a flexible solution for expanding NEXIO storage area network (SAN) systems. The powerful, easy-to-use management features of the NXFS1608 engineering quality and commitment to SNMP-standard interoperability make it a value-packed component of the NEXIO shared SAN. The switch features eight 1/2/4G Fibre Channel ports, and can be upgraded to 12-, 16- or 20-port configuration via a firmware upgrade in the field. It is ideal for facilities with high-bandwidth, high-redundancy requirements and growing channel counts.
images/diagrams
The NXFS1608 supports NEXIO SANs running at 2 and 4 Gb/s per port. This flexibility allows all generations of the NEXIO server to use the same switches. Fault tolerance is extended by employing two 4 Gb/s optical links to form a redundant pathway between the switches a configuration that uses two of the eight ports on each switch.
Two LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cables and four 4 Gb/s gigabit interface converters (GBICs) are connected from switch to switch to form redundant pathways to help guard against port or switch failure (this configuration uses Port 0 and Port 7)
ordering inFormation NXFS1608. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-port 1/2/4G Fibre Channel fabric switch; 1RU form factor, dual power supplies NXFS1644SPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare power supply/fan module for the NXFS1608/NXFS1612/NXFS1644 Fibre Channel fabric switch NXSFPOF-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Gb/s SFP LC connector for optical fiber NXFCCDAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Gb/s 1.6 ft (0.5 m) LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable
434
NXFS1612

seRVeRs // sWiTCHes
435
Features 12 auto-sensing, self-configuring 1/2/4G device ports Redundancy supported using two LC optical cables and four GBICs 1RU form factor Out-of-band SNMP remote diagnostics and management Standard hot-swappable, dual redundant power supplies/fan modules Industrys lowest latency for maximum broadcast performance Ssmall form-factor pluggable (SFP) connectivity on first 12 ports Support for NEXIO Pilot remote diagnostics and monitoring
The NXFS1612 4 Gb/s, 12-port Fibre Channel switch is a flexible solution for expanding NEXIO storage area network (SAN) systems. The powerful, easy-to-use management features of the NXFS1612 engineering quality and commitment to SNMP-standard interoperability make it a value-packed component of the NEXIO shared SAN. The switch features 12 1/2/4G Fibre Channel ports, and can be upgraded to 16- or 20-port configuration via a firmware upgrade in the field. It is ideal for facilities with high-bandwidth, highredundancy requirements and growing channel counts.
images/diagrams
The NXFS1612 supports NEXIO SANs running at 2 and 4 Gb/s per port. This flexibility allows all generations of the NEXIO server to use the same switches. Fault tolerance is extended by employing two 4 Gb/s optical links to form a redundant pathway between the switches a configuration that uses two of the 12 ports on each switch.
Two LC-to-LC fibre channel cables and four 4 Gb/s gigabit interface converters (GBICs) are connected from switch to switch to form redundant pathways to help guard against port or switch failure (this configuration uses Port 0 and Port 11)
ordering inFormation NXFS1612. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-port 1/2/4 Gb/s Fibre Channel fabric switch; 1RU form factor, dual power supplies NXFS1644SPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare power supply/fan module for the NXFS1608/NXFS1612/NXFS1644 Fibre Channel fabric switch NXSFPOF-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Gb/s SFP LC connector for optical fiber NXFCCDAE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Gb/s 1.6 ft (0.5 m) LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable
NXFS1644
seRVeRs // sWiTCHes

Features 16 auto-detecting 1/2/4G device ports Four 10 Gb/s InterLink Switch ports for redundancy One XPAC 10 Gb/s interconnect cable included Auto sensing, self-configuring ports 1RU form factor Out-of-band SNMP remote diagnostics and management Standard dual redundant power supplies/fan modules Industrys lowest latency for maximum broadcast performance Small form pluggable (SFP) connectivity on all 16 ports Supported by NEXIO Pilot remote diagnostics and monitoring
The NXFS1644 16-port, 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel switch for the high-performance NEXIO series storage area network (SAN) establishes a new standard for bandwidth, channel capacity and reliability. Offering a flexible solution for expanding the NEXIO shared storage SAN, the NXFS1644 is ideal for those facilities with highbandwidth and channel count, and high-redundancy requirements. Four 10 Gb/s ISL (InterLink Switch) ports provide redundant data paths where two NXFS1644s are connected together. The NXFS1644s powerful, easy-to-use management features engineering quality and commitment to SNMP-standard interoperability make it a valuepacked component of the NEXIO shared SAN. The NXFS1644 increases the effective port count from 14 to 16 over the NXFS1622, because there are an additional 10 Gb/s ports to handle the interlink switch ports for redundancy. A separate failover kit is no longer needed. Initial release of the NXFS1644 supports NEXIO SANs running at 2 Gb/s per port. When NEXIO server platforms, editing platforms and storage arrays support 4 Gb/s Fibre Channel interface, the NXFS1644 can be configured for 4 Gb/s operation.
ordering inFormation NXFS1644. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fibre Channel switch, 16-port, 4 Gb/s fabric switch with 4x 10 Gb/s InterSwitch link (ISL) ports; 1RU form factor, dual power supplies Includes 1x 3-in. 10 Gb/s ISL cable, rackmount kit, and user and installation manual NXFS1644SPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare power supply/fan module for the NXFS1644 Fibre Channel fabric switch NXSFPOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gb/s, small form factor-pluggable (SFP) for optical fiber LC connector NXS-XPAC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare 10 Gb stacking cable with Xpak connector; both ends 3-in. NXS-XPAC-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare 10 Gb stacking cable with Xpak connector; both ends 9-in.
436
NEXIO Transport Stream Delay Server

Compressed Media Stream Delay Recorder
Features
transport stream delay server software:
New to the NEXIO compressed domain server line, the NEXIO NX1010DS records one or more transport streams for re-transmission after a specified time period. With the NX1010DS transport stream delay server, input and output streams are decoupled; one input stream can support several output streams, each with different delays. For example, if you want to delay one stream to three different time zones (e.g., one with one-hour delay, one with two-hour delay and one with threehour delay), you only need to record the one stream, and create three delayed output streams. The transport stream can be either ASI or IP (unicast, multicast, UDP, or RTP); input and output types are independent (i.e., you can ingest a stream over ASI and output it delayed over IP, and vice versa). IP input/output is standard via dual Gigabit Ethernet ports; ASI I/O ports and additional Gigabit Ethernet ports may be added as optional I/O cards. The transport stream delay server includes 300 GB usable internal storage on two internal hard drives and uses RAID striping to enhance performance, supporting up to 200 Mb/s of delay stream throughput. This provides enough storage to support approximately 30 hours of delay for a single 20 Mb/s stream or three hours of delay for the full 200 Mb/s throughput. The server may be connected to an external network attached storage (NAS), such as the Harris NXIQ storage server, if more storage capacity is required. Care should be taken to ensure that storage and network bandwidth are sufficient to ensure reliable transport stream record and playback. The NX1010DS can delay up to 30 streams, making it very useful for customers who need to delay many low bitrate streams in an IP environment.
Single program transport stream or multi-program transport stream delay Supports both MPEG-2 and H.264 (MPEG-4) transport streams Supports ASI and Gigabit Ethernet interfaces Support of multiply delays and delay types (ASI or IP) Enables user-configurable delay times from GUI Recovers delay from failure or restart Qualified to support up to 200 Mb/s total delayed throughput and up to 30 transport streams Record to local or network attached storage Offers persistence of configuration across reboot or application restart Supports web page interface for setup and configuration (customer-provided system with web browser required)
nX1010ds platform:
Dual Gigabit Ethernet IP input (standard) Optional I/O cards (two maximum) include: ASI single-input and single-output card ASI quad-input card (requires IP output to support four delayed outputs) Quad Gigabit Ethernet card (useful for separating input/output/control subnets) 1RU form factor Hot-swappable, redundant power supplies
437
seRVeRs // COMpresseD MeDiA sTreAM prODuCTs
NEXIO Transport Stream Delay Server

Compressed Media Stream Delay Recorder
product/performance electrical and electrical emissions summary
Input/Output Interfaces (for . . . . . . Standard: 2 Gigabit Ethernet I/O ports transport stream data), with Optional: up to 2x 4-port Gigabit Ethernet I/O cards slots for two optional I/O cards Optional: up to 2 ASI I/O cards, each with 1 input and 1 output port Optional: up to 2 ASI input cards, each with 4 input ports Delay Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 200 Mb/s aggregate bandwidth for all delayed streams Up to 30 configured delay streams Input Data Rate on DVB-ASI . . . . . 100 Mb/s maximum transport stream data rate on inputs each ASI input Content Ingest Format . . . . . . . . . Must be MPEG transport stream format SPTS or MPTS; either ATSC, DVB, DigicipherII or ISO format Storage Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 GB 300 hrs @ 2 Mb/s 130 hrs @ 5 Mb/s 65 hrs @ 10 Mb/s 32 hrs @ 20 Mb/s 13 hrs @ 50 Mb/s User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Web-based HTML interface Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application-level alarms On-board, time-stamped, archived log file (up to 30 days)
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE Mark, FCC Class A, EMC/EMI FCC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 + 1 redundant 650 W power supplies 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Typical: 290 W @ 120 V; 260 W @ 240 V Idle: 150 W @120 V; 140 W @ 240 V
safety Agency Certifications and environmental
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RoHS-compliant, VCCI, TUV/CB Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating: 32 to 80 F (0 to 27 C) Storage: -14 to 158 F (-10 to 70 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating: 10% to 90% RH and non-condensing Heat Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical: 990 BTU/hr @120 V; 890 BTU/hr @ 240 V Idle: 510 BTU/hr @120 V; 480 BTU/hr @ 240 V
physical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 25.75 in. (4.4 x 48.2 x 65.4 cm) With Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 26.5 in. (4.4 x 48.2 x 67.3 cm) note: 1RU height, standard 19-in. rackmount width Weight 30 lbs (14 kg)
ordering inFormation NX1010DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX1010 transport stream delay server: userspecified time delay of ASI or IP transport streams; requires networked customer-provided PC for control application; dual Gigabit Ethernet input/ output is standard; ASI I/O and additional Gigabit Ethernet ports optional NX1010-ASI-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional ASI 1-input, 1-output interface card for the NX1010 platform NX1010-ASI-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional 4-ASI input interface card for the NX1010 platform NX1010-GE-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional 4-port Gigabit Ethernet NIC for the NX1010 platform NX1010SPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shelf spare 650 W power supply for NX1010 chassis NX1010SD300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shelf spare 300 GB hard drive for NX1010 platform NX1010DS-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK HW/SW support for NEXIO NX1010DS TS delay server NX1010DS-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK HW/SW support for NEXIO NX1010DS TS delay server NX1010-SYS-QS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day QuickStart per NX1010DS/MC/VEP unit, add quantity 1 for every 4 units (includes travel and expenses) *Applies to specific zones in Europe and Asia NX1010-SYS-QSNT . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day QuickStart per NX1010DS/MC/VEP unit, add quantity 1 for every 4 units (excludes travel and expenses) NX1010-FTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day factory NEXIO NX1010 compressed domain server (Delay Server, mCAPTURE, VEP, DTP) operational and maintenance training (excludes travel and expenses) NX1010-OTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-day on-site NEXIO NX1010 compressed domain server (Delay Server, mCAPTURE, VEP, DTP) operational and maintenance training (excludes travel and expenses)
438
DTP-300
Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP)

439
Features All-MPEG-2 stream processing for all DVB and ATSC-compliant formats including both 720p and 1080i HD streams
Still logos through multiformat image files, where the alpha channel determines transparency
Animated graphics and logos through frame-by-frame, multiformat image sequences Pixel-perfect graphic object positioning and user-specified dissolve rates Allows character generation text crawls for messaging and emergency alert system applications Digital program insertion utilizing DPI control from network and program, or commercial clips stored internally or on network attached storage Supports industry-standard automation protocols, and pre-integrated with on-air automation system vendors Remux Functions: ATSC: such as PSIP multiplexing and rate control/re-statistical multiplexing to generate the ATSC-compliant 100 Mb/s transport stream DVB: such as DVB-SI multiplexing and rate control/re-statistical multiplexing to generate the DVB-compliant transport stream. Support for DVB-SI
The Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) aims to help all television broadcasters avoid decoding and re-encoding DVB- and ATSC-encoded programs at the local station level, thereby saving capital and operational costs, while still allowing the broadcaster to offer locally relevant content and services. An all-H.264 or all-MPEG-2 approach also optimizes video quality by preserving original encoder decisions as much as possible, while meeting the local stations unique operating environment and business demands. Now, in addition to grooming (add/dropping), splicing/switching and re-statistically multiplexing individual programs within DVB and ATSC multiprograms, broadcasters can offer the following localization services through deployment of the DTP: Local station branding through logo overlays Local emergency alert systems, including text crawls and audio switchovers, to comply with government regulations and to provide better local community service Per-program splicing to allow local promos and advertisements within network feeds Overlay advertising via animated graphics on program video or national ads, to burn in localized messages. This allows local ad revenue generation without the cost of full audio/video ad spot creation Community outreach with localized message crawls (e.g., weather and news alerts, etc.) More digital TV localization applications The DTP line represents the latest generation in the Harris all-H.264 and MPEG-2 processing family of broadcast products, leveraging years of development and on-air experience.
Product details
All-H.264 and All-mpeg-2 Logo Overlay, including motion Logos
Station identity is crucial to business success, especially for services provided for local area merchants and community organizations. To help grab the viewers attention, motion can now be added to MPEG-2 logos. With no decoding and re-encoding required, the DTP allows logos at various transparency settings to be dissolved on and off of HD and SD signals. With standard graphics tools, objects and logos can be created quickly and easily by your creative staff or engineers. The DTP allows you to use off-the-shelf animation programs to create motion logos out of image file animation sequences. Additionally, you can store a virtually unlimited number of logos and graphics on DTP local storage, or on external network servers via Ethernet.
H.264 and mpeg-2 seamless splicing
Whether its advertisements or locally produced content, and whether inputs are real time or from compressed stream servers, the DTP will cleanly and seamlessly switch various inputs to designated programs in the output transport stream. Switches can also happen one at a time, or with multiple programs (all SD, or a combination of HD and SD) being switched at the same time.
dVB- and AtsC-Compliant Remux
In addition to video/audio processing, the DTP fulfills the role of a DVB- and ATSCcompliant remultiplexer by managing bandwidth to fit the DVB- and ATSC-mandated transport stream broadcast to the home. The DTP multiplexes in program and system information protocol (PSIP) data to comply with ATSC requirements. DVB-SI Integration is available for DVB broadcasts.
psip
Tables are generated onboard the DTP for static and user-entered information, or through DVB-ASI to an external PSIP generator provided by best-in-class partner vendors.
Broadcast-Optimized Control
The DTP was developed from the start with broadcast operations in mind. As such, the DTP features industry-standard protocols for logo and switching operations to ease automation system integration. The DTP is pre-integrated with TCP/IP-based automation systems to be deployed as a complete package, or to provide the quickest integration phase for the broadcasters particular automation system. This way, exciting new DTV services can be launched as mere extensions to existing operations.
DTP-300

upgradeable software Architecture
With all-H.264 and all-MPEG-2 stream processing applications, broadcasters continue to evolve the DTV business model and launch unique new services. To keep pace with this ever-changing industry, broadcast products need to bring new features to market quickly, with upgrades being as nonintrusive on daily operations as possible. The DTP is a broadcast-quality, real-time operating system and general purpose computing platform with patented software for real-time compressed video processing. This flexible architecture allows the unique Harris algorithms to be continuously enhanced to improve performance and to roll out new features quickly and efficiently in most cases by performing software-only updates in the field.

mpeg processing interfaces
Video Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All HD and SD DVB and ATSC formats* including 4:3 and 16:9 aspect ratios. Supports GOP lengths N<=30, and 3:2 pulldown (RFD) Audio Format (ATSC) . . . . . . . . . . Up to 4 Dolby Digital AC-3 audio services, each up to 384 kb/s; an audio service could be AC-3 1.0, 2.0 or 5.1 Audio Format (DVB) . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple MPEG-1/2 audio services Rate-Shaping, Output . . . . . . . . . . Single- or multi-program transport stream output, HD or SD Splicing/Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . Seamless splicing of HD and SD programs MPEG-2 Still and Animated Logo . Logo overlays with dissolve on and off effects, Overlays (HD and SD) 2 HD and 4 SD or 15 SD Size: Up to/screen width and length Local and Ethernet-based (FTP) logo loading onto the DTP Logo format for ingest: TGA, JPEG, BMP, single frame GIF, PNG and LGO Logo transparency: the full spectrum from completely transparent to completely opaque; determined in the alpha channel of the imported logo file Logo fade-in/fade-out (dissolve): rate controllable between 0.1 to 10 sec Logo positioning is expressed as a percentage of picture width and height from the bottom right corner of the picture; accuracy is to 1/100 of 1%, operator-controllable Local Emergency Alert System ** . . Supports industry-standard protocols for control and text ingest for EAS messages; audio cuts supported with pre-compressed, Dolby Digital AC-3 audio fed into an ASI input Text font: pre-defined Text color: white Banner color: black, opaque Crawl Insertion ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . Text crawl insertion over any of the outgoing HD or SD programs; controllable speed and size Text font: pre-defined Text color: white Banner color: black, opaque Crawl speed: operator configurable Crawl position: operator configurable
Inputs (for program data) . . . . . . . 9 ASI inputs (BNC connectors); both MPTS and SPTS supported, Gigabit Ethernet Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Mb/s maximum transport stream data rate on each ASI input (aggregate 400 Mb/s) Output Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (each mirrored) ASI (BNC connector) Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 100 Mb/s (ATSC-compliant ASI outputs and DVB-compliant) Number of Output Programs in . . . Multiple HD and SD (SPTS or MPTS) Output Multiplex Transport Stream
Control, management
Remote System Monitoring, . . . . . External via Java-based graphical user interface Configuration and Bandwidth Monitoring TCP/IP-Based Control API . . . . . . . Complete control of the DTP with IP connections GPI Contact Closures ** . . . . . . . . For control of splicing, logos, and crawls In-Band Control ** . . . . . . . . . . . . SCTE-35 protocol switching Extended SCTE-35 protocol logo overlays, crawls, other control parameters Internal Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local storage for advertisement or long-form content
tables
PAT, PMT Generation, Insertion . . . Generated for output programs selected PSIP Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Static PSIP table generation and transmission in absence of local PSIP Manual parameter entry via local user interface Dynamic PSIP via interface with PSIP generators over DVB-ASI (DVB) DVB-SI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available on the DTP Output
mechanical, Operation
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU Standard 19-in. rackmount Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 16.9 x 25.5 in. (89 x 430 x 648 mm) Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant, 1+1 hot-swappable * Input video data rate not limited to ATSC data rates and can exceed the prescribed ATSC data rates. ** Contact Harris for availability.
440
DTP-300
images/diagrams

DTP-ASI-IN-4 (Optional) . . . . . . . . Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) 4-ASI input interface, each allowing up to 100 Mb/s transport stream bit rates DTP-ASI-IN-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) 1-ASI input interface, allowing up to 100 Mb/s transport stream bit rates DTP-INB-OPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) SCTE-35 software license, per DTP system, please contact Harris for availability DTP-ASI-1NB-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Turnaround Processor DVB-ASI single-input hardware bypass
dtp-300 typical Application diagram
ordering inFormation DTP-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) system with 1 ASI input (expandable to multiple inputs, ordered separately), 1 ASI output; functions include EAS ready (text crawl and audio replacement), MPEG-2 logo overlays, MPEG-2 switching and stat multiplexer for 2 HD program and 4 SD programs or up to 15 SD programs Includes graphical user interface application license; 4:2:0 MPEG video format, Dolby AC-3 audio format; ASI input allows up to 100 Mb/s transport stream, ASI output at 100 Mb/s transport stream; please contact Harris for DVB requirements
441
NEXIO mCAPTURE
Compressed Media Stream Recorder

Features
mCAptuRe software
NEXIO mCAPTURE is a compressed media stream recorder that records HD and SD MPEG-2 and H.264 content, using GPI or schedule control. Programs are selected from single-program or multi-program transport streams on either DVB-ASI-C or Gigabit Ethernet IP input. Content is stored as MPEG-compliant program stream files for interoperability, and can be trimmed and formatted using an MPEG editor such as Velocity XNG, and then be played out on either the Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) or NEXIO server systems. Applications for the mCAPTURE product include capture of satellite or IP feeds and export to the NEXIO SAN for more advanced editing and baseband playout; store and forward of media from the NetVX video networking platform or DTP; and capture of content for archival purposes. mCAPTURE supports ASI and IP inputs for flexibility. Auto-increment of IDs is also supported, which is extremely useful in crash record situations or when recording periodic events. Device control for the compressed media stream recorder is managed via Ethernet.
Product details
storage
Records up to eight HD or SD programs simultaneously from MPEG transport streams Supports both MPEG-2 and H.264 (MPEG-4) Captures media to local or network attached storage (NAS) Extends recording time with the push of a button Automates periodic feeds with a built-in scheduler Supports auto-increment of IDs with rename capability for crash record functionality Facilitates external automation control with API Supports management and partial restores of recorded content using video archive communications protocol (VACP) Checks content with I-frame monitoring of incoming programs Controls IP networks remotely with Java-based GUI
mCAptuRe platform
Dual Gigabit Ethernet IP input (standard) Optional four or eight ASI inputs, each supporting up to 100 Mb/s streams 1RU form factor Hot-swappable redundant power supplies
mCAPTURE can be configured to store programs either internally to the 160 GB SSD drive (up to 70 hours of 4 Mb/s SD or 15 hours of 18 Mb/s HD content), or externally to a NAS such as the NEXIO NXIQ storage product line from Isilon Systems. mCAPTURE supports either CIFS or NFS connections to NAS. Stored MPEG programs can be used directly by the DTP compressed stream server or imported natively to a NEXIO AMP server for baseband playout.

product/performance
442
Input Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gigabit Ethernet input ports (for program data) Optional: 4 or 8 DVB-ASI input ports Input Data Rate on Gigabit . . . . . . Aggregate network input bandwidth 320 Mb/s Ethernet Input Supports up to 16 configured input streams Input Data Rate on . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Mb/s maximum transport stream data rate on DVB-ASI Inputs each ASI input Network Input Options . . . . . . . . . UDP unicast, UDP multicast RTP unicast, RTP multicast RTP source specific multicast (SSM) Local Ingest Bandwidth . . . . . . . . 320 Mb/s throughput to local disk NAS performance may differ Record Channel Capacity . . . . . . . 8 record channels standard Content Ingest Format . . . . . . . . . Must be MPEG transport stream format SPTS or MPTS either ATSC, DVB, DigicipherII or ISO format Video Input Format . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 video 4:2:2 color space MPEG-2 video 4:2:0 color space H.264 Audio Input Formats . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-1 layer I/II Dolby AC3 AAC AES-3 wrapped in SMPTE 302M Dolby E wrapped in SMPTE 302M
Content Storage Format . . . . . . . . MPEG program streams with optional SMPTE time code embedding in GOP headers Local Storage Capacity . . . . . . . . . 160 GB solid-state drive, ~130 GB available ~70 hrs @ 4 Mb/s SD ~15 hrs at 18 Mb/s HD Network Output Interface . . . . . . . Dedicated Gigabit Ethernet Port for connection to external NAS solution or other network-attached server system Network-Attached Storage . . . . . . NFS and CIFS Protocol Support File Management Protocol . . . . . . VACP, FTP and Harris FTM support Support Graphical User Interface Control . . Java-based application (PC required) running over (jRCS - Remote Control System) 10/100Base-T Ethernet supports control over LAN or WAN Input/Record Monitoring . . . . . . . . I-frame monitoring using Java-based application running over 10/100Base-T Ethernet link Diagnostic Control, . . . . . . . . . . . . User access control supported Manual Override Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application-level alarms On-board, time-stamped, archived log file (up to 30 days) Control/Usability Features . . . . . . . Built-in scheduler Auto ID for easy clip naming
NEXIO mCAPTURE
Compressed Media Stream Recorder

443
Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allows setup and control of any record channel Utilizes the auto ID feature TCP/IP-based Control API . . . . . . . Complete control of the mCAPTURE with IP connections (two-way network required) API development kit available for external control system integration Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local control via Java-based GUI Presets triggered by GPI input or built-in scheduler API support for full third-party control Content Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG standards-compliant program streams Export to NEXIO video server Export to the digital turnaround processor (DTP)
electrical and electrical emissions summary safety Agency Certifications and environmental
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RoHS-compliant, VCCI, TUV/CB Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating: 32 to 80 F (0 to 27 C) Storage: -14 to 158 F (-10 to 70 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating: 10% to 90% RH and non-condensing Heat Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical: 990 BTU/hr @ 120 V; 890 BTU/hr @ 240 V Idle: 510 BTU/hr @ 120 V; 480 BTU/hr @ 240 V
physical
Dimensions (W x D x H) . . . . . . . . 19 x 25.75 x 1.75 in. (48.2 x 65.4 x 4.4 cm) With Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 x 26.5 x 1.75 in. (48.2 x 67.3 x 4.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 lbs (14 kg)
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CE Mark, FCC Class A, EMC/EMI FCC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 + 1 redundant 650 W power supplies 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Typical: 290 W @ 120 V; 260 W @ 240V Idle: 150 W @ 120 V; 140 W @ 240V
ordering inFormation NX1010MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NX1010 mCAPTURE: MPEG program recorder NX1010-ASI-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional 4 x ASI input interface card for the NX1010 platform NX1010SPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shelf spare 650 W power supply for NX1010 chassis NX1010SSD160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shelf spare 160 GB solid-state system drive for NX1010 chassis NX1010MC-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Basic ServicePAK HW/SW support for NX1010MC NX1010MC-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-year Gold ServicePAK HW/SW support for NX1010MC
sIGnal PRoCessInG
Broadcast facilities today are tasked with accommodating and converting a variety of signal types, while facing ever-present budget constraints. Harris offers a comprehensive portfolio of advanced signal processing solutions that fit all needs and budgets, providing maximum flexibility at the best price point. Our signal processing solutions provide applications and functions in modular and standalone platforms to support every stage of your workflow. We also lead the market with our commitment to industry standards and true interoperability. from our unrivaled 3 gb/s portfolio to our AfD and advanced audio solutions, Harris sets the benchmark for signal processing. To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/signalprocessing.
444
X50/X85 1ru ProCeSSorS

X50
DmX6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Output Balanced or Coaxial AES Digital De-Embedders ............................. 482
X85
DmX6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Output Balanced or Coaxial AES Digital De-Embedders ............................. 483
eAS6800+B2A4D, C2A4D
6800+ moDuLAr ProCeSSing
Digital-to-Analog Video and Audio Monitoring ............................................. 484
HDX6803+D
3 gb/s Processing
HDX6803+D
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio De-Embedder with up to 8 AES Outputs ........ 460
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Demultiplexer with up to 8 AES Outputs ................. 460
HmX6803+D
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Multiplexer with up to 8 AES Inputs........................ 463
HmX6803+D
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio Embedder with up to 8 AES Inputs ................ 463
HDX6801+B4D, +C4D
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI De-Embedders with 4 AES Outputs ....................... 486
SFS6803+D
3G/HD/SD-Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer ............................................... 466
HmX6801+B4D, +C4D
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Embedders with 4 AES Inputs............................... 488
Advanced Audio
APm6801+AAC+D
AAC Audio Encoder .................................................................................. 469
mSA6800+A4D
Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer ................................................. 490
mSA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer and AES Outputs ........................ 492
APm6801-Dx+D
Dolby Decoders and Encoders ................................................................. 471
mSA6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Channel AES Embedder with Synchronizer .............................................. 494
APm6801xx-xx+D
DTS Neural Surround Up/DownMix and MultiMerge, and DTS Neural Loudness Control ............................................................. 473
mXA6800+A4D
4-Channel Analog Audio Embedder ............................................................ 496
Audio Conversion, embedders, De-embedders

ADC6800+A4BCD
4-Channel Audio Analog-to-Digital Converter with Delay .............................. 475
mXA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
Analog Audio Embedders with AES Outputs ................................................ 497
mXA6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Channel AES Embedders ....................................................................... 499
DAC6800+BCA4D, +BCA4zD
AES Digital-to-Analog Audio Converters ..................................................... 476
SFS6803+D
3G/HD/SD Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer ............................................... 466
DAS6801+D
Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Embedder .............................. 478
vAm6800+A4D
Digital-to-Analog Monitoring Encoder/Converter .......................................... 501
DmX6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
Analog/AES Audio De-Embedders .............................................................. 480
445
Automatic Change over

ACo6800+ASiD
Intelligent Single Switchover for ASI sources ............................................... 503
vPD-6830
Analog Video EQ/Clamp Distribution Amplifiers ............................................. 86
Data/metadata insertion
AFD6800+D
HD/SD AFD/WSS Insertion Module ............................................................. 506
vrg6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video Remote Gain ........................................................ 87
vSm6801+SD
SDI Monitoring .......................................................................................... 88
Distribution
DA-ASi6802+D
1x8, SD/ASI with Reclocking and Transformers ............................................. 71
vtm6801+D
SDI Triple Monitoring Distribution Amplifier ................................................... 89
Arg6800+S/D
Analog Audio Remote Gain, Balanced........................................................... 67
DA-DH/DHr6802+D
Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, 3G/HD/SD/ASI ............................... 72
AeS6800+BS/BD/CS/CD
1x4 or 1x9, AES/EBU Balanced or Unbalanced .............................................. 66
DA-DHreo6803+D
Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Dual Fiber Transmitter .............................. 73
DA-DHroe6803+D
Frames, Control
Fr6800+mB
DA-DHrooe6803+D
Fr6822+QXFe
DA-DS/DSr6802+D
Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, SD/ASI .......................................... 77
HD Conversion
HDC6800+AD
HD Utility Downconverter .......................................................................... 508
DA-H/Hr6802+S/D/DL
1x4 or 1x8, 3 Gb/s/HD/SD/ASI .................................................................... 78
DA-Hro6803+D
Fiber Receiver/Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Fiber Transmitter/Coaxial Out ...................................................................... 79
HuC6801+D
Upconverter with Motion-Adaptive 3D De-Interlacing ................................... 510
DA-S/Sr6802+S/D/DL
1x4 or 1x8, SD/ASI .................................................................................... 81
HuC6801+D
Upconverter with Motion-Adaptive 3D De-Interlacing ................................... 511
vCA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Clamping and Equalizing ....................................... 83
XHD6800+AD, +AgD
SD Aspect Ratio Converter ........................................................................ 512
vDA6800+S/D
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video ............................................................................ 84
XHD6801+Dt, +uCt, +uCDt

HD/SD Up/Down/Cross/Aspect Ratio Converter with Enhanced Aspect Ratio Processing ............................................................ 514
veA6800+S/D 446
1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Equalizing............................................................ 85
Synchronization, Delay
ADS6800+A4BC, +A4BCD
4-Channel Audio Delay Synchronizer with Analog-to-Digital Conversion ......... 516
video Conversion
ADv6800+D
Component Analog-to-Digital Converter ..................................................... 527
ADS6800+B2D, +C2D
Audio Delay Synchronizer ......................................................................... 518
DAS6801+D
Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Multiplexer ............................. 478
APm6801+D
Audio Processing Module ......................................................................... 520
DAv6800+D
SDI Digital-to-Analog Component Video Converter ....................................... 528
AvS6800+B2D, +C2D
Audio Delay and Video Frame Synchronizer ................................................ 522
DeC6800+D
12-Bit Composite Analog-to-Digital Converter ............................................. 529
HFS6801+D
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Video Frame Synchronizer/Processor .................... 524
DeS6800+D
12-Bit Composite Video Decoder and Synchronizer ..................................... 530
SFS6803+D
3G/HD/SD Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer ............................................... 466
DQS6800+D
Multisource SD Video Decoder and Synchronizer ......................................... 531
vFS6800+S/D
SDI Video Frame Synchronizer ................................................................... 526
eAS6800+B2A4D, C2A4D
Digital-to-Analog Video and Audio Monitoring ............................................. 484
enC6801+D
SDI Video Encoder ................................................................................... 533
enS6801+D
SDI Video Encoder/Synchronizer ................................................................ 535
vAm6800+A4D
Digital-to-Analog Monitoring Encoder/Converter .......................................... 501
447
neo ADvAnCeD moDuLAr

HD, ArC, Frame rate Conversion
XHD-3903
3 Gb/s-Ready, Up/Down/Cross Converter with Advanced Audio and Enhanced Aspect Ratio Management ......................................................... 537
uP/DoWnmiX, LouDneSS ControL

DtS neural Surround Downmix
5.1 to Stereo ........................................................................................... 552
DtS neural Surround upmix

Stereo to 5.1 ........................................................................................... 554
XrC-3901
Modular Frame Rate Converter .................................................................. 541
DtS neural Surround multimerge

5.1 DTV Production Solution ..................................................................... 556
gPS-3903
GPS Receiver and Antenna Systems .......................................................... 543
DtS neural Loudness Control

Stereo and/or 5.1 .................................................................................... 558
Distributing and monitoring

vSm-3901
SDI Monitoring ........................................................................................ 545
LegALizerS
DL-810
SD Serial Digital Legalizer ......................................................................... 560
Frames, Control
3901reS-e
NEO Resource Module ............................................................................ 547
DL-860
HD/SD Legalizer ...................................................................................... 562
Fr-3901
NEO 1RU Mounting Frame ...................................................................... 548
Fr-3923
NEO 3RU Mounting Frame ...................................................................... 550
448
X50
COMPLIANT
Frame Synchronizer and Converter

signAL pROCessing // X50/X85 1ru prOCessOrs
449
Features Frame sync/delay, proc amp, noise reduction, clipping and color correction Line sync and time base corrector (TBC) modes 3DTV-capable Advanced motion detection for up/down/cross/aspect ratio conversion Two switchable auto-sensing 3G/HD/SD inputs Up/down/cross/aspect ratio conversion with two simultaneous, independent output formats Two aspect ratio converters with full control over H/V size and position Audio de-embed/embed, sync, gain, invert and delay with 16 channels (four groups) processing PCM and non-PCM (Dolby Digital, Dolby E) passthrough Time base corrector for analog composite inputs Video Interfaces: Analog composite Analog component YPrPb input and output (HD and SD) RGB output Auto-sensing SDI for .27/1.5 Gb/s, 3 Gb/s optional EDH/CRC error monitoring and insertion HDMI output for video and audio Audio Interfaces: Eight-channel analog audio Four groups embedded audio Four AES (75 ohms) inputs Data and Metadata: CC (CEA608/708) and Teletext (OP47) Audio metadata VANC embed/de-embed, generator, serial input/output AFD/Wide Screen Signaling (WSS)/VI Control and Monitoring: 100/100 Ethernet connectivity SNMP Built-in web server Local control panel CCS-compliant for use with CCS Navigator software: X85/X75 control panels NUCLEUS network control panels CCS Navigator software Four GPI inputs and outputs Optional fiber input and output Optional 3 Gb/s Built-in video test and audio tone generators Redundant power supply Logo generator/inserter Future I-Wings side bar insertion, SD memory card for presets, graphics storage and firmware updates
Harris continues to set the standard for innovative, top-performing processors with the X50 frame synchronizer and converter. This best-in-class, single-channel platform delivers the exceptional quality and functionality that have come to define the popular and award-winning Harris series of 1RU processors, which also includes the X85 and X75. The X50 is compact and cost-effective, yet feature-rich, offering an array of analog and digital baseband video and audio processing capabilities. This 1RU frame synchronizer/converter effectively and reliably supports standard-definition and high-definition formats, as well as optional 3 Gb/s 1080p Level A and Level B processing, for hybrid television and production systems. With easy-to-use controls, the X50 comes standard with a myriad of features, including color correction, closed caption/teletext capabilities, control and monitoring via a built-in web server, active format description (AFD) support, two fully controllable aspect ratio converters and 16-channel embedded audio processing. Available options include a fiber input and output plug-in. The powerful, affordable and energy-efficient X50 processor can easily be incorporated into the workflow of any broadcast environment from small stations and OB vans to production studios and networks. now Available new Features for Production Applications! Frame sync, proc amp and color correction capabilities for all 1080p/psf formats (23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30) are now available as free code updates. Included in these new releases is a basic frame rate converter that can be used either for graphics, or as a low-cost backup for linear or motion-compensated frame rate conversion in a critical path or for monitoring purposes.
X50

Video inputs 3g/Hd/sd-sdi
Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz, 5 V pk-pk

Component
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: SMPTE 424M (2.97, 2.97/1.001 Gb/s) Level A, SMPTE 372M Level B for YCrCb, 4:2:2, 10-bit with 16 channels of embedded audio HD: SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) SD: SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB, typical, from 5 to 2970 MHz >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: adaptive cable equalization for up to 164 ft (50 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable HD: adaptive cable equalization for up to 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable SD: >23 dB Belden 8281 coaxial cable
Fiber input specifications (Op+sFp+tR13p module)
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Betacam/SMPTE Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 1 kHz to 6 MHz
genlock
item Number of LC connector inputs Input wavelength Optical power monitor accuracy Sensitivity at 270 Mb/s (SMPTE 259M) Sensitivity at 1.5 Gb/s (SMPTE 292M) Sensitivity at 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M) Overload
minimum typical maximum note* 1 1260 nm -2 dB 0 dBm 0 -22 dBm -22 dBm -19 dBm 1620 nm 2 dB -20 dBm -19 dBm -18 dBm Pathological Pathological Pathological BER = 1E-12 against SDI matrix check field signals for video applications. BER = 1E-12 against PRBS 223-1 for datacom applications
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, typical, to 6 MHz, >35 dB, typical, to 30 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5.5 V pk-pk CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 60Hz, 5 V pk-pk Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk -5.0 to +6.0 dB for NTSC/PAL-B 300 mV -3.5 to +6.0 dB for tri-level sync: 1080i: 59.94/50 1080p: 29.97/25 Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 170M (NTSC) ITU-R BT.470-6 (PAL-B) SMPTE 274M (1080i, 1080p)
Video Outputs 3g/Hd/sd-sdi
s-Video
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pin DIN

Analog Composite
450
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170 M), PAL-B (ITU 624-2), PAL-M, PAL- I Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: SMPTE 424M (2.97, 2.97/1.001 Gb/s), SMPTE 352 VPID HD: SMPTE 292M, SMPTE (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s), SMPTE 352 VPID SD: SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB, typical, from 5 to 2970 MHz >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >20 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: <135 ps (20% to 80%) HD: <270 ps (20% to 80%) SD: 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: 3 Gb/s: <2 UI pk-pk HD: <1 UI pk-pk SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk Alignment: 3 Gb/s: <0.3 UI pk-pk HD: <0.2 UI pk-pk SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk
X50
item
Number of LC connector outputs Standards

451
Fiber Output specifications (Op+sFp+tR13p module) Component
minimum
3 Gb/s: SMPTE 424M HD: SMPTE 292M SD: SMPTE 259M
typical
maximum note*
1
Peak wavelength Spectrum width (RMS) Average output power Optical rise/fall time (3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Extinction ratio Jitter
1280 nm -7 dBm 5 dB <60 ps <45 ps
1310 nm 1.5 nm 105/120 ps 7 dB <110 ps 100 ps 70 ps
1340 nm 3 nm 0 dBm 165/180 ps 180 ps 1.5 Gb/s SDI, pathological 3 Gb/s HD-SDI, pathological
Measured at 25 C
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Betacam/SMPTE/RGB Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 bits Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 1 kHz to 6 MHz Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . Y: 0.5 dB to 5.5 MHz; Pb/Pr: -3.27 dB to 3 MHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0 5 mV Relative Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 ns SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >63 dB, typical, luma ramp
Audio inputs Aes/dARs
SD-SDI, pathological
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 AES, 1 DARS Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0/2.3 DIN Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 to 96 kHz Channel Status and User Bit . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Analog
Laser safety level Hdmi
Class 1
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525, 625, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/23.98, 720p/59.94, 720p/50 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDMI Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDMI 1.3
s-Video
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25, Tascam-style cable snake for balanced 8-channel audio Input Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 12 dBu (adjustable in .5 dB increments) Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-impedance or 600 ohms, jumper selectable CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB @ 60 Hz, typical
Audio Outputs Aes
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pin DIN

Composite
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M, PAL-I Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 bits Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . -1.6 dB at 6 MHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 mV Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 Y/C Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 ns (NTSC), <23.1 ns (PAL) Y/C Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1%, typical Transient Response . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5% K Factor SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >63 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0/2.3 DIN Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 10% (pk-pk) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <20 ns DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bit . . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Analog
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mono channels Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-25, Tascam-style cable snake for balanced 8-channel audio Output Audio Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 dBu to 16 dBu (adjustable in 2 dB increments) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
X50

images/diagrams
Audio Block diagram
Demux 1 Demux 2 Demux 3 Demux 4 Demux 5 Demux 6 Demux 7 Demux 8 AES 1 in Analog 1 in AES 2 in Analog 2 in AES 3 in Analog 3 in AES 4 in Analog 4 in SRCs 9 to 12 4 pairs
Audio proc gain and invert (8-channel) Audio proc gain and invert (16-channel)
Video out 1 (16-channel mux output )
SRCs 1 to 8
8 pairs
Audio proc gain and invert (16-channel)
Video out 2 (16-channel mux output )
Audio sync and delay
12 pairs
Output router
4 AES out (8-channel audio)
Balanced analog out (8-channel audio)
HDMI out (8-channel audio)
400 Hz 1000 Hz 2000 Hz 4000 Hz SMPTE RP155 EBU R68
Test generator
Video Block diagram

Component in Analog video decoder Scalar 1
Audio/ ANC mux and video TSG
SFP Tx
Fiber out (SD/HD/3G SDI with embedded audio)
S-Video in Composite in
Bypass
SDI 1 out (SD/HD/3G SDI with embedded audio)

Audio/ ANC mux and video TSG SDI 1
Fiber in (SD/HD/3G SDI with embedded audio) SDI 1 in (SD/HD/3G SDI with embedded audio) SDI 2 in (SD/HD/3G SDI with embedded audio)
Frame sync
Video Proc
Deinterlacer
Scalar 2
SDI 2 out (SD/HD/3G SDI with embedded audio) Digital to analog Component out
ANC demux
ANC proc
SDI 2
HDMI Tx Audio demux

16-ch
HDMI out
SRC
8-ch 16-ch 8-ch
Balanced analog in (8-channel audio)
Balanced Rx
Audio Tone Gen
6-ch
16-ch 16-ch
Audio sync and delay
24-ch
Audio routing and proc
8-ch 8-ch 8-ch
Analog Video Encoder
S- Video out Composite out
4 AES in (8-channel audio)
AES Rx
8-ch
8-ch
AES Tx
4 AES out (8-channel audio)
Reference in loop DARS in AES Rx
and video timing
Audio timing
452
Audio genlock
Video timing CPU monitoring and control DAC

8-ch
Balanced Tx
Balanced analog out (8-channel audio)
X50
Back View

453
THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 dB, 20 Hz 20 kHz SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB, typical Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 dB (-80 dBu to +20 dBu), typical
Connectors and i/O gpi (general purpose interface)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Rs-422
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-422 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9

LAn
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T Ethernet

Weight and dimension measurements
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45 lbs (3.83 kg) (excluding rack and cable supports) Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.72 in. (4.37 cm) Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.47 in. (44.4 cm); 17.6 in. (44.7 cm) with rear supports (excluding mounting ears) Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.25 in. (54 cm) (including front controls and rear BNC connectors)
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz, 75 W Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz, 3 amps maximum Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 95 F (5 to 35 C) with a relative humidity of 10% to 90% (non-condensing) ordering inFormation X50-AV-2PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU frame sync, converter and processor with audio processing and dual power supplies; for 3 Gb/s capability, the X50OPT-3G software key is required; AES/DARS connections require X50OPTCAB-AES adaptor cables; for fiber connectivity, the OP+SFP+TR13P transceiver is required X50OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s input and output option for X50 X50OPTCAB-AES . . . . . . . . . . . . AES interface cable BNC to 1.0/2.3 DIN for X50 OP+SFP+TR13P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic modules; 1310 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video
OP+SFP+TR27P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1270 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR29P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1290 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR31P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1310 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR33P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1330 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR35P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1350 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR37P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1370 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR43P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1430 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR45P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1450 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR47P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1470 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR49P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1490 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR51P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1510 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR53P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1530 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR55P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1550 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR57P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1570 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR59P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1590 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary) OP+SFP+TR61P . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor for Harris fiber optic products; 1610 nm wavelength transceiver with pathological support for baseband video (preliminary)
X85
COMPLIANT
Multiple Application Video and Audio Platform

Features Dual-channel up/down/cross converter for true dual-path processing with 3DTV capability Two auto-detected inputs for .27/1.5/3 Gb/s Audio, data and metadata embedding/de-embedding for .27/1.5/3 Gb/s Active format description (AFD) for .27/1.5/3 Gb/s Many modes of operation for single-point video and audio applications, from mobile to production to ingest to outbound signal processing Dual fiber input and output; may be a field retrofit V2A video to audio timing measurement for .27/1.5/3 Gb/s Color correctors for .27/1.5/3 Gb/s Media monitoring over Ethernet basic (video only); optional streaming video and audio DVI-D (720p, 1080i, 1080p) output 8, 16 or 32 channels core audio processing Optional internal audio decoder (Dolby E/AC-3) Optional internal audio encoder (Dolby E/AC-3) or optional DTS Neural Surround Up/DownMix, MultiMerge and DTS Neural Loudness Control SNMP-enabled (optional) CEA-608 to CEA-708 transcode SMPTE RDD-8 teletext closed captions for up and down conversion HD/SD logo with SD memory card (trouble slide, side bar keying) I-Wings side bar keying with video input
Building on the proven capabilities of its industry-acclaimed predecessor, the X75 synchronizer/converter, the X85 maintains the functionality, flexibility and format-friendly design of the original, and adds all-new features to keep it and your operation in pace with the changing market. The X85 multiple application video and audio platform features up to eight AES inputs and outputs, and up to 32 channels of internal audio processing packing the industrys most advanced technology into its space-saving 1RU frame. Dual-channel processing ensures maximum efficiency. An affordable, linear frame rate conversion option converts 59.94 Hz and 50 Hz-based signals. For live productions, a profanity-avoidance option delays the program, giving the operator time to bail out to an alternate signal in master control. And software-enabled 3 Gb/s upgrade capability ensures an easy, economical move anytime youre ready to make the transition to 1080p.
Product details
i/O Flexibility Audio processing
The X85 offers unparalleled I/O flexibility. Up to 17 input and 20 output formats are provided dependent on the selected options. I/O features include: Two SDI (3G/HD/SD) optical fiber serial component digital video inputs and outputs Two SDI (3G/HD/SD) serial component digital video inputs and outputs Two SDI (SD) serial component digital video inputs and outputs Streaming video and audio output over IP Thumbnail video output over IP Component analog video (Betacam) input* and output S-video (S-VHS/Hi8) input* and output NTSC/PAL-M/PAL-B/SECAM composite video input* and output RGB-S output DVI-D output for HD signals Auto-detecting inputs with user-selectable alarms Multiple operating modes, allowing for critical program path processing for ingest, bridges between routers/tape transports/servers, mobile broadcast and edit suites
Level/invert/delay/swap/summing controls Audio limiting* Dolby E and Dolby Digital decoding and encoding* DTS Neural Surround UpMix, DownMix and MultiMerge* DTS Neural Loudness Control Two optional audio modules: 16-channel internal processing (4-channel analog, 5 AES I/O) 32-channel internal processing (8 AES I/O) Analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion Embedding and de-embedding for all SDI serial digital signals, including Level A and Level B for 16 channels of embedded audio for interfacing any audio signal in a professional environment Sample rate conversion, synchronization and timing to video for lip-sync error correction Multichannel program signal processing for surround sound applications
*Optional
Video processing
*Optional
Other Ancillary data metadata
454
Level/color/hue/clip controls Color correction with RGB legalizer, RGB gain, offset, white slope, black stretch and gamma* 3D (A3D adaptive three dimensional) color decoding and 12-bit color encoding* 3D SD adaptive noise reduction* Frame synchronization and time base correction for non-synchronous signals Analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog video conversion 10-bit motion adaptive up/down/cross/standards conversion with aspect ratio conversion for hybrid standard and high-definition facilities, including 3 Gb/s 1080p facilities* Level A and Level B YCbCr 4:2:2 10-bit* *Optional
Embedded ancillary data within the program stream, including closed captioning for CEA608/CEA-708 and teletext (SMPTE RDD-8, OP47), are passed transparently from input to output with the proper data translation. Audio metadata may be generated, processed from the embedded or serial port inputs and embedded on the output or on the serial port. Active format description (AFD) for automatic aspect ratio control is also provided.
X85
test signals

455
Control Architecture
A complement of test signals is available for analog, digital SD 270 Mb/s, HD 1.5 Gb/s and 1080p 3 Gb/s. There are four selectable test tones for the embedded, AES and analog outputs. An option is available to facilitate timing of video and audio for lip sync purposes. Three applications are possible: An X85 or X75 in a local location provides a test signal that can be recorded and played back. Any X85/X75 can measure any video-to-audio relative differences in time from the playback source. A single X85 or X75 can send the test signal into a transmission system in a loopback application and measure any video-to-audio relative timing differences. Any X85 or X75 can send the test signal to any X85 or X75, and measure any video-to-audio relative timing differences. This lip sync test provides a video-to-audio timing measurement so that the operator can adjust lip sync in an automatic fashion or manually without guessing.
Control and monitoring
The X85 can be equipped with a local control panel, or it can be controlled in the following ways: ethernet X85 includes two 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports: One Ethernet port is dedicated to control, monitoring and low bit-rate streaming, providing a low frame rate video-only thumbnail. The second Ethernet port is dedicated to streaming common image format (CIF) full-motion video and audio for monitoring purposes. Web Server The X85 processors built-in web server allows control via Ethernet and permits alarms to be monitored on a unit-by-unit basis. A video thumbnail is streamed from the X85 to the web browser. remote Panel A remote panel with Ethernet capability (and the same control features) is available for controlling up to 200 X85s, X75s and DPS-575s. The X85 remote panel can monitor and control one X85 or X75 at a time. Note also that local and remote control panels associated with installed DPS-575s can control X85 and X75 through the text menu system. NUCLEUS can be customized by the user to control X85s, X75s and other devices on the control and monitoring network. SnmP For those who have adopted (or may adopt) the industry-standard SNMP, an SNMP agent can be added as an option. CCS The X85 is CCS-compliant for use with CCS Navigator and NUCLEUS. A specific graphical user interface (GUI) is available for control, monitoring and diagnostics purposes. Serial Control RS-232 serial control for automation purposes is available. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Video
Control and monitoring of signals passing through the X85 is enabled using IP over Ethernet. Instant operator control from the local or remote control panels allows for easy manipulation of video and audio signals. The use of two Ethernet ports per unit (one for control, monitoring and video thumbnails, and one for video and audio streaming) makes PC control and monitoring over large networks entirely manageable. A built-in web server and optional simple network management protocol (SNMP) are industrystandard means of controlling and monitoring the X85 over Ethernet. The Harris CCS Navigator software further enhances the remote control aspects of the X85. The NUCLEUS network control panel provides complete user customization to tailor the control interface to the specific X85 application. A secure device (SD) provides expandable memory for the HD and SD logo generators inserters and stores presets.
user-selectable modes
Operational modes for numerous applications can be user-selected: All Output Select: The user has the choice of processing any input to all outputs M-PATH: Multiple path processing; up to five paths of processing SIMULCAST: Any two inputs can be switched to all outputs Side panel fill using video input, (i.e., I-Wings application) Frame rate conversion Program delay Output follows input mode (using auto detect) Via separate remote control panel such as the X75-RCP/X85-RCP or NUCLEUS Using the CCS Navigator software application Via web browser such as Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox Via simple network management protocol (SNMP) Via third-party control software using CCS EP (extended protocol) Via a NUCLEUS user-customizable remote panel Major and minor alarm LEDs Status LEDs for power and memory access
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 388 ft (100 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable or 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
3 gb/s Hd-sdi Video input
Control and monitoring Flexibility
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >10 dB, typical, from 1485 to 2970 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 ft (50 m) typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
1.5 gb/s Hd Fiber Video input
For X85 units with an installed local control panel, configuration and control can be performed locally. Numerous LEDs that indicate alarm, status and configuration information are available from the front control panel.
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, mode B operation Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 to 1600 nm Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . 0 dBM, typical Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Better than -20 dBM
X85

3 gb/s Hd Fiber Video input genlock input
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Input Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 to 1610 nm Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . 0 dBM Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18 dB, typical
sd-sdi Video input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, -5.0 dB to +6.0 dB for NTSC/PAL-B 1 V pk-pk, -3.5 dB to +6.0 dB for tri-level sync (1080i/720p) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync (1080i/720p)
1.5 gb/s Hd-sdi Video Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >23 dB Belden 8281 cable
s-Video input
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-pin DIN

X75Opt-A3d Analog Composite Video input
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: <1 UI; alignment: <0.2 UI
3 gb/s Hd-sdi Video Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170 M), PAL-B (ITU624-2), SECAM, PAL-M, PAL-I Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal mode, non-TBC: 12 bits (NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M) 8 bits (SECAM) TBC mode: 8 bits (all standards) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz, 5 V pk-pk Setup Level Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 IRE Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 dB, typical (X75OPT-A3D); 58 dB, typical (X75OPT-PQM) Y/C Gain Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB Y/C Delay Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 ns
Component Video input
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 DB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >10 DB, typical, from 1485 to 2970 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 MV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20/80), no differ by more than 50 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: 2 UI; alignment: 0.3 UI
1.5 gb/s Hd Fiber Video Output
456
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Betacam Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal mode, non-TBC mode CAV Y: 12 bits, Cb: 10 bits, Cr: 10 bits Normal mode, non-TBC mode S-Video Luma: 12 bits Chroma: 10 bits TBC mode CAV: Not supported S-Video: 8 bits all Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 1 kHz to 6 MHz Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . Y: 0.15 dB to 5.5 MHz Pb/Pr: 0.10 dB to 3.0 MHz SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, Mode B operation Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Output Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 20 nm Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps pk-pk Laser Safety Level . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 1
3 gb/s Hd Fiber Video Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LC Output Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 20 nm Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm, typical Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps, typical Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps pk-pk Laser Safety Level . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 1
X85

457
sd-sdi Video Output dVi Video Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: <0.2 UI (pk-pk)
Composite Video Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 720p/59.94, 720p/50 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-D Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ps to 0.4 UI (20% to 80%) Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 0.2 V (differential, pk-pk) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 UI
Audio Aes/dARs input Balanced
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC PAL-B PAL-M PAL-I Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-bits Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB (0.1 to 6 MHz) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB (0.1 to 6 MHz) DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.0 0.005 V Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 Y/C Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 ns Transient Response . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5% K Factor SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >63 dB (0.1 MHz to 6 MHz)
Component Video Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 DB-26/44, female, with breakout cable Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
unbalanced
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Analog input
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Betacam Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y: 12-bits Cb: 10 bits Cr: 10 bits GBR: 8-bits Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB (1 kHz to 6 MHz) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . Y: 0.1 dB to 5.5 MHz Pb/Pr: 0.10 dB to 3.0 MHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0 5 mV Relative Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 ns SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >63 dB
streaming Video Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removable barrier strip Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jumper selectable with J5~J8 Pin 2-3: 100 k ohms Pin 1-2: 600 ohms Input Analog Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (adjustable by 2 dB increments) CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB @ 60 Hz, typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB (to -100 dBFS) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz), typical THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB (@ -1 dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 KHz) SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
Balanced
Video Compression Type. . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simple profile Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed bit rate mode, variable bit rate (VBR) mode Bit Rate Range Control . . . . . . . . . User-selectable 200 kb/s 1 Mb/s Frame Rate (VBR). . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 f/s, 25 f/s Frame Rate (fixed) . . . . . . . . . . . . As bit rate is lowered, frame rate is lowered Audio Compression Type . . . . . . . Advanced audio coding (AAC) format Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low complexity (LC) Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 k Stereo Bit Rate (two channels) . . . 64 kb/s
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 DB-26/44, female, with breakout cable Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V (pk-pk) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%)
X85
unbalanced

Weight and dimension measurements
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 10% (pk-pk) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removable barrier strip Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . Jumper selectable with J1~J4, J9~J12 PIN 2-3: 66 ohms PIN 1-2: 600 ohms Output Analog Level . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (adjustable by 2 dB increments) Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB (to -100 dBFS) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz) THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-87 dB typical (@ -1 dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 KHz), typical SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
i/O multi-i/O
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully loaded unit, no power cords: 11 lbs (4.9 kg) breakout cables (each): 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg) Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU, 1.75 in. (4.5 cm) Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 in. (48.3 cm) Depth (includes extruding . . . . . . . 21.5 in. (54.6 cm) knobs and BNCS)
power Consumption by individual Component
Component description X85/X75 Frame with Mainboard Local Control Panel Blank Front Panel X75OPT-HDUPG HD Module 8-, 16-, or 32-Channel Audio Submodule Analog Video in Submodule (A3D or PQM) Streaming Submodule Second Power Supply X85OPT-HDUPG HD Module Operating Temperature Range
power Consumption @ 115V AC 17.2 W 7.0 W 5.3 W 28.4 W 19.7 W (8- and 16-channel) 6.1 W (32-channel) 7.9 W 4.0 W Adds extra 5% to single power supply system configuration 33.6 W 41 to 95 F (5 to 35 C)
Composite Output . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, SECAM, SYNC Component Output . . . . . . . . . . . . GBR Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 bits, all GPI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Internally pulled high External contact closure to ground to trigger GPI Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 TTL-compatible 75 ohms impedance Sink 64 mA, source 32 mA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-26
thumbnail streaming
X85 with dual-Channel up/down/Cross-Conversion, Redundant psu
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCS, SNMP, HTTP

Hardware V2A
X85HD-AV-2PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU up/down/cross converter and synchronizer, video and 16-channel audio, local control panel, redundant power supply (dual-channel .27/1.5 Gb/s conversion), for 3 Gb/s capability, the X85OPT-3G software key option is required X85HD-LCAV-2PS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU up/down/cross converter and synchronizer, video and 16-channel audio, no control panel, redundant power supply (dual-channel .27/1.5 Gb/s conversion), for 3 Gb/s capability, the X85OPT-3G software key option is required
X85-3g with dual-Channel up/down/Cross-Conversion, Redundant psu
Measurement Window . . . . . . . . . 1.2 sec between video and audio Time to Provide Measurement . . . 5 sec Measurement Resolution . . . . . . . 2 video lines note: The measurement result has 1.64 to 1.66 MS delay for HD de-embedded audio and 1.28 to 1.3 MS for SD de-embedded audio.
Rs-232/422
X85-3G-AV-2PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU up/down/cross converter and synchronizer, video and 32-channel audio, local control panel, redundant power supply (dual channel .27/1.5/3 Gb/s conversion), X85OPT-3G option is included X85-3G-LCAV-2PS . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU up/down/cross converter and synchronizer, video and 32 channel audio, no control panel, redundant power supply (dual channel .27/1.5/3 Gb/s conversion), X85OPT-3G option is included
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 232/422 switchable 422 termination can be selected from the menu
458
X85

459
X85 Hardware Options (may not be used in X75) dts neural Options
X85OPTPD-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program delay software key license (maximum 59 sec for .27 Gb/s, 10 sec for 1.5 Gb/s, 5 sec for 3 Gb/s), requires X85OPT-M2 memory module X85OPTPD-2-M2. . . . . . . . . . . . . Program delay software key license (59 sec for .27 Gb/s, 10 sec for 1.5 Gb/s, 5 sec for 3 Gb/s), includes X85OPT-M2 memory module X85OPTSC-SD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD<>SD standards conversion software key license, either X85OPT-MEM-2 or X85OPTMEM-3 required X85OPTSC-HD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD<>HD/SD standards conversion software key license, either X85OPT-MEM-2 or X85OPT-MEM-3 required X85OPTSC-SD-M2 . . . . . . . . . . . SD<>SD standards conversion software key license, includes X85OPT-M2 memory module X85OPTSC-HD-M2 . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD<>HD/SD standards conversion software key license, includes X85OPT-M2 memory module
X85 Optical Fiber Options (may not be used in X75)
OP+SFP+RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor-pluggable fiber receiver, dual inputs, standard sensitivity OP+SFP+TT+13+13 . . . . . . . . . . Small form factor pluggable fiber transmitter, dual outputs, 1310 nm FP lasers, -7 dBm
X85 software Key (may not be used in X75)
X85OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s input and output option, requires X85OPT-HDUPG X85OPT-CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color correction software key option for X85 Includes 1 SD and 2 3G/HD/SD color correctors, (for 3 Gb/s, the X85-3G model or X85HD model with the X85OPT-3G software key is required) and includes RGB legalizer (clipping)
X75 Hardware Options (may be used in X85)
X85OPT-HDUPG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD submodule with dual auto-detected 270/1.5/3 inputs and dual 1.5/3 output and dual up, down or cross-conversion, coaxial and optional optical input and output, for 3 Gb/s operation, the X85OPT-3G software key license is required X75OPT-A3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog video input with high-performance 3D fully-adaptive comb filtering, S-video and analog component Betacam inputs X75OPT-A3D-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog video input with industry-leading 3D fully-adaptive comb filtering, S-video and analog component Betacam inputs (with alternate color decoder algorithm) X75OPT-AS-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-channel audio synchronizer with 8 AES/SD and HD 4 group embedded inputs and outputs, includes cable set X75OPT-AS-32-L. . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-channel audio synchronizer with 8 AES/SD and HD 4 group embedded inputs and outputs with audio limiting, includes cable set X75OPT-AS-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-channel audio synchronizer with 4-channel analog/5 AES/SD and HD 4 group embedded inputs and outputs, includes cable set X75OPT-AS-16-L. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-channel audio synchronizer with 4-channel analog/5 AES/SD and HD 4 group embedded inputs and outputs with audio limiting, includes cable set X75OPT-DOLBY-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby E and Dolby Digital (AC-3) integrated decompression X75OPT-DOLBY-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby E integrated compression X75OPT-DOLBY-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) integrated compression
X75OPT-UM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 or 5.1 program audio, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC-6+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 and 5.1 (separate programs), plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 4x 2.0 program audio, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC+DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround DownMix output, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-UM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-DM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-MM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85 X85-RCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote control panel for X85, X75 and DPS-475/575 X75OPT-PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power supply field retrofit kit X75OPT-STR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 monitor streaming option (field retrofit for units with serial numbers higher than LHTI0240085001) X85OPT-LCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field retrofit kit (change a blank panel to a local control panel) for X85, X75 and DPS-475/575
X75 software Options (may be used in X85)
X75OPT-NR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motion-adaptive noise reduction and bandwidth filtering for SD input signals X75OPT-ASL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio limiting software keyable option X75OPT-SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNMP agent software keyable option X75OPT-V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video/audio timing tool software keyable option for receiving units X75OPT-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB subtitling software key option, system B world system teletext (WST)
Optional Cables (for X75 and X85)
X75OPTCAB-16-C . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for 16-channel audio synchronizer, unbalanced coaxial AES (1 set included) X75OPTCAB-16-CX . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for 16-channel audio synchronizer, unbalanced coaxial AES and balanced XLR AES X75OPTCAB-16-X . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for 16-channel audio synchronizer, balanced XLR AES X75OPTCAB-32-C . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for 32-channel audio synchronizer, unbalanced coaxial AES (1 set included) X75OPTCAB-32-CX . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for 32-channel audio synchronizer, unbalanced coaxial AES and balanced XLR AES X75OPTCAB-32-X . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for 32-channel audio synchronizer, balanced XLR AES X75OPTCAB-DVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable for DVI-D single link output X75OPTCAB-MULTI . . . . . . . . . . . Cable set for multi IO connector
HDX6803+D
signAL pROCessing // 6800+ 3 gB/s prOCessing
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio De-Embedder with up to 8 AES Outputs

The HDX6803+D 3G/HD/SD audio de-embedder module for the 6800+ modular core processing platform has up to eight AES outputs and a video processing amplifier. It allows control over the video while functioning as a de-embedded audio processor for hot-switching de-embedded audio. This new module provides full audio delay, audio processing and the ability to de-embed metadata to external sources. The HDX6803+D is ideal for any broadcast operation where the deembedding of audio from HD or SD video signals is required, or where HD or SD video and (embedded and/or discrete) audio signals are processed. The OP+HDX+R+D version includes the fiber sub-module, which will allow the addition of an optical receiver to complement the electrical inputs.
Features Inputs: One video serial digital input DARS input (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) Fiber receiver (OP+HDX+R+D version) Outputs: Four serial video digital outputs Eight AES outputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) Four AES standard; eight with HDX68OPT-AES8 license option RS-232/422 serial port metadata output Operates video standards: 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M) 1080i/p 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M) 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M) upgradeable Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard 10-bit video processing Digital equalization (supports Belden 8281/1694A and newer, thin coaxial cables like Alcatel SD02) Passes all HANC samples Passes VANC with user-selectable option for VBI/ANC line-by-line video deleting Up to eight frames of HD and 50 frames of SD video delay Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze Video processing amplifier with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Ability to de-embed metadata Dolby header adjustment Support for fiber receiver (OP+ HDX+R versions) option via sub-module on main module Basic audio limiting capability: User-selectable threshold for soft compression limiting Adjustable compression slope Adjustable attack time/rate Adjustable delay time/rate Noise gate level and time Video and audio test generator AES audio routing/advanced processing Internal audio processing amplifier with gain, swap, invert, delay, mix (sum) of de-embedded audio channels Bypassable sample rate conversion for external and embedded audio Data mode for passing compressed audio apt-X, Dolby E, AC-3 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C, U and V-bit transparency Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Card-edge control Ethernet remote control and monitoring V-fade of the output audio on audio source change
Back module
HDX6803+D
Product details Each HDX6803+D package includes a module-specific breakout cable that expands the number of available connections beyond what would fit on a standard two-slot back connector. The breakout cable includes an RS-232/422 serial connector to embed or de-embed Dolby metadata. The HDX6803+D can be controlled manually via card-edge controls with OSD video display or remotely using CCS Navigator, HTTP web server or third-party SNMP-based control applications. In addition, the module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in a FR6822+QXFE frame.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Test Pattern Generator Driver Equalizer Video delay Video Proc Amp Driver Audio Demux Sample Rate Converter Audio Delay Audio Proc Amp 2 8 3G/HD/SD-SDI AES Out
SDI OUT 3 BREAKOUT SDI OUT 2 SDI IN 1
RX
Optical receiver
OP+SFS+PR
3G/HD/SD-SDI
SDI OUT 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI
DARS
DARS Data Deembedder Metadata Router

CCS and Q-SEE monitoring and control
Metadata CCS and SNMP Control
SDI OUT 4
460
HDX6803+D

461
serial Video input Balanced Aes/dARs input (with external Baluns)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M): 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M): HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component: SD-SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/p: 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are future software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 MHz to 1485 MHz; >12 dB from 1485 MHz to 2970 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s-adaptive cable equalization for up to 164 ft (50 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable HD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable SD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 984 ft (300 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable
serial Video Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz >30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16
Aes Balanced Output (with external Baluns)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M) - 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p(SMPTE 296M) HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component SD-SDI Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: 25, 29.97, 30, 59.94 Hz 1080p: 23.98 (p/psf), 24 (p/psf), 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz 525, 625 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz; >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps - 3 Gb/s <270 ps - HD-SDI 0.4 to 1.5 ns - SD-SDI Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: <2 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.3 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter (>100 kHz) HD: <1 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.2 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter for (>100 kHz) SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk (>10 Hz); Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 frames less 2 lines for 3G/HD; 50 frames for SD
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 232/422 switchable

HDX6803+D
HDX6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD de-embedder with 4 AES outputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant HDX68OPT-AES8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for HDX6803+D to provide 8 discrete AES outputs HDX68OPT-3G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for HDX6803+D to provide 3 Gb/s HD capability OP+HDX+R+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD de-embedder with 4 AES outputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with fiber optic receiver 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable with coaxial connectors for unbalanced AES I/O (note: 1 cable provided with each HDX6803+D or OP+HDX+R unit ordered) note: One unbalanced audio breakout cable (6800+OPT+16CAPM) is included with each HDX6803+D module purchased and does not need to be separately ordered/purchased. Additional/replacement cables can be ordered using part numbers 6800+OPT+16CAPM.
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules
462
HMX6803+D
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio Embedder with up to 8 AES Inputs

463
The HMX6803+D 3G/HD/SD audio embedder for the 6800+ modular core processing platform has up to eight AES inputs with a video processing amplifier. This module allows for control over the picture, has an embedded audio processor for hot-switching embedded audio, provides full audio delay and processing, and has the ability to embed metadata from external sources. The HMX6803+D can be used in any broadcast facility where the embedding of AES on SD or HD signals is required, or where the processing of SD or HD video and audio signals is essential. The OP+HMX+D version includes the fiber sub-module, which will allow the addition of an optical transmitter to complement the electrical inputs.
Features Inputs: One video serial digital input Genlock input (composite or tri-level sync) frame or card; user-selectable Eight AES inputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) Four AES inputs standard, eight AES with HMX68OPT-AES8 license option DARS input (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) RS-232/422 serial port for external metadata source Outputs: Four serial video digital outputs Fiber transmitter (OP+HMX+D version) Operates video standards: 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M) 1080i/p 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M) 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M ) upgradeable Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard 10-bit video processing Digital equalization (supports Belden 8281/1694A and newer, thin coaxial cables like Alcatel SD02) Passes all HANC samples Passes VANC with user-selectable option for VBI/ANC line-by-line video deleting Up to eight frames of HD and 50 frames of SD video delay Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze Video processing amplifier with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Ability to embed AES on output (fiber or SDI) without video source or genlock Ability to embed external metadata Dolby header adjustment Basic audio limiting capability: User-selectable threshold for soft compression limiting Adjustable compression slope Adjustable attack time/rate Adjustable delay time/rate Noise gate level and time Module will directly support eight AES unbalanced inputs only; balanced AES supported via external baluns adapters Video and audio test generator AES audio routing/advanced processing Internal audio processing amplifier with gain, swap, invert, delay, mix (sum) of de-embedded and external audio channels Bypassable sample rate conversion for external and embedded audio Data mode for passing compressed audio apt-X, Dolby E, AC-3 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C, U and V-bit transparency Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Card-edge control Ethernet remote control and monitoring V-fade of the output audio on audio source change
Back module
HMX6803+D
Product details Each HMX6803+D package includes a module-specific breakout cable that expands the number of available connections beyond what would fit on a standard two-slot back connector. The breakout cable includes an RS-232/422 serial connector to embed or de-embed Dolby metadata. The HMX6803+D module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls with OSD video display or remotely using CCS Navigator, HTTP web server or third-party SNMP-based control applications. In addition, the module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
SDI IN 1
TX
Test Pattern Generator Video Proc Audio Embed Data Embed AFD/WSS/VI Inserter
Laser Driver
OP+SFS+(C)xxD
SDI OUT 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI
Equalizer
AFD/WSS/VI Detector
Video Delay
Driver
3G/HD/SD-SDI
SDI OUT 2
Driver AES In
HMX 68 OPT +AES option 8
3G/HD/SD-SDI
4 4
AES In
Sample rate converter
Audio delay
Audio proc amp

BREAKOUT
SDI OUT 3
DARS Metadata
DARS Metadata Router

SDI OUT 4
CCS and SNMP Control
HMX6803+D
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio Multiplexer with up to 8 AES Inputs

serial Video input Reference Video
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M): 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M): HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component: SD-SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/p: 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are future software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz; >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s-adaptive cable equalization for up to 164 ft (50 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable HD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable SD- adaptive cable equalization for up to 984 ft (300 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable
serial Video Output
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk +6 dB/-3.5 dB Signal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite 525/625 or tri-level sync (1080i/p/720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 10 MHz, typical
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Balanced Aes/dARs input (with external Baluns)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M): 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M): HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270Mb/s, 525/625 component: SD-SDI Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: 25, 29.97, 30, 59.94 Hz 1080p: 23.98 (p/psf), 24 (p/psf), 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz 525, 625 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz; >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps: 3 Gb/s <270 ps: HD-SDI 0.4 to 1.5 ns: SD-SDI Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: <2 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.3 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter (>100 kHz) HD: <1 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.2 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter for (>100 kHz) SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk (>10 Hz); Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 frames less 2 lines for 3G/HD; 50 frames for SD
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external baluns Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V, 0 to 20 kHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Fiber Optic Output (transmitter)
Number of Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional) FC/PC (optional) Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB, typical
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 RS-232/422-switchable

Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . 12 W maximum Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
464
HMX6803+D
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio Multiplexer with up to 8 AES Inputs

465
HMX6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD embedder with 4 AES inputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant HMX68OPT-AES8 . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for HMX6803+D to provide 8 discrete AES inputs HMX68OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for HMX6803+D to provide 3 Gb/s HD capability OP+HMX+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD embedder with 4 AES inputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with 1310 nm fiber optic transmitter OP+HMX+CxxD* . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD embedder with 4 AES inputs, 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with CWDM fiber optic transmitter 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable with coaxial connectors for unbalanced AES I/O (note: 1 cable provided with each HMX6803+D or OP+HMX unit ordered)
note: One unbalanced audio breakout cable (6800+OPT+16CAPM) is included with each HMX6803+D module purchased and does not need to be ordered/purchased separately. Additional/replacement cables can be ordered using part number 6800+OPT+16CAPM.
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
SFS6803+D
3G/HD/SD-Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer

The SFS6803+D 3G/HD/SD video frame synchronizer is an auto-timing serial digital frame synchronizer and audio synchronizer processing module for the 6800+ frame. The module provides video frame synchronization and delay for 3G/HD/SD signals and can be used in any broadcast, post-production, cable or
Features Video frame and audio sync with genlock support Full 3 Gb/s support Audio embedder and de-embedder Seamless sound functionality: audio embedding on loss of video Fast Switch feature allows for clean/quiet output on hot switch at the input with no output frame freeze Dolby header adjustment Fiber TX or RX Eight AES unbalanced inputs and outputs balanced AES supported via external baluns adapters 10-bit video processing Passes all HANC samples Passes VANC with user-selectable option for VBI/ANC line-by-line video deleting Up to eight frames of HD and 50 frames of SD video delay Ability to embed AES on output (fiber or SDI) without video source or genlock Ability to de-embed metadata and embed external metadata Operates video standards: 525 and 625 (SMPTE 259M) 1080i/p 720p (SMPTE 274M/296M) 3 Gb/s (SMPTE 424M ) upgradeable Loss of video modes: Pass Black Freeze Video processing amplifier with controls for: Luminance gain Luminance offset Chrominance gain Chrominance offset White clip Black clip Hue adjustment Audio processing amplifier for de-embedded and external audio channels: Gain Swap Invert Delay Mix (sum) Video and audio test generator 16, 20 or 24-bit audio processing Data I/O signal provides audio tracking and hot-switching information to other modules C, U and V-bit transparency VBI line-by-line deleting Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard Inputs: One video serial digital input Genlock input (composite or tri-level sync) frame or card; user-selectable Eight AES inputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) DARS input (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) RS-232/422 serial port for external metadata source Optional fiber receiver (OP+SFS+R+D) Outputs: Four synchronized serial video digital outputs One data I/O signal for tracking audio processing Eight AES outputs (unbalanced, balanced compatible with external baluns) RS-232/422 serial port metadata output Optional fiber transmitter (OP+SFS+D) Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video standards Card-edge control Ethernet remote control and monitoring Q-SEE thumbnail support
Features supported
mobile facility where processing and synchronization of HD or SD video and audio (embedded and/or discrete) signals are required. The SFS6803+D has the capability to re-time an I/O signal to a local station clock for the clean processing of all synchronized signals.
Video frame and audio sync with genlock support Full 3 Gb/s support Audio embedder and de-embedder Audio embedding on loss of video Data embedder and de-embedder Dolby header adjustment Fiber TX and/or RX Advanced audio procamp with audio routing Audio limiter VBI line-by-line deleting Video proc amp Eight AES in/out support AFD metadata handling
Product details With both video and full audio processing capabilities, the SFS6803+D allows for control over the picture, embedded audio processing and audio tracking. Full handling of the embedded metadata is provided, along with the ability to de-embed and re-embed metadata from external sources. The module includes: One video serial digital input Four synchronized video serial digital outputs Genlock reference video input (card or frame) A special output (data I/O) for the hot switch and I/O delay signals for tracking audio processing A RS-232/422 serial connector for metadata embedding and de-embedding In addition, the module has an option for eight AES input and eight AES output ports, allowing for separate audio processing of 16 channels. This provides the ability to select these 16 channels along with 16 embedded channels from the SDI input. The OP+SFS+D version includes the fiber sub-module, which will allow the addition of an optical transmitter or receiver to complement the electrical inputs. The SFS6803+D can be controlled manually via card-edge controls with OSD video display or remotely using CCS Navigator, HTTP web server or third-party SNMPbased control applications. In addition, the module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in a FR6822+QXFE frame.
466
SFS6803+D
images/diagrams
Block diagram
External Reference1 Frame Reference Optical receiver
OP+SFS+PR

467
Back module
Genlock Test pattern generator Video proc Audio embed Data embed Laser Driver
Fiber SDI IN 1
DATA I/O
OP+SFS+(C)xxD
SDI OUT 1
3G/HD/SD-SDI
Equalizer
Frame sync
Driver
3G/HD/SD-SDI
SDI OUT 2
Driver Audio demux Sample rate converter Audio sync Audio proc amp
2 4 4
3G/HD/SD-SDI AES Out

SDI OUT 3 BREAKOUT
AES In AES In DARS
4 4 DARS
SFS68 OPT +AES option 8
AES Out
SFS68OPT_AES8 option
Data deembedder
Metadata router
SDI OUT 4
Metadata CCS & SNMP control

serial Video input
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M): 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M): HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component: SD-SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/p: 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are future software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz; >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 164 ft (50 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable HD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable SD-adaptive cable equalization for up to 984 ft (300 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable
serial Video Output
Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps: 3 Gb/s, <270 ps: HD-SDI 0.4 to 1.5 ns: SD-SDI Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s: <2 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.3 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter (>100 kHz) HD: <1 UI pk-pk of timing jitter (>10 Hz); <0.2 UI pk-pk of alignment jitter for (>100 kHz) SD: <0.2 UI pk-pk (>10 Hz) Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 frames less 2 lines for 3G/HD; 50 frames for SD Frame Synchronizer Lock Range. . . . At least 45 ppm
Reference Video
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk +6 dB/-3.5 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite 525/625 or tri-level sync (1080i/p/720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 10 MHz, typical
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 synchronized Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p (SMPTE 424M): 3 Gb/s HD 1080i/p (SMPTE 274M); 720p (SMPTE 296M): HD-SDI SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component: SD-SDI Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: 25, 29.97, 30Hz 1080p: 23.98 (p/psf), 24 (p/psf), 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Hz (3 Gb/s rates are software upgradeable) 720p: 50, 59.94, 60 Hz 525,625 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 1485 MHz; >12 dB from 1485 to 2970 MHz D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%
Balanced Aes/dARs input (with external Baluns)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external baluns Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V (pk-pk) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V, 0 to 20 kHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
SFS6803+D

Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz; >30 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Aes Balanced Output (with external Baluns) Fiber Optic Output (transmitter) Optical Outputs
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR with external baluns Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 ohms load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
data i/O Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Wavelengths (nm) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 FP 1270, 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1520, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610 CWDM Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC/PC per IEC 61754-4-1 ST/PC (optional), FC/PC (optional) Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm FP 0 dBm 2 dBm CWDM Extinction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 dB, typical
Rs-232/Rs-422 (metadata i/O)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss (up to 6 MHz) . . . . . . >20 dB
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9, RS-232/422-switchable

Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W maximum Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) ordering inFormation SFS6803+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant SFS68OPT-AES4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade to provide 4 discrete AES inputs and outputs SFS68OPT-AES8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade to provide 8 discrete AES inputs and outputs SFS68OPT-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade for 1.5 Gb/s HD capability SFS68OPT-HD-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key for field upgrade from 1.5 to 3 Gb/s SFS68OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional software key upgrade to provide 3 and 1.5 Gb/s HD capability OP+SFS+13D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with 1310 nm fiber optic transmitter OP+SFS+CxxD*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with CWDM fiber optic transmitter OP+SFS+R+D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI A/V frame synch and processing amplifier, HD and 3 Gb/s-capable (with appropriate software key), includes double-slot back module and breakout cable, Q-SEE-compliant with fiber optic receiver 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable with coaxial connectors for unbalanced AES I/O (note: 1 cable provided with each SFS6803+ or OP+SFS unit ordered) note: One unbalanced audio breakout cable (6800+OPT+16CAPM) is included with each SFS6803+D module purchased and does not need to be ordered/purchased separately. Additional/replacement cables can be ordered using part number 6800+OPT+16CAPM.
Connector Options
OP+OPT+ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -ST connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules OP+OPT+FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPTO+ -FC connector option for OPTO+ fiber modules *CWdm Wavelength selection table replace xx with wavelength below Lower Band Wavelengths upper Band Wavelengths xx Wavelength (nm) xx Wavelength (nm) 27 1270 47 1470 29 1290 49 1490 31 1310 51 1510 33 1330 53 1530 35 1350 55 1550 37 1370 57 1570 43 1430 59 1590 45 1450 61 1610
468
APM6801+AAC+D
AAC Audio Encoder
signAL pROCessing // 6800+ ADvAnCeD AuDiO
469
The APM6801+AAC+D audio encoder, a module in the 6800+ platform, provides similar AAC audio encoding capabilities as the ENC-A21 H.264 encoder, with three user-selectable AES inputs and one HE-AAC 2.0, AAC-LC 2.0, 5.1 HEAAC or AAC-LC 5.1 output.
Product details
He-AAC, AAC-LC Audio standards and modes
Features AAC audio encoder Three selectable AES inputs One selectable output: HE-AAC 2.0 AAC-LC 2.0 5.1 HE-AAC AAC-LC 5.1
possible Audio standards aac-he-24k aac-he-32k aac-he-40k aac-he-48k aac-he-56k aac-lc-56k aac-he-64k aac-lc-64k aac-he-80k aac-lc-80k aac-he-96k aac-lc-96k aac-he-112k aac-lc-112k aac-he-128k aac-lc-128k aac-he-160k aac-lc-160k aac-he-192k aac-lc-192k aac-he-224k aac-lc-224k aac-he-240k aac-lc-256k aac-lc-280k aac-lc-320k aac-lc-384k aac-lc-448k aac-lc-512k aac-lc-576k aac-lc-640k aac-lc-800k
Legend:
mono
possible Audio modes * dualstereo parametric stereo mono
5.1
nominal Bit Rate (b/s) 24000 32000 40000 48000 56000 56000 64000 64000 80000 80000 96000 96000 112000 112000 128000 128000 160000 160000 192000 192000 224000 224000 240000 256000 280000 320000 384000 448000 512000 576000 640000 800000
transport stream Bit Rate (b/s) (includes ts Overhead) 29375 35250 41125 52875 60160 60160 66176 66176 84224 84224 102272 102272 120320 120320 132352 132352 164500 168448 199750 198528 23500 234624 246750 264704 287875 330880 393625 458250 528750 593375 658000 822500
Supported Feature Unsupported Feature

Balanced dARs input (with external Baluns)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (frame and card) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 3 dB, nominal Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC + adapter baluns Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz)
APM6801+AAC+D
AAC Audio Encoder
unbalanced dARs input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Audio Rate PCM Input . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz)
Aes Balanced input (with external Baluns)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC Coupled Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC + adapter baluns Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV images/diagrams

Block diagram
Frame REF EXT REF1 DARS1 DARS AES in 11 AES in 21 AES in 31 AES in 41 AES in 51 AES in 61 AES in 71 AES in 81 CPU Monitoring and Control
1
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC + adapter baluns Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Component . . . . . >30 dB below output signal (0 to 6 MHz)
performance
Power Consumption Estimate . . . . <12 W
Back module
APM6801+D
Mux
Reference select
Ref clock V sync AES out 11 AES out 21 AES out 31 AES out 41 AES out 51 AES out 61 AES out 71 AES out 81
NOT USED AES IN/OUT GENLOCK / DARS IN / DATA IO / METADATA
Bypassable SRCs
AAC Encoder SRCs
Audio Processing (Swap, Decoder Bypass with Delay)
NOT USED
Router
Router
NOT USED
NOT USED
DARS IN
ordering inFormation APM6801+AAC+D . . . . . . . . . . . AAC audio encoder module for 6800+ frames, 8 AES inputs selectable into encoder with 8 AES outputs, includes breakout cable 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable for APM6800-D module, 1 included with each module 6800+OPT+BRGAPM . . . . . . . . . Bridge cable for APM6801+ modules and SFS6803+D 6800+OPT+BNCAPM . . . . . . . . . Short BNC cable 6800+OPT+AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial audio metadata interconnection cable for APM6800-D modules
470
APM6801-Dx+D
Dolby Decoders and Encoders

471
Dolby encoded signals must be decoded for any audio processing task. More and more Dolby encoded signals are being used in the contribution domain (Dolby E). Dolby E encoders and encoders are necessary for these links for voiceover and other audio mixing and processing applications, such as loudness control. On occasion, Dolby Digital (AC-3) is used for contribution applications, and AC-3 decoding is required for the same reasons. For distribution applications, Dolby Digital (AC-3) encoders are required. The APM6801+ Dolby audio processing modules are part of the 6800+ modular core processing platform. The modules provide input and output connections on an included breakout cable. Features include right AES unbalanced inputs and outputs, audio metadata over serial RS-232/422, external reference and DARS input and a data I/O for audio tracking video frame synchronizers.
Features Three versions: Dolby E, Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder module Dolby E encoder module Dolby Digital (AC-3) encoder module Eight AES I/O with input/output routing and sample rate conversion with bypass Up to 2.5 seconds delay Breakout cable provides discrete AES connectivity For embedded applications, add companion SFS/HMX/HDX modules External reference can be color black or tri-level sync DARS input
images/diagrams
Block diagrams Apm6801-d1+d
Frame REF EXT REF1 DARS1 DARS AES in 11 AES in 21 AES in 31 AES in 41 AES in 51 AES in 61 AES in 71 AES in 81 Reference select Ref clock V sync Dolby E/ Dolby AC-3 Decoder
9
Back module
APM6801+D
Mux
Audio metadata out1
AES out 11 Audio Processing (Swap, Decoder Bypass with Delay) Router AES out 21 AES out 31 AES out 41 AES out 51 AES out 61 AES out 71 AES out 81 CPU Monitoring and Control
Bypassable SRCs
NOT USED
Router
SRCs
NOT USED
Pro-Logic II DownMix
NOT USED
DARS IN
Apm6801-d2d3+d
Frame REF EXT REF1 DARS1 DARS AES in 11 AES in 21 AES in 31 AES in 41 AES in 51 AES in 61 AES in 71 AES in 81 Audio metadata in
9
Mux
Reference select
V sync Ref clock Dolby E/ Dolby AC-3 Encoder AES out 11 AES out 21 AES out 31 AES out 41 AES out 51 AES out 61 AES out 71 AES out 81
Bypassable SRCs
Audio Processing (Swap, Encoder Bypass with Delay)
Optional delay
Router
Router
APM6801-Dx+D
Dolby Decoders and Encoders
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24 ordering inFormation APM6801-D1+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Decoder (E or AC-3) module for 6800+ frames, Dolby input selectable from 8 AES inputs with 8 AES outputs, includes breakout cable APM6801-D2+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby E Encoder module for 6800+ frames, 8 AES inputs selectable into encoder with 8 AES outputs, includes breakout cable APM6801-D3+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital (AC-3) encoder module for 6800+ frames, 8 AES inputs selectable into encoder with 8 AES outputs, includes breakout cable 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable for APM6801-D module, 1 included with each module 6800+OPT+BRGAPM . . . . . . . . . Bridge cable for APM6801+ modules and SFS6803+ 6800+OPT+BNCAPM . . . . . . . . . Short BNC cable 6800+OPT+AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial audio metadata interconnection cable for APM6801-D modules
performance
472
The APM6801+ modules offer a simple, streamlined solution for managing towww.broadcast.harris.com
APM6801xx-xx+D
DTS Neural Surround Up/DownMix and MultiMerge, and DTS Neural Loudness Control
473
days advanced audio processing. Made for the industry-favorite 6800+ core processing platform, these modules enable easy implementation of advanced audio capabilities in a broadcast facility. Ten versions of this audio processing module are available. The market-leading DTS Neural Surround UpMix, DownMix, MultiMerge and DTS Neural Loudness Control solutions provide a more consistent, high-quality audio experience for the television viewer. With the patented UpMix technology, any two-channel audio source can be rendered as surround sound, while the DownMix technology enables the transport of 5.1 surround sound through any stereo infrastructure. Regardless of the type of audio signal provided at the input, the MultiMerge option has the unique ability to always offer a 5.1 mix. And DTS Neural Loudness Control offers a solution to the problem every TV broadcaster and network operator faces managing perceived loudness levels within a desirable volume range.
Features 10 versions for all advanced audio applications Eight AES inputs and eight AES outputs Independent input and output routing from and to the audio processing block Sample rate conversion with bypass on all channels Up to 2.5 seconds delay Breakout cable provides discrete AES connectivity For embedded applications, add companion SFS/HMX/HDX modules External reference can be color black or tri-level sync DARS input
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Frame REF EXT REF1 DARS1 DARS AES in 11 AES in 21 Bypassable SRCs AES in 3
1
Back module
V Sync Ref Clock
APM6801+D
Mux
Reference Select
AES in 41 AES in 51 AES in 61 AES in 71 AES in 8

1
Audio Processing (Swap, Encoder Bypass with Delay)
Optional Delay
Dolby E/ Dolby AC-3 Encoder
AES out 11 AES out 21 AES out 31 Router AES out 41 AES out 51 AES out 61 AES out 71 AES out 8 CPU Monitoring and Control
1
NOT USED
Router
NOT USED
NOT USED
DARS IN

Reference Video input unbalanced dARs input
APM6801xx-xx+D
DTS Neural Surround Up/DownMix and MultiMerge, and DTS Neural Loudness Control
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC Coupled Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 50 mV Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC + adapter baluns Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Component . . . . . >30 dB below output signal (0 to 6 MHz)
performance
ordering inFormation APM6801UM+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution on the APM6801+D APM6801DM+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution on the APM6801+D APM6801MM+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production on the APM6801+D APM6801LC+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 or 5.1 program audio on the APM6801+D APM6801LC+6+2+D . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 and 5.1 (separate programs) on the APM6801+D APM6801LC+8+D . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 4x 2.0 program audio on the APM6800+D APM6801LC+DM+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround DownMix output on the APM6801+D APM6801UM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with NLC Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D APM6801DM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with NLC Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D APM6801MM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with NLC Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable for APM6801+D module, 1 included with each module 6800+OPT+BRGAPM . . . . . . . . . Bridge cable for APM6801+ modules and SFS6803+ 6800+OPT+BNCAPM . . . . . . . . . Short BNC cable 6800+OPT+AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial audio metadata interconnection cable for APM6801+D module
474
ADC6800+A4BCD
4-Channel Audio Analog-to-Digital Converter with Delay

signAL pROCessing // 6800+ AuDiO COnversiOn, eMBeDDers, De-eMBeDDers
475
The ADC6800+A4BCD is an analog-to-digital audio converter with delay that converts four channels of analog audio to two AES digital outputs in balanced and unbalanced formats. Optimized for the 6800+ core processing platform, the module is ideal for solving audio sampling delay and synchronization problems. It supports insertion of both a fixed and variable delay to ensure proper synchronization between video and audio. The ADC6800+A4BCD module can be controlled at the card edge, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features Fixed delay operation of up to 1.3 sec @ 48 kHz 32/48/96 kHz sampling capability Selectable 16-, 20- and 24-bit analog-to-digital conversion Four balanced analog audio inputs, 600 ohms or high impedance (jumper selectable) Two AES outputs (both balanced and unbalanced formats simultaneously available) Internal audio processing amplifier Channel ID tone generators (750 Hz, 1.5 kHz, 3 kHz and 6 kHz) Near clipping/no signal/tone indication Selectable delay adjustment for each input channel External DARS reference input (video reference can be drawn from the frame) Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control systems)
images/diagrams
AES OUT 1
- GND +
UNBAL
AES OUT 2
DARS IN
- GND +
- GND +
GND +
- GND +
1
BAL
GND +
1A
GND +
AES OUT 1B
GND + GND +
- GND +
2
- GND +
ANALOG AUDIO IN 2A
- GND +
GND +
2B
GND +
note: Data I/O not used on these cards sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Balanced Analog Audio input 75 Ohms Output
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin WECO connector Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC coupled Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ohms or high impedance, jumper selectable Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +15 to +28 dB in 2 dB steps
digital Audio Output
Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB up to 6 MHz Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V +0.1 V pk-pk DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 UI
external Reference input
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AES 75 ohms BNC and 2 AES 110 ohms balanced Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3: 1992, AES-3:1995 and SMPTE 276M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms/110 ohms
110 Ohms Output
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk Common Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB below output signal Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 UI
Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (unbalanced) 3-pin WECO connector (balanced) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms (unbalanced) 110 ohms (balanced) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB up to 6 MHz (unbalanced) AES Reference Sampling Rate . . . 32 kHz, 48 kHz, 96 kHz
power Consumption. . . . . . . 5.4 W
ordering inFormation ADC6800+A4BCD . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel audio A-to-D converter with delay, includes front module and rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames
DAC6800+BCA4D, +BCA4ZD
AES Digital-to-Analog Audio Converters
The DAC6800+ series is a family of high-precision AES digital-to-analog audio converters for the 6800+ core processing platform that can accept one or two AES inputs, either balanced or unbalanced, and convert to two or four analog audio outputs, respectively. High-quality, 24-bit conversion is supported, along with a variety of other flexible features. Two versions of this module are available:
DAC6800+BCA4D: converts two AES inputs to four analog audio outputs (66 ohms) DAC6800+BCA4ZD: same as above, except provides 600 ohms output impedance Features Two AES audio inputs with auto-detect and input status feedback (card-edge and CCS Navigator) Balanced or unbalanced AES inputs available Four analog audio outputs (two stereo pairs) 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio conversion for high-quality audio performance Supports audio sample rates on AES input(s) from 32 to 96 kHz Output muted when error(s) detected on AES input to prevent passing bad audio Choice of 66 ohms or 600 ohms high-impedance analog output module versions User selection of analog audio output level from 16 dBu (10 dBm) to 28 dBu (22 dBm), in 2 dBu (2 dBm) increments Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control systems)
Designed for use in any professional/broadcast installation needing to integrate both AES digital and analog audio sources, these modules are ideally suited for converting AES into analog audio for recording on VTRs, or for input to other devices only supporting analog audio. Another application is cost-effectively monitoring AES feeds by converting them to analog for use with existing analog speakers. The DAC6800+ modules can be controlled at the card edge, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels, or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
- GND +
Back module
AES IN 1
UNBAL
AES IN 2
GND +
- GND + - GND +
1
BAL
GND +
1A
GND +
AES IN 1B
GND + GND +
- GND +
ANALOG AUDIO OUT 2A

GND +
- GND +
- GND +
2B
GND +

Balanced Aes inputs unbalanced Aes inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3-1992 (r1997) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk Minimum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . 200 mV as per AES-3 Sampling Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . Supports 32 to 96 kHz
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3-1992 (r1997), AES-3-id-2001, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, 10% Minimum Signal Level . . . . . . . . . 100 mV as per SMPTE 276M Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz
476
DAC6800+BCA4D, +BCA4ZD
AES Digital-to-Analog Audio Converters
Sampling Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . Supports 32 to 96 kHz
Analog Audio Outputs (66 ohms)
Analog Audio Outputs (600 ohms)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic, balanced Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Output Level Setting Range . . . . . +15 to +28 dBu Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 0 dBFS = +28 dBu Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-85 dB @ 1 kHz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu Cross Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB @ 0 dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 0 dBFS
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic, balanced Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Output Level Setting Range . . . . . +10 to +22 dBm Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 0 dBFS = +22 dBm Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ohms THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-85 dB @ 1 kHz, -1 dBFS = +17 dBm Cross Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB @ 0 dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 0 dBFS Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.3 dB up to -100 dBFS, typical
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 W Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) ordering inFormation DAC6800+BCA4D . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-input AES (balanced or coaxial) to 2-channel analog audio converter with double-slot rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames DAC6800+BCA4ZD . . . . . . . . . . . 2-input AES (balanced or coaxial) to 2-channel analog audio converter (600 ohms) with doubleslot rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames
477
Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.3 dB up to -100 dBFS, typical
DAS6801+D
Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Embedder

The DAS6801+D module for the 6800+ core processing platform converts video and audio from analog to digital, synchronizes the audio to the video, and then embeds the synchronized audio (four channels) into the SD-SDI video stream. Integrated processing amps provide full processing of both video and audio signals. Output over fiber is available as a separate hardware option (OP+DAS+xxxD product versions). The DAS6801+D module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Features 2D video decoder comes standard, upgradeable to 3D (available as a software license-key option) 12-bit, 4x oversampling of input video Video frame synchronization User-adjustable input video processing for black level, gain, hue and saturation Time-base correction Integrated audio processing (gain, invert, mute, channel swap, channel sum) Accepts composite analog video or SD-SDI inputs, with user-selectable input priority (can be used for simple failover protection of input signal) Relay bypass on SDI input for protection against loss of module power Up to four SDI component digital video outputs Optional single-mode or CWDM fiber output (available as separate hardware option) Four analog audio inputs Two discrete AES audio connections (balanced or unbalanced), independently user-configurable as either inputs or outputs Audio embedding of four channels (two analog pairs, two AES pairs, or one pair of each) Integrated video and audio test signal generators Q-SEE-compliant RoHS-compliant
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Reference (from frame) Fiber-optic out OP+DAS+xxx versions only DATA I/O (shared with SDSDI out 2) SD-SDI out 1 SD-SDI out 2 (shared with DATA I/O) SD-SDI out 3 (shared with AES out 1) SD-SDI out 4 (shared with AES out 2) AES out 1 Balanced1 AES out 2 Balanced1
ANALOG AUDIO IN & BAL DARS, AES 1, AES 2 SDI OUT 2/DATA I/O TX SDI OUT 1
Back module
DARS/SDI IN CPST IN
SD-SDI in Composite analog video in DARS/ shared with SDSDI in DARS balanced Analog audio in AES in 1 Balanced1 AES in 2 Balanced1
1
SDI OUT 3/AES I/O 1
SDI OUT 4/AES I/O 2

serial digital Video input Reference Video input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Composite Analog Video input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) (frame only) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Analog Audio input
478
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC (SMPTE 170M), PAL-B (ITU624-2), PAL-M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmuller, 22-pin Input Analog Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 12 dBu (in 1dB increment)
DAS6801+D
Aes unbalanced input
Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Embedder

479
Fiber Optic Video Output (Op+dAs+ version only)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
Aes Balanced input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . SC Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310 nm and CWDM Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm 1 dBm (1310 nm); 0 dBm 1 dBm (CWDM)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmuller, 22-pin Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
serial digital Video Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms

Aes Balanced Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (shared) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weidmuller, 22-pin Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) power Consumption . . . . . 12 W maximum
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 4 (some connections shared) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms ordering inFormation DAS6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite video and analog audio decoder/ synchronizer/embedder, with dual-slot back module, for use with FR6822+ series frames, Q-SEE-compliant DAS68OPT+3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional high-quality 3D decoder option for DAS6801+D (available as software license key)
DMX6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
Analog/AES Audio De-Embedders
The DMX6800+A4B2D/+A4C2D series analog audio and AES digital audio deembedder modules for the 6800+ core processing platform accepts an SD-SDI input with embedded audio and de-embeds up to four analog audio outputs and two balanced or unbalanced AES outputs. Part of the 6800+ platform, the modules also provide one SDI reclocked output. Four variations of DMX6800+ analog/AES audio de-embedder modules are available: DMX6800+A4B2D provides four analog audio output channels and two balanced AES outputs from the SDI video input; includes DARS input and reclocked SDI output DMX6800+A4B2ZD provides same as above, except the analog audio outputs are 600 ohms high impedance DMX6800+A4C2D provides four analog audio output channels and two unbalanced AES outputs from the SDI video input; includes DARS input and reclocked SDI output DMX6800+A4C2ZD same as above, except the analog audio outputs are 600 ohms high impedance The DMX6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Back modules Balanced dmX6800+A4B2 dmX6800+A4B2Z
SDI IN
Features SDI video input with auto-detect One SDI video reclocked output Up to four analog audio output channels (66 ohms or 600 ohms high impedance) Up to two AES output channels (balanced or unbalanced) Ability to demux any channel within four groups Internal audio processing amplifier (gain, invert and channel swapping) Selectable 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C-bit, U-bit and V-bit transparency Adjustable audio delay, up to 1.3 seconds User-selectable on/off mute function for audio errors Input video status Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
unbalanced dmX6800+A4C2 dmX6800+A4C2Z

SDI IN
- GND +
- GND +
SDI RCLKD
DARS
SDI RCLKD
DARS
GND +
GND +
1
- GND +
GND +
1A
GND +
1A
GND +
AES OUT 2
GND +
- GND +
1B
AES OUT
GND +
1B
- GND + - GND +
ANALOG AUDIO OUT 2A

GND +
2 2A
ANALOG AUDIO OUT

GND +
GND +
- GND +
2B
2B
GND +
GND +

sdi input sdi Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C; 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 754.59 ft (230 m) of Belden 8281
480
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C; 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk
DMX6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
Analog/AES Audio De-Embedders
Balanced Aes Audio Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Component . . . . . >30 dB below output signal (0 to 6 MHz)
unbalanced Aes Audio Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 10% pk-pk DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic, balanced Output Level Setting Range . . . . . 16 to +28 dBu (DMX6800+A4B2, DMX6800+A4C2) 10 to +28 dBm (DMX6800+A4B2Z, DMX6800+A4C2Z) Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 0 dBFS = +28 dBu 0 dBFS = +22 dBm Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ohms (DMX6800+A4B2, DMX6800+A4C2) 600 ohms (DMX6800+A4B2Z, DMX6800+A4C2Z) THD+ N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >85 dB @ 1kHz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu or -1 dBFS = +17dBm (600 ohms) Cross Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.04 dB @ 0 dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 kHz SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 0 dBFS Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.3 dB up to -100 dBFS Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . 10.5 W, typical
Four-Channel Analog and two Balanced Aes Outputs: Four-Channel Analog and two unbalanced Aes Outputs:
DMX6800+A4B2D. . . . . . . . . . . . SDI de-embedder with 4-channel analog audio and 2-channel balanced AES outputs, includes front module and back connector, for use with FR6802+ series frames DMX6800+A4B2ZD . . . . . . . . . . . SDI de-embedder with 4-channel analog audio (600 ohms) and 2-channel balanced AES outputs, includes front module and back connector, for use with FR6802+ series frames
DMX6800+A4C2D. . . . . . . . . . . . SDI de-embedder with 4-channel analog audio and 2-channel unbalanced AES outputs, includes front module and back connector, for use with FR6802+ series frames DMX6800+A4C2ZD. . . . . . . . . . . SDI de-embedder with 4-channel analog audio (600 ohms) and 2-channel unbalanced AES outputs, includes front module and back connector, for use with FR6802+ series frames
481
Analog Audio Output
DMX6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Output Balanced or Coaxial AES Digital De-Embedders

The DMX6800+B4D/C4D series of AES digital audio de-embedder modules for the 6800+ core processing platform accepts an SD-SDI input with embedded audio and de-embeds up to four AES outputs, balanced or unbalanced. The deembedders also provide one SDI reclocked output. Four variations of DMX6800+ AES audio de-embedder modules are available: DMX6800+B4D: AES digital audio de-embedder capable of supporting up to four balanced AES audio outputs. It also has a jumper-selectable balanced DARS input, and provides SDI video input and two SDI reclocked video outputs DMX6800+C4D: AES digital audio de-embedder with four coaxial (unbalanced) AES audio outputs The DMX6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features Single SD-SDI input with auto-detect Two reclocked SD-SDI outputs Up to four independent AES outputs, balanced or unbalanced (depending on module version) Unbalanced DARS input (balanced input also available on the +B4 version) Integrated audio processing amplifier Operation as an audio delay line 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing C-bit, U-bit and V-bit transparency Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagrams dmX6800+B4 Back modules dmX6800+B4
DARS UNBAL IN SDI IN
DARS BAL IN
GND +
- GND +
SDI RCLKD 1
GND +
- GND +
2
- GND +
GND +
AES OUT
- GND +
GND +
- GND +
GND +
dmX6800+C4
dmX6800+C4
DARS IN SDI IN
SDI RCLKD 2 2
AES OUT 3
482
DMX6800+B4D, +C4D
sdi input
4-Output Balanced or Coaxial AES Digital De-Embedders

483
Balanced Aes Outputs (+B4 version)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259 M-C; 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 mV
sdi Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB below output signal, 0 to 6 MHz
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C; 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) (pk-pk)
unbalanced Aes Outputs (+C4 version)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz
Balanced dARs input (+B4 version)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V, pk-pk Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC169-8) Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 10%, pk-pk DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz
ordering inFormation DMX6800+B4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel balanced AES audio de-embedder, includes double-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames DMX6800+C4D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel unbalanced AES audio de-embedder, includes double-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames
EAS6800+B2A4D, C2A4D
The EAS6800+B2A4D/C2A4D modules are broadcast-quality video and audio digital-to-analog encoders for the 6800+ core processing platform. The modules accept one SD-SDI input, synchronize the video and convert into a composite analog output (NTSC, PAL-B, or PAL-M). The modules also accept embedded and discrete AES audio inputs for conversion and output of up to four analog audio channels. Comprehensive video and audio processing capabilities exist via integrated video and audio processors. The EAS6800+ modules can be can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The modules are Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Digital-to-Analog Video and Audio Monitoring

Features Jumper-selectable audio level (0 dBFS) for each channel Support for up to 24-bit audio de-embedding Audio processing amplifier with controls for gain, invert, mute and channel multiplexing (including summing for mono-channel production) 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing (selectable word length in channel pairs) Audio test tone generator Programmable audio delays (up to 1.32 seconds per input channel) Composite encoder encodes 4:2:2 digital video into a composite analog signal; supports NTSC, PAL-B and PAL-M output video formats Video processing with controls for black level, luminance gain, chrominance gain, chrominance phase and SCH offset Frame synchronization to reference video input Line synchronization within a three-line window of input video Q-SEE-compliant
images/diagrams
Block diagram
SD-SDI out (reclocked) Composite monitoring out/ DATA I/O Composite video out 1/Composite monitoring out Composite video out 2 Analog audio out 1A Analog audio out 1B Analog audio out 2A Analog audio out 2B
Back modules eAs6800+B2A4d

SDI IN 1A
GND +
eAs6800+C2A4d
SDI IN 1A
GND +
1B
DATA I/O / MNTR ANALOG AUDIO OUT

GND +
1B
DATA I/O / MNTR ANALOG AUDIO OUT

GND +
2A
GND +
SDI RCLKD
2A
GND +
SDI RCLKD
- GND +
2B
GND +
2B CPST 1/ MNTR
GND +
- GND +
- GND +
- GND + - GND +
AES IN 1
GND +
AES IN 1
CPST 1/ MNTR
- GND +
AES IN 2
GND +
CPST 2
AES IN 2
CPST 2

serial digital input Video Aes unbalanced input (C2A4d version)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to: >23 dB, 259M-C, typical
Aes Balanced input (B2A4d version)
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 108 kHz Non-PCM input: 48 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
484
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 pin WECO Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 192 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24
Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (frame only) Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, +6/-5 dB, nominal Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz
EAS6800+B2A4D, C2A4D
serial digital Output Video
Digital-to-Analog Video and Audio Monitoring

485
Analog Composite monitoring Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 to 1.5 ns
data i/O Output
Output Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss (up to 6 MHz) . . . . . . >20 dB
Composite Analog Output Video
Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-bit DAC Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC or PAL (input line rate dependent) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms unbalanced Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk; 3 dB, nominal S/N Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB RMS DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mV Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 Chrominance/Luminance Delay . . . 10 ns Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB to 5 MHz
Analog Audio Output
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Output Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-bits Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.15 dB to 5.5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1%, typically <0.5 % Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1, typically <0.5 DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV Chroma/Luma delay . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 ns Chroma/Luma Gain . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5% Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB RMS to 5 MHz Adjustable Vertical Blanking . . . . . 10 to 23 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2: 272~285) 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2: 318~335)
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin WECO connector, male Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic, balanced Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 mono channels (2 stereo pairs) Output Level Setting Range . . . . . +16 to +28 dBu in 2dB steps (66 ohms) +10 to +22 dBm in 2 dB steps (600 ohms) Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 0 dBFS = +28 dBu (66 ohms) 0 dBFS = +22 dBm (600 ohms) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . Jumper selectable: 66 or 600 ohms THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB @ 1 kHz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu or 1 dBFS = +17 dBm (600 ohms), typical Cross Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB @ 0 dBFS (+28 dBu), 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 0 dBFS (+28 dBu), typical Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 dB up to -100 dBFS, typical
ordering inFormation EAS6800+B2A4D . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio/video SDI to analog encoder/converter, 2 balanced AES inputs, 4 analog audio outputs, includes double-slot backmodule, QSEE-compliant EAS6800+C2A4D . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio/video SDI to analog encoder/converter, 2 unbalanced AES inputs, 4 analog audio outputs, includes double-slot backmodule, QSEE-compliant
HDX6801+B4D, +C4D
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI De-Embedders with 4 AES Outputs

The HDX6801+ series of de-embedders for the 6800+ core processing platform accepts and auto-senses HD/SD-SDI serial video input with embedded audio and de-embeds it to provide up to four balanced or unbalanced AES/EBU outputs. Part of the 6800+ platform, these de-embedder modules also provide four SDI reclocked outputs, serving as a mini distribution amplifier. HDX6801+B4D provides four balanced AES outputs HDX6801+C4D provides four coaxial (unbalanced) AES outputs The HDX6801+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The modules are Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Programmable audio delays from 0 to 1320 ms Non-PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) user setting enables passing of compressed audio such as Dolby E (by channel pair) Four internal audio test tones: 750 Hz, 1.5 kHz, 3 kHz, 6 kHz (all at 20 dBFS) Upon de-embedding error detection, user setup to either mute or repeat last good AES sample Card-edge LEDs to indicate audio and video signal presence and module setup/ status Q-SEE-compliant
inputs
Features 24-bit AES audio de-embedding Audio processing amplification with controls for delay, gain, invert, mute, channel multiplexing and dithering 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing (selectable word length in channel pairs) De-embeds HD or SD audio
One HD or SD-SDI input with auto-detection of any SMPTE 292M/SMPTE 259M-C video standard Input status feedback indicating video standard and audio group presence DARS AES reference input ensures AES11 compliance on the AES outputs and aids in preventing pops/clicks in downstream switching equipment One each balanced and unbalanced DARS input on balanced modules One unbalanced DARS input on unbalanced modules
Outputs
Four AES outputs Four reclocked HD or SD-SDI outputs function as a mini distribution amplifier Full flexibility in selecting any channel(s) of audio de-embedded from any group to be supplied to the AES outputs, including audio tones
images/diagrams
Block diagram HdX6801+B4 Back modules HdX6801+B4 Balanced
DARS IN
HD/SDSDI In
Equalizer/ De-serializer Audio Demux
Reclocker
4 /
HD/SD-SDI Out
- GND +
SDI IN DARS IN BAL

GND +
Audio Proc
DARS Unbalanced DARS Balanced

- GND +
AES Out 1 AES Out 2 AES Out 3 AES Out 4 HDX6801+B4 Option
- GND + - GND + - GND +
GND +
GND +
SDI RECLK 3
DARS
AES OUT 3
GND +
4 4
GND +
HdX6801+C4
HdX6801+C4 unbalanced (Coaxial)

DARS IN
HD/SD-SDI In
Equalizer / De-serializer Audio Demux
Reclocker
4 /
HD/SD-SDI Out
SDI IN 1 1
Audio Proc
AES Out 1 AES Out 2 AES Out 3 AES Out 4 HDX6801+C4 option
AES OUT 3
SDI RECLK 3
486
DARS
DARS
4 4
HDX6801+B4D, +C4D
sdi Video input
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI De-Embedders with 4 AES Outputs

487
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M HD-SDI and 259M SD-SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz, HD-SDI mode >18 dB, typical, to 270 MHz, SD-SDI mode Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 393 ft (120 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable in HD mode and up to 700 (230 M), typical, of Belden 8281 in SD mode
dARs input
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms load Audio rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 20 or 16 Channel Status and User Bit . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Hd and sd-sdi Reclocked Video Outputs
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDX6801+C4: Unbalanced, AC coupled HDX6801+B4: Unbalanced, AC coupled and balanced, transformer coupled (parameter selectable) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDX6801+C4: BNC (IEC 169-8) HDX6801+B4: BNC (IEC 169-8) or 3 pin WECO Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms (unbalanced)/110 ohms (balanced) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (applies to coaxial input only)
Aes Balanced Output (HdX6801+B4 Only)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin WECO Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 ohms load Audio rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20 or 24 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
Aes unbalanced Output (HdX6801+C4 Only)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M HD-SDI SMPTE 259M SD-SDI over coaxial cable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz HD-SDI mode >18 dB, typical, to 270 MHz SD-SDI mode Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps, within 100 ps of each other HD-SDI mode 400 to 1500 ps (20%to 80% amplitude) SD-SDI mode Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 kHz: <135 ps; 10 Hz to 100 kHz: <675 ps in HD-SDI mode <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk in SD-SDI mode
propagation delay
Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 ns in SD-SDI mode and 1 ns in HD-SDI mode Audio (minimum delay setting) . . . <1 ms in HD and SD-SDI modes
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 7 W from the positive rail and
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8)
0.3 W from the negative rail

Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
ordering inFormation HDX6801+B4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD-SDI AES de-embedder, four balanced AES outputs, with double-slot rear connector, Q-SEEcompliant HDX6801+C4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD-SDI AES de-embedder, four coaxial (unbalanced) AES outputs, with double-slot rear connector, Q-SEE-compliant
HMX6801+B4D, +C4D
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Embedders with 4 AES Inputs

The HMX6801+ series of embedders for the 6800+ core processing platform auto-senses an HD or SD-SDI video input and embeds up to four balanced or unbalanced AES/EBU inputs into any or all of the four audio groups. Part of the 6800+ platform, there embedder modules accommodate all common 1080, 720 and 1035 interlaced and progressive HD video standards. The highest audio quality is maintained with 24-bit operation, making this series ideal for any broadcast/ professional installation. The embedders provide extensive flexibility in audio group configuration, with all four groups being accessible and any mix of input audio and/or test tones being supported. The groups can be configured completely independently of each other to finely tailor the embedded audio, as well as the dedicated AES output audio (+B2/C2), to meet specific needs. Users can accommodate multiple languages and address audio channel issues such as wrong audio, poor audio, swap audio channels, sum channels, send left-to-both or right-to-both and more. The modules also pass compressed audio such as Dolby E. HDX6801+B4D provides four balanced AES outputs HDX6801+C4D provides four coaxial (unbalanced) AES outputs The HMX6801+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The modules are Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
images/diagrams
Block diagrams HmX6801+B4
HD/SDSDI In Equalizer/ De-serializer Audio Embedder 1 Audio Embedder 2 Serializer Serializer
- GND + - GND +
Features 16-, 20- or 24-bit audio processing Audio processing amplification with controls for delay, gain, invert, mute, channel embedding, fade and dithering Programmable input audio delays from 0 to 1320 ms Non-PCM (pulse code modulation) user setting enables passing of compressed audio such as Dolby E (by channel pair) Four internal audio test tones: 750 Hz, 1.5 kHz, 3 kHz, 6 kHz In the event of input video disruption, user selection to pass or mute the embedded audio Card-edge LEDs indicate video signal presence and module setup/status Up to 10 modules in a single 2RU frame Q-SEE-compliant
inputs
One HD or SD-SDI input with auto-detection of any SMPTE 292M and SMPTE 259M-C video standards Input status feedback indicating video standard and audio group presence Four AES inputs
Outputs
Three HD-SDI outputs Output number one can be user set to provide either a reclocked version of the input SDI signal, or a processed output with embedded audio Full flexibility in selecting any mix of input audio channel(s) for embedding into any or all groups, including channel summation or audio test tones
Back modules HmX6801+B4 Balanced

HD/SDSDI Out 1 HD/SDSDI Out 2 HD/SDSDI Out 3
1 AUX IN
HD IN 1
GND +
AES In 1 AES In 2 AES In 3 AES In 4
HD OUT
Sample Rate Conversion

- GND + - GND +
Audio Proc
GND +
GND +
AES IN 3
GND +
DATA I/O 4
GND +
HmX6801+C4
HD/SDSDI out 1 HD/SDSDI out 2 HD/SDSDI out 3
HmX6801+C4 unbalanced (Coaxial)

AUX IN
HD/SDSDI in
Equalizer/ De-serializer
Audio Embedder 1
Audio Embedder 2
Serializer Serializer
HD IN 1 1
AES in 1 AES in 2 AES in 3 AES in 4
HD OUT
Sample rate conversion
Audio Proc
AES IN 3 3
488
DATA I/O 4
HMX6801+B4D, +C4D
Hd or sd-sdi Video input
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Embedders with 4 AES Inputs

489
Hd/sd-sdi Video Outputs
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M HD-SDI or SMPTE 259M-C over coaxial cable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 393 ft (120 m), typical, of Belden 1694A
Balanced Aes input (HmX6801+B4 only)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin WECO Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input audio rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input: 32 to 96 kHz Non-PCM input: 48 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20, or 24 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
unbalanced Aes input (HmX6801+C4 only)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M with SMPTE 299M embedded audio Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5V Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps, within 100 ps of each other Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 kHz: <135 ps 10 Hz to 100 kHz: <675 ps
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . Typical 7.2 watts per module Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
ordering inFormation HMX6801+B4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD or SD-SDI AES embedder, 4 balanced AES inputs, with double-slot rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames HMX6801+C4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD or SD-SDI AES embedder, 4 coaxial (unbalanced) AES inputs, with doubleslot rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . PCM input 32 to 96 kHz Non-PCM input: 48 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20, or 24 Channel Status and User Bits . . . . Maintained, but professional mode, 48 kHz
MSA6800+A4D
Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer

The MSA6800+A4D analog audio embedder module for the 6800+ core processing platform accepts an SDI input and embeds four channels of analog audio into one audio group of the SDI signal. User controls allow adjustment of the input audio before it is embedded. Part of the 6800+ platform, the module provides audio synchronization when used with 6800+ video synchronizer modules (i.e., DES6800+, HFS6801+ and VFS6800+). When the external data I/O signal is interconnected between the modules, it automatically delays the audio to match the video delay. The MSA6800+A4D module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features SDI video input with auto-detect and input status feedback Option to pass signal or insert black on loss of input video Option to mute or pass audio on loss of input video Four analog audio inputs Selectable 20/24-bit audio embedding Adjustable embedding group and mode Select any combination of audio input(s) to the embedder to pass as-is, swap or sum channels 24-bit audio processing with adjustable fade rate, gain, invert and mute Audio synchronizer Adjustable audio delay up to approximately 1.3 seconds Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser or third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
SDI IN
1
GND +
SDI OUT
- GND +
2
- GND +
1A
GND +
1B
- GND +
GND +
3
- GND +
ANALOG AUDIO IN 2A DATA I/O

GND +
2B
GND +
490
MSA6800+A4D
sdi input
Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer

491
Analog Audio input
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Maximum Input Cable Length . . . . >820 ft (250 m) of Belden 8281
sdi Output
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Analog Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (2 dB increments) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600/100k ohms, AC coupled CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB @ 60 Hz THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 27 dBu Noise Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
data i/O signal
Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms/high-impedance (jumper-selectable) Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 mV pk-pk (minimum) Cable Length (with up to four) Receiver Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 ft (100 m) Return Loss (up to 6 MHz) . . . . . . <-20 dB
ordering inFormation MSA6800+A4DD. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel analog audio embedder with synchronizer with double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frames
MSA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
The MSA6800+A4B2D/+A4C2D series of analog audio multiplexers for the 6800+ core processing platform accept an SDI input and embeds four channels of analog audio into the SDI signal. Each module provides one SDI output containing the embedded audio, plus two AES outputs, balanced or unbalanced (coaxial), depending upon module version. The input to the embedder can be selected from any of the analog audio inputs, providing full flexibility in defining the mix or sum of audio embedded into the SDI output, as well as supplied on the additional AES outputs. The configurations of the audio into the embedder and the audio to the AES outputs are independently set and can be different. The modules provide audio synchronization when used with 6800+ video synchronizer modules. When the data I/O signal is externally connected between the modules, it automatically delays the audio to match the video delay. Part of the 6800+ frame, MSA6800+ modules can be controlled manually via cardedge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer and AES Outputs

Features SDI video input with auto-detect and input status feedback Option to pass signal or insert black on loss of input video Option to mute or pass audio on loss of input video Four analog audio inputs Two AES outputs for general purpose use (balanced or unbalanced), AES11 compliant Selectable 20/24-bit audio embedding Adjustable embedding group and mode Selection of any combination of audio input(s) into the embedder, providing ability to pass as-is, swap or sum channels freely Selection of any combination of audio input(s) feeding the AES outputs, providing ability to pass as-is, swap or sum channels freely Audio synchronizer Adjustable audio delay up to approximately 1.3 seconds 24-bit audio processing with adjustable fade rate, gain, invert and mute C-bit, U-bit and V-bit transparency Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Back modules msA6800+A4dB2

SDI IN
msA6800+A4dC2
SDI IN
SDI OUT
DARS
SDI OUT
DARS
- GND +
GND +
GND +
- GND +
GND +
1A
GND +
1A
GND +
- GND +
AES OUT
- GND +
GND +
1B
AES OUT
GND +
1B
- GND +
- GND +
ANALOG AUDIO IN 2A DATA I/O 2B

GND +
1 2A DATA I/O 2B
ANALOG AUDIO IN
GND +
GND +

- GND +
GND +
GND +
492
MSA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
sdi input
Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer and AES Outputs

493
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz
sdi Output
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 10%
Balanced dARs input
Analog Audio inputs
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Analog Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (2 dB increments) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ohms/100 k ohms AC coupled CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB @ 60 Hz THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 27 dBu Noise Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
Balanced Aes Outputs
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV
power Consumption. . . . . . . MSA6800+A4B2D: 9.2 W
MSA6800+A4C2D: 9.0 W
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk
ordering inFormation MSA6800+A4DB2D . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel analog audio embedder with synchronizer, balanced AES outputs and doubleslot rear connector for FR6802+ series frame MSA6800+A4DC2D . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel analog audio embedder with synchronizer, coaxial AES outputs and double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frame
MSA6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Channel AES Embedder with Synchronizer

The MSA6800+B4D/+C4D series of analog audio embedders/synchronizers for the 6800+ core processing platform accepts a serial digital video input and embeds four AES signals into the SDI signal. Each module provides three SDI outputs containing the embedded audio. The two-input modules also provide two AES outputs for general-purpose use. Part of the 6800+ platform, these modules are optimized to provide automatic audio delay tracking when used with the DES6800+ decoder/synchronizer or HFS6801+ or VFS6800+ frame synchronizers, compensating for video delay in the video processing modules. When the data I/O signal is externally connected between these video and audio modules, audio in the embedder is automatically delayed to track the video to maintain lip sync. This configuration also allows passing or muting of the audio when the video input is disrupted. The MSA6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features SDI video input with auto-detect and input status feedback Option to pass signal or insert black on loss of input video Input audio sample rates from 32 to 108 kHz Three SDI video outputs with embedded audio Selectable 20/24-bit audio embedding 24-bit audio processing with adjustable fade rate, delay, gain, invert and mute per channel Adjustable embedding group and mode Select any combination of audio input(s) into the embedder, and AES outputs with the two-input versions, with ability to pass as-is, swap or sum channels freely Audio synchronizer providing automatic delay tracking with suitable 6800+ video modules Adjustable audio delay up to approximately 1.3 seconds C-bit, U-bit and V-bit transparency Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser or third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagrams msA6800+B4 Back modules msA6800+B4
SDI IN
DARS IN 1
GND +
- GND +
SDI OUT 1
GND +
- GND +
- GND +
GND +
- GND +
AES IN 3
GND +
DATA I/O

- GND +
GND +
msA6800+C4
msA6800+C4
DARS IN SDI IN
- GND +
SDI OUT 2 2
- GND +
- GND +
AES IN 3 3
- GND +
DATA I/O

- GND +
494
MSA6800+B4D, +C4D
sdi input
4-Channel AES Embedder with Synchronizer

495
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Cable Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . >984.25 ft (300 m) of Belden 8281B
sdi Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6.0 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV
dAtA i/O
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz
Balanced Aes input
Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms/high-impedance (jumper-selectable) Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 mV pk-pk, minimum Cable Length (with up to four receiver cards) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 ft (100 m) Return Loss (up to 6 MHz) . . . . . . <-20 dB
power Consumption. . . . . . . MSA6800+B4: 6.94 W
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz
MSA6800+C4: 7.54 W
ordering inFormation MSA6800+B4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-input AES embedder with synchronizer and double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frames MSA6800+C4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-input AES embedder with synchronizer and double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frames
MXA6800+A4D
4-Channel Analog Audio Embedder

The MXA6800+A4D analog audio embedder embeds four analog audio inputs into one audio group of an SDI stream. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the MXA6800+A4D module can be controlled at the card edge, or controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features SDI input with auto-detect and input status feedback Black video generator Four analog inputs Three SDI outputs with embedded audio 24-bit audio processing with adjustable fade rate, gain, invert and mute Adjustable audio delay up to approximately 1.3 seconds 20/24-bit audio embedding Adjustable embedding group and mode Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control systems)
images/diagrams
SDI IN
1
GND +
- GND +
SDI OUT 2 1A
GND +
- GND +
1B
- GND +
3
- GND +
GND +
ANALOG AUDIO IN 2A
GND +
2B
GND +

sdi input Analog Audio inputs
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259 M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz
sdi Output
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259 M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Analog Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ohms/100 k ohms, AC coupled CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB @ 60 Hz THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 27 dBu Noise Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB ordering inFormation MXA6800+A4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel analog audio embedder, with doubleslot rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames
496
MXA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
Analog Audio Embedders with AES Outputs
The MXA6800+A4B2D/+A4C2D series of analog audio embedders accepts an SDI input and embeds four channels of analog audio into the SDI signal. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, each module provides one SDI output containing the embedded audio, plus two AES outputs, balanced or unbalanced (coaxial), depending upon module version. The input to the embedder can be selected from any of the analog audio inputs, providing full flexibility in defining the mix or sum of audio embedded into the SDI output, as well as supplied on the additional AES outputs. The configurations of the audio into the embedder and the audio to the AES outputs are independently set and can be different. The MXA6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
SDI video input with auto-detect and input status feedback Four analog audio inputs Two AES outputs for general-purpose use (balanced or unbalanced), AES11 compliant Selectable 20/24-bit audio embedding Adjustable embedding group and mode Selection of any combination of audio input(s) into the embedder, providing ability to pass as-is, swap or sum channels freely Selection of any combination of audio input(s) feeding the AES outputs, providing ability to pass as-is, swap or sum channels freely 24-bit audio processing with adjustable fade rate, gain, invert and mute C-bit, U-bit and V-bit transparency Adjustable audio delay up to approximately 1.3 seconds Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Back modules mXA6800+A4dB2d

SDI IN
mXA6800+A4dC2d
SDI IN
SDI OUT
DARS
SDI OUT
DARS
GND +
- GND +
GND +
- GND +
GND +
1A
GND +
1A
GND +
AES OUT
- GND +
1
- GND + - GND + - GND +
GND +
1B
AES OUT
GND +
1B
ANALOG AUDIO IN 2A
GND +
1 2A
ANALOG AUDIO IN
GND +
GND +
- GND +
2B
2B
GND +
GND +
497
Features
MXA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D
Analog Audio Embedders with AES Outputs
sdi input unbalanced Aes Outputs
sdi Output
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 10%
Balanced dARs input
Analog Audio inputs
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 to 16 dBu (2 dB increments) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ohms/100k ohms, AC coupled CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80 dB @ 60 Hz THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ 27 dBu Noise Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Maximum Input Signal . . . . . . . . . 10 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz)
power Consumption. . . . . . . MXA6800+A4B2: 8.0 W
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk
MXA6800+A4C2: 7.8 W
ordering inFormation MXA6800+A4B2D . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel analog audio embedder with balanced AES outputs and double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frames MXA6800+A4C2D . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel analog audio embedder with coaxial AES outputs and double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frames
498
MXA6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Channel AES Embedders
499
The MXA6800+B4D and MXA6800+C4D AES digital audio embedders for the 6800+ core processing platform embed two audio groups into an SDI stream. An audio MUX and processing amplifier allows the input to the embedder to be selected from any of the AES inputs. Each channel has independent gain, invert, delay and mute adjustments. These MXA6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features SDI video input with auto-detect and input status feedback Black video generator Input audio sample rates from 32 to 108 kHz MUX enabling embedder input to be selected from any audio input 24-bit audio processing with adjustable fade rate, gain, invert and mute Adjustable audio delay up to approximately 1.3 seconds C, U and V-bit transparency 20/24-bit audio embedding Adjustable embedding group and mode Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagrams mXA6800+B2/B4 Back modules mXA6800+B4
SDI IN
DARS IN
- GND +
1
GND +
- GND +
- GND +
SDI OUT 1
GND +
- GND +
GND +
AES IN 3
- GND +
GND +
GND +
mXA6800+C2/C4
mXA6800+C4
DARS IN SDI IN
- GND +
- GND +
- GND +
SDI OUT 2 2
- GND +
AES IN 3 3
- GND +
MXA6800+B4D, +C4D
4-Channel AES Embedders
mXA6800+B4 module sdi input mXA6800+C4 module sdi input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV
sdi Output
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV
sdi Output
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk
Balanced Aes input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk
power Consumption. . . . . . . MXA6800+B4: 5.6 W
MXA6800+C4: 6.3 W
ordering inFormation MXA6800+B4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced 4-AES digital audio embedder, front module and double-slot rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames MXA6800+C4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced (coaxial) 4-AES digital audio embedder, front module and double-slot rear connector, for FR6802+ series frames
500
VAM6800+A4D
Digital-to-Analog Monitoring Encoder/Converter

501
The VAM6800+A4D module is a digital-to-analog encoder/converter for video and audio monitoring. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the module accepts one SD-SDI input with embedded audio and converts into a composite analog output (NTSC, PAL-B, or PAL-M) and 4 analog audio outputs. Video and audio processing capabilities exist via integrated video and audio processors. The VAM6800+A4D module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Features One SD-SDI input; SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mb/s Data I/O (external sync for video and audio) Four composite analog video outputs (NTSC, PAL-B or PAL-M formats) SD-SDI re-clocked output; SMPTE 259M-C 270 Mb/s Two stereo pairs (four mono channels) Jumper-selectable audio level (0 dBFS) for each channel Support for up to 24-bit audio de-embedding Q-SEE-compliant
images/diagrams
SDI IN 1A
GND +
4 /
1B
DATA I/O ANALOG AUDIO OUT

GND +
2A
- GND +
GND +
SDI RCLKD
- GND +
2B
GND +
CPST 3
- GND +
CPST 1
- GND +
CPST 4
CPST 2
VAM6800+A4D
serial digital input Video
Digital-to-Analog Monitoring Encoder/Converter
Composite Analog Output Video
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to: >23dB, 259M-C type
data i/O input
Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, high (jumper-selectable) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Input Sensivitity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 mV pk-pk, minimum Cable Length (with up to. . . . . . . . 328 ft (100 m) four receiver cards) Return Loss (up to 6 MHz) . . . . . . >20 dB
serial digital Output Video
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Output Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.25 dB to 5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 % Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.2 DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <50 mV Chroma/Luma Delay . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 ns Chroma/Luma Gain . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5% Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB RMS to 5MHz Adjustable Vertical Blanking . . . . . 10 to 23 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2: 272 to 285) 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2: 318 to 335)
Analog Audio Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 to 1.5 ns
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin WECO connecto, male Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic, balanced Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 mono channels (2 stereo pairs) Output Level Setting Range . . . . . +16 dBu to +28 dBu in 2 dB steps (66 ohms) +10 dBm to +22 dBm in 2 dB steps (600 ohms ) Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 0 dBFS = +28 dBu (66 ohms) 0 dBFS = +22 dBm (600 ohms) Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . Jumper-selectable: 66 ohms or 600 ohms THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB @ 1kHz, -1 dBFS = +23 dBu (66 ohms) or 1 dBFS = +17 dBm (600 ohms), typical Cross Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >95 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB @ 0 dBFS (+28 dBu), 20 Hz to 20 kHz, typical SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB @ -60 dBFS Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 dB up to 100 dBFS, typical
ordering inFormation VAM6800+A4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio/video SDI to analog monitoring encoder/ converter, 4 analog audio outputs, includes double-slot backmodule, Q-SEE-compliant
502
ACO6800+ASID
Intelligent Single Switchover for ASI sources

signAL pROCessing // 6800+ AuTOMATiC CHAnge Over
503
The ACO6800+ switchover module is designed for the 6800+ core processing platform and provides both the primary and backup paths critical to maintaining uninterrupted video and audio signal flow. Multiple versions of the ACO6800+ are offered to suit the varied redundancy needs of broadcast and production facilities, OB trucks, satellite operators, cable headends, and mobile TV and IPTV operations.
Features
ACO6800+isd intelligent single switchover for Hd/sd/Asi sources ACO6800+dsd Basic dual switchover for Hd/sd/Asi sources
The ACO6800+ is available as a single- or dual-channel module that provides switchover capabilities from the primary to the backup path in the event of a signal failure. In addition to the basic switchover module, the ACO6800+ is also available as an intelligent Q-SEE-compliant module that monitors video, audio and metadata at ingest, checks levels for consistency and scans for errors.
Monitor Input One (primary) for loss of signal and failover to Input Two (secondary) Single-channel module only Switchback to primary happens when the primary signal has been restored for a predetermined period of time Input relay bypass on the back module (to ensure signal path in the event of power loss to the frame) Remote control and status via GPI/GPO GPI control (Switch Input One online, Switch Input Two online, Relay Bypass) GPO status (Input One online, Input Two online, Relay Bypass active) GPI can be user-configured for momentary/latched and high/low operation GPO status can be user-configured (high/low, momentary/latched) to indicate status Configuration, control and status via CCS Navigator Toggle switch on front of module to force switch between primary (up position) and secondary (down position) inputs Apply Q-SEE alarm monitoring to each of two inputs (HD+8 AES embedded or SD+8 AES embedded); ACO is user-configured to operate in either HD or SD format; there is no automatic input format detection; both inputs are actively monitored; by default, all alarms will be disabled Generate a Q-SEE thumbnail for one of the two inputs Online only up to two frames per second with audio meter for one of eight embedded AES signals Online and offline up to one frame per second, each with audio meter for one of eight embedded AES signals (the same one for each thumbnail) Thumbnails are generated as they are selected in the user interface
ACO6800+Asid intelligent single switchover for Asi sources
Monitor Input One (primary) for loss of signal and failover to Input Two (secondary) Switchback to primary happens when the primary signal has been restored for a predetermined period of time Input relay bypass on the back module (to ensure signal path in the event of power loss to the frame) Remote control and status via GPI/GPO GPI control (Switch Input One online, Switch Input Two online, Relay Bypass) GPO status (Input One online, Input Two online, Relay Bypass active) GPI can be user-configured for momentary/latched and high/low operation GPO status can be user-configured (high/low, momentary/latched) to indicate status Configuration, control and status via CCS Navigator Toggle switch on front of module to force switch between primary (up position) and secondary (down position) inputs
ACO6800+idsd intelligent dual switchover for Hd/sd/Asi sources
In addition to the same features as the ACO6800+DSD, this version allows the user to: Apply the Q-SEE alarm monitoring to each of two inputs (SD+8 AES embedded or HD+8 AES embedded); ACO is user-configured to operate in either SD or HD format. There is no automatic input format detection; both inputs are actively monitored; by default, all alarms will be disabled Generate a Q-SEE thumbnail for one of the two inputs: Online only up to two frames per second with audio meter for one of eight embedded AES signals Online and offline up to one frame per second, each with audio meter for one of eight embedded AES signals (the same one for each thumbnail) Thumbnails are generated as they are selected in the user interface
ACO6800+isCst intelligent single Clean/Quiet switchover for Hd/sd/Asi sources
Monitors both inputs for loss of signal and ETR 290 Priority One and Priority Two alarms, and switch from Input One (primary) to Input Two (secondary) on detected failure Single-channel module only Three modes of operation (automatic, manual or non-resetting); automatic switchback to primary happens when the primary signal has been restored for a predetermined period of time; manual allows user selection of switch control; non resetting when the module detects a failure on Input One and switches over to Input Two; output will stay switched to Output Two until the user manually switches the control back to Input One Input relay bypass on the back module (to ensure signal path in the event of power loss to the frame) Remote control and status via GPI/GPO GPI control (Switch Input One online, Switch Input Two online, Relay Bypass) GPO status (Input One online, Input Two online, Relay Bypass active) GPI can be user-configured for high/low operation GPO status can be user-configured (high/low) to indicate status Configuration, control and status via CCS Navigator Apply Q-SEE alarm monitoring to each of two inputs. There is automatic input format detection; both inputs are actively monitored; by default, all alarms will be disabled except loss of signal
In addition to the same features as the ACO6800+ISD, this version offers: Single-channel capability Daughtercard with HD/SD frame sync and eight AES synchronizer Frame reference input to drive frame sync Clean/Quiet switch between selected sources
Product details The Intelligent ASI ACO6800+ASID module monitors ASI transport stream inputs for ETR 290 Priority One and Priority Two alarms. Each alarm has user settings for threshold, switch-back time and alarm detection levels. These intelligent ACO modules allow for the setting of customizable parameters for each level being monitored and perform an automatic switchover when any level changes or disruptions are detected. The Clean/Quiet ACO6800+ISCST module ensures that there are no abrupt relays or interruptions of video and audio signals (e.g., in the event of a cable or fiber cut), and no audible pops or noises when the automatic changeover takes place, restoring the integrity of the signal.
ACO6800+ASID
images/diagrams
Block diagrams ACO6800+isd and ACO6800+Asid
ACO6800+idsd
In 1A In 2A
Out 1A bypass Switch Out 2A
In 1A In 2A
Switch
Out 1A bypass Out 2A
Q-SEE logic
ACO6800+IDSD only
Switch logic
GPI in/out A
Q-SEE logic
Switch logic GPI in/out B
Switch logic
GPI in/out A
Q-SEE logic
Out 2B
In 2B In 1B
Out 1B
Switch
Out 2B Out 1B bypass

ACO6800+dsd
ACO6800+isCst
Trouble slide/TSG Genlock In 1
Q-SEE logic Switch logic GPI in/out A
In 1A In 2A
Out 1A bypass Switch Out 2A
In 2
Switch
Frame and audio sync
Out 1 bypass Out 2
ACO6800+IDSD only
Q-SEE logic
Switch logic
GPI in/out B
Q-SEE logic
Switch logic
GPI in/out
In 2B In 1B
AUX 1
Switch
Out 2B Out 1B bypass

AUX 2
Back modules ACO6800+isd and ACO6800+Asid

A
BYPASS
ACO6800+dsd and ACO6800+idsd

A
IN 1
BYPASS
ACO6800+isCst
IN 1
IN 2
BYPASS
IN 1
IN 2
IN 2 OUT 1
OUT 2
OUT 1
OUT 2
OUT 1
OUT 2
B
NOT USED NOT USED IN 1
B
BYPASS
AUX 1
AUX 2
IN 2 GENLOCK
OUT 1
OUT 2
OUT 1
OUT 2 GPI
GPI A
NOT USED
GPI A
GPI B
504
ACO6800+ASID

505
Use this chart to determine which version is best suited for the needs of your facility: +isd +Asid +dsd +idsd +isCst
sd-sdi Output (270 mb/s)
Two-Slot Module CCS Navigator Support Card-Edge Control Bypass Relay GPI/O Basic ASI Support Advanced ASI Support 270 Mb/s 1.5 Gb/s Q-SEE Switching Thumbnail Support Frame/Audio Synchronizer Clean/Quiet Switch Frame Reference Input Dual-Channel Single-Channel Test Pattern Generator sPeciFications
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (pk-pk)
Hd-sdi Video Output (1.5 gb/s)
Specifications are subject to change without notice.

sd-sdi Video input (270 mb/s )
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The same as supported input standard Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI (673 ps pk-pk) Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI (135 ps pk-pk)
Asi transport stream Output (270 mb/s)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 m (918) for Belden 1694A
Hd-sdi Video input (1.5 gb/s)
Standard (+DSD/+IDSD). . . . . . . . SMPTE 274M: 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98 SMPTE 296M: 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50 Standard (+ISCST) . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 274M: 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/25, 1080p/23.98 SMPTE 296M: 720p/59.94, 720p/50 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 ft (120m) for Belden 1694A
Asi transport stream input (270 mb/s)
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI, 270 Mb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 MHz to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 ps to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
genlock input
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame genlock Return Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, -5 to +6 dB for NTSC/PAL-B 1 V pk-pk, -3.5 to +6 dB for tri-level sync (1080i/720p) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync (1080i/720p)
gpiO interfaces
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI, 270 Mb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, typical
GPI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 or 3 Internally pulled high Configurable trigger level GPO Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 or 3 Configurable trigger level TTL compatible Sink 64 mA, source 32 mA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini mate header
AFD6800+D
signAL pROCessing // 6800+ DATA-MeTADATA inserTiOn
HD/SD AFD/WSS Insertion Module

The AFD6800+D is a simple, low-cost active format description/wide screen signalling (AFD/WSS) insertion device for the 6800+ modular core processing platform. This module is ideal for applications in broadcast networks, as well as news, cable, post and mobile television production. The AFD6800+D adheres to the SMPTE 2016 standard for AFD and can be utilized by network affiliates as a basic SD or HD inserter.
Features Inputs One auto-sensing HD/SD input VLI inserter for SD signals in addition to WSS for 625 signals AFD/WSS/VI present monitor Capability of passing VANC and HANC Outputs Four AFD/WSS/VI inserted outputs Two reclocked outputs Output video signal processing Capability of passing VANC and HANC Full CCS Navigator control and monitoring Card-edge and remote control via built in FR6822+QXFE web browser
images/diagrams
506
AFD6800+D
Block diagram
HD/SD AFD/WSS Insertion Module

signAL pROCessing // 6800+ DATA-MeTADATA inserTiOn
507
Back module
HD/SD-SDI Out (Reclocked) 1 HD/SD-SDI Out (Reclocked) 2 HD/SD-SDI Out 1 HD/SD-SDI Out 2 HD/SD-SDI Out 3 HD/SD-SDI Out 4 CPU Monitoring and Control
AUX In (HFS only) SDI In
Driver
Driver HD/SDSDI In Equalizer Buffer Video Proc Driver
SDI Out
Genlock (HFS only)
5 SDI Out/ Reclk
Data I/O (HFS only)

Video input
Number of input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M HD-SDI and 259M-C SD-SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz HD-SDI mode >18 dB, typical, to 270 MHz SD-SDI mode Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 393 ft (120 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable for HD-SDI 753 ft (230 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable for SD-SDI video
Video input
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz HD-SDI mode >18 dB, typical, to 270 MHz SD-SDI mode Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (SD) <270 ps (HD) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI (673 ps pk-pk) Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI (135 ps pk-pk) Jitter SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 reclocked, 4 AFD inserted Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 080i (SMPTE 274M) at 25/29.97/30 Hz 1080p (SMPTE 274M) at 23.98/24/25/29.97/30Hz 720p (SMPTE 296M) at 50/59.94/60 Hz 525/625 (SMPTE 259M) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8)
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W maximum Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
ordering inFormation AFD6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD/SD AFD/WSS insertion module
HDC6800+AD
signAL pROCessing // 6800+ HD COnversiOn, ArC
HD Utility Downconverter
The HDC6800+AD is a reclocking high-definition/standard-definition serial digital video distribution amplifier and utility downconverter with SD-SDI and composite analog outputs for the 6800+ core processing platform. The HDC6800+AD can accept HD-SDI component video inputs with embedded audio and ANC data, with auto-detectable/user-selectable input standards. The main output path provides downconversion to a user-selectable output standard. The HDC6800+AD can convert from HD-SDI 720p and 1080i component video to SD-SDI 525/625 component video. In the conversion process, the audio and ANC data are delayed to ensure synchronization with the output video. Additionally, the HDC6800+AD will provide a secondary path for reclocked HD/SD-SDI signals.
Features Auto-sensing HD-SDI or SD-SDI input capability Supports HD signals for 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 1080/23.98PsF Four equalized and reclocked outputs of the HD or SD input Two SD-SDI program outputs Provides variable ARC with five user presets SDI output can add onscreen display of graticules and safe area markers overlaid on the video; markers are generated in the output domain CEA708 to CEA608 transcoding for closed captioning HD to SD color space conversion 1080PsF/23.98 to 525/59.94 downconversion with 3:2 pulldown CCS-enabled Passes two groups of embedded audio from HD-SDI to SD-SDI Two of the outputs can be configured for SD-SDI program or composite video output with onscreen display
images/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 1 HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 2 HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 3 Closed captioning Video test generator On screen display Video encoder HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 4 SD-SDI prog. out 1 HD/SD-SDI in EQ De-serializer 2D video scalar Audio De-mux Color space converter Audio delay Closed captioning embedder Reticule keyer SD-SDI prog. out 2
1 3 RCLK HD/SD OUT 2 4
Back module
HDC6800+
HD/SD IN
SDI/CVBS composite mon. out 1 SDI/CVBS shared jumper select out 2
1 2
SD SD MON/CVBS PROG OUT OUT
1 2
508
HDC6800+AD
Video input
HD Utility Downconverter
509
sdi program Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) and SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1485 Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 ft (270 m) Belden 8281 cable at 270 Mb/s; adaptive cable equalization for up to 377 ft (115 m), typical, of Belden 1694A at 1.485 Gb/s
sdi Re-Clocked Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) and SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB to 1.485 GHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps at 1.485 GHz; 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) at 270 MHz Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 UI at 1.485 GHz <0.2 UI at 270 MHz
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 + 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.75 to 1.5 ns (20% to 80%) at 270 MHz Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI at 270 MHz
Composite Analog Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits (encoding inputs 8 bits) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB to 5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.2 degree DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 14 mV Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >54 dB RMS to 5 MHz
ordering inFormation HDC6800+AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utility-quality downconverter with AES audio passing and composite analog conversion, includes front module and back module, requires 2 available 6800+ frame slots
HUC6801+D
Upconverter with Motion-Adaptive 3D De-Interlacing

The HUC6801+D offers broadcast-quality, motion-adaptive, 3D de-interlacing SD to HD upconversion at a surprisingly affordable price. Available as a two-slot solution in the 6800+ core processing platform, the HUC6801+D is equivalent to five upconverters in a 1RU space. This compact and cost-effective solution is ideal for situations where space and budget are critical considerations. The HUC6801+D can convert any SD signal to HD, 720p or 1080i, and is typically used for ingest and playout applications (VTR/DVR/camera) where it can be tied to a particular source upstream from the router. In addition to its support of 1080i and 720p formats at various frame rates, the HUC6801+D also supports common aspect ratios (16:9 Anamorphic, 16:9 Cut, 14:9, 4:3, Pixel True) and user-configurable custom aspect ratios. Standard features include closed captioning support, safe-area generation, onscreen display, test signal generation and adjustable audio/video delay with embedded audio synchronization. The HUC6801+D can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Features Frame sync with embedded audio sync and delay, including incremental audio delay Up to seven frames of video delay Supports PCM and compressed audio data in the same group Two reclocked outputs Two program outputs, two more outputs configurable as either program or key Variable aspect ratio conversion with five user presets User-selectable color for internally generated ARC background Soft-edge rectangle-key output for non-picture area Transcoding of closed captioning from EIA608 to EIA708 standards Frame sync with matching audio delay Onscreen display with programmable transparency for parameter configuration Built-in HD test generator with cross-hatch pattern, color bars, luma sweep and SAG (safe area generator) key Q-SEE-compliant
images/diagrams
HD-SDI serializer + cable driver Video test generator [HD] CC 608 payload into 708 SD/HD SDI Color space conversion 601 to 709 HD-SDI serializer + cable driver
SDI reclocked output
SD/HD IN RCLK SD/HD OUT
HD/SDSDI EQ
HD/SD-SDI deserializer
[SD]
Frame sync [SD]
2D video scalar
Audio/ ANC/CC embedder [HD]
HD-SDI program output
Reticule keyer [HD]
On screen display [HD]
HD PROG OUT 1 REF IN 2
HD-SDI serializer + cable driver
[SD/HD]
Genlock reference Frame reference
HD is for output in pass mode
2 group audio/ANC demux [SD]
Audio sync + delay
Key signal [HD] Driver
HD-SDI monitor output
DATA OUT
DATA I/O (audio)
HD PROG/MON OUT
1 2
Genlock (HD only)
510
HUC6801+D
Upconverter with Motion-Adaptive 3D De-Interlacing

511
Hd/sd-sdi Video input
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (525/625) SMPTE 292M (1080i/720p) Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486i: 59.94 Hz 576i: 50 Hz 1080i: 50, 59.94 Hz 720p: 50, 59.94 Hz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, to 1.485 GHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 ft (270 m), typical, of Belden 8281 cable at 270 Mb/s; adaptive cable equalization for up to 328 ft (100 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable at 1.485 Gb/s
genlock input
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, to 1485 MHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps at 1.485 GHz; 400 to 1500 ps at 270 MHz Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing (<0.2 UI at 270 MHz) Alignment (<0.2 UI at 270 MHz) Timing (<1 UI at 1.485 GHz) Alignment (<0.2 UI at 1.485 GHz)
upconverted Hd-sdi Video Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, typical, to 6 MHz >35 dB, typical, to 30 MHz Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B: 1 V pk-pk, -5.0 to 6.0 dB Tri-level sync (1080i/720p): 300 mV, -3.5 to 6.0 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync (1080i/720p)
Hd/sd-sdi Reclocked Output
Number of Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . 2 program, 2 monitor/program Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1080i/720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, to 1.485 GHz DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps at 1.485 GHz Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing (<1 UI at 1.485 GHz) Alignment (<0.2 UI at 1.485 GHz)
Audio delay (data Out)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (525i/625i) SMPTE 292M (1080i/720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8
Number of Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 dB, typical, to 6 MHz
power and temperature Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . <10.5 W Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
ordering inFormation HUC6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Broadcast-quality HD upconverter with motionadaptive 3D de-interlacing, includes front and back module, requires 2 available 6800+ frame slots
XHD6800+AD, +AGD
SD Aspect Ratio Converter
The XHD6800+AD is a flexible, cost-efficient SD aspect ratio converter for the 6800+ modular core processing platform. The XHD6800+AGD module adds GPI functionality. The XHD6800+AD and XHD6800+AGD SD aspect ratio converters offer aspect ratio control of SD input signals with five user presets for aspect ratios. There is a smooth transition when switching between different aspect ratios or when using the GPI control. AFD (active format description) is supported for automated control of aspect ratios. The XHD6800+AD and XHD6800+AGD controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMPbased control applications. The modules are Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Features Custom and fixed ARC presets High-quality 10-bit video processing Cropping and picture position Motion-adaptive de-interlacing for exceptional vertical resolution Also includes diagonal processing Film 3/2 pulldown detection Frame sync Audio proc Key signal output Five user presets for storing custom configurations Multiple presets save and recall Propagation delay of one frame Onscreen display for parameter configuration WSS/VI and AFD (SMPTE 2016) Optional GPI interfaces for triggering preset and custom aspect ratios Software key, field upgrade from SD aspect ratio converter to HD upconverter Optional closed captioning handling (when using upconversion option) Q-SEE-compliant
images/diagrams
Block diagrams XHd6800+Ad
SD-SDI reclocked out 1 SD-SDI reclocked out 2 SD-SDI in Equalizer De-serializer Video test generator Vertical blanking interval Closed captioning Video sync Audio De-mux Aspect Ratio Converter Delay/sync SD-SDI monitor out 1 Reticule keyer Genlock in Genlock Audio proc AFD/WSS/VI detection Manual local/ remote control Scaling control CCS remote monitoring and control Q-SEE thumbnails On screen display Key signal Audio delay out SD-SDI monitor out 2 CC/audio/AFD/WSS/ VI embedder SD-SDI program out 1 SD-SDI program out 2
Back modules XHd6800+Ad

GPI I/O SDI IN
RECLOCKED
PROG OUT 1
PROG OUT 2
REF IN
MNTR OUT 1
DATA OUT
MNTR OUT 2
XHd6800+Agd
SD-SDI reclocked out 1 SD-SDI reclocked out 2 SD-SDI in Equalizer De-serializer Video test generator Vertical blanking interval Closed captioning Video sync Audio De-mux Aspect Ratio Converter Delay/sync SD-SDI monitor out 1 Reticule keyer Genlock in Genlock Audio proc AFD/WSS/VI detection Scaling control CCS remote monitoring and control On screen display Key signal Audio delay out GPI out x 2 Q-SEE thumbnails SD-SDI monitor out 2 CC/audio/AFD/WSS/ VI embedder SD-SDI program out 1 SD-SDI program out 2
XHd6800+Agd
XHD6800+AGD
GPI IN/OUT RCLK SDI OUT PROG OUT
SDI IN
1 REF IN
DATA I/O
PROG/ MON OUT
1 2
Manual local/ remote control
512
GPI in x 4
XHD6800+AD, +AGD
SD Aspect Ratio Converter
input Video
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 1.5 GHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 ft (300 m), typical, of Belden 8281 cable at 270 Mb/s
sdi Re-clocked Output
Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.75 to 1.5 ns (20% to 80%) at 270 MHz Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
genlock input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) at 270 MHz Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk The XHD6800+A will have 2 SD-SDI program outputs and 2 configurable SD-SDI outputs carrying either program or monitor video signals.
sdi/Composite video program Outputs
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB 25 Hz to 30 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5.5 V pk-pk CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 60 Hz, 5 V pk-pk Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, -5.0 to +6.0 dB for NTSC/PAL-B 300 mV, -3.5 to +6.0 dB for tri-level sync (1080i/720p) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync (1080i/720p)
Audio delay Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8)

gpi
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 + 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Internally pulled high External contact closure to ground to trigger Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Buffered TTL levels Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45
ordering inFormation XHD6800+AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6800+ SD aspect ratio converter with AFD; SDI input, SDI reclocked outputs, SDI program output, genlock, includes front module and rear module, requires 2 available 6800+ frame slots, Q-SEEcompliant XHD6800+AGD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6800+ SD aspect ratio converter with AFD; SDI input, SDI reclocked outputs, SDI program output, GPI, genlock; includes front module and rear module, requires 2 available 6800+ frame slots, Q-SEE-compliant XHD6800+OPT-CC . . . . . . . . . . . Closed captioning option for upconversion; field upgradeable
513
XHD6801+DT, +UCT, +UCDT

The XHD6801+ series features broadcast-quality, motion-adaptive HD conversion with block artifact and mosquito noise reduction. Offered as a 3-slot solution for the 6800+ core processing platform, it is equivalent to providing three format converters in a single RU. Additionally, the XHD6801+ features reclocked outputs that can be reconfigured for frame synchronization. This minimizes the requirement downstream for additional signal distribution or synchronization. The XHD6801+ also features Q-SEE enhanced monitoring and thumbnail streaming. The XHD6801+ can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
HD/SD Up/Down/Cross/Aspect Ratio Converter with Enhanced Aspect Ratio Processing

Features HD/SD-capable up/down/cross converter with motion-adaptive de-interlacing, mosquito noise and block artifact noise reduction, and edge interpolation for superior image quality User-selectable detail enhancement settings (edge sharpening/softening) Integrated video and audio frame sync with audio tracking and delay capabilities to guarantee lip sync User-adjustable video delay of up to eight frames in HD Embedded audio support with channel routing and sample rate conversion capability Enhanced aspect ratio and AFD/WSS/VI management capabilities with full custom mapping tables to handle any scenario User-configurable aspect ratio conversion (H/V size, H/V position) for picture resizing, with selectable internally generated color ARC backgrounds GPI interface for triggering ARC presets and AFD/WSS/VI code insertion Store and recall of ARC presets through SNMP, CCS Navigator or web browser Automatic reconfiguration between standard conversion modes based on input standard changes Clean output on input transitions from upstream sources or on aspect ratio change Loss-of-video freeze Internally generated external ARC key channel Additional SDI output carrying either the same program signal or the key signal Switchable external or backplane genlock inputs Analog composite, tri-level and DARS reference Closed captioning and teletext support Built-in SD- and HD-SDI test generator containing 75% color bars, cross hatch pattern, frequency sweep (luma and chroma), white, black and safe area generator (SAG) key Q-SEE-compliant
images/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 1 HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 2 AFD/WSS/VI detection Closed captioning Video sync, delay, proc HD/SD-SDI w/audio in Equalizer Up, Down, Cross Aspect Ratio Converter Motion adapt deinterlacer On screen display Horizontal & vertical resizer Buffer Audio de-mux Reference in Frame reference Genlock V sync A sync Audio proc Audio sync/ delay Video test generator HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 3 HD/SD-SDI reclocked out 4 HD/SD-SDI prog. out 1 HD/SD-SDI prog. out 2 Audio/AFD/VI/ WSS/CC embedder HD/SD-SDI monitor/program out 1 HD/SD-SDI monitor/program out 2
Back module
SDI IN 2 GPI I/O SDI PROGRAM OUT SDI IN 1
SDI MONITOR OUT
AUD DELAY/6 Hz
SDI RECLOCKED OUT
REF IN
Q-SEE thumbnails
514
XHD6801+DT, +UCT, +UCDT

Hd-sdi inputs
HD/SD Up/Down/Cross/Aspect Ratio Converter with Enhanced Aspect Ratio Processing

515
sd-sdi inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 MHz to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 328 ft (100 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable or 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
sd-sdi inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 700 ft (230 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable
Hd-sdi Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C (270 Mb/s, 525/625 component video) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 MHz to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
genlock input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1.485, 1.485/1.001 Gb/s) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: <1 UI pk-pk Alignment jitter: <0.2 UI pk-pk
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB 25 Hz to 10 MHz (SMPTE 318M-1999) Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5.5 V pk-pk CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB @ 60 Hz, 5 V pk-pk Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, -6 to +6 dB for NTSC/PAL-B 300 mV, -6 to +6 dB for tri-level sync: 1080i: 59.94/50 1080p: 29.97/25/23.98 1080psf: 23.98 720p: 59.94/50 Locking Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ppm (sync lock only, no burst lock) Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 170M (NTSC), ITU-R BT.470-6 (PAL-B), SMPTE 274M (1080i, 1080p), SMPTE 296M (720p)
ordering inFormation XHD6801+UCDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD up/down/cross converter, includes front and rear modules, requires 3 available 6800+ frame slots XHD6801+UCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD up/down/cross converter, includes front and rear modules, requires 3 available 6800+ frame slots XHD6801+DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD downconverter, includes front and rear modules, requires available 6800+ frame slots XHD68+D-UG-UCD . . . . . . . . . . . XHD6801+D upgrade to XHD6801+UCD functionality; field upgrade software key activation option XHD68+UC-UG-UCD . . . . . . . . . . XHD6801+UC upgrade to XHD6801+UCD functionality; field upgrade software key activation option
signAL pROCessing // 6800+ synCHrOHrOnizATiOn, DeLAy
The ADS6800+A4BC/+A4BCD synchronizers combine the functionality of timing/ tracking audio delay along with analog-to-digital conversion on one module. Designed to be used in conjunction with Harris video frame synchronizer modules (such as DES6800+, ENS6801+, VFS6800+ or HFS6801+) these modules provide inputs for four analog audio channels and convert to two AES outputs in both balanced and unbalanced formats. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the ADS6800+A4BC/A4BCD modules can be controlled at the card edge, or controlled and monitored via CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser (with QXFE-series frames only), or NUCLEUS hardware control panels, or via third-party control applications using SNMP.
4-Channel Audio Delay Synchronizer with Analog-to-Digital Conversion

Features Fixed delay operation of up to 1.3 seconds @ 48 kHz Auto-tracking delay capability with Harris video synchronizers 32/48/96 kHz sampling capability Selectable 16-, 20- and 24-bit analog-to-digital conversion Four balanced analog audio inputs, 600 ohms or high impedance (jumper-selectable) Internal audio processing amplifier Channel ID tone generators (750 Hz, 1.5 kHz, 3 kHz and 6 kHz) Near clipping/no signal/tone indication Selectable delay adjustment for each channel External DARS reference input (video reference can be drawn from the frame) Compliance with AES11 standards Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
AES unbalanced out 1
Back module
AES OUT 1
Analog in 1A
- GND +
UNBAL
AES encoder 1
AES balanced out 1

- GND +
AES OUT 2
DARS IN
Analog in 1B
- GND +
A to D conversion
Analog in 2A
- GND +
Audio sync / delay
Audio proc
Audio matrix
AES unbalanced out 2
GND +
1
BAL
GND +
1A
GND +
Analog in 2B
- GND +
AES encoder 2 Tone generator Genlock/ DARS
AES balanced out 2

- GND +
AES OUT 1B
GND + GND +
DARS unbalanced
ANALOG AUDIO IN 2A DATA I/O

GND +
DARS balanced
- GND +
DATA I/O (audio tracking input)
2B
GND +
516
Balanced Analog Audio input
4-Channel Audio Delay Synchronizer with Analog-to-Digital Conversion

517
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin WECO connector Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC coupled Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 ohms or high-impedance, jumper-selectable Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +16 to +28 dB in 2 dB steps
Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, unbalanced 3-pin WECO connector, balanced Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, unbalanced, 110 ohms, balanced Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB up to 6 MHz, unbalanced AES Reference Sampling Rate . . . 32 kHz, 48 kHz, 96 kHz
performance
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AES, 75 ohms, BNC and 2 AES, 110 ohms, balanced Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3-1992, AES-3-1995 and SMPTE 276M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms/110 ohms
Balanced Aes Output
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7V pk-pk Common Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB below output signal Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 UI
Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 20, 24-bits Sampling Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 kHz, 48 kHz, 96 kHz Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.05 dB @ dBFS, 20 Hz to 20 kHz Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.3 dB up to -100 dBFS Signal to Noise @ 0 dBFS. . . . . . . 100 dB (no filter) 103 dB (A-weight) THD+N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.003% @ (20 Hz to 20 kHz), -1 dBFS= +23 dBu High-Z load IMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB (CCIF two tone test @ 0 dBFS = +18 dBu, +24 dBu, +28 dBu, High-Z load) Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >90 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB up to 6 MHz Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V 0.1 V pk-pk DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 MV Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 UI
ordering inFormation ADS6800+A4BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio delay synchronizer with analog-to-digital conversion, 4 channels analog audio input, 2 AES coaxial and/or 2 AES balanced output, 2 frame slots required ADS6800+A4BCD . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel audio delay synchronizer/A-to-D converter, includes front module and double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frames
ADS6800+B2D, +C2D
Audio Delay Synchronizer
The ADS6800+B2D and ADS6800+C2D are audio delay synchronizers that are ideal for solving timing problems within a facility. Whether integrating a non-synchronous digital island or compensating for fixed or variable path delays, these cards offer a complete and economical solution. Multiple units can be used to provide a multiframe, cascaded delay for use in virtual studio applications. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, these modules provide two AES digital audio inputs and outputs in balanced (ADS6800+B2D) or unbalanced (ADS6800+C2D) forms, as well as genlock (internal or external) and DARS reference inputs. The modules accept audio tracking delay and a hot-switching signal from Harris video synchronizer modules (such as DES6800+, VFS6800+ and HFS6801+). The ADS6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features Framestore tracking and system delay operation Unbalanced and balanced (+B2 version only) DARS inputs Genlock reference input (internal and external) Variable delay operation (1.2 seconds) Two-channel, 24-bit digital audio input AES inputs/outputs available in balanced (+B2 version) or unbalanced (+C2 version) formats Audio monitoring output Sample frequency can be locked to the DES-6804, DES6800+ and VFS6800+ video references Minimum tracking delay of 1.3 seconds Integrated audio processing amp for level adjustment and mute Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Back modules Ads6800+B2

DARS UNBAL IN
Ads6800+C2
DARS IN
- GND +
- GND +
DARS BAL IN
- GND + - GND +
GND +
AES IN 1
GND +
AES IN 2
GND +
DATA I/O 1
DATA I/O
GND +
- GND +
AES OUT 2
GND +
GENLOCK 2
AES OUT
GENLOCK
518
ADS6800+B2D, +C2D
Audio Delay Synchronizer
Balanced Aes inputs unbalanced Aes Outputs
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
unbalanced Aes inputs
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <20 ns Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Reference input (external)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <20 ns Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 6 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B/PAL-M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection Ratio . . . >60 dB at 60 Hz
ordering inFormation ADS6800+B2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-AES audio delay synchronizer module, balanced AES inputs and outputs, includes double-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames ADS6800+C2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES audio delay synchronizer module, unbalanced AES inputs and outputs, includes double-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames
519
APM6801+D

For expanded audio processing, the APM6801+D module for the 6800+ core processing platform provides eight AES unbalanced inputs and outputs. Taking two positions in a 6800+ mounting frame, it provides gain control, invert, routing and delay for each individual channel. Optional field upgrades include Dolby decoder and encoder plug-ins with software keys.
Features Eight AES I/O with I/O routing and sample rate conversion with bypass Up to 2.5 seconds delay Gain, invert and routing (channel swapping) Breakout cable provides discrete AES connectivity For embedded applications, add companion SFS/HMX/HDX modules External reference can be color black or tri-level sync DARS input
images/diagrams
APM6801+D
Frame REF EXT REF1 DARS1 DARS AES In 11 AES In 21 AES In 31 AES In 41 AES In 51 AES In 61 AES In 71 AES In 81 Reference Select
AES IN/AES OUT GENLOCK / DARS IN / DATA IO / METADATA
Mux
Ref Clock
NOT USED NOT USED
NOT USED
Bypassable SRCs
Router
Audio Processing
Router
AES Out 11 AES Out 21 AES Out 31 AES Out 41 AES Out 51 AES Out 61 AES Out 71 AES Out 81
NOT USED
DARS IN

1
520
APM6801+D

521
Reference Video input Aes Balanced input (with external Baluns)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC Coupled Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ns DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%)
ordering inFormation APM6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 AES audio processor module for 6800+ frames, includes breakout cable 6800+OPT+16CAPM . . . . . . . . . Breakout cable for APM6801+D module, 1 included with each module
AVS6800+B2D, +C2D
Audio Delay and Video Frame Synchronizer

The AVS6800+B2D and AVS6800+C2D modules for the 6800+ core processing platform are used to synchronize AES audio signals with an associated video signal. DARS and genlock reference inputs provide for AES11 compliance. AES input and output ports provide full 24-bit capability, and enable the passing of compressed audio streams. Modules accept a single SD-SDI input and provide two AES audio paths in either balanced (+B2) or unbalanced (+C2) formats. These modules can be used in combination with other 6800+ modules to provide added video and audio capabilities such as audio tracking delay and hot-switching. The AVS6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features Input standard 525/625 operation, auto-detect or user-forced EDH reinsertion Audio re-sampling for 32 to 108 kHz AES outputs, with bypass for data over AES operation C, U and V-bit transparency Full-featured, 10-bit serial 4:2:2 frame synchronizer Two processed and one reclocked outputs Removes low-frequency jitter from 270 Mb/s video Passes all ancillary data, including embedded audio and VBI (HANC and VANC) GPI freeze control One frame delay buffer Delay or synchronizer modes Frame-store tracking and system delay operation Genlock reference input (internal and external) Variable delay operation (1.2 seconds) Audio monitoring output Minimum tracking delay of 1.3 seconds AES input and output provide full 24-bit capability Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control systems)
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Back modules AVs6800+B2d

DARS UNBAL IN SDI IN
AVs6800+C2d
DARS IN SDI IN
DARS BAL IN
- GND +
GND +
- GND +
SDI OUT
- GND +
AES IN 2 2
SDI OUT
GND +
AES IN
B2 version
- GND +
GND +
DATA I/O 1
DATA I/O
C2 version
- GND +
GND +
AES OUT
GENLOCK 2
AES OUT
GENLOCK
B2 version only
GND +
522
AVS6800+B2D, +C2D
sdi input
Audio Delay and Video Frame Synchronizer

523
Aes Output Balanced (AVs6800+B2)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to: >23 dB, 259M-C type
sdi Output
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 processed Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20 to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk
Aes input And dARs Balanced (AVs6800+B2)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 7 V pk-pk into 110 load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <20 ns Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
unbalanced (AVs6800+C2)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, transformer coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin connector, male Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
unbalanced (AVs6800+C2)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz Signal Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 10% into 75 load Audio Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Rise/Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <20 ns Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Reference input (external)
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalanced, AC coupled Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 108 kHz Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 6 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B/PAL-M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk Common Mode Rejection Ratio . . . >60 dB at 60 Hz
ordering inFormation AVS6800+B2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio delay and video synchronizer module, balanced AES inputs and outputs, includes double-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames AVS6800+C2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio delay and video synchronizer module, unbalanced AES inputs and outputs, includes double-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames
HFS6801+D
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Video Frame Synchronizer/Processor

The HFS6801+D is an auto-sensing HD/SD-SDI video frame synchronizer/processor designed to handle ingest and re-timing of HD or SD-SDI video in relationship to the local clock in any broadcast/professional facility. The video processing amplifier corrects input levels and provides adjustments for black level, luminance level and chrominance level. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform the, module provides a number of user settings that allows the user to finely tailor his or her operation to meet specific needs. The module can be set to two modes of operation: Synchronization or Delay. In either mode, almost eight frames of delay can be selected for 1080i standards, and almost 16 frames for 720p standards. The module provides one auto-sensing HD/SD-SDI input, four processed outputs and two outputs reclocked from the input signal. An external genlock input is provided, as well as in internal genlock bussed from the frame genlock input. The HFS6801+D module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features Auto-sensing HD or SD-SDI input 10-bit signal processing for high quality User adjustments include H phase, V phase, black level, luminance gain, Cb gain and Cr gain Video delay of up to eight frames less two lines for 1080i standards, and 16 frames less two lines for 720p standard In delay mode, passes VANC (vertical ancillary) and HANC (horizontal) data, including compressed audio such as Dolby E When input video is hot switched, the module cleanly handles the output video Internal test generator can output color bars for signal path testing Card-edge LEDs to indicate video input presence/standard, genlock presence, and when output video is frozen
inputs
One HD or SD-SDI input with HD auto-detection supporting: 1080i, 25 Hz 1080i, 29.97 Hz 720p, 59.94 Hz Automatic cable equalization to 120 m Dedicated genlock input on the module for composite or tri-level sync, or use bussed frame genlock Status feedback indicating input video presence and standard, plus external genlock standard and lock status When the video standard is switched, the module shadows/restores the associated parameter settings
Outputs
Four synchronized serial digital SMPTE 274M/SMPTE 296M outputs when input is HD-SDI Two reclocked serial digital SMPTE 274M/SMPTE 296M outputs when input is HD-SDI If the input video is disrupted, the output video can be set to: freeze, black (from internal generator) or pass as-is Audio is muted in the above condition when freeze or black is selected Selection to force the output video to freeze mode (by field or frame)
imaes/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI out (reclocked) 1 HD/SD-SDI out (reclocked) 2
Back module
HD/SD-SDI IN
HD/SD-SDI OUT
HD/SD-SDI out /
HD/SD OUT RECLOCK
GENLOCK
DATA I/O
524
HFS6801+D
Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Video Frame Synchronizer/Processor

525
Hd-sdi Video input
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component SMPTE 292M (1080i/720p) SMPTE 274M (1080i) SMPTE 296M (720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Frame rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: 25, 29.97 Hz 720p: 59.94 Hz Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 393 ft (120 m), typical, of Belden 1694A
Hd-sdi Output
DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alignment (>100 kHz) <134 ps pk-pk Timing (>10 Hz) <673 ps pk-pk Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i: up to 8 frames less 2 lines 720p: up to 16 frames less 2 lines Frame Synchronizer Lock . . . . . . . At least 35 ppm Range
genlock input
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 reclocked, 4 synchronized Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M (1080i/720p) SMPTE 274M (1080i) at 25 Hz and 29.97 Hz SMPTE 296M (720p) at 59.94 Hz Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hz, 29.97, or 59.94 Hz (user-selectable, based on HD standard and reference standard) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 3 dB Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B or 300 mV tri-level sync (1080i/720p) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >35 dB to 30 MHz
propagation delay
Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/29.97 Hz: 8.4 microseconds 1080i/25 Hz: 8.4 microseconds 720p/59.94 Hz: 8.2 microseconds (approximate)
power and temperature Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 W, typical Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C)
ordering inFormation HFS6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-sensing HD/SD-SDI video frame synchronizer/processor, with double-slot rear connector for FR6802+ series frames
VFS6800+S/D
SDI Video Frame Synchronizer

The VFS6800+S/D video frame synchronizer is ideal for solving timing problems within a broadcast facility. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the module provides a complete and economical solution for integrating a non-synchronous digital island or compensating for fixed or variable path delays. Multiple units may be used to provide a multiframe, cascaded delay for use in virtual studio applications. These modules accept one SD-SDI video input and provide three processed SDI outputs and one reclocked output, in addition to audio sync signals for complementary audio cards (ADS6800+and MSA6800+). The VFS6800+ modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features Line synchronization within a three-line window of input video Full-featured, 10-bit serial 4:2:2 frame synchronizer, operating in delay or sync modes Input standard 525/625 operation auto-detect or user-forced Three processed and one re-clocked SD-SDI outputs Video proc amp enabling luma and chroma gain, black and white clipping, and black level and hue control Integrated test pattern generator Removes low frequency jitter from 270 Mb/s video Passes all ancillary data, including embedded audio and VBI (HANC and VANC) Infinite phasing relative to reference (both V and H) GPI freeze control One frame video delay Generates audio/video timing output, with reference signal for tracking audio modules such as ADS6800+ or MSA6800+ EDH reinsertion On-board genlock circuit Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
Back modules VFs6800+d
SD-SDI OUT 3 SD-SDI IN
images/diagrams
Block diagram
VFs6800+s
SD-SDI IN
3 /
SDI RCLKD 1 SD-SDI OUT 1
DATA I/O 2 GPI
DATA I/O
GENLOCK
GENLOCK

sdi input
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to: >23dB, 259M-C typical
sdi Output
Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80% amplitude) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk
Signal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B/PAL-M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 6 dB
526
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 processed, 1 reclocked (for dual-slot backmodule option only) Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%
ordering inFormation VFS6800+S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI video frame synchronizer, with single-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames VFS6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI video frame synchronizer, with double-slot backmodule, for use with FR6802+ series frames www.broadcast.harris.com
ADV6800+D
Component Analog-to-Digital Converter

signAL pROCessing // 6800+ viDeO COnversiOn
527
The ADV6800+D addresses the requirements of broadcasters and video professionals for component analog-to-digital 4:2:2 conversion. It provides 10-bit conversions from 525- and 625-line analog component signals to 525-and 625-line serial digital video. The module features auto calibration, built-in color bars, 2x over-sampling, sync input, and automatic line-standard switching. Supported input formats include 525- and 625-line RGB, SMPTE/EBU component, Betacam and MII. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the ADV6800+D module can be ontrolled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features 525/625-line operation 2 over-sampling, 27 MHz Y 13.5 MHz Cr/Cb 10-bit conversion and signal path Auto calibration Built-in color bars as alignment aid Automatic line-standard switching Sync on G/Y or external sync RGB, SMPTE/EBU component, Betacam and MII
images/diagrams
SYNC IN LOOP
G/Y LOOP
B/Pb LOOP
R/Pr LOOP
SERIAL OUT

Component Analog Video input sdi Output
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 V pk-pk, nominal, 1 V pk-pk, nominal with sync Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop through Hi-Z Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Over-sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2X Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near CCIR 601 Time Adjust Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 s Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE/EBU component and GBR, Betacam and MII, and NTSC GBR, 525-line and 625-line auto switching 2T K Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5% Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-50dB Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB relative to 0.714 V, 10 kHz to 5.5 MHz Adjustable Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% DC Clamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 quantization level on field average
Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259M-C; 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.40 to 1.5 ns as per SMPTE 259
Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) power Consumption. . . . . . . 6.6 W
ordering inFormaiton ADV6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Component analog-to-digital converter for use in FR6802+ series frames
DAV6800+D
SDI Digital-to-Analog Component Video Converter

The DAV6800+D SDI digital-to-analog component video converter converts SMPTE 259-C serial digital component video at 270 Mb/s to analog component signals for standard-definition television. Part of the 6800+ processing platform, the DAV6800+D modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features High-performance 12-bit digital-to-analog conversion Support for SMPTE/EBU, NTSC, Beta, and M-II YPbPr and RGB formats Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications) EDH error detection Selective vertical blanking Digital gain and offset adjustment Built-in color bar test signals RoHS-compliant
images/diagrams
SD-SDI OUT SD-SDI IN
G/Y
B/Pb
R/Pr
SYNC OUT

sdi Video input Component Video Outputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 M-C; 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Maximum Input Cable Length . . . . >984 ft (300 m), typical, for Belden 1694A CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz
sdi Video Output
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Rise Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Rise Fall Time Differ . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 ns per SMPTE-259M DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Overshoot/Undershoot . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Timing Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk Alignment Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (740 ps) pk-pk Cable Drive Capability . . . . . . . . . Up to 820 ft (250 m) for Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB up to 270 MHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 BNCs per IEC 169-8 (2 sets of G/Y, B/Pb, R/Pr) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 bits Over Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4X for Y and 8X for PbPr Gain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 dB DC Offset Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 21 mV Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >62 dB for all channels (limit ramp) Luminance Non-Linearity . . . . . . . <1% Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.1dB to 5.75 MHz for Y and GBR <0.1dB to 2.75 MHz for Pb, Pr
sync Outputs
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 V pk-pk

Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 W Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) ordering inFormation DAV6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI digital-to-analog component video converter, with double-slot backmodule for FR6802+ series frames
528
DEC6800+D
12-Bit Composite Analog-to-Digital Converter

529
The DEC6800+D is a compact, high-precision, 12-bit decoder that converts NTSC and PAL analog composite signals into superior-quality component (4:2:2) digital video. Utilizing the advanced Harris Phase Quadrature Mixing (PQM) technology for 2D adaptive comb filtering, these cards are designed for high performance and optimal value. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the DEC6800+D modules can be controlled at the card edge, or controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
Features Analog video processing at 6 dB gain range 7.5 IRE black level 360 degree hue adjustment, allowing full-range user control Oversampling analog-to-digital conversion with 12-bit resolution 12-bit quantization 2D adaptive comb filtering utilizing the PQM technology Automatic PAL/NTSC switching (based on input signal) Full VBI handling and processing (line by line) Test signal generation (75% color bar, FCC composite, black) Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
images/diagrams
COMPOSITE
/
1
GENLOCK 2
DATA I/O
DES6800+ only
DATA I/O (audio tracking)

SDI OUT 3
SDI OUT 1
SDI OUT 4
SDI OUT 2

Analog Video input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 2.5 dB Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . >60 dB at 50/60 Hz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk Video Level Adjust Range . . . . . . . 6 dB
Analog Video processing
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <500 ps
storage
Number of Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (1 frame) Data Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits

Reference input
Gain Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 dB Hue Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

digital Video processing
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-bit quantized video Decoding Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . 3-line adaptive comb Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB to 5.75 MHz Luma Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . >60 dB, 10 kHz to 6 MHz Minimum Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC mode: 134 microsecends PAL mode: 200 microseconds
sdi Outputs
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
ordering inFormation DEC6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL to SDI decoder, module and double-slot rear connector for use in FR6802+ series frames
Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259M-C; 270 Mb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8
DES6800+D
12-Bit Composite Video Decoder and Synchronizer

The DES6800+D is a compact, high-precision, 12-bit decoder that converts NTSC and PAL analog composite signals into superior-quality component (4:2:2) digital video. Utilizing the advanced Harris Phase Quadrature Mixing (PQM) technology for 2D adaptive comb filtering, coupled with TBC (time-base correction) capabilities, this card is designed for high performance and optimal value. It processes vertical blanking lines and handles super-black levels. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the DES6800+D module includes frame synchronization and TBC features. It provides an audio sync clock with video delay and hot-switch outputs for an audio sync interface to accommodate audio processing modules, including the MSA6800+ embedder series and ADS6800+ audio delay/A-to-D series modules. The DES6800+D modules can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications.
images/diagrams
COMPOSITE
Features Analog video processing at 6 dB gain range 7.5 IRE black level 360 degree hue adjustment, allowing full-range user control Oversampling analog-to-digital conversion with 12-bit resolution 12-bit quantization Frame synchronization TBC capabilities, locking to VHS or bad microwave feeds 2D adaptive comb filtering utilizing the PQM technology Automatic PAL/NTSC switching (based on input signal) Full VBI handling and processing (line by line) Test signal generation (75% color bar, FCC composite, black) Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications)
/
1
GENLOCK 2
DATA I/O
DES6800+ only
DATA I/O (audio tracking)

SDI OUT 3
SDI OUT 1
SDI OUT 4
SDI OUT 2

Analog Video input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 2.5 dB Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . >60 dB at 50/60 Hz Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 5 V pk-pk Video Level Adjust Range . . . . . . . 6 dB
Analog Video processing
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259M-C; 270 Mb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude (all outputs terminated) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <500 ps
storage
Number of Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (1 frame) Data Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits

Reference input
Gain Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 dB Hue Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

digital Video processing
530
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-bit quantized video Decoding Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . 3-line adaptive comb Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB to 5.75 MHz Luma Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . >60 dB, 10 kHz to 6 MHz Minimum Delay (microseconds) . . NTSC mode: 134, PAL mode: 200
sdi Outputs
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
ordering inFormation DES6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL to SDI decoder, module and double-slot rear connector for use in FR6802+ series frames www.broadcast.harris.com
Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
DQS6800+D
Multisource SD Video Decoder and Synchronizer

531
The DQS6800+D processing module is a multisource SD video decoder and synchronizer for the 6800+ core processing platform. The basic DQS6800+D module provides two composite inputs and four SD-SDI outputs, and offers the ability to upgrade to four input channels via an optional license key. Both versions of the module (DQS6800+D and DQS6800+4CHD) provide 3D adaptive comb filtering, time-based correction, VBI line-by-line processing, proc amp and matrix switching. The module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The module is Q-SEE-compliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernet-equipped 6800+ frame.
Features Two composite video inputs with the basic module, four composite video inputs with the software-license upgrade Analog reference input Four processed and synchronized, SD-SDI 525 or 625, 270 Mb/s component video outputs One data I/O output for separate audio module Notch, 2D or 3D adaptive comb filter for YC separation VBI processing Video synchronizer Infinitely variable output phase (in 27 MHz clock increments) 11-bit video processing in standard-definition 525 and 625 video standards Up to eight frames of video delay for each channel Auto-detect or user-forced input video standard with SD-SDI auto-sensing Clean handling of hot-switch on input Audio tracking and hot-switching information provided to other modules Pass, black and freeze loss of video modes Input video processing functions, including black level, gain, hue, luminance gain/ offset and chrominance gain/offset controls 4x4 matrix switch EDH encoding on SDI output OSD text displayed on one of the four output channels (user-selectable) TBC capabilities Shadowed/restored parameter settings when switching video Card-edge control and monitoring Serial and Ethernet remote control and monitoring Video test signal generator Q-SEE-compliant
images/diagrams
C D
CPST IN
A B
REF IN
DATA I/O
3 4
SDI OUT
1 2
DQS6800+D
Multisource SD Video Decoder and Synchronizer

Composite Analog Video input serial digital Video Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B/PAL-M/SECAM, composite Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, 0.1 to 6 Mhz Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to 2 V pk-pk (1 V pk-pk, typical) Common Mode Range . . . . . . . . . 3.8 V CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625, component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 Mhz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 800 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI (pk-pk)
data i/O Output
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) (frame only) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk 3 dB, nominal Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 dB (up to 6 MHz)
ordering inFormation DQS6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-channel SD video decoder and synchronizer DQS6800+4CHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-channel SD video decoder and synchronizer DQS68OPT+4CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional soft-key upgrade for 4-channel input functionality
532
ENC6801+D
SDI Video Encoder
533
The ENC6801+D encoder is a high-precision, 12-bit digital encoder that supports NTSC, PAL-B and PAL-M standards. Standard selection is automatic for 525-line NTSC and 625-line PAL standards. The high-quality encoding is ideal for use in the primary broadcast path, as well as for monitoring purposes. Part of the 6800+ core processing frame, the ENC6801+D module can be ccontrolled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The module is Q-SEEcompliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernetequipped 6800+ frame.
Features Line synchronization within a three-line window Encodes 4:2:2 digital video into a composite analog signal 12-bit digital internal processing, output oversampled at 54 MHz Provides four composite outputs and two SDI reclocked outputs Automatic selection between NTSC, PAL-M and PAL-B standards, with settings shadowed and restored Genlock input on module or frame genlock can be used for reference Color-frame locked if used with external genlock Jitter removal EDH detection Vertical blanking field/line/mode control: Line 10 to 21 (NTSC/PAL-M), lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B) Adjustable level controls (luminance, chrominance, black) Adjustment for 180 chrominance phase SCH offset (0/180 for NTSC, 0/90/180/270 for PAL) Pedestal on/off selection (with starting line selection) Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications) Q-SEE-compliant
images/diagrams
SDI IN
525
GENLOCK 625
SDI RCLKD 1
SDI RCLKD 2
COMPOSITE 1
/
4 2
ENC6801+D
SDI Video Encoder
sdi input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to: >23 dB, 259M-C type
sdi Output
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Drive Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 820 ft (250 m) for Belden 8281
Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-bits Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 dB to 5.5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1% (typically <0.5 %) Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 (typically <0.5) DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mV Chroma/Luma delay . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 ns Chroma/Luma gain . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5% Luma Non-linearity. . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2% Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB RMS with bandwidth 10 kHz to full Vertical Blanking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2: 272 to 283) 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2: 318 to 335)
Reference input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz
ordering inFormation ENC6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI to NTSC/PAL encoder, module and double-slot rear connector for use in FR6802+ series frames, Q-SEE-compliant
534
ENS6801+D
SDI Video Encoder/Synchronizer

535
The ENS6801+D is a high-precision, 12-bit digital encoder with synchronizer, supporting NTSC, PAL-B and PAL-M standards. Automatic standard selection is available for 525-line NTSC and PAL-M. The ENS6801+D module also provides frame synchronization and cross-color reduction. Part of the 6800+ core processing platform, the ENS6801+D module can be controlled manually via card-edge controls, or controlled and monitored via the CCS Navigator software application, HTTP web browser, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or third-party SNMP-based control applications. The module is Q-SEEcompliant, allowing for direct thumbnail monitoring when installed in an Ethernetequipped 6800+ frame.
Features images/diagrams
Line synchronization within a three-line window Frame sync or delay modes Encodes 4:2:2 digital video into a composite analog signal 12-bit digital internal processing, output oversampled at 54 MHz Four composite outputs Two SDI reclocked outputs: one dedicated, one jumper-selectable for audio tracking signal for compatible audio synchronizers (ADS6800+ and MSA6800+ series modules) Bypassable cross-color reduction with one-line delay Automatic selection between NTSC, PAL-M and PAL-B standards, with settings shadowed and restored Genlock input on module, or frame genlock can be used for reference Black, pass or freeze selectable when input signal is lost Jitter removal EDH detection Vertical blanking field/line/mode control: Line 10 to 21 (NTSC/PAL-M), lines 6 to 23 (PAL-B) Adjustable level controls (luminance, chrominance, black) Adjustment for 180 chrominance phase SCH offset (0/180 for NTSC, 0/90/180/270 for PAL) Adjustment for 45 fine phase Test signal generator (color bars, modulated ramp, multiburst, pulse/bars) Pedestal on/off selection (with starting line selection) Supports card-edge and remote control of module (via CCS Navigator, web browser and third-party SNMP-based control applications) Q-SEE-compliant
SDI IN GENLOCK
1 RCLKD SDI 1 / DATA I/O
/
3 1 COMPOSITE 4 2
ENS6801+D
SDI Video Encoder/Synchronizer

sdi input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% CMRR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk, up to 60 Hz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to: >23 dB, 259M-C, typical
sdi Outputs
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Drive Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 820 ft (250 m), typical, for Belden 8281
Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 bits Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 dB to 5.5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1% (typically <0.5%) Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 (typically <0.5) DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mV Chroma/Luma Delay . . . . . . . . . . <1.5 ns Chroma/Luma Gain . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5% Luma Non-linearity. . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2% Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB rms with bandwidth 10 kHz to full Vertical Blanking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 21 lines for NTSC for both fields (Field 2: 272 to 283) 6 to 23 lines for PAL for both fields (Field 2: 318 to 335)
Reference input
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5.75 MHz
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog composite NTSC/PAL-B Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 6 MHz
ordering inFormation ENS6801+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SDI to NTSC/PAL encoder/synchronizer, module and double-slot rear connector for use in FR6802+ series frames, Q-SEE-compliant
536
XHD-3903
3 Gb/s-Ready, Up/Down/Cross Converter with Advanced Audio and Enhanced Aspect Ratio Management
Part of the NEO advanced applications platform, the XHD-3903 can be controlled CCS Navigator software application, NUCLEUS hardware control panels or any web browser.
Features 3 Gb/s-capable up/down/cross converter with motion-adaptive de-interlacing, mosquito noise and block artifact noise reduction, and edge interpolation for superior image quality User-selectable detail enhancement settings (edge sharpening/ softening) Automatic 2:2/3:2 pull-down detection and handling Integrated video and audio frame sync and proc amps, with audio tracking and delay capabilities to guarantee lip sync Embedded and discrete audio support with individual channel routing and sample rate conversion capability Enhanced aspect ratio and AFD/WSS/VI management capabilities with full custommapping tables to handle any scenario User-configurable aspect ratio conversion (H/V size, H/V position) for picture resizing, with selectable, internally generated color ARC backgrounds Automatic reconfiguration between standard conversion modes based on input standard changes Fast Switch feature to support quick transitions when switching between HD and SD inputs Clean output on input transitions from upstream sources Loss-of-video freeze GPI interface and outputs for triggering ARC presets and AFD/WSS/VI code insertion Dolby E guardband adjustment Internally generated external ARC key channel Additional SDI output carrying either the same program signal or the key signal Switchable external or backplane genlock inputs Analog composite, tri-level and DARS reference EIA-608, EIA-708 closed captioning transcoding capability Balanced or unbalanced AES input and output (XHD-3903 AES versions) Built-in HD/SD-SDI test generator containing 75% color bars, cross-hatch pattern, frequency sweep (luma and chroma), white, black and safe area generator (SAG) 3 Gb/s option for full 1080p Level A and YCbCr 4:2:2 10-bit Level B support Eight AES inputs/outputs I-Wings, integrated HD sidebar content insertion Integrated Dolby decoder/encoder. Available options include Dolby E/AC-3 decoder, Dolby E encoder and Dolby AC-3 encoder Integrated DTS Neural Surround UpMix, DownMix and MutliMerge, as well as DTS Neural Loudness Control Second frame sync channel (embedded audio passes, no frame repeat/drop compensation) Graphics keying using an onboard SD micro memory card DVB-teletext conversion and insertion
software upgrade Options
images/diagrams
Block diagram
SD-SDI in 1 SD-SDI in 2 AES in 1 AES in 2 AES in 3 AES in 4 AES in 5 AES in 6 AES in 7 AES in 8 GPI in
9
Routing
Video sync/ delay
Scalar/de-inter/ proc Video test ANC de-mux CC/AFD/WSS/VI proc Opt. audio processing (Dolby/Neural) Audio sync/delay
Audio/ANC mux SAG/key generator On screen display
SD-SDI out 1
SD-SDI out 2 AES out 1 AES out 2 AES out 3 AES out 4 AES out 5
Audio de-mux
Optional ARC control DARS reference Sync generator Genlock
Audio test
AES out 6 AES out 7 Optional

9
AES out 8 GPI out
DARS in Reference in Frame reference
Back modules
REF XHD-3903 SDI OUT SDI IN
2 REF SDI OUT SDI IN
XHD-3903
537
signAL pROCessing // neO HD, ArC, frAMe rATe COnversiOn
The NEO XHD-3903 is the industry benchmark for HD conversion solutions for 3 Gb/s, 1080p 50/59.94, featuring broadcast-quality, motion-adaptive HD conversion with block artifact and mosquito noise reduction. Additionally, the XHD-3903 features a secondary input for I-Wings insertion and has on-board logo overlay capability, eliminating the need for additional equipment in order to fill side panels when upconverting from SD. The XHD-3903 boasts the worlds most advanced
stereo-to-surround sound management and loudness control capability, with the addition of the DTS Neural advanced audio processing module.
XHD-3903
3 Gb/s Ready, Up/Down/Cross Converter with Advanced Audio and Enhanced Aspect Ratio Management

sd sdi Video input (270 mb/s) sd-sdi Output
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >23 dB Belden 8281 cable
Hd sdi Video input (1.5 gb/s)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 1080p/23.98, 720p/23.98 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 328 ft (100 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable or 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
Hd-sdi Video (3 gb/s)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 ps to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 UI pk-pk
genlock input
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >10 dB, typical, from 1485 to 2970 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20/80), no differ by more than 50 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: 2 UI Alignment jitter: 0.3 UI
Hd-sdi Video Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB, typical, to 6 MHz >35 dB, typical, to 30 MHz Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, -5.0 to 6.0 dB for NTSC/PAL-B 1 V pk-pk, -3.5 to 6.0 dB for tri-level sync 1080i: 59.94/50 1080p: 29.97/25 720p: 59.94* Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B analog composite 300 mV tri-level sync 1080i: 59.94/50 1080p: 29.97/25 720p: 59.94* *720p/59.94 reference is accepted only at 720p/59.94, 1080p/59.94, or 1080p/59.94 Level B output
gpiO interfaces
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps pk-pk
GPI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Internally pulled high External contact closure to ground to trigger GPI Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 TTL compatible Sink 64 mA, source 32 mA Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9
Balanced Aes/dARs inputs
538
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >10 dB, typical, from 1485 to 2970 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20/80), no differ by more than 50 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing jitter: 2 UI Alignment jitter: 0.3 UI
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 + DARS Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV pk-pk (100 mV pk-pk, typical) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 to 96 kHz
unbalanced Aes/dARs inputs
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 + DARS Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <100 mV pk-pk (50 mV pk-pk, typical) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (<-35 dB, typical) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 to 96 kHz
XHD-3903
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) (18 ns, typical)
unbalanced Aes Outputs
Rs-232/422/485
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8)
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential balanced Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical specification EIA-232C Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 RS-232/422/485-switchable RS-422/485 termination can be selected
XHd-3903 embedded Audio processing Only
XHD-3903-UCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready HD up/down/ cross converter, includes breakout cable, requires 1 NEO frame slot; embedded audio only; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the XHD39OPT-UCD-3G software key and XHD39OPT-DH double-height back module kit are required XHD-3903-UC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready HD up/cross converter, includes breakout cable, requires 1 NEO frame slot; embedded audio only; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the XHD39OPT-UC-3G software key and XHD39OPT-DH double-height back module kit are required XHD-3903-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready HD down converter, includes breakout cable, requires 1 NEO frame slot; embedded audio only; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the XHD39OPT-D-3G software key and XHD39OPT-DH double-height back module kit are required XHD-3903-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready SD-SDI aspect ratio converter, includes breakout cable, requires 1 NEO frame slot; embedded audio only; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the X3903-A-UG-UCD software key, XHD39OPT-UCD-3G software key and XHD39OPT-DH double-height back module kit are required
XHd-3903 embedded and Aes Audio processing
XHD-3903-A-AES . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready SD-SDI aspect ratio converter, includes unbalanced coaxial AES audio breakout cable, requires 2 NEO frame slots; AES and embedded audio processing; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the X3903-A-UG-UCD software key and XHD39OPT-UCD-3G software key are required
upgrades
XHD-3903-UCDAES . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready HD up/down/ cross converter, includes unbalanced coaxial AES audio breakout cable, requires 2 NEO frame slots; AES and embedded audio processing; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the XHD39OPT-UCD-3G is required XHD-3903-UC-AES . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready HD up/cross converter, includes unbalanced coaxial AES audio breakout cable, requires 2 NEO frame slots; AES and embedded audio processing; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the XHD39OPT-UC-3G software key is required XHD-3903-D-AES . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO advanced HD 3 Gb/s-ready HD down converter, includes unbalanced coaxial AES audio breakout cable, requires 2 NEO frame slots; AES and embedded audio processing; to field upgrade to 3 Gb/s, the XHD39OPT-D-3G software key is required
X3903-UC-UG-UCD . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade to convert XHD-3903-UC up/cross converter to full up/down/cross functionality, software key X3903-D-UG-UCD . . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade to convert XHD-3903-D down converter to full up/down/cross functionality, software key X3903-A-UG-UCD . . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade to convert XHD-3903-A aspect ratio converter to full up/down/cross functionality, software key XHD3903-UG-AESC . . . . . . . . . . . 8 AES audio input/output field upgrade for XHD-3903-UCD, XHD-3903-UC, XHD-3903-D and XHD-3903-A; coaxial audio interface; hardware upgrade, includes power submodule and dual slot backmodule XHD39OPT-D-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s processing option for XHD-3903-D; for XHD-3903-D in the field, the XHD39OPT-DH double-height back module and power connection assembly is required (for XHD-3903-D-AES, the XHD39OPT-DH is not required) XHD39OPT-UC-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s processing option for XHD-3903-UC; for XHD-3903-UC in the field, the XHD39OPT-DH double-height back module and power connection assembly is required (for XHD-3903-UC-AES, the XHD39OPT-DH is not required) XHD39OPT-UCD-3G . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s processing option for XHD-3903-UCD; for XHD-3903-UCD in the field, the XHD39OPT-DH double-height back module and power connection assembly is required (for XHD-3903-UCDAES, the XHD39OPT-DH is not required) XHD39OPT-DH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-height back module and power connection assembly, required for a XHD-3903 configuration using a single-height back module that is being field upgraded with a software keyed option for 3 Gb/s capability
539
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (<-35 dB, typical) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) (33 ns, typical)
XHD-3903
Audio Options
XHD39OPTCAB-B . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional discrete balanced 8 AES (16 mono) breakout cable for XHD-3903 modules with AES audio processing XHD39OPTCAB-C . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement discrete unbalanced coaxial 8 AES (16 mono) breakout cable for XHD-3903 modules with AES audio XHD39OPTCAB-GPI . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement breakout cable for embedded audio versions of XHD-3903 XHD3903OPT-D1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby E/AC-3 decoder option hardware and software key, can not be used with other Dolby and DTS Neural Technologies audio options, AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC XHD3903OPT-D2. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby E encoder option hardware and software key, can not be used with other Dolby and DTS Neural Technologies audio options, AES input/ output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC XHD3903OPT-D3. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby Digital AC-3 encoder option hardware and software key, can not be used with other Dolby and DTS Neural Technologies audio options, AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC XHD39OPT-UM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production, plugin for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 or 5.1 program audio, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC)
XHD39OPT-LC-6+2 . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 and 5.1 (separate programs), plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-LC-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 4 x 2.0 program audio, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-LC+DM . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround DownMix output, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-UM-LC. . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plugin for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-DM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-MM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC)
miscellaneous Options
XHD3903-OPT-IW . . . . . . . . . . . . HD I-Wings sidebar content insertion option XHD3903-OPT-TT . . . . . . . . . . . . HD DVB teletext conversion option XHD39OPT-2FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional second channel HD/SD frame sync (no HD up/down/cross-conversion) XHD3903-OPT-GFX . . . . . . . . . . . Integrated graphics storage and playout for XHD-3903 platform
540
XRC-3901
Modular Frame Rate Converter

541
Ideal for broadcast frame rate conversion, the NEO XRC-3901 is a modular conversion product for the NEO advanced applications platform. Applications that use frame rate conversion include incoming satellite signals from countries with a different frame rate standard for ingest of programs such as drama, news and weather. For live events such as music festivals or sports events, the XRC-3901 is ideal for non-critical feeds or as a backup to a motion compensated frame rate converter. In production, the XRC-3901 frame rate conversion is used in the duplication facility to provide dupes of differing frame rates. Embedded audio (up to 16 channels) and discrete AES (up to 8 AES) are delayed automatically to maintain lip synchronization. When frame synchronization is required, it is recommended that the signal to be converted be fed into the XRC-3901 module, and then the output of the XRC3901 be fed to an existing or optional frame sync that is locked to house reference. In the event that the input signal is marginal or lost, the XRC-3901 will pass the marginal signal, and the existing or optional frame sync will provide a clean output into the ingest sub-system.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI 1 HD/SD-SDI 2 Deembed 16 AES in 11 AES in 21 AES in 31 AES in 41 AES in 51 AES in 61 AES in 71 AES in 81
Features Ideal for converting between HD and SD broadcast for 50 and 60 Hz countries Integrated discrete and embedded audio processing and delay (four groups of audio, 16 channels) SD version supported formats include 525 and 625 HD version supported formats include 525, 720p/59.94, 1080i/59.94, 1080psf/23.98, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/29.97, 625, 720p/50, 1080i/50 and 1080p/25 and integrated up, down, cross-conversion with aspect ratio conversion Automatic audio delay Optional video frame sync and proc amp with audio tracking delay (XHD-3903-UC-AES)
Frame Rate Converter
Optional Up, Down, Cross Conversion
ARC
Embed 16
HD/SD-SDI 1 HD/SD-SDI 2 AES out 11 AES out 21 AES out 31
Router
Audio Processing (Delay)
AES out 41 AES out 51 AES out 61 AES out 71 AES out 81
Back module
XRC-3901 / XHD-3903
REF
SDI OUT
SDI IN
AUDIO / RS-232 / DARS / GPI
XHD-3903 ONLY
SDI OUT 2
SDI OUT 1
SDI IN 2
SDI IN 1

inputs sd-sdi Video (270 mb/s) Hd-sdi Video (1.5 gb/s)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB from 5 to 270 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >23 dB for Belden 8281 cable
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 1080p/23.98, 720p/23.98 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adaptive cable equalization for up to 328 ft (100 m), typical, of Belden 8281 coaxial cable and 492 ft (150 m), typical, of Belden 1694A coaxial cable
XRC-3901
Modular Frame Rate Converter

Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <270 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: <1 UI Alignment: <0.2 UI
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz >10 dB, typical, from 1485 to 2970 MHz
Aes/dARs (Balanced, using Baluns)
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 + DARS Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR, using baluns Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <200 mV pk-pk (100 mV pk-pk, typical) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 0 to 7 V (0 to 20 kHz) Input Audio Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 to 96 kHz
Outputs sd-sdi Video (270 mb/s)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 424M Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz 12 dB, typical, from 1485 to 2970 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . <135 ps (20/80), no differ by more than 50 ps Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: 2 UI Alignment: 0.3 UI
Aes (Balanced, using Baluns)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, 270 Mb/s, 525/625 component Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB, typical, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 to 1500 ps (20% to 80%) Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% of amplitude Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing: <0.2 UI Alignment: <0.2 UI
Hd-sdi Video (1.5 gb/s)
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR, using baluns Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ohms 20% (0.1 to 6 MHz) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 30 ns (10% to 90%) (10 ns typical)
Aes (unbalanced)
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 292M Quantization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 dB, typical, from 5 to 1485 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES-3, SMPTE 276M Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC (IEC 169-8) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (<-35 dB, typical) Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 ns, peak value DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 50 mV Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 to 44 ns (10% to 90%) (33 ns, typical) Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V
ordering inFormation XRC-3901-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame rate conversion for worldwide HD/SD broadcast formats with integrated up, down and cross-conversion and 16-channel discrete and embedded audio (270 Mb/s and 1.5 Gb/s, for 3 Gb/s, the XRC-3901OPT-3G is required), XHD39OPTCAB-C breakout cable included XRC-3901-SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame rate conversion for worldwide SD broadcast formats and 16-channel discrete and embedded audio (270 Mb/s), XHD39OPTCAB-C breakout cable included XRC-3901OPT-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . Broadcast-quality frame rate conversion software key with integrated up, down and crossconversion XRC-3901OPT-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Gb/s input and output option for XRC-3901
542
GPS-3903
COMPLIANT
GPS Receiver and Antenna Systems

signAL pROCessing // neO referenCe, TesT
543
The NEO GPS-3903 standalone GPS receiver/antenna systems allow the CSD-3901/CSD-3902 master clock driver and MTG-3901 master timing generator to provide outputs with great accuracy by using the most accurate source of time used in the public domain a system of 24 satellites that provides complete coverage in any part of the world with information on time and position. This makes the CSD-3901/2 and MTG-3901 totally independent from telephone or radio receiver standards.
images/diagrams
Block diagram
GPS antenna Internal Input 1 Primary/Secondary Internal Inputs (MTG-3901 or CSD-3902) Internal Input 2 Optional
Features Compatible with NEO CSD-3901/CSD-3902 clock system driver and MTG-3901 master timing generator modules Separate antenna and receiver for mounting flexibility Used for remotely locking multiple reference systems
GPS receiver

gps Receiver environmental performance
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -67 to 212 F (-55 to 100 C) Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.008 g2/Hz, 5 to 20 Hz 0.05 g2/Hz, 20 to 100 Hz 3 bD/octave, 100 to 900 Hz Operating Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . 5% to 95% R.H., non-condensing, at 140 F (60 C) Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -1,312 to 59,005 ft (-400 to 18,000 m)
technical
Prime Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 to 32 VDC input Power Consumption (nominal). . . . 25 mA, 30 mW, at 12 V, 77 F (25 C), with antenna Back-up Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 12 VDC (20 a @ 3.3 V, 77 F (25 C)) Serial Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RS-232 I/O Protocol Options . . . . . . . . . . . Trimble standard interface protocol (TSIP) @ 9600 baud, 8-Odd-1 Trimble ASCII Interface Protocol (TAIP) @ 4800 baud, 8-None-1 NMEA 0183 v3.0 @4800 baud, 8-None-1 RTCM SC-104 @ 4800 baud, 8-None-1 NMEA Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard: GGA and VTG Optional: User-selectable combination of; GGA, GLL, VTG, ZDA, GSV, GSA and RMC; user can store configuration in non-volatile memory
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L1 frequency, C/A code (SPS), 12-channel continuous tracking receiver Update Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Hz (TSIP, NMEA or TAIP) Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position, Horizontal: <5 m (50%), <8 m (90%) Position, Altitude: <10 m (50%), <16 m (90%) Velocity: 0.06 m/sec 1 PPS (static) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ns DGPD Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position: 2 m CEP (50%) Velocity: 0.05 m/sec (1 sigma) Time: 500 ns, nominal Acquistion Cold Start . . . . . . . . . . <50 sec (50%) <84 sec 90% Warm Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <38 sec (50%) <42 sec 90% Hot Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 sec (50%) <13 sec 90% Cold start requires no initialzation. Warm start implies last position, time and almanac are saved by back-up power. Hot start implies ephemeris also saved. Re-acquistion after signal loss . . . <2 sec (90%) Dynamics: Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 g (39.2 m/sec2) Motional Jerk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 m/sec2 Operational Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . Altitude <59,005 ft (18,000 m) or velocity <515 m/sec Either limit may be executed but not both
GPS-3903
signAL pROCessing // neO referenCe, TesT

dimensions Metal Enclosure (D x W x H) . . . . . 4.03 x 4.97 x 1.1 in. (102 x 127 x 28 mm) Mounting Flange (D x W x H) . . . . . 4.03 x 6.81 x 1.1 in. (102 x 173 x 2 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.57 lbs (0.26 kg) (board + enclosure + flange) Connectors Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCX Serial Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 DB-9 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-pin Conxall
gps Antenna environmental specifications
Dimensions (D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . 3.05 x 2.61 in. (77.5 x 66.2 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 oz (170 g) Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Off-white plastic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-type or TNC Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 in. -14 thread or 3/4 in. pipe thread
technical/performance
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 212 F (-40 to 100 C) Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 200 Hz log sweep 3 g (sweep time 30 minutes), 3 axes Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 g vertical, 30 g all axes Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mil-STD-810E Corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% salt spray Waterproof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Immersion to 3 ft (1 m)
Prime Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V DC (10%) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA, maximum Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575.42 MHz 1.023 MHz Polarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right-hand circular polarization (RHCP) VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, maximum Axial Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 - 4.0 dB, maximum 10 - 6 dB, maximum Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 dB 3 dB Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 dB, maximum (77 F (25) 41 F (5 C)) Pass-Band Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 MHz Out of Band Rejection. . . . . . . . . . fo=1575.42 MHz fo 20 MHz: 7 dB, minimum fo 30 MHz: 12 dB, minimum fo 50 MHz: 20 dB, minimum fo 100 MHz: 30 dB, minimum Azimuth Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 (omni-directional) Elevation Coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 90 elevation (hemispherical)
ordering inFormation GPS-3903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS receiver and antenna, 110 to 240 VAC operation, includes GPS receiver, antenna, AC power supply, RG-59 antenna cable 75 ft (23 m) and RS-232 adapter cables for MTG-3901, CSD-3901, CSD-3902
Options
GPS-3902-RM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rackmount kit, holds up to 2 GPS-3902, GPS-3903 receivers CAB-CSD-GPS3901 . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement GPS3902 or GPS-3903 adapter cable for CSD-3901/2 (included with GPS-3902/3) CAB-CSD-GPS39Y2 . . . . . . . . . . . Y adapter cable for connection of 2 CSD-3902/1 to 1 GPS-3902 or GPS-3903 PWRSUPPLY-KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standalone 100 to 240 VAC replacement DC power adaptor for GPS-3903, GPS-3902, GPS-3901 (included with GPS-3901/2/3)
544
VSM-3901
SDI Monitoring
signAL pROCessing // neO DisTriBuTing AnD MOniTOring
545
The NEO VSM-3901 SDI distribution amplifier (DA) is a flexible distribution/conversion module in the NEO advanced applications platform. It provides up to six reclocked and equalized copies of the input signal. It may also provide either four monitoring composite outputs or component outputs (YprPb, GBR or YC), including a proc amp to correct signal levels. This product can act as a component digitalto-analog converter. This module, as is the case with all modules in the NEO family, can be controlled locally via a front-edge display or by remote communications using the NUCLEUS network control panel or CCS Navigator software.
Features 10-bit signal processing path Up to six reclocked, equalized 4:2:2 serial outputs Up to four NTSC/PAL-B analog composite color outputs or one component (GBR/Y, Pb, Pr/YC) Input standard manual/auto-detect supporting NTSC/PAL-B Vertical blanking interval pass/delete Composite gain and offset adjustment Component gain and offset adjustments Encoded outputs suitable for dubbing (10 bits) DejaView intelligent settings recovery system CCS-enabled
images/diagrams
Block diagram
Composite/Pr/R/C OUT 1 Composite/Pb/B/Y OUT 2 SD-SDI IN Equalizer & reclocker Video encoder Composite/Y/G OUT 3 SD-SDI/ Composite OUT 4 SD-SDI/CFID OUT 5
SD-SDI OUT 6 SD-SDI OUT 7 SD-SDI OUT 8 SD-SDI OUT 9

Back module
VSM-3901
OUT 1, CPST, Pr/R/C OUT 2, CPST, Pb/B/Y OUT 3, CPST, Y/G
OUT 4, CPST
OUT 5, CFID
OUT 6
OUT 7
OUT 8
OUT 9
IN

sdi input serial Outputs
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:2:2 serial component Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB, from 5 to 270 MHz Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Maximum Input Cable Length . . . . 820 ft (250 m) Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic up to 26 dB, 259M-C Standard Detection Time . . . . . . . 1 sec Common Mode Rejection . . . . . . . 30 V pk-pk up to 60 Hz
CFid input
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC + 2 BNC (jumper-switchable) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10% (all outputs terminated) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >18 dB to clock frequency Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <350 ps
Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 to 4 V pk-pk Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC per IEC 169-8 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5 MHz
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC, PAL-B Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC (jumper-switchable) Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, nominal (1 dB adjustable) DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 100 mV Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5 MHz
VSM-3901
SDI Monitoring
signAL pROCessing // neO DisTriBuTing AnD MOniTOring
Output Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits (encoding inputs 10 bits) Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . <0.2 dB to 5 MHz Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.5% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.2% K2T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.0% Chroma/Luma Delay . . . . . . . . . . <10 ns Chroma/Luma Gain . . . . . . . . . . . <2% Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB RMS to 5 MHz
Component Analog Outputs
Y Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 mV or 714 mV (switchable, 1 dB adjustable) Pb, Pr Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 934 mV (Betacam) or 700 mV (SMPTE) or 648 mV (MII) DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0V 20 mV adjustable Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 5 MHz Output Quantizing . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bits (encoding inputs 10 bits) Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.36 us Test Signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color Bar NTSC (100/7.5/75/7.5), PAL (100/0/75/0)
Number of CAV outputs . . . . . . . . 1 of GBR or YPbPr or YC Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
images/diagrams
Block diagram
4 /
SD-SDI Out
SD-SDI/CFID Out SD-SDI/ Composite Out Composite/ Y/G Out
SD-SDI in
Equalizer and Reclocker
Video Encoder
Composite/ Pb/B/Y Out Composite/ Pr/R/C Out
Back module
VSM-3901
SDI OUT 3, SDI OUT 1, SDI OUT 2, Y/G CPST, Pr/R/C CPST, Pb/B/Y CPST,
SDI OUT 4, CPST SDI OUT 5, CFID
SDI OUT 6
SDI OUT 7
SDI OUT 8
SDI OUT 9
SDI IN
ordering inFormation VSM-3901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD monitoring DA, one slot
546
3901RES-E
NEO Resource Module

signAL pROCessing // neO frAMes, COnTrOL
547
The 3901RES-E is a resource module used in any NEO advanced applications frame to provide connectivity and communications with the Harris Command Control System (CCS). The 3901RES-E provides communications, control and monitoring of CCS-enabled NEO cards in a NEO frame over either Ethernet, coaxial or standard serial port. The 3901RES-E is required to allow applications such as CCS Navigator to be able to communicate with individual NEO frames.
Features Provides communications with CCS-enabled NEO cards via the internal motherboard buses: LSC internal communications bus Internal Ethernet bus Internal high-speed LVDS bus Provides communications to the external world: RJ-45, providing 10Base-T Ethernet TCP-IP communications 9-pin D, providing standard RS-232/422 (switchable) communications General-purpose I/O, providing alarm contact closures Provides status LEDs on the front of the card Provides an on-board RS-232 port (via 10-pin header) for use by service
ordering inFormation 3901RES-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCS resource card for use in NEO frames provides external connectivity and communications
FR-3901
NEO 1RU Mounting Frame

Features Capacity of four modules in the FR-3901 frame Wide variety of possible applications for analog, HD and SD Power and cooling capabilities for any module combination Ethernet interface for remote control and monitoring (using the 3901RES-E module) Front-loading, hot-swappable modules, fan, power supply and resource module Product-specific rear interface panels
NEO frames have been designed with the future in mind, offering flexibility for multiple applications of use, and housing any combination of video/audio analog/ digital conversion and distribution modules. The frames offer an easy upgrade path of video and audio processing from analog and SDI to HD-SDI for broadcast, post production, cable and telco applications requiring monitoring and control capability of incoming and outgoing feeds. There are two frame sizes available for NEO products (1RU and 3RU). The 1RU frame holds four NEO products, a single power supply, a fan module and a resource module or alarm interconnect module. In addition to supporting open, documented CCS protocol, the NEO advanced applications platform offers optional SNMP support, direct to the frame, with support of both SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c. SNMP support is key for facility-wide monitoring applications and offers an industry-standard interface to address interoperability between multiple vendors. For added flexibility, the FR-3923-E supports HTTP for simple, web-based control.
Product details
3901AiC Alarm interconnect module LCp-3901-1u Local Control panels
The 3901AIC alarm interconnect module is used when external communications are not required and is included in the FR-3901. The 3901AIC provides support for external contact closures and LEDs on the card edge indicating major and minor alarms.
3901Res-e Resource module
If a frame is initially ordered and shipped with a blank front panel, it is possible to add a local control panel. The rackmount screws must be removed so that the blank front panel and hinge assembly can be removed and the local control panel can be mounted.
3901ps power supply
When external communications and/or a local control panel is needed, the 3901RES-E is required. External contact closures, a serial port and Ethernet communications are supported. The FR-3901-E and FR-3901-E-P use the 3901RES-E. There is room for one 3901RES-E in the 1RU frame.
The 3901PS provides power to the modules inside the frame. The 1RU frame can hold a single power supply.
548
FR-3901

549
Frames power supply
Form Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.72 in. (4.4 cm) Mounting Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.48 in. (44.4 cm) Width (incl. front panel) . . . . . . . . 19 in. (48.3 cm) Mounting Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.85 in. (35.2 cm) Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.65 in. (39.7 cm) (front-to-back, including front panel and typical back modules; actual dimensions will vary) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 lbs (7 kg) when fully loaded Maximum Heat Dissipation . . . . . . 25 W Per Module Maximum Heat Dissipation . . . . . . 100 W Per Frame
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 x 9 x 1.6 in. (94 x 229 x 41 mm) Power Factor Correction . . . . . . . . Less than or equal to 0.9 Operating Temperature Range. . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 45 C), non-condensing, installed in the frame Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95%, non-condensing Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 250 VAC Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 to 65 Hz Power Factor Efficiency . . . . . . . . >0.90 at 200 W output power, 90 to 250 VAC input voltage Earth Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <3.5 mA DC Output Single . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V regulated, 100 ma to 8.5 A Output Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 to 25 VDC Maximum Continuous Output . . . . 204 W Ripple and Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . <250 mV pk-pk (1 Hz to 20 MHz bandwidth)
ordering inFormation FR-3901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU frame holds 4 modules, includes 3901PS power supply, 3901FAN-1U fan module, 3901AIC alarm interconnect module and standard length rack supports FR-3901-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU frame holds 4 modules, includes 3901PS power supply, 3901FAN-1U fan module, 3901RES-E resource communications module and standard length rack supports FR-3901-E-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU frame holds 4 modules, includes 3901PS power supply, 3901FAN-1U fan module, 3901RES-E resource communications module, LCP-3901-1U local control panel and standard length rack supports 3901PS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal power supply includes detachable power cord LCP-3901-1U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1RU local control panel (for field retrofitting to NEO mounting frame, rackmount screws must be removed 3901RES-E required) 3901RES-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource communications module, Ethernet, LCN (Harris coaxial network) and serial ports, supports redundant resource modules in 3RU frame, HTTP/ HTML and CCS FR-3901-SNMPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . FR-3901-E frame with SNMP support FR-3901-SNMPEP . . . . . . . . . . . . FR-3901-EP frame with SNMP support 3901RES-SNMPE . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO resource module with SNMP support SNMP-NEO-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade to existing NEO resource module to provide SNMP support HTTP-NEO-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional HTTP support for simple web-based control; factory installed or field upgrade option, requires frame with 3901RES-E resource module FR-3900-LB-M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended length rear rack supports NUCLEUS-PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with processing control software
FR-3923

Features Capacity of 12 modules in the FR-3923 frame Wide variety of possible applications for analog, SD and HD Power and cooling capabilities for any module combination Ethernet interface for remote control and monitoring (using the 3901RES-E module) Front-loading, hot-swappable modules, fans, power supplies and resource modules Optional redundant power supply Optional redundant resource module Product-specific rear interface panels
NEO frames have been designed with the future in mind, offering flexibility for multiple applications of use, and housing any combination of video/audio analog/ digital conversion and distribution modules. The frames offer an easy upgrade path of video and audio from analog and SDI to HD-SDI for broadcast, post production, cable and telco applications requiring monitoring and control capability of incoming and outgoing feeds. There are two frame sizes available for NEO products. The 3RU frame holds 12 NEO modules, up to two redundant power supplies and up to two IP-based communications resource modules (or one alarm interconnect module).
In addition to supporting our open, documented CCS protocol, the NEO advanced applications platform offers optional SNMP support, direct to the frame, with support of both SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c. SNMP support is key for facility-wide monitoring applications and offers an industry-standard interface to address interoperability between multiple vendors. For added flexibility, the FR-3923-E supports HTTP for simple web-based control.
Product details
3901AiC Alarm interconnect module 3923FAn Fan module
When external communications are not required, the 3901AIC provides support for external contact closures and illuminated, the front-panel indications of major and minor alarms.
3901Res-e Resource module
The 3923FAN provides cooling for the frame. It is front-loaded and hot-swappable.
3923ps power supply
When external communications are required, the 3901RES-E provides external contact closures, serial port communications, XY router protocol communications and Ethernet IP-based communications. The FR-3923-E is shipped with a single 3901RES-E module. A second, redundant 3901RES-E may be housed in the 3RU frame. The 3901RESE resource module enables control and monitoring of all modules within the frame by means of CCS software applications.
The 3923PS provides sufficient power to operate any combination of modules within the 3RU frame. The 3RU frame can hold two redundant power supplies, which operate in a power sharing configuration. The 3923PS is hot-swappable from the front of the frame.
550
FR-3923

551
Frames power supply
Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) Mounting Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.48 in. (44.4 cm) Width (including front panel) . . . . . 19 in. (48.3 cm) Mounting Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.85 in. (35.2 cm) Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.65 in. (39.7 cm) (front-to-back, including front panel and typical back modules; actual dimensions will vary) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.5 lbs (12 Kg) fully loaded Maximum Heat Dissipation . . . . . . 25 W Per Module Maximum Heat Dissipation . . . . . . 300 W Per Frame
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 x 9 x 1.9 in. (94 x 229 x 48 mm) Power Factor Correction . . . . . . . . 0.9 Operating Temperature Range. . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 45 C), non-condensing, installed in the frame Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95%, non-condensing Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, -10%/+6% Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 to 65 Hz Power Factor Efficiency . . . . . . . . >0.90 at 330 W output power, 90 to 250 VAC input voltage Earth Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <3.5 mA DC Output Single . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 V regulated, 100 ma to 13.7 A Output Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 to 25 VDC Maximum Continuous Output . . . . 330 W Ripple and Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . <250 mV pk-pk (1 Hz to 20 MHz bandwidth)
ordering inFormation FR-3923 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU frame holds 12 modules, includes single 3923PS power supply with room for 1 additional power supply, 3923FAN fan module and 3901AIC alarm interconnect module and standard length rack rails FR-3923-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3RU frame holds 12 modules, includes 3923PS power supply with room for 1 additional power supply, 3923FAN fan module, 3901RES-E resource communications module with room for a redundant resource module and standard length rack rails 3923PS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 W power supply, nominal 3901RES-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resource communications module: integrates NEO product within an Ethernet, IP-based CCS network FR-3923-SNMPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . FR-3923-E frame with SNMP support 3901RES-SNMPE . . . . . . . . . . . . NEO resource module with SNMP support SNMP-NEO-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade to existing NEO resource module to provide SNMP support HTTP-NEO-UPG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional HTTP support for simple web-based control; factory installed or field upgrade option, requires frame with 3901RES-E resource module FR-3900-LB-M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended length rear rack support rails NUCLEUS-PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2RU network control panel with processing control software
DTS Neural Surround DownMix

5.1 to Stereo
signAL pROCessing // up/DOWn MiX, LOuDness COnTrOL
The DTS Neural Surround DownMix provides a process for taking a 5.1 mix and creating a stereo mix. This is called a LwRw watermarked signal and is backwards-compatible with Dolby ProLogic II. The stereo mix can be monitored, mixed, stored, edited and played back using a stereo audio infrastructure. DTS Neural Surround DownMix enables the transport of 5.1 surround sound through any stereo infrastructure. The process is based on the principle that both natural stereo and 5.1 content are two-dimensional; both contain width and depth spatial attributes. The DownMix can represent six channels of discrete audio sources in a stereo downmix by transforming the source positions into pure intensity and coherence.
neO 1Ru Frame
6800+ 2Ru Frame
neO 3Ru Frame
X85
Product details By transforming signal sources, intensity, time, coherence, polarity and phase into pure intensity and coherence before the six channels are combined, the DownMix ameliorates problems suffered in traditional matrix encode systems (comb filtering, spatial distortion, etc). This proprietary DTS Neural Surround process, or watermark, guarantees that surround information is faithfully reproduced when later rendered by the UpMix and is backwards-compatible with Dolby ProLogic II. The stereo mix can be monitored, mixed, stored, edited and played back using a stereo audio infrastructure. In brief, the DownMix produces a stereo DownMix that accurately represents the original content, whether monitored in mono, stereo, matrix or Neural 5.1 Surround Sound. There is a plug-in option available for adding the DownMix to the NEO XHD-3903. The AES option for the XHD-3903 is required. There is a module available for adding the DownMix to the 6800+ frame. It may be combined with the SFS6803+ module for embedded audio applications. There is a plug-in option available for adding the DownMix to the X85/X75 processors. Versions are available (see ordering information) for applications where DownMix and loudness control are required: When a 5.1 mix requires loudness control with a 2.0 downmix for simultaneous 5.1 and 2.0 output. When a downmix is required with loudness control 5.1 mixes have a very wide dynamic range that requires loudness control for the stereo 2.0 downmix. Commonly used in: production studios, audio monitoring, DTV facilities
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 48 kHz (AES/EBU, wordclock-slave) Number of Available Channels. . . . Depending on configuration, up to 4 AES-3 input (stereo) and 4 AES-3 output (stereo)
552
DTS Neural Surround DownMix

5.1 to Stereo
dts neural surround downmix for X85/X75
images/diagrams
Block diagrams
AES in 1 AES in 2 AES in 3 5.1 input Down mix processing with watermarking
2.0 output
AES out 1
downmix with Loudness Control

AES in 1 AES in 2 AES in 3 5.1 input Down mix processing with watermarking
Loudness control
2.0 output
AES out 1
5.1 Loudness Control with downmix

AES in 1 AES in 2 AES in 3 5.1 input Loudness control 5.1 output AES out 1 AES out 2 AES out 3
Down mix processing with watermarking
2.0 output
AES out 4
dts neural surround downmix in 6800+
APM6801DM+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution on the APM6801+D APM6801LC+DM+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround DownMix output on the APM6801+D APM6801DM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D
dts neural surround downmix for neO XHd-3903
X75OPT-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC+DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround Downmix output, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-DM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85
XHD39OPT-DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-LC+DM . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround DownMix output, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-DM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC)
553
DTS Neural Surround UpMix

Stereo to 5.1
DTS Neural Surround UpMix provides a process for taking any stereo signal and providing a 5.1 mix. True stereo signals (LR) are processed, giving a pleasing surround sound image. Matrix-encoded stereo signals (LtRt: Dolby ProLogic, Dolby Prologic II, SRS Circle Surround) are upmixed to a 5.1 surround sound image. Previously downmixed DTS Neural Surround (LwRw) signals are restored to the original discrete 5.1 mix. UpMix renders any two-channel audio source (stereo, matrix encoded stereo, Lt/ Rt or DTS Neural Surround content) as surround sound. DTS Neural Surround UpMix positions individual elements within the surround field, creating unparalleled image stability and granularity. This patented approach avoids taking artistic license with content by placing audio exactly where it would be heard in a professional LEDE (live end dead end) listening environment.
neO 1Ru Frame
6800+ 2Ru Frame
neO 3Ru Frame
X85
Product details Mono or pan-pot stereo will image in front of the listener, whereas stereo containing depth information will surround the listener. The UpMix can be used as a stand-alone unit to monitor stereo production or in tandem with the DownMix as a complete 5.1 transport solution. 5.1 surround content that has been encoded by the DownMix will be reproduced just as it was heard in the original 5.1 mix. The DTS Neural Surround DownMix/UpMix makes the surround sound transition simple and affordable within existing stereo production or broadcast environments. There is a plug-in option available for adding the DTS Neural Surround UpMix to the NEO XHD-3903. The AES option for the XHD-3903 is required. There is a module available for adding the UpMix to the 6800+ frame. It may be combined with the SFS6803+ module for embedded audio applications. There is a plug-in option available for adding UpMix to the X85/X75 processors. For applications where UpMix and loudness control are required, another version is available (see ordering information). Commonly used in: production studios, audio monitoring, DTV facilities
554

Stereo to 5.1
555
images/diagrams
Block diagrams upmix
AES out 1 AES in 1 2.0 input Up mix processing 5.1 output AES out 2 AES out 3
upmix with Loudness Control

AES out 1 Up mix processing 5.1 output AES out 2 AES out 3
AES in 1
2.0 input
Loudness measurment and control
dts neural surround upmix in 6800+ dts neural surround upmix for X85/X75
APM6801UM+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution on the APM6801+D APM6801UM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D
dts neural surround upmix for neO XHd-3903
X75OPT-UM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-UM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85
XHD39OPT-UM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-UM-LC. . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC)
DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge

5.1 DTV Production Solution
DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge is a unique process that always provides a 5.1 mix no matter what audio signal is provided at the input. The output provides seamless transitions among mono, stereo (LR), stereo matrix (LtRt), watermarked (LwRw) and true 5.1 mixes ahead of a Dolby Digital (AC-3) encoder. DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge enables DTV broadcasters to smooth the transition from stereo to 5.1 surround sound by providing viewers with a 24/7 surround broadcast. With MultiMerge inline, original 5.1 content is passed unaffected within the broadcast plant, while original stereo content is rendered to a 5.1 surround sound image, providing the viewer with a consistent surround experience. DTS Neural Surround, with its patented approach to stereo rendering, avoids taking artistic license with content by placing audio exactly where it would be heard in a professional LEDE (live end dead end) listening environment.
neO 1Ru Frame
6800+ 2Ru Frame
neO 3Ru Frame
X85 Frame
Product details Mono or pan-pot stereo will image in front of the listener, whereas stereo containing depth information will surround the listener. DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge now provides a DownMix to surround-enable stereo-only facilities, eliminating the need for costly infrastructure upgrades. For applications where loudness control with 2.0 to 5.1 upmix and 5.1 passthrough with simultaneous 5.1 and 2.0 outputs are required, there is an alternate version available. There is a module available for adding DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge to the 6800+ frame. It may be combined with the SFS6803+ module for embedded audio applictions. A plug-in option is available for adding DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge to the NEO XHD-3903. The AES option for the XHD-3903 is required. There is a plug-in option available for adding the DownMix to the X85/X75 processors. Commonly used in front of: STL paths, Dolby E or AC-3 encoders Commonly used in: production studios, audio monitoring, DTV facilities
556
DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge

5.1 DTV Production Solution
images/diagrams
Block diagrams multimerge
2.0 input (L, R) 5.1 input (C, LFE, Ls, Rs) 2.0 input (L, R) Up mix processing or passthru Down mix processing with watermarking or pass-thru 5.1 output
AES in 1
AES out 1 AES out 2 AES out 3
AES in 2 AES in 3
AES in 4
2.0 output
AES out 4
multimerge with Loudness Control

AES in 1 2.0 input (L, R) 5.1 input (C, LFE, Ls, Rs) 2.0 input (L, R) Loudness measurement and control Up mix processing or passthru Down mix processing with watermarking or pass-thru 5.1 output
AES in 2 AES in 3
AES in 4
2.0 output
AES out 4
dts neural surround multimerge in 6800+ dts neural surround multimerge for X85/X75
APM6801MM+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production on the APM6801+D APM6801MM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D
dts neural surround multimerge for neO XHd-3903
X75OPT-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-MM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85
XHD39OPT-MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-MM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD390- UG-AESC)
557
DTS Neural Loudness Control

Stereo and/or 5.1
DTS Neural Loudness Control answers the need of TV broadcasters and network operators to manage perceived loudness levels within a specific desired volume range. Unlike traditional volume management solutions, this innovative system uses the DTS Neural Technologies perceptual loudness measurement tool to model how the human ear will perceive the loudness of the audio content. This process
neO 1Ru Frame
accounts for many variables that can affect how audio is perceived, including spectral and density differences, and temporal overlaps. By accounting for the human experience of listening, DTS Neural loudness measurement accommodates both stereo and multichannel audio equally well.
6800+ 2Ru Frame
neO 3Ru Frame
X85
Features ITU-BS 1770 compliant Real-time measurement and control of loudness from the broadcast facility guarantees a consistent viewer experience, independent of consumer equipment Uses a perceptual hearing model to accurately measure loudness and not traditional intensity-based means such as RMS or SPL, to achieve much more accurate and natural correction Works equally well with stereo (2.0) and multichannel (5.1) program audio content, supporting any stereo format (2.0, LtRt, LoRo, LwRw) and any multichannel/surround mixes Manages loudness without creating a squashed or compressed sound and with no negative impact on sound signature Correction of greater than 12 dB without hearing any audible cues indicating that the original content was anything but perfect Manages loudness while shaping the sound signature to preserve a loud or quiet spectral balance Uses advanced psychoacoustic and signal processing technology to accurately detect and regulate the perceived loudness of 2.0 and 5.1 sources; this is something that cant be accomplished with traditional intensity-based volume control solutions Product details After measurement, DTS Neural Loudness Control applies appropriate gain or attenuation to achieve the desired target loudness level (Dial Norm). The correction process preserves the spectral balance of the original signal by adapting the frequency response of the low and high frequencies to compensate for level differences within the original signal. DTS Neural Loudness Control can be used in a protection role that only affects content that falls aggressively outside the desired target or in a management role to tightly control loudness and guarantee intelligibility without the distracting side effects of traditional volume management solutions. There is a module available for adding DTS Neural Loudness Control to the 6800+ frame. It may be combined with the SFS6803+ module for embedded audio applications. A plug-in option is available for adding DTS Neural Loudness Control to the NEO XHD-3903. The AES option for the XHD-3903 is required.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 48 kHz (AES/EBU, wordclock-slave) Number of Available Channels. . . . Depending on configuration, up to 4 AES-3 input (stereo) and 4 AES-3 output (stereo) images/diagrams
Block diagrams 2.0 or 5.1 Loudness Control
AES in 1 AES in 2 AES in 3 2.0 input (L, R) 5.1 input (C, LFE, Ls, Rs) AES out 1 2.0 or 5.1 loudness control 5.1 output AES out 2 AES out 3
4 x 2.0 Loudness Control

2.0 input 2.0 loudness control 2.0 output
AES in 1
AES out 1
AES in 2
2.0 input
2.0 loudness control
2.0 output
AES out 2
AES in 3
2.0 input
2.0 output
AES out 3
558
There is a plug-in option available for adding the DTS Neural Loudness Control to the X85/X75 processors.
AES in 4
2.0 input
2.0 output
AES out 4
DTS Neural Loudness Control

Stereo and/or 5.1
2.0 and 5.1 Loudness Control
AES in 1 AES in 1 AES in 2 AES in 3 5.1 input 5.1 loudness control 5.1 output AES out 1 AES out 2 AES out 3 AES in 2 AES in 3 5.1 input Loudness control 5.1 output
Down mix processing with watermarking
2.0 output
AES out 4
AES in 4
2.0 input
2.0 output
AES out 4
dts neural Loudness Control in 6800+
APM6801LC+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 or 5.1 program audio on the APM6801+D APM6801LC+6+2+D . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 and 5.1 (separate programs) on the APM6801+D APM6801LC+8+D . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 4x 2.0 program audio on the APM6801+D APM6801LC+DM+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround DownMix output on the APM6801+D APM6801UM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D APM6801DM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D APM6801MM+LC+D . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control on the APM6801+D
dts neural Loudness Control for neO XHd-3903
XHD39OPT-UM-LC. . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-DM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 transport solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-MM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC)
dts neural surround Loudness Control for X85/X75
XHD39OPT-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 or 5.1 program audio, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-LC-6+2 . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 and 5.1 (separate programs), plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-LC-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 4x 2.0 program audio, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC) XHD39OPT-LC+DM . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround DownMix output, plug-in for NEO XHD-3903 (AES input/ output version required, for field upgrade order XHD3903-UG-AESC)
X75OPT-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 or 5.1 program audio, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC-6+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 2.0 and 5.1 (separate programs), plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 4x 2.0 program audio, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-LC+DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Loudness Control for 5.1 program audio with DTS Neural Surround Downmix output, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-UM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround UpMix DTV 5.1 production solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-DM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTV 5.1 Transport Solution with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85 X75OPT-MM-LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTS Neural Surround 5.1 and rendered stereo content transitioning for DTV 5.1 production with DTS Neural Loudness Control, plug-in for X75 and X85
559
5.1 Loudness Control with downmix
DL-810
signAL pROCessing // LegALizers AnD COLOr COrreCTOrs
VIDEOTEK
DL-810
COMPLIANT
SD Serial Digital Legalizer

Features
ACCEPT EQ EDH RANGE 525/60 625/50 BYPASS RGB EXIT ENCODED
RGB & ENCODED LEGALIZER
The DL-810 serial digital legalizer offers the ultimate solution to the complex world of 601 video legalizing. The Harris Videotek product line is the world leader in serial digital video gamut correction. In Auto-Legal mode, the DL-810 evaluates the video signal in real time, on a pixel-by-pixel basis, and provides an output that is guaranteed to be within NTSC- or PAL-encoded legal limits. The unit also provides adjustments for setting the traditional RGB limits of 0 mV and +700 mV. All limit points are variable, which allows for many custom configurations. Other unique features include the ability to set a chroma amplitude limit and an encoded vector circle limit. The DL-810 is CCS-compliant for use with CCS Navigator software and the NUCLEUS user-customizable control panel. Options include a software-keyable proc amp and gamut monitoring output. Backed by over a quarter century of video engineering excellence and years of extensive research into the complexity of video legalization, the DL-810 is a total solution to all present and future 601 gamut concerns.
Instantaneous evaluation and correction pixel-by-pixel Full EDH support RS-232/422 and GPI control Standard front-panel EQ notification 16-bit, 4:4:4 internal processing Adjustable clip softness Fully adjustable RGB and encoded limits, plus defaults Separate settings for NTSC and PAL limits Vector and total video limits Completely self-contained NTSC 7.5 or 0 menu-select Standards available: 525 and 625
images/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI
Opt. SD proc amp
SD legalizer
Opt. SD gamut monitor
HD/SD-SDI out 1 HD/SD-SDI out 2 HD/SD-SDI out 3 Gamut monitor out
Ethernet I/O GPI
Back modules
560
DL-810
SD Serial Digital Legalizer

561
Video Adjustments
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 serial digital, per SMPTE 259M-C Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC female, terminating Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit, 270 Mb/s 4:2:2 component, 525/60 or 625/50 4:3 aspect ratio, at 13.5 MHz luminance sampling rate Internal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . 16-bit, 4:4:4 component processing Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk nominal, with equalization for up to 250 m of Belden 8281 cable Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 serial digital per SMPTE 259M-C Output Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -18 dB, 5 to 270 MHz, processing Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms Passive Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The primary output is passively connected to input with power loss EDH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully supported, per SMPTE RP-165 Ancillary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All non-EDH ancillary data in vertical and horizontal blanking intervals is passed without modification Throughput Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . ~12 microseconds
Control
Luma black clip Luma white clip Composite upper limit Composite lower limit Chroma amplitude limit R, G, B maximum level R, G, B minimum level Clip softness
mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.6 x 8.3 x 17 in. (4.1 x 21.1 x 43.2 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 lbs (4.1 kg)
power
Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 to 230 VAC 50/60 Hz, nominal Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 35 VA
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 90%, non-condensing
standard Accessories
Operators manual Power cord
Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 female, Ethernet port 10/100Base-T Web browser interface GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin high-density D-sub, selection for HD, SD, RGB and encoded legalization enable or disable Bypass on or off Selectable status indication of input data range error, by-pass status, HD gamut alarm, RGB gamut alarm, encoded gamut alarm, and SD gamut alarm
Options
810OPT-GMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI gamut monitoring output, shows gamut indications on screen, factory installation required 810OPT-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proc amp for SD, software key option DRT-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual rackmount tray BLK-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank filler panel for either side of DRT-3
otherwise specified at time of order EPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
power Options . . . . . . . . . . . North America power cord supplied unless
DL-860
COMPLIANT
HD/SD Legalizer
Features Instantaneous pixel-by-pixel evaluation and correction Adjustable, encoded clip softness Fully adjustable RGB and encoded limits Fully adjustable HD and SD clip levels Corrects for HD and SD color space Blank or pass ancillary data Adjustable alarm mask Standard front-panel EQ display CRC monitoring with error indication, recalculation and insertion CCS compatible for use with CCS Navigator software and NUCLEUS customizable control panel GPI control
The DL-860 serial digital legalizer offers the ultimate solution to the complex world of HD and SD signals. All popular HD and SD formats are accepted, with complete flexibility for legalization of HDI-SDI or SD-SDI inputs. The DL-860 output format tracks the input format, and can be legalized to HD, SD, RGB, and/or encoded color space. CRC values are monitored and recalculated to ensure proper output values. Input EQ added to the incoming video is displayed on the front panel. The instrument has a selection to pass or blank all ancillary data without any alteration except CRC correction.
Options
Preview output with indications of gamut errors in video data Software key for proc amp controls
images/diagrams
Block diagram
HD/SD-SDI Out 1 HD/SD-SDI Out 2 HD/SD-SDI Out 3 Gamut Monitor Out Ethernet I/O GPI CPU Monitoring and Control
HD/SD-SDI Input
Video Detect
Opt. HD Proc Amp Opt. SD Proc Amp
HD Legalizer SD Legalizer
Opt. HD Gamut Monitor Opt. SD Gamut Monitor
Back modules
Product details All of the DL-860 legalization limits are variable, allowing for many custom configurations to the HD clips, SD clips, encoded gamut and RGB gamut limits. Also available is an optional HD-SDI/SD-SDI monitoring output with onscreen gamut error indications. Direct access and operation of the DL-860HD are straightforward, from the backlit front-panel LCD display to the LED status indications, function selection buttons, and knob for easy menu navigation. All operational parameters, including the selectable bypass function, are also supported via Ethernet using the embedded web server interface. The DL-860 also supports the Harris CCS Navigator control and monitoring software, and the NUCLEUS user-customizable control panel. A user-selectable alarm mask limits the gamut alarm and range indication to a selected picture area, and ignores errors that fall outside the mask. The alarm mask area may be set to the clean aperture (automatically follows input standard) or customized by line or pixel. The DL-860 can retain 20 presets with alpha numeric names up to 10 characters on the LCD front-panel display, or an unlimited number of characters using CCS Navigator.
562
DL-860
HD/SD Legalizer
563
Video Control
Input Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 259M-C, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 296M, and SMPTE 274M Including: 525: 59.94 Hz 625: 50 Hz 1080i: 60/59.94/50 Hz 1080p: 30/29.97/25/24/23.98 Hz 1080sf: 30/25/23.98 Hz 720p: 60/59.94/50/30/29.97 Hz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC 75 ohms, terminating in 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI: >10 dB, 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz SD-SDI: >18 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI: 10-bit 1.5 Gb/s, 4:2:2 component 16:9 aspect ratio, at 75 MHz luminance sample rate SD-SDI: 10-bit 270 Mb/s, 4:2:2 component, 4:3 aspect ratio, at 13.5 MHz luminance sample rate Internal Processing . . . . . . . . . . . 16-bit, 4:4:4 component processing Equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI: Up to 197 ft (60 m) of Belden 8281 SD-SDI: Up to 820 ft (250m) of Belden 8281 Video Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Format follows input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BNC 75, female, output 1 relay bypass connected to input Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% into 75 ohms Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI: 10 dB, 5 MHz to 1.5 GHz SD-SDI: 18 dB, 5 to 270 MHz, Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, pk-pk @10% CRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully supported, per SMPTE 292M Ancillary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User selection to pass or blank; when selected to pass, all ancillary data in vertical and horizontal blanking intervals is passed without modification except for CRC recalculation Passive Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The primary output is passively connected to the input during power loss Electronic to Electronic Bypass . . . All values pass through from input to output with CRC recalculation Throughput Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 microseconds, nominal EDH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI: fully supported, per SMPTE RP-165
Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 female, Ethernet port 10/100Base-T Web browser interface GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin high-density D-sub, selection for HD, SD, RGB and encoded legalization enable or disable Bypass on or off Selectable status indication of input data range error, by-pass status, HD gamut alarm, RGB gamut alarm, encoded gamut alarm, and SD gamut alarm
Adjustments
Encoded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luma lower clip Luma upper clip Composite lower Composite upper Chroma amplitude NTSC setup level Encoded clip softness Vector clip RGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RGB maximum RGB minimum HD and SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y lower clip Y upper clip CB lower clip CB upper clip CR lower clip CR upper clip Gamut alarm mask
mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.6 x 8.3 x 17 in. (4.1 x 21.1 x 43.2 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 lbs (4.1 kg)
power Requirements
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 50 VAC

environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 90%, non-condensing Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . To 10,000 ft (3,050 m) above sea level
Operators manual Power cord ordering inFormation

Options
860OPT-GMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD-SDI or SD-SDI gamut monitoring output; shows gamut indications on screen, factory installation required 860OPT-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proc amp for HD/SD, software key option DRT-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual rackmount tray BLK-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank filler panel for either side
otherwise specified at time of order EPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
power Options . . . . . . . . . . . North America power cord supplied unless
TeleVIsIon TRansmIssIon anD DemoDUlaTIon

robust, reliable television transmission equipment is the hallmark of Harris innovation. We continue to set the pace by offering transmission solutions that are easy to install and maintain and inexpensive to operate. Our newest transmitters employ the market-leading powersmart technology for maximum power and efficiency, and the Apex M2X multimedia exciter, which helps simplify the transition from analog to digital and even adapts to new modulation schemes, such as DvB-T and DvB-T2. When planning your next transmission project, Harris is the only call you need to make. To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/tvtransmission.
564
muLtimeDiA eXCiter
Apex m2X
Multimedia Exciter for Global Digital and Analog Standards .......................... 566
L-BAnD trAnSmitterS
LAX
Compact, Air-Cooled L-Band Multimedia Transmitter ................................... 602
uHF trAnSmitterS
maxiva uLX
Liquid-Cooled UHF Multimedia TV Transmitter ............................................. 570
DiStriButeD trAnSmiSSion AnD moBiLe netWorK ADAPter

Synchrony mnA
ATSC Distributed Transmission and Mobile Network Adapter ........................ 604
maxiva uAX
Air-Cooled UHF Multimedia TV Transmitter .................................................. 573
Synchrony
SFN Head-End Adapter for DVB-T and DVB-H Networks ............................... 606
PowerCD
High-Power UHF ATSC Transmitter ............................................................. 578
DiamondCD
Solid-State UHF ATSC Transmitter .............................................................. 580
AnALog DemoDuLAtorS
videotek Dm-100
Utility Demodulator .................................................................................. 607
Sigma CD
Tube UHF ATSC Transmitter ....................................................................... 582
videotek Dm-145, Dm-154

Frequency-Agile Demodulators.................................................................. 608
vHF trAnSmitterS
Platinum vLX
Liquid-Cooled VHF Multimedia TV Transmitter ............................................. 584
DigitAL DemoDuLAtorS
videotek DDm-800
Multichannel 8VSB Frequency-Agile Demodulator ....................................... 610
Platinum vAX
Air-Cooled VHF Multimedia TV Transmitter .................................................. 587
DmB 670
DAB Digital Radio and DMB Mobile TV Transmitter ...................................... 590
DDm6800+D
Digital Demodulator Module ...................................................................... 613
Platinum-i Series
Solid-State VHF ATSC DTV Transmitter ....................................................... 594
Platinum HteL Series

Low-Power VHF ATSC Digital Transmitter .................................................... 595
Platinum Analog Series

Solid-State VHF ATSC Transmitter .............................................................. 598
565
Apex M2X
teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // MuLTiMeDiA eXCiTer
Multimedia Exciter for Global Digital and Analog Standards

Features Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) Digital adaptive group delay equalization Optimized correction for tube and solid-state transmitters Frequency agility Band I, III, IV, V (L-Band option available) Built-in GPS option for synchronous frequency network (SFN) support Built-in UPS option to support vital frequency-critical components for SFN operation Space-saving, 2RU design Easy-to-use operator interface via standard web browser and external PC SNMP information available to higher-level agent Dual video or transport stream inputs with auto switching Built-in compliance monitoring (limited suite) Seamless integration with new Harris transmitter control systems Standard support for legacy or third-party transmitters Efficient, easy to service High-efficiency, auto-ranging power supply
The Apex M2X multimedia exciter enables analog broadcasters to transition to digital via a simple software update and DTV broadcasters to carry out multichannel broadcasting of HDTV, DTV and mobile TV channels. This world-class exciter provides a flawless digital signal with complete technical and regulatory compliance for all digital and analog transmitters. To ensure youre fully prepared for the future, this flexible exciter supports a wide range of global digital standards, including ATSC, ATSC MH, DVB-T/H, DVB-T2, ISDB-Tb, FLOTV, DAB/DMB, CMMB, CTTB and a range of analog TV standards, including NTSC and PAL. And you can have confidence in your investment knowing that Harris digital exciters have logged more hours in real-time broadcast than all others combined. the RtAC Advantage For digital operations, the exclusive Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) technology incorporated in the Apex M2X enables the exciter to more fully utilize the transmitter power amplifier, yet maintain spectral mask compliance of the digital signal. The only system with simultaneous, linear and nonlinear, adaptive, memoryful precorrection, RTAC provides the highest level of correction to all types of RF amplifiers.With RTAC, the Apex M2X exciter continuously monitors transmitter output and any filter, while automatically adapting for system nonlinearities keeping your station well within compliance and maximizing your coverage.
Product details
investment security Based on unrivaled digital experience
Built-in gui interface
Transitioning to digital and delivering mobile content require more than a financial investment. Its a whole new technical ballgame, and you want to make the right decision. As broadcastings DTV and digital radio transmission leader, Harris has developed a solid core competency backed by years of experience in the technical areas essential for maximum digital transmission performance. Harris has applied this expertise and provided transmitters for every major standards test, so you can be confident of your investment in Harris.
prepared for a multimedia Future
The graphical user interface (GUI) in the Apex M2X works with any Windows PC running a standard web browser. The interface enables in-depth monitoring and easy setup. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . 1 SMA, 75 ohms RF Input Samples for Adaptive . . . 2 SMA, 75 ohms; dynamic range: -20 to +10 dBm Correction Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band I, III, IV, V, L-Band (option) Transport Stream Inputs . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, 75 ohms, configurable as DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M 2 BNC, 75 ohms, additional for DVB-ASI hierarchical modulation Analog Video Input (option) . . . . . . 2 BNC, 75 ohms Audio Input (option) . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 5-pin XLR, 1 BNC, composite (BTSC/NICAM) Back Porch/Sync and Timing . . . . 1 BNC, 75 ohms Output 10 MHz Reference Input . . . . . . . . 1 BNC, 50 ohms 1 PPS Reference Input . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC, 50 ohms 10 MHz Reference Output . . . . . . 1 BNC, 50 ohms, front access 1 PPS Reference Output . . . . . . . . 1 BNC, 50 ohms, front access Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 front, DHCP-enabled customer access 1 rear, transmitter network backbone interface (SNMP) GPS Antenna Input (option) . . . . . . 1 SMA, 50 ohms RF Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 SMA, 50 ohms, front access AC Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 V AC, 47 to 63 Hz, auto-ranging
Every day it seems like a new global digital standard emerges. The Apex M2X has been specifically designed to tackle a wide range of global standards.
migration Flexibility
If you are ready to purchase a new transmitter, but not quite ready for digital operation, you can purchase a digital-ready transmitter along with an Apex M2X analog exciter today simply add an encoder and multiplexer when you are ready to start a digital operation. The Apex M2X is the only system that provides a seamless upgrade path with the power of RTAC.
Cost-efficient, precorrection technology
The Apex M2X with proprietary RTAC precorrection circuitry enables transmitters to provide linear amplification with seamless content delivery at higher power levels. RTAC technology also increases efficiency for ongoing power savings, while comfortably exceeding the RF mask requirements to prevent signal interference.
Compliance monitoring integration
566
The Apex M2X is built on a legacy of integrated compliance monitoring. In addition to the standard 8VSB monitoring, Apex M2X provides a suite of integrated constellation monitoring tools for other coded orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (COFDM) digital and mobile standards. These tools provide solid measurement of many digital parameters to ensure the transmitter is working in compliance within your network. These basic measurements help reduce equipment costs and allow you to feel confident that your system is operating properly.
Apex M2X

567
Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) up to 14,764 ft (4,500 m) AMSL, de-rate 35.6 F (2 C) per 984 ft (300 m) of elevation 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Physical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 in. EIA rack standard, 2RU high, 19 in. depth
AtsC specifications Audio modulation
Sound Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 F3E; BTSC Sound Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 F3EH; NICAM 728

Video
Maximum Power Output . . . . . . . . 100 mW average Regulation of Output Power . . . . . <0.25 dB Pilot Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/mo without PFC <0.5 Hz per 1% supply variation <50 Hz over ambient temperature range <100 Hz at 5 minutes during warm-up Pilot Frequency Offsets1 . . . . . . . . Any frequency within band plan, 2 mHz resolution Response Variation. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 dB, typical Group Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ns, typical Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <104 dBc/Hz @ 20 kHz offset (ATSC A/64) Spurious Output2 In Band . . . . . . . -68 dB (-45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW) Adjacent Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . -68 dB (-45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW) All Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . 35 dB, typical note 1: High-stability external 10 MHz reference or optional built-in GPS required for PFC note 2: Signals referenced to center channel, at rated output, measured in 30 kHz RBW
dVB-t/H, dAB, isdB-tb, dmB-t/H specifications
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Return Loss Up to 6 MHz . . . . . . . >34 dB Input Crosstalk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >70 dB
modulation
Nominal Video Level . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Video Gain Control Range . . . . . . . -3 to +6 Gain Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Sync Pulse Restoration . . . . . . . . . Yes Back Porch Clamping . . . . . . . . . . Yes 50 Hz Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >33 dB Burst Phase Distortion . . . . . . . . . <0.5 dB Burst Amplitude Distortion . . . . . . <1% White Level Limiter . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 25% Residual Carrier Adjustment . . . . . 5 to 25%
Linear distortions
Receiver Group Delay Correction . . According to standard Sideband Frequency Response . . . According to standard Video Frequency Response . . . . . . According to standard
group delay and impulse Response
Maximum Power Output . . . . . . . . 100 mW average Regulation of Output Power . . . . . <0.25 dB Pilot Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month without PFC <0.5 Hz per 1% supply variation <50 Hz over ambient temperature range <100 Hz at 5 minutes during warmup Frequency Offsets1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Any frequency within band plan, 2 mHz resolution Response Variation. . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 dB, typical Group Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ns, typical Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz <-55 dBc/Hz 100 Hz <-85 dBc/Hz 1 kHz <-90 dBc/Hz 10 kHz <-95 dBc/Hz 100 kHz <-112 dBc/Hz 1 MHz <-130 dbc/Hz
spurious Output2
Without Receiver Precorrection . . . 60 pk-pk ns Square Wave Distortion . . . . . . . . 50 Hz <1 % 15 kHz <1% 250 kHz <1% Square Wave O/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 and 250 kHz <1.5% 2T Pulse PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <2% K2T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <2% 20T Pulse K Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . <2% Chrominance to Luminance Delay . . 20 ns Static Nonlinearity . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.99 Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 ICPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5 Video IM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-52 dB IM BT-TT1-TT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-68 dB
Audio
In Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -68 dB (-45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW) Adjacent Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . -68 dB (-45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW) All Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB Modulation Error Ratio . . . . . . . . . 38 dB, typical Central Carrier Suppression . . . . . >75 dB relative to average power Out of Band Shoulders . . . . . . . . . >50 dB, uncorrected, at rated power Note 1: High-stability external 10 MHz reference or optional built-in GPS required for PFC Note 2: Signals referenced to center channel, at rated output, measured in 30 kHz RBW
Analog specifications
Number of Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Switching Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio follows video

input Resistance
Hi Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 k ohms Low Mode 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ohms

Common mode Rejection
40 to 300 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >46 dB Up to 15 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >30 dB

modulation sensitivity
Transmission Standards . . . . . . . . B, G, M, N, D, K, I NTSC/PAL Video Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . C3F neg.
30 kHz Deviation @ 500 Hz . . . . . 0 to 12 dBu Adjustment steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.1 dB
Apex M2X

iRt dual Carrier system Linear distortion unwanted modulation
Amplitude Deviation 40 to 15 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.3 dB

stereo Crosstalk
100 to 15 kHz @ 30 kHz Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-32 dB 40 to 100 Hz maximum 6 dB Per Octave Channel Crosstalk 40 to 15 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >70 dB
nonlinear distortion
Quasi-peak reference to 30 kHz deviation Unweighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-58 dB Weighted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-62 dB Asynchronous AM . . . . . . . . . . . . <-46 dB Synchronous AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-46 dB
difference Carrier noise
Up to 100 kHz VF weighted. . . . . . <-44 dB
Harmonic Distortion 40 to 15 kHz @ 50 kHz Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.5%
images/diagrams
4 2 1 3 14 7 6 12 11
9 5 10 8
Front and Back panel
13
1. user Control Straightforward tactile control and intuitive indicators allow for quick status and control or RTAC. 2. Status monitoring Front-panel indication of key operating parameters for quick status assessment. Additional indicators note the status of the rear-panel digital inputs to provide confidence regarding the status of the backup sources. 3. Front-Panel ethernet Convenient front-panel Ethernet port permits quick system updates or setup. All parameters are available via the intuitive standard GUI interface. 4. Sample outputs Convenient front-panel connections for RF sample, and both 10 MHz and the 1 PPS signals, for quick connection to test equipment as needed. 5. rF output Main high-level output of the amplifier provides 100 to 150 mW of power depending on the mode of operation. 6. Dual-Switching inputs Dual ASI (with high- and low-priority) or SMPTE 310 inputs for seamless backup switching and an isolated monitor output for confidence monitoring. 7. external reference input Support for single frequency networks (SFNs) is included with every Apex M2X. Supports both 10 MHz and 1 PPS inputs.
8. integrated gPS receiver Optional high-quality integrated GPS receiver provides ultra-accurate reference for seamless SFN operation and reduces installation costs and space. 9. rtAC rF Samples RTAC monitors both the output of the transmitter and the output of any filters or multi-station combiners to optimize your stations performance for maximum clarity and coverage. 10. rF input Optional input for an off-air signal to support operation as both a transposer or translator, and for an on-channel GAP filler system in SFN networks or DVB-S satellite receiver. 11. Analog inputs Optional dual analog inputs support a wide range of standards including NTSC and PAL, with built-in NICAM stereo operation and support for external BTSC generators. 12. ethernet Connectivity RJ-45 connector provides system 10/100Base-T Ethernet connectivity to the Apex M2X to facilitate diagnostics, monitoring and system updates. 13. Parallel remote Control Dedicated DB-type connectors provide standard interfacing for transmitter control system connections. 14. Serial Connectivity Multiple communications ports provide standard connectivity including CAN and RS-232.
568
Apex M2X
Functional diagram
1PPS 10 MHz

Universal Exciter Platform
D/A Up Converter RF Out
PFRU DVB-ASI/ SMPTE 310 DVB-ASI/ SMPTE 310 Monitor

4
Receiver and Cable Equalizer Cable Driver
DUC/ Precorrector FPGA Modulator FPGA

A/D
IF PLL
RF PLL
GPS Option
GPS Antenna
Video Analog Input Option Board Audio
A/D
Down Converter
RF In (HPF) RF In (PA) RF In (IPA)
A/D DSP
Battery Backup Option
LVPS
AC Universal
10/100Base-T 10/100Base-T CAN RS-232
Transmitter Interface Board
uC
8 2 2
569
Maxiva ULX
teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // uHf TrAnsMiTTers
Liquid-Cooled UHF Multimedia TV Transmitter

Features PowerSmart technology, for best-in-class power efficiency and lowest operating costs Apex M2X exciter, for easy migration from analog to digital or between different standards Rugged, reliable design and construction Analog power levels up to 75 kW, digital power levels up to 35 kW ATSC, 25.4 kW COFDM All-digital, real-time adaptive linear and nonlinear precorrection Fully broadband power amplifier (PA) modules 470 to 862 MHz with no adjustment 1:1 RF device to power supply ratio for ultimate redundancy Hot-pluggable liquid-cooled linear RF amplifier modules Automatic restart after AC mains interruption; returns to previous operational mode Modular central control system for straightforward monitoring and in-depth diagnostics Harris web-enabled remote GUI interface
Product details
easy migration from Analog to digital
One transmitter multiple modulation standards The Maxiva ULX UHF liquid-cooled, solid-state transmitter provides todays multimedia broadcaster with one transmitter platform capable of multiple modulation schemes. Featuring the proven Apex M2X multimedia exciter at its core, the Maxiva ULX transmitter is an ideal solution for any analog broadcaster planning a future transition to DVB-T/H, DVB-T2, ATSC, ATSC MH, FLOTV, ISDB-Tb, CMMB, CTTB and other digital standards. Maxiva ULX transmitters incorporate Harris PowerSmart technology, enabling best-in-class power density and efficiency. With digital power levels up to 25.4 kW COFDM and analog levels up to 75 kW, the Maxiva ULX transmitter offers the best footprint-to-power ratio in the industry allowing for simplified installation, easier maintenance and reduced total cost of ownership over the life of the transmitter. Harris powersmart technology inside Featuring Harris PowerSmart technology in its transmitter architecture, the Maxiva ULX line offers unmatched efficiency that makes it ideal for all high-power UHF applications. New 50-volt LDMOS device technology delivers a dramatic increase in power density, lower operating costs and reduced cost of ownership over the life of the transmitter.
The Apex M2X multimedia exciter supports a broad range of analog, digital and mobile standards and allows for a smooth conversion from analog to digital operation. This flexibility, coupled with RTAC correction, provides superior performance.
Compact Footprint
As the worlds most compact liquid-cooled UHF transmitter, the Maxiva ULX is ideally suited for crowded, shared transmitter sites.
powerful, straightforward monitoring and Control
The Maxiva ULX transmitter features a modular central control system within the main transmitter cabinet. It is housed in a rackmounted 3RU chassis, with convection cooling and integrated, low-voltage control power supply with redundancy. The main controller communicates with the transmitter modules and the exciters, as well as the cabinetlevel controllers located in additional cabinets. Individual cabinet controllers provide for maximum redundancy and independent operation in times of service or fault, while still providing full protection. For maximum reliability, the transmitter control system includes two parallel levels of operational support: a basic mode and an enhanced mode. The basic mode provides minimal control of the transmitter platform using a small number of parallel signals, simple interface controls and front-panel indicators. This mode can be used during maintenance or as a backup to the main enhanced controller. The enhanced mode provides a front-panel, color touchscreen display, SNMP communications support and IP connectivity via the built-in web GUI interface. Ideal for network operations, the control system can be accessed from anywhere in the world via TCP/IP over a telecom or network connection.
simple serviceability and maintainability
Distributed control architecture provides for outstanding reliability and soft failure operation. The modular-designed PAs enable simple sub-module replacement, rather than the entire amplifier module. On-air servicing is a breeze, and costly service interruptions are virtually eliminated with the hot-pluggable, redundant power amplifier/ power supply modules.
Reduced service Costs
Lightweight, universal PA pallets and power supply modules facilitate overnight/sameday shipment from a centralized depot for simple and cost-effective spares holding. Lightweight subassemblies eliminate two-person lift requirements for maintenance and troubleshooting, resulting in labor-related cost savings.
enhanced Redundancy
570
The Maxiva ULX transmitter supports a range of backup options. In dual-drive systems, the integrated control system monitors exciters and switches control and RF feeds. The control system also supports options for 1+1 and full N+1 installations monitoring and controlling each transmitter system, input stream and RF switching.
Maxiva ULX

571
general Analog sound performance
Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 to 862 MHz Channel Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7 or 8 MHz RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR over any single TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. (4 mm), 3-1/8 in. (8 mm), 4-1/16 in. (10 mm), EIA (dependent upon power level)
AC mains
AC Mains Requirement: AC Line Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase 50/60 Hz, 380 to 415 V, or 208 to 240 V (specify when ordering) AC Line Variation . . . . . . . . . . . . . +10% to -15% Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >0.90
environmental
Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month Modulation Capability . . . . . . . . . . 120 kHz peak deviation Monaural Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable 0 to +12 dBm, 600 ohms, balanced, >30 dB return loss Pre-emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable 75 S or 50 S Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB, 40 Hz to 15 kHz Harmonic Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5%, 30 Hz to 15 kHz FM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB r.m.s. with de-emphasis AM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 dB r.m.s. from 30 Hz to 15 kHz Synchronous AM Noise. . . . . . . . . 40 dB r.m.s. at 400 Hz with 25 kHz deviation IRT Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available on request NICAM Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available on request
dVB-t, dVB-t2, isdB-tB, CmmB, FLOtV, CttB specifications
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 13,123 ft (4,000 m) elevation above mean sea level Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) at sea level (upper limit derated 35.6 F (2 C) per 984 ft (300 m) elevation AMSL) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95%, non-condensing Cooling Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid (50% mixture of water and ethylene glycol or propylene glycol) Acoustic Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <65 dBA (measured 3.3 ft (1 m) in front of cabinet, not including pump module)
Analog
Analog Television Systems . . . . . . CCIR G, I, K, K1, M, N Color Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAL, NTSC, SECAM Sound Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monaural, BTSC, IRT, NICAM G Power Output (vision peak of sync). . 2.5 to 60 kW available (higher powers on request)
Analog Video performance
Video Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 inputs, 75 ohms, 0.7 to 1.4 V, 75 ohms, 32 dB return loss Regulation of Output Power1 . . . . . 3% Variation of Output Power2 . . . . . . 2% Vision Sideband Response3. . . . . . PAL system G shown (other systems available) -1.25 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or less -4.43 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or less -0.75 MHz to -1.25 MHz . . . . . . . +0.5 dB or less -0.5 to +4.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -0.5 dB +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.5 dB +5.75 MHz and above . . . . . . . . . -35 dB or less Frequency Stability4 . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month Differential Gain5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Differential Phase5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Low Frequency Linearity6 . . . . . . . 10% Incidental Carrier Phase Modulation5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB (weighted) K Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% or less with 2T sin2 pulse 20T Equivalent Gain and. . . . . . . . 3% total baseline distortion Spurious (Inter-Modulation) and . . -60 dB or better Harmonic Radiation In-Channel Intermodulation . . . . . . -60 dB or better Distortion
Power Output (Average) . . . . . . . . 1 to 18 kW models available; measured at output of optional mask filter Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-T, standard ETS 300744, ISDB-TB (Brazil standard) ASI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 type BNC female; 75 ohms acc. to EN 50083-9 (2 main, 2 hierarchical) Output Power Reduction . . . . . . . . 0 to -6 dB Crest Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 13 dB Shoulder Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-37 dB (before mask filter) END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >34 dB Harmonics (before filter) . . . . . . . . <-40 dB Central Carrier Suppression . . . . . >75 dB Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month (without external reference) Frequency Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Hz resolution
AtsC specifications
Power Output (average) . . . . . . . . 1.5 to 24.6 kW models available; measured at output of optional mask filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATSC A-53, 8-VSB DTV standard Data Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data 19.39 Mb/s Impedance 75 ohms, unbalanced Standard: SMPTE 310M Connector: 2 BNC female, isolated External Precise Frequency Input . . Frequency: 10 MHz, sinusoidal Impedance: 50 ohms, unbalanced Level 0 to +10 dBm Connector: BNC 50 ohm, female Signal to Noise (EVM) . . . . . . . . . . 27 dB or better (4% or less) Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <104 dBc/Hz @ 20 kHz offset (ATSC A/64) Pilot Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . Less than 150 Hz/month Less than 3 Hz with internal or external PFC Harmonic Radiation and Spurious . . Meets mask requirements specified in FCC 5th and 6th report and order Sideband Performance . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC radiation mask, when measured at the output of Harris-supplied output filter
Maxiva ULX
Remote Control

1
Parallel Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-37, female Relay Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 mA @ 24 V DC Digital Inputs (TTL level) . . . . . . . . Pulse duration 100 ms or permanent signal Ethernet/SNMP (optional) . . . . . . . RJ-45, twisted pair
Compliance
Variation of peak output power with a change in average picture level from black to white (0% to 100%) Peak-to-peak variation of peak sync voltage during one field using field test signal per EIA-508 Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05:1 VSWR After initial aging of 60 days Measured using 20% peak-to-peak amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at 10%, 50% and 90% APL. All percentages relative to a blanking to white transition Measured using a 5-step staircase signal. Test signal #3, CCIR REC. #421-3 Derate maximum temperature by 35.6 F (2 C) per 1000 ft (305 m) above mean sea level
3 4 5
RoHS 2002/95/EC R&TTE 1999/5/EC Safety: EN 60215 EMC: EN 301-489-1 FCC Part 73 number of pA modules 2 3 4 1 6 8 10 12 16 18 2 24 32 3 36 48 power Output (Watts) Analog 3,600 5,200 7,100 10,500 13,800 17,000 20,900 26,200 31,400 41,400 51,800 62,100 77,600 COFdm 1,100 1,700 2,300 3,400 4,400 5,500 6,500 8,700 9,500 12,700 17,000 19,000 25,400 AtsC 1,600 2,400 3,200 4,700 6,300 7,600 9,200 12,300 13,400 17,800 23,700 25,800 35,000
maxiva uLX series power Levels
number of Racks
power post-Filter (Watts) Analog 3,200 5,000 6,800 10,000 13,000 16,500 20,000 25,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 75,000 COFdm 1,000 1,500 2,000 3,000 4,200 5,200 6,200 8,300 9,000 12,100 16,200 18,100 24,300 AtsC 1,400 2,100 2,800 4,500 6,000 7,400 8,800 11,700 12,800 17,000 22,600 24,600 33,400
images/diagrams
Configuration
Surge Protection AC Inputs Surge Protection To Other Cabinets Exciter A Exciter Switch AC Distribution to PAs and Control
Up to 16 PAs
Exciter B (optional)
Redundant Drivers
Harmonic and Bandpass Filters
Transmitter Output
Universal Controller
To PAs, Exciters, Cooling System
Downconverter (Analog TV) RF Detector Pump Module Interlock Parallel Remote and Meter
Customer I/O Video, Audio ASI/REF Connector
572
LAN/WAN
External Connections
Maxiva UAX
Air-Cooled UHF Multimedia TV Transmitter

573
Features PowerSmart technology, for best-in-class power efficiency and lowest operating costs Rugged, reliable design and construction Digital and analog power levels up to 2 kW and 3 kW, respectively Maxiva UAX exciter, allowing easy migration from analog to digital or between different standards Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) is included with every system Fully broadband power amplifier (PA) modules 470 to 862 MHz 1:1 PA module to power supply redundancy Hot-pluggable, air-cooled linear RF amplifier modules Automatic restart after AC mains interruption; returns to previous operational mode Modular central control system for straightforward monitoring and in-depth diagnostics Harris web-enabled remote GUI interface
Product details
maxiva uAX exciter
Utilizing the same electronics as the Harris Apex M2X multimedia exciter, the Maxiva UAX exciter takes digital and mobile TV to the next level. Harris digital exciters have logged more hours in real-time broadcast than all others combined. The Maxiva UAX exciter provides a flawless signal with complete technical and regulatory compliance for tube and solid-state digital transmitters. The Maxiva UAX exciter supports a wide range of global digital standards including ATSC, ATSC mobile, DVB-T/H, ISDB-TB, FLOTV, CTTB, CMMB and a range of analog TV standards, including NTSC and PAL. The Maxiva exciter allows for a smooth conversion from analog to digital transmission. This flexibility, coupled with the RTAC, provides superior performance.
Compact Footprint
Suited for crowded, shared transmitter sites, the Maxiva UAX transmitter reduces facility space requirements and simplifies installation.
The Maxiva UAX air-cooled UHF solid-state transmitter incorporates Harris PowerSmart technology and the Maxiva UAX multimedia exciter to provide todays broadcaster unmatched performance, reliability and quality. Designed with future broadcasting needs in mind, the Maxiva UAX transmitter is a single-transmitter platform capable of DVB-T/H, DVB-T2, ATSC, ATSC MH, FLOTV, ISDB-Tb, CMMB, CTTB and other digital standards. For power requirements up to 2 kW COFDM and 3 kW analog, the Maxiva UAX transmitter was developed to leverage complementary technologies from several Harris products: the Apex M2X multimedia exciter, the compact and reliable ZX FM and DMB 670 VHF transmission solutions, and the Harris PowerSmart design initiative for RF amplification. This powerful blend provides best-in-class performance with respect to transmitter size and functionality. Harris powersmart technology inside Featuring Harris PowerSmart technology in its transmitter architecture, the Maxiva UAX line offers superior power and efficiency. New 50-volt LDMOS device technology delivers a dramatic increase in power density, lower operating costs and reduced cost of ownership over the life of the transmitter.
The main system control is located in the low-power unit and communicates with each amplifier bay that has independent protection and control capabilities. Each PA module has dedicated control and monitoring to support on/off functionality and alarms for reflected power, temperature and current overloads. For maximum reliability, the optional transmitter control system (available for 1 kW and 2 kW models only) includes two parallel levels of operational support: a basic mode and an enhanced mode. The basic mode provides minimal control of the transmitter platform using a small number of parallel signals, simple interface controls and front-panel indicators. This mode can be used during maintenance or as a backup to the main enhanced controller. The enhanced mode provides a front-panel, color touchscreen display, SNMP communications support and IP connectivity via the built-in eCDi web GUI interface. Ideal for network operations, the control system can be accessed from anywhere in the world via TCP/IP over a telecom or network connection.
improved uptime and Reduced service Costs
Redundant PA and universal power supply (PS) modules make on-air servicing a breeze, and eliminate costly interruptions. Lightweight pallets and modules facilitate overnight/ same-day shipping for simple, cost-effective spares holding. The Maxiva UAX transmitter also supports replacement of pre-tuned amplifier pallets in the field, eliminating the need for complex tuning after FET replacement.
Maxiva UAX

general
Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 to 862 MHz Channel Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7 or 8 MHz RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR over any single TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . Type-N female, Type-N, 7-16 DIN and 1-5/8 in. (4 mm) EIA (dependent upon power level)
AC mains
Spurious and Harmonic Radiation . -60 dB or better In-Channel Intermodulation Distortion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60 dB or better
Analog sound performance
AC Mains Requirement . . . . . . . . . UAX-10/15, UAX-50/75, UAV 100/150: Single-phase 110 to 127 V, 50/60 Hz, +10/-15%, or single-phase 208 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, +10/-15% UAX-250/375, UAX-500/750, UAX-1000/1500, UAX-2000/3000: Single-phase 208 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, +10/-15%, or three-phase 208 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, Wye or Delta, +10/-15%, or three-phase 380 to 415 V, 50/60 Hz, Wye only, +10/-15% Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >0.90
environmental
Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month Modulation Capability . . . . . . . . . . 120 kHz peak deviation Monaural Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable 0 to +12 dBm, 600 ohms, balanced, >30 dB return loss Pre-Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable 75 S or 50 S Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB, 40 Hz to 15 kHz Harmonic Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5%, 30 Hz to 15 kHz FM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB RMS with de-emphasis AM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 dB RMS from 30 Hz to 15 kHz Synchronous AM Noise. . . . . . . . . 40 dB RMS at 400 Hz with 25 kHz deviation IRT Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available upon request NICAM Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available upon request
dVB-t, dVB-t2, isdB-tB, CmmB, FLOtV, CttB specifications
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 13,123 ft (4,000 m) elevation above mean sea level Ambient Temperature Range. . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) at sea level (upper limit derated 35.6 F (2 C) per 984 ft (300 m) elevation AMSL) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95%, non-condensing Cooling Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air input with built-in filter at front; air exhaust with built-in DC fans at rear; ducted air exhaust and/or input available as option
Analog
Analog Television Systems . . . . . . CCIR G, I, K, K1, M, N Color Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAL, NTSC, SECAM Sound Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monaural, BTSC, IRT, NICAM G Power Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Vision peak of sync) 15 W to 3 kW available
574
Video Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 inputs 75 ohms, 0.7 to 1.4 V, 75 ohms, 32 dB return loss Regulation of Output Power1 . . . . . 3% Variation of Output Power2 . . . . . . 2% Vision Sideband Response3. . . . . . PAL system G shown (other systems available) -1.25 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or less -4.43 MHz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or less -0.75 to -1.25 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 dB or less -0.5 to +4.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -0.5 dB +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.5 dB +5.75 MHz and above . . . . . . . . . -35 dB or less Frequency Stability4 . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month Differential Gain5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Differential Phase5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Low Frequency Linearity6 . . . . . . . 10% Incidental Carrier Phase Modulation5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB (weighted) K Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% or less with 2T sin2 pulse 20T Equivalent Gain and Delay . . . 3% total baseline distortion
Power Output (Average) . . . . . . . . 10 W to 2 kW available; measured at output of optional mask filter Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-T, standard ETS 300744, ISDB-Tb (Brazillian standard) ASI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female; 75 ohms acc. to EN 50083-9 (2 main/2 hierarchical) Output Power Reduction . . . . . . . . 0 dB to -6 dB Crest Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 13 dB Shoulder Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-37 dB (before mask filter) END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >34 dB Harmonics (before filter) . . . . . . . . <-40 dB Central Carrier Suppression . . . . . >75 dB Frequency Stability (without external reference) . . . . . 150 Hz/month Frequency Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Hz resolution
AtsC specifications
Power Output (average) . . . . . . . . 10 W to 2 kW available; measured at output of optional mask filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATSC A-53, 8-VSB DTV standard Data Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data: 19.39 Mb/s Impedance: 75 ohms, unbalanced Standard: SMPTE 310M Connector: 2 BNC, female, isolated External Precise Frequency Input . . Frequency: 10 MHz, sinusoidal Impedance: 50 ohms, unbalanced Level: 0 to +10 dBm Connector: BNC 50 ohms, female Signal to Noise (EVM) . . . . . . . . . . 27 dB or better (4% or less) Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <104 dBc/Hz @ 20 kHz offset (ATSC A/64) Pilot Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . Less than 150 Hz/month Less than 3 Hz with internal or external PFC Harmonic Radiation and Spurious . . Meets mask requirements specified in FCC 5th and 6th report and order Sideband Performance . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC radiation mask, when measured at the output of Harris-supplied output filter www.broadcast.harris.com
Maxiva UAX
Remote Control

575
1
Compliance
Variation of peak output power with a change in average picture level from black to white (0% to 100%). Peak-to-peak variation of peak sync voltage during one field using field test signal per EIA-508. Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05:1 VSWR. After initial aging of 60 days. Measured using 20% peak-to-peak amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at 10%, 50% and 90% APL. All percentages relative to a blanking to white transition. Measured using a 5-step staircase signal. Test signal #3, CCIR REC. #421-3 Derate maximum temperature by 35.6 F (2 C) per 1,000 ft (305 m) above mean sea level.
3 4 5
RoHS: 2002/95/EC R&TTE: 1999/5/EC Safety: EN 60215 EMC: EN 301-489-1 FCC Part 73
images/diagrams
UAX-10 Digital/UAX-15AN
PA
Exciter/Controller
UAX-50/100 Digital/UAX-75/150AN
PA
PA
Exciter/Controller
PA PA PA
Exciter/Controller
PA
PA
PA PA PA
Exciter/Controller
PA
PA
Maxiva UAX
Exciter/Controller
EX. Sw
Exciter/Controller
(Shown with 44RU deluxe rack)
Exciter/Controller
EX. Sw
Exciter/Controller
(With optional dual exciters in 44 RU deluxe rack)
576
Maxiva UAX
Digital Models (xx = modulation) UAX-10xx UAX-50xx UAX-100xx UAX-250xx UAX-500xx UAX-1000xx UAX-2000xx Analog Models UAX-15AN UAX-75AN UAX-150AN UAX-375AN UAX-750AN UAX-1500AN UAX-3000AN

577
power Before Filter (Watts) 13 63 125 313 625 1,250 2,500 power Before Filter (Watts) 19 94 188 313 938 1,875 3,750
power After Filter (Watts) 10 50 100 250 500 1,000 2,000 power After Filter (Watts) 15 75 150 375 750 1,500 3,000
RF Output Connector N Female N Female N Female 7-16 DIN 7-16 DIN 7-16 DIN 1-5/8 EIA RF Output Connector N Female N Female N Female 7-16 DIN 7-16 DIN 7-16 DIN 1-5/8 EIA
total Rack space (*with dual exciters) 4RU 4RU 4RU 9RU 9RU 14RU/*21RU 24RU/*31RU total Rack space (*with dual exciters) 4RU 4RU 4RU 9RU 9RU 14RU/*21RU 24RU/*31RU
PowerCD
High-Power UHF ATSC Transmitter

Features Apex M2X exciter Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) provides continuous automatic correction, assuring optimum performance at all times Developed specifically for the demands of digital transmission for uncompromised signal quality New design ensures tube protection without the headache of thyratron crowbars Simple keylocks provide quick access to high-voltage components without compromising safety Familiar de-ionized water-cooling provides clean and easy operation Liquid-cooled driver amplifiers for best efficiency and low operating costs Harris eCDi web-enabled remote GUI interface
PowerCD high-power UHF ATSC transmitters combine energy-saving collector inductive output tube (ESCIOT) power amplifiers (PAs) and efficiency-boosting exclusives to give you the best value of any transmitter in its class. With PowerCD transmitters, you can hold the line on costs, reduce maintenance and experience the peace of mind that comes with every transmitter from Harris your source for proven technology and the support you need.

general
Product details
minimize Costs
RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, <1 .1:1 VSWR over specified TV channel System RF Output Connector . . . . PWR30D1: 6 1/8 in. EIA, 50 ohms, flanged PWR60D2: WR1800, WR1500 or WR1150 waveguide (coaxial transition supplied upon request) PWR90D3: WR1800, WR1500 or WR1150 waveguide (coaxial transition supplied upon request)
physical dimensions
Start with the ESCIOT PA. Combine the Apex M2X exciter with Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) technology and Cool Fuel sharp-tuned filtering Harris exclusives that enable your transmitter to generate maximum in-band RF power per watt of electricity. Add liquid-cooled intermediate power amplifiers (IPAs) that lower your transmitter buildings heat load and related cooling costs. You will find that PowerCD is much more than a new tube: It is a unique combination of technologies that work together to minimize operating costs throughout the life of the transmitter.
spare Your engineers
model
PowerCD transmitters reduce maintenance, tweaks and repairs in many ways. Our new design ensures tube protection without the headache of thyratron crowbars. Simple keylocks provide quick access to HV components without compromising safety. Familiar de-ionized water-cooling provides clean and easy operation. Plus, RTAC ensures continuous adaptive correction without labor-intensive tweaks and resets. PowerCD respects the time of your most important technical asset your engineers.
Know Whats Happening
transmitter Beam (W x d x H) power supply (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 1 unit, each: PWR30D1 PWR30D1U2 79 x 56 x 79 in. 46 x 60 x 62 in. 2 x 1.4 x 1.2 m 1.2 x 1.5 x 1.6 m PWR30D1U3 2 units, each: PWR60D2 1 unit, each: PWR60D2U3 134 x 56 x 79 in. 46 x 60 x 62 in. 3.4 x 1.4 x 2 m 1.2 x 1.5 x 1.6 m 3 units, each: PWR90D3 1 unit, each: 190 x 56 x 79 in. 46 x 60 x 62 in. 4.8 x 1.4 x 2 m 1.2 x 1.5 x 1.6 m
performance
indoor pump supply (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 26 x 46 x 75 in. .66 x 1.2 x 1.9 m 1 unit, each: 26 x 46 x 75 in. .66 x 1.2 x 1.9 m 1 unit, each: 26 x 46 x 75 in. .66 x 1.2 x 1.9 m
Output Fan unit (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 44 x 92 x 43 in. 1 x 2.3 x 1.1 m 1 unit, each: 44 x 172 x 43 in. 1 x 4.4 x 1.1 m 2 units, each: 44 x 132 x 43 in. 1 x 3.3 x 1.1 m
The standard Harris eCDi transmitter performance monitoring system gives you complete visibility of all operating parameters and complete transmitter control, locally or remotely. A highly intuitive graphical user interface (GUI) displays information and provides drill-down capability whether you are standing in front of the transmitter or sitting in front of a PC miles away. SNMP connections can link your transmitter to a remote network management system. eCDi can even provide e-mail notification if a fault occurs.
Dtv Power output1
Stability of Output Power SNR (MER)3 Power Consumption4 (typical, including cooling)
model output Average Digital Power PWR30D1 27.5 kW minimum (30 kW, typical) PWR60D2 55 kW minimum (60 kW, typical) PWR90D3 82.5 kW minimum (90 kW, typical) 2% or better 27 dB (>30 dB typical) model PWR30D1 PWR60D2 PWR90D3 Power Consumption 84 KVA 156 KVA 213 KVA www.broadcast.harris.com
578
PowerCD
service Conditions
High-Power UHF ATSC Transmitter

579
Ambient Temperature Range5 . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Ambient Humidity Range . . . . . . . 0 to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing Altitude6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 7,500 ft (2,286 m) AMSL (higher altitude operation available) Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . 480 V, 2%, 3-phase, 3 or 4 wire, 60 Hz
notes
1
US channels 14-51. For channels 52-69, consult Harris. Average power outputs are after FCC mask filter and typical RF combining systems, if present. After initial aging of 60 days. Signal to noise ratio (modulation error ratio) measured with HP89440A/HP89441A vector signal analyzer. Power consumption figures are estimates and subject to fluctuations depending on frequency of operation and environmental conditions. Derate maximum temperature linearly, from 113 F (45 C) at sea level by 35.6 F (2 C) per 1,000 ft (304.8 m), up to 7,500 ft (2,286 m). For operation outside these limits, consult Harris. For specifications at higher altitude operation, consult Harris.
2 3
DiamondCD
Solid-State UHF ATSC Transmitter

Features Apex M2X multimedia exciter, allowing easy migration between standards Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) provides continuous automatic correction, assuring optimum performance at all times Developed specifically for the demands of digital transmission for uncompromised signal quality Parallel operation of redundant components provides unsurpassed reliability Compact footprint, yet powerful configuration allows for flexible installation layouts Modular power supply design provides continued operation while faulty unit is removed On-air servicing of PA modules to eliminate downtime Air-cooled amplifiers for ease of installation and low maintenance costs Backed by broadcastings most extensive factory support, including 24-hour technical assistance, around-the-clock parts and comprehensive training
DiamondCD transmitters, featuring LDMOS solid-state technology, provide a new level of UHF reliability. Each DiamondCD system includes a control cabinet and one to five power amplifier cabinets. The control cabinet houses the system controller, exciter, monitoring and control panel/graphical user interface (GUI), driver amplifier, and an optional second exciter and driver with automatic changeover. You can upgrade your DiamondCD transmitter to provide IP-based control and monitoring by using the Harris eCDi performance monitoring system, tied to the station LAN or directly to the Internet.
Product details
Control Cabinet solid-state Amplification
The control cabinet houses the system controller, monitoring and control panel, exciter, driver amplifiers and an optional second exciter with automatic changeover. It also controls electronic RF phase and gain balancing used in multiple amplifier cabinet configurations. Serial RS-232 and standard parallel remote control interfaces are also included.
graphical user interface
Using the latest technology in LDMOS power transistors, the RF amplifiers are extremely rugged. They provide high efficiency and high gain, and exhibit excellent thermal characteristics. Linearity and IMD performance are better than older bipolar designs. Unlike tube amplifiers, solid-state devices have no wear-out mechanism.
power supplies
An eye-level graphical user interface (GUI) provides easy-to-understand transmitter status information, complete with signal flow diagrams and analog bar-graph metering.
power Amplifier (pA) Cabinet
Compact, modular, regulated power supplies can be removed while the transmitter is on the air. Power supplies are protected from incoming AC line transients, over current and over voltage. Up to eight power supplies per PA cabinet minimize output power loss. The result is minimal loss of viewers due to the cliff effect.
Cooling
When fully populated with 16 PA modules, each cabinet is a self-contained power RF amplifier with its own AC power feed, control circuits, interlocks, air cooling, RF amplifiers and power supplies.
power Amplifiers
Air cooling with internal or external fans is provided. With the internal fan, air enters through filters in the rear door of each PA cabinet and is circulated by a direct drive fan. Air is exhausted from the top of the cabinet. An optional, external version is ideal when it is necessary to isolate transmitter cooling air from building air.
All PA modules are identical and interchangeable. Each hot-pluggable module features a high-speed DC switch that disables the module if a fault occurs or if the module is removed from the transmitter. Modules are protected against high reflected power, over-temperature, low gain and RF overdrive conditions. Fault status and metering are displayed on the main control panel.
580
DiamondCD
Solid-State UHF ATSC Transmitter

581
general
RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR over specified TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . 3 1/8 in. EIA (PA cabinet outputs) Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any specified UHF TV channel, 470 to 806 MHz Data Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 310M, 19.39 Mb/s Data Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms PFC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 MHz sinusoid, 0 to +10 dBm, BNC, 50 ohms
peRFORmAnCe dtV power Output
7
Electrical Requirements:5 . . . . . . . 208 to 240 V 10%, 3, 3 or 4 wire, 50 to 60 Hz (select one) (PA cabinets) and 110 V, 10%, 1, 50 to 60 Hz (control cabinet) 480 V 10%, 3, 3 or 4 wire, 50 to 60 Hz (PA cabinets) and 110 V, 10%, 1, 50 to 60 Hz (control cabinet) Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.97, or better power Consumption DHD8P1 12.7 kVA DHD10P1 16.3 kVA DHD15P1 20.5 kVA DHD20P1 29.5 kVA DHD30P1 38.8 kVA
notes
1 2
model DHD8P1 DHD10P1 DHD15P1 DHD20P1 DHD30P1
Output power 1.8 kW average 2.5 kW average 3.6 kW average 5.5 kW average 7.25 kW average
model DHD45P2 DHD60P2 DHD90P3 DHD120P4 DHD150P5
Output power 10.5 kW average 14 kW average 20.5 kW average 27.5 kW average 34.5 kW average
DHD45P2 DHD60P2 DHD90P3 DHD120P4 DHD150P5
56.7 kVA 75.3 kVA 113.4 kVA 150.5 kVA 187.6 kVA
After initial aging of 60 days. Signal to noise ratio (modulation error ratio) measured with HP89440A/HP89441A vector signal analyzer. Derate maximum temperature linearly, from 113 F (45 C) at sea level by 35.6 F (2 C) per 1,000 ft (304.8 m) up to 7,500 ft (2,286 m). For operation outside these limits, consult Harris. For higher altitude operation, consult Harris. For other AC voltages, consult Harris. 3 Hz or better with external precision frequency control option. Average power rating is power delivered at output of FCC mask filter.
Stability of Output Power . . . . . . . 2% or better Frequency Stability (Pilot):1,6 . . . . . 200 Hz/month Frequency Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . Per FCC requirements SNR (MER):2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 dB Harmonic and Spurious Radiation . . Compliant with FCC requirements (Title 47 CFR 73.622) Sideband Performance . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC mask, with Harris specified output filter (Title 47 CFR 73.622)
service Conditions
4 5 6 7
Ambient Temperature Range:3 . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Ambient Humidity Range . . . . . . . 0 to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing Altitude:4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 7,500 ft (2,286 m) AMSL physical dimensions and Weights DHD8P1 through DHD30P1 DHD45P2 and DHD60P2 DHD90P3 DHD120P4 DHD150P5 size (W x d x H) 57.1 x 61 x 72.25 in. (1.4 x 1.5 x 1.8 m) 91.1 x 61 x 72.25 in. 2.3 x 1.5 x 1.8 m) 125.1 x 61 x 72.25 in. (3.2 x 1.5 x 1.8 m) 159.1 x 61 x 72.25 in. (4 x 1.5 x 1.8 m) 193.1 x 61 x 72.25 in. (4.9 x 1.5 x 1.8 m) Weight Up to 2,488 lbs (1,128 kg) (DHD30P1) Up to 4,476 lbs (2,030 kg) (DHD60P2) 6,464 lbs (2,932 kg) 8,452 lbs (3,834 kg) 10,440 lbs (4,735 kg)
Sigma CD
Tube UHF ATSC Transmitter

Features Apex M2X multimedia exciter, allowing easy migration between standards Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) provides continuous automatic correction, assuring optimum performance at all times Ultra-redundant design provides unmatched reliability in a high-efficiency tube transmitter Diamond Drive LDMOS intermediate power amplifier (IPA) offers the ultimate in intermediate stage efficiency and linearity, ensuring the best system performance available. This amplifier, straight out of the DiamondCD transmitter, is easily swapped and extremely reliable Independent, redundant design of power amplifier cabinets allows on-air maintenance in multiple-tube systems Automatic gain control (AGC) circuitry and high-speed thyratron crowbar circuitry provide superior protection for extended power amplifier life Reliable, distributed control architecture provides for outstanding reliability and simple serviceability Intuitive graphical user interface (GUI) provides simple and easy control of the Sigma CD, both locally and remotely Straightforward logic control, front-panel LED status indicators, and accessible design simplify operation and maintenance Backed by broadcastings most extensive factory support, including 24-hour technical assistance, around-the-clock parts and comprehensive training
The Sigma CD series of high-power UHF DTV transmitters utilizes inductive output tube technology and provides high efficiency and cost performance. Each SigmaCD system includes a control cabinet and one to four power amplifier (PA) cabinets. The control cabinet houses the system controller, exciter, monitoring and control panel/graphical user interface (GUI) and an optional second exciter. You can upgrade your Sigma CD transmitter to provide IP-based control and monitoring by using the Harris eCDi performance monitoring system, tied to the station LAN or directly to the Internet..
general
service Conditions
RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR over specified TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . 4-1/16 in. flanged (at PA cabinet outputs) Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any specified UHF TV channel, 470 to 806 MHz Data Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 310M, 19.39 Mb/s Data Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms PFC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 MHz sinusoid, 0 to +10 dBm, BNC, 50 ohms
peRFORmAnCe dtV power Output7
Ambient Temperature Range:4 . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Ambient Humidity Range . . . . . . . 0 to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing Altitude:5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 7,500 ft (2,286 m) AMSL
model CD3070P1 CD3100P1 CD3140P2
Output power 70 kW peak, 15 kW average 100 kW peak, 21 kW average 140 kW peak, 30 kW average
model CD3200P2 CD3300P3 CD3400P4
Output power 200 kW peak, 42 kW average 300 kW peak, 63 kW average 400 kW peak, 84 kW average
582
Stability of Output Power . . . . . . . 2% or better Frequency Stability (Pilot):2 . . . . . . 200 Hz/month, 3 Hz or better with external precision frequency control option Frequency Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . Per FCC requirements SNR (MER):3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 dB (>30 dB typical) Harmonic and Spurious Radiation . . Compliant with FCC requirements Sideband Performance . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC mask, with optional Harris specified output filter
Sigma CD
physical dimensions
Tube UHF ATSC Transmitter

583
model CD3070P1 and CD3100P1 CD3140P2 and CD3200P2 CD3300P3
CD3400P4
transmitter (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 82 x 55 x 72 in. (2.1 x 1.4 x 1.8 m) 2,425 lbs (1,110 kg) 1 unit, each: 141 x 55 x 72 in. (3.6 x 1.4 x 1.8 m) 4,525 lbs (2,052 kg) 1 unit, each: 199 x 55 x 72 in. (5 x 1.4 x 1.8 m) 6,625 lbs (3,005 kg) 1 unit, each: 258 x 55 x 72 in. (6.5 x 1.4 x 1.8 m) 8,725 lbs (3,958 kg)
Beam power supply (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 46 x 56 x 62 in. (1.2 x 1.4 x 1.6 m) 3,700 lbs (1,678 kg) 2 units, each: 46 x 56 x 62 in. (1.2 x 1.4 x 1.6 m) 3,700 lbs (1,678 kg) 3 units, each: 46 x 56 x 62 in. (1.2 x 1.4 x 1.6 m) 3,700 lbs (1,678 kg) 4 units, each: 46 x 56 x 62 in. (1.2 x 1.4 x 1.6 m) 3,700 lbs (1,678 kg)
Fan unit (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 44 x 92 x 43 in. (1.1 x 2.3 x 1.1 m) 685 lbs (310 kg) 1 unit, each: 44 x 132 x 43 in. (1.1 x 3.3 x 1.1 m) 946 lbs (429 kg) 1 unit, each: 44 x 172 x 43 in. (1.1 x 4.4 x 1.1 m) 1,340 lbs (608 kg) 2 units, each: 44 x 132 x 43 in. (1.1 x 3.3 x 1.1 m) 946 lbs (429 kg)
pump module (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 36 x 62 x 66 in. (0.9 x 1.6 x 1.7 m) 800 lbs (363 kg) 1 unit, each: 36 x 62 x 66 in. (0.9 x 1.6 x 1.7 m) 800 lbs (363 kg) 1 unit, each: 36 x 62 x 66 in. (0.9 x 1.6 x 1.7 m) 800 lbs (363 kg) 2 units, each: 36 x 62 x 66 in. (0.9 x 1.6 x 1.7 m) 800 lbs (363 kg)
AC Line Control (W x d x H) 1 unit, each: 36 x 12 x 60 in. (0.9 x 0.3 x 1.5 m) 365 lbs (165 kg) 2 units, each: 36 x 12 x 60 in. (0.9 x 0.3 x 1.5 m) 365 lbs (165 kg) 3 units, each: 36 x 12 x 60 in. (0.9 x 0.3 x 1.5 m) 365 lbs (165 kg) 4 units, each: 36 x 12 x 60 in. (0.9 x 0.3 x 1.5 m) 365 lbs (165 kg)
Electrical Requirements:6 . . . . . . . 480 volts, 2%, 3-phase, 3 or 4 wire, 60 Hz Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9, or better power Consumption (typical, including cooling) CD3070P1 66 kW CD3200P2 184 kW CD3100P1 93 kW CD3300P3 275 kW CD3140P2 130 kW CD3400P4 366 kW
notes
1
Average power outputs are after FCC mask filter and typical RF combining systems, if present. After initial aging of 60 days. Signal to noise ratio (modulation error ratio) measured with HP89440A/HP89441A vector signal analyzer. Derate maximum temperature linearly, from 113 F (45 C) at sea level by 35.6 F (2 C) per 1,000 ft (304.8 m) up to 7,500 ft (2,286 m). For operation outside these limits, consult Harris. For higher altitude operation, consult Harris. Other AC voltages available, consult Harris.
2 3
5 6
Platinum VLX
teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // vHf TrAnsMiTTers
Liquid-Cooled VHF Multimedia TV Transmitter

Features PowerSmart technology, for best-in-class power efficiency and lowest operating costs Rugged, reliable design and construction Digital power levels up to 28.2 kW Incorporates field-proven Harris Apex M2X exciter technology, allowing easy migration from analog to digital, or between different standards All-digital linear and nonlinear precorrection, including exclusive Harris Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) Fully broadband PA modules 168 to 242 MHz 1:1 PA module to power supply redundancy Hot-pluggable linear RF amplifier modules Automatic restart after AC mains interruption; returns to previous operational mode Liquid-cooled RF amplifiers, DC power supplies, RF combiners and reject loads to minimize room air-conditioning costs Straightforward monitoring and in-depth diagnostics via easy-to-use, front-panel controls Incorporates Harris eCDi web-enabled remote control graphical user interface
The Platinum VLX liquid-cooled VHF solid-state transmitter incorporates Harris PowerSmart technology and the Harris Apex M2X multimedia exciter to provide todays broadcaster unmatched performance, reliability and quality. Designed with future broadcasting needs in mind, the Platinum VLX transmitter is a single-transmitter platform capable of multiple modulation schemes for Band III VHF analog or digital operation including ATSC, ATSC MH, DVB-T/H, DVB-T2, ISDB-TB, FLOTV, CMMB, CTTB and DAB/DMB. Software upgrades allow easy migration to different modulation requirements. You can be confident that your Platinum VLX transmitter will deliver a flawless digital signal that complies with technical and regulatory standards for all multimedia and mobile television services. Single cabinet configurations operate at power levels up to 9.6 kW COFDM and 14 kW analog, and multiple cabinets can be combined for digital power levels up to 28.2 kW. Harris powersmart technology inside With PowerSmart technology in its transmitter architecture, the Platinum VLX offers superior power and efficiency. New 50-volt LDMOS device technology delivers a dramatic increase in power density, lower operating costs and reduced cost of ownership over the life of the transmitter.
Product details
Compact Footprint
As the most compact liquid-cooled Band III transmitter, the Platinum VLX is ideal for crowded, shared transmitter sites. The Platinum VLX transmitter reduces facility space requirements, simplifies installation, lowers shipping costs and allows for easier maintenance.
global monitoring and Control
Platinum VLX transmitters use a modular transmitter control unit (TCU) housed in the main transmitter cabinet. The TCU communicates with the modules of the exciter and transmitter, as well as with the cabinet level controllers located in additional cabinets. A color touchscreen allows easy review of all operational parameters and easy diagnosis of any equipment problems. Front-panel, finger-friendly buttons and bright LED indicators provide straightforward control and feedback on all the key operating parameters. The additional navigation buttons allow for simple review, setup and recall of all menus via the front-panel screen. Simply connect a PC to either the front- or rear-panel RF-45 jack, and you can monitor and control all the settings on your PC. In addition to local control, options allow the Platinum VLX transmitter to be controlled from anywhere in the world with an intuitive, browser-based GUI or SNMP over TCP/IP via a telecom or network connection with password protection.
Hot-pluggable, redundant power amplifier (PA) and universal power supply (PS) modules make on-air servicing a breeze and eliminate costly service interruptions. Lightweight universal PA pallets and universal PS modules facilitate overnight/same-day shipping for simple, cost-effective spares holding. With lightweight subassemblies, the Platinum VLX virtually eliminates any two-person lift requirements for routine maintenance and troubleshooting.
smooth upgradeability
The Platinum VLX features the world-class Apex M2X software-defined exciter, allowing for a seamless transition from any analog standard to a digital terrestrial standard, or from an existing digital standard to a future standard, such as from DVB-T to DVB-T2 or from ATSC to ATSC MH.
584
Platinum VLX
general

585
Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 to 242 MHz Channel Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 5, 6, 7 or 8 MHz RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR over any single TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 or 3-1/8 in. EIA (dependent upon power level)
AC mains
Pilot Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . Less than 200 Hz/month Less than 3 Hz with internal or external PFC Harmonic Radiation and Spurious . . Meets mask requirements specified in FCC 5th and 6th report and order Sideband Performance . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC radiation mask, when measured at the output of Harris-supplied output filter
Analog
AC Line Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase 50/60 Hz, 380 to 415 V, or 208 to 240 V (specify when ordering) AC Line Variation . . . . . . . . . . . . . +10% to -10% Power Factor (displacement) . . . . . 0.90, typical
environmental
Analog Television Systems . . . . . . CCIR G, I, K, K1, M, N Color Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAL, NTSC Sound Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monaural, BTSC, IRT, NICAM G Power Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 kW to 14 kW per cabinet (vision peak of sync)
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 13,123 ft (4,000 m) elevation above mean sea level Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) at sea level (upper limit derated 35.6 F (2 C) per 984 ft (300 m) elevation AMSL) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95%, non-condensing Cooling Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid (50% mixture of water and ethylene glycol or propylene glycol) Acoustic Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 dBA (measured 1 meter in front of cabinet, not including pump module)
dVB-t/H /isdB-tB /dAB/dmB/CmmB/CttB specifications
Power Output (average) . . . . . . . . 1.2 W to 9.6 kW per cabinet; measured before mask filter output Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-T, standard ETS 300744; ISDB-Tb (Brazillian standard), DAB/DMB; ETSI TR101 496-1 ASI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, female; 75 ohms acc. to EN 50083-9 Output Power Reduction . . . . . . . . 0 dB to -6 dB Crest Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 13 dB Shoulder Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-37 dB (before mask filter) END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >34 dB Harmonics (before filter) . . . . . . . . <-40 dB Central Carrier Suppression . . . . . >75 dB Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month (without external reference) Frequency Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 kHz, 1 Hz increments (fine tuning)
AtsC specifications
Video Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 to 1.4 V, 75 ohms, 34 dB return loss Regulation of Output Power1 . . . . . 3% Variation of Output Power2 . . . . . . 2% Vision Sideband Response3. . . . . . PAL system G shown (other systems available) -1.25 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or less -4.43 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or less -0.75 to -1.25 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 dB or less -0.5 to +4.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -0.5 dB +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.5 dB +5.75 MHz and above . . . . . . . . . 35 dB or less Frequency Stability4 . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month Differential Gain5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Differential Phase5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Low Frequency Linearity6 . . . . . . . 10%
incidental Carrier phase
Modulation5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >60 dB (weighted) K Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% or less with 2T sin2 pulse 20T Equivalent Gain and Delay . . . 3% total baseline distortion Spurious and Harmonic Radiation . . -60 dB, or better In-Channel Intermodulation . . . . . . -58 dB (-60 dB, typical) Distortion
Analog sound performance
Power Output (Average) . . . . . . . . 1.2 to 9.6 kW per cabinet; measured before mask filter output System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATSC A-53, 8-VSB DTV standard Data Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data: 19.39 Mb/s Impedance: 75 ohms, unbalanced Standard: SMPTE 310M Connector: 2 BNC, female, isolated External Precise Frequency Input . . Frequency: 10 MHz, sinusoidal Impedance: 50 ohms, unbalanced Level: 0 to +10 dBm Connector: BNC, 50 ohms, female Signal to Noise (EVM) . . . . . . . . . . 27 dB or better (4% or less) Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <104 dBc/Hz @ 20 kHz offset (ATSC A/64)
Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month Modulation Capability . . . . . . . . . . 120 kHz peak deviation Monaural Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable 0 to +12 dBm, 600 ohms, balanced, >30 dB return loss Pre-emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable 75 or 50 S Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB, 40 Hz to 15 kHz Harmonic Distortion . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5%, 30 Hz to 15 kHz FM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 dB RMS with de-emphasis AM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 dB RMS from 30 Hz to 15 kHz Synchronous AM Noise. . . . . . . . . 40 dB RMS at 400 Hz with 25 kHz deviation IRT Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available upon request NICAM Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available upon request
Platinum VLX
Remote Control

Compliance
monitoring Outputs
RoHS: 2002/95/EC R&TTE: 1999/5/EC Safety: EN 60215 EMC: EN 301-489-1 FCC Part 73 Variation of peak output power with a change in average picture level from black to white (0% to 100%). Peak-to-peak variation of peak sync voltage during one field using field test signal per EIA-508. Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05:1 VSWR. After initial aging of 60 days. Measured using 20% peak-to-peak amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at 10%, 50% and 90% APL. All percentages relative to a blanking to white transition. Measured using a 5-step staircase signal. Test signal #3, CCIR REC. #421-3 derate maximum temperature by 35.6 F (2 C) per 1000 ft (304.8 m) above mean sea level
SAT-IF, ETI OUT, ETI (NI), ETI-frame, COFDM-frame, LO, RF monitor (low power stage), 1 Hz (1pps signal), reference frequency (10 MHz), incident and reflected Tx output (optional)
3 4
images/diagrams
power Levels
number of Cabinets 1
number of pA modules 2 4 6 8 12 16
COFdm power power Levels Before Filter 1,200 2400 3,600 4,800 7,200 9,600 14,000 18,800 21,000 28,200
2 3
24 (12+12) 32 (16+16) 36 (12+12+12) 48 (16+16+16)
Block diagram
Up to 16 PAs
Surge Protection AC Inputs Surge Protection AC Distribution to PAs and Control
To Other Cabinets
Exciter A
Redundant Drivers
Exciter Switch
Redundant Drivers (optional)
Transmitter Output
Downconverter (Analog TV) RF Detector LAN/WAN Pump Module Interlock Parallel Remote and Meter
Customer I/O Video, Audio ASI/ETI/REF Connector
586
Platinum VAX
Air-Cooled VHF Multimedia TV Transmitter

587
Features PowerSmart technology, for best-in-class power efficiency and lowest operating costs Rugged, reliable design and construction Digital power levels up to 10 kW Incorporates field-proven Harris Apex M2X exciter technology, allowing easy migration from analog to digital, or between different standards All-digital linear and nonlinear precorrection, including exclusive Harris Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) Fully broadband PA modules 168 to 242 MHz 1:1 PA module to power supply redundancy Hot-pluggable linear RF amplifier modules Automatic restart after AC mains interruption; returns to previous operational mode Liquid-cooled RF amplifiers, DC power supplies, RF combiners and reject loads to minimize room air-conditioning costs Straightforward monitoring and in-depth diagnostics via easy-to-use, front-panel controls Incorporates Harris eCDi web-enabled remote control graphical user interface
The Platinum VAX air-cooled VHF solid-state transmitter incorporates Harris PowerSmart technology and the Harris Apex M2X multimedia exciter to provide todays broadcaster unmatched performance, reliability and quality. Designed with future broadcasting needs in mind, the Platinum VAX transmitter is a single-transmitter platform capable of multiple modulation schemes for Band III VHF analog or digital operation including ATSC, ATSC MH, DVB-T/H, DVB-T2, ISDB-TB, FLOTV, CMMB, CTTB and DAB/DMB. Software upgrades allow easy migration to different modulation requirements. You can be confident that your Platinum VAX transmitter will deliver a flawless digital signal that complies with technical and regulatory standards for all multimedia and mobile television services. Single cabinet configurations operate at power levels up to 10 kW COFDM and 15 kW analog. Harris powersmart technology inside With PowerSmart technology in its transmitter architecture, the Platinum VAX offers superior power and efficiency. New 50-volt LDMOS device technology delivers a dramatic increase in power density, lower operating costs and reduced cost of ownership over the life of the transmitter.
Product details
Compact Footprint
As the most compact liquid-cooled Band III transmitter, the Platinum VAX is ideal for crowded, shared transmitter sites. The Platinum VAX transmitter reduces facility space requirements, simplifies installation, lowers shipping costs and allows for easier maintenance.
global monitoring and Control
Platinum VAX transmitters use a modular transmitter control unit (TCU) housed in the main transmitter cabinet. The TCU communicates with the modules of the exciter and transmitter, as well as with the cabinet level controllers located in additional cabinets. A color touchscreen allows easy review of all operational parameters and easy diagnosis of any equipment problems. Front-panel, finger-friendly buttons and bright LED indicators provide straightforward control and feedback on all the key operating parameters. The additional navigation buttons allow for simple review, setup and recall of all menus via the front-panel screen. Simply connect a PC to either the front- or rear-panel RF-45 jack, and you can monitor and control all the settings on your PC. In addition to local control, options allow the Platinum VAX transmitter to be controlled from anywhere in the world with an intuitive, browser-based GUI or SNMP over TCP/IP via a telecom or network connection with password protection.
Hot-pluggable, redundant power amplifier (PA) and universal power supply (PS) modules make on-air servicing a breeze, and eliminate costly service interruptions. Lightweight universal PA pallets and universal PS modules facilitate overnight/same-day shipping for simple, cost-effective spares holding. With lightweight subassemblies, the Platinum VAX virtually eliminates any two-person lift requirements for routine maintenance and troubleshooting.
smooth upgradeability
The Platinum VAX features the world-class Apex M2X software-defined exciter, allowing for a seamless transition from any analog standard to a digital terrestrial standard, or from an existing digital standard to a future standard, such as from DVB-T to DVB-T2 or from ATSC to ATSC MH.
Platinum VAX
general

Weight (single drive), all modules installed: VAX 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 lbs (25 kg) VAX 250 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 lbs (35 kg) VAX 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 lbs (80 kg) VAX 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 lbs (90 kg) VAX 4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 lbs (240 kg) VAX 6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726 lbs (330 kg) VAX 8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,056 lbs (480 kg) Air Cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air input with built-in filter at front; air exhaust with built-in DC fans at rear; ducted air exhaust and/or input available as option
dVB-t/H/isdB-tB/dAB/dmB/CmmB/CttB
Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 to 242 MHz, in 8 kHz increments RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR over any single TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . Type-N, female or 1-5/8 in. EIA (dependent upon power level)
AC mains
AC Mains Requirement VAX 500 and Smaller . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 V AC, 47 to 63 Hz, dual IEC C20 inlets VAX 1000 and Larger . . . . . . . . . . 200 to 264 V AC 47 to 63 Hz, triple IEC C20 inlets for each 1000/2000 W chassis; configurable onsite for single- or three-phase connection: 200 to 264 V AC single phase 200 to 264 V AC delta 200 to 264 V AC wye 350 to 450 V AC wye Optional in-rack AC distribution chassis provides individual circuit breaker protection for each AC input. Power Consumption, including exciter at maximum before filter power level: VAX 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000 W maximum; 800 W, typical VAX 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,500 W maximum; 1,300 W, typical VAX 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,500 W maximum; 2,225 W, typical VAX 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,500 W maximum; 4,100 W, typical VAX 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,500 W maximum; 7.850 W, typical VAX 4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,500 W maximum; 15,350 W, typical VAX 6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,500 W maximum; 22,850 W, typical VAX 8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,500 W maximum; 30,350 W, typical Power Factor (displacement) . . . . . 0.98, typical
environmental
Power Output (average) . . . . . . . . 30 W to 10 kW models available; measured before mask filter output Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-T, standard ETS 300744, ISDB-Tb (Brazil standard) ASI Inputs (2 main/2 hierarchical) . . 4-type BNC, female; 75 ohms acc. to EN 50083-9 Output Power Reduction . . . . . . . . 0 dB to -6 dB Crest Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 13 dB Shoulder Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-37 dB (before mask filter) END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >34 dB Harmonics (before filter) . . . . . . . . <-40 dB Central Carrier Suppression . . . . . >75 dB Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Hz/month (without external reference) Frequency Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MHz resolution
AtsC
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 9,842 ft (3,000 m) elevation above mean sea level Ambient Temperature Range. . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) at sea level (upper limit derated 35.6 F (2 C) per 984 ft (300 m) elevation AMSL) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95%, non-condensing
general
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard EIA rack 19 in. (48.3 cm) 1RU = 1.75 in. (4.45 cm) VAX 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5RU (single drive), 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth VAX 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10RU (single drive), 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth VAX 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10RU (single drive), 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth VAX 1000, 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21RU (single drive), 24.4 in. (62 cm) depth VAX 4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44RU rack, 31.5 in. (80 cm) depth VAX 6000, 8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2x 44RU racks, 31.5 in. (80 cm) depth
Power Output (average) . . . . . . . . 30 W to 10 kW models available; measured before mask filter output System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATSC A-53, 8VSB DTV standard Data Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data: 19.39 Mb/s Impedance: 75 ohms, unbalanced Standard: SMPTE 310 M Connector: 2 BNC female, isolated External precise frequency Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency: 10 MHz, sinusoidal Impedance: 50 ohms, unbalanced Level: 0 to +10 dBm Connector: BNC, 50 ohms, female Signal to Noise (EVM) . . . . . . . . . . 27 dB or better (4% or less) Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <104 dBc/Hz @ 20 kHz offset (ATSC A/64) Pilot Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . Less than 150 Hz/month Less than 3 Hz with internal or external PFC Harmonic Radiation and Spurious . . Meets mask requirements specified in FCC 5th and 6th report and order Sideband Performance . . . . . . . . . Compliant with FCC radiation mask, when measured at the output of Harris-supplied output filter
588
Platinum VAX
images/diagrams
power Levels

589
VAX 125 power Before Filter (Watts) Output Connector Rack space (single drive) pA modules ps modules
Block diagram
VAX 250 125-315 N female 10RU 2 2
VAX 500 250-630 N female 10RU 2 2
VAX 1000 500-1000 DIN 7-16 21RU 4 4
VAX 2000 1000-2500 DIN 7-16 21RU 9 8
VAX 4000 2000-5000 1-5/8 in. EIA 1 cabinet 18 16
VAX 6000 3000-7500 1-5/8 in. EIA 2 cabinets 27 24
VAX 8000 4000-10000 3-1/8 in. EIA 2 cabinets 36 32
30-160 N female 5RU 1 1
Up to 16 PAs per 2500 W block

Surge Protection AC Inputs Surge Protection To Other Cabinets Exciter A Exciter Switch AC Distribution to PAs and Control
Redundant Drivers
Transmitter Output
Downconverter (Analog TV) RF Detector LAN/WAN Interlock Parallel Remote and Meter
Customer I/O Video, Audio ASI/ETI/REF Connector
ordering inFormation For ordering information, contact your regional Harris sales representative.
DMB 670
DAB Digital Radio and DMB Mobile TV Transmitter

Features Extremely high-power density for a compact and lightweight space-saving design Reliable COFDM encoder generation with 12-bit resolution and: Uninterruptable input signal switchover Automatic NI/NA input signal detection All-digital linear and nonlinear precorrection Direct modulation with tunable synthesizer GPS receiver with extremely stable OCXO Powerful monitoring system: User-friendly PC and web interface Straightforward control, monitoring and in-depth diagnostics; easy-to-use, front-panel control Optional TCP/IP or SNMP remote monitoring interfaces Cost-effective reliable construction Digital power levels up to 10 kW pre-filter from two 19-in. rack cabinets Fully broadband modules, 168 to 242 MHz 1:1 PA module for power supply redundancy Hot-pluggable, linear RF amplifier modules and auto-ranging power supplies
The DMB 670 VHF solid-state transmitter is designed to provide todays multimedia broadcaster with a transmission platform capable of multiple modulation schemes. Incorporating the field-proven DAB 665 multi-standard exciter, the DMB 670 provides world-class performance, reliability and quality. The DAB 665 low-power exciter contains complete DAB/DMB signal processing functionality according to the EUREKA Project 147 specifications, from the ETI input to the RF output. The low-power unit contains the integrated transmitter control and monitoring system and communicates to the power amplifier (PA) bays in the system via RS-485. The amplifier bays hold a range of RF modules for pre-filter powers from 40 W to 10 kW using straightforward, reliable construction for simple operation and maintenance.
Product details Each DMB 670 transmitter combines a low-power unit and one or more amplifier bays, each with various configurations of PA modules to achieve the rated power. The amplifier bays contain several major systems:
power Amplifier (pA) Output Filter
The optional output filter is used to ensure mask compliance. These filters are compact, temperature-stable and provide low insertion loss. The non-critical spectrum mask filter has a six-circuit bandpass, while the critical mask filter requires the addition of two traps. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
general
The hot-pluggable power amplifier (PA) system features a pair of broadband (168 to 242 MHz) RF PA modules that require no user adjustments. Each amplifier can be easily replaced with a pre-tuned pallet, eliminating the need for optimization in the field. The PA modules are identical and fully interchangeable among all power classes in the DMB 670 transmitter family, regardless of configuration.
power supply (ps)
The hot-pluggable power supply (PS) module is a 1,200 W, 48 V PS with a .98 power factor and mains input range of 90 to 264 V. The PS interface provides on/off functionality to the power supplies, a fan tachometer alarm and redundant feed to the cooling system. Each module also has +5 V output to redundantly drive the low-voltage control circuits.
Cooling system
The air-cooling system includes internal redundant blowers that pull cool air from the front through a removable filter, as well as exhausts in the rear. Systems integrated in Harris cabinets feature top exhaust to support ducting and can optionally have ducted air input plenum to permit top, bottom or rear air input.
Control system
590
The main control system control is located in the low-power unit and communicates with each amplifier bay, each of which has independent protection and control capabilities. Each PA module has dedicated control and monitoring to support on/off functionality and alarms for reflected power, temperature and current overloads.
Modulation Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . DAB mode I DAB power output range (RMS)1 . . DMB670-125: 35 to 160 W DMB670-250: 125 to 315 W DMB670-500: 250 to 630 W DMB670-1000: 500 to 1,250 W DMB670-2000: 1,000 to 2,500 W DMB670-4000: 2,000 to 5,000 W DMB670-6000: 3,000 to 7,500 W DMB670-8000: 4,000 to 10,000 W Excitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DDS synthesis, no-IF, direct IQ modulation on channel SFN-capable with external reference or internal GPS option DMB670-125/250: DAB-665/0.2T-E06 DMB670-250//8000: DAB-665/40T-E06
DMB 670
DAB Digital Radio and DMB Mobile TV Transmitter

RF Amplifers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOSFET, broadband (no-tune), hot-pluggable, modular, universal (same type all tx models), 9.9 lbs (4.5 kg) Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switchmode, auto-ranging, hot-pluggable, modular, universal, 4.4 lbs (2.5 kg) Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 to 240 MHz, in 8 kHz increments Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 x 10E-10 per day (OXCO aging) (without external reference) Power Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 dB VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protected against open or short circuit, all phase angles Capable of operation into infinite VSWR with user-adjustable foldback threshold Factory pre-set to 4% of nominal nameplate power (VSWR = 1.5:1) Harmonic/Spurious Output . . . . . . Complies with EN 302077-2 when used in conjunction with filter having following attenuation specifications: Critical Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrated in-band loss <1 dB fc 970 kHz: >15 dB fc 1.75 MHz: >45 dB fc 3 MHz10 MHz: >45 dB 2 fc: >50 dB 3 fc: >10 dB 4 fc: >0 dB Non-Critical Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrated in-band loss <1 dB fc 970 kHz: >0 dB fc 1.75 MHz: >15 dB fc 3 MHz10 MHz: >45 dB 2 fc: >50 dB 3 fc: >10 dB 4 fc: >0 dB Shoulder Pre-filter . . . . . . . . . . . . <-35 dB, minimum <-40 dB, typical (compensated) Shoulder Post-filter . . . . . . . . . . . <-45 dB, minimum (compensated)2 Nonlinear Precorrection . . . . . . . . All-digital, user-adjustable Storage of 7 presets DAB critical mask compliant over entire power range without need for re-adjustment (when used with specified filter) Linear Precorrection . . . . . . . . . . . All-digital linear compensation of mask filter frequency response In-Band Frequency Response . . . . <1 dB3 Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TR 101 496-3 compliant Minimal Performance Levels . . . . . 10 Hz 75 Hz: -50 dBc 250 Hz: -60 dBc 1 kHz: -72 dBc 2 kHz: -78 dBc 10 kHz: -92 dBc 100 kHz: -112 dBc Inherent Processing Delay . . . . . . 183 ms 83 ms seamless input switcher 100 ms COFDM encoder Delay Compensation . . . . . . . . . . Dynamic (network padding) delay: 0 to 1 sec in 61 ns steps Static (transmitter trimming) delay: 0 to 1 sec in 61 ns steps
AC Mains Requirement . . . . . . . . . 195 to 264 V, 47 to 63 Hz, IEC C14 inlet for exciter and following connections to power amplifiers: DMB670-125//500: 90 to 264 V, 47 to 63 Hz, dual IEC C20 inlets4 DMB670-1000: 190 to 264 V, 47 to 63 Hz, triple IEC C20 inlets5 Configurable on-site for single- or three-phase connection: 190 to 264 V single-phase, 190 to 264 V delta, 190 to 264 V wye or 330 to 450 V wye DMB670-2000//8000: Same as 1000 W model except triple PowerCon NAC3MPA inlets for each 2000 W chassis Optional in-rack AC distribution chassis provides individual circuit breaker protection for each mains input Power Consumption (including . . . DMB670-125: 1 kW, maximum; 800 W, typical exciter, at maximum before-filter DMB670-250: 1.5 kW, maximum; 1.3 kW, typical power level) MB670-500: 2.5 kW, maximum; 2.225 kW, typical DMB670-1000: 4.6 kW, maximum; 4.3 kW, typical DMB670-2000: 9.2 kW, maximum; 8.5 kW, typical DMB670-4000: 18.4 kW, maximum; 17 kW, typical DMB670-6000: 27.6 kW, maximum; 25.5 kW, typical DMB670-8000: 36.8 kW, maximum; 34 kW, typical Power Factor (displacement) . . . . . 0.98, typical Phase Rotation/Balance . . . . . . . . All AC inputs independent Observation of correct phase rotation and balance not required Mains Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >80% output power in less than 5 sec after AC mains failure
environmental
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,842 ft (3000 m) elevation above mean sea level Ambient Temperature Range. . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) at sea level, upper limit de-rated 36 F (2 C) per 984 ft (300 m) elevation AMSL Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95%, non-condensing
mechanical
Dimensions6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard EIA rack 19 in. (48.3 cm); 1RU = 1.75 in. (4.45 cm) DMB670-125: 5RU amplifier and 6RU exciter, 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth DMB670-250: 5RU amplifier and 6RU exciter, 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth DMB670-500: 5RU amplifier and 6RU exciter, 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth DMB670-1000: 16RU amplifier and 6RU exciter, 24.4 in. (62 cm) depth DMB670-2000: 16RU amplifier and 6RU exciter, 24.4 in. (62 cm) depth DMB670-4000: 44RU rack, 35.8 in. (91 cm) depth DMB670-6000: 2 x 44RU rack, 35.8 in. (91 cm) depth DMB670-8000: 2 x 44RU rack, 35.8 in. (91 cm) depth Weight, Exciter/Low-Power Stage . DAB-665/40T: 66 lbs (30 kg), approximately
591
AC mains
DMB 670
Transmitter for DAB Digital Radio and DMB Mobile TV

Weight, Amplifier Chassis . . . . . . . DMB670-125: 55 lbs (25 kg), approximately (all modules installed) DMB670-250: 77 lbs (35 kg), approximately DMB670-500: 77 lbs (35 kg), approximately DMB670-1000: 143 lbs (65 kg), approximately DMB670-2000: 209 lbs (95 kg), approximately Weight, Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . DMB670-4000: 529 lbs (240 kg), approximately (all modules installed) DMB670-6000: 727 lbs (330 kg), approximately DMB670-8000: 1,058 lbs (480 kg), approximately Air Cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air input with built-in filter at front Air exhaust with built-in DC fansat rear Ducted air exhaust and/or input available as option DMB670-125: 6 m3/minimum DMB670-250: 12 m3/minimum DMB670-500: 12 m3/minimum DMB670-1000: 34 m3/minimum DMB670-2000: 34 m3/minimum DMB670-4000: 68 m3/minimum DMB670-6000: 102 m3/minimum DMB670-8000: 136 m3/minimum Ambient Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Worst case, 39 in. (1 m) from front face, 39 in. (1 m) above ground Mounted in rack, no ducted air input or exhaust Figures in parentheses are for ducted air input and exhaust option DMB670-125: <65 dBA DMB670-250: <68 dBA DMB670-500: <68 dBA DMB670-1000: <73 dBA (65 dBA) DMB670-2000: <73 dBA (65 dBA) DMB670-4000: <76 dBA (67 dBA) DMB670-6000: <78 dBA (69 dBA) DMB670-8000: <78 dBA (69 dBA)
inputs/Outputs
Frequency Control Switching. . . . . Manual or auto selection of internal GPS, external 1 pps, or external reference frequency by user-defined priorities Muting upon failure of reference after useradjustable hold-over (0 to 24 h approximately); 72-hour hold-over optional with precision oscillator option Sample Monitoring Ports . . . . . . . SMA, female, 50 ohms SAT IF: ETI OUT ETI (NI): ETI frame COFDM frame LO- RF monitor (low-power stage) 1 Hz (1 pps signal) Reference frequency: 10 MHz Incident and reflected signal Tx output (optional)
Remote Control
592
RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . DMB670-125: Type N, female, 50 ohms DMB670-250: Type N, female, 50 ohms DMB670-500: Type N, female, 50 ohms DMB670-1000: DIN 7-16, female, 50 ohms DMB670-2000: EIA 1-5/8 in. flangeless, 50 ohms DMB670-4000: EIA 1-5/8 in. flangeless, 50 ohms DMB670-6000: EIA 1-5/8 in. flangeless, 50 ohms DMB670-8000: EIA 1-5/8 in. flangeless, 50 ohms ETI Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female, 75 ohms 2 x ETI (NI, G703) or 2 x ETI (NA, G704) with auto-sensing, auto switchover, and optional descrambling Manual or automatic switchover based on user-defined thresholds/priorities Seamless switching of two coherent ETI signals Muting upon absence of valid ETI input Optional 2.048 Mb/s, unbalanced /balanced adaptor QPSK Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMA female, 50 ohms, 950...2150 MHz,-65... -25 dBm typical, 55 MHz BW, 1...45 MSymb/s, DVB-S QPSK per EN 300421 LNB Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +12.5...+4 V (maximum 350 mA) (vertical) +17.2...+18.8 V (maximum 350 mA) (horizontal) GPS Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMA, female, 50 ohms, 1.57542 GHz, -130...-100 dBm. (+5 VDC @ 100 mA maximum output for active antenna) 1 pps Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC female, 75 ohms, TTL level,rising-edge Reference Frequency Input . . . . . . SMA female, 50 ohms, 0.1/0.5/1/2.048/5/10 MHz,- 7...+15 dBm
RF Output Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . User-adjustable warning and error thresholds (nominal -0.5 dB and -3.5 dB from factory) Parallel Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-37 female; PIN assignment programmable via Web remote Relay contacts: 25 mA @ 24 V DC Digital inputs (TTL level): pulse duration 100 ms signal. RS-232 (TCP-IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9, female Bit-Bus In/Out (RS-485) . . . . . . . . DB-9, male/female Ethernet (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45, twisted pair - SNMP control (v1, v2c, v3) - Web control (java applet) - E-mail notification Security Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . DB-9 or DB-15 female - Safety loop (forced stop) - RF blocking (forced RF mute) MSNC Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Via ETI stream - DAB mode - Muting - Dynamic delay - Static delay - Offset delay - TII value Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RoHS: 2002/95/EC R&TTE: 1999/5/EC
1 2 3
Power ratings are at amplifier output connector/before DAB mask filter above. When used with minimum specified critical mask filter,above At amplifier output, any frequency, any time (N+1 applications). Excludes output filter. Certified to 100 to 240 V nominal range 10% testing margin. Certified to 208 to 240 V nominal range 10% testing margin. All figures for DMB670-125//2000 models are for basic exciter and power a combination without optional rack pre-integration.
4 5 6
All figures for DMB670-4000//8000 models include EIA rack. Add 13 in. (34 cm) to rack depth for optional ducted air input option.
DMB 670
images/diagrams
Transmitter for DAB Digital Radio and DMB Mobile TV

593
V670-2000/d Amplifier diagram and the Chart
V670-2000/D Amplifier
Shared 50V to PA1
AC +5V +50V AC +5V +50V AC +5V +50V AC
+5V +50V
-10dB
to PA2
RF
to PA3
A/B
MAINS 1 MAINS 2 MAINS 3

LOAD TEMP
FAN 1 FAN 2 FAN 3 FAN 4 FAN 5
to PA4
AC +5V +50V AC +5V +50V AC +5V +50V AC

+5V +50V
to PA5
to PA6
CURR TEMP VSWR
to PA7
A/B
A/B
A/B
A/B
A/B
A/B
A/B
A/B
to PA8
AC OK DC OK FAULT
Output Assembly
fwd
CPU
RS-485 USER/TEST
STATUS CONTROL
RESET REMOTE
rev
RF
dmB 670 model power before filter-watts Output Connector Rack space pA modules ps modules
125 35 to 160 N female 11RU 1 1
250 125 to 315 N female 11RU 2 2
500 250 to 630 N female 11RU 2 2
1000 500 to 1250 DIN 7-16 22RU 4 4
2000 1000 to 2500 1-5/8 EIA 22RU 9 8
4000 2000 to 5000 1-5/8 EIA 1 Cabinet 18 16
6000 3000 to 7500 1-5/8 EIA 2 Cabinets 27 24
8000 4000 to 10000 1-5/8 EIA 2 Cabinets 36 32
Platinum-i Series
Solid-State VHF ATSC DTV Transmitter

The Platinum-i series of solid-state VHF TV transmitters provides the ultimate solution for digital television transmission, offering the highest levels of performance, reliability and functionality. Employing the same field-proven technologies that have made Harris Platinum Series transmitters the world standard, Platinum-i transmitters incorporate the Harris eCDi integrated control system and remote interface. A highly intuitive color LCD graphical user interface provides detailed information, system control and in-depth diagnostics locally. The standard web GUI interface allows remote users to access full control and monitoring capabilities, at virtually any location, using a standard PC and web browser. Level-2 eCDi software provides additional ATSC measurement capabilities. Upgrade your existing Platinum analog or digital transmitter for unsurpassed monitoring and control capability. With the Platinum-i upgrade, your transmitters are able to provide IP-based control and monitoring by using the Harris eCDi remote monitoring system, tied to the station LAN or directly to the Internet.
Features Each Platinum-i transmitter includes market-leading features: Apex M2X multimedia exciter, allowing easy migration between standards Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) provides continuous automatic correction, assuring optimum performance at all times Built-in eCDi control system with color touchscreen provides extensive local and remote control and monitoring capabilities sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
general
Field-proven, ultra-reliable Platinum series amplifier modules provide unsurpassed system dependability Positive-pressure air cooling system with patented techniques to ensure the lowest FET junction temperatures and highest MTBF On-air replaceable modules and a distributed control architecture allow for on-air servicing and increased system availability
RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR, over any single TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in., EIA flanged (each PA cabinet output) Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any specified VHF TV channel, 2 to 6 (54 to 88 MHz),7 to 13 (174 to 216 MHz) Television System. . . . . . . . . . . . . ATSC (8VSB,6 MHz channel)
digital performance
Data Input
External Precise Frequency Input
Data rate Impedance Standard Connector Frequency Impedance Level Connector
19.39265846 Mb/s 75 ohms, unbalanced SMPTE 310M BNC, female, isolated 10 MHz sinusoid 50 ohms, unbalanced 0 to +10 dBm BNC, female
Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.85 or better Power Consumption (typical, including internal cooling) . PTCD5P1-i: 10.7 kW, PTCD10P1-i: 18.9 kW, PTCD20P2-i: 37.2 kW, PTCD30P3-i: 55.5 kW, PTCD40P4-i: 72.4 kW Operational Temperature Range4 . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) (Derate maximum temperature 36 F (2 C) per 984 ft (300 m) above sea level) Altitude5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 7,500 ft (2,286 m) AMSL Cooling Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced air Acoustic Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <71 dBA (measured in front of cabinet, not including external air system components) Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . PTCD5P1-i: 57 x 61.3 x 72 in., 2,500 lbs and Weight PTCD10P1-i: 57 x 61.3 x 72 in., 2,730 lbs PTCD20P2-i: 91 x 61.3 x 72 in., 5,000 lbs PTCD30P3-i: 125 x 61.3 x 72 in., 7,270 lbs PTCD40P4-i: 159 x 61.3 x 72 in., 9,032 lbs
nOtes:
1
Signal to Noise (EVM)1 . . . . . . . . . 27 dB (4.2% EVM) (Ref: ATSC A/64) Pilot Frequency Stability2 . . . . . . . 200 Hz/month (3 Hz with external PFC) Stability of Output Power . . . . . . . 5% or better Harmonic Radiation and Spurious . Compliant with title 47 CFR 73.622, when measured at output of Harris-supplied output filter Sideband Performance . . . . . . . . . Compliant with title 47 CFR 73.622, when measured at output of Harris-supplied output filter
service Conditions
Signal-to-noise ratio (modulation error ratio) measured HP89440A/HP89441A vector signal analyzer. After initial aging of 60 days. For other AC voltages, consult Harris. Derate maximum temperature linearly, from 122 F (50 C) at sea level, by 36 F (2 C) per 1,000 ft (305 m), up to 7,500 ft (2,286 m) AMSL. For operation outside these limits, consult Harris. Higher altitude operation is possible, consult Harris for details.
2 3 4
594
AC Line Voltage (select one)3 . . . . 208/220/240 V, 3-phase, 4-wire, 50/60 Hz 380/400/415 V, 3-phase, 4-wire, 50/60 Hz 480 V, 3-phase, 3- or 4-wire, 60 Hz AC Line Variation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10%
ordering inFormation For ordering information, contact your regional Harris sales representative. www.broadcast.harris.com
Platinum HTEL Series
Low-Power VHF ATSC Digital Transmitter

595
Features Market-leading Apex M2X ATSC exciter Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC) provides continuous automatic correction, assuring optimum performance at all times Field-proven, ultra-reliable Platinum Series amplifier modules provide unsurpassed system dependability Field-repairable MOSFET amplifiers, designed to provide a long life and low cost of ownership Positive-pressure air cooling system with patented techniques to ensure the lowest FET junction temperatures and highest MTBF On-air replaceable modules allow for on-air servicing and increased system availability Reliable and simple control architecture provides for outstanding reliability, and simple serviceability Linear power supplies provide excellent isolation for rock-solid performance Backed by broadcastings most extensive factory support, including 24-hour technical assistance, around-the-clock parts and comprehensive training
The Platinum HTEL series of digital transmitters utilizes the same field-proven amplifier modules as the high-power PlatinumCD series of digital VHF TV transmitters. The HTEL series offer high performance and reliability in a compact package. Low-power HTEL systems utilize a single cabinet to house the Apex M2X exciter, control system and amplifiers. Higher-power systems use a control cabinet and one or two power amplifier cabinets. The control cabinet houses the system controller, exciter, monitoring, control panel and an optional second exciter and driver with automatic changeover.
Ht eL500Ls/Hs Ht eL2000Ls/Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 500 W (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 50 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 26 x 35 x 45 in. (66 x 89 x 114 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 lbs (95 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Black: 2.7 kW
Ht eL1000Ls/Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 2 kW (peak diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 200 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms): Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 26 x 44 x 72 in. (66 x 112 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 lbs (363 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: n.a. Black: 7 kW
Ht eL5Ls/Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 1 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 100 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 26 x 35 x 45 in. (66 x 89 x 114 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 lbs (205 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Black: 3.8 kW ordering inFormation For ordering information, contact your regional Harris sales representative.
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 5 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 500 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 57 x 61.3 x 72 in. (145 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,000 lbs (909 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 10 kW Black: 13 kW

Ht eL5msLs/msHs

Ht eL20dLs/dHs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 5 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 500 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 91 x 61.3 x 72 in. (231 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,560 lbs (1,618 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 10 kW Black: 13 kW
Ht eL10Ls/Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 20 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 2000 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms): Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. 3 1/8 in. at combiner output Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 91 x 61.3 x 72 in. (231 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,840 lbs (2,200 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 41 kW Black: 52 kW
Visual performance
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 10 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 1000 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 57 x 61.3 x 72 in. (145 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,640 lbs (1,200 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 20.5 kW Black: 26 kW
Ht eL10msLs/msHs
Visual Power Output (peak, . . . . . . 10 kW diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 1000 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 91 x 61.3 x 72 in. (231 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,840 lbs (2,200 kg) Power Consumption (typical): . . . . Average: 20.5 kW Black: 26 kW
Ht eL10dLs/dHs
Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . LS model: 47 to 88 MHz (Band I) HS model: 170 to 230 MHz (Band III) Carrier Frequency Stability1 . . . . . . 100 Hz (maximum variation over 30 days) 2 Hz with optional precise frequency control Regulation of Output Power2 . . . . . 3% or less relative to peak sync Variation of Output3 . . . . . . . . . . . 2% or less Frequency Response vs. Brightness5. . 0.75 dB Modulation Capability . . . . . . . . . . 0% Differential Gain6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% or better Differential Phase6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or better Incidential Carrier Phase Modulation6 . . 1.5 or better relative to blanking Differential Gain vs APL7 . . . . . . . . 5% or better (10% to 90% APL) Luminance Non-Linearity8. . . . . . . 0.5 dB or better Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -55 dB RMS or better relative to sync peak (total random and periodic noise unweighted) 2t K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCIR-M 1.5%; 2.0% for other systems 20t Gain and Delay Response . . . . 3% or less total baseline distortion Equivalent Envelope Delay . . . . . . Per CCIR system standard Video Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 to 2.0 V, 75 ohms, -32 dB return loss Harmonic Radiation . . . . . . . . . . . -70 dB RMS, relative to peak of sync
Visual sideband Response:4 CCiR system m/n
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 10 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 1000 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 91 x 61.3 x 72 in. (231 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,560 lbs (1,618 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 20.5 kW Black: 26 kW
-3.58 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -42 dB or better -1.25 MHz and Below . . . . . . . . . -23 dB or better -0.75 to +3.58 MHz . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +4.18 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to -1 dB +4.50 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better +4.75 to +7.75 MHz . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB or better
CCiR system B
-1.25 MHz and Below . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -0.75 to +4.8 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . -23 dB or better +4.8 to +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -1.5 dB +5.50 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better
596

CCiR system d/K

597
multichannel Audio sound systems
-1.25 MHz and Below . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -0.75 to -0.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB -0.5 to +5.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +5.5 to +6.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -3 dB +6.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better
CCiR system i
-1.75 MHz and Below . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -1.25 to -0.75 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB -0.75 to +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +5.0 to +5.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB +6.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better
CCiR system K1
Frequency Response Harmonic Distortion Input Impedance Input Level Stereophonic S/N (D) Signal to Noise: (Either Channel) Stereo Separation Main to Sap Crosstalk Stereo to Sap Crosstalk Sap to Stereo Crosstalk Channel Crosstalk Carrier Levels (F): Aural Intermodulation Products (G)
nOtes:
(A) (B)
BtsC 0.1 dB (A) 0.5% 75 ohms 1 volt peak 55 dB N/A 40 dB (E) 50 dB 50 dB 60 dB N/A -10 dB N/A
dual Carrier 0.5 dB (B) 0.5% 600 ohms +10 dBm

(C)
niCAm 0.5 dB (B) 0.5% 600 ohms

(C) (C) (C)
60 dB 40 dB typical; 32 dB minimum N/A N/A N/A 60 dB -13, -20 dB -60 dB
(C)(C)
N/A N/A N/A 60 dB -13, -20 dB -60 dB
-1.75 MHz and Below . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -1.25 to -0.75 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB -0.75 to +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +5.5 to +6.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -3.0 dB +6.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better
Aural performance
Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Hz, relative to visual carrier frequency Modulation Capability . . . . . . . . . . 120 kHz peak deviation (at any modulation frequency)
Wideband performance (At 75 kHz deviation)
Wideband 50 Hz to 50 kHz Encoder/decoder dependent Measured in left or right channel Equivalent mode Relative to peak visual carrier Relative to peak visual carrier. Measured using 2-tone test with carrier levels indicated above
)30 Hz to 15 kHz
(C) (D) (E) (F)
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V RMS nominal into 75 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB, 50 Hz to 50 kHz 0.5 dB, 50 to 110 kHz FM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -70 dB or better after de-emphasis Distortion (THD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25% or less, 50 Hz to 15 kHz 0.75% or less, 15 to 50 kHz Distortion (IMD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% or less, (SMPTE 4:1 test signal)
monaural performance (at 50 kHz deviation system B/i/K1/d at 25 kHz deviation system m/n)
(G )
(1) (2)
After initial aging of 60 days. Variation of peak output power with a change in average picture level from black to white (0% to 100%). Peak to peak variation of peak sync voltage during one field using a flat field test signal, per EIA-508. Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05:1 VSWR or better. Measured using a 20% peak to peak amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at 10%, 50% and 90% APL. All percentages relative to a blanking to white excursion. Measured with a 5-step staircase signal from 75% to 12.5% of peak sync level. Subcarrier modulation level at 12.5% peak to peak. Average picture level defined as the pedestal level over 4 horizontal lines set to 10%, 50% and 90% of maximum white level with every 5th line activated with standard linearity signal of Note 6. Measured with 5-step staircase signal. Test signal #3 CCIR REC. 421-3. Derate 36 F (2 C) per 1,000 ft (305 m) above sea level.
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to +16 dBm (adjustable) into 600 ohms Pre-emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat, 50 or 75 s selectable Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz Distortion (THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2% or less, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, after de-emphasis FM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60 dB or better, after de-emphasis AM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -55 dB relative to 100% modulation AM Synchronous Noise . . . . . . . . -40 dB or better, relative to 100% amplitude modulation(4) Subcarrier (2 inputs) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V RMS, nominal (adjustable) into 75 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB, 20 kHz to 110 kHz
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8) (9)

Solid-State VHF ATSC Transmitter
Features Field-proven, ultra-reliable Platinum Series amplifier modules provide unsurpassed system dependability Field-repairable MOSFET amplifiers are designed to provide a long life and low cost of ownership Positive-pressure air cooling system with patented techniques to ensure the lowest FET junction temperatures and highest MTBF On-air replaceable modules allow for on-air servicing and increased system availability Reliable, distributed control architecture provides for outstanding reliability and simple serviceability Regulated linear power supplies manage incoming line fluctuation up to 10% for rock-solid performance Straightforward diagnostics using an easy-to-read display Upgrade path from analog to digital operation Backed by broadcastings most extensive factory support, including 24-hour technical assistance, around-the-clock parts and comprehensive training
Platinum Series analog solid-state VHF television transmitters are accepted as the world standard and are in service in more than 50 countries. Exemplary reliability, low maintenance requirements and excellent performance are key attributes of this design. Each Platinum system includes a control cabinet and one to six power amplifier cabinets. The control cabinet houses the system controller, exciter, monitoring, control panel and an optional second exciter and driver with automatic changeover. Platinum transmitters are now able to provide IP-based control and monitoring by using the Harris eCDi performance monitoring system, tied to the stations LAN or directly to the Internet.
Ht5Ls Ht10Ls/Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 5 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 500 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 57 x 61.3 x 72 in. (145 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,475 lbs (1,122 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 11.2 kW Black: 13.2 kW
Ht5Hs
Visual Power Output (peak, . . . . . . 10 kW diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 1 kW Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 57 x 61.3 x 72 in. (145 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,720 lbs (1,234 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 20.5 kW Black: 26 kW
Ht15Ls
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 5 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 500 W Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type N Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 57 x 61.3 x 72 in. (145 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 11.2 kW Black: 13.2 kW
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 15 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 1.5 kW, 3 kW, optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 91 x 61.3 x 72 in. (231 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,200 lbs (1,905 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 25 kW Black: 32 kW
598

Ht15Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 15 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 1.5 kW, 3kW optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 91 x 61.3 x 72 in. (231 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,900 lbs (2,223 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 28 kW Black: 35 kW
Ht20Ls/Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 30 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 4.5 kW Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 125 x 61.3 x 72 in. (318 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,040 lbs (3,200 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 61.6 kW Black: 78 kW
Ht33Lsp
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 20 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 3 kW Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 91 x 61.3 x 72 in. (231 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 40 kW Black: 51 kW
Ht30Ls
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 33 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 4.5 kW Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 125 x 61.3 x 72 in. (318 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,040 lbs (3,200 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 60 kW Black: 76 kW
Ht40Hsp
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 30 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 3 kW, 6 kW, optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 125 x 61.3 x 72 in. (318 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,000 lbs (2,860 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 51.9 kW Black: 65.5 kW
Ht30Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 40 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 6 kW Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 159 x 61.3 x 72 in. (404 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,240 lbs (4,200 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 79.8 kW Black: 101 kW
Ht44Lsp
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 30 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 3 kW, 6 kW, optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 125 x 61.3 x 72 in. (318 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,750 lbs (3,068 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 55 kW Black: 69 kW
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 44 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 6 kW Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 159 x 61.3 x 72 in. (404 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,240 lbs (4,200 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 79.8 kW Black: 101 kW
599
Ht30Hsp

Ht45Ls Visual performance
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 45 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 4.5 kW, 9 kW optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 159 x 61.3 x 72 in. (404 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,590 lbs (3,896 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 79.8 kW Black: 96 kW
Ht45Hs
Visual Power Output . . . . . . . . . . . 45 kW (peak, diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 4.5 kW, 9 kW, optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1/16 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 159 x 61.3 x 72 in. (404 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,313 lbs (4,224 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 81 kW Black: 102 kW
Ht60Ls
Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . LS model: 47 to 88 MHz (Band I) HS model: 170 to 230 MHz (Band III) Carrier Frequency Stability1 . . . . . . 100 Hz (maximum variation over 30 days) 2 Hz with optional precise frequency control Regulation of Output Power2 . . . . . 3% or less relative to peak sync Variation of Output3 . . . . . . . . . . . 2% or less Frequency Response vs. Brightness5. . 0.75 dB Modulation Capability . . . . . . . . . . 0% Differential Gain6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% or better Differential Phase6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or better Incidential Carrier Phase Modulation6 . 1.5 or better relative to blanking Differential Gain vs APL7 . . . . . . . . 5% or better (10% to 90% APL) Luminance Non-Linearity8. . . . . . . 0.5 dB or better Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -55 dB RMS or better relative to sync peak (total random and periodic noise unweighted) 2t K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCIR-M 1.5%; 2.0% for other systems 20t Gain and Delay Response . . . . 3% or less total baseline distortion Equivalent Envelope Delay . . . . . . Per CCIR system standard Video Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7 to 2.0 V, 75 ohms, -32 dB return loss Harmonic Radiation . . . . . . . . . . . -70 dB RMS, relative to peak of sync
Visual sideband Response:4 CCiR system m/n
Visual Power Output (peak, . . . . . . 60 kW diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 6 kW, 12 kW, optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 227 x 61.3 x 72 in. (577 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,630 lbs (5,606 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 102.7 kW Black: 130 kW
Ht60Hs
-3.58 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -42 dB or better -1.25 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -23 dB or better -0.75 to +3.58 MHz . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +4.18 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -1 dB +4.50 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better +4.75 to +7.75 MHz . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB or better
CCiR system B
-1.25 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -0.75 to +4.8 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . -23 dB or better +4.8 to +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -1.5 dB +5.50 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better
CCiR system d/K
Visual Power Output (peak, . . . . . . 60 kW diplexer out) Aural Power (diplexer out) . . . . . . . 6 kW, 12 kW, optional Connector Size at Cabinet Output (50 ohms) Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1/16 in. Aural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1/8 in. Physical Size (W x D x H) . . . . . . . 227 x 61.3 x 72 in. (577 x 156 x 183 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,760 lbs (6,242 kg) Power Consumption (typical) . . . . . Average: 108.2 kW Black: 137 kW
-1.25 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -0.75 to -0.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB -0.5 to +5.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +5.5 to +6.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -3 dB +6.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better
CCiR system i
-1.75 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -1.25 to -0.75 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB -0.75 to +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +5.0 to +5.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB +6.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better
CCiR system K1
600
-1.75 MHz and below. . . . . . . . . . -20 dB or better -1.25 to -0.75 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -2.0 dB -0.75 to +5.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB +5.5 to +6.0 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5 to -3.0 dB +6.5 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 dB or better www.broadcast.harris.com

Aural performance
Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Hz, relative to visual carrier frequency Modulation Capability . . . . . . . . . . 120 kHz peak deviation (at any modulation frequency)
Wideband performance (at 75 kHz deviation)
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V RMS nominal into 75 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB, 50 Hz to 50 kHz 0.5 dB, 50 kHz to 110 kHz FM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -70 dB or better after de-emphasis Distortion (THD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25% or less, 50 Hz to 15 kHz 0.75% or less, 15 kHz to 50 kHz Distortion (IMD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% or less, (SMPTE 4:1 test signal)
monaural performance (at 50 kHz deviation system B/i/K1/d at 25 kHz deviation system m/n)
nOtes:
(A) (B
Wideband 50 Hz to 50 kHz Encoder/decoder dependent Measured in left or right channel Equivalent mode Relative to peak visual carrier Relative to peak visual carrier. Measured using 2-tone test with carrier levels indicated above
)30 Hz to 15 kHz
(C) (D) (E) (F)
(G )
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to +16 dBm (adjustable) into 600 ohms Pre-emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flat, 50 s or 75 s selectable Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz Distortion (THD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2% or less, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, after de-emphasis FM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60 dB or better, after de-emphasis AM Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -55 dB relative to 100% modulation AM Synchronous Noise . . . . . . . . -40 dB or better, relative to 100% amplitude modulation4 Subcarrier (2 inputs) Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V RMS nominal (adjustable) into 75 ohms Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 dB, 20 to 110 kHz
multichannel Audio sound systems
(1) (2)
After initial aging of 60 days. Variation of peak output power with a change in average picture level from black to white (0% to 100%). Peak to peak variation of peak sync voltage during one field using a flat field test signal, per EIA-508. Response specified for transmitter operating into a resistive load of 1.05:1 VSWR or better with Harris-supplied diplexer and diplexer equalizer. Measured using a 20% peak to peak amplitude swept video modulation with pedestal set at 10%, 50% and 90% APL. All percentages relative to a blanking-to-white excursion. Measured with a 5-step staircase signal from 75% to 12.5% of peak sync level. Subcarrier modulation level at 12.5% peak to peak. Average picture level defined as the pedestal level over 4 horizontal lines set to 10%, 50% and 90% of maximum white level with every fifth line activated with standard linearity signal of Note 6. Measured with 5-step staircase signal. Test signal #3 CCIR REC. 421-3. Derate 36 F (2 C) per 1,000 ft (305 m) above sea level.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Frequency Response Harmonic Distortion Input Impedance Input Level Stereophonic S/N (D) Signal to Noise: (Either Channel) Stereo Separation Main to Sap Crosstalk Stereo to Sap Crosstalk Sap to Stereo Crosstalk Channel Crosstalk Carrier Levels (F): Aural Intermodulation Products (G)
service Conditions
BtsC 0.1 dB (A) 0.5% 75 ohms 1 V peak 55 dB N/A 40 dB (E) 50 dB 50 dB 60 dB N/A -10 dB N/A
dual Carrier 0.5 dB (B) 0.5% 600 ohms +10 dBm

(C)
niCAm 0.5 dB (B) 0.5% 600 ohms

(C) (C) (C)
(7)
(8) (9)
60 dB 40 dB typical; 32 dB minimum N/A N/A N/A 60 dB -13, -20 dB -60 dB
(C)
N/A N/A N/A 60 dB -13, -20 dB -60 dB
Ambient Temperature Range9 . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)
601
Ambient Humidity Range . . . . . . . 0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea level to 10,000 ft (3,048 m) Electrical mRequirements: . . . . . . 208/240 V, 10%, 3-phase, 60 Hz, 480 V, 10%, 3-phase, 60 Hz, 380/415 V, 10%, 3-phase, 50/60 Hz, 4-wire
LAX
teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // L-BAnD TrAnsMiTTers
Compact, Air-Cooled L-Band Multimedia Transmitter

Features Best-in-class power efficiency and lowest operating costs Increased power density over previous models, resulting in the worlds most compact digital L-Band transmitter Rugged, reliable design and construction Small footprint with single-cabinet power levels up to 1.2 kW Multiple cabinet support for higher power requirements Includes Harris Apex M2X multimedia exciter, allowing easy migration between standards All-digital linear and nonlinear precorrection Fully broadband PA modules 1450 to 1492 MHz 1:1 PA module to power supply redundancy Hot-pluggable, air-cooled linear RF amplifier modules and universal power supplies Automatic restart after AC mains interruption; returns to previous operational mode Modular central control system for straightforward monitoring and in-depth diagnostics Harris eCDi web-enabled remote GUI interface Modular design enables outdoor deployment, such as rooftop or tower space
The Harris LAX air-cooled L-Band solid-state transmitter incorporates the Apex M2X multimedia exciter to provide todays broadcaster unmatched performance, reliability and quality. Designed with future broadcasting needs in mind, the LAX transmitter is a single-transmitter platform capable of multiple modulation schemes. As the world leader in modulation and broadcast RF technology, Harris is an ideal partner for companies planning new multimedia broadcast services in the 1450 to 1492 MHz band.
Harris PowerSmart technology inside

general
With PowerSmart technology in its transmitter architecture, the LAX offers superior power and efficiency. New 50-volt LDMOS device technology delivers a dramatic increase in power density, lower operating costs and reduced cost of ownership over the life of the transmitter.
Product details
software-defined Apex m2X exciter
Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450 to 1492 MHz, in 8 kHz increments RF Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms, 1.1:1 VSWR over any single TV channel RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . Type-N, female or 1-5/8 in. EIA (dependent upon power level)
AC mains
The LAX includes the Apex M2X exciter, which supports a range of analog, digital and mobile standards. This flexibility, coupled with the exclusive Real-Time Adaptive Correction (RTAC), provides superior performance with a flexible transition path to fit your needs today and tomorrow.
maximum efficiency for Cost-effective Operation
The LAX transmitter offers market-leading power efficiency, lower operating costs and reduced cost of ownership over the life of the transmitter.
Compact Footprint
AC Mains Requirement: . . . . . . . . Up to 750 W: 90 to 264 V AC, 47 to 63 Hz, dual IEC C20 inlets; 500 to 3000 W: 200 to 264 V AC 47 to 63 Hz, triple IEC C20 inlets for each 1500/3000 W chassis; configurable on-site for single- or three-phase connection: 200 to 264 V AC single phase, 200 to 264 V AC delta, 200 to 264 V AC wye, or 350 to 450 V AC wye; optional in-rack AC distribution chassis provides individual circuit breaker protection for each AC input Power Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >0.90
mechanical
As the most compact air-cooled L-Band transmitter, the LAX is ideal for crowded, shared transmitter sites. The LAX transmitter reduces facility space requirements, simplifies installation, lowers shipping costs and allows for easier maintenance.
Distributed control architecture provides for outstanding reliability, soft failure operation and simple serviceability.
602
Redundant power amplifier (PA) and universal power supply (PS) modules make on-air servicing a breeze and eliminate costly interruptions. Lightweight pallets and modules facilitate overnight/same-day shipping for simple, cost-effective spares holding. With lightweight subassemblies, the LAX transmitter virtually eliminates any two-person lift requirements for routine maintenance and troubleshooting.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard EIA rack 19 in. (48.3 cm) 1RU = 1.75 in. (4.45 cm) LAX 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9RU (single drive); 13RU (dual drive), 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth LAX 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13RU (single drive); 17RU (dual drive), 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth LAX 400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17RU (single drive); 21RU (dual drive), 23.6 in. (60 cm) depth LAX 800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 in. (213 cm) height; 31.5 in. (80 cm) depth LAX 1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 in. (213 cm) height; 31.5 in. (80 cm) depth
LAX
Compact, Air-Cooled L-Band Multimedia Transmitter

teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // L-BAnD TrAnsMiTTers
603
Weight (single drive), all modules installed LAX 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 lbs (190 kg) LAX 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 lbs (220 kg) LAX 400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549 lbs (250 kg) LAX 800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 lbs (325 kg) LAX 1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840 lbs (381 kg)
dVB-t/H//dAB/dmB/FLOtV
Group Delay Amplitude Response . . <0.5 dB Harmonics and Spurious. . . . . . . . Compliant with CE Specification EN 302 296 Emmissions (external reference) <36 us/hr for duration of 24 hrs Frequency Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MHz resolutions
Remote Control
Power Output (average) . . . . . . . . 300 to 1,200 W models available; measured before mask filter output Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLOTV, DVB-T/H, DAB/DMB standard ASI Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female; 75 ohms acc. to EN 50083-9 (2 main/2 hierarchical) Output Power Reduction . . . . . . . . 0 dB to -6 dB Crest Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 13 dB Shoulder Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-36 dB (before mask filter) MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >33 dB images/diagrams
power Levels
monitoring Outputs
ETI OUT, ETI (NI), ETI-frame, COFDM-frame, LO, RF monitor (low power stage), 1 Hz (1 pps signal), reference frequency (10 MHz), incident and reflected Tx output (optional) Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RoHS: 2002/95/EC R&TTE: 1999/5/EC Safety: EN 60215 EMC: EN 301-489-1
LAX 100 power Before Filter (watts) Output Connector Rackspace (single drive) Rackspace (dual drive) pA modules ps modules
Block diagram
Surge Protection AC Inputs Surge Protection AC Distribution to PAs and Control
LAX 200 100-200 N female 13RU 17RU 2 2
LAX 400 200-400 N female 17RU 21RU 4 4
LAX 800 500-800 1-5/8 EIA 1 cabinet 1 cabinet 8 8
LAX 1200 600-1200 1-5/8 EIA 1 cabinet 1 cabinet 12 12
30-100 N female 9RU 13RU 1 1
Up to 12 PAs
To Other Cabinets
Exciter A
Redundant Drivers
Exciter Switch
Redundant Drivers (optional)
Transmitter Output
Customer I/O Video, Audio ASI/ETI/REF Connectors
RF Detector LAN/WAN
Interlock
Parallel Remote and Meter
Synchrony MNA
teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // DisTriBuTeD TrAnsMissiOn AnD MOBiLe neTWOrk ADApTer
ATSC Distributed Transmission and Mobile Network Adapter

Features Operates as a distributed transmission systems (DTS) adapter, mobile network adapter or both For mobile systems, serves as the ingest and control point for encoded main video, encoded mobile video, datacast services, electronic service guide and GPS timing For DTS, provides centralized control of DTS functionality, including generation of network timing and synchronization/delay adjustment of the networked transmitters Dedicated FPGA-based hardware that can be readily updated for standards changes and enhanced features. Avoids having a PC in stations mission-critical transmission path Redundancy features for high availability, on-air performance SMPTE 310M and ASI (selectable) for ATSC transport input and output Generates basic signaling tables, including fast information channel (FIC) and transmission parameters channel (TPC) Smooth transmission of ATSC A/153 signaling and announcement tables is aided by seamless integration with the Roundbox mobile data server Signaling/ESG data carousal retains the most recent set of generated data tables; should the signaling generator fail, the carousel uses the stored data to assure uninterrupted operation
The Harris Synchrony MNA provides a variety of functions to enable ATSC broadcasters an efficient means of expanding their main channel and mobile digital broadcast services. It enables the creation of distributed transmission systems (DTS) in which multiple transmitters operate on the same frequency to improve coverage. Additionally, as a key component of the Harris MPH ATSC Mobile DTV solution, Synchrony MNA seamlessly brings together main channel HD and SD, mobile audio/video streams and supporting content data, into a complete service multiplex. A single unit can be configured as a DTS adapter, mobile multiplexer or both. The broadcast studio requires only one Synchrony MNA to address several vital concerns for broadcastersexpanding digital coverage to reach new markets, filling coverage gaps created by digital coverage patterns and taking advantage of the opportunities afforded by mobile video and datacasting.
Product details Distributed transmission systems (DTS) are one of the solutions recommended to ATSC broadcasters to address the coverage gaps and variations resulting from their digital conversion. Serving as the core of DTS implementation, the Synchrony MNA solution precisely manages the timing and synchronization of the modulated signal in each transmitter to minimize interference zones where coverage overlaps. It inserts GPS timing information into the data stream delivered to the transmitters from the studio and centralizes control of the transmitter DTS functions. Approval of the A/153 ATSC Mobile DTV Standard is a key development that provides broadcasters with new broadcast and broadband revenue streams. The Synchrony
MNA preprocesses mobile video for generation of the mobile signal and multiplexes mobile data into the ATSC transport stream. Flexibility and upgradeability are key considerations for broadcasters as they evaluate solutions for expanding into new digital broadcast and service models. Synchrony MNA operates with full compliance in DTV (ATSC standard A/53), mobile (ATSC standard A/153) and DTS (ATSC standard A/110b). Of course, Harris quality ensures the highest level of reliability to keep all services on the air.

inputs Outputsw
Transport Stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, 75 ohms, configurable as DVB-ASI (DVB-ASI standard EN 50083-9:2002) or SMPTE 310M (SMPTE 310M-2004) for ATSC transport input Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8-pin modular RJ-45 10/100 management network interface 1 8-pin modular RJ-45 10/100/1000 MH stream/ data interface 1 PPS Reference Input . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC, 50 ohms 10 Mhz Reference Input . . . . . . . . 1 BNC, 50 ohms GPS Antenna Input . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 SMA, 50 ohms Craft Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 RS-232, DB-9F Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 relay contacts via DB-9F AC Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 90 to 265 V AC, 47 to 63 Hz auto-ranging
Transport Stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, 75 ohms, configurable as DVB-ASI (DVB-ASI standard EN 50083-9:2002) or SMPTE 310M (SMPTE 310M-2004) Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1x 75 ohms, BNC, configurable as DVB-ASI (DVB-ASI standard EN 50083-9:2002) or SMPTE 310M (SMPTE 310M-2004) 1 PPS Reference Output . . . . . . . . 1 BNC, 50 ohms
environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C), 10 to 90% humidity,
non-condensing Altitude: 0 to 9,842 ft (3000 m) RoHS depth Acoustic noise - <60 dBA
physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 in. EIA rack standard, 1RU high, 11 in. (28 cm)
monitoring and Control
Browser-based user GUI Front-panel controls Alarm-driven contacts
604
Synchrony MNA
Redundancy
ATSC Distributed Transmission and Mobile Network Adapter

605
dts mode
Dual A/153 output streams Power or equipment failure bypasses MH systems, and the A/53 stream is directed to the output User bypass of MH system
AtsC mH signaling parameters
Signaling tables and component descriptors supported internally via Synchrony MNA or externally third-party device Transmission parameter channel supported internally via Synchrony MNA All other signaling supported externally from third-party device
Operations and maintenance packet structure per A/110b including Synchronization time stamp (STS) Maximum delay (MD) Offset delay (OD) Pilot frequency stability of 0.5 Hz of nominal Operational support for 2 groups each, with up to 32 transmitters per group
images/diagrams
Back module
Synchrony
SFN Head-End Adapter for DVB-T and DVB-H Networks

The modulation properties of COFDM enable DVB-T operators to build single frequency networks (SFNs). In an SFN installation, all transmitters broadcast on the same frequency. Although this broadcast mode optimizes the occupation of the spectrum, it requires perfect synchronization of every transmitter. A leader in DVB-T since 1996, Harris has acquired unique experience and expertise in technologies that achieve the precise synchronization required by SFNs. Synchrony is a device that is necessary for synchronization of DVB-T transmitters operating as an SFN. Synchrony receives a 1 pps time reference and a 10 MHz clock reference from a GPS receiver, and computes time and control information to build the megaframe initialization packet (MIP). MIP information is inserted in the MPEG-2 transport stream and used by transmitters to synchronize the modulation process. With its standard ASI inputs and outputs and powerful, integrated features such as bit rate adaptation, PCR restamping and NIT updating, Synchrony can be used in any SFN head-end, and in combination with any DVB multiplexer. Synchrony is able to process two MPEG-2 transport streams in parallel, with the required synchronization, for use of hierarchical modulation in the SFN network.
Features Transmitter synchronization for single frequency broadcasting Two ASI inputs for redundancy operation or hierarchical modulation Meets DVB ETS 300 744 and DVB TS 101 191 Bit rate adaptation and PCR restamping Internal PRBS generators TCP/IP/SNMP interface for use in global network management system Optional, internal GPS receiver for generation of the 1 pps and 10 MHz signals Internal HTTP server for easy control from a PC with a standard web browser

general performance/Functions
MPEG-TS Inputs and Outputs . . . . ASI Input and Output Connector . . . . . BNC, female, 75 ohms Clock Reference Input . . . . . . . . . 10 MHz sinus Clock Reference Connector. . . . . . BNC, female, 50 ohms Time Reference Input . . . . . . . . . . 1 pps (TTL level) Time Reference Connector . . . . . . BNC, female, high-impedance (default value) or 50 ohms (upon request) Control Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . HTTP, FTP and SNMP (V1 and V2c) Control Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet 10/100Base-T (RJ-45 connector) Alarms Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay contacts (DB-9 connector), Ethernet RJ-45 (traps) images/diagrams
All 2 K and 8 K nonhierarchical and hierarchical modes Switchable bandwidth (8/7/6 MHz) Useful bit rate from 4.98 to 31.67 Mb/s on 2 K and 8 K modes (8 MHz) Alarm status on the front panel, log file and traps (V1 or V2c) Friendly man-machine interface (internal HTTP server for easy control from a PC with a standard web browser) When used with nonhierarchical operation, the two inputs offer automatic switchover; the two outputs offer duplicated signals
606
Videotek DM-100
Utility Demodulator
teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // AnALOg DeMODuLATOrs
607
The Videotek DM-100 demodulator has all the features you demand for basic demodulation applications. This flexible demodulator accepts either antenna or cable TV RF inputs, and outputs both video and balanced BTSC stereo audio. Its compact size allows up to three DM-100 demodulators to be mounted side by side in only 1RU perfect where rack space is a premium. The DM-100 has a clear and positive front-panel indication of unit operation and channel selected. A back-panel switch allows for locking to all selected functions, including channel tuning, video and audio level, and stereo balance. Other functions include selection of channel fine tuning offsets and forced HRC tuning.
Features Compact size 1/3 rack wide, allowing three units in 1RU Easy system power 12 VDC operation, 120 VAC adaptor included; multi-unit and 48 VDC power units available Front-panel lock set and forget BTSC stereo decoder Clear front-panel indication of channel selection confirm operation at a glance Standards available: NTSC, PAL-M and NTSC-J

tuner power
Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.25 to 801.25 MHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Type, 75 ohms, female Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 to +15 dBmV Maximum RF Input Level . . . . . . . +30 dBmV Channel Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . VHF channels 2 to 13 UHF channels 14 to 69 Cable channels 2 to 99 Band Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low, mid, high, super, UHF Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronous
Video
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC 120 VAC adapter included Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VA Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking, center positive
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 C (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 167 F (-40 to 75 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum
mechanical
Video Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC video output, sync negative 75 ohms, source terminated Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, nominal into 75 ohms load Adjustment Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 dB
Audio
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.74 x 5.25 x 9.9 in. (4.4 x 13.3 x 25.2 cm) Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 lbs (1.1 kg) including AC adapter
standard Accessories . . . . . Operation and service manual
90 to 264 VAC 50/60 Hz adapter
Audio Line Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced stereo (left and right) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-piece terminal strip Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm, nominal Adjustment Range . . . . . . . . . . . . -16 dBm to +4 dBm Audio Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature stereo headphone jack, front panel, 32 ohms
ordering inFormation DM-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utility demodulator, 154 channels, BTSC (MTS) stereo decoder, up/down tuning, 12 VDC input (AC adapter included); 1/3 rack wide, 1RU; rackmounts in DAT-1 frame DM-100X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utility demodulator without power supply, 154 channels, BTSC (MTS) stereo decoder, up/down tuning, 12 VDC input (AC adapter included); 1/3 rack wide, 1RU; rackmounts in DAT-1 frame PS-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple unit power supply for DM-100X; powers up to 5 units; includes 5 power cables; 1/3 rack wide, 1RU; up to 3 units can be rackmounted in DAT-1 frame DAT-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rackmount frame
not for sale in the european union
Videotek DM-145, DM-154

Frequency-Agile Demodulators
Features Multi-band tuning (VHF/UHF/Cable) Random access, search or up/down channel selection Front-panel cable/antenna selection Frequency synthesized channel selection Front-panel audio presence indicators Synchronous detection Envelope and synchronous detection on DM-192 Up to 4 MHz bandwidth for FCC testing Audio output configurations for every requirement Front-panel LED channel display Controls for video gain, audio gain and balance on front panel Front-panel memory retained for one week in event of power loss Standards available: NTSC and PAL-M
For more than two decades, the Harris Videotek family of demodulators has provided the highest performance at the best value in the industry. By offering the greatest selection of demodulators with the widest range of features, Harris has become one of the largest suppliers of frequency-agile demodulators in North America. Models DM-145 and DM-154 provide video and BTSC stereo signal demodulation for broadcast, CATV and closed circuit monitoring applications. From basic receiving and monitoring applications to full FCC proof of performance testing, Videotek offers an agile demodulator that will fit your needs and your budget.
Product details
dm-145 dm-154
The DM-145 demodulator is perfect for broadcast and cable applications, and adds the capability of providing both stereo audio and secondary audio program (SAP) outputs. Second language programming, emergency alert or radio simulcasting are a few of the applications that require full-time SAP audio.
FeAtuRes
154-channel tuning (VHF/UHF/cable) Simultaneous stereo and SAP audio outputs HRC/IRC tuning capability via wide-range fine tuning Synchronous detection SAP and stereo presence indicators Front-panel LED channel display
The DM-154 demodulator is a high-performance television tuner/demodulator, which in addition to being at home in basic broadcast, cable and closed-circuit monitoring applications, can also be used for FCC compliance testing. It contains features beyond standard tuners, including forced mono mode, a zero carrier pulse (chopper), 4.5 MHz aural carrier output, external IF loop and remote control via an RS-232 port. The DM154 may be used in testing applications and in locations where computer control is required.
FeAtuRes
Full 4 MHz bandwidth video for compliance testing Quadrature output for ICPM measurements SAP presence indicator Front-panel selection of stereo, mono or SAP outputs Zero carrier pulse control on front panel Remote control via an RS-232 port IF (45.75 MHz) loop enabled by an internal jumper Suitable for full FCC proof of performance testing

tuner
Video
Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.25 to 801.25 MHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Type, 75 ohms, female Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 to +15 dBmV Maximum RF Input Level . . . . . . . +30 dBmV Cross Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-50 dB, nominal Fine Tuning Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MHz in 64 steps (62.5 kHz per step) Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 kHz, typical Channel Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . VHF channels 2 to 13 UHF channels 14 to 69 Cable channels 2 to 99 Band Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low, mid, high, super, UHF Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronous
Video Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 NTSC video outputs, sync negative 75 ohms source terminated Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, typical into 75 ohms load Adjustment Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 dB, typical (front panel control) Chroma/Luma Delay . . . . . . . . . . Within 30 ns typical (ref -170)
Audio
608
Audio Line Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced stereo (left and right) Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLR (male) Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBm, typical across 600 ohms Adjustment Range . . . . . . . . . . . . -16 to +4 dBm Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 50 Hz to 12 kHz (stereo mode) Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . 50 dB at 0 dBm Stereo Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 dB @ 1 kHz Distortion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% maximum, 1 to 12 kHz Audio Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 internal speaker, front-panel level control
Videotek DM-145, DM-154

Frequency-Agile Demodulators
power
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 VA, typical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detachable 3-wire power cord, per IEC 320
environmental
tuner
If Loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +20 dBmV typical, internally enabled Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Type, 75 ohms, female
Video
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 167 F (-40 to 75 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum, non-condensing
mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 10.75 in. (4.5 x 48.3 x 27.3 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.25 lbs (4.2 kg)
Power cord Rackmount kit
Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <4% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <4 Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to 4.0 MHz 1 dB (trap out) Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >50 dB at 0 dBmV Zero Carrier Output . . . . . . . . . . . User selection on/off; location of zero carrier pulse, selectable from line 10 through line 25 via front panel Quadrature Output . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 7 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female
Audio
dm-145 Video
Differential Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <5% Differential Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . <5 Signal to Noise Ratio . . . . . . . . . . >49 dB at 0 dBmV Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 MHz to 3.6 MHz 1 dB Audio Line Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced stereo (left and right), SAP output
4.5 MHz Aural Output . . . . . . . . . . +10 dBmV or +34 2 dBmV selectable Composite Audio Output . . . . . . . . 110 kHz bandwidth, 0.5 V pk-pk Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC 75 ohms connector, female Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 connector (type DB-9, female) Cable or antenna selection Channel selection select/scan up or down Audio mode selection Speaker volume control Zero carrier enable and line location Fine tuning 4.5 MHz trap enable/disable All commands return status of controlled feature
ordering inFormation DM-145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Broadcast/cable TV demodulator, 154 channels, BTSC (MTS) stereo/SAP decoder, 2 buffered composite baseband video outputs with simultaneous stereo and SAP outputs; 1RU DM-154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Broadcast/cable TV demodulator, 154 channels, BTSC (MTS) stereo/SAP decoder; 2 buffered composite baseband video outputs with balanced stereo outputs; zero carrier pulse, RS-232 communications port, wideband audio, IF loop, 4.5 MHz trap select; 1RU
609
dm-154
Videotek DDM-800
teLeVisiOn tRAnsmissiOn And demOduLAtiOn // DigiTAL DeMODuLATOrs
Multichannel 8VSB Frequency-Agile Demodulator

Features High demodulator density: Four receivers in compact 1RU package Supports 8VSB and QAM modulated transmissions No space required between units when rack mounting Factory- or field-installed modules (single demodulator is standard) Most advanced 8VSB demodulation technology available Tunes 54 to 860 MHz Channels: 2-69 (off-air) Channels: 2-134 (cable) Ethernet communications, web browser and SNMP support with alarm time stamp Real-time clock with battery web backup, instant memory save feature for all settings Front-panel controls with direct entry keypad Front-panel LCD display with backlight Power and summary alarm LED indicators Universal, multi-drop serial port Programmable GPI alarm outputs Standards available: ATSC, 64 QAM, 256 QAM
The Videotek DDM-800 is a compact, frequency-agile digital demodulator capable of demodulating 8VSB, 64 QAM and 256 QAM modulated signals, and converting them to DVB-ASI output format. It can also house up to four separate receivers in one package. The demodulated MPEG-2 output streams can then be locally decoded, analyzed, multiplexed or passed to a cable facility via QAM modulators or to a data distribution network. The DDM-800 front-panel interface enables quick setup through direct-entry keypad and navigation keys. The front panel indicates the current channel number or the center frequency. The status display for each demodulator shows signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), bit error rate (BER), and fine tuning offset. External communications support configuration is through an intuitive, web browser GUI via the 10/100Base-T Ethernet connection. The resident SNMP agent enables straightforward integration into headend, station or uplink network control, and monitoring systems with real-time clocks for time stamp on alarms. The 1RU DDM-800 has the flexibility to add three optional demodulators (DDMOpt-801) to its base unit, providing a space efficient and economical solution for cable, satellite and broadcast facilities.
tuner
Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequencies from 55 to 860 MHz (VHF channel 2 to 13, UHF channel 14 to 69) (cable channel 2 to 134) Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -24 to +29 dBmV (8VSB), 0 to +15 dBmV (QAM) Fine Tuning Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MHz in 64 steps (62.5 kHz increments) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Type, female, 75 ohms
Asi Output
Data link integrity High-temperature alarm Carrier unlock, by demod BER alarm, by demod SNR alarm, by demod Relay Contact Closure . . . . . . . . . 0.35 A @ 30 VDC Absolute Maximum Current . . . . . 1 A
environmental
gpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 fully programmable GPOs, notification of loss of power
Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.2 ns (20% to 80%) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female
Remote Control
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 167 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum, non-condensing
mechanical
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet Supported Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45, female Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network activity, link Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232/422/485 selectable Supported Baud Rates . . . . . . . . . 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-pin D-sub, female
power Requirements
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 19.5 in. (4.5 x 48.3 x 49.6 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.54 lb (3.42 kg) standard Accessories . . . . . Operation and service manual, SNMP support CD, Power cord, Rackmount kit ordering inFormation DDM-800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multichannel, 8VSB, frequency-agile, ATSC demodulator; front-panel interface with channel, signal-to-noise and bit error rate readout; remote control by RS-232/422/485, Ethernet, SNMP and web browser; 1RU; accepts up to 3 demodulator module options (DDM-OPT 801) DDM-OPT 801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8VSB demodulator module option for the DDM800 used in ATSC digital transmission; up to 3 additional modules per DDM-800; RF input to DVB-ASI transport stream output
610
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 VA, maximum
Videotek DDM-840
8VSB Frequency-Agile Digital Demodulator/Decoder

611
Features HD-SDI or SD-SDI selectable output Closed captioning decoded and displayed on the output video Transport stream PSIP table display Signal-to-noise ratio and bit error rate Auto programming of available channels SMPTE 310M or DVB-ASI selectable transport stream inputs CAV, SDI and NTSC outputs Dolby Digital (AC-3) or PCM and analog stereo audio outputs Standards available: ATSC
The Videotek DDM-840 is a compact, frequency-agile digital demodulator with an MPEG-2 HD/SD decoder capable of demodulating 8VSB, 64 QAM and 256 QAM modulated signals, and converting them to DVB-ASI output format. The DDM-840 demodulators MPEG-2 HD decoder presents the MPEG-2 program streams in either HD (main profile at high level) or SD (main profile at main level) format.
Product details
While generating a multitude of signals including RGB and YPBPR analog component video, NTSC analog composite video and serial digital for monitoring the video program selected the DDM-840 also decodes the transport streams audio programs to two analog stereo pairs and two digital audio outputs as Dolby Digital (AC-3 TM) passthrough or PCM. External SMPTE 310 or DVB-ASI transport streams may be connected to the DDM-840 for decoding as well. The DDM-840 front-panel interface enables quick setup through a direct-entry keypad and navigation keys. Front-panel indications are included for the current channel number, output format, received short channel name, program number and the received programs available (up to three).
demodulator tuner
The demodulators front panel features a 2x40-character LCD that indicates the status of signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and bit error rate (BER). External communications support configuration through an intuitive, web browser GUI, and the resident SNMP agent via the 10/100Base-T Ethernet connection enables straightforward integration into headend, station, or uplink network control and monitoring systems, with real-time clocks for time stamp on alarms. The DDM-840 program information table display includes PAT, PMT, MGT, VCT, EIT, STT and EPG. There is also a menu selection, allowing the closed captioning to be decoded and displayed on the video output. The small 1RU footprint of the DDM-840 chassis provides a space-efficient and economical solution for cable, satellite and broadcast facilities.
Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terrestrial VHF/UHF and cable frequencies from 54 to 860 MHz; (VHF channel 2 to 13, UHF channel 14 to 69, cable 2 to 134) Input Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -24 to +29 dBmV Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Type, 75 ohms, female
transport stream Output dVB-Asi:
decoder Video Output Component as YpBpR or RgB formats:
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i, 720p or 480i Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female

YpBpR Output:
Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1.2 ns (20% to 80%) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female
transport stream input (smpte 310m or dVB-Asi-selectable) smpte 310m:
Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 mV, typical SYNC on Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per SMPTE 240M SMPTE 274M SMPTE 296M
RgB Output:
Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 mV, typical Maximum Voltage Level . . . . . . . . 1 V NTSC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk typical into 75 ohms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female
sdi Output Conforms to smpte 292m or 259m:
Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.39 Mb/s Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC
dVB-Asi:
Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 VDC Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female
Audio Output
Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% D.C. Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female
Dolby Digital (AC-3) or AES output, main and SAP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female Embedded in SDI output Analog Stereo Output . . . . . . . . . . Balanced, main and SAP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push-pin type with removable connector
Videotek DDM-840
612
RemOte COntROL
8VSB Frequency-Agile Digital Demodulator/Decoder
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet Supported Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45, female Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Network activity, link Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232/422/485 selectable Supported Baud Rates . . . . . . . . . 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600 ordering inFormation DDM-840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency-agile digital demodulator with MPEG-2 HD/SD decoder; demodulates 8VSB, 64 QAM and 256 QAM modulated signals, converts them to DVB-ASI output format; front-panel interface with channel, SNR and BER readout; remote control by RS-232/422/485, Ethernet, SNMP and web browser; 4 programmable output GPIs; 1RU
DDM6800+D
Digital Demodulator Module

613
Features Tuner supports the following modulation types: 8VSB 64 QAM (clear) 256 QAM (clear) One F-Type RF input 55 to 860 MHz input frequency selection Input level: 8VSB: -14 to +29 dBmV 64 QAM: -12 to +12 dBmV 256 QAM: -9 to +12 dBmV VHF/UHF channels: 2 to 69 Cable standard channels: 2 to 134 Control using CCS Protocol
The DDM6800+D digital demodulator module for the Harris 6800+ core processing platform provides a cost-effective solution for off-air or cable reception of 8VSB, 64 QAM and 256 QAM modulated signals. Packed with a rich list of features, the DDM6800+D is capable of receiving 8VSB off-air, or 64 QAM and 256 QAM (Annex B) clear modulated RF signals, and provides an industry-standard ASI output for distribution or decoding. The DDM6800+D is fully interoperable with other modules in the extensive 6800+ modular family. When used with the MFD6800+ module, the DDM6800+D forms the front end of a cost-effective, multiformat off-air or cable receiver/decoder. Alternatively, when used with the IPA6800+ module, the DDM6800+D allows for the distribution of program streams anywhere over a wide area network (WAN).

demodulator
images/diagrams
Back module
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 F-Type Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8VSB, 64 QAM and 256 QAM Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 to 860 MHz
Asi Output
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC Clock Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MHz Logic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV pk-pk 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5 VDC Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ns 20% to 80% of peak value Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ns Operating temperature. . . 41 to 113 F (5 to 45 C) ordering inFormation physical specifications. . . 6800+ back module uses 2 (of 20) slots, RoHS-compliant power dissipation . . . . . . . Power consumption: <6 W maximum Frames supported . . . . . . . FR6802+XF, FR6802+XF48, FR6802+QXF and FR6800+MB impORtAnt: Certain module combinations may exceed the power and heat dissipation capabilities of the frames. The DDM-6800+D digital demodulator double-slot card for the 6800+ series frames includes the rear connector. DDM6800+D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency-agile digital demodulator module for the 6800+ frame system; demodulates 8VSB, 64 QAM and 256 QAM modulated signals, converts them to 2 DVB-ASI outputs; includes front and back module
TesT anD measURemenT

Television standards and formats may come and go, but the broadcasters responsibility to maintain signal quality remains constant. Thats why the worlds most-discriminating television program production and distribution facilities rely on precision Harris videotek test and measurement solutions. from customizable signal analyzers, onscreen monitors and handheld test monitors, to the latest portable optical fiber tools, file-based QC servers and 3 gb/s solutions, Harris offers a high-performance instrument to meet any audio or video monitoring requirement. To learn more, visit www.broadcast.harris.com/videotek.
614
viDeo teSt
tvm SerieS AnCiLLArY DAtA AnALYzerS
tvm-4mA
Metadata Analyzer ................................................................................... 617
Cmn SerieS WAveForm rASterizer

Cmn-41
Multiformat Onscreen Monitor ................................................................... 664
tvm SerieS WAveForm monitorS

tvm9150PKg
Multiformat 3G/HD/SD Video Waveform Monitor and Audio Signal Analyzer .... 618
vmm WAveForm rASterizer

vmm-4SnY
Integrated Test and Measurement Module for Sony LCD Monitors ............... 667
tvm9140PKg
Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Video and Audio Signal Analyzer .............................. 625
HAnDHeLD WAveForm monitorS

HD-StAr
Handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator and Monitor .................................. 669
tvm9100PKg
Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Video and Audio Signal Analyzer .............................. 630
tvm-4Dg
Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Waveform Monitor/Vectorscope ............................... 634
SD-StAr
Handheld SD-SDI and Analog Composite Generator and Monitor ................... 671
Cmn SerieS WAveForm monitorS

Cmn-91
Multiformat Signal Analyzer ...................................................................... 635
AuDio LouDneSS AnD monitoring

Cmn-LA
Loudness Analyzer ................................................................................... 673
Cvm-306
Compact Multiformat Signal Analyzer ......................................................... 638
LLm-1770
Loudness Logger and Monitor ................................................................... 676
Avm WAveForm monitorS

Avm-717
Video and Audio Multiformat Monitoring System ......................................... 640
APm-215
Audio Monitors ........................................................................................ 678
vtm SerieS WAveForm rASterizerS

vtm4150PKg
Multiformat Modular Rasterizer Monitor ..................................................... 644
mPeg teSt
mPeg AnALYzerS
mSA-100
Multi-Source Analyzer .............................................................................. 680
vtm4140PKg
Multiformat Modular Onscreen Monitor ...................................................... 650
vtm4100PKg
Multiformat Modular Onscreen Monitor ...................................................... 655
mSA-300
Multi-Source Analyzer .............................................................................. 684
vtm-2400
HD Multiformat Onscreen Monitor.............................................................. 660
mPeg teSt
ASi-StAr
Transport Stream Monitor ......................................................................... 688
vtm-2000
Multiformat Onscreen Monitor ................................................................... 662
615
FiLe-BASeD teSt
QuiC
1RU Media Analysis Server ....................................................................... 690
vLS-20A
Visible Laser Source ................................................................................ 703
oLt-20A
HAnDHeLD teSt
viDeo teSt AnD generAtorS
HD-StAr
Handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator and Monitor .................................. 669
otm-20
oPtiCAL LoSS teSter

oLt-20A
SD-StAr
Handheld SD-SDI and Analog Composite Generator and Monitor ................... 671
otm-20
gen-StAr
HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator with Audio and Genlock ................................ 693
oPtiCAL iDentiFier
oFi-20B
Optical Fiber Identifier .............................................................................. 704
mPeg teSt
ASi-StAr
Transport Stream Monitor ......................................................................... 688
viDeo teSt SignAL generAtorS

DigitAL viDeo generAtorS
vSg-201D, vSg-204D
Serial Digital Sync Generators ................................................................... 705
FiBer oPtiC teSt

otDr
palmotDr-S20
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer ........................................................... 695
vSg-401
Compact Video and Audio Signal Generator ................................................ 708
PoWer meterS
oPm-15
Optical Power Meters ............................................................................... 697
vSg-410
Video (and Audio) Signal Generator ............................................................ 710
AutomAtiC viDeo CHAngeover

vSX-11D
Multiformat Sync Changeover Unit ............................................................. 713
oLt-20A
otm-20
gPS AntennAS
gPS-3903
LASer SourCeS
SLS 616
Stabilized Laser Source ............................................................................ 702
gPS-3904
TVM-4MA
Metadata Analyzer
test And meAsuRement // viDeO TesT
617
Features Discovery and reporting of location and repetition rate of all ancillary data Data dumping to screen or file Decoding of common data types (AFD, closed caption, Dolby metadata, video payload, embedded Audio) Template-based alarm setup Missing data Extra data
Options
Dual rackmount case Portable case with tilt stand European power cord United Kingdom power cord Australian power cord
The Videotek TVM-4MA metadata analyzer discovers, reports, monitors, and triggers alarms on the ancillary data present in an HD or SD SDI signal, as well as VBI data in SD-SDI signals. It is designed for anyone who needs to verify data presence and confirm data contents. Other products on the market require a computer for display, or they force the user to scroll through a list of all possible data identifiers to find the ones that are active. As networks make increasing use of the ancillary data space to control downstream equipment and distribute information to affiliates, it is critical to be able to verify the generation and transport of the myriad data types in use.
Video
ordering inFormation TVM-4MAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metadata analyzer, HD/SD-SDI. Discover, monitor and alarm on ancillary data and SD VBI data. Decode selected data types. Half-rack, 3RU
Options
Inputs A and B (Digital) . . . . . . . . . 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, 720p/23.98, 525/59.94 or 625/50 auto-detect Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s, 270 Mb/s auto-detect Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, Hi-Z looping
power Requirements
PTC-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable case with folding stand and handle DRC-2A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double rackmount case BLK-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for DRC-2A EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 260 V AC, 50/60 Hz, nominal Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 25 W maximum
mechanical
Dimensions H x W x D . . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 8.25 x 16.63 in. (13.34 x 21.6 x 42.24 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 lb (2.27 kg)
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 0 to 50 C Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 65 C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . To 10,000 ft (3,050 m) above sea level
Operators manual on CD . . . . . . . North American power cord . . . . . NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728
TVM9150PKG
Multiformat 3G/HD/SD Video Waveform Monitor and Audio Signal Analyzer

Features Dual, auto-detecting SDI input for 3 Gb/s, HD or SD Dual, auto-detecting NTSC/PAL analog composite option Single-input ASI monitoring option 3D analysis upgrade with multiple 3D formats and displays Standards: SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, NTSC/PAL Multiple reference inputs Simultaneous display of up to four different inputs Customizable display functions, including screen location and multiple displays Patented video relative timing display Patented gamut display Pixel locator/data word analyzer Multiple-picture thumbnail A/B parade and overlay 608, 708 closed-caption detect, alarm, display Teletext detect, alarm, display OP-47 HD subtitle display Comprehensive alarm set with peak level report 16 direct-access user presets Integral high-brightness XGA TFT color LCD display Illuminated controls and indicators DVI-I output USB port for control and data transfer 10/100Base-T Ethernet, SNMP agent Web server SpyderWeb II remote control and logging software GPI control
The Harris Videotek TVM9150PKG multiformat video waveform monitor and audio signal analyzer with integral XGA TFT color LCD display is the most advanced and intuitive test instrument available in a half-rack scope package. Versatile and modular, the TVM9150PKG is ideal for all 3G/HD/SD-SDI, analog composite and ASI video and audio applications. A 3D Analysis option allows the TVM9150PKG to support a variety of 3D television formats with multiple picture modes. Users can display and evaluate up to four input sources, in up to four formats, simultaneously. One hundred percent digital signal processing enables precision presentation of waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture, timing and data analyzer screens, each of which can be viewed in any quadrant. With full-screen, multiple pictures, thumbnails and powerful MULTI mode, complete display flexibility is a reality. TVM9150 packages are predefined module groupings designed to quickly deliver the monitoring solution you need. The unit can be rackmounted or used in the field, and integrates seamlessly into any broadcast, post-production, telecine, satellite or cable facility, making the TVM9150 the ultimate choice for quality control, troubleshooting and compliance-check applications. Select among 3 Gb/s, HD/ SD-SDI, SD-SDI, analog composite and ASI video monitoring with advanced physical jitter, 3D analysis, Dolby, advanced audio and lip sync monitoring options to build a system customized to your requirements.
Selectable options
Video Inputs Dual HD/SD-SDI Dual HD/SD-SDI with eye pattern Dual HD/SD-SDI with eye pattern and jitter waveform and spectrum display 3D analysis Dual 3G/HD/SD-SDI with RGB dual link Dual ASI Dual composite analog Audio Metering and monitoring of up to eight channels of analog, AES/EBU and embedded audio Dolby Digital, Dolby Surround EX, Dolby E, Dolby Pro-Logic I formats Dolby decoded outputs Loudness metering and alarm Multiple audio Lissajous displays
618
TVM9150PKG
Product details

619
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 tVm-Vtm-3d Analysis Option The newest advances in 3D testing are available in the TVM9150PKG. The new VPR 50 board enables the display of up to four 3D pictures or a combination of multiple 3D pictures and/or waveforms, including the ability to display separate left-eye and righteye pictures and waveforms simultaneously. 3D testing capability requires the TVMVTM-3D option (for those owners of the TVM9100PKG or TVM9140PKG, the upgrade path is with the TVM-50F).
The VTM Series is loaded with features designed to enhance the user experience, The TVM9150PKG has impressive features, including illuminated controls; a modular platform for easy upgrades; HD/SD-SDI auto-detect; passive looping inputs that accept 1080i, 1080p and 720p formats at popular frame rates, including SD-525/625; realtime alarms (with time stamp, adjustable limits and peak value report); frame capture/ transfer; EIA 608 and 708 closed caption; Teletext; OP-47 HD subtitles; XDS; and alarm status and metadata displays. Options include dual HD/SD-SDI eye pattern with jitter display, 3D analysis, dual 3G/ HD/SD-SDI, dual HD/SD-SDI, dual SD-SDI, dual ASI and dual analog composite inputs, RGB Dual Link, advanced audio analysis with CineSound Surround display and comprehensive Dolby decoding. The SD-SDI and SD-SDI eye pattern inputs can be fieldupgraded to HD/SD with the purchase of an unlock key.
Vtm9150 with four different pictures of 3d input
The 3D Analysis option includes the following picture modes: Split, L-R (left minus right), Mosaic, Mix, and Anaglyph. The Split picture display is useful for locating vertical misalignment of a stereo camera pair and focus differences between left and right inputs. The split location is adjustable across the picture, allowing the user to select the overlap location for determining the best place for alignment.
Q-see technology allows complete display versatility
The TVM9150PKG features Harris Corporations patented Q-SEE display technology, which enables users to configure their screen for any specific need. Whether the desire is for full screen, quadrant with picture thumbnail or the convenient MULTI mode, Q-SEE can make it happen. Choose from waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture and timing displays, and place each in any quadrant on the screen. The TVM9150PKG can be quickly and easily configured, with direct access to display functions, selectable screen location and context-sensitive pop-up menus, as well as the industrys most intuitive navigation system. Complete presentation changes can be instantly applied with any of the 16 front-panel preset selections.
split picture display
TVM9150PKG

The L-r picture display is generated by subtracting the luma value of the right source from the luma value of the left. The result of the subtraction is pure gray if the left and right images perfectly line up. This function is useful in aligning the 3D camera rig on a test chart, as small differences are easily discernable. The mix picture display feature shows a 50/50 mix of the A and B inputs. This mode is useful for seeing both left and right views superimposed on each other, and therefore instantly highlights the parts of the scene that have greater 3D depth than others. This view is achieved by performing a 50 percent mix of the red, green and blue components of the left and right image pairs.
L-R picture display mix picture display
The mosaic picture display is useful for catching differences in color/brightness of the left and right sources. For example, on a surface containing a basic, constant color such as a wall, a field or the sky if the two cameras are matched for color brightness, contrast, etc., the mosaic pattern is not visible; if the cameras are not matched, the mosaic pattern is easily visible. Also, adjacent mosaic boxes will look more mismatched for parts of a scene containing greater 3D depth. The unit has a vertical and horizontal adjustment for the mosaic block size, allowing the user to select the optimum block size for making deterministic evaluation of the signal.
The Anaglyph picture display allows the use of common red/green or cyan/magenta glasses to see the 3D effect without special monitors or expensive, active 3D glasses. This method of viewing 3D is inferior to the use of shutter glasses, but makes it easy for an operator wearing anaglyph glasses to check the 3D effect on any color display including the TVM9150 front-panel LCD display. Anaglyph glasses possess two different lenses of different (usually chromatically opposite) colors, such as red and cyan or green and magenta.
mosaic picture display
Anaglyph picture display
620
TVM9150PKG
VideO

621
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 ATSC Display Tables . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP)) PMT (Program Map Table) MGT (Master Guide Table) VCT (Virtual Channel Table) RRT (Region Rating Table) STT (System Time Table) EIT (Event Information Table) EPG (Electronic Program Guide) BW (Bandwidth) DVB Display Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and Information Table (SI)) PMT (Program Map Table) EIT (Event Information Table) CAT (Conditional Access Table) NIT (Network Information Table) SDT (Service Description Table) BW (Bandwidth)
Jitter evaluation input module (tVm-Vtm-Jem)
Hd/sd-sdi input module (tVm-Vtm-sdi-H)
Two dual-standard inputs accepting: SD SMPTE 259M-C formats or HD SMPTE 292M formats, including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24 and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m of 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 100 m of 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
sd-sdi input module (tVm-Vtm-sdi-s)
Two SMPTE 259M-C inputs, auto-detect 525/59.94, 625/50 Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 250 m, Belden 8281 at 270 Mb/s Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB 5 to 270 MHz
3g/Hd/sd-sdi input module (tVm-Vtm-3gB)
Two dual-standard inputs accepting: 3 Gb/s SMPTE 424M inputs, SD SMPTE 259M-C formats or HD SMPTE 292M formats, including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/60, 1080p/59.94, 1080p/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24 and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, 2.97 Gb/s, auto-detect Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, active looping Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 250 m, Belden 8281 at 270 Mb/s, 100 m, Belden 8281 at 1.485 Gb/s or 100 m, Belden 1694A at 2.97 Gb/s Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB, 5 to 270 MHz; -15 dB, 270 MHz to 1.5 GHz; -10 dB, 1.5 to 2.97 GHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
Asi input module (tVm-Vtm-Asi)
Two dual-standard inputs accepting: DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M signals, auto-detect. Monitoring of ATSC PSIP or DVB PSI tables. ETSI TR 101-290 priority 1, 2 and 3 alarms including buffer errors Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s, or 38.785 Mb/s Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s, or 38.785 Mb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
Two dual inputs accepting SD SMPTE 259M-C formats or HD SMPTE 292M formats Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z active-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 80 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitoring Output . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Jitter Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays pk-pk jitter as a bar graph and numeric readout, jitter waveform or frequency spectrum Bar Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 UI or 0 to 0.2 UI with numeric readout Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 1 kHz 5% 10 kHz 5% 100 kHz 5% Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized with video 1 H, 2 H, 1 V or 2 V sweep rate Line-select may be applied Frequency Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays a frequency histogram from the filter setting up to a maximum frequency of 1 or 5 MHz Eye Parameter Measurement . . . . Amplitude, rise time, fall time Measurement Bandwidth . . . . . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz -3 to 1 dB relative to 750 MHz Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 100 Hz Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed waveform of 800 mV Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed overshoot of 10% 20% maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 2% of the displayed rise/fall time
Analog input module (tVm-Vtm-ACV-2)
2 NTSC/PAL composite video, auto-detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz DC Restore Clamp Time . . . . . . . . Back Porch
TVM9150PKG

DC Restorer Level Shift Due to Presence or Absence of Burst . . . . 1 IRE/ Unit DC Restorer Level Shift with Change from 50% APL to 1 0% APL or to 90% APL . . . . . . . . 1 IRE/ Unit DC Restorer 60 Hz Attenuation . . . Slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . (AC+DC) +2.5 to -1.5 VDC restorer off, 3.0 VDC restorer on
Reference
Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Control
Analog blackburst, NTSC/PAL composite video, tri-level sync auto-detect (per SMPTE 274M) Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB (blackburst NTSC) 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB (PAL sync and burst) 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB (tri level Sync) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable Hi-Z looping or 75 ohms Terminating Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
dVi-i Output
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 total with 4 input and 5 preset recall selections, or individually user configured GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 alarms, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 350 mA @30 VDC External Router Control . . . . . . . . . 1 RJ11 female, for use with Videotek RS-12A router for input expansion Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1, Type A, female Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port - 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 Ethernet female
timecode
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC, Ancillary Time Code (HD only), DVITC extracted from SD inputs
display
Digital Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per DDWG DVI rev1 R, G, B Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable 0.7 or 1 V pk-pk, nominal Pixel Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Mp/s R, G, B Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Horizontal Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 48,363 Hz 1% Vertical Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 60.004 Hz 1% Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% waveform 1 vector 37 ns timing digital 300 ns timing analog Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-pin DVI-I, female
Audio Options
622
Inputs (Analog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or four stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20k ohms Inputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 embedded audio channels. 4 or 8 AES/EBU serial digital pairs, (option dependent) Optional Dolby E or AC-3 stream Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8, BNC, female Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Outputs (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced, follows selected audio input. Dolby inputs produce a 2-channel mix down and/or full 8-channel decode Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 dBu max +6 to -50 dB adjustable For digital audio, -20 dBFS produces a +4 dBu analog output level Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male, shared with inputs Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced or 20 ohms balanced, nominal Signal To Noise: Outputs (Digital) . . 100 dB (relative to signal level out of +24 dBu), typical 4 AES/EBU and one Dolby Digital, Dolby E, or AES stream embedded in the selected digital video source Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female shared with input
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A quadrant display for viewing an input on up to four different displays as picture, waveform, vector, audio, alarm status, timing, optional eye pattern, simultaneously or individually as a full-screen display of each separately. Additional data analyzer display for pixel analysis. Also view multiple waveform and vectors of the same or different inputs with VTM-OPT 40 Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 H, with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification 1 or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Waveform Frequency Response . . Analog: 25 Hz to 5.75 MHz within 1% of amplitude at 50 kHz SD: 0.5% to 5.75 MHz Y 0.5% to 2.50 MHz CB, CR HD: 0.5% to 30 MHz Y 0.5% to 15 MHz CB, CR
eye (Optional)
Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . Overlay (3 eye) or 10 eye (SD), 20 eye (HD) Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Measurement Analog Bandwidth . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz, -3 to 1 dB relative to 750 MHz Jitter Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% for all frequencies up to 300 kHz Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps for HD <150 ps for SD Intrinsic Wander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <150 ps for HD <300 ps for SD Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar graph showing jitter magnitude Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 UI to 1.0 UI Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R - Y vs. B - Y for Analog CB vs. CR for HD or SD Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels displayed simultaneously
TVM9150PKG
power Requirements

TVM-VTM-EYE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two active looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-ACV-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two looping analog composite video inputs for NTSC or PAL format, auto detect TVM-VTM-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310 input module with MPEG data analysis. Provides single transport stream program information and bandwidth measurements. Monitors MPEG and ATSC tables for errors and repetition rates. Alarms for ETSI TR-101-290 first, second and third priority errors TVM-VTM-DLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expands the dual-link capability of the TVM-VTMSDI-H, TVM-VTM-EYE-H and TVM-VTM-JEM to include 10-bit RGB (4:4:4) and RGB+A (4:4:4:4) formats TVM-VTM-AAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced analysis package that adds data analyzer functions in quadrant or full-screen views to the TVM9100PKG and VTM4100PKG. Included in TVM9140PKG, TVM9150PKG, VTM4140PKG and VTM4150PKG TVM-VTM-3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced 3D analysis package that adds 3D picture and waveform displays in quadrant or full-screen views to the TVM9150PKG and VTM4150PKG.
Advanced Audio Options
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 260 VAC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 180 VA

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19.0 x 19.0 in. (4.5 x 48.3 x 48.3 cm)

environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,050 m)
Operators manual on CD GPI/LTC breakout terminal board DVI to VGA adapter Rackmount kit Power cord* *North America cord supplied unless optional cord selected at time of order ordering inFormation
package descriptions
TVM9150PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat waveform monitor with a TVM-VTM-SDI-H HD/SD-SDI input module TVM9150PKG-EH . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat waveform monitor with a TVM-VTM-EYE-H HD/SD-SDI eye pattern input module TVM9150PKG-EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat waveform monitor with a TVM-VTM-JEM HD/SD-SDI with eye pattern and jitter waveform or jitter spectrum input module TVM9150PKG-ES . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat waveform monitor with a TVM-VTM-EYE-S SD-SDI eye pattern input module (can be upgraded later to HD/SD with the TVMVTM-ES2H-F) TVM9150PKG-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat waveform monitor with a TVM-VTM-3GB 3G/HD/SD-SDI input module TVM9150PKG-SD . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat waveform monitor with a TVM-VTM-SDI-S SD-SDI input module (can be upgraded later to HD/SD with the TVM-VTMS2H-F)
Video Options
TVM-VTM-SDI-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two passive looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two passive looping SMPTE 424M (3 Gb/s), SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SDSDI) inputs, auto detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-JEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI), auto-sensing inputs. Eye pattern display and jitter waveform or spectrum can be viewed individually or together as part of a quad display TVM-VTM-SDI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two passive looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect and monitor output
TVM-A3-OPT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 4 AES/EBU shared input/output pairs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously TVM-A3-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio expansion module; adds 4 AES/EBU input pairs to TVM-A3-OPT 2
623
TVM9150PKG

TVM-A3-OPT 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels TVM-A3-OPT 3TL . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 TVM-A3-OPT 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels; full decoding of Dolby D or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs and Dolby metadata display TVM-A3-OPT 5TL . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels; full decoding of Dolby D or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs and Dolby metadata display; loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 TVM-A3-OPT 3TO5 . . . . . . . . . . . Adds Dolby D or Dolby E decoding and Dolby metadata display to TVM-A3-OPT 3 or TVM-A3OPT 3TL TVM-A3-OPT V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . Adds video to audio timing measurement (lip sync) to the TVM-A3-OPT 3TL or TVM-A3-OPT 5TL; requires a source of the V2A test signal
Remote Control Options
RCU-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote control panel for TVM Series, VTM Series and AVM-717
mounting Options
PTC-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable case with handle and folding stand DRC-2A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double rackmount case BLK-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for DRC-2A
power Options
North America power cord supplied unless otherwise specified at time of order EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australia power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord
624
TVM9140PKG
Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Video and Audio Signal Analyzer

625
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Features Dual, auto-detecting SDI input for 3 Gb/s HD/SD-SDI, HD/SD-SDI or SD-SDI Dual, auto-detecting NTSC/PAL analog composite option Single-input ASI monitoring option Standards: SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, NTSC/PAL Multiple reference inputs Display four different inputs simultaneously Customizable display functions, screen location, multiple displays Patented video relative timing display Patented gamut display Pixel locator/data word analyzer Multiple-picture thumbnail A/B parade and overlay 608, 708 closed captioning detect, alarm, display Teletext detect, alarm, display OP-47 HD subtitle display Comprehensive alarm set, peak level report 16 direct-access user presets Integral high-brightness XGA TFT color LCD display Illuminated controls and indicators DVI-I output USB port for control and data transfer 10/100Base-T Ethernet, SNMP agent Web server SpyderWeb II remote control and logging software GPI control
The Videotek TVM9140PKG multiformat, 3 Gb/s HD/SD-SDI analog composite and ASI video and audio rackmount (or portable) signal analyzer with integral XGA TFT color LCD display is the most advanced, versatile, modular, and intuitive test instrument available in a half-rack scope package. With the TVM9140PKG, users can display and evaluate up to four input sources, in up to four formats, simultaneously. One hundred percent digital signal processing enables a precision presentation of waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture, timing, and data analyzer screens, each of which can be viewed in any quadrant. Along with full-screen, multiple-picture thumbnail and powerful MULTI mode, complete display flexibility is a reality.
selectable Options Categories
Product details The TVM9140PKG has impressive features: illuminated controls, a modular platform for easy upgrades, HD/SD-SDI auto-detect, passive looping inputs that accept 1080i, 1080p and 720p formats at popular frame rates including SD-525/625, real-time alarms (with time stamp, adjustable limits and peak value report), frame capture/transfer, EIA 608 and 708 closed captioning, Teletext, OP-47 HD subtitles, XDS, and alarm status and metadata displays. Options include dual HD/SD-SDI eye pattern with jitter display, dual 3 Gb/s HD/SD-SDI, dual HD/SD-SDI, dual SD-SDI, dual ASI and dual analog composite inputs, RGB Dual Link, advanced audio analysis with CineSound Surround display and comprehensive Dolby decoding. The SD-SDI and SD-SDI eye pattern inputs can be field-upgraded to HD/SD with the purchase of an unlock key. Q-SEE, Harris Corporations patented display technology, enables users to configure their screen for any specific need. Whether full-screen, quadrant with picture thumbnail, or the convenient MULTI mode, Q-SEE can make it happen. Choose from waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture and timing displays, and place each in any quadrant on the screen. The TVM9140PKG integrates seamlessly into any broadcast, post production, telecine, satellite or cable facility, making it the ultimate choice for quality control, troubleshooting and compliance check applications. The TVM9140PKG can be quickly and easily configured, with direct access to display functions, selectable screen location and context-sensitive pop-up menus, as well as the industrys most intuitive navigation system. Complete presentation changes can be instantly applied with any of the 16 front-panel preset selections.
Selectable video input modules Dual HD/SD-SDI input Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern and jitter waveform and spectrum display RGB dual link Dual 3 Gb/s HD/SD-SDI input Dual ASI input module Dual composite analog input Selectable audio options Meter and monitor up to eight channels of analog, AES/EBU and embedded Dolby Digital, Dolby Surround EX, Dolby E, Dolby Pro-Logic I formats Dolby decoded outputs Loudness metering and alarm Multiple audio Lissajous display
TVM9140PKG
Video
Reference
Analog blackburst, NTSC/PAL composite video, tri-level Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB (blackburst NTSC) 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB (PAL sync and burst) 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB (tri-level sync) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable Hi-Z looping or 75 ohms terminating Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
Two dual-standard inputs accepting 3 Gb/s SMPTE 424M inputs, standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats including: 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/60, 1080p/59.94, 1080p/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, and 720p/23.98, 525/59.94, 625/50 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, 2.97 Gb/s, auto-detect Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, active looping Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 250 m Belden 8281 at 270 Mb/s, 100 m Belden 8281 at 1.485 Gb/s or 100 m Belden 1694A at 2.97 Gb/s Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB 5 to 270 MHz, -15 dB 270 MHz to 1. 5 GHz, -10 dB 1. 5 to 2.97 GHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
2 dual-standard inputs accepting DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M signals, auto-detect. Monitoring of ATSC PSIP or DVB PSI tables. ETSI TR 101-290 priority 1, 2 and 3 alarms including buffer errors Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s or 38.785 Mb/s Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 to 270 MHz Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s or 38.785 Mb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC ATSC Display Tables . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP)) PMT (Program Map Table) MGT (Master Guide Table) VCT (Virtual Channel Table) RRT (Region Rating Table) STT (System Time Table) EIT (Event Information Table) EPG (Electronic Program Guide) BW (Bandwidth) DVB Display Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and Information Table (SI)) PMT (Program Map Table) EIT (Event Information Table) CAT (Conditional Access Table) NIT (Network Information Table) SDT (Service Description Table) BW (Bandwidth)
2 dual-standard inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M, 372M (4:4:4 Y CB CR) formats including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 100 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
2 SMPTE 259M-C inputs, auto-detect 525/59.94, 625/50 Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 250 m, Belden 8281 at 270 Mb/s Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB 5 to 270 MHz
2 NTSC/PAL composite video, auto-detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz DC Restore Clamp Time . . . . . . . . Back porch DC Restorer Level Shift due to . . . 1 IRE/unit pres. or Absence of Burst DC Restorer Level Shift with . . . . . 1 IRE/unit change from 50% APL to 10% APL or to 90% APL DC Restorer 60 Hz Attenuation . . . Slow: 5% Fast: >90% Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . (AC +DC) 2.5 V to -1.5 VDC restorer off, 3 VDC restorer on
2 dual inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z active looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 80 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitoring Output . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s
626
TVM9140PKG

Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Jitter Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays pk-pk jitter as a bar graph and numeric readout, jitter waveform or frequency spectrum Bar Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 UI or 0 to 0.2 UI with numeric readout Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 1 kHz 5% 10 kHz 5% 100 kHz 5% Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized with video 1 H, 2 H, 1 or 2 sweep rate Line-select may be applied Frequency Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays a frequency histogram from the filter setting up to a maximum frequency of 1 or 5 MHz Eye Parameter Measurement . . . . Amplitude, rise time, fall time Measurement Bandwidth . . . . . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 100 Hz Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed waveform of 800 mV Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed overshoot of 10% 20% maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 2% of the displayed rise/fall time
dVi-i Output
Control
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 total with 4 input and 5 preset recall selections or individually user alarm input GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 alarms, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 350 mA @ 30 VDC External Router Control . . . . . . . . . 1 RJ11 female, for use with Videotek RS-12A analog router for input expansion Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1, type A, female Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port: 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Ethernet, female
timecode
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC, VITC from composite inputs, DVITC extracted from SD inputs, ANC LTC, ANC DVITC 0, ANC DVITC 1 from HD inputs
display
Digital Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per DDWG DVI rev1 Pixel Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Mp/s R, G, B Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable 0.7 or 1 pk-pk, nominal R, G, B Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Horizontal Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 48,363 Hz 1% Vertical Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 60.004 Hz 1% Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% waveform 1 vector 37 ns timing, digital 300 ns timing, analog Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-pin DVI-I, female
Audio
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A quadrant display for viewing an input on up to 4 different displays as picture, waveform, vector, optional audio, alarm status, timing, optional eye pattern, simultaneously or individually as a full screen display of each separately; data analyzer display for pixel analysis Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 H or 2 H, with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification 1 V or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Waveform Frequency Response Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hz to 5.75 MHz within 1% of amplitude at 50 kHz SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 5.75 MHz Y 0.5% to 2.50 MHz CB, CR HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 30 MHz Y 0.5% to 15 MHz CB, CR
eye (Optional)
Inputs (Analog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms Inputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8 AES/EBU serial digital pairs, 16 embedded audio channels. Dolby E or Dolby Digital (AC-3) stream (option dependent) Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8, BNC, female Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Outputs (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced, follows selected audio input; Dolby inputs produce a 2-channel mix down or full 8-channel decode Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu maximum +6 to -50 dB adjustable around reference point; for digital audio, -20 dBFS produces a +4 dBu analog output level Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male, shared with inputs Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced or 20 ohms balanced, nominal
Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . Overlay (3 eye) or 10 eye (SD) or 20 eye (HD) Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Measurement Analog Bandwidth . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz, -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Jitter Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% for all frequencies up to 300 kHz Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps for HD <150 ps for SD Intrinsic Wander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <150 ps for HD <300 ps for SD
627
Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 dB (relative to signal level out of +24 dBu), typical Outputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 AES/EBU and one Dolby Digital, Dolby E or AES stream Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female shared with input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
TVM9140PKG

Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar graph showing jitter magnitude Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 UI to 1 UI Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R - Y vs. B - Y for Analog CB Vs. CR For HD And SD Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels displayed simultaneously
power Requirements environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) for JEM and 3GB Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m) Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

mechanical
Operators manual on CD One 26-pin D-sub, male for GPI/LTC breakout DVI to VGA adapter North American power cord unless optional power cord is specified at time of order
TVM9140PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-SDI-H HD/SD-SDI input module TVM9140PKG-EH . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-EYE-H HD/SD-SDI eye pattern input module TVM9140PKG-EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-JEM HD/SD-SDI with eye pattern and jitter waveform or jitter spectrum input module TVM9140PKG-ES . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-EYE-S SD-SDI eye pattern input module (can be upgraded later to HD/SD with the TVM-VTM-ES2H-F) TVM9140PKG-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-3GB 3 Gb/s HD/SD-SDI input module TVM9140PKG-SD . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-SDI-S SD-SDI input module (can be upgraded later to HD/SD with the TVM-VTM-S2H-F)
Video Options
TVM-VTM-SDI-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 424M (3 Gb/s), SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-JEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI), auto-sensing inputs; eye pattern display and jitter waveform or spectrum can be viewed individually or together as part of a quad display TVM-VTM-SDI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, autodetect and monitor output (can be upgraded to HD/SD later with the TVM-VTM-ES2H-F) TVM-VTM-EYE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output (can be upgraded to HD/SD later with the TVM-VTM-ES2H-F) TVM-VTM-ACV-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping analog composite video inputs for NTSC or PAL format, auto-detect TVM-VTM-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310M transport stream inputs with MPEG table analysis and monitor output TVM-VTM-DLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expands the HD-SDI input capability of the TVM-VTM-SDI-H, TVM-VTM-EYE-H, and TVM-VTM-JEM to include 10-bit RGB (4:4:4) and RGB+A (4:4:4:4) formats
628
TVM9140PKG

629
Other product Options Remote Control Options
TVM-A3-OPT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 4 AES/EBU shared input/output pairs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously TVM-A3-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio expansion module; adds four AES/EBU input pairs to TVM-A3-OPT 2 3 TVM-A -OPT 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels TVM-A3-OPT 3TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously, includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 TVM-A3-OPT 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels; full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs and Dolby metadata display TVM-A3-OPT 5TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels; full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs and Dolby metadata display, includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 TVM-A3-OPT 3TO5. . . . . . . . . . . . Adds Dolby Digital or Dolby E decoding and Dolby metadata display to TVM-A3-OPT 3 or TVM-A3-OPT 3TL 3 TVM-A -OPT V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adds video to audio timing measurement (lip sync) to the TVM-A3-OPT 3TL or TVM-A3-OPT 5TL; requires a source of the V2A test signal
mounting Options
power Options
NOTE: North America power cord supplied unless otherwise specified at time of order EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Euro power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australia power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord
TVM9100PKG

Features Dual, auto-detecting HD/SD-SDI inputs Dual, analog composite inputs for NTSC/PAL Single-input ASI monitoring option Standards: SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, NTSC/PAL Multiple reference inputs Display one input source Customizable display functions and screen location Patented gamut display Picture thumbnail A/B parade and overlay 608, 708 closed captioning, detect, alarm, display Teletext detect, alarm, display OP-47 HD subtitle display Comprehensive alarm set, peak level report 16 direct-access user presets Integral high-brightness XGA TFT color LCD display Illuminated controls and indicators DVI-I output USB port for control and data transfer 10/100Base-T Ethernet, SNMP agent Web server SpyderWeb II remote control and logging software GPI control Patented video relative timing display
The Videotek TVM9100PKG multiformat, HD/SD-SDI analog composite and ASI video and audio rackmount (or portable) signal analyzer with integral XGA TFT color LCD display is the most cost-effective, versatile, modular, and intuitive test instrument available in a half-rack scope package. In comparison to the TVM9140PKG, the TVM9100PKG can display and evaluate only one input source at a time. One hundred percent digital signal processing enables a precision presentation of waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture timing, and optional data analyzer screens, each of which can be viewed in any quadrant. Combined with full-screen, picture thumbnail and powerful MULTI mode, complete display flexibility is provided.
seLeCtABLe OptiOns CAtegORies
Product details The TVM9100PKG has impressive features: illuminated controls, a modular platform for easy upgrades, HD/SD-SDI auto-detect, passive looping inputs that accept 1080i, 1080p and 720p formats at popular frame rates including SD-525/625, real-time alarms (with time stamp, adjustable limits and peak value report), frame capture/transfer, EIA 608 and 708 closed captioning, teletext, OP-47 subtitles, XDS, and alarm status and metadata displays. Options include dual HD/SD-SDI eye pattern display with jitter bar graph, dual SD-SDI eye pattern display with jitter bar graph, dual HD/SD-SDI, dual SD-SDI, dual ASI and dual analog composite inputs, advanced audio analysis with CineSound Surround display and comprehensive Dolby decoding. The advanced analysis package function upgrade adds pixel locator/data word analyzer. The SD-SDI and SD-SDI eye pattern inputs can be field-upgraded to HD/SD with the purchase of an unlock key. Q-SEE, Harris Corporations patented display technology, enables users to configure their screen for any specific need. Whether full-screen, quadrant with picture thumbnail, or the convenient MULTI mode, Q-SEE can make it happen. Choose from waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture and timing displays, and place each in any quadrant on the screen. The TVM9100PKG integrates seamlessly into any broadcast, post production, telecine, satellite or cable facility, making it the smart choice for any quality control, troubleshooting or compliance check applications. The TVM9100PKG can be quickly and easily configured, with direct access to display functions, selectable screen location and context-sensitive pop-up menus, as well as the industrys most intuitive navigation system. Complete presentation changes can be instantly applied with any of the 16 front-panel preset selections.
Selectable video input modules Dual HD/SD-SDI input Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern and jitter waveform and spectrum display Dual ASI input module Dual composite analog input Advanced analysis package with pixel locator/data word analyzer Selectable audio options Meter and monitor up to eight-channels of analog, AES/EBU and embedded Dolby Digital, Dolby Surround EX, Dolby-E, Pro-Logic I formats Dolby decoded outputs Loudness metering and alarm Multiple audio Lissajous display
630
TVM9100PKG
Video

631
2 dual-standard inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or highdefinition SMPTE 292M formats including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 100 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
2 NTSC/PAL composite video, auto-detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz DC Restore Clamp Time . . . . . . . . Back porch DC restorer level shift due to. . . . . 1 IRE/unit pres. or absence of burst DC restorer level shift with . . . . . . 1 IRE/unit change from 50% APL to 10% APL or to 90% APL DC restorer 60 Hz attenuation. . . . Slow: 5%m fast: >90% Maximum input amplitude . . . . . . 2.5 V to -1.5 VDC restorer off, 3 VDC (AC +DC) restorer on
Reference
Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 to 270 MHz Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 or 38.785 Mb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC ATSC/DVB Display Tables . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP)) PMT (Program Map Table) MGT (Master Guide Table) VCT (Virtual Channel Table) RRT (Region Rating Table) STT (System Time Table) EIT (Event Information Table) EPG (Electronic Program Guide) BW (Bandwidth) DVB Display Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and Information Table (SI)) PMT (Program Map Table) EIT (Event Information Table) CAT (Conditional Access Table) NIT (Network Information Table) SDT (Service Description Table) BW (Bandwidth)
2 dual inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z active-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 80 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitoring Output . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Jitter Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays pk-pk jitter as a bar graph and numeric readout, jitter waveform or frequency spectrum Bar Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to1 UI or 0 to 0.2 UI with numeric readout Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 1 kHz 5% 10 kHz 5% 100 kHz 5% Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized with video 1 H, 2 H, 1 or 2 sweep rate Line-select may be applied Frequency Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays a frequency histogram from the filter setting up to a maximum frequency of 1 or 5 MHz Eye Parameter Measurement . . . . Amplitude, rise time, fall time
Analog blackburst, NTSC/PAL composite video, tri-level Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB (blackburst NTSC) 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB (PAL sync and burst) 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB (tri-level sync) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable Hi-Z looping or 75 ohms terminating Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
2 dual-standard inputs accepting DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M signals, auto-detect; monitoring of ATSC PSIP or DVB PSI tables; ETSI TR 101-290 priority 1, 2 and 3 alarms including buffer errors Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 or 38.785 Mb/s Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping
TVM9100PKG

Measurement Bandwidth . . . . . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 100 Hz Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed waveform of 800 mV Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed overshoot of 10% 20% maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 2% of the displayed rise/fall time
dVi-i Output
Digital Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per DDWG DVI rev1 Pixel Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Mp/s R, G, B Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable 0.7 or 1 pk-pk, nominal R, G, B Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Horizontal Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 48,363 Hz 1% Vertical Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 60.004 Hz 1% Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% waveform 1 vector 37 ns timing, digital 300 ns timing, analog Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-pin DVI-I, female
Audio
GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 alarms, user configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 350 mA @ 30 VDC External Router Control . . . . . . . . . 1 RJ11 female, for use with Videotek RS-12A analog router for input expansion Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1, Type A, female Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port: 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Ethernet, female
timecode
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC, VITC from composite inputs, DVITC extracted from SD inputs, ANC LTC, ANC DVITC 0, ANC DVITC 1 from HD inputs
display
Inputs (Analog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms Inputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8 AES/EBU serial digital pairs, 16 embedded audio channels; Dolby E or Dolby Digital (AC-3) stream (option dependent) Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8, BNC, female Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Outputs (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced, follows selected audio input; Dolby inputs produce a 2-channel mix down or full 8-channel decode Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu maximum +6 to -50 dB adjustable around reference point; for digital audio, -20 dBFS produces a +4 dBu analog output level Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male, shared with inputs Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced or 20 ohms balanced, nominal Signal to Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 dB (relative to signal level out of +24 dBu), typical Outputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 AES/EBU and 1 Dolby Digital, Dolby E or AES stream Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female shared with input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Control
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A quadrant display for viewing an input on up to 4 different displays as picture, waveform, vector, optional audio, alarm status, timing, and optional eye pattern, simultaneously or individually as a full-screen display of each separately; optional data analyzer display for pixel analysis Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 H with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification 1 or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Waveform Frequency Response Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hz to 5.75 MHz within 1% of amplitude at 50 kHz SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 5.75 MHz Y, 0.5% to 2.50 MHz CB, CR HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 30 MHz Y, 0.5% to 15 MHz CB, CR
eye (Optional)
Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . Overlay (3 eye) or 10 eye (SD) or 20 eye (HD) Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Measurement Analog Bandwidth . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz, -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Jitter Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% for all frequencies up to 300 kHz Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps for HD, <150 ps for SD Intrinsic Wander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <150 ps for HD, <300 ps for SD Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar graph showing jitter magnitude Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 UI to 1 UI Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R - Y vs. B - Y for analog, CB Vs. CR for HD and SD Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels displayed simultaneously
power Requirements
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 total with 4 input and 5 preset recall selections or individually user alarm input
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 260 VAC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 180 VAC

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . .5.25 x 8.25 x 16.63 in. (13.34 x 21.6 x 42.24 cm)

environmental
632
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) for JEM www.broadcast.harris.com
TVM9100PKG

633
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m)
Operators manual on CD One 26-pin D-sub, male for GPI/LTC breakout DVI to VGA adapter North American power cord unless optional power cord is specified at time of order
TVM9100PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-SDI-H HD/SD-SDI input module TVM9100PKG-EH . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-EYE-H HD/SD-SDI eye pattern input module TVM9100PKG-EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-JEM HD/SD-SDI with eye pattern and jitter waveform or jitter spectrum input module TVM9100PKG-ES . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-EYE-S SD-SDI eye pattern input module (can be upgraded later to HD/SD with the TVM-VTM-ES2H-F) TVM9100PKG-SD . . . . . . . . . . . . TVM Series multiformat analyzer with a TVM-VTM-SDI-S SD-SDI input module (can be upgraded to HD/SD later with the TVM-VTM-S2H-F)
Video Options
TVM-VTM-SDI-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-AAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced analysis package, adds data analyzer function TVM-VTM-EYE-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-JEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI), auto-sensing inputs; eye pattern display or jitter waveform or spectrum can be viewed individually TVM-VTM-SDI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, autodetect and monitor output (can be upgraded to HD/SD later with the TVM-VTM-S2H-F) TVM-VTM-EYE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output (can be upgraded to HD/SD later with the TVM-VTM-ES2H-F) TVM-VTM-ACV-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping analog composite video inputs for NTSC or PAL format, auto-detect TVM-VTM-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310M transport stream inputs with MPEG table analysis and monitor output
TVM-A3-OPT 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels TVM-A3-OPT 3TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously. includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 TVM-A3-OPT 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels; full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs and Dolby metadata display TVM-A3-OPT 5TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels; full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs and Dolby metadata display, includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 TVM-A3-OPT 3TO5. . . . . . . . . . . . Adds Dolby Digital or Dolby E decoding and Dolby metadata display to TVM-A3-OPT 3 or TVM-A3-OPT 3TL TVM-A3-OPT V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adds video-to-audio timing measurement (lip sync) to the TVM-A3-OPT 3TL or TVM-A3-OPT 5TL; requires a source of the V2A test signal
Other product Options Remote Control Options
mounting Options
TVM-A3-OPT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 4 AES/EBU shared input/output pairs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously TVM-A3-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio expansion module, adds 4 AES/EBU input pairs to TVM-A3-OPT 2
power Options
NOTE: North America power cord supplied unless otherwise specified at time of order EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Euro power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australia power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord
TVM-4DG
Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Waveform Monitor/Vectorscope

Features Two passive looping HD/SD-SDI inputs with auto-detection of input format External reference input accepts blackburst or tri-level sync Simple operation Onscreen display of picture, waveform, vector gamut or timing Low power consumption Convection cooled (no fan) LED backlit display (no mercury) GPI control of input and function selection Standards supported: SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C Dual rackmount case Portable case with tilt stand European power cord United Kingdom power cord Australian power cord
OptiOns
The TVM-4DG multiformat waveform monitor/vectorscope is an easy-to-operate tool for monitoring HD-SDI (1080 and 720) and SD-SDI (525 and 625) signals and is housed in a convenient half-rack scope package. The display can show any one of the following: waveform, vector, picture, Videotek patented gamut display or Videotek patented timing display.
Video
power Requirements
Inputs A and B (Digital) . . . . . . . . . 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, 720p/23.98, 525/59.94 or 625/50 auto-detect Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.485 Gb/s, 270 Mb/s auto-detect Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, Hi-Z looping
Reference
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 260 VAC, 50/60 Hz, nominal Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 25 W maximum
mechanical
Dimensions H x W x D . . . . . . . . . 5.25 x 8.25 x 16.63 in. (13.34 x 21.6 x 42.24 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 lbs (2.27 kg)
environmental
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL blackburst or composite video, tri-level sync auto-detect (per SMPTE 274M) Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC: blackburst 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB PAL: sync and burst 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB Tri-level: 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, Hi-Z looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz
Control
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m) Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Operators manual GPI breakout North American power cord ordering inFormation TVM-4DG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiformat waveform monitor/vectorscope, HD/SD-SDI inputs with auto-detection of input format; external reference input accepts blackburst or tri-level sync; onscreen display of picture, waveform, vector or timing; standards supported SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C
OptiOns
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input selection, function selection, momentary closure Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 V Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin D-sub, female VFLASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port for firmware updates
display
634
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Picture, waveform, vector, gamut or timing Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YCBCR, RGB, YRGB, digital as composite Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 H, 2 H or 3 H with x1, x5, x10 magnification 1 V, 2 V or 3 V with x1, x5, x10, x25 magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CR vs. CB Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
PTC-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable case with folding stand and handle DRC-2A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double rackmount case BLK-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for DRC-2A EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
CMN-91
Multiformat Signal Analyzer

635
Features Available with SD, HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD inputs SD and HD/SD can be upgraded to 3G/HD/SD Metering of all 16 channels of embedded audio One AES audio input Two active looping SDI inputs Quad display of audio, picture, waveform and vector Thumbnail picture with adjustable size and position Waveform display of external reference or LTC input Overlay display with independent size and position of waveform, vector and picture DVI-D external display output 99 presets Standard four-pin XLR DC power input (AC adapter supplied) Anton-Bauer or IDX battery mount options Convection cooled, silent operation (no fan) Front-panel headphone jack Front-panel USB port for save/recall of presets, screen captures and SDI captures Dual rackmount option Portable case with handle and tripod mount option
You dont have to look hard to see the benefits of the Videotek Compact Monitor Series including the CMN-91 multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD. The smallest solution on the market for efficient video and audio signal monitoring, the CMN-91 tests signal quality across all DTV formats up to 3 Gb/s. It possesses two SDI inputs and provides selectable waveform, vector, gamut, timing and picture full-screen display. With the CMN-91, you can meter all 16 channels of embedded audio or one AES input. You can also view the waveform of the composite or tri-level external reference to verify signal integrity and customize the MLT display with independent size and position of waveform, vector and picture.
Product details The CMN-91 is available with either SD, HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD inputs. The SD and HD/ SD models are fully upgradeable to 3G/HD/SD. A standard 11-17 VDC power input and optional battery mount provide flexible powering for both fixed installations and field operation. Low power consumption allows the use of convection cooling for energy-saving, silent operation. sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
inputs
The CMN-91 is extremely lightweight and is available as portable or rack mountable. The unit has a compact half-rack footprint less than seven inches deep a short mounting depth that integrates easily in todays space-constrained facilities.
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping inputs Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC
sd-sdi input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB (5 to 270 MHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 m, Belden 8281
Hd-sdi input
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive looping Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV nominal lPAL: sync and burst 300 mV nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 dB Tri-level Sync Amplitude . . . . . . . . 600 mV pk-pk Tri-level Sync Amplitude Tolerance . 3 dB Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB
digital Audio input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (5 to 1.485 GHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 m, Belden 8281
3g-sdi input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 m, Belden 1694A
Audio Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU, embedded AES Input Connector type . . . . . . . 1 BNC, female AES Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal AES Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . >25 dB (0.1 to 6 MHz) AES Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 to 2 V Input Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . AES, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz (internal sample rate converted to 48 kHz)
CMN-91
sdi Output

Waveform display external Reference and LtC
Output Connector Type . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (5 MHz to 1.485 GHz) -10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz) Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Analog monitoring Output Headphone
Waveform Amplitude Accuracy . . . 5% Waveform Frequency Response . . 25 Hz to 4.5 MHz within 5% of amplitude at 50 kHz
power Requirements
Number/Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 stereo headphone jack, 1/8 in. (3.5 mm) Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ohms nominal Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 44 mW RMS Total Harmonic Distortion and Noise (THD+N) . . . . . . . . . . . -65 dB Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . From maximum output level to 0 mV with front-panel control Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any audio input pair may be selected to appear on the headphone output
dVi Output
Power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VDC nominal 11 VDC minimum, 17 VDC maximum Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 20 W nominal Over-voltage protection . . . . . . . . 50 VDC nominal
mechanical
Dimensions (H X W X D) . . . . . . . . 5.22 x 8.46 x 5.8 in. (13.26 x 21.49 x 14.73 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 lbs (2.27 kg) Battery mount (optional) . . . . . . . . Anton-Bauer Gold-mount battery bracket with InterActive connection IDX V-mount battery mount with Digi-View connection
environmental
Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I connector supporting DVI-D Output Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024x768 (XGA) H-Sync Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.363 Hz 1% V-Sync Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.004 Hz 1%
Communication interfaces
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Ethernet port, RJ-45 connector, 10/100Base-T USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 USB 2.0 host port (except CMN-41L) LTC/GPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 LTC/GPIO connector 15-pin female D-sub LTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal input amplitude: 2 V pk-pk 4 General Purpose Inputs . . . . . . . Input impedance: 10 K ohms returned to +3.3 VDC 1 General Purpose Output . . . . . . Relay closure
Waveform/Vector display sdi inputs
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 149 F (-30 to 65 C) Humidity (non condensing) . . . . . . Operating: 20% to 80% Non-operating: 5% to 90% Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 in. (9.5 cm) impact-drop survivable in original factory packaging Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m) Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A full-screen display for viewing an input as picture, waveform, vector, audio, alarm status, or timing Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite; YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep time base . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H or 2H with x1, x5, and x10 horizontal magnification 1 V or 2 V with x1, x5, and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CB vs. CR for HD or SD Vector accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6, 8 or 16-channels displayed simultaneously
636
CMN-91

Compact monitor series screen capture in Overlay mode with waveform, vector and pip display. each component of the display is individually resizable.
images/diagrams
Back panel
EXT REF
LTC/GPI
POWER 11 - 17 VDC
ETHERNET
DVI-D AES IN IN
SDI A
OUT
IN
SDI B
OUT
Cmn-91 Compact monitor screen capture with quad display showing picture, audio, waveform and vector.
ordering inFormation CMN-91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD, HD/SD-SDI, 3RU, half rack, upgradeable to 3 Gb/s CMN-91-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD, 3G/HD/SD-SDI, 3RU, half rack CMN-91-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD, SD-SDI, 3RU, half rack, upgradeable to HD and 3 Gb/s CMN-AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery mount for CMN-91, Anton-Bauer gold mount CMN-AB-F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery mount for CMN-91, Anton-Bauer gold mount, field upgrade CMN-H23GB-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41 or CMN-91 to support 3 Gb/s, field upgrade CMN-IDX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery mount for CMN-91, IDX V-mount CMN-IDX-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery mount for CMN-91, IDX V-mount, field upgrade CMN-IN-DRC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware kit to mount a CMN-91 in a DRC-2A rackmount CMN-S23GB-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41-S or CMN-91-S to support HD and 3 Gb/s, field upgrade CMN-S2H-F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41-S or CMN-91-S to support HD, field upgrade BLK-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for DRC-1, DRC-2, DRC-2A or DRC-3 DRC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double rackmount case for CMN-91, use BLK-1 to fill unused space if needed PTC-3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable case with handle and tilt bail for CMN-91 and CMN-LA PTC-3-CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Padded carrying case for CMN-91 mounted in a PTC-3 PTC-3-SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTC-3-CC padded carrying case in a hardshell wheeled shipping case
637
CVM-306
Compact Multiformat Signal Analyzer

Features Available in SD, HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD versions SD can be upgraded to HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD HD/SD can be upgraded to 3G/HD/SD Metering of all 16 channels of embedded audio Speaker output of two selected channels with dedicated volume control Two active looping SDI inputs One AES audio input Thumbnail picture with adjustable size and position DVI-D external display output Waveform display of external reference or LTC input LCD display with independent sizing and positioning of waveform, vector and picture Selectable quad display with waveform or timing, vector or gamut, audio or alarms, and picture Standard four-pin XLR DC power input (AC adapter supplied) Convection-cooled, silent operation (no fan) Front-panel headphone jack Front-panel USB port for save/recall of presets, screen captures and SDI captures 99 presets
The Videotek CVM-306 multiformat signal analyzer boasts integrated video and audio signal monitoring in an affordable, compact package. With a robust feature set and space-saving design, the CVM-306 allows even the most modest installation to benefit from high-end monitoring and a professional look. Three versions of the CVM-306 are available: SD, HD/SD and 3G/HD/SD. Both the SD and HD/SD versions are upgradeable to 3 Gb/s. All three units possess two SDI inputs, and selectable waveform, vector, gamut, timing and full-screen picture display. You can meter all 16 channels of embedded audio or the one AES input, with integrated speakers that can monitor any two selected channels. You can also customize the integrated LCD display with independent sizing and positioning of waveform, vector and picture, or select from the following quad displays:
Waveform or timing Vector or gamut Audio, alarm pane or alarm status Picture
The 3RU CVM-306 chassis is less than seven inches deep and integrates easily with todays consoles. An 11-17 VDC power input comes standard, and low power consumption allows the use of convection cooling for silent operation.

inputs sdi Output Characteristics
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping inputs Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC
sd-sdi input Characteristics
Output Connector Type . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (5 MHz to 1.485 GHz) Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz) Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Analog monitoring Output (Headphone)
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB (5 to 270 MHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984 ft (300 m), Belden 8281
Hd-sdi input Characteristics
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (5 to 1.485 GHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 ft (100 m), Belden 8281
3g-sdi input Characteristics
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 ft (80 m), Belden 1694A
Number/Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 stereo headphone jack, 1/8 in. (3.5 mm) Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ohms, nominal Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 44 mW RMS Total Harmonic Distortion and . . . . -65 dB Noise (THD+N) Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . From maximum output level to 0 mV with front panel control Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any audio input pair may be selected to appear on the headphone output
638
CVM-306
Compact Multiformat Signal Analyzer

639
Analog monitoring Output (speakers) Waveform/Vector display sdi inputs
Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ohms nominal Maximum Acoustic Output Level . . 96 dB SPL at 2 ft, 997 Hz sine wave into left and right speaker Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . From maximum output level to ambient with frontpanel control Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any audio input pair may be selected to appear on the headphone output EMB 3 Gb/s-SDI, EMB HD-SDI, EMB SD-SDI or AES
Analog monitoring Output (Line Out)
Line-Select Waveform Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . YCBCR; RGB; YRGB; YCBCR + Alpha; RGB + Alpha; SDI as composite Sweep Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 H, 2 H; 1 V, 2 V Sweep Magnification . . . . . . . . . . x1, x5, x10 Waveform/Vector Gain . . . . . . . . . Fixed: steps of 1x, 2.5x, 5x Variable: 0.5x to 15x in 0.01 steps
Waveform display external Reference and LtC
Number/Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 6-pin connector Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 K ohms minimum Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 2 V pk-pk 10% 0 dBFS, 997 Hz sine with digital audio input of 0 dBFS Analog Output Frequency . . . . . . . 1 dB 20 Hz to 18 kHz Response with Digital Inputs Analog Output SNR Response . . . . 80 dB relative to 2 V pk-pk; measured at with Digital Inputs 997 Hz; noise measurement 22 Hz to 22 kHz; A-weighted Analog Output THD and Noise . . . . 0.1%; measured at +20 dBu output, 997 Hz sine with Digital Inputs into a hi-Z load; Filter: 22 Hz to 22 kHz; AES 1/2 Crosstalk (stereo separation). . . . . -80 dB @ 0 dBFS, 997 Hz, sine; adjacent channels only
power Requirements
Power connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VDC nominal 11 VDC minimum, 18 VDC maximum Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 40 W nominal Over-voltage protection . . . . . . . . 50 VDC nominal
mechanical
Dimensions (H X W X D) . . . . . . . . 5.22 x 18.94 x 6.47 in. (13.26 x 48.11 x 16.43 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.15 lbs (2.79 kg)
environmental
Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive looping Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV nominal PAL: sync and burst 300 mV nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 dB Tri-level Sync Amplitude . . . . . . . . 600 mV pk-pk Tri-level Sync Amplitude Tolerance . 3 dB Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB (100 kHz to 5 MHz)
digital Audio input
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 149 F (-30 to 65 C) Humidity (non condensing) . . . . . . Operating: 20% to 80% Non-operating: 5% to 90% Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 in. (9.5 cm) impact-drop survivable in original factory packaging Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m) Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ordering inFormation CVM-306-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CVM series compact video monitor/multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD and speakers, SD-SDI, 3RU, upgradeable to HD-SDI or HD and 3G-SDI CVM-306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CVM series compact video monitor/multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD and speakers, SD and HD-SDI, 3RU, upgradeable to 3G-SDI CVM-306-3GB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CVM series compact video monitor/multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD and speakers, SD and HD and 3G-SDI, 3RU CMN-S23GB-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41-S, CMN-91-S or CVM-306-S to support HD and 3G-SDI, field upgrade CMN-S2H-F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41-S, CMN-91-S or CVM-306-S to support HD-SDI, field upgrade CMN-H23GB-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41, CMN-91 or CVM-306 to support 3G-SDI, field upgrade
Audio Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU, embedded AES Input Connector Type. . . . . . . 1 BNC, female AES Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal AES Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . >25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz AES Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 to 2 V Input Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . AES, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz (internal sample rate converted to 48 kHz)
dVi Output
Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I connector supporting DVI-D Output Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024x768 (XGA) H-Sync Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.363 Hz 1% V-Sync Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.004 Hz 1%
Ethernet Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Ethernet port, RJ-45 connector, 10/100Base-T USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 USB 2.0 host port, USB type A receptacle LTC/GPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 LTC/GPIO connector 15-pin, female, D-sub LTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal input amplitude: 2 V pk-pk 4 General Purpose Inputs . . . . . . . Input impedance: 10 k ohms returned to +3.3 VDC 1 General Purpose Output . . . . . . Relay closure
AVM-717
Video and Audio Multiformat Monitoring System

Features Integrated 17-in. widescreen LCD monitor for the onscreen display of video picture, waveform, vector, audio, data and alarms External monitor inputs include DVI, analog composite, S-Video and VGA Integrated stereo speakers and a headphone jack for audio monitoring Two looping HD-SDI inputs with auto-detection of input format Standards supported: SMPTE 292M and SMPTE 259M-C Analog, AES and embedded audio inputs and monitoring
The Videotek AVM-717 and AVM-717-EJ systems are the most advanced, versatile and intuitive HD/SD-SDI monitoring instruments available today. Each 7RU multiformat system features an integral 17-in. widescreen color LCD display, as well as stereo speakers and a headphone jack for audio monitoring. With 100 percent digital signal processing technology, the AVM-717 provides an accurate, stable, user-customizable display of multiple waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture, relative timing, alarm status and data analyzer functions. Displays can be quadrant or full-screen views. The AVM-717 has environmentally friendly, illuminated front-panel controls and an ultra-quiet cooling system. Quick setup and parameter adjustments can be made via direct user access to display functions and screen location, 16 presets, context-sensitive pop-up menus and an intuitive navigation system.

Video Hd/sd-sdi input module (tVm-Vtm-sdi-H)
2 dual-standard inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or highdefinition SMPTE 292M formats including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30,1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 100 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
Product details The AVM-717 provides two HD/SD-SDI passive looping inputs with auto-detection of input formats (1080i, 1080p, and 720p at all popular frame rates and 525/625). When fitted with an optional second input module, the AVM-717 can display up to four input sources simultaneously. Line-select, internal/external references and various input/ function combinations can be presented in any quadrant, or as a full screen. Multimode (MLT) capability is available for special custom displays. The AVM-717 features extensive audio and video alarm capabilities, including peak level reporting, video and Dolby metadata, EIA-608 and 708 closed captioning detection/alarm display, and teletext and XDS processing. All real-time signal alarms have user-adjustable limits and time stamps from LTC, (D)VITC and an internal clock. Remote interfaces include 10/100Base-T Ethernet and plug-and-play USB port (supporting storage and recall of presets, frame-capture transfer and keyboard integration). The AVM-717 series video and audio test instruments feature an all-digital architecture; therefore, no periodic calibration is required. The AVM-717 seamlessly integrates into any broadcast, post production, satellite or cable facility and is the ultimate choice for quality control or compliance checking applications. The AVM-717 also accepts up to eight AES/EBU stereo pairs, eight mono or four stereo analog inputs and embedded audio from the SDI inputs. The audio can be displayed as two-, four-, six- or eight-channel bar graph meters with a phase bar readout for each meter pair, or as CineSound displays for 5.1, 6.1 and 7.1 channels. Audio metering includes Type I, Type IIa, Type IIb, Type I + 8, Nordic, DIN 45406, dBFS, Zero ref dBFS and custom scales. Metering also includes VU, peak, true peak, VU + peak, VU + true peak, loudness, and a custom display with adjustable attack and decay selections. Loudness and true peak measurements are performed according to the ITU-R BS.1770 standard.
2 dual-standard inputs accepting DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M signals, auto-detect. Monitoring of ATSC PSIP or DVB PSI tables. ETSI TR 101-290 priority 1, 2 and 3 alarms including buffer errors Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 or 38.785 Mb/s Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 to 270 MHz Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
640
AVM-717

Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 or 38.785 Mb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC ATSC Display Tables . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP)) PMT (Program Map Table) MGT (Master Guide Table) VCT (Virtual Channel Table) RRT (Region Rating Table) STT (System Time Table) EIT (Event Information Table) EPG (Electronic Program Guide) BW (Bandwidth) DVB Display Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and Information Table (SI)) PMT (Program Map Table) EIT (Event Information Table) CAT (Conditional Access Table) NIT (Network Information Table) SDT (Service Description Table) BW (Bandwidth)
2 NTSC/PAL composite video, auto-detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz DC Restore Clamp Time . . . . . . . . Back porch DC Restorer Level Shift Due to . . . 1 IRE/unit Pres. or Absence of Burst DC Restorer Level Shift with . . . . . 1 IRE/unit Change from 50% APL to 10% APL or to 90% APL DC Restorer 60 Hz Attenuation Slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . (AC +DC) 2.5 V to -1.5 VDC restorer off, 3 VDC restorer on
Reference
Analog blackburst, NTSC/PAL composite video, tri-level sync auto-detect (per SMPTE 274M) Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB (blackburst NTSC) 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB (PAL sync and burst) 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB (tri level sync) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable Hi-Z looping or 75 ohms terminating Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
dVi-i Output
2 dual-inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z active-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 80 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitoring Output . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Jitter Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays pk-pk jitter as a bar graph and numeric readout, jitter waveform or frequency spectrum Bar Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 UI or 0 to 0.2 UI with numeric readout Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 1 kHz 5% 10 kHz 5% 100 kHz 5% Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized with video 1 H, 2 H, 1 V or 2 V sweep rate Line-select may be applied Frequency Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays a frequency histogram from the filter setting up to a maximum frequency of 1 or 5 MHz Eye Parameter Measurement . . . . Amplitude, rise time, fall time Measurement Bandwidth . . . . . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 100 Hz Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed waveform of 800 mV Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed overshoot of 10% 20% maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 2% of the displayed rise/fall time
Digital Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per DDWG DVI rev1 R, G, B Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable 0.7 or 1 V pk-pk, nominal Pixel Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Mp/s R, G, B Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Horizontal Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 48,363 Hz 1% Vertical Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative TTL pulse @ 60.004 Hz 1% Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% waveform 1 vector 37 ns timing, digital 300 ns timing, analog Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-pin DVI-I, female
641
AVM-717
Audio Options

display
Inputs (Analog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms Inputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 embedded audio channels; 4 or 8 AES/EBU serial digital pairs, (option dependent); optional Dolby E or AC-3 stream Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8, BNC, female Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Outputs (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced, follows selected audio input; Dolby inputs produce a 2-channel mix down and/or full 8-channel decode Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu maximum +6 to -50 dB adjustable For digital audio, -20 dBFS produces a +4 dBu analog output level Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male, shared with inputs Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced or 20 ohms balanced, nominal Signal To Noise: Outputs (Digital) . . 100 dB (relative to signal level out of +24 dBu), typical 4 AES/EBU and one Dolby Digital, Dolby E or AES stream embedded in the selected digital video source Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female shared with input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Control
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A quadrant display for viewing an input on up to 4 different displays as picture, waveform, vector, audio, alarm status, timing, optional eye pattern, simultaneously or individually as a full-screen display of each separately; additional data analyzer display for pixel analysis; also view multiple waveform and vectors of the same or different inputs with VTM-OPT 40 Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 H with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification, 1 or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Waveform Frequency Response Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hz to 5.75 MHz within 1% of amplitude at 50 kHz SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 5.75 MHz Y, 0.5% to 2.50 MHz CB, CR HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 30 MHz Y, 0.5% to 15 MHz CB, CR
eye (Optional)
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 total with 4 input and 5 preset recall selections or individually user configured GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 alarms, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 350 mA @30 VDC External Router Control . . . . . . . . . 1 RJ11 female, for use with Videotek RS-12A router for input expansion Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1, type A, female Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port: 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Ethernet, female
timecode
Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . Overlay (3 eye) or 10 eye (SD), 20 eye (HD) Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Measurement Analog Bandwidth . . 250 kHz to 2.25 GHz, -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Jitter Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% for all frequencies up to 300 kHz Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps for HD, <150 ps for SD Intrinsic Wander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <150 ps for HD, <300 ps for SD Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar graph showing jitter magnitude Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 UI to 1 UI Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R - Y vs. B - Y for analog, CB vs. CR for HD or SD Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels displayed simultaneously
power Requirements

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 12.22 x 18.94 x 19.20 in. (31.03 x 48.10 x 48.77 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 lbs (11.79 kg)
environmental
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC, ancillary timecode (HD only), DVITC extracted from SD inputs
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) option JEM and 3 GB Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m) Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Operators manual on CD GPI/LTC breakout terminal board DVI to VGA adapter Rackmount kit Power cord*
642
*North America cord supplied unless optional cord selected at time of order
AVM-717

643
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 ordering inFormation AVM-717 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping HD/SD-SDI inputs with embedded audio and 8 AES inputs with 4 shared as outputs, 8 analog audio inputs and outputs, integrated 17-in. monitor and stereo speakers AVM-717-EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replaces the HD/SD-SDI input module with the jitter evaluation module (TVM-VTM-JEM)
Video Options Audio Options
TVM-VTM-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping, SMPTE 424M (3 Gb/s), SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-JEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping, SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output; eye pattern display and jitter waveform or spectrum can be viewed individually or together on the AVM-717 as part of a quad display; HD/SD-SDI multiformat, onscreen monitor with jitter readout, jitter waveform, jitter spectrum and eye pattern display; order AVM717EJ to replace the standard TVM-VTM-SDI-H module with the TVM-VTM-JEM, includes factory installation TVM-VTM-EYE-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output; order AVM-717E to replace the standard TVM-VTM-SDI-H module with the TVM-VTM-EYE-H, includes factory installation TVM-VTM-SDI-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output; adds 2 inputs for a total of 4 inputs TVM-VTM-SDI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, autodetect; adds 2 inputs for a total of 4 inputs TVM-VTM-ACV-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping analog composite video inputs for NTSC or PAL format, auto-detect; adds 2 inputs for a total of 4 inputs TVM-VTM-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310 input module with MPEG data analysis; provides transport stream program information and bandwidth measurements; monitors MPEG and ATSC tables for errors and repetition rates; alarms for ETSI TR-101-290 first, second and third priority errors; adds 2 inputs for a total of 4 inputs TVM-VTM-DLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expands the dual link capability of SDI-H, JEM and EYE-H input modules to include 10-bit RGB (4:4:4) and RGB+A (4:4:4:4) formats
TVM-A3-OPT3TO5 . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades the AVM-717 to add full Dolby decoding for meter display, with up to 8 analog outputs plus metadata display, factory installed TVM-A3-OPT3TO5F . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades the AVM-717 to add full Dolby decoding for meter display, with up to 8 analog outputs plus metadata display, field upgrade TVM-A3-OPT V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades the AVM-717 to add lip sync timing measurement, factory installed TVM-A3-OPT V2AF . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrades the AVM-717 to add lip sync timing measurement, field upgrade
power Cord Options
Note: A North American power cord is supplied unless one of the following options is specified at the time of order: EPC European power cord EPC-UK United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA Australian power cord
Operators manual GPI/GPO breakout Analog audio breakout North American power cord
VTM4150PKG
Multiformat Modular Rasterizer Monitor

Features User-configurable hardware Dual auto-detecting inputs for 3G/HD/SD-SDI or analog composite Single-input ASI monitoring option Standards: SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, NTSC/PAL Multiple reference inputs Simultaneous display of up to four pictures 3D analysis upgrade with multiple 3D formats and displays Simultaneous display of up to four different inputs Customizable display functions, including screen location and multiple displays Patented video relative timing display Patented gamut display Pixel locator/data word analyzer Multiple-picture thumbnail A/B parade and overlay 608, 708 closed-caption detect, alarm, display Teletext detect, alarm, display Comprehensive alarm set with peak level report 16 direct-access user presets Illuminated controls and indicators DVI-I output Front and back USB ports for data transfer Bypass function enable 10/100Base-T Ethernet, SNMP agent Web server SpyderWeb II remote control and logging software GPI and router control
Harris Videotek VTM4150 packages are predefined module groupings designed to quickly deliver the onscreen monitoring solution you need. Select among 3 Gb/s, HD/SD-SDI, SD-SDI, analog composite and ASI video monitoring with advanced physical jitter, Dolby, advanced audio and lip sync monitoring options to build a system customized to your requirements. A 3D Analysis option allows the VTM4150PKG to support a variety of 3D television formats with multiple picture modes. The perfect solution for todays multiformat environments, the VTM4150PKG features the first user-configurable, field-upgradeable, multiformat test and measurement console. The innovative modular platform makes the VTM series fully customizable and affords broadcasters unprecedented flexibility. When fully equipped, the VTM Series is the only test instrument of its kind that monitors and displays as many as four inputs simultaneously. The Harris proprietary graphic display engines enable multiple input configurations to accommodate any environment. 3 Gb/s, HD/SD, SD-only, 3D, DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310M and composite analog inputs are available. Users can mix and match the appropriate options, such as eye pattern with jitter display and audio packages featuring Dolby decoding, to create the ideal tool for their specific application. A further benefit is a clear upgrade path when monitoring requirements change.
Selectable options
Video Inputs Dual HD/SD-SDI Dual SD-SDI (upgradeable to HD/SD) Dual SD-SDI with eye pattern (upgradeable to HD/SD) Dual HD/SD-SDI with eye pattern Dual HD/SD-SDI with eye pattern and jitter waveform or spectrum display 3D analysis Dual 3G/HD/SD-SDI with RGB dual link Dual ASI Dual composite analog Audio Metering and monitoring of up to eight channels of analog, AES/EBU or embedded audio Dolby Digital, Dolby Surround EX, Dolby E, Dolby Pro-Logic I formats Dolby decoded outputs Loudness metering and alarm Multiple audio Lissajous displays
Product details The VTM Series is loaded with features designed to enhance the user experience, including illuminated controls, simple navigation and a compact 1RU console. Favorite display configurations are instantly recalled using assignable one-touch presets. Whether customized with specially selected options or preconfigured by Harris experts, the VTM4150 is the ideal choice for any facility. The console is easily configured via direct access to display functions, selectable screen location and context-sensitive pop-up menus. The intuitive navigation system enables easy access to all functions for even the most inexperienced users. All VTM4150PKG base models feature the patented Harris Q-SEE technology, which enables users to configure a common XGA monitor for any specific need. Whether the desire is for full screen, quadrant with picture thumbnail or the convenient MULTI mode, Q-SEE can make it happen. Choose from waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture and timing displays, and place each in any quadrant on the screen. Q-SEE is just one more way the VTM Series proves itself as the most versatile instrument in its class. When equipped with the proper input options, the VTM Series can output four different waveforms to the Q-SEE display, from four distinct signals in essence, handling a job that used to require four separate monitoring systems. VTM4150PKG options include dual HD/SD-SDI eye pattern with jitter display, 3D analysis, dual 3G/HD/SD-SDI, dual HD/SD-SDI, dual SD-SDI, dual ASI and dual analog composite inputs, RGB Dual Link, advanced audio analysis with CineSound Surround display and comprehensive Dolby decoding. The SD-SDI and SD-SDI eye pattern inputs can be field-upgraded to HD/SD with the purchase of an unlock key.
644
VTM4150PKG
tVm-Vtm-3d Analysis Option

645
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 The mosaic picture display is useful for catching differences in color/brightness of the left and right sources. For example, on a surface containing a basic, constant color such as a wall, a field or the sky if the two cameras are matched for color brightness, contrast, etc., the mosaic pattern is not visible; if the cameras are not matched, the mosaic pattern is easily visible. Also, adjacent mosaic boxes will look more mismatched for parts of a scene containing greater 3D depth. The unit has a vertical and horizontal adjustment for the mosaic block size, allowing the user to select the optimum block size for making deterministic evaluation of the signal.
The newest advances in 3D testing are available in the VTM4150PKG. The new VPR 50 board enables the display of up to four 3D pictures or a combination of multiple 3D pictures and/or waveforms, including the ability to display separate left-eye and righteye pictures and waveforms simultaneously. 3D testing capability requires the TVMVTM-3D option (for those owners of the VTM4100PKG or VTM4140PKG, the upgrade path is with the VTM-50F). The 3D Analysis option includes the following picture modes: Split, L-R (left minus right), Mosaic, Mix, and Anaglyph. The Split picture display is useful for locating vertical misalignment of a stereo camera pair and focus differences between left and right inputs. The split location is adjustable across the picture, allowing the user to select the overlap location for determining the best place for alignment.
mosaic picture display
split picture display
The mix picture display feature shows a 50/50 mix of the A and B inputs. This mode is useful for seeing both left and right views superimposed on each other, and therefore instantly highlights the parts of the scene that have greater 3D depth than others. This view is achieved by performing a 50 percent mix of the red, green and blue components of the left and right image pairs.
The L-r picture display is generated by subtracting the luma value of the right source from the luma value of the left. The result of the subtraction is pure gray if the left and right images perfectly line up. This function is useful in aligning the 3D camera rig on a test chart, as small differences are easily discernable.
mix picture display
L-R picture display
The Anaglyph picture display allows the use of common red/green or cyan/magenta glasses to see the 3D effect without special monitors or expensive, active 3D glasses. This method of viewing 3D is inferior to the use of shutter glasses, but makes it easy for an operator wearing anaglyph glasses to check the 3D effect on any color display including the VTM4150 front-panel LCD display. Anaglyph glasses possess two different lenses of different (usually chromatically opposite) colors, such as red and cyan or green and magenta.
VTM4150PKG

Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB, 5 to 270 MHz; -15 dB, 270 MHz to 1.5 GHz; -10 dB, 1.5 to 2.97 GHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
Anaglyph picture display

VideO Hd/sd-sdi input module (tVm-Vtm-sdi-H)
Two dual-standard inputs accepting: SD SMPTE 259M-C formats or HD SMPTE 292M formats including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24 and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m of 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 100 m of 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
Two dual-standard inputs accepting: DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M signals, auto detect. Monitoring of ATSC PSIP or DVB PSI tables. ETSI TR 101-290 priority 1, 2 and 3 alarms including buffer errors Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s, or 38.785 Mb/s Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s, or 38.785 Mb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC ATSC Display Tables . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP)) PMT (Program Map Table) MGT (Master Guide Table) VCT (Virtual Channel Table) RRT (Region Rating Table) STT (System Time Table) EIT (Event Information Table) EPG (Electronic Program Guide) BW (Bandwidth) DVB Display Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and Information Table (SI)) PMT (Program Map Table) EIT (Event Information Table) CAT (Conditional Access Table) NIT (Network Information Table) SDT (Service Description Table) BW (Bandwidth)
Two SMPTE 259M-C inputs, . . . . auto-detect 525/59.94, 625/50 Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 250 m, Belden 8281 at 270 Mb/s Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB 5 to 270 MHz
646
Two dual-standard inputs accepting: 3 Gb/s SMPTE 424M inputs, SD SMPTE 259M-C formats or HD SMPTE 292M formats, including 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/60, 1080p/59.94, 1080p/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24 and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, 2.97 Gb/s, auto-detect Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, active looping Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 250 m, Belden 8281 at 270 Mb/s, 100 m, Belden 8281 at 1.485 Gb/s or 100 m, Belden 1694A at 2.97 Gb/s
Two dual inputs accepting: SD SMPTE 259M-C formats or HD SMPTE 292M formats Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z active-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 80 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitoring Output . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Jitter Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays pk-pk jitter as a bar graph and numeric readout, jitter waveform or frequency spectrum Bar Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 UI or 0 to 0.2 UI with numeric readout Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 1 kHz 5% 10 kHz 5% 100 kHz 5% Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized with video 1 H, 2 H, 1 V or 2 V sweep rate Line-select may be applied
VTM4150PKG

647
Frequency Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays a frequency histogram from the filter setting up to a maximum frequency of 1 or 5 MHz Eye Parameter Measurement . . . . Amplitude, rise time, fall time Measurement Bandwidth . . . . . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz -3 to 1 dB relative to 750 MHz Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 100 Hz Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed waveform of 800 mV Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed overshoot of 10% 20% maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 2% of the displayed rise/fall time
2 NTSC/PAL composite video, auto detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz DC Restore Clamp Time . . . . . . . . Back Porch DC Restorer Level Shift Due to Presence or Absence of Burst . . . . 1 IRE/ Unit DC Restorer Level Shift with Change from 50% APL to 10% APL or to 90% APL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 IRE/ Unit DC Restorer 60 Hz Attenuation Slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . (AC+DC) +2.5 to -1.5 VDC restorer off, 3.0 VDC restorer on
Reference
Inputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 embedded audio channels. 4 or 8 AES/EBU serial digital pairs, (option dependent) Optional Dolby E or AC-3 stream Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8, BNC, female Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Outputs (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced, follows selected audio input. Dolby inputs produce a 2-channel mix down and/or full 8-channel decode Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 dBu max +6 to -50 dB adjustable For digital audio, -20 dBFS produces a +4 dBu analog output level Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male, shared with inputs Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced or 20 ohms balanced, nominal Signal To Noise: Outputs (Digital) . . 100 dB (relative to signal level out of +24 dBu), typical 4 AES/EBU and one Dolby Digital, Dolby E, or AES stream embedded in the selected digital video source Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female shared with input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Control
Analog blackburst, NTSC/PAL composite video, tri-level sync auto detect (per SMPTE 274M) Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB (blackburst NTSC) 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB (PAL sync and burst) 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB (tri level Sync) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable Hi-Z looping or 75 ohms Terminating Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
dVi-i Output
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 total with 4 input and 5 preset recall selections or individually user configured GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 alarms, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 350 mA @30 VDC External Router Control . . . . . . . . . 1 RJ11 female, for use with Videotek RS-12A router for input expansion Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1, Type A, female Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port: 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ45 Ethernet female
timecode
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC, Ancillary Time Code (HD only), DVITC extracted from SD inputs
display
Audio Options
Inputs (Analog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or four stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A quadrant display for viewing an input on up to four different displays as picture, waveform, vector, audio, alarm status, timing, optional eye pattern, simultaneously or individually as a full-screen display of each separately. Additional data analyzer display for pixel analysis. Also view multiple waveform and vectors of the same or different inputs with VTM-OPT 40 Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 H, with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification 1 or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Waveform Frequency Response . . Analog: 25 Hz to 5.75 MHz within 1% of amplitude at 50 kHz SD: 0.5% to 5.75 MHz Y 0.5% to 2.50 MHz CB, CR HD: 0.5% to 30 MHz Y 0.5% to 15 MHz CB, CR
VTM4150PKG
eye (Optional)

Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . Overlay (3 eye) or 10 eye (SD), 20 eye (HD) Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Measurement Analog Bandwidth . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz, -3 to 1 dB relative to 750 MHz Jitter Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% for all frequencies up to 300 kHz Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps for HD <150 ps for SD Intrinsic Wander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <150 ps for HD <300 ps for SD Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar graph showing jitter magnitude Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 UI to 1.0 UI Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R - Y vs. B - Y for Analog CB vs. CR for HD or SD Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels displayed simultaneously
power Requirements
VTM4150PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-50 graphic display engine and TVM-VTMSDI-H input module VTM4150PKG-EH . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-50 graphic display engine and TVM-VTMEYE-H input module VTM4150PKG-EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-50 graphic display engine and TVM-VTMJEM input module VTM4150PKG-ES . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-50 graphic display engine, TVM-VTM-EYE-S input module VTM4150PKG-SD . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-50 graphic display engine and TVM-VTMSDI-S input module VTM4150PKG-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-50 graphic display engine and TVM-VTM3GB input module
Video Options

mechanical

environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,050 m)
Operators manual on CD GPI/LTC breakout terminal board DVI to VGA adapter Rackmount kit Power cord* *North America cord supplied unless optional cord selected at time of order
TVM-VTM-SDI-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 424M (3 Gb/s), SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-JEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI), auto-sensing inputs. Eye pattern display and jitter waveform or spectrum can be viewed individually or together as part of a quad display TVM-VTM-SDI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-ACV-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping analog composite video inputs for NTSC or PAL format, auto detect TVM-VTM-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310 input module with MPEG data analysis. Provides single transport stream program information and bandwidth measurements. Monitors MPEG and ATSC tables for errors and repetition rates. Alarms for ETSI TR-101-290 first, second and third priority errors TVM-VTM-DLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expands the dual-link capability of the TVM-VTMSDI-H, TVM-VTM-EYE-H and TVM-VTM-JEM to include 10-bit RGB (4:4:4) and RGB+A (4:4:4:4) formats TVM-VTM-AAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced analysis package that adds data analyzer functions in quadrant or full-screen views to the TVM9100PKG and VTM4100PKG. Included in TVM9140PKG, TVM9150PKG, VTM4140PKG and VTM4150PKG TVM-VTM-3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced 3D analysis package that adds 3D picture and waveform displays in quadrant or full-screen views to the TVM9150PKG and VTM4150PKG.
648
VTM4150PKG

649
VTM-A3-OPT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 4 AES/EBU shared input/output pairs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously VTM-A3-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio expansion module; adds 4 AES/EBU input pairs to VTM-A3-OPT 2 VTM-A3-OPT 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels VTM-A3-OPT 3TL . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 VTM-A3-OPT 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, eight AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels full decoding of Dolby D or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs, Dolby metadata display
VTM-A3-OPT 5TL . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels full decoding of Dolby D or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs, Dolby metadata display; includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 VTM-A3-OPT 3TO5 . . . . . . . . . . . Adds Dolby Digital or Dolby E decoding and Dolby metadata display to VTM-A3-OPT 3 or VTM-A3-OPT 3TL VTM-A3-OPT V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . Adds video to audio timing measurement (lip sync) to the VTM-A3-OPT 3TL or VTM-A3-OPT 5TL. Requires a source of the V2A test signal
power Cord Options
NOTE: North America power cord supplied unless otherwise specified at time of order EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
VTM4140PKG
Multiformat Modular Onscreen Monitor

Features User-configurable hardware Dual auto-detecting inputs for 3 Gb/s-HD/SD-SDI, HD/SD-SDI, SD-SDI, or analog composite Single-input ASI monitoring option Standards: SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, NTSC/PAL Multiple reference inputs Capable of displaying up to four different inputs simultaneously Customizable display functions, screen location, multiple displays Patented video relative timing display Patented gamut display Pixel locator/data word analyzer Picture thumbnail A/B parade and overlay 608, 708 closed-captioning detect, alarm, display Teletext detect, alarm, display Comprehensive alarm set, peak level report 16 direct-access user presets Illuminated controls and indicators DVI-I output USB ports front and back for data transfer Bypass function enabled 10/100Base-T Ethernet, SNMP agent, web server, SpyderWeb II GPI and router control
Selectable options Categories
VTM4140 packages are pre-defined groupings of modules designed to quickly get you the monitoring package you need. Select among 3 Gb/s, HD/SD-SDI, SD-SDI, analog composite and ASI monitoring applications with advanced physical jitter, Dolby and advanced audio, and lip sync monitoring options to build a system customized to your requirements.
Product details All VTM4140PKG base models offer waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture, timing, and data analyzer screens via the patented Harris Q-SEE technology, which enhances the performance of this product when viewed on any common XGA monitor. As a part of the Harris Videotek VTM Series, the VTM4140PKG features the worlds first user-configurable, field-upgradeable, multiformat test and measurement console. The innovative modular platform makes the VTM Series fully customizable and affords broadcasters unprecedented flexibility to choose exactly how theyll apply the awardwinning Videotek technology. This is the perfect solution for todays multiformat environment. Start with the number of signals that can be monitored. When fully equipped, the VTM Series is the only test instrument of its kind that monitors and displays as many as four inputs simultaneously. The Harris proprietary graphic display engines enable multiple input configurations to accommodate any environment. 3 Gb/s, HD/SD, SD-only, DVBASI/SMPTE 310M and composite analog inputs are available. Users can mix and match the appropriate options, such as eye pattern with jitter display and audio packages featuring Dolby decoding, to create the ideal instrument for their specific need. A further benefit is a clear upgrade path for when those needs change. The VTM Series is also loaded with features designed to enhance the users experience: illuminated controls, simple and intuitive navigation and a compact 1RU console. Favorite display configurations are instantly recalled using the assignable one-touch presets. Whether customized with specially selected options or preconfigured by Harris experts, the VTM Series is the optimal choice for any facility. The VTM Series console is easily configured via direct access to display functions, selectable screen location and context-sensitive pop-up menus. The intuitive navigation system enables easy access to all functions for even the most inexperienced users. Q-SEE technology enables users to configure their screen for any specific need. Whether full-screen, quadrant with picture thumbnail, or the convenient MULTI mode, Q-SEE can make it happen. Choose from waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture and timing displays, and place each in any quadrant on the screen. Q-SEE is just one more way the VTM Series proves it is the most versatile instrument in its class. When equipped with the proper input options, the VTM Series can output four different waveforms to the Q-SEE display, from four distinct signals in essence, handling a job that used to require four separate monitoring instruments.
Selectable video input modules Dual HD/SD-SDI input Dual SD-SDI input (can be upgraded to HD/SD later) Dual SD-SDI input with eye pattern (can be upgraded to HD/SD later) Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern and jitter waveform or spectrum display RGB dual link Dual 3 Gb/s HD/SD-SDI input Dual ASI input module Dual composite analog input Selectable audio options Meter and monitor up to eight channels of analog, AES/EBU or embedded Dolby Digital, Dolby Surround EX, Dolby E, Dolby Pro-Logic I formats Dolby decoded outputs Loudness metering and alarm Multiple audio Lissajous display
650
VTM4140PKG
VideO

651
2 dual-standard inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or highdefinition SMPTE 292M formats including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30,1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m of 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 100 m of 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
ATSC Display Tables . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP)) PMT (Program Map Table) MGT (Master Guide Table) VCT (Virtual Channel Table) RRT (Region Rating Table) STT (System Time Table) EIT (Event Information Table) EPG (Electronic Program Guide) BW (Bandwidth) DVB Display Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and Information Table (SI)) PMT (Program Map Table) EIT (Event Information Table) CAT (Conditional Access Table) NIT (Network Information Table) SDT (Service Description Table) BW (Bandwidth)
2 dual inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z active-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 80 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitoring Output . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Jitter Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays pk-pk jitter as a bar graph and numeric readout, jitter waveform or frequency spectrum Bar Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 UI or 0 to 0.2 UI with numeric readout Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 1 kHz 5%, 10 kHz 5%, 100 kHz 5% Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized with video 1 H, 2 H, 1 V or 2 V sweep rate Line-select may be applied Frequency Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays a frequency histogram from the filter setting up to a maximum frequency of 1 or 5 MHz Eye Parameter Measurement . . . . Amplitude, rise time, fall time Measurement Bandwidth . . . . . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 100 Hz Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed waveform of 800 mV Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed overshoot of 10% 20% maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 2% of the displayed rise/fall time
2 dual-standard inputs accepting 3 Gb/s SMPTE 424M inputs, standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/60, 1080p/59.94, 1080p/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, 2.97 Gb/s, auto-detect Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, active looping Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 250 m, Belden 8281 at 270 Mb/s, 100 m, Belden 8282 at 1.485 Gb/s or 100 m, Belden 1694A at 2.97 Gb/s Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB, 5 to 270 MHz; -15 dB, 270 MHz to 1. 5 GHz; -10 dB, 1. 5 to 2.97 GHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
2 dual-standard inputs accepting DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M signals, auto-detect. Monitoring of ATSC PSIP or DVB PSI tables. ETSI TR 101-290 priority 1, 2 and 3 alarms including buffer errors Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 or 38.785 Mb/s Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 to 270 MHz Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s, or 38.785 Mb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
VTM4140PKG

Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male, shared with inputs Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced or 20 ohms balanced, nominal Signal To Noise: Outputs (Digital) . . 100 dB (relative to signal level out of +24 dBu), typical 4 AES/EBU and 1 Dolby Digital, Dolby E, or AES stream embedded in the selected digital video source Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female shared with input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Control
2 NTSC/PAL composite video, auto-detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz DC Restore Clamp Time . . . . . . . . Back porch DC Restore or Level Shift Due to . . 1 IRE/unit Pres. Or Absence of Burst DC Restorer Level Shift with . . . . . 1 IRE/unit Change from 50% APL to 10% APL or to 90% APL DC Restorer 60 Hz Attenuation Slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . (AC +DC) 2.5 to -1.5 V, DC restorer off, 3 V, DC restorer on
Reference
Analog blackburst, NTSC/PAL composite video, tri-level sync auto-detect (per SMPTE 274M) Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB (blackburst NTSC) 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB (PAL sync and burst) 600mV pk-pk 3 dB (tri-evel sync) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable Hi-Z looping or 75 ohms terminating Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
dVi-i Output
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 total with 4 input and 5 preset recall selections or individually user-configured GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 alarms, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to +5 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 350 mA @ 30 VDC External Router Control . . . . . . . . . 1 RJ11 female, for use with Videotek RS-12A router for input expansion Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1, type A, female Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Ethernet, female
timecode
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC, Ancillary Timecode (HD only), DVITC extracted from SD inputs
display
Audio Options
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A quadrant display for viewing an input on up to 4 different displays as picture, waveform, vector, audio, alarm status, timing, optional eye pattern, simultaneously or individually as a full-screen display of each separately; additional data analyzer display for pixel analysis; also view multiple waveform and vectors of the same or different inputs with VTM-OPT 40 Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 H, with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification 1 or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1%
Waveform Frequency Response
652
Inputs (Analog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms Inputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 embedded audio channels, 4 or 8 AES/EBU serial digital pairs, (option dependent) optional Dolby E or AC-3 stream Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8, BNC, female Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Outputs (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced, follows selected audio input; Dolby inputs produce a 2-channel mix down and/or full 8-channel decode Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu maximum +6 to -50 dB adjustable For digital audio, -20 dBFS produces a +4 dBu analog output level
Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hz to 5.75 MHz within 1% of amplitude at 50 kHz SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 5.75 MHz Y 0.5% to 2.50 MHz CB, CR HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 30 MHz Y 0.5% to 15 MHz CB, CR
eye (Optional)
Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . Overlay (3 eye) or 10 eye (SD), 20 eye (HD) Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Measurement Analog Bandwidth . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz, -3 to 1 dB relative to 750 MHz Jitter Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% for all frequencies up to 300 kHz
VTM4140PKG

653
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps for HD <150 ps for SD Intrinsic Wander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <150 ps for HD <300 ps for SD Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar graph showing jitter magnitude Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 UI to 1 UI Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R - Y vs. B - Y for Analog CB vs. CR for HD or SD Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels displayed simultaneously
power Requirements environmental
Operators manual on CD GPI/LTC breakout terminal board DVI to VGA adapter Rackmount kit Power cord* *North America cord supplied unless optional cord selected at time of order ordering inFormation

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 19 in. (4.5 x 48.3 x 48.3 cm)
images/diagrams
Q-see display technology
VTM4140PKG
VTM4140PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-40 graphic display engine and TVM-VTM-SDI-H input module VTM4140PKG-EH . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-40 graphic display engine and TVM-VTM-EYE-H input module VTM4140PKG-EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-40 graphic display engine and TVM-VTM-JEM input module VTM4140PKG-ES . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-40 graphic display engine, TVM-VTM-EYE-S input module VTM4140PKG-SD . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-40 graphic display engine and TVM-VTM-SDI-S input module VTM4140PKG-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing VTM-ASX console, VTM-40 graphic display engine and TVM-VTM-3GB input module
Video Options
TVM-VTM-SDI-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 424M (3 Gb/s), SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-JEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI), auto-sensing inputs; eye pattern display and jitter waveform or spectrum can be viewed individually or together as part of a quad display TVM-VTM-SDI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-ACV-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping analog composite video inputs for NTSC or PAL format, auto-detect TVM-VTM-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310 input module with MPEG data analysis; provides single transport stream program information and bandwidth measurements; monitors MPEG and ATSC tables for errors and repetition rates; alarms for ETSI TR-101-290 first, second and third priority errors TVM-VTM-DLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expands the dual-link capability of the TVM-VTM-SDI-H, TVM-VTM-EYE-H and TVM-VTM-JEM to include 10-bit RGB (4:4:4) and RGB+A (4:4:4:4) formats
VTM-A3-OPT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 4 AES/EBU shared input/output pairs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously VTM-A3-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio expansion module, adds 4 AES/EBU input pairs to VTM-A3-OPT 2 VTM-A3-OPT 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels VTM-A3-OPT 3TL . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8-channels simultaneously; includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 VTM-A3-OPT 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs, Dolby metadata display VTM-A3-OPT 5TL . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels; includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs, Dolby metadata display; includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 VTM-A3-OPT 3TO5 . . . . . . . . . . . Adds Dolby Digital or Dolby E decoding and Dolby metadata display to VTM-A3-OPT 3 or VTM-A3-OPT 3TL VTM-A3-OPT V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . Adds video to audio timing measurement (lip sync) to the VTM-A3-OPT 3TL or VTM-A3-OPT 5TL; requires a source of the V2A test signal
power Cord Options
note: North America power cord supplied unless otherwise specified at time of order EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
654
VTM4100PKG

655
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Features User-configurable hardware Dual auto-detecting inputs for HD/SD-SDI, SD-SDI, or analog composite Single-input ASI monitoring option Standards: SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 259M-C, NTSC/PAL Multiple reference inputs Customizable display functions, screen location, multiple displays Patented video relative timing display Patented gamut display Picture thumbnail A/B parade and overlay 608, 708 closed-captioning detect, alarm, display Teletext detect, alarm, display Comprehensive alarm set, peak level report 16 direct-access user presets Illuminated controls and indicators DVI-I output USB ports front and back for data transfer Bypass function enabled 10/100Base-T Ethernet, SNMP agent, web server SpyderWeb II GPI control
VTM4100 packages are pre-defined groupings of VTM Series modules designed to quickly get you the monitoring package you need. Select among HD/SD-SDI, SD-SDI, analog composite and ASI monitoring applications with advanced physical jitter, Dolby and advanced audio, and lip sync monitoring options to build a system customized to your requirements. In comparison to VTM4140PKG, the VTM4100PKG can display and evaluate only one input source at a time.
Product details All VTM4100PKG base models offer waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture and timing screens via the patented Harris Q-SEE technology, which enhances the performance of this product when viewed on any common XGA monitor. As a part of the Harris Videotek VTM Series, the VTM4100PKG features the worlds first user-configurable, field-upgradeable, multiformat test and measurement console. The innovative modular platform makes the VTM Series fully customizable and affords broadcasters unprecedented flexibility to choose exactly how theyll apply the awardwinning Videotek technology. This is the perfect solution for todays multiformat environment. HD/SD, SD-only, DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310M and composite analog inputs are available. Users can mix and match the appropriate options, such as eye pattern with jitter display and audio packages featuring Dolby decoding, to create the ideal instrument for their specific need. A further benefit is a clear upgrade path for when those needs change. The VTM Series is also loaded with features designed to enhance the users experience: illuminated controls, simple and intuitive navigation and a compact 1RU console. Favorite display configurations are instantly recalled using the assignable one-touch presets. Whether customized with specially selected options or preconfigured by Harris experts, the VTM Series is the optimal choice for any facility. The VTM Series console is easily configured via direct access to display functions, selectable screen location and context-sensitive pop-up menus. The intuitive navigation system enables easy access to all functions for even the most inexperienced users. Q-SEE technology enables users to configure their screen for any specific need. Whether full-screen, quadrant with picture thumbnail, or the convenient MULTI mode, Q-SEE can make it happen. Choose from waveform, vector, gamut, audio, picture and timing displays, and place each in any quadrant on the screen. Q-SEE is just one more way the VTM Series proves it is the most versatile instrument in its class.
seLeCtABLe OptiOns CAtegORies
Pixel locator/data word analyzer Selectable video input modules Dual HD/SD-SDI input Dual SD-SDI input (can be upgraded to HD/SD later) Dual SD-SDI input with eye pattern (can be upgraded to HD/SD later) Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern Dual HD/SD-SDI input with eye pattern and jitter waveform or spectrum display Dual ASI input module Dual composite analog input Selectable audio options Meter and monitor up to eight channels of analog, AES/EBU or embedded Dolby Digital, Dolby Surround EX, Dolby E, Dolby Pro-Logic I formats Dolby decoded outputs Loudness metering and alarm Multiple audio Lissajous display
VTM4100PKG
Video
Two dual-standard inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats including: 525/59.94, 625/50, 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30,1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24,1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, and 720p/23.98 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 100 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal
ATSC Display Tables . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and System Information Protocol (PSIP)) PMT (Program Map Table) MGT (Master Guide Table) VCT (Virtual Channel Table) RRT (Region Rating Table) STT (System Time Table) EIT (Event Information Table) EPG (Electronic Program Guide) BW (Bandwidth) DVB Display Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . PAT (Program Association Table) INFO (from the Program and Information Table (SI)) PMT (Program Map Table) EIT (Event Information Table) CAT (Conditional Access Table) NIT (Network Information Table) SDT (Service Description Table) BW (Bandwidth)
2 dual inputs accepting standard-definition SMPTE 259M-C formats or high-definition SMPTE 292M formats Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s, auto-detect Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z active-looping Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s: 250 m, Belden 8281 1.485 Gb/s: 80 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz SDI Monitoring Output . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s and 1.485 Gb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Jitter Demod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays pk-pk jitter as a bar graph andnumeric readout, jitter waveform or frequency spectrum Bar Graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 UI or 0 to 0.2 UI with numeric readout Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz, 1 kHz 5%, 10 kHz 5%, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 kHz 5% Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronized with video 1 H, 2 H, 1 V or 2 V sweep rate Line-select may be applied Frequency Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays a frequency histogram from the filter setting up to a maximum frequency of 1 or 5 MHz Eye Parameter Measurement . . . . Amplitude, rise time, fall time Measurement Bandwidth . . . . . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz 3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz 2 Hz, 100 Hz 10 Hz, 1 kHz 100 Hz Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed waveform of 800 mV Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% with a displayed overshoot of 10%, 20% maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . Within 2% of the displayed rise/fall time
2 dual-standard inputs accepting DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M signals, auto-detect. Monitoring of ATSC PSIP or DVB PSI tables. ETSI TR 101-290 priority 1, 2 and 3 alarms including buffer errors Input Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s or 38.785 Mb/s Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNCs, Hi-Z passive looping Input Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Input EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, Belden 8281 Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB 5 to 270 MHz Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows the selected digital input Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI: 270 Mb/s, maximum payload 120 Mb/s SMPTE 310M: 19.393 Mb/s or 38.785 Mb/s Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
656
VTM4100PKG

657
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu maximum +6 to -50 dB adjustable For digital audio, -20 dBFS produces a +4 dBu analog output level Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male, shared with inputs Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced or 20 ohms balanced, nominal Signal To Noise: Outputs (Digital): . . 100 dB (relative to signal level out of +24 dBu), typical 4 AES/EBU and one Dolby Digital, Dolby E, or AES stream embedded in the selected digital video source Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, female shared with input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms
Control
2 NTSC/PAL composite video, auto-detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z, looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz DC Restore Clamp Time . . . . . . . . Back porch DC Restorer Level Shift Due . . . . . 1 IRE/unit to Pres. or Absence of Burst DC Restorer Level Shift with . . . . . 1 IRE/unit Change from 50% APL to 10% APL or to 90% APL DC Restorer 60Hz Attenuation Slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5% Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90% Maximum Input Amplitude . . . . . . .(AC +DC) 2.5 V to -1.5 V, DC restorer off, 3 V, DC restorer on
Reference
Analog blackburst, NTSC/PAL composite video, tri-level sync auto-detect (per SMPTE 274M) Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB (blackburst NTSC) 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB (PAL sync and burst) 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB (tri-level Sync) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selectable Hi-Z looping or 75 ohms terminating Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
dVi-i Output
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 total with 4 input and 5 preset recall selections or individually user-configured GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 alarms, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 350 mA @ 30 VDC External Router Control . . . . . . . . . 1 RJ11 female, for use with Videotek RS-12A router for input expansion Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 1.1, type A, female Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethernet port 10/100Base-T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Ethernet female
timecode
Audio Options
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC, Ancillary Timecode (HD only), DVITC extracted from SD inputs
display
Inputs (Analog). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >20 k ohms Inputs (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 embedded audio channels, 4 or 8 AES/EBU serial digital pairs, (option dependent) optional Dolby E or AC-3 stream Input Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 8, BNC, female Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Outputs (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 monophonic or 4 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced, follows selected audio input; Dolby inputs produce a 2-channel mix down and/or full 8-channel decode
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A quadrant display for viewing an input on up to 4 different displays as picture, waveform, vector, audio, alarm status, timing, optional eye pattern, simultaneously or individually as a full-screen display of each separately; additional data analyzer display for pixel analysis; also view multiple waveform and vectors of the same or different inputs with VTM-OPT 40 Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite, YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 H, with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification 1 or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Waveform Frequency Response Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hz to 5.75 MHz within 1% of amplitude at 50 kHz SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 5.75 MHz Y 0.5% to 2.50 MHz CB, CR HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% to 30 MHz Y 0.5% to 15 MHz CB, CR
eye (Optional)
Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . Overlay (3 eye) or 10 eye (SD), 20 eye (HD) Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1%
VTM4100PKG

Measurement Analog Bandwidth . . . 250 kHz to 2250 MHz, -3 to +1 dB relative to 750 MHz Jitter Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% for all frequencies up to 300 kHz Intrinsic Jitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <70 ps for HD, <150 ps for SD Intrinsic Wander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <150 ps for HD, <300 ps for SD Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bar graph showing jitter magnitude Display Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 UI Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R - Y vs. B - Y for Analog CB vs. CR for HD or SD Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels displayed simultaneously
power Requirements mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 19.75 in. (4.5 x 48.3 x 50.2 cm)

environmental
Operators manual on CD GPI/LTC breakout terminal board DVI to VGA Adapter Rackmount Kit Power Cord* *North America cord supplied unless optional cord selected at time of order
images/diagrams
Vtm series display Versatility Featuring Q-see technology
658
VTM4100PKG

659
VTM4100PKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing TVM-VTM-SDI-H HD/SD-SDI input module VTM4100PKG-EH . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing TVM-VTM-EYE-H HD/SD-SDI eye pattern input module VTM4100PKG-EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing TVM-VTM-JEM HD/SD-SDI jitter analysis with eye pattern input module VTM4100PKG-ES . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing TVM-VTM-EYE-S SD-SDI eye pattern input module VTM4100PKG-SD . . . . . . . . . . . . VTM Series package containing TVM-VTM-SDI-S SD-SDI input module
Video Options
TVM-VTM-AAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced analysis package, adds data analyzer function TVM-VTM-SDI-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-JEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI) and SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI), auto-sensing inputs; eye pattern display or jitter waveform or jitter spectrum can be viewed individually TVM-VTM-SDI-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 passive looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect and monitor output TVM-VTM-EYE-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping SMPTE 259M-C (SD-SDI) inputs, auto-detect with eye pattern and monitor output TVM-VTM-ACV-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 looping analog composite video inputs for NTSC or PAL format, auto-detect TVM-VTM-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual DVB-ASI/SMPTE 310 input module with MPEG data analysis; provides single transport stream program information and bandwidth measurements. Monitors MPEG and ATSC tables for errors and repetition rates. Alarms for ETSI TR-101-290 first, second and third priority errors
VTM-A3-OPT 3TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously, includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 VTM-A3-OPT 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs Dolby metadata display VTM-A3-OPT 5TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels full decoding of Dolby Digital or Dolby E with up to 8 analog outputs Dolby metadata display, includes loudness monitoring and audio true peak metering to ITU-R BS.1770 VTM-A3-OPT 3TO5. . . . . . . . . . . . Adds Dolby Digital or Dolby E decoding and Dolby metadata display to VTM-A3-OPT 3 or VTM-A3-OPT 3TL VTM-A3-OPT V2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adds video-to-audio timing measurement (lip sync) to the VTM-A3-OPT 3TL or VTM-A3-OPT 5TL; requires a source of the V2A test signal
Remote control options
power Options
NOTE: North America power cord supplied unless otherwise specified at time of order EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
VTM-A3-OPT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 4 AES/EBU shared input/output pairs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously VTM-A3-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio expansion module, adds 4 AES/EBU input pairs to VTM-A3-OPT 2 3 VTM-A -OPT 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced audio analysis option; bar graphs and CineSound; view up to 8 audio channels, includes 4 analog stereo inputs, 8 AES/EBU inputs with 4 shared outputs and 16 channels of embedded audio; analog monitoring outputs of up to 8 channels simultaneously; custom meter labels
VTM-2400
HD Multiformat Onscreen Monitor

Features Two passive looping HD/SD-SDI inputs with auto-detection of input format Onscreen display of picture, waveform, vector and audio/alarm XGA display output Alarms include loss of signal, loss of video, EDH (SD), CRC (HD), RGB gamut, peak audio and loss of sound Four user presets Standards supported: SMPTE 259M-C, SMPTE 292M
pROduCt OptiOns
Audio option for monitoring of analog, digital and embedded audio Remote control panel
The VTM-2400 multiformat on screen monitor continues the Videotek tradition of cost-effective monitoring of HD/SD-SDI. Based on the technology developed for the VTM Series, the VTM-2400 is an easy-to-operate tool to monitor and measure HD-SDI (1080 and 720) and SD-SDI (525 and 625) signals on any XGAcapable monitor. The output display includes video picture, waveform, vector and alarm status or optional audio each in one quadrant of the screen or any element in a full-screen view.
The VTM-2400 also optionally accepts four AES/EBU stereo pairs, four mono or two stereo analog inputs and embedded audio from the SDI inputs. Audio can be displayed as two- or four-channel bar graph meters with a phase bar and Lissajous readout for each meter pair. Alarms include: Video: RGB gamut, loss of signal, loss of video, EDH (SD) and CRC (HD) Audio: peak audio and loss of sound for audio Four presets store user setups for convenience.

Video Audio (Vtm-A3-Opt 1 Option)
Inputs A and B (Digital) . . . . . . . . . 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50, 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF, 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/24, 720p/23.98 auto-detect Option to add 525/59.94 or 625/50 auto-detect Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s, 1.485 Gb/s auto-detect Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, Hi-Z looping
Reference
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL blackburst or composite video, tri-level sync auto-detect (per SMPTE 274M) Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC: blackburst 286 mV pk-pk 6dB PAL: sync and burst 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB Tri-level: 600 mV pk-pk 3 dB Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, Hi-Z looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz
XgA Output
Input (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 monophonic or 2 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 k ohms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Input (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 AES/EBU Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC Output (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 monophonic or 2 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4 dBu 1 dB with input at reference level Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced, 20 ohms balanced (nominal) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male
Control
Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 0.7 V pk-pk menu-selectable Horizontal Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,363 Hz 1% Vertical Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.004 Hz 1%
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input selection, momentary closure Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 V GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact closure on selected alarm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin D-sub, female Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ11 female for use with the RCU-VTM-2400
660
VTM-2400
display
HD Multiformat Onscreen Monitor

661
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 ordering inFormation VTM-2400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-cost HD/SD-SDI multiformat onscreen monitor, with waveform, vector, picture and alarm status display; audio optional
Audio Options
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Picture, waveform, vector and audio or alarm simultaneously in a 4-quadrant display, or a fullscreen display of each of these separately Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YCBCR, RGB, YRGB Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 H, 2 H or 3 H with x1, x5, x10 magnification 1 V, 2 V or 3 V with x1, x5, x10, x25 magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CR vs. CB Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
power Requirements
VTM-A3-OPT 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog, AES/EBU and embedded audio for VTM-2000 and VTM-2400
Other Options
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 260 VAC, 50/60 Hz, nominal 90 VA maximum

mechanical
RCU-2400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote control panel EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
environmental
Operators manual GPI/GPO breakout Rackmount kit Power cord
VTM-2000
Multiformat Onscreen Monitor

Features Two looping SD-SDI inputs with 525/625 auto-detection Two looping composite inputs with NTSC/PAL auto-detection Onscreen display of picture, waveform, vector and audio/alarm XGA display output Alarms include loss of signal (sync or carrier), loss of video (SDI), EDH (SDI), RGB gamut (SDI), peak video (composite) and SC/H (composite) Four user presets Standards supported: NTSC, PAL, 525 and 625 SMPTE 259M-C
pROduCt OptiOns
Audio option for monitoring of analog, digital and embedded audio Remote control panel
The Videotek VTM-2000 multiformat onscreen monitor continues the Videotek tradition of cost-effective monitoring of SD-SDI and analog composite signals. Based on the technology developed for the VTM Series, the VTM-2000 is an easy-to-operate tool to monitor and measure SD-SDI (525 and 625) and analog composite (NTSC and PAL) signals on any XGA-capable monitor. The output display includes video picture, waveform, vector and alarm status or optional audio. The display can be configured to enable the viewing of each element in one quadrant of the screen or any element in a full-screen view.
The VTM-2000 also optionally accepts four AES/EBU stereo pairs, four mono or two stereo analog inputs and embedded audio from the SDI inputs. Audio can be displayed as two- or four-channel bar graph meters with a phase bar and Lissajous readout for each meter pair. Alarms include RGB gamut, loss of video and EDH for SDI; loss of signal (sync or carrier) for composite and SDI; peak video and SC/H phase for composite; and peak audio and loss of sound for audio. Four presets store user setups for convenience.

Video Audio (Vtm-A3-Opt 1 Option)
Inputs A and B (Digital) . . . . . . . . . 525/59.94 or 625/50 auto-detect Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV, nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, Hi-Z looping Inputs C and D (Analog) . . . . . . . . NTSC or PAL auto-detect Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk, 6 dB Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, Hi-Z looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -45 dB, 200 kHz to 5 MHz
Reference
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackburst or composite video Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC: blackburst 286 mV pk-pk 6 dB PAL: sync and burst 300 mV pk-pk 6 dB Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, Hi-Z looping Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, 100 kHz to 5 MHz
XgA Output
Input (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 monophonic or 2 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 k ohms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male Input (Digital) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 AES/EBU input Impedance 75 ohms nominal Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC Output (Analog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 monophonic or 2 stereo channels, balanced or unbalanced Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4 dBu 1 dB with input at reference level Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . +24 dBu Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ohms unbalanced, 20 ohms balanced (nominal) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-pin D-sub, male
Control
Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 0.7 V pk-pk menu-selectable Horizontal Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,363 Hz 1% Vertical Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.004 Hz 1%
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input selection, momentary closure Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to 5 V GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact closure on selected alarm Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin D-sub, female Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ11 female for use with the RCU-VTM-2000
662
VTM-2000
display

663
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 ordering inFormation VTM-2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital/analog multiformat onscreen monitor; waveform/vector/audio/picture simultaneously on one display; 2 SD-SDI and 2 composite analog inputs; XGA monitor output; 1RU; audio optional
Audio Options
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Picture, waveform, vector and audio or alarm simultaneously in a 4-quadrant display, or a fullscreen display of each of these separately Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital: YCBCR, RGB or YRGB Analog: encoded display Sweep Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 H with x1, x5, x10 magnification 1 or 2 V with x1, x5, x10, x25 magnification Waveform Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital: CR vs. CB Analog: R-Y vs. B-Y Vector Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
power Requirements
VTM-A3-OPT 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog, AES/EBU and embedded audio for VTM2000 and VTM-2400
Other Options
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 260 VAC, 50/60 Hz, nominal 90 VA, maximum

mechanical
RCU-2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote control panel EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 0 to 50 C Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 65 C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum (non-condensing) Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m)l Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Operators manual GPI/GPO breakout Rackmount kit Power cord
CMN-41

Features Available with SD, HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD inputs SD and HD/SD can be upgraded to 3G/HD/SD Metering of all 16 channels of embedded audio One AES audio input Two active looping SDI inputs Quad display of audio, picture, waveform and vector Thumbnail picture with adjustable size and position Waveform display of external reference or LTC input Overlay display with independent size and position of waveform, vector and picture DVI-D external display output (CMN-41 and CMN-41L) 720p/59.94 SDI display output (CMN-MV) 99 presets Standard four-pin XLR DC power input (AC adapter supplied) Convection cooled, silent operation (no fan) Front-panel headphone jack (except CMN-41L) Front-panel USB port for save/recall of presets, screen captures and SDI captures (except CMN-41L) Dual rackmount option available Desktop case with tilt bail option available
Meet the Videotek Compact Monitor Series including the CMN-41 family of multiformat onscreen monitors. The smallest solution on the market for efficient video and audio signal monitoring, the CMN-41 tests signal quality across all DTV formats up to 3 Gb/s. Its available in three versions: the CMN-41 with DVI-D output, the CMN-41L with a blank front panel and DVI-D output, and the CMN-MV with 720p/59.94 SDI output. Each model possesses two SDI inputs and provides selectable waveform, vector, gamut, timing and picture full-screen display. With Videotek compact monitors you can meter all 16 channels of embedded audio or one AES input. You can also view the waveform of the composite or tri-level external reference to verify signal integrity and customize the MLT display with independent size and position of waveform, vector and picture.
Product details All three CMN-41 units are available with SD, HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD inputs. The SD and HD/SD models are fully upgradeable to 3G/HD/SD. A standard 11-17 VDC power input provides flexible powering for both fixed installations and field operation. Low power consumption allows the use of convection cooling for energy-saving, silent operation.
The CMN-41 can be mounted in either a dual rackmount tray or a standalone desktop case. Each package has a compact half-rack footprint less than seven inches deep a short mounting depth that integrates easily with todays LCD monitors.

inputs
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping inputs Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC
sd-sdi input
Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . 6 dB Tolerance Tri-level Sync Amplitude . . . . . . . . 600 mV pk-pk Tri-level Sync Amplitude Tolerance . . 3 dB Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB 100 kHz to 5 MHz
digital Audio input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB (5 to 270 MHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 M, Belden 8281
Hd-sdi input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (5 to 1.485 GHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 M, Belden 8281
3g-sdi input
Audio Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU, embedded AES Input Connector type . . . . . . . 1 BNC, female AES Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal AES Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . >25 dB (0.1 to 6 MHz) AES Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 to 2 V Input Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . AES, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz (internal sample rate converted to 48 kHz)
sdi Output
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz) Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 M, Belden 1694A
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passive looping Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV nominal PAL: sync and burst 300 mV nominal
Output Connector Type . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB (5 MHz to 1.485 GHz) -10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz) Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
664
CMN-41

665
Analog monitoring Output Headphone (except Cmn-41L) Waveform display external Reference and LtC
Number/Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 stereo headphone jack, 1/8 in. (3.5 mm) Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ohms, nominal Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 44 mW RMS Total Harmonic Distortion and . . . . -65 dB Noise (THD+N) Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . From maximum output level to 0 mV with front-panel control Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any audio input pair may be selected to appear on the headphone output
dVi Output (except Cmn-mV)
power Requirements
Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VDC nominal 11 VDC minimum, 17 VDC maximum Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 15 W nominal Over-Voltage Protection . . . . . . . . 50 VDC nominal
environmental
Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I connector, supporting DVI-D Output Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024x768 (XGA) H-Sync Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.363 Hz 1% V-Sync Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.004 Hz 1%
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Ethernet port, RJ-45 connector, 10/100Base-T USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 USB 2.0 host port (except CMN-41L) LTC/GPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 LTC/GPIO connector 15-pin female D-sub LTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal input amplitude: 2 V pk-pk Four General Purpose Inputs . . . . . Input impedance: 10 K ohms returned to +3.3 VDC One General Purpose Output . . . . Relay closure
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 149 F (-30 to 65 C) Humidity (non condensing) . . . . . . Operating: 20% to 80% Non-operating: 5% to 90% Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 in. (9.5 cm) impact drop survivable in original factory packaging Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m) Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A full-screen display for viewing an input as picture, waveform, vector, audio, alarm status, or timing Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Composite; YCBCR or RGB, parade/overlay of like formats Sweep time base . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2H with x1, x5 and x10 horizontal magnification 1 or 2 V with x1, x5 and x25 horizontal magnification Waveform accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CB vs. CR for HD or SD Vector accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gamut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoded or RGB gamut displays with upper and lower limit selection Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4, 6, 8, or 16-channels displayed simultaneously
images/diagrams
Cmn-41L Front panel Cmn-mV Back panel
Cmn-41 and Cmn-mV Front panel
CMN-41
Cmn-41 Compact monitor screen capture with quad display showing picture, alarms, gamut and timing.
Compact monitor series screen capture in Overlay mode with waveform, vector and pip display. each component of the display is individually resizable.
ordering inFormation CMN-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat onscreen monitor, HD/SD-SDI, DVI-D output, 1RU, half rack, upgradeable to 3 Gb/s CMN-41-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat onscreen monitor, 3G/HD/SD-SDI, DVI-D output, 1RU, half rack CMN-41-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat onscreen monitor, SD-SDI, DVI-D output, 1RU, half rack, upgradeable to HD and 3 Gb/s CMN-41L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat onscreen monitor with no front-panel controls (requires RCU-CMS or web page for control) CMN-MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat onscreen monitor, HD/SD-SDI, SDI output, 1RU, half rack, upgradeable to 3 Gb/s CMN-MV-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat onscreen monitor, 3G/HD/SD-SDI, SDI output, 1RU, half rack CMN-MV-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series multiformat onscreen monitor, SD-SDI, SDI output, 1RU, half rack, upgradeable to HD and 3 Gb/s CMN-H23GB-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41 or CMN-MV to support 3 Gb/s, field upgrade CMN-S23GB-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41-S or CMN-MV-S to support HD and 3 Gb/s, field upgrade CMN-S2H-F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upgrade CMN-41-S or CMN-MV-S to support HD, field upgrade RCU-CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote control panel BLK-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for left or right side of DRT-4 DRT-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double rackmount tray for CMN-41 and CMN-MV, use BLK-4 to fill unused space if needed PTC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Desktop case for CMN-41, CMN-MV and RCU-CMS
666
VMM-4SNY
Integrated Test and Measurement Module for Sony LCD Monitors

667
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Features Modular test and measurement solution for professional Sony LCD monitors; includes internal audio (internal speakers in the monitor are required and available only in certain Sony models) and video connections to the monitor Cost-effective alternative to test and measurement equipment in separate rackmount units HD/SD-SDI capabilities with optional upgrade to 3G-SDI Control via web interface or RCU-CMS Meters 16 channels of embedded audio Two terminating SDI inputs One AES audio input One external reference input MLT display with independent size and position of waveform, vector and picture Selectable quad or full-screen display of picture, waveform, vector, gamut, timing, picture, alarms and audio Powered by the monitor; no external power supply 99 presets
The Videotek VMM-4SNY module is the first integrated, professional test and measurement device for Sony LCD monitors, and represents a new concept in monitoring for video and audio sources. Providing a cost-effective alternative to test equipment housed in separate rackmount units, the VMM-4SNY module fits into the following Sony monitors: LMD1751W, LMD-2050W, LMD-2450W, LMD-2451W, LMD-4250W, BVM-L170, BVM-L230 and PVM-L2300. The audio output is connected to the monitors internal speakers (when available) with no external connections.
The VMM-4SNY comes standard with two HD-SDI/SD-SDI input connections with embedded audio support, an AES input connection and an external reference connection. The unit offers optional 3G-SDI capability. Waveform, vector, gamut, timing, picture, alarms or audio can be viewed in a quadrant or as individual fullscreen displays. The module also offers a scalable waveform, vector and picture display, and can meter 16 channels of embedded audio and/or the AES input. Functional control is enabled through a standard Ethernet connection via a web browser or an optional remote control panel (RCU-CMS).

inputs external Reference input
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 terminating inputs Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 VDC
sd-sdi input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 m, Belden 8281
Hd-sdi input
Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminating Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV, nominal PAL: sync and burst 300 mV, nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . 6 dB Tolerance Tri-Level Sync Amplitude . . . . . . . 600 mV pk-pk Tri-Level Sync Amplitude Tolerance . 3 dB Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB
digital Audio input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 m, Belden 8281
3g-sdi input
Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB, 1.485 to 2.97 GHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 m, Belden 1694A
Audio Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU and embedded AES Input Connector Type. . . . . . . 1 BNC, female AES Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms, nominal AES Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . >25dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz AES Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 to 2 V Input Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . AES 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz (internal sample rate converted to 48 kHz)
VMM-4SNY
Audio monitoring
Integrated Test and Measurement Module for Sony LCD Monitors

power Requirements
Number/Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Any audio input pair may be selected for the audio monitoring (internal monitor speakers) output
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 12 W nominal from monitor power supply

mechanical
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Ethernet port, RJ-45 connector 10/100Base-T LTC/GPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 LTC/GPIO connectors push-pin type LTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal input amplitude: 2 V pk-pk 4 General-Purpose Inputs . . . . . . . Input impedance: 10K ohms returned to 3.3 VDC
Dimensions (H X W X D) . . . . . . . . 0.77 x 7.90 x 6.30 in. (1.96 x 20.01 x 16.08 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.30 lbs (0.59 kg)
environmental
Line-Select Waveform Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . YCBCR; RGB; YRGB; YCBCR + alpha; RGB + alpha; SDI as composite Sweep Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 H, 2 H, 3 H, 4 H, 1 V, 2 V, 3 V, 4 V Sweep Magnification . . . . . . . . . . x0.50, x1, x5, x10 Waveform/Vector Gain . . . . . . . . . Fixed: steps of 1x, 2.5x, 5x Variable: 0.5x to 15x in 0.01 steps
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 95 F (0 to 35 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C) Humidity (non condensing) . . . . . . Operating: 30% to 80% Non-operating: 5% to 90% Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 in. (9.5 cm) impact-drop survivable in original factory packaging Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 6562 ft (2000 m) Pollution Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
images/diagrams
Vmm-4snY module Vmm-4snY Connections
Optional RCu-Cms Front panel
ordering inFormation VMM-4SNY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video and audio monitoring module for Sony monitors; supports HD-SDI and SD-SDI input formats and up to 16 channels of embedded audio, as well as 1 AES audio input; the VMM-4SNY supports external reference of black burst or tri-level sync; the 720p 60 Hz internal output is supported by several Sony LCD monitors, including the LMD-1751W, LMD2050W, LMD-2450W, LMD-2451W, LMD-4250W, BVM-L170, BVM-L230 and PVM-L2300 VMM-4SNY-3GB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video and audio monitoring module for Sony monitors; supports 3G-SDI, HD-SDI and SD-SDI input formats and up to 16 channels of embedded audio, as well as 1 AES audio input; the VMM-4SNY supports external reference of black burst or tri-level sync; the 720p 60 Hz internal output is supported by several Sony LCD monitors, including the LMD-1751W, LMD2050W, LMD-2450W, LMD-2451W, LMD-4250W, BVM-L170, BVM-L230 and PVM-L2300 VMM-H23GBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade for 3G-SDI input option; software upgrade enables the 3G-SDI input formats RCU-CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote control panel option; provides the remote control panel for desktop applications; includes Ethernet connection software for setup of the RCU and IP addresses of connected units; controls up to 32 units PTC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable case with tilt stand for RCU-CMS desk top application DRT-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double rackmount tray for RCU-CMS and CMN-41; use BLK-4 to fill unused space if needed
668
HD-STAR
Handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator and Monitor

669
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Features Multiple functionality Color monitor Vectorscope Waveform monitor Test signal generator Embedded audio monitor Serial data analyzer Multiformats HD-SDI SD-SDI Portable, handheld PDA-sized Weighs under one pound with battery Integrated 320x240 color LCD display Touchscreen operation
Product details With a powerful array of features and functions that include a video test signal generator, color monitor, waveform monitor, vectorscope, serial data analyzer and an audio analyzer/monitor, the lightweight HD-STAR is ideal for monitoring field production camera setup, equipment installation, or troubleshooting signal path issues related to high-definition and standard-definition digital formats.
The Videotek HD-STAR is a portable, battery-powered HD-SDI and SD-SDI video generator and monitor. Also possessing embedded audio generator and monitor capabilities, the HD-STAR provides a level of multiformat functionality and versatility that sets it apart from other handheld test and measurement products on the market.
This PDA-sized test monitor was designed to offer the convenience of portability without sacrificing function and performance. To enhance the users experience, the HD-STAR features an integrated 320x240 color LCD display, utilizing touchscreen technology and the provided stylus to control and configure each operation. Maintaining power in the field wont be a problem the HD-STAR runs on a Li-Ion battery pack. The HD-STAR includes one looping video input for monitoring HD-SDI and SD-SDI signals formatted in SMPTE 292 M or SMPTE 259 M-C with embedded audio. The test signal generator has two outputs selectable as HD-SDI or SD-SDI. The stereo headphone output may be used to monitor embedded audio from the SDI source. Standard accessories include a sunshield, stylus, rechargeable Li-Ion battery pack, AC power adapter, serial communications cable and a belt-style pouch.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Color Picture Monitor . . . . . . . . . . Color TFT touchscreen LCD 320x240 pixels 2.1 x 2.8 in. (54 x 72 mm) display Zoom and pulse cross mode Horizontal and vertical offset Test Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . Test signals Split bars 75% and 100% Full bars 75% and 100% Ramp Checkfield 10 Step 50% Grey Window test signal Frequency stability 50 ppm EDH or CRC insertion Embedded tone in one AES group Audio frequency and amplitude adjustable Serial digital video output* 1080i/50/59.94/60 Hz 1080p/23.98/24/25/29.97/30 Hz 720p/23.98/24/29.97/30/50/59.94 Hz 525/59.94, 625/50 Output jitter per SMPTE 292M and SMPTE 259M-C
embedded Audio tone generator
Audio Frequency Fixed Selections . . . . -400 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz Audio Frequency Variable Selections . . 10 Hz to 20 kHz in 10 Hz steps Audio Amplitude Fixed Selections. . . . . -0, -12, -18, -20 dBFS Audio Amplitude Variable Selections . . . -0 to -60 dBFS in 1 dB steps
Waveform monitor
SD serial digital video input* SMPTE 292M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/50/59.94/60 Hz 1080p/23.98/24/25/29.97/30 Hz 720p/23.98/24/29.97/30/50/59.94 Hz SMPTE 259M-C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525/59.94, 625/50 RGB or Y, PB, PR levels Color display Digital line-select Persistence adjustable Zoom and pan mode *Note: The video input and video generator outputs will be the same selected format.
HD-STAR
Handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator and Monitor

Vectorscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75% and 100% display mode Digital line-select Persistence adjustable SD Serial Digital Data Analyzer . . . SAV position SAV XYZ word EAV position EAV XYZ word ANC check sum Active field CRC Full field CRC EDH flags Active picture EDH Full field EDH HD Serial Digital Data Analyzer . . . Luma and chroma CRC Embedded audio presence Chroma ancillary data presence Embedded Serial Audio Monitor . . AES/EBU 48 kHz audio data supported Monitor and display any 1 pair from 4 groups Stereo bar graph peak hold audio meters Stereo bar graph average audio meters 16-bit DAC Variable stereo headphone output (from embedded audio sources) Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 serial communications for firmware upgrade Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Li-Ion rechargeable battery pack and AC power adapter/charger with North American power cord included, optional power cords available Auto shutdown of unused functions
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 185 F (-30 to 85 C)

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.9 x 3.6 x 1.9 in. (150 x 92 x 47 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 g (13.6 oz) (with Li-Ion battery pack)
ordering inFormation HD-STAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI generator and monitor portable, battery powered, handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI video and embedded audio generator and video and audio monitor
OptiOns
EPC European power cord for AC adapter EPC-UK United Kingdom power cord for AC adapter EPC-AA Australia power cord for AC adapter
670
SD-STAR
Handheld SD-SDI and Analog Composite Generator and Monitor

671
Features Multiple functionality Video test signal generator Color monitor Waveform monitor Vectorscope Oscilloscope Audio analyzer/monitor Serial data analyzer Multiple formats SD-SDI Composite analog Analog Portable, handheld PDA-sized Weighs under one pound Integrated 320x240 color LCD display Touchscreen operation
Product details
The new Videotek SD-STAR is a handheld, battery-powered monitor and test generator for SD-SDI and analog composite video signals. The unit provides multiformat functionality and versatility, setting it apart from other handheld test products on the market. With a powerful array of features and functions, including a video test signal generator, color monitor, waveform monitor, vectorscope, oscilloscope and audio analyzer/monitor, the lightweight SD-STAR is ideal for monitoring field production camera setup, equipment installations or troubleshooting signal path issues related to analog and standard-definition digital formats.
This PDA-sized test monitor offers the convenience of portability without sacrificing function and performance. To enhance the user experience, the SD-STAR features an integrated 320x240 color LCD that utilizes touchscreen technology and a stylus to control and configure each operation. Maintaining power in the field isnt a problem either the SD-STAR runs on a rechargeable lithium ion battery pack that can deliver more than six hours of continuous operation (subject to functionality selected). The SD-STAR includes two video inputs one for monitoring composite analog NTSC and PAL video signals and one for monitoring SD-SDI signals formatted in SMPTE 259M-C with embedded audio. The analog input can be used with the oscilloscope function for a variety of analog signals. The test signal generator has individual outputs of composite analog video and SD-SDI. The stereo headphone output may be configured to monitor embedded audio from the SDI source or double as a monaural analog tone generator output. Standard accessories include a sunshield, stylus, rechargeable lithium ion battery pack, AC power adapter, serial communications cable and a belt-style pouch.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Color TFT Touchscreen LCD . . . . . 320x240 pixels 2.1 x 2.8 in. (54 x 72 mm) display
test signal generator
Color Picture Monitor . . . . . . . . . . Pulse cross mode Horizontal and vertical offset
Waveform monitor
Test Signals Color Bars . . . . . . . . . Split bars: 75% and 100% (SMPTE) Full bars: 75% and 100% Luminance ramp and full ramp Sweep10-step Sin X Window test signal Check field Multi burst Multi pulse Full field colors Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ppm Serial Digital Video Output . . . . . . 525/59.94, 625/50 EDH insertion Embed tone in any single audio group Composite Video Output . . . . . . . . NTSC or PAL Audio frequency and amplitude adjustable
Composite Video Input . . . . . . . . . Composite NTSC or PAL Serial Digital Video Input . . . . . . . . RGB or Y, CB, CR Color Display Digital Line-Select Persistence Adjustable Vectorscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75% and 100% display mode Digital line-select Persistence adjustable Serial Digital Data Analyzer . . . . . . SAV position SAV XYZ word EAV position EAV XYZ word ANC check sum EDH flags Active picture EDH Full field EDH
SD-STAR
Oscilloscope
Handheld SD-SDI and Analog Composite Generator and Monitor

Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . Auto shutdown of unused functions Up to 6-hour operation (full battery charge, function dependent)
serial digital Output
Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 MHz Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% to 6 MHz Scales (Time) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sec/div 250 ns, 500 ns, 1 us, 2.5 us, 5 us, 10 us, 25 us, 50 us, 100 us, 250 us, 500 us, 1 ms, 2.5 ms, 5 ms, 10 ms, 25 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms (accuracy <2% error) Scales (Amplitude) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10X mode V/div 100 mV, 200 mV, 500 mV, 1 V, 2 V and 5 V (accuracy <2% error) 1X mode V/div 10 mV, 20 mV, 50 mV, 100 mV, 200 and 500 mV (accuracy <2% error) Maximum Input Level . . . . . . . . . . 40 V pk-pk (only in x10 mode) Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC or AC Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms or 1 M ohms selectable Vertical and Horizontal Position Controls Trigger Level and Polarity Controls. . Positive and negative trigger with level control Persistence H and V sync trigger mode Tri-level sync trigger mode Embedded Serial Audio Monitor . . AES/EBU 48 kHz audio data supported Analyze any one pair from four groups Stereo bar graph peak hold and VU audio meters Variable stereo headphone output (from embedded audio sources) with 16-bit DAC
Audio tone generator
Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-15 db at 270 MHz Output Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270 Mb/s Output Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.2 UI Composite Analog Output . . . . . . . .10-bit DAC Interpolation 8:8:8 S/N ratio (ramp) >60 db rms Serial digital input (SMPTE 259M-C) Composite analog input (NTSC, PAL)
Communications. . . . . . . . . . .RS-232 serial communications for firmware
upgrade
environmental
Operating Temperature. . . . . . . . . . 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C) Storage Tempurature . . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 185 F (-30 to 85 C)

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . . 5.3 x 3.1 x 1.4 in. (136 x 80 x 35 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.5 oz (411 g)
power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Li-Ion rechargeable battery pack and AC power
THD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% Maximum Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4 dBu Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature TRS headphone jack 16-bit DAC Audio Frequency Fixed Selections. . . . 400 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 kHz Audio Frequency Variable Selections . . 10 Hz to 20 kHz in 10 Hz steps Audio Amplitude Fixed Selections . . . . +4, 0, -4, -8, -18, -20 dB Audio Amplitude Variable Selections . . +4 dB to -59 dB in 1 dB steps
adapter/charger with North American power cord included, optional power cords available
ordering inFormation SD-STAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handheld SD-SDI and analog monitor and generator portable, battery-powered, handheld SD-SDI and analog video and audio monitor (picture, waveform and vector), data monitor (EDH SD-SDI only) and video generator with embedded audio
OptiOns
EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord for AC adapter EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord for AC adapter EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australia power cord for AC adapter
672
CMN-LA
Loudness Analyzer
test And meAsuRement // AuDiO LOuDness AnD MOniTOring
673
Features Loudness measurement to ITU-R BS.1770 True peak measurement to ITU-R BS.1770 with five times oversampling Integrated TC Electronic loudness radar display Trend chart of levels (1 minute to 24 hours) Export values to a PC Audio status display of clips, mutes, average, high and low levels Meter up to 16 channels Alarms for levels, status and Dolby metadata Eight AES inputs Four AES and eight analog outputs Adjustable output delay Optional Dolby AC3 and E decoding Optional SDI input
Part of the Videotek Compact Monitor Series, the CMN-LA loudness analyzer is a comprehensive audio monitoring tool that makes it easy to confirm compliance with the latest loudness requirements. Loudness and true peak measurements are made to the ITU-R BS.1770 standard with five times oversampling. Metering of up to 16 channels simultaneously makes for rapid alignment checks. Integated into the CMN-LA is the TC Electronic loudness radar meter, which shows loudness on short-terms meters, graphs covering periods from one minute to 24 hours, and numeric display of the long-term center of gravity (average loudness) and consistency (loudness range). The flexible display of the CMN-LA presents data in a format most useful for the job at hand. Use the integrated TC Electronic loudness radar meter during production, the audio status display during program ingest, and the combination of loudness and true peak meters, numeric display and trend chart for master control monitoring. The chart data can be exported for compliance reporting. Adjustable audio output delay compensates for video monitor processing in critical evaluation suites. Short mounting depth makes the CMN-LA loudness analyzer ideal in a QC monitoring rack or on the meter bridge of an audio console.
Product details The basic CMN-LA unit operates with AES audio sources, with an option for de-embedding audio from SDI video up to 3 Gb/s. Eight AES inputs, four AES outputs and eight analog outputs come standard. The analog outputs are meant to drive high impedance loads. Dolby decoding is a hardware option available at the time of order, or for field installation. Embedded audio from SDI inputs is a keyed upgrade available at time of order, or for field installation. The SDI inputs can be ordered as SD only, HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD. SD can be field upgraded to HD or 3 Gb/s, and HD can be field upgraded to 3 Gb/s. The CMN-LA also includes analog outputs to drive monitor speakers and a front-panel headphone jack.

digital Audio input Analog Audio Characteristics
Audio Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES/EBU, embedded audio (optional) AES Input Connector Type. . . . . . . 8 BNC, female AES Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal AES Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . 25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (unbalanced) AES Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 to 2 V AES Input Sample Rate. . . . . . . . . 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz (audio inputs are sample rate converted to 48 kHz) Meter Accuracy Over Frequency . . 0.1 dB from 20 Hz to 19 kHz with 0 to -40 dBFS sine wave input, except for within 7 Hz of some submultiples of the 240 kHz oversampling frequency
Analog Output Frequency Response with Analog Inputs . . . . . . 0.2 dB Analog Output Frequency Response with Digital Inputs . . . . . . . 0.1 dB Analog Output SNR with Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 dB Analog Output SNR with Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 dB Analog Output THD and Noise with Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . .05% Analog Output THD and Noise with Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . .02% Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -80 dB
3g-sdi input
AES Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES outputs are derived from embedded, AES or Dolby audio inputs AES Output Connector Type . . . . . 4 BNC, female AES Output Impedance. . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal AES Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . 25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (unbalanced)
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping inputs Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 V Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB, 1.485 to 2.97 GHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 ft (80 m) Belden 1694A
CMN-LA
Hd-sdi input
Loudness Analyzer
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping inputs Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 V Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 270 MHz to 1.485 GHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 m, Belden 8281
sd-sdi input
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Ethernet port, RJ-45 connector, 10/100Base-T USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 USB 2.0 host port LTC/GPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 LTC/GPIO connector 15-pin female D-sub
ethernet
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T conforms to IEEE802.3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45 Performance Metric . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer a captured frame to a PC in 30 sec, dedicated LAN
power Requirements
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 active looping inputs Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 V Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 m, Belden 8281
3g/Hd/sd-sdi Output
Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VDC nominal 11 VDC minimum, 17 VDC maximum Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 25 W nominal Over-Voltage Protection . . . . . . . . 50 VDC nominal
mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.22 x 8.46 x 5.8 in. (13.26 x 21.49 x 14.73 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 lbs (2.27 kg)
environmental
Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB, 1.485 to 3 GHz Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
dVi Output
Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . DVI-I connector supporting DVI-D Output Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024768 (XGA) Digital Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per DDWG DVI rev 1 Pixel Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Mp/s
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 149 F (-30 to 65 C) Humidity (non-condensing) . . . . . . Operating: 20% to 80% Non-operating: 5% to 90% Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 in. (9.5 cm) impact-drop survivable in original factory packaging
Number/Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 stereo output, 1/8-in. (3.5mm) headphone jack Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ohms nominal Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 44 mW RMS Total Harmonic Distortion and . . . . 65 dB Noise (THD+N)
Control
Installation and operation handbook on CD Breakout connector for LTC/GPI 1 power cord 1 power supply assembly
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 total with 2 input and 2 preset recall selections or individually user configured as alarm input GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 alarm, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to +3.3 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 100 mA @ 50 VDC Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 2.0 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 2.0, type A, female
timecode
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC via back-panel connector Ancillary timecode (HD only) DVITC extracted from SD inputs
674
CMN-LA
Loudness Analyzer
675
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 images/diagrams
ordering inFormation CMN-LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series loudness analyzer with 2 SD/HD/3G SDI inputs; metering of up to 16 channels of embedded audio, BS.1770 loudness measurement, TC Electronic radar display, trending chart and logging CMN-AES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES I/O option for the CMN-LA; adds 8 AES inputs and 4 AES/8 analog outputs along with LTC input and GPIO to the CMN-LA CMN-AES-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES I/O option for the CMN-LA; adds 8 AES inputs and 4 AES/8 analog outputs along with LTC input and GPIO to the CMN-LA, field install CMN-DLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby decode option for the CMN-LA; adds decoding and metadata readout of Dolby Digital (AC3) and Dolby E streams; requires CMN-AES option CMN-DLB-F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dolby decode option for the CMN-LA; adds decoding and metadata readout of Dolby Digital (AC3) and Dolby E streams; requires CMN-AES option. field install PTC-3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Portable case with handle and tilt bail DRC-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual rackmount adapter; mount 1 or 2 CMN-LA or CMN-91 in a 19 in. (48.2 cm) equipment rack, 3RU high BLK-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for unused side of a DRC-3
LLM-1770
Loudness Logger and Monitor

Features Loudness measurement to ITU-R BS.1770 True peak measurement to ITU-R BS.1770 with five times oversampling Configurations for EBU R-128 and ATSC A/85 Internal data storage for five days of loudness and alarms Export values to a PC via Ethernet or USB Front-panel display of critical values Simultaneous monitoring of surround and stereo Alarms for levels, loudness and timecode Four AES inputs Optional SDI input Headphone output LTC input for time stamps Remote control and monitoring via web browser
The Videotek LLM-1770 loudness logger and monitor is a compact audio monitoring tool that makes it easy to confirm compliance with the latest loudness requirements. Loudness and true peak measurements are made to the ITU-R BS.1770 standard with five times oversampling. Settings are included that match the EBU R-128 and ATSC A/85 recommendations. Internal memory stores five days of loudness and alarm data. Logs can be exported via Ethernet or USB. Remote control and monitoring can be performed from any web browser. The LLM-1770 comes with four AES inputs and has an option for SDI embedded from SD, HD or 3 Gb/s sources. There is a headphone jack for local confidence monitoring.

digital Audio input sd-sdi input
Audio Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES, embedded audio (optional) AES Input Connector Type. . . . . . . 4 BNC, female AES Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal AES Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . 25 dB, 0.1 to 6 MHz (unbalanced) AES Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 to 2 V AES Input Sample Rate. . . . . . . . . 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . note: audio inputs are sample rate converted to 48 kHz Meter Accuracy Over Frequency . . 0.1 dB from 20 Hz to 19 kHz with 0 to -40 dBFS sine wave input, except for within 7 Hz of some submultiples of the 240 kHz oversampling frequency
3g-sdi input
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 active looping input Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 V Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 m, Belden 8281
3g/Hd/sd-sdi Output
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 active looping input Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 V Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB, 1.485 to 2.97 GHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 m, Belden 1694A
Hd-sdi input
Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 MHz to 1.485 GHz Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . -10 dB, 1.485 to 3 GHz Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V
Number/Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 stereo output, 1/8 in. (3.5 mm) headphone jack Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ohms, nominal Maximum Output Level. . . . . . . . . 44 mW RMS Total Harmonic Distortion and . . . . -65 dB Noise (THD+N)
Control
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 active looping input Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Signal Source Amplitude. . . . . . . . 800 mV nominal Signal Source DC Offset . . . . . . . . 0.5 V Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 270 MHz to 1.485 GHz Cable EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 m, Belden 8281
676
GPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 total user-configured GPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 alarm, user-configured Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-pin HD (high-density) D-sub, female Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 k ohms returned to +3.3 VDC Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay closure Maximum Relay Current . . . . . . . . 100 mA @ 50 VDC Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . USB 2.0 supporting storage devices, and keyboard Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB 2.0, type A, female
LLM-1770
timecode
Loudness Logger and Monitor

677
mechanical
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTC via back-panel connector

Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.22 x 8.46 x 5.8 in. (13.26 x 21.49 x 14. 73 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 lbs (2.27 kg)
environmental
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Ethernet port RJ-45 10/100Base-T connector USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 USB 2.0 host port LTC/GPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 LTC/GPIO connector 15-pin female D-sub
ethernet
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10/100Base-T conforms to IEEE802.3 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJ-45

power Requirements
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 149 F (-30 to 65 C) Humidity (non condensing) . . . . . . Operating: 20% to 80% Non-operating: 5% to 90% Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 in. (9.5 cm) impact drop survivable in original factory packaging
Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VDC, nominal; 11 VDC, minimum; 17 VDC, maximum Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 25 W, nominal Over-Voltage Protection . . . . . . . . 50 VDC, nominal
Installation and operation handbook on CD Breakout connector for LTC/GPI 1 power cord 1 power supply assembly
images/diagrams
Back panel
LTC/GPI ETHERNET 1 2 AES IN 3 4 IN SDI OUT
POWER 11 - 17 VDC
OptiOns
LLM-1770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loudness logger and monitor with 4 AES inputs, headphone output LLM-OPT-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SD-SDI input option for the LLM-1770; adds embedded audio from SD, HD or 3 Gb/s SDI sources DRT-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual rackmount adapter; mount 1 or 2 LLM-1770, CMN-41, CMN-MV in a 19 in. (48.2 cm) equipment rack, 1RU high BLK-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for unused side of a DRT-4 PTC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Desktop case with tilt bail
APM-215
Audio Monitors
The APM-215 stereo audio program monitor provides superior audio fidelity from a sleek 1RU package. Designed for ease of integration with Harris Videotek state-of-the-art test and measurement instruments (including VTM Series multiformat monitors and TVM Series multiformat signal analyzers) via a looping input connection and provided 37-pin audio adapter cable, the APM-215 is an ideal multipurpose monitor.
Features Product details The APM-215 monitors high-quality audio and low distortion are attained using a twoway speaker system with a wide volume control range with balance adjustment. Frontpanel, direct-input mode switching allows the selection of stereo monitoring for up to 10 different channels. Two 10-segment, color LED bargraph meters are provided, as well as a phase indication LED. A front-panel headphone jack mutes the speaker output for isolated listening requirements. Shielding permits use adjacent to waveform or picture monitors without magnetic interference, making the APM-215 ideally suited for use in remote vans, editing suites, VTR monitor bridges or any system that requires high-quality, professional aural monitoring of stereo audio signals. Ten analog inputs, balanced Two XLR input connectors, 50k ohms, balanced Eight inputs via looping 37-pin D-sub connectors, 40k ohms, balanced Direct connection adapter cable for easy installation with VTM Series, TVM Series, VTM-2000, or VTM-2400 Two 10-segment color bar graphs with selectable response (peak and average) Four input reference level selections (-6, 0, +4, +8 dBv) 98 dB SPL at two feet Excellent high frequency response for positive detection of background whine and noise Indication of phase/polarity problems Stereo headphone jack, in. Magnetic shielding for unrestricted installation location 1RU (1.75 in.) rackmountable
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Inputs A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Analog Audio (XLR) (Left and Right) Outputs 1-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balanced Analog Audio (DB-37) (Left and Right) Loop-Through Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40k ohms balanced, A and B 600 ohms switchselectable Input Level for Maximum Output (Volume Full On). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 dBv balanced Input Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +26 dBv balanced Peak Acoustic Output (at 2 ft.) . . . 98 dB SPL Response, 6th Octave . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz to 16 kHz 7 dB (-10 dB @ 50 Hz and 22 kHz)
power Output Vu Characteristics
Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 ms to 99% of full indication Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 ms

ppm Characteristics
Attack Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ms Decay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 seconds, 0 to -20 dB

power
Power Consumption (Average Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . 35 W AC Mains Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 V AC, 50 to 60 Hz

mechanical
RMS Each Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 W transient/5 W continuous RMS Bass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 W transient/10 W continuous Distortion, Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . <0.15% at any level below limit threshold Distortion, Acoustic . . . . . . . . . . . 8% or less at worst case frequencies above 180 kHz including cabinet resonance; typically <2% Hum and Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -68 dB below full output Magnetic Shielding. . . . . . . . . . . . <1 gauss any adjacent surface Level Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . -6, 0, +4, +8 dBv Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 20 Hz to 18 kHz ( 0.5 dB) Level Meter Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-Segment, 2 Tri-color LED bar graph LED Color Tri-Color . . . . . . . . . . . . Red, green, and amber Metering Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 dB (+16 dB to -49 dB) Display Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VU or PPM, Selectable
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 12 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 30.5 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 lbs (6.4 kg)
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 0 to 50 C Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -50 to 75 C Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum (non-condensing)

678
Operation and service manual VTM/TVM/ASM adapter cable 37-pin D-sub female to 37-pin D-sub female connector US Power cord 37-pin D-sub, female
APM-215
Audio Monitors
images/diagrams
Front panel
Back panel
CH B (R) CH A (L)
100-240~ VAC 50/60 Hz 1.0 A

CHANNELS 1- 8
SEL. OUT
MONTH YEAR
SERIAL NO.
ordering inFormation APM-215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stereo audio program monitor, high fidelity. 10 analog audio inputs. Two 10-segment color bar graphs with selectable peak and average response. 4 selectable input reference levels. Easy integration with VTM and TVM Series monitors via supplied 37-pin audio adapter cable. 1RU
Options
EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord
SEL. OUT
I/O LOOP
1 3
1 3
679
MSA-100
test And meAsuRement // Mpeg TesT
Multi-Source Analyzer
Features Decoding, testing, quality analysis and confidence monitoring in a 1RU solution Ability to mix a variety of compression formats (H.264/AVC, MPEG-2, VC-1 and MPEG-4 v2) IP input via dual high-performance Gigabit copper network ports Support for multiple ports from a variety of input option types (DVB-ASI, DVB-T, DVB-T2, DVB-S and DVB-S2) Simultaneous, real-time analysis of all sources on all channels Validation of systems, video and audio layers Persistent, unique test settings for individual channels or groups of channels Support for CC608 and selected XDS message rendering Traffic status for SI, IP, TS layer, PSIP, CC708, AFD, WSS and DVB teletext Capture-on-error and manual capture options Rich local user interface standard, optional support for multiple remote users SNMP ready Single power supply Single hard disk drive
The new MSA-100 multi-source analyzer couples confidence monitoring with full testing of compressed video conformance, audio level, data services and ETR290 on any terrestrial broadcast, cable headend, satellite or telco network. Costeffective and compact, the entry-level MSA-100 is a powerful tool designed for todays video-over-IP infrastructures, while still supporting legacy delivery interfaces. A wide array of options allows it to scale from small stations to complex, multichannel operations. The MSA-100 delivers awareness of system information and ancillary data in a space-efficient 1RU package. It possesses a rich user interface for both local and remote control situations, with conformance results displayed in the intuitive GUI. Real-time, full-motion video decode and audio level analysis can be viewed in one or more mosaic displays. A variety of physical input formats are supported, along with all major compression standards, a wide array of transport and streaming protocols, and the ability to simultaneously handle a large number of channels in real time.
Product details The MSA-100 multi-source analyzer provides total control of test parameters on each selected source. An option allows the scheduling of different levels of testing at different times of the day. All A/V essence is fully decoded in real time. Up to 24 PiPs can be viewed on a virtual screen. The number of PiPs displayed depends on picture size (SD/HD) and video essence type. Video of the sources in the currently viewed screen one of eight available virtual screens is rendered in real time. The multi-PiP display is quickly set up using standard layout formats and can also be customized to meet a users unique preferences. Users can even focus in on a full-screen version of any single source under test. All test and layout settings are remembered, and can be managed by persistent IDs to allow long-term trending in logs.
Analysis/test Report and History
Audio/video NTSC CC ATSC PSIP SCTE-35 DVB Teletext (ETSI EN 300 472 or ETSI EN 301 775) DVB VBI VPS DVB VBI WPS DVB VBI AMOL DVB VBI TVG2X DVB VBI CopyGuard DVB VBI VITC
The MSA-100 provides the following analysis data: Test summary of each source at system, video and audio level Detailed test message of each error/warning type Monthly, daily and hourly test history (error/warning count) over the past 12 months
stream Capture
There is an option to show the PIDs of applicable traffic on screen. The order of the audio ES can be configured according to either the PID value or the position in the PMT table. The MSA-100 logs up to 16,000 events daily, including: Input signal status RTP errors ETR sync errors ETR continuity counter errors Audio/video buffer overflow Frozen video Black video Video resolution change Video DAR change Silent audio Clipping audio
Two different stream capture modes are supported:

Automatic stream Capture on error
For standard builds, auto capture enables monitoring of one source at a time (avoiding multiple sources having errors at the same time and overwhelming the capture device). Source data captured is saved from three seconds before the error happens and one to 60 seconds after the error happens. If a new error happens during the trailing period, auto capture continues without creating a new capture file.
manual stream Capture
For large builds, users can set the maximum capture file size, allowing large continuous files to be captured as smaller files for easy offline inspection from a workstation on the same network.
data traffic monitoring and Logging
By default, up to 30 days of traffic histories are kept a value that can be modified via a registry setting. Traffic logs can be forwarded to syslog server or SNMP server.
table Analysis
The MSA-100 monitors and logs the data traffic at the following layers. The status can be overlaid on the corresponding video window. IP (loss/gain of sync) TS (loss/gain of transport sync)
A table analysis feature shows detailed syntax elements of all known tables and descriptors, and provides a Hex data view for debugging and analysis.
680
MSA-100
681
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. transport Protocols . . . . . . . . . TS over ASI TS over UDP (multicast or unicast) TS over RTP/UDP (multicast or unicast) TS over Namepipe
session Announcement protocol (sAp) support
video Layer Analysis . . . . . . . . Video stream information Video picture graph and bitrate profile Video conformance tests from sequence level down to block level Black video detection Frozen video detection
Video Conformance tests
Throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 8 SAP servers simultaneously Default Group Address . . . . . . . . . 224.2.127.254 at port 9875 Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RFC-2974
streaming protocols
Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTSP (RFC 2326), SDP (RFC 2327) Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTP (RFC 3550, RFC 3551) Video Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP4V-ES (RFC 3016): SP and ASP profiles H264 (RFC 3984): baseline, extended, main and high profiles Audio Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP4A-LATM (RFC 3016): AAC and HE-AAC MPEG-4-generic (RFC 3640): AAC-lbr and AAC-hbr note: payload interleaving mode is not currently supported
Rtmp (Real-time messaging protocol 1.0)
MPEG-2/MPEG-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ISO/IEC 13818-2 (ISO/IEC 11172-2 for MPEG-1) MPEG-4 Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ISO/IEC 14496-2 (v2) H.264/AVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ITU-T H.264 SMPTE VC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 421M AVS Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per GB/T 20090.2 Audio Compression Formats . . MPEG-1 audio (ISO/IEC 11172-3) MPEG-2 audio (ISO/IEC 13818-3) MPEG-2 AAC (ISO/IEC 13818-7) MPEG-4 AAC (ISO/IEC 14496-3) MPEG-4 HE-AAC (ISO/IEC 14496-3/Amd. 1) MPEG-4 HE-AAC v2 (ISO/IEC 14496-3/Amd. 2) AC-3 (ATSC A/52B) SMPTE 302M note: multichannel audio is down-mixed to stereo audio for output and level analysis Closed Captioning. . . . . . . . . . . EIA-608B over SCTE-20 EIA-608B over ATSC A/53 XDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program name (title) Content advisory (V-chip), including MPA, U.S. PG, Canadian English, Canadian French Copy generation management system, analog (CGMS-A) transport Layer Analysis . . . . . Dropped packet detection for RTP layer RTP header length error ESTI TR 101 290 tests for transport stream layer First Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS sync loss Sync byte error PAT error Continuity count error PMT error PID error Second Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transport error CRC error PCR repetition error PCR discontinuity indicator error PCR accuracy error PTS error CAT error Third Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIT actual error NIT other error Unreferenced PID SDT actual error SDT other error EIT actual error EIT other error EIT PF error RST error TDT error table Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS PSI TS DVB-SI TS ATSC-PSIP RTSP SDP
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTMP/TCP Video Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.264/AVC: baseline, extended, main and high profiles Audio Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAC, HE-AAC v1, HE-AAC v2, MPEG audio
Apple Http Live (ietF internet draft Http Live streaming)
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS/TCP Video Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.264/AVC: baseline, extended, main and high profiles Audio Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAC, HE-AAC v1, HE-AAC v2
Video Compression Formats
MPEG-1 Video (ISO/IEC 11172-2) MPEG-2 Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles (all levels): (ISO/IEC 13818-2) - Simple - Main - 4:2:2 note: HD is supported by main profile @ high level MPEG-4 Part 2 Video . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles: (ISO/IEC 14496-2) - Short video header - Simple (L0 L5) - Advanced simple (L0 L5) Supported object type: - Rectangular H.264/AVC Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles (all levels) (ITU-T H.264) - Baseline - Main - Extended - High SMPTE VC-1 Video . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles (all levels) (SMPTE 421M) - Simple - Main - Advanced
MSA-100
Audio Layer Analysis
msA-Opt-dVB-t
Audio Stream Information . . . . . . . Audio type Audio bitrate Sampling frequency Channel mode Other compression-format-dependent information Audio Wave Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . Short-term wave window: 1 audio frame Long-term wave window: 5 seconds Fast PPM with digital clipping indicator PPM Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 ms attack 12 dB/sec decay (fallback) 4 sec hold for peak Audio Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Silence detection Maximum level detection Digital clipping detection
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 4 (2 slots, 2 ports per slot) Antenna Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 F-type, female, 75 ohms Antenna Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5 V @ 30 mA Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 860 MHz Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/7/8 MHz Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -78 to -20 dBm Metrology RF Level. . . . . . . . . . . . -80 to -20 dBm, 3 dB MER/SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 32 dB, 2 dB BER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre- and Post-Viterbi Constellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023x1023
msA-Opt-dVB-t2
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 25 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 63.6 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5 lbs (10.25 kg)
power
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 to 240 VAC Maximum Current . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 to 2.5 A Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W
Operating environment
Operating Temperature Range. . . . 50 to 95 F (10 to 35 C) Non-Operating Temperature Range -40 to 158 F (-40 to 70 C) Humidity Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 90% non-condensing Non-Operating Humidity Range . . . 5 to 95% non-condensing Standard inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RJ-45, 10/100/1000 full line rate @ standard MTU size IP traffic
OptiOnAL inputs
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 4 (2 slots, 2 ports per slot) Antenna Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-type, female, 75 ohms Antenna Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V @ 30 mA Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 860 MHz Physical Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-T2 EN 302 755 Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/7/8 MHz Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -78 to -20 dBm Metrology RF Level. . . . . . . . . . . . -80 to -20 dBm, 3 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 32 dB, 2 dB BER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #LDPC iterations Lock Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P1, L1 pre, L1 post, #CRC errors
msA-Opt-dVBs_s2
Note: MSA-100 has a total of 2 slots available for input options. Each ordered option is for one slot of input whether that be 2 ports of RF or 4 ports of high-speed serial.
msA-Opt-dVB-Asi
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 4 (1 slot, 4 ports ) ASI/SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, 75 ohms Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB Hardware Buffering . . . . . . . . . . . 32 MB/channel ASI Physical Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI (coaxial) EN50083-9 Rx Bitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 214 Mb/s Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 bit/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 bytes
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 4 (2 slots, 2 ports per slot) Antenna Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 F-type, female, 75 ohms Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . . 1 (16/32-APSK) 2 (QPSK/8-PSK) Monitoring Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ASI Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 to 2150 MHz Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60 to -30 dBm Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 40 MBd Metrology RF Level. . . . . . . . . . . . -60 to -30 dBm SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 35 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 26 dB BER (DVB-S2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre LDPC Constellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256x256 LNB Supply (per channel) . . . . . . . 13/18 V 400 mA
682
MSA-100
images/diagrams
MSA-OPT-RVS-LR . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote view server low-resolution (720x480) mosaic plus GUI MSA-OPT-RVS-HR . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote view server high-resolution (1280x720) mosaic plus GUI MSA-OPT-DVB-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . Quad-port ASI input board (limit 4 ports per MSA-100) MSA-OPT-DVBS_S2. . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel DVB-S/S2 interface MSA-OPT-DVB-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel DVB-T interface MSA-100-HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra hard disk drive for MSA-100 (Platform A) MSA-100-PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra power supply for MSA-100 (Platform A) MSA-ADD-4DOLBYD . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4, 5-channel Dolby decoder licenses MSA-ADD-4AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4 AAC/HE-AAC decoder licenses MSA-4PIPS-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4 PIPs of CIF or lower resolution with full video conformance testing and text MSA-4SHDWA-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4, CIF or lower resolution background Shadow A system tested programs MSA-4SHDW-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4, CIF or lower resolution background Shadow C testing plus text MSA-ADD-4SHDWA . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 2 HD or 4 SD background shadow A system level tested programs MSA-4PIPS-RADIO. . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of radio-only PIPs that include audio and data monitoring
see your Harris sales representative for more details.
the msA-100 allows up to 24 pips to be viewed on a virtual screen in real time. Rear View
ordering inFormation MSA-100-MPEG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, entry-level platform, MPEG-2 format, standard with 1 codec and 4 SD or 2 HD PIPs, providing full conformance testing and traffic status monitoring MSA-100-MPEG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, entry-level platform, MPEG-4 format, standard with 1 codec and 4 SD or 2 HD PIPs, providing full conformance testing and traffic status monitoring MSA-100-H264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, entry-level platform, H.264 format, standard with 1 codec and 4 SD or 2 HD PIPs, providing full conformance testing and traffic status monitoring MSA-100-VC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, entry-level platform, VC-1 format, standard with 1 codec and 4 SD or 2 HD PIPs, providing full conformance testing and traffic status monitoring note: Number of PIPs and/or shadow testing varies depending on codec type, picture resolution and bit rate.
OptiOns
MSA-SWC-MPEG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-1 (ISO 11172-2) and MPEG-2 (ISO 13818-2) MSA-SWC-MPEG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 2 (ISO 14496-2) MSA-SWC-H264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (ISO 14496-10) MSA-SWC-VC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 421M MSA-ADD-4PIPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add block of 4 SD or 2 HD PiPs with full testing and text MSA-ADD-4SHDW . . . . . . . . . . . . Add block of 4 SD or 2 HD shadow C-testing plus text
683
MSA-300
Features Decoding, testing, quality analysis and confidence monitoring in a 1RU solution Ability to mix a variety of compression formats (H.264/AVC, MPEG-2, VC-1 and MPEG-4 v2) IP input via quad high-performance Gigabit copper network ports Support for multiple ports from a variety of input option types (DVB-ASI, DVB-T, DVB-T2, DVB-S and DVB-S2) Simultaneous, real-time analysis of all sources on all channels Validation of systems, video and audio layers Persistent, unique test settings for individual channels or groups of channels Support for CC608 and selected XDS message rendering Traffic status for SI, IP, TS layer, PSIP, CC708, AFD, WSS and DVB teletext Capture-on-error and manual capture options Rich local user interface standard, optional support for multiple remote users Support for up to eight DVB-ASI input ports via dual quad (4) port input cards Available low-profile slot for general purpose I/O SNMP ready Dual, hot-swappable N+1 power supplies Dual RAID1-protected hard disk drives
The new MSA-300 multi-source analyzer couples confidence monitoring with full testing of compressed video conformance, audio level, data services and ETR-290 on any terrestrial broadcast, cable headend, satellite or telco network. Cost-effective and compact, the powerful MSA-300 is designed for todays video-over-IP infrastructures, while still supporting legacy delivery interfaces. It features dual quad-core CPUs, redundant power supplies and RAID1 protection, making it ideal for mission-critical applications at network operations centers and other large, multichannel installations. The MSA-300 delivers awareness of system information and ancillary data in a space-efficient 1RU package. It possesses a rich user interface for both local and remote control situations, with conformance results displayed in the intuitive GUI. Real-time, full-motion video decode and audio level analysis can be viewed in one or more mosaic displays. A variety of physical input formats are supported along with all major compression standards, a wide array of transport and streaming protocols, and the ability to simultaneously handle a large number of channels in real time.
Product details The MSA-300 multi-source analyzer provides total control of test parameters on each selected source. An option allows the scheduling of different levels of testing at different times of the day. All A/V essence is fully decoded in real time. Up to 24 PiPs can be viewed on a virtual screen. The number of PiPs displayed depends on picture size (SD/HD) and video essence type. Video of the sources in the currently viewed screen one of eight available virtual screens is rendered in real time. The multi-PiP display is quickly set up using standard layout formats and can also be customized to meet a users unique preferences. Users can even focus in on a full-screen version of any single source under test. All test and layout settings are remembered, and can be managed by persistent IDs to allow long-term trending in logs.
Analysis/test Report and History
Audio/video NTSC CC ATSC PSIP SCTE-35 DVB Teletext (ETSI EN 300 472 or ETSI EN 301 775) DVB VBI VPS DVB VBI WPS DVB VBI AMOL DVB VBI TVG2X DVB VBI CopyGuard DVB VBI VITC
The MSA-300 provides the following analysis data: Test summary of each source at system, video and audio level Detailed test message of each error/warning type Monthly, daily and hourly test history (error/warning count) over the past 12 months
stream Capture
There is an option to show the PIDs of applicable traffic on screen. The order of the audio ES can be configured according to either the PID value or the position in the PMT table. The MSA-300 logs up to 16,000 events daily, including: Input signal status RTP errors ETR sync errors ETR continuity counter errors Audio/video buffer overflow Frozen video Black video Video resolution change Video DAR change Silent audio Clipping audio
Two different stream capture modes are supported:

Automatic stream Capture on error
For standard builds, auto capture enables monitoring of one source at a time (avoiding multiple sources having errors at the same time and overwhelming the capture device). Source data captured is saved from three seconds before the error happens and one to 60 seconds after the error happens. If a new error happens during the trailing period, auto capture continues without creating a new capture file.
manual stream Capture
For large builds, users can set the maximum capture file size, allowing large continuous files to be captured as smaller files for easy offline inspection from a workstation on the same network.
data traffic monitoring and Logging
By default, up to 30 days of traffic histories are kept a value that can be modified via a registry setting. Traffic logs can be forwarded to syslog server or SNMP server.
table Analysis
The MSA-300 monitors and logs the data traffic at the following layers. The status can be overlaid on the corresponding video window. IP (loss/gain of sync) TS (loss/gain of transport sync)
A table analysis feature shows detailed syntax elements of all known tables and descriptors, and provides a Hex data view for debugging and analysis.
684
MSA-300
685
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. transport Protocols . . . . . . . . . TS over ASI TS over UDP (multicast or unicast) TS over RTP/UDP (multicast or unicast) TS over Namepipe
session Announcement protocol (sAp) support
video Layer Analysis . . . . . . . . Video stream information Video picture graph and bitrate profile Video conformance tests from sequence level down to block level Black video detection Frozen video detection
Video Conformance tests
Throughput Default Group Address Format

streaming protocols
Up to 8 SAP servers simultaneously 224.2.127.254 at port 9875 RFC-2974
Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTSP (RFC 2326), SDP (RFC 2327) Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTP (RFC 3550, RFC 3551) Video Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP4V-ES (RFC 3016): SP and ASP profiles H264 (RFC 3984): baseline, extended, main and high profiles Audio Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP4A-LATM (RFC 3016): AAC and HE-AAC MPEG-4-generic (RFC 3640): AAC-lbr and AAC-hbr note: payload interleaving mode is not currently supported
Rtmp (Real-time messaging protocol 1.0)
MPEG-2/MPEG-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ISO/IEC 13818-2 (ISO/IEC 11172-2 for MPEG-1) MPEG-4 Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ISO/IEC 14496-2 (v2) H.264/AVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per ITU-T H.264 SMPTE VC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per SMPTE 421M AVS Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per GB/T 20090.2 Audio Compression Formats . . MPEG-1 audio (ISO/IEC 11172-3) MPEG-2 audio (ISO/IEC 13818-3) MPEG-2 AAC (ISO/IEC 13818-7) MPEG-4 AAC (ISO/IEC 14496-3) MPEG-4 HE-AAC (ISO/IEC 14496-3/Amd.1) MPEG-4 HE-AAC v2 (ISO/IEC 14496-3/Amd.2) AC-3 (ATSC A/52B) E-AC-3 (Dolby Digital Plus) SMPTE 302M note: multichannel audio is down-mixed to stereo audio for output and level analysis Closed Captioning. . . . . . . . . . . EIA-608B over SCTE-20 EIA-608B over ATSC A/53 XDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program name (title) Content advisory (V-chip), including MPA, U.S. PG, Canadian English, Canadian French copy generation management system, analog (CGMS-A) transport Layer Analysis . . . . . Dropped packet detection for RTP layer RTP header length error ESTI TR 101 290 tests for transport stream layer First Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS sync loss Sync byte error PAT error Continuity count error PMT error PID error Second Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transport error CRC error PCR repetition error PCR discontinuity indicator error PCR accuracy error PTS error CAT error Third Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NIT actual error NIT other error Unreferenced PID SDT actual error SDT other error EIT actual error EIT other error EIT PF error RST error TDT error table Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS PSI TS DVB-SI TS ATSC-PSIP RTSP SDP
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTMP/TCP Video Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.264/AVC: baseline, extended, main and high profiles Audio Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAC, HE-AAC v1, HE-AAC v2, MPEG audio
Apple Http Live (ietF internet draft Http Live streaming)
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS/TCP Video Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.264/AVC: baseline, extended, main and high profiles Audio Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAC, HE-AAC v1, HE-AAC v2
Video Compression Formats
MPEG-1 Video (ISO/IEC 11172-2) MPEG-2 Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles (all levels): (ISO/IEC 13818-2) - Simple - Main - 4:2:2 note: HD is supported by main profile @ high level MPEG-4 Part 2 Video . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles: (ISO/IEC 14496-2) - Short video header - Simple (L0 L5) - Advanced simple (L0 L5) Supported object type: - Rectangular H.264/AVC Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles (all levels): (ITU-T H.264) - Baseline - Main - Extended - High SMPTE VC-1 Video . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported profiles (all levels): (SMPTE 421M) - Simple - Main - Advanced
MSA-300
Audio Layer Analysis
msA-Opt-dVB-t
Audio Stream Information . . . . . . . Audio type Audio bitrate Sampling frequency Channel mode Other compression-format-dependent information Audio Wave Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . Short-term wave window: 1 audio frame Long-term wave window: 5 sec. Fast PPM with digital clipping indicator PPM Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 ms attack 12 dB/sec decay (fallback) 4 sec hold for peak Audio Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Silence detection Maximum level detection Digital clipping detection
physical
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 4 (2 slots x 2 ports per slot) Antenna Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 F-type, female, 75 ohms Antenna Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5 V @ 30 mA Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 860 MHz Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/7/8 MHz Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -78 to -20 dBm Metrology RF Level. . . . . . . . . . . . -80 to -20 dBm, 3 dB MER/SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 32 dB, 2 dB BER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre- and Post-Viterbi Constellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023x1023
msA-Opt-dVB-t2
power
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 to 240 VAC Maximum Current . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 4 A Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 to 50 Hz Total DC Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 W
Operating environment
Operating Temperature Range. . . . 50 to 95 F (10 to 35 C) Non-Operating Temperature Range -40 to 158 F (-40 to 70 C) Humidity Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 90% non-condensing Non-Operating Humidity Range . . . 5 to 95% non-condensing Standard inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 RJ-45, 10/100/1000 full line rate @ standard MTU size IP traffic
Optional inputs
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 4 (2 slots x 2 ports per slot) Antenna Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-type, female, 75 ohms Antenna Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V @ 30 mA Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 to 860 MHz Physical Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-T2 EN 302 755 Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/7/8 MHz Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -78 to -20 dBm Metrology RF Level. . . . . . . . . . . . -80 to -20 dBm, 3 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 32 dB, 2 dB BER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #LDPC iterations Lock Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P1, L1 pre, L1 post, #CRC errors
msA-Opt-dVBs_s2
Note: MSA-300 has a total of 2 slots available for input options. Each ordered option is for one slot of input whether that be 2 ports of RF or 4 ports of high-speed serial.
msA-Opt-dVB-Asi
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 8 (up to 2 slots x 4 ports per slot) ASI/SDI Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BNC, 75 ohms Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 dB Hardware Buffering . . . . . . . . . . . 32 MB/channel ASI Physical Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . DVB-ASI (coaxial) EN50083-9 Rx Bitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 214 Mb/s Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1 bit/s Packet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 or 204 bytes
Input Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limit 4 (2 slots x 2 ports per slot ) Antenna Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 F-type, female, 75 ohms Number of Channels . . . . . . . . . . 1 (16/32-APSK) 2 (QPSK/8-PSK) Monitoring Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ASI Tuning Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 to 2150 MHz Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . >10 dB Input Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -60 to -30 dBm Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 to 40 MBd Metrology RF Level. . . . . . . . . . . . -60 to -30 dBm SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 35 dB MER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 26 dB BER (DVB-S2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre LDPC Constellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256x256 LNB Supply (per channel) . . . . . . . 13/18 V 400 mA
686
MSA-300
images/diagrams
MSA-OPT-RVS-LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote view server low-resolution (720x480) mosaic plus GUI MSA-OPT-RVS-HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote view server high-resolution (1280x720) mosaic plus GUI MSA-OPT-DVB-ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quad-port ASI input board (limit 4 ports per MSA-300) MSA-OPT-DVBS_S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel DVB-S/S2 interface MSA-OPT-DVB-T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual-channel DVB-T interface MSA-OPT-300-HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant hard disk drive and removable carrier for MSA-300 (Platform B) MSA-OPT-300-PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant power supply for MSA-300 (Platform B) MSA-ADD-4DOLBYD. . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4, 5-channel Dolby decoder licenses MSA-ADD-4AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4 AAC/HE-AAC decoder licenses MSA-4PIPS-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4 PIPs of CIF or lower resolution with full video conformance testing and text MSA-4SHDWA-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4, CIF or lower resolution background Shadow A system tested programs. MSA-4SHDW-3G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4, CIF or lower resolution background Shadow C testing plus text MSA-ADD-4SHDWA . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of 4 SD or 2 HD background Shadow A - system level tested Programs. MSA-4PIPS-RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add a block of Radio-Only PIPs that include audio and data monitoring.
see your Harris sales representative for more details.
the msA-300 allows up to 24 pips to be viewed on a virtual screen in real time. Rear View
ordering inFormation MSA-300-MPEG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, high-end platform, MPEG-2 format, standard with 1 codec and 8 SD or 4 HD PIPs, providing full conformance testing and traffic status monitoring MSA-300-MPEG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, high-end platform, MPEG-4 format, standard with 1 codec and 8 SD or 4 HD PIPs, providing full conformance testing and traffic status monitoring MSA-300-H264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, high-end platform, H.264 format, standard with 1 codec and 8 SD or 4 HD PIPs, providing full conformance testing and traffic status monitoring MSA-300-VC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-source analyzer, high-end platform, VC-1 format, standard with 1 codec and 8 SD or 4 HD PIPs, providing full onformance testing and traffic status monitoring Note: Number of PIPs and/or shadow testing varies depending on codec type, picture resolution and bit rate.
OptiOns
MSA-SWC-MPEG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-1 (ISO 11172-2) and MPEG-2 (ISO 13818-2) MSA-SWC-MPEG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 2 (ISO 14496-2) MSA-SWC-H264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 Part 10 (ISO 14496-10) MSA-SWC-VC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 421M MSA-ADD-4PIPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add block of 4 SD or 2 HD PiPs with full testing and text MSA-ADD-4SHDW . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add block of 4 SD or 2 HD shadow C-testing plus text
687
ASI-STAR
Transport Stream Monitor

Features Multiple-format functionality DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310M evaluation Supports monitoring of ATSC, DVB and ISDB-Tb tables Record ASI transport stream to a removable compact flash card Play out ASI transport stream from files stored on the removable compact flash card ETR290 (TR 101 290) priority one alarms PSIP, SI table and EPG displays Portable, handheld, PDA-sized Weighs under one pound with battery Integrated 320x240 color LCD display Touchscreen operation
Product details This PDA-sized test monitor was designed to offer the convenience of portability without sacrificing function and performance. To enhance the users experience, the ASI-STAR features an integrated 320x240 color LCD display, utilizing touchscreen technology and the provided stylus to control and configure each operation. Maintaining power in the field wont be a problem the ASI-STAR runs on a Lithium-Ion battery pack. The ASI-STAR includes one active, looping transport stream input for DVB-ASI or SMPTE 310 formatted transport streams. The unit generates one ASI transport stream output via BNC using files stored on the compact memory card. Standard accessories include a sunshield, stylus, rechargeable Li-Ion battery pack, AC power adapter, serial communications cable and a belt-style pouch.
The Videotek ASI-STAR is a portable, battery-powered transport stream monitor that provides functionality and versatility that distinguish it from other handheld test and measurement products. The first professional handheld device supporting the ISDB-Tb platform for the Brazilian digital television market, the ASI-STAR allows users to record and play out test streams in ASI format, as well as monitor for ETR 290 priority 1 alarms. Embedded PSIP and SI tables can be viewed in the transport stream, allowing for simplified verification of transmitted data. The devices powerful array of features includes error counting and monitoring of bandwidth per program, total or null packets. ASI transport stream files are recorded onto a removable compact flash card, which can be removed and used in a PC for file storage or transfer. The lightweight ASI-STAR is ideal for equipment installation or troubleshooting signal path issues related to ISDB-Tb, DVB-ASI or SMPTE-310 formatted transport streams.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Color TFT Touchscreen LCD . . . . . 320x240 pixels 2.1 x 2.8 in. (54 x 72 mm) display Transport Stream Input . . . . . . . . . SMPTE 310M or DVB-ASI with active looping output 2 BNC connectors, female, 75 ohms Transport Stream Output . . . . . . . DVB-ASI 1 BNC connector, female, 75 ohms Compact Flash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GB compact flash card 266X high-speed
Alarms
psip tables
ATSC -PAT -PMT -MGT -VCT -RRT -EIT -EPG
DVB -PMT -EIT -CAT -NIT -SDT -EPG
SBTVD -PAT -PMT -EIT -CAT -NIT -SDT -EPG -BIT -TOT/TOD -ISDB INFO -IIP -AC
688
ETR290 Priority 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . TS sync loss Sync byte error PAT error Continuity PMT error PID error
ASI-STAR
Transport Stream Monitor

689
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 serial communications for firmware upgrade Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Li-Ion rechargeable battery pack and AC power adapter/charger with North American power cord included; optional power cords available. Auto shutdown of unused functions.
environmental
ordering inFormation ASI-STAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handheld ASI and SMPTE 310M transport stream monitor and ASI recorder and player, battery operated, BNC connections, PSIP/SI tables, ETR290 priority 1 alarms
OptiOns

mechanical
EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord for AC adapter EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord for AC adapter EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord for AC adapter
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.9 x 3.7 x 2.6 in. (150 x 94 x 66 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 oz. (453 g) (with Li-Ion battery pack)
QuiC
test And meAsuRement // fiLe-BAseD TesT
1RU Media Analysis Server
As broadcasters continue the transition to digital, the television production process is increasingly conducted in an all-digital domain from the initial camera shot to the display in the consumers living room. Compressed digital content is stored as large media files on server networks and produced in a wide variety of file formats, standards and compression algorithms. In such a demanding, fluid environment, quality control operators are under more pressure than ever to guarantee the integrity of digital files before playout and ensure content is reaching viewers in top quality.
Product details
unmatched speed, Flexibility and Reliability
The QuiC media analysis server is a fully automated, file-based test and measurement server platform that verifies the quality of compressed digital content. With the introduction of a new, compact 1RU QuiC platform that includes enhanced clip storage and expansion for a third-party network interface, broadcasters have a space-efficient, consistent and cost-effective method of adding high-performance, file-based quality control into their workflows. Using QuiC servers, analysis of a vast array of parameters in many different formats can be completed before the content is distributed using workflows that meet business needs.
File Correction not Just Analysis
The use of compression technology to maximize file storage space and reduce broadcast bandwidth requirements has created a challenge for quality-control departments. Today, quality-control personnel must screen all program content in real time. However, quality-control operators are not infallible sooner or later critical content errors will be missed. QuiC eliminates the potential for human error or oversight, as it can automatically detect, report and repair audio and video content files within the server network without human intervention, providing measurable, improved quality standards. Unique in the marketplace, QuiC uses software in conjunction with dedicated measurement hardware modules to process files faster than real time. And, since the qualitycontrol process is so fast, broadcasters have tremendous flexibility in managing their digital assets. With QuiC, content verification can be initiated manually via the intuitive graphical user interface (GUI), or QuiC can be set to automatically process files by time or position in the queue. For example, the system can be configured to immediately test any new media file that enters the network, whether via ingest or transfer. Scalability through optional parallel processing (QuiC MA 1201 SLV options) allows QuiC to meet any network quality-control requirements by reducing throughput time; for example, 10 hours of content can be processed in only two and a half hours.
Well-suited for Variety of environments
The QuiC media analysis server not only performs quality-control analysis and reports alarms, it can also repair identified defects found during the analysis process. By utilizing hardware-based legalizer technology, QuiC corrects out-of-spec baseband audio and video content without requiring the file to be returned to the content provider for re-editing.
Loudness Analysis and Correction
QuiC can also provide loudness evaluation based on the ITU-R BS.1770 standard, and examines audio content for center of gravity and consistency in loudness parameters. In addition to loudness monitoring capabilities, QuiC also can provide tools for the correction of loudness errors. With loudness correction, audio levels can now be adjusted to an acceptable value per the ITU-R BS.1770 standard.
A/V playout
QuiC provides A/V playout*. This powerful function frees up expensive server playout channels. QuiC A/V playout provides a way to view alarm faults on a Videotek waveform/vectorscope** direct from the media analysis server. * A/V playout is standard on the MA-1251 system and optional on MA-1201 series QuiC servers. Audio is embedded in SDI output. ** Videotek waveform/vectorscope sold separately
Future-proofed scalability
QuiC is designed for use in any workflow environment, from production to broadcast operations to satellite and cable distribution networks. It brings a new level of efficiency to workflows by monitoring file quality on: Ingest servers Playout servers Archive systems QuiC is connected via a Gigabit Ethernet interface on the server network, and files are transferred to the QuiC server via standard FTP or Windows file share. When used at ingest, audio and video content files can be delivered to a folder or a drop box, which creates an analysis queue. Controls are provided to modify file priorities within the analysis queue. QuiC accepts mixed HD and SD content without the need for conversion or reconfiguration. QuiC integrates easily with Harris NEXIO servers. The NEXIO server provides a flag that allows a file to be placed automatically in the analysis queue upon ingest or change (edit). This automated functionality enables unattended queuing of files for analysis, greatly increasing the systems efficiency. Following analysis of a media file, QuiC tracks the files status and creates a database of test results along with any changes made to the file. Analysis results are logged and written into metadata. When used with a NEXIO server, the file header is flagged as Ready for Air or Not Ready for Air based on test results. Analysis summaries are generated in CSV, XML and HTML report file formats. In addition to the file analysis summaries, QuiC also offers additional detailed information such as QuiC Check, which provides a summary of overall file performance, QuiC Status, which lists files that are ready for air, and user comments for each alarm, which provides insights for editors as they repair faulty clips.
The QuiC server hardware is highly scalable, and additional servers can be added to the primary system to increase analysis throughput times. Access to file Q/C systems is via the local GUI, the Remote View Station or third-party use of the QuiC API. Remote View Station is a software application for remote viewing of the primary QuiC servers database from any network-connected Windows PC. The QuiC systems multi-box feature allows analysis of external drop boxes (folders) on any server network that supports Windows-compatible folders. A configuration wizard is used to create rules for each external drop folder. These rules include default analysis profiles and priorities for each folder. Profile association allows individual folders to be used to analyze files based on specific criteria. For example, one folder may be used for ad content, which is analyzed for detailed loudness and video parameters, while another folder may be used for news content that only needs to be checked for encoding artifacts and presence of color-bar, freezes or black frames during the program. The multi-box feature also enables the creation of analysis workflows. Files can be moved from the failed outbox of one analyzer to an auto-correct inbox of a second analyzer automatically without third-party media handler intervention. This feature allows QuiC to automatically, analyze, report the results, and move files to a correction server to fix video level, audio level or loudness attributes of the content without manual intervention. Corrected QuiC files can then be moved to any designated outbox.
690
QuiC

691
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
supported File Wrapper Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2/IMX 50 CBG/SONY XDCAM-HD Audio Alarm Capabilities
MPEG-2 DV25 DVCPRO 50/100 MPEG-4 H.264/AVC AVID DNxHD 8-bit AVC-Intra 50/100 GXF MXF (OP-1a) MXF (OP-Atom) via Panasonic P2 QuickTime (self-contained or reference) LXF MPEG-2 program and transport streams
Audio/Video Mismatch MPEG PCM 48 kHz Audio Phase Continuous Tone Low Audio Dolby Format Change
8-channels Audio Peak Audio Loss of Sound Mute High Average Audio
Loudness Capabilities . . . . . Average loudness (center of gravity) (itu-R Bs.1770) consistency loudness measure Video data Rate
supported Audio Formats* . AAC
AC3 AES Audio AIFF MPEG-1 Layer 2 PCM Audio 8 channels SMPTE 302M SMPTE 331M SMPTE 382M-BWAV WAV *Not all audio formats supported with all file wrapper times
Video
HD Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i @ 29.97, 25.00 f/s; 720p @ 59.94, 50.00 f/s SD Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480i @ 29.97 f/s; 576i @ 25.00 f/s; 512i @ 29.97 f/s; 608i @ 25.00 f/s Aspect Ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16:9 (HD), 4:3 (SD)
Audio
Channels and Formats . . . . . . . . . 8 channels of PCM audio Processing and Sample Rate . . . . 16-, 20- or 24-bit, 48 kHz
Video Alarm Capabilities
HD Decoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:0 or 4:2:2 profile up to 100 Mb/s MPEG-2 I-frame at 4:2:0 or 4:2:2 profile up to 100 Mb/s XDCAM-HD 4:2:0 profile at 35/25/18 Mb/s XDCAM-HD 4:2:2 profile at 50 Mb/s AVID DNxHD DVCPROHD 4:2:2 profile at 100 Mb/s AVC-I 50 I-frame 4:2:0 at 50 Mb/s AVC-I 100 I-frame 4:2:2 at 100 Mb/s H.264/AVC long GOP 4:2:0 profile up to 50 Mb/s SD Decoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:0 profile up to 15 Mb/s MPEG-2 long GOP 4:2:2 profile up to 50 Mb/s MPEG-2 I-frame 4:2:0 or 4:2:2 profile up to 50 Mb/s IMX MPEG-2 CBG 30, 40 and 50 Mb/s DV25 4:1:1 (525/60) or 4:2:0 (625/50) profile at 25 Mb/s DVCAM 4:1:1 (525/60) or 4:2:0 (625/50) profile at 25 Mb/s DVCPRO 4:1:1 (525/60) or 4:2:0 (625/50) profile at 25 Mb/s DVCPRO50 4:2:2 profile at 50 Mb/s H.264/AVC long GOP 4:2:0 profile up to 10 Mb/s
storage
Storage Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dedicated clip storage 500 GB (x4) drives RAID 0 Freeze Detect Top Field/Bottom Field Detect RGB Gamut Low or High Composite Peak Low or High Pillar Box (HD) Average Picture Level (APL) Low or High MPEG Profile Match GOP Structure Frame Rate Aspect Ratio Black Trailer Black Frames during Program Time Code Detection
RAid Redundancy
Color Bar Detect Blurriness Blockiness (macro blocking) Luma Gamut Low or High Letter Box (SD) Picture Shift (asymmetrical blanking) Encoding Standard Match MPEG Level Match GOP Length Frame Size File Length Black Leader Closed Captioning Detection
RAID Protection Schemes . . . . . . . System drive mirroring (RAID 1 failure protection) Content storage (RAID 0 parallel performance
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 26.25 in. (4.4 x 48.3 x 66.7 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 lbs
power supply
QuiC

ordering inFormation model number
mA-1200-01
description
QuiC with LXF, MXF, GXF and QuickTime wrapper (includes transport stream, program stream and XDCAM) QuiC with LXF, MXF, GXF and QuickTime wrapper QuiC with LXF, MXF, GXF and QuickTime wrapper QuiC with LXF, MXF, GXF and QuickTime wrapper
software Codec
MPEG-2
Basic options for commissioning/training and hardware warranty
MA-1200-02 MA-1200-03 MA-1200-04 MA-1200-05 MA-1200-SLV-01
DV Avid DNxHD MPEG-4 (H264/AVC)
QuiC with LXF, MXF, GXF and QuickTime wrapper

QuiC slave server (includes transport stream, program stream and XDCAM) QuiC slave server QuiC slave server QuiC slave Server QuiC slave server QuiC with file correction tools and A/V playout (includes transport stream, program stream and XDCAM) QuiC with file correction tools and A/V playout QuiC with file correction tools and A/V playout QuiC with file correction tools and A/V playout QuiC with file correction tools and A/V playout
AVC-INTRA
MPEG-2
MA-1200-SLV-02 MA-1200-SLV-03 MA-1200-SLV-04 MA-1200-SLV-05 mA-1250-01*
DV Avid DNxHD MPEG-4 (H264/AVC) AVC-INTRA MPEG-2
MA-1250-02* MA-1250-03* MA-1250-04* MA-1250-05*
DV Avid DNxHD MPEG-4 AVC-INTRA
MA-1200-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 year of 9 to 5 phone support and 5-day advanced exchange, 8% of current list price MA-1200-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 year of 24/7 phone support and next working day replacement, 12% of current list price MA-1250-BASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 year of 9 to 5 phone support and 5-day advanced exchange, 8% of current list price MA-1250-GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 year of 24/7 phone support and next working day replacement, 12% of current list price MA-1200S-QS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 day on-site QuickStart commissioning and brief operational training services for MA-1200-* models (includes travel and expenses) MA-1250S-QS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 day on-site QuickStart commissioning and brief operational training services for MA-1200-* models (includes travel and expenses) MA-1200S-QSNT . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 day on-site QuickStart commissioning and brief operational training services for MA-1200-* models (excludes travel and expenses) MA-1250S-QSNT . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 day on-site QuickStart commissioning and brief operational training services for MA-1200-* models (excludes travel and expenses) MA-SFTW-MAINT . . . . . . . . . . . . MA-12* models, 1 year software maintenance, customer receives fixes and product updates if licensed for feature, 7% of current list price of unit with all purchased options included
*MA-1250 supports all wrappers offered with the MA-1200

upgrade Kit
MA-OUT-U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory upgrade kit converts MA-1100 and MA-1200 to MA-1250, includes A/V playout, does not include file correction tools MA-OUT-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field upgrade kit converts MA-1100 and MA-1200 to MA-1250, includes A/V playout, does not include file correction tools
Options
MA-REM-VS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote view station MA-OPT-FCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Software package adding file correction tools MA-SFTW-MAINT . . . . . . . . . . . . Adds one year to software package, includes software upgrades and enhancements 7% of list price MA-OPT-LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loudness evaluation per ITU BS.1770 standard, metadata for center of gravity and consistency analysis per media analysis server
Available Codecs
MA-SWC-MPEG-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-2 MA-SWC-DV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DV MA-SWC-DNX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avid DNxHD MA-SWC-MPEG-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . MPEG-4 (H.264) MA-SWC-AVC-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVC-INTRA
692
GEN-STAR
HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator with Audio and Genlock

test And meAsuRement // HAnDHeLD TesT
693
Features Multiple-format functionality (HD-SDI or SD-SDI) Video test signal generator More than 20 video test signals Video to audio delay test signal Embedded audio generator Four audio channel selections Independent or locked audio frequency selection Independent amplitude selection Tic mark selection Up to four groups AES output audio generator External reference input Portable, handheld, PDA-sized Weighs under one pound with battery Integrated 320x240 color LCD display Touchscreen operation
Product details The lightweight GEN-STAR is ideal for equipment installation or for troubleshooting signal path issues related to high-definition and standard-definition digital formats. This PDA-sized test generator was designed to offer the convenience of portability without sacrificing function and performance. To enhance the users experience, the GEN-STAR features an integrated 320x240 color LCD display, utilizing touchscreen technology and the provided stylus to control and configure each operation. Maintaining power in the field wont be a problem the GEN-STAR runs on a Lithium-Ion battery pack. The GEN-STAR includes two HD-SDI or SD-SDI signals formatted in SMPTE 292 M or SMPTE 259 M-C with AES audio. The stereo headphone output can be used to monitor the AES audio. Standard accessories include a sunshield, stylus, rechargeable Li-Ion battery pack, AC power adapter, serial communications cable and a belt-style pouch.
The Videotek GEN-STAR is a portable, battery-powered, handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI video generator with embedded audio, an AES audio output and external reference input. This unit provides multiformat functionality and versatility that sets it apart from other handheld test and measurement products on the market. The powerful array of features in the GEN-STAR includes: Video test signal generator Embedded audio selections of up to 16 channels Independent or frequency-locked channel selection (four channels) Independent selection of up to four tic marks (four channels) External reference input with selectable horizontal and/or vertical delays of the test signal Six source ID memories with selectable cycle function
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Color TFT Touchscreen LCD . . . . . 320x240 pixels 2.1 x 2.8 in. (54 x 72 mm) display Test Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . Test signals Split bars: 75%, 100% and RP-219 Full bars: 75% and 100% Multiburst and Y only Crosshatch Crosshair SinX and Y only Checkfield Fullfield: red, blue, green, white, black and 75% grey Ramp and Y, CB, CR, ramp only Equal ramps 10-step Sweep and Y only Window test signal and Y only V2A (video-to-audio sync test signal ability) Serial Digital Video Output . . . . . . 1080i/50/59.94/60 Hz 1080p/23.98/24/25/29.97/30 Hz 720p/23.98/24/29.97/30/50/59.94/60 Hz 525/59.94, 625/50 Output jitter per SMPTE 292M and SMPTE 259M-C Horizontal and vertical offset from reference EDH or CRC insertion Embedded tone up to 16 channels by group Audio frequency and amplitude adjustable
GEN-STAR
test And meAsuRement // HAnDHeLD TesT
HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator with Audio and Gen Lock

Embedded Audio Tone Generator . . Audio frequency fixed selections: 400 Hz, 1 kHz, 5 kHz, 10 kHz, sweep Audio frequency variable selections: 20 Hz to 20 kHz in 10 Hz steps Independent or frequency (phase) matching per channel Audio amplitude fixed selections: Silent, 0, -9, -12, -18, -20 dBFS Audio amplitude variable selections: 0 to -60 dBFS in 1 dB steps Tic mark selection from 1 to 4 in each channel AES Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 pair Follows selected channel settings 1 and 2 or 3 and 4 Variable stereo headphone output of AES tone External Reference Input. . . . . . . . Blackburst, tri-level sync, analog video, DARS or AES word clock Input format auto-detect of standard blackburst input amplitude NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV, nominal PAL: sync and burst 300 mV, nominal Tri-level sync: 600 mV, nominal AES Word clock: 1 V nominal DARS amplitude: 200 mV, nominal Internal to external timing accuracy: 100 ns Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 serial communications for firmware upgrade Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Li-Ion rechargeable battery pack and AC power adapter/charger with North American power cord included; optional power cords available Auto shutdown of LCD backlight
environmental

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.9 x 3.6 x 1.9 in. (150 x 92 x 47 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6 oz (386 g) (with Li-Ion battery pack)
ordering inFormation GEN-STAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI video generator with embedded audio, AES audio and external reference portable, battery powered
Options
EPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European power cord for AC adapter EPC-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom power cord for AC adapter EPC-AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Australian power cord for AC adapter
694
palmOTDR-S20
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer

test And meAsuRement // fiBer OpTiC TesT
695
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Features Lightweight, portable and ideal for FTTx Full functions, single-mode fiber applications High-precision measurement, large memory capacity (300 test curves) Without hard disk design, anti-dust, damp- and shock-proof for field testing RS-232/USB data upload port PC software for measurement data analyzing and reporting LCD indicators for battery charging and LD lasing status NiMH rechargeable battery supports four hours continuous operation Low-battery annunciator CE, FCC, FDA certificates Drop test up to one meter
The Harris palmOTDR-S20 is an optical fault locating and analyzing tool for optical fiber networks. With its excellent performance and higher user value, it offers an innovative test method for telecommunication networks. The palmOTDR-S20 is more economical as a fault locating and analyzing tool than the traditional OTDR. The palmOTDR is handheld, compact, lightweight and easy to use. The unique hot key design makes it faster and more convenient to review and analyze the event. It has powerful functions, such as supporting averaging
and real-time test mode. The unit can be used for single-mode (1310/1550 nm) fiber applications. With its multi-functional carrying softbag, which is convenient for both field and laboratory testing, the palmOTDR has become the indispensable and ideal tool for fiber network construction and daily check ad maintenance in FTTx, WAN and CATV systems. The palmOTDR-S20 can save and transfer the measurement curves data to a PC by the software TraceManager for further analyzing, reporting and printing.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Emitter Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LD Dynamic Range1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 dB (palmOTDR-S20A); 32 dB (palmOTDR-S20C) Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310/1550 20 nm Range of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-mode fiber Optical Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . Single port (palmOTDR-S20A) Dual ports (palmOTDR-S20C) Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC Selectable Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 km (palmOTDR-S20A) 0.3, 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 120, 160, 240 km (palmOTDR-S20C) Pulse Widths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 30, 100, 275, 1000, 2500 ns Event Deadzone2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 m (palmOTDR-S20A) 5 m (palmOTDR, palmOTDR-S20C) Attenuation Deadzone2 . . . . . . . . . 25 m (palmOTDR-S20A), 20 m (palmOTDR-S20C) Average Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 sec, 30 sec, 1 min, 2 min, 3 min Distance Measure Accuracy . . . . . (1 m + 5 x 10-5 x distance + sampling space) Reflection Detect Accuracy . . . . . . 4 dB Attenuation Detect Accuracy . . . . . 0.05 dB/dB Data Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 test curves Data Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232/USB port
general
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NiMH rechargeable battery and AC adapter Battery Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supports more than 4 hours operating on one charge or more than 20 hours standby Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95% (non-condensing) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs (0.87 kg) Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 7.7 x 3.9 x 2.4 in. (196 x 100 x 64 mm) All optical specifications measured with typical PC-type connectors. Uncertainties due to the refractive index of fiber are not considered.
note:
1
The dynamic range is measured at maximum pulse width within average time of 3 minutes. Conditions for blind measurement: Reflection events are within a range of 4 km; reflection intensity is less than -35 dB; and the blind zone is measured at the minimum pulse width.
palmOTDR-S20
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer

standard Accessories . . . . . Rechargeable NiMH battery
AC adapter with US power plug TraceManager software disk Data transfer cable (RS-232/USB) Rubber boot Toolkit softbag Fiber connector cleaner Connector clean stick CE/FCC certificate Certificate of calibration Operators handbook
ordering inFormation palmOTDR-S20A . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical time domain reflectometer with support for a dynamic range of 24 dB, single port connector, measurement ranges of 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 km, event deadzone of 32.8 ft (10 m) and an attenuation deadzone of 82 ft (25 m) palmOTDR-S20C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical time domain reflectometer with support for a dynamic range of 32 dB, dual port connectors, measurement ranges of 0.3, 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 120, 160, 240 km, event deadzone of 16.4 ft (5 m) and an attenuation deadzone of 65.6 ft (20 m)
Options
AC-PB-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact carrying softbag AC-CON-SC-L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for palmOTDR-S20 AC-CON-ST-L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for palmOTDR-S20 AC-ADPT-20-EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with European power plug AC-ADPT-20-AU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with Australian power plug AC-ADPT-20-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with United Kingdom power plug
696
OPM-15
Optical Power Meters

697
Features Pocket-size, large easy to read LCD display, easy to use Fast response, no warm up Measure up to six wavelengths through a single connector Direct loss measurement units in dB Absolute power measurement units in dBm Interchangeable fibre-optic adapters (choice of FC, SC, or ST) Dual-way powering system Damp, dust and shock proof design, ideal for field operation Auto off function conserving battery life CE, FCC certificates
The Harris OPM-15A and OPM-15B optical power meters are compact, lightweight and easy-to-use testing instruments for optic fiber networks that feature unique characteristics of quick testing. These units are widely favored for their quality, value, reliability, accuracy and safety. The pocket-size OPM-15 meters can support accurate testing of single mode and multimode optical fiber systems, and features a large LCD display, damp- and shock-proof design and a dual-way powering system. The internal microprocessor and linear amplifier technology ensure long-time accuracy.
Optical power meter module
Featuring concise function keys to implement quick, high-accuracy testing, the OPM-15 meters are ideal for laboratory and field applications. In laboratories, LANs, WANs and CATV systems, as well as long-distance optical networks, the optical power meters together with Harris stabilized laser sources can be used to identify optical fiber, measure optical attenuation, verify continuity and evaluate fiber link transmission quality.
general
Detector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . InGaAs Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . -70 to +10 dBm (OPM-15A) -50 to +27 dBm (OPM-15B) -60 to +27 for 850 nm (both models) Calibrated Wavelength . . . . . . . . . 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550 nm Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W/W/dBm/dB(REF) Range of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-mode, multimode fiber Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 dB (5%) at 77 F (25 C) and -10 dBm Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 dB Auto Shut Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 minutes after last key has been pressed
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 V alkaline battery (not included) Battery Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support 40 hrs (typical operation with 9 V alkaline) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95% (non-condensing) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 lbs (300 g) Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.7 x 2.9 x 1 in. (145 x 75 x 25 mm)
standard Accessories . . . . . Rubber boot
CE certificate Certificate of calibration Operators handbook
ordering inFormation OPM-15A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical power meter with support for a measurement range of -70 to +10 dBm and -60 to +27 for 850 nm OPM-15B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical power meter with support for a measurement range of -50 to +27 dBm and -60 to +27 for 850 nm
Options
AC-ADPT-10-EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with EURO power plug AC-ADPT-10-AU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with Australian power plug AC-ADPT-10-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter United Kingdom power plug AC-PB-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact carrying softbag AC-CON-SC-P-300 . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for power meter AC-CON-ST-P-300 . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for power meter
AC-FJC-03-FC/FC . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 in. (3 m) patch cord AC-ADPT-10-US . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with US power plug
OLT-20A
Optical Loss Tester

Features Pocket-size, large LCD display Multi-wavelength measurements Direct loss measurement units in dB Link loss testing Absolute power measurement units in dBm or W Modulation in CW and modulated frequencies 270 Hz, 1 kHz and 2 kHz modulated frequencies Dual-wavelength output in single optic output Dual-way powering system Low-power indicator Auto-off function conserving battery life CE, FCC, FDA certificates
A versatile tool for fast testing of optical networks. The Harris OLT-20A is a handheld optical loss tester/multifunctional testing instrument for optic fiber networks. Useful applications include installation, routine inspection and daily maintenance of MAN, WAN, and CATV systems, as well as laboratory testing and research work. The OLT-20A optical test meter integrates a laser source and power meter module in one set, and can perform power testing and link-loss testing of optic fiber networks conveniently. It can test within the shortest time and efficiently avoid the mistakes caused by not matching laser source and power meter. The unit is highly praised for its excellent quality, safety, value and fast testing features.

Optical power meter module general
Detector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . InGaAs Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . -70 to +10 dBm Calibrated Wavelength . . . . . . . . . 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 dB (5%) at 25 C and -10 dBm Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 dB
Laser source module
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 V alkaline battery (not included) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95% (non-condensing) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 lbs (300 g) Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.7 x 2.9 x 1 in. (145 x 75 x 25 mm)
Emitter Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FP-LD Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310/1550 20 nm Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm Spectral Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 nm Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 db/15 min, 0.10 dB/8 hr Modulation Frequency . . . . . . . . . 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2kHz Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC
698
OLT-20A
Optical Loss Tester

699
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 ordering inFormation OLT-20A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handheld multifunctional testing instrument for optic fiber networks; integrates a laser source and power meter module in one set to simplify performance of power testing and link-loss testing of optic fiber networks
Options
AC-FJC-03-FC/FC . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 in. (3 m) patch cord AC-ADPT-10-US . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with US power plug AC-ADPT-10-EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with European power plug
AC-ADPT-10-AU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with Australian power plug AC-ADPT-10-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Adapter United Kingdom power plug AC-PB-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact carrying softbag AC-CON-SC-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for laser source AC-CON-ST-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for laser source AC-FSS-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ceramic core for laser source AC-CON-SC-P-300 . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for power meter AC-CON-ST-P-300 . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for power meter
OTM-20
Optical Test Meters

Features Support quick test, intelligent operation Graphic interface; large, easy-to-read LCD Measurement units in dB, dBm and W (or mW) Large memory capacity (up to 4000 measurements) Support auto test of optic fiber loss Draw changing curve of power value Support the optical power alarm function Automatic data storage Damp-, dust- and shock-proof design; ideal for field operation Interchangeable fiber optic adapters (choice of FC, SC, or ST) RS-232 data upload port and PC software for data analyzing, graphic drawing and reporting Low-battery indicator and auto recharging display Dual-way powering system Auto-off function conserving battery life CE, FCC, FDA certificates
The Harris OTM-20A and OTM-20C are integrated testers for fiber optic networks. These handheld optical test meters feature intelligent design, multi-functionality, fast testing, a dual-way powering system and a large LCD display. The OTM-20 models have large memory capacity and can transfer testing data to a PC by associated software for analyzing, report generation and printing. The multi-functional kitbag provides convenience for field and laboratory testing. The OTM-20 series is favored for its strong integrated functions, outstanding quality, value, stability and safety.
The optical test meters combine the functionality of the laser source and optical power meter, and are ideal for both single-mode and multi-mode fiber checkouts. The units provide measurements of absolute and relative power. Additionally, the devices are able to activate a self-testing system to measure optical loss of fiber cable and passive devices. These are the ideal pieces of test equipment for field installation, routine inspection and maintenance of optical Telecom and CATV systems, as well as testing laboratories and research work.

Optical power meter module general
Detector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . InGaAs Measurement Range . . . . . . . . . . -70 to +10 dBm (OTM-20A) (-60 to +10 for 850 nm) -50 to +27 dBm (OTM-20C) Calibrated Wavelength . . . . . . . . . 850, 1300, 1310, 1550 nm (OTM-20A) 980, 1310, 1480, 1550 nm (OTM-20C) Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 dB (5%) at 77 F (25 C) and -10 dBm Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.001 dB
Laser source module
Emitter Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FP-LD Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310/1550 20 nm Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7 dBm Spectral Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 nm Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 db/15 min, 0.10 dB/8 hr Modulation Frequency . . . . . . . . . 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2kHz Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC
Data Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 measurements per wavelength: totaled 4000 measurements Data Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NiMH rechargeable battery and AC adapter Battery Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support 80 hrs for OPM only operation / 35 hrs for OPM and OLS together on one charge Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95% (non-condensing) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 lbs (0.6 kg) Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 7.7 x 3.9 x 1.7 in. (196 x 100 x 44 mm) standard Accessories . . . . . Rechargeable batteries OTM data analysis software disk Data transfer cable (RS-232) AC adapter with US power plug Rubber boot Compact carrying softbag CE/FCC certificate Certificate of calibration Operators handbook
700
OTM-20
Optical Test Meters

701
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 ordering inFormation OTM-20A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical test meter with support for a measurement range of -70 to +10 dBm and -60 to +10 dBm for 850 nm and wavelengths of 850, 1300, 1310, 1550 nm OTM-20C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical test meter with support for a measurement range of -50 to +27 dBm and wavelengths of 980, 1310, 1480, 1550 nm
Options
AC-FJC-03-FC/FC . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 in. (3 m) patch cord AC-CON-SC-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for laser source AC-CON-ST-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for laser source AC-FSS-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ceramic core for laser source AC-CON-SC-P-300 . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for power meter AC-CON-ST-P-300 . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for power meter AC-ADPT-20-EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with European power plug AC-ADPT-20-AU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with Australian power plug AC-ADPT-20-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with United Kingdom power plug
SLS
Stabilized Laser Source

Features Pocket-sized and easy to use Fast response, no warmup Damp-, dust- and shock-proof design Modulation in CW and modulated frequencies Single/dual/triplex wavelength selectable Interchangeable fiber optic adapters (choice of FC, SC or ST) Highly stabilized output of optical signal Dual-way powering system Auto-off function conserving battery life CE, FCC, FDA certificates
An excellent tool for optical network test. The Harris SLS series is a family of pocket-sized, lightweight and easy-to-use stabilized laser source tools. Based on advanced technologies of precision laser control, the SLS-21 has been designed to provide high capability of laser source for engineering, R&D and equipment manufactures, and is favored for its quality, value, reliability and safety. The SLS series is ideal for optical network installation, troubleshooting and maintenance, with features including damp- and shock-proof design and a dual-way powering system. The SLS series provides a stabilized optical signal at multi-wavelength, and together with any of the Harris optical power meters, can be used to identify optical fiber, measure optical attenuation, verify continuity and evaluate fiber link transmission quality.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Emitter Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FP-LD @ 1310/1550 nm DFB-LD @ 1625 nm Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310/1550 20 nm (SLS-21A) 1310/1550/1625 20 nm (SLS-25B) Optical Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . Single port (SLS-21A) Dual ports (SLS-25B) Output Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW, 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 dBm Spectral Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 nm Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 db/15 min, 0.10 dB/8 hr Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC Range of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single/multiple mode fiber Auto Shut Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 minutes after last key has been pressed
general
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 V alkaline battery (not included) Battery Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support 20 hrs (typical operation with 9 V alkaline) Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95% (non-condensing) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 lbs (300 g) Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.7 x 2.9 x 1 in. (145 x 75 x 25 mm)
ordering inFormation SLS-21A-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stabilized laser source with support for wavelengths of 1310/1550 nm and single port connector SLS-25B-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stabilized laser source with support for wavelengths of 1310/1550/1625 nm and dual port connectors
Options
702
AC-FJC-03-FC/FC . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 in. (3 m) patch cord
AC-ADPT-10-US . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with US power plug AC-ADPT-10-EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with European power plug AC-ADPT-10-AU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with Australian power plug AC-ADPT-10-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter United Kingdom power plug AC-PB-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact carrying softbag AC-CON-SC-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for laser source AC-CON-ST-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for laser source AC-FSS-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ceramic core for laser source
VLS-20A
Visible Laser Source

703
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Features Pocket-sized, easy to use Fast response, no warmup CW/1 Hz modulation One meter drop test CE, FCC, FDA certificates
An excellent tool for optical network testing. The Harris VLS-20A is a visible red laser source for finding breaks and tight bends in optical fibers. The unit generates red laser, and the visible red laser that escapes from optical fibers allows for testing and finding breaks in LANs, verifying continuity, checking the validity of patch cables or looking for cracked fiber in splice cases, bad connectors and tight bends in fiber cable. The VLS-20A is regarded as a perfect complementary tool for the palmOTDR, due to its ability to find breaks in the blink area of the OTDR.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 20 nm Output Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 dBm Maximum Measurement Range . . 5 km Modulation Frequency . . . . . . . . . 1 Hz Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC/PC
general
ordering inFormation VLS-20A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visible red laser source for finding breaks and tight bends in optical fibers; verify continuity; check the validity of patch cables; identify cracked fiber in splice cases, bad connectors and tight bends in fiber cable
Options
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 V alkaline battery (not included) Battery Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support 20 hrs (typical operation with 9 V alkaline) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.59 lbs (270 g) Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 5.7 x 2.9 x 1 in. (145 x 75 x 25 mm)
AC-FJC-03-FC/FC . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 in. (3 m) patch cord AC-ADPT-10-US . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with US power plug AC-ADPT-10-EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with European power plug AC-ADPT-10-AU . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter with Australian power plug AC-ADPT-10-UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC adapter United Kingdom power plug AC-PB-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact carrying softbag AC-CON-SC-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC connector for laser source AC-CON-ST-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST connector for laser source AC-FSS-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ceramic core for laser source
OFI-20B
Optical Fiber Identifier

Features Handheld and easy to use Equipped with corresponding adapter for bare fiber and tail fiber Intensity display of optical signal Low-battery indication Buzz indication function Display of transmission direction light Identification of various signal frequency: 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz CE, FCC, certificates
An efficient tool for fiber identifying. The Harris OFI-20B is a handheld, easy-to-use optical test instrument that identifies optical fibers without any damage by detecting the optical signals being transmitted through the fibers. Through non-destructive macro-bend detection and mechanism damp technology, it avoids opening the fiber at the splice point for identification and interruption of service. The OFI-20B can accurately detect the optical signals and the signal direction, as well as the presence of modulated tones. It can test all kinds of fiber, including fibers of 250 m and 900 m and ribbon, as well as jacketed fibers of 2 mm and 3 mm.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wavelength Range for Identification. . 800 to 1700 nm Detector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . InGaAs Signal Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW, 270 Hz 10%, 1 kHz 10%, 2 kHz 10% LED Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal direction, frequency (270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz), intensity (5 class), low battery Detect Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . Over -55 dBm Fiber Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 m, 900 m, ribbon 2 mm, 3 mm jacketed fiber Typical Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 0.25 to H 0.9: 0.1 dB H 2.0 to H 2.5: 0.5 dB H 2.5 to H 3.0: 1 dB
general
With its wide dynamic range, the OFI-20B can efficiently identify the wide-spectrum signals, such as signals in CATV systems and EDFA. Therefore, it can be used in all the physical layer testing of SONET/SDH and DWDM systems.
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 V alkaline battery (not included) Battery Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support 16 hrs Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4 to 158 F (-20 to 70 C) Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 95% (non-condensing) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.44 lbs (200 g) Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 7.8 x 3.1 x 2.6 in. (200 x 80 x 40 mm)
standard Accessories . . . . . Optical clamp
Screwdriver Strap Compact carrying softbag CE certificate Certificate of calibration Operators handbook
ordering inFormation OFI-20B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handheld optical test instrument that identifies optical fibers without any damage by detecting the optical signals being transmitted through the fibers; accurately detects optical signals, signal direction and the presence of modulated tones
704
VSG-201D, VSG-204D
Serial Digital Sync Generators
Features
COMPLIANT
High-stability TCXO for 1 Hz subcarrier accuracy Infinite genlock range locks to any field, any line and any phase Four analog blackburst outputs follow genlock (VSG-201D) Two analog blackburst outputs follow genlock Two independently adjustable blackburst outputs (VSG-204D) EDH added to all serial digital video outputs Constant digital black output Constant digital bars output (selectable 75% or 100%) (VSG-201D) Ten front-panel-selectable test signals (VSG-204D) Stereo analog tone output click added to identify one channel Embedded and AES/EBU tone and silent output (VSG-204D) Standards available: 525 and 625, NTSC-J optional Multiformat sync changeover, VSX-11D, available to provide protection against primary reference signal loss
The VSG-201D and VSG-204D sync generators are specifically designed for use in 601 serial digital and hybrid analog/digital applications in both 525/60 and 625/50 systems. A high-stability TCXO provides the necessary accuracy for the most demanding requirements. All models have infinite genlock timing range, and four analog blackburst outputs for system timing plus constant digital black and digital test signals. Two of the blackburst outputs in the VSG-204D have independently adjustable timing over the entire range. All models have stereo analog tone, and the VSG-204D provides both embedded and separate AES/EBU tone (or silent) with level adjustment and channel placement via front-panel control. For total flexibility, the VSG-204D also has 10 selectable test signals and can be set to simultaneously output NTSC and PAL blackburst, all timed together with the AES/EBU audio.
Product details
Vsg-201d
The VSG-201D and VSG-204D are ideal for use as either a master or slave sync generator in any system, making Harris the only choice for a digital sync generator to meet both your needs and your budget. Provide reliable protection for your system during a primary reference signal loss by adding a VSX-11D multiformat sync changeover to your pair of sync generators.
Vsg-204d
The VSG-201D provides 1Hz temperature compensated crystal oscillator for high stability as a master sync generator. Genlock is standard for use as an economical, high-quality slave unit. The VSG-201D includes infinite genlock range (to either NTSC or PAL), four analog blackburst outputs, analog stereo tone output, plus constant 601 digital black and digital bars (75% or 100%) output. High-stability TCXO for 1 Hz accuracy Genlock range is infinite lock and phase Four analog blackburst outputs follow genlock Constant digital black output Constant digital bars output Stereo analog tone output 27 MHz clock output Front-panel LEDs for status indication All controls for system setup on front panel
The top-of-the-line VSG-204D includes AES/EBU outputs, embedded audio and independently adjustable black outputs. For dual standard (525/625) facilities, the VSG204D can provide simultaneous, independently adjustable black outputs in both NTSC and PAL. The genlock operation may even be conveniently split between NTSC and PAL inputs for multiformat facilities. Finally, 10 front-panel-selectable digital video test signals make this instrument ideal for system testing. High-stability TCXO for 1 Hz accuracy Genlock range is infinite lock and phase Two blackburst outputs follow genlock Two blackburst outputs independently adjustable and independently set for NTSC or PAL (2 fields NTSC, 4 fields PAL) Constant digital black output 10 serial digital video test signals Stereo analog audio tone output and embedded digital audio AES/EBU audio outputs on XLR and BNC 48 kHz clock output 27 MHz clock output
705
test And meAsuRement // viDeO TesT signAL generATOrs
VSG-201D, VSG-204D
Video Analog Audio
Serial Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . Color bars: 2 (test signals in VSG-204D) Black: 2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-bit Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Mb/s component per SMPTE 259M-1993 and ITU-BT R.601 Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5 MHz Y, 6.75 MHz CR, CB Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%, excluding overshoots Dc Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 V maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 ps to 1.5 ns Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 ns over a 1 line period, (non-genlocked) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15 dB, 5 to 270 MHz Error Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . EDH (active and full field) embedded in all serial digital outputs Video Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525/60 Hz line and 625/50 Hz line dependent upon genlock input signal or front panel setting Color Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75% or 100% equivalent saturation, determined by a front panel setting For 60 Hz field rates, SMPTE bars are the 75% setting
Four Analog Blackburst Outputs
Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 simultaneous; left channel has a click for ID purposes Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +4 dBm, balanced Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 kHz Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 XLR, 1 for left; 1 for right
power
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, nominal Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 50 VA, typical
environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -58 to 185 F (-50 to 85 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum (non-condensing)
mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 10 in. (4.5 x 48.3 x 25.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 lbs (5.9 kg)
Rackmount kit Power cord
Sync Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 IRE 1 IRE (NTSC), 43 units 1 unit (PAL) Black Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 IRE 1IRE (NTSC) 0 units (PAL) Sc/H Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 10 Phasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field aligned with genlock reference signal Frequency Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . Subcarrier 1 Hz from 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C) (non-genlocked) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Follows serial output timing via genlock controls
genlock
Vsg-204d embedded Audio
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stable black burst, 525/60 Hz line, 429 mV 6 dB or 625/50 Hz line, 450 mV 6 dB Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB, DC to 5 MHz Adjustment Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 fields in 60 Hz; 4 fields in 50 Hz in 3 front panel control ranges-coarse, medium, and fine Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infinite Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 at either 3.58 or 4.43 MHz Color Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Correct with reference SC/H phase of 0 45 NTSC; 0 20 PAL Capture Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal subcarrier frequency 50 Hz
27 mHz Output
Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 simultaneous; may be set to any 1 of the 4 groups from front panel Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz, synchronous with video sampling Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-bits Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All channels set to 1 of 2 tones, either 800 Hz or 1 kHz, adjustable from front panel 1, 2, 3 or 4 channels may be set to silent Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from -10 dBFS to -20 dBFS in 2 dB steps from front panel Internal switch adds or subtracts 10 dBFS from front panel setting
Aes/eBu Audio
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC, 75 ohms, female Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10%, excluding overshoots DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0.5 V Overshoots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 % maximum Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 ps to 1.5 ns Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 MHz 0.2 ppm from 50 to 104 F (10 to 40 C) (non-genlocked)
Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 simultaneous Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz, synchronous with video sampling Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-bits Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All channels set to 1 of 2 tones, either 800 Hz or 1 kHz, adjustable from front panel (tracks embedded audio settings) 1, 2, 3 or 4 channels may be set to silent Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from -10 dBFS to -20 dBFS in 2 dB steps from front panel (tracks embedded audio settings); internal switch adds or subtracts 10 dBFS from front panel setting Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNCs, unbalanced out; 2 XLR transformer coupled, balanced out Adjustable Blackburst Outputs . . . 2 of the 4 blackburst outputs are phase adjustable, 2 fields NTSC or 4 fields PAL, all lines and infinite SC phase
706
VSG-201D, VSG-204D
707
NA +1 800 231 9673 CALA +1 786 437 1960 EA +44 118 964 8200 MESA +971 4 433 8250 APAC +852 2776 0628 Order Online: ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com for more information see page 728 Test Signal Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . Front-panel selection of the following test signals: Color bars, 100% full field Color bars, 75% full field (625) Color bars, 75% SMPTE (525) 10 Step Convergence test pattern Timing test with cosited markers and blanking markers Shallow ramp Limit ramp Multiburst SDI checkfield Bow tie pattern Blackburst Assignment . . . . . . . . . Each of the 2 independently adjustable blackburst outputs may be set to always output NTSC or PAL blackburst rather than follow master genlock; the blackburst timing is always coherent with the AES/ EBU timing and phase Genlock Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . The loop through genlock input may be set, via an internal jumper, to allow 2 terminating genlock inputs rather than 1 loop through; this will allow the permanent connection of an NTSC genlock signal to 1 input and a PAL genlock signal to the second input; the front panel switches then select the 525 or 625 genlock source for rapid change over in facilities where this function is necessary
images/diagrams
Back modules Vsg-201d
Vsg-204d
REF. IN BL ACK 48 KHz
1-2 AES/EBU 3- 4 R ANALOG AUDIO L
T 1A 250V
5 x 20 mm INPUT : 115 -230V~ 50 - 60Hz 50VA
27 MHz
TEST SIGNAL
DIG. BL ACK
1-2 AES/EBU
3- 4 AES/EBU
ordering inFormation VSG-201D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial digital sync generator, 1 Hz accuracy, infinite genlock, 525/625 operation; four analog blackburst outputs, digital black, digital bars and stereo analog tone, 1RU VSG-204D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial digital sync generator, 1 Hz accuracy, infinite genlock, 525/625 operation; four analog blackburst outputs; analog tone plus AES/EBU tone and embedded audio, digital black output and 10 selectable test signals, 1RU
VSG-401
Compact Video and Audio Signal Generator

Features Small form factor Four outputs (two for dual link), selectable as 3 Gb/s, HD, SD or DL Two blackburst or tri-level sync outputs Two AES/EBU outputs Up to 16 channels of embedded audio test signals Selectable audio level and frequency 24-character source ID can be added to test signals Genlock to standard color, black or tri-level sync Genlock auto external or internal settings Front-panel genlock and input status LED Ethernet port for updates and web browser
The new Videotek VSG-401 is a RU-wide, dual-link, 3G/HD/SD signal and sync generator. Part of the Videotek Compact Monitor Series, the unit is small in size and light in weight, making it a perfect fit for all broadcast television and post production environments. The VSG-401 provides four SDI test signal outputs with selectable format, frame rate and signal type, and up to 16 channels of embedded audio, with group enabled settings and global settings for amplitude and frequency. There are two AES outputs, with one output selectable as word clock or digital audio reference signal (DARS). Also included are two selectable blackburst or tri-level sync outputs and a reference input for blackburst or tri-level sync. The test signal outputs on the VSG-401 allow source ID selection up to 24 characters. Users can add continuous motion of a bouncing block to any test pattern except check field. The VSG-401 is simple to operate, with an Ethernet port facilitating software updates and web browser control. A 110/220 universal AC adapter provides DC voltage power input.
genlock input
3g/Hd/sd-sdi Output Characteristics
Input Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 input, passive looping Input Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . Electrical, single-ended, unbalanced, mechanical, BNC Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Z Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV, nominal PAL: sync and burst 300 mV, nominal Blackburst Input Amplitude . . . . . . 6 dB Tolerance Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 dB to 10 MHz Lock Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ppm (NTSC Fsc 21 Hz, PAL Fsc 26 Hz) Black Burst Subcarrier Jitter . . . . . <1 ns (pk-pk) over one horizontal line Tri-Level Sync Amplitude . . . . . . . 600 mV pk-pk nominal Tri-Level Sync Amplitude Tolerance 3 dB
Blackburst/tri-Level sync (tLs) Output
Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . (5 MHz to 1.485 GHz) -15 dB (1.485 to 3 GHz) -10 dB Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% Output DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Output Rise and Fall Time . . . . . . . (@ 2.97 GHz) <135 ps (20 to 80% amplitude), not differing by more than 50 ps (@ 1.484 GHz) <270 ps (20 to 80% amplitude), not differing by more than 100 ps (@ 270Mhz) 400 to 700 ps (20 to 80% amplitude), not differing by more than 500 ps Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (@ 2.97 GHz): <0.3UI (@1.484 GHz): <0.2 UI (@270MHz): <0.2 UI
Video
Number/Connector Type . . . . . . . . 2 BNC, female Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dB (100 kHz to 10 MHz) Blackburst Signal Level . . . . . . . . NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV, nominal PAL: sync and burst 300 mV, nominal Blackburst Subcarrier Jitter . . . . . <1 ns (pk-pk) over one horizontal line Tri-Level Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . 600 mV pk-pk DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V .5 V SC/H Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 10 Reference to Output Timing . . . . . 100 ns
general sdi Output Characteristics
Output Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3G/HD/SD/DL, selectable Supported Formats . . . . . . . . . . . 1080i/60, 1080i/59.94, 1080i/50; 1080p/30, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080p/24, 1080p/23.98; 720p/60, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/30, 720p/29.97, 720p/25, 720p/24, 720p/23.98 Segmented Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p/30sF, 1080p/29.97sF, 1080p/25sF, 1080p/24sF, 1080p/23.98sF Dual Link (per SMPTE 372M) . . . . 4:2:2 (YCBCR) 10-bit, 1080p/60, 1080p/59.94, 1080p/50 3G-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080p: 60 Hz, 59.94 Hz, 50 Hz (4:2:2 YCbCr/10-bit) SD-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525 at 59.94 Hz 625 at 50 Hz
708
Number of Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Output Connector Type . . . . . . . . . BNC, female Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal www.broadcast.harris.com
VSG-401
Audio
Compact Video and Audio Signal Generator

709
power Requirements
Audio Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AES or DARS, unbalanced Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BNC AES Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . -25 dB -0.1 to 6 MHz Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk (75 ohms terminated) AES Jitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 UI
Word Clock Output Characteristics
Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VDC, nominal (11 to 18 VDC min-max) from 4-pin XLR AC Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Included
mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 8.5 x 6.98 in. (4.45 x 21.59 x 27.73 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs (0.862 kg)
environmental
Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 BNC, female, shared with AES/DARS Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms nominal Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V TTL levels with 75 ohms load
embedded Audio
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 149 F (-30 to 65 C) Humidity (non-condensing) . . . . . . Operating: 20% to 80% Non-operating: 5% to 90%
Applicable standards
Output Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . AES, 48 kHz Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0, -9, -12, -20 dBFS and silence, user-selectable
interfaces
Communication Interfaces . . . . . . 1 Ethernet port, RJ-45 connector, 10/100Base-T Network Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet), 10/100Base-T for web browser control images/diagrams
Back panel
LTC/GPI ETHERNET AES 1 AES2/DARS/WC SDI A REF IN SYNC OUT
SMPTE RP 184-2004, SMPTE RP 165-1994, SMPTE RP 219, SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 272M, SMPTE 274M-2005, SMPTE 291M, SMPTE 292M-2006, SMPTE 295M, SMPTE 296M, SMPTE 299M, SMPTE 318M, SMPTE 352M, SMPTE 372M, SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 425M AB, SMPTE RP 184-2004, SMPTE RP 165-1994, SMPTE RP 219, SMPTE 318M, AES32003, AES112003
standard Accessories . . . . . VSG-401 installation and operation handbook
(on CD-ROM) Power cord and power supply
SDI B
POWER 11 - 17 VDC
Block diagram
SDI Cable driver SDI Sync Input
BNC
SDI
BNC
SDI Output A SDI

BNC
SDI Sync loop

BNC
SDI Cable driver
BNC
SDI Output B SDI

BNC
SDI
Time Engine
AES AES Driver AES
AES
BNC
AES_output
AES
BNC
AES/DARS/ WR_CLK_output
SYNC DUAL CHANNEL DAC SYNC
BNC
Sync Out
BNC
RJ45
CPU
ordering inFormation VSG-401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compact Monitor Series video signal generator, 3G/HD/SD SDI, dual link, with embedded audio and sync BLK-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blank panel for left or right side of DRT-4 DRT-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double rackmount tray for VSG-401, CMN-41 and CMN-MV, use BLK-4 to fill unused space if needed PTC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Desktop case for VSG-401, CMN-41, CMN-MV and RCU-CMS
VSG-410
Video (and Audio) Signal Generator

Features Small in size and light in weight Powered by an external power supply HD, SD, and analog composite or tri-level sync test signal generation Composite video test signals Independent analog audio tone channels User loadable test signals Support for video/genlock input from NTSC, PAL-B, PAL-M, or tri-level sync format sources Support for various time code formats and time code user bit formats, including SMPTE/EBU drop frame or non-drop time code formats V2A video and audio test signal output for lip sync measurement Detection of embedded information for video inputs Support for input absolute timing reference (ATR) input features Support for network timing protocol (NTP) via an Ethernet connection port Four independently configurable blackburst video outputs Two SMPTE/EBU serial time code, 600 ohms, or Low-Z balanced time code outputs, each independently configurable for linear (LTC) drop frame or non-drop frame time code and vertical interval time code (VITC) Supports digital audio reference signal output (DARS) Configurable Daylight Savings Time and Leap Year User-definable scheduled call outs to time reference sources, such as GPS receivers AES and analog audio outputs LTC timecode input (600 ohms or High-Z termination)
The VSG-410 high definition signal generator is a half-rack width portable or stationary signal generator that is used both as a test signal generator and a master time generator. As a test signal generator, the VSG-410 can produce analog, digital, and audio test signals required in a broadcast facility. As a master time generator, the VSG-410 inputs time information from various reference sources, including global positioning systems (GPS) and network time protocol (NTP) servers. It contains an internal timing engine that processes the incoming reference information, makes appropriate conversions to different time bases, and maintains a consistent time base, which is used to drive the outputs. The VSG-410 provides a digital audio reference signal (DARS) output, as well as a vertical interval time code (VITC) and absolute time reference (ATR) support for blackburst video outputs. General navigation is performed via front panel controls, but can also be controlled remotely using CCS Navigator software or NUCLEUS a user customizable remote control panel.
Options include
Rack adapter and blank filler plate sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice.
genlock input (genLOCK in) supported gps devices
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-ended unbalanced Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC connector Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop through NTSC/PAL with VITC and ATR, or tri-level sync (TLS) input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk +6 dB/-6 dB TLS Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 dB to 10 MHz Lock Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ppm (NTSC Fsc 21 Hz, PAL Fsc 26 Hz)
Video Output (Black Out)
GPS-5300 (Trimble Acutime) . . . . RS-232 (TAIP), PPS on PPS/TRIG GPS-3901 (Trimble SVEE8) . . . . . . RS-232 (TAIP), PPS on PPS/TRIG GPS-3902 (Coleman CTI-SV8-TAIP) . . . . . . . . RS-232 (TAIP), PPS on PPS/TRIG GPS-3903 (Coleman CTISV12-TAIP) . . . . . . . RS-232 (TAIP), PPS on PPS/TRIG GPS-3904 (Trimble Thunderbolt) . . RS-232 (TSIP), PPS on BNC, 10M GPS-1600 (Trimble Thunderbolt) . . RS-232 (TSIP), PPS on BNC, 10M
ntp
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-ended unbalanced Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC connector Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B/PAL-M Black Burst with NTSC with VITC and ATR, or TLS output Level (into 75 ohms). . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk NTSC/PAL, 0.6 V pk-pk TLS (SMPTE 274M) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 dB to 10 MHz
10 mHz input (10 mHz)
Network Time Protocol based on ntp-4.1.1a distribution.

time through serial
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC connector Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 V pk-pk 3 dB

10/100Base-t ethernet (ethernet)
Supported Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . CSD and TCC Baud Rate CSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 bps Baud Rate TCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 bps, 600 bps, 1200 bps, 2400 bps, 4800 bps, and 9600 bps Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local CSD: date and time TCC: date, time, and frame (frame at 4800 bps and 9600 bps only)
Free-Run mode on external trigger
710
Mechanical RJ-45 Connector Network Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) 10/100Base-T interface for NTP application
Setting Date and Time (Free-Run Mode) on External Trigger . . . . . . . With the trigger setup, the time and date entered are not set until the trigger input has a falling edge
VSG-410

711
sd/Hd sdi Output Characteristics
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-ended unbalanced Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC connector Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms HD/SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD and SD, user selectable Level (into 75 ohms). . . . . . . . . . . 800 mV 10% DC Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 V 0.5 V Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >15 db to 270 MHz SD, to 1.5 GHz HD
Composite Video Output
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-ended unbalanced Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC connector Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NTSC/PAL-B with VITC and ATR, TLS 1080i60/1080i59.94 with VITC, TLS output (1080i50 / 1080sf24 / 1080sd23.98 / 1080p30 / 1080p29.97 / 1080p25 / 1080p24 / 1080p23.98 / 720p60 / 720p59.94 / 720p50) Level (into 75 ohms). . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk NTSC/PAL, 0.6 V pk-pk TLS (SMPTE 274M, SMPTE 296M) Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >40 db to 6 MHz, >30 db to 35 Mhz
Analog Audio Output
Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 dB (20 Hz 20 kHz) Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 dB to -100 dB SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 dB (20 Hz 20 kHz) Full-Scale Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +12 dBu to +28 dBu connector: RJ-11 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiedmuller PCB 6-pin terminal block
Aes unbalanced
Sample Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 kHz Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ohms Output Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Output Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . >30 db to 6 MHz Output Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V pk-pk (75 ohms terminated)
10 mHz Output
LTC Input (TCI) CMRR . . . . . . . . . . 40 dB at 60 Hz Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential balanced Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Mechanical (output 1). . . . . . . . . . Pins 17 (LTC+), 18 (LTC-), and 19 (GND) Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Mechanical (output 2). . . . . . . . . . Pins 9 (LTC), 10 (LTC), and 11 (GND) Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMPTE/EBU LTC 24/25/30 (frame per seconds) drop/non-drop support Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-Z (<25 ohms per side) or 600 ohms selectable with switches on break-out board Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 V pk-pk nominal into 1 k ohms (Low-Z output) Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Level . . 2.5 V pk-pk nominal into 1 k ohms (600 ohms output) Output 1 and 2 (TC1, TC2) Transition Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 s 4 s measured at 10% and 90% amplitude GPIO1 Trigger Input Electrical. . . 5 V TTL-compatible HCT GPIO1 Trigger Input Mechanical . Pin 21 GPIO1 Trigger Input Impedance . 10 k ohms GPIO2 Hz Output Electrical . . . . 5 V TTL compatible HCT GPIO2 Hz Output Mechanical . . . Pin 23 PPS Input Mechanical . . . . . . . . . BNC Connector PPS Input Termination . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms PPS Input Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TTL, Vih = 2.0 V min, Vil = 0.8 V max PPS Input Edge Transition . . . . . . . 20 ns max PPS Input Return Loss . . . . . . . . . >45 dB to 20 MHz
Applicable standards
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 dBm into 50 ohms (2 dBm)

dARs eiA/tiA-232-e LtC gpiO
Video and Audio Signal Quality . . . SMPTE 170M-1994, ITU-R BT.470-6, Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ITU-R BT.470.6, SMPTE 276M, AES-3, AES-3id, AES-17 SMPTE 274M, SMPTE 12M, SMPTE 296M, SMPTE 299M, SMPTE 309M, SMPTE 318B, AES-11, SMPTE 259, SMPTE 292
power Requirements
Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Male high density, DB-26, breakout module provides easy access to individual functions. DARS Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-ended, unbalanced DARS Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin 1 Impulse Drive Mechanical . . . . . . . Pins 12 and 24 Impulse Drive Electrical . . . . . . . . Single-ended unbalanced Impulse Drive Format . . . . . . . . . . 12 V pulses (300 m Sec) EIA/TIA-232-E Electrical . . . . . . . . EIA-232 DTE EIA/TIA-232-E Mechanical . . . . . . Pins 2-6, 8, 20, 22 per EIA-232 LTC Input (TCI) Electrical . . . . . . . . Differential balanced LTC Input (TCI) Mechanical . . . . . . Pins 14 (LTC+), 15 (LTC-), 16 (GND) LTC Input (TCI) Format . . . . . . . . . SMPTE/EBU LTC 24/25/30 drop/non-drop auto-sensing LTC Input (TCI) Impedance . . . . . . Hi-Z (>30k ohms) or 600 ohms, selectable with switches LTC Input (TCI) Input Sensitivity . . . 500 mV pk-pk LTC Input (TCI) CM Range . . . . . . . 10 V
Input Voltage Range . . . . . . . . . . . 90 VAC 264 VAC Input Voltage Frequency . . . . . . . . 50 Hz to 60 Hz Power Consumption (apparent power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 W Brownout Requirements . . . . . . . . Must return to normal operation. A complete reset and boot up cycle is allowable.
mechanical
Dimensions (H x W x D) . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 8 x 19 in (4.45 x 20.32 x 48.26 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 lbs (3.17 kg)
VSG-410
environmental

dering inFormation VSG-410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Half-rack width video signal generator with genlock and HD/SD/Analog video and Embedded/ AES/Analog audio outputs VSG-410-RM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional rack mount for VSG-410
Options
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 113 F (0 to 45 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -22 to 149 F (-30 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% max. (non-condensing)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VSG-410 Installation and Operation Handbook (on CD-ROM) Navigator CD-ROM software trial (inc. Co-Pilot) Icon Series Soft Tools CD-ROM (Logo Creator) Breakout board Power cord and power supply
GPS-3903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS receiver and antenna, 110-240 VAC operation. Includes GPS receiver, antenna, AC power supply, RG-59 antenna cable (23m/75 ft) and RS-232 adapter cables for VSG-410, MTG3901, CSD-3901, CSD-3902 GPS-3904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS Bullet Antenna and Receiver kit with 10 MHz and PPS output, for use with VSG-410, MTG-3901 and CSD-3902. Includes GPS receiver, antenna, AC power supply, RG-6 antenna cable (23m/75 ft), antenna connector TNC
images/diagrams
Back panel
Block diagram
Color black, ATR, VITC generator Color black, ATR, VITC generator Color black, ATR, VITC generator Color black, ATR, VITC generator Hz generator LTC generator HD video generator SD video generator NTP server & client HD audio embedder SD audio embedder Color black out 1 Color black out 2 Color black out 3 Color black out 4
Genlock in Genlock loop through 10 MHz in PPS in Time engine
10 MHz out LTC out HD/SD-SDI out 1 HD/SD-SDI out 2 HD/SD-SDI out 3 HD/SD-SDI out 4 Color encoder Composite out 1 Composite out 2 AES-75 out 1
RS-232/ timecode in
Ethernet I/O
Audio generator
AES-75 out 2 DARS out
D to A conversion
Analog Audio out 1 & 2
712
VSX-11D
Multiformat Sync Changeover Unit

713
The VSX-11D is a highly versatile, multiformat sync changeover unit designed for use with a wide array of reference signals and offering a high degree of protection against primary reference signal loss. The VSX-11D will accommodate highdefinition and standard-definition SDI signals (HD/SD-SDI), NTSC/PAL blackburst, tri-level sync, and AES/EBU audio. The VSX-11D is the ideal sync changeover for use with the SPG-1601 sync pulse generator. The VSX-11D provides 11 channels with user-selectable configuration. Each channel has a primary and backup input with a common output. All 11 channels are available for high-definition serial digital (HD-SDI) operation. Channel configuration is set via an internal DIP switch. The VSX-11D can be manually switched or can automatically switch all channels to the backup source on a detected fault of any primary source. In addition, each input can be monitored for fault levels and switch automatically on detection of a fault. When faults are detected in both the primary and backup inputs, switching will not occur. Switching is by mechanical relay with all channels switched simultaneously. The front panel includes status indicators for each of the 22 input sources, source selection, panel lock, operational controls for automatic or manual operation and resetting of fault conditions.
sPeciFications Specifications are subject to change without notice. Return Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <-30 dB, 0 to 10 MHz <-15 dB, 10 to 750 MHz <-10 dB, 750 to 1.5 GHz Insertion Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 dB DC to 10 MHz 10 MHz to 1.5 GHz the unit approximates less than 66 ft (20 m) of Belden 1694A cable Maximum Switched Voltage . . . . . 5 V Maximum Switched Current . . . . . 100 mA Crosstalk (unselected input to (output or channel to channel). . . . -60 dB to 10 MHz -30 dB to 1 GHz -20 dB to 1.5 GHz Relay Switch Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ms switch and settle Amplitude Detection . . . . . . . . . . . Between 2 and 4 dB from nominal level Fault condition ranges NTSC blackburst: -180 to -230 mV PAL blackburst: -190 to -240 mV Tri-level sync: 400 to 565 mV HD/SD-SDI: 450 to 630 mV AES/EBU: 630 to 790 mV User adjustment range: -100 to +3500 mV
power Requirements standard Accessories
Features Switching of high-definition/standard-definition serial digital video, NTSC/PAL blackburst, tri-level sync and digital audio Input channel status 11 user-configurable channels Configuration switches easily accessible Fault detection on all channels Automatic and manual operation Front-panel fault indication by channel Front-panel operating mode indications
Operators manual Power cord images/diagrams

Block diagram
Primary In 1 Backup In 1 Primary In 2 Backup In 2 Primary In 3 Backup In 3 Primary In 4 Backup In 4 Primary In 5 Backup In 5 Primary In 6 Backup In 6 Primary In 7 Backup In 7 Primary In 8 Backup In 8 Primary In 9 Backup In 9 Primary In 10 Backup In 10 Primary In 11 Backup In 11 Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Auto Detect and Switch Over Out 1 Out 2 Out 3 Out 4 Out 5 Out 6 Out 7 Out 8 Out 9 Out 10 Out 11
Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 30 VAC

mechanical
Dimensions (H x W xD) . . . . . . . . . 1.75 x 19 x 10 in. (4.5 x 48.3 x 25.4 cm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 lbs (3.6 kg)
environmental
ordering inFormation VSX-11D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HD, SD, composite analog and AES; 11 primary and secondary inputs with automatic and manual switchover outputs; all inputs have a selection for input format or user-settable levels; GPI control; 1RU
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 149 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% maximum, non-condensing Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft (3,050 m)
GPS-3904
COMPLIANT

The GPS-3904 and standalone GPS receiver/antenna allow the CSD-3901/ CSD-3902 master clock driver, the VSG-410 signal generator and the MTG-3901 master timing generator to provide outputs with great accuracy by using the most accurate source of time used in the public domain. A system of 24 satellites provides complete coverage in any part of the world with information on time and position. This makes the CSD-3901/2 and MTG-3901 totally independent from telephone or radio receiver standards.
Features Compatible with VSG-410 and the NEO CSD-3902 clock system driver and MTG-3901 master timing generator modules Separate antenna and receiver for mounting flexibility Used to remotely lock multiple reference systems Continuous connection and update Hardware features A single, printed circuit board containing A quality ovenized oscillator A 12-channel GPS receiver Control circuitry Easy calibration for different cable lengths Output 10 MHz reference signal output via BNC connector One PPS output with an over-determined solution synchronized to GPS UTC time

gps ReCeiVeR environmental
Serial Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 pin D-sub Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-pin locking push pin type adapter (Molex)
gps AntennA environmental
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C) Operating Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . 95% non-condensing Operating Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 miles (18 km) maximum
technical
Prime Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC Power Consumption (nominal). . . . 15 (cold) to 10 W (steady state) Serial Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-232 I/O Protocol Options . . . . . . . . . . . Trimble standard interface protocol (TSIP) @ 9600 baud, 8-odd-1
performance
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C) Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -40 to 212 F (-40 to 100 C) Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 200 Hz log sweep 3 g (sweep time 30 minutes) 3 axes Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 g vertical, 30 g all axes Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mil-STD-810E Corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% salt spray Waterproof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Immersion to 3.3 ft (1 m)
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L1 frequency, C/A code (SPS), 12-channel continuous tracking receiver Update Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Hz 1 PPS (static) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 ns (one sigma) 10 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16 x 10-12 (one day average) Harmonic Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40 dBc maximum Spurious . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -70 dBc maximim Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Hz, -120 dBc/Hz 100 Hz, -135 dBc/Hz 1 kHz, -135 dBc/Hz 10 kHz, -145 dBc/Hz 100 kHz, -145 dBc/Hz Operational Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . Altitude <11.2 miles (18 km)
physical dimensions:
Dimensions (D x H). . . . . . . . . . . . 3.05 x 2.61 in. (77.5 x 66.2 mm) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 oz (170 g) Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Off-white plastic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TNC Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-in. -14 thread or in. pipe thread
technical/performance
Metal Enclosure (H x W x D) . . . . . 2 x 4 x 5 in. (40 x 102 x 127 mm) Mounting Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 mounting holes for M3 screws Maximum depth 12 mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.628 lbs (0.285 kg)
Connectors:
714
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC 10 MHz Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC PPS Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BNC
Prime Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 VDC (10%) Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA maximum Output Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ohms Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575.42 MHz 1.023 MHz Polarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right-hand circular polarization (RHCP) VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 maximum Axial Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90: 4 dB maximum; 10: 6 dB maximum Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 dB 3 dB Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 dB maximum (25 5 C) Pass-Band Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 MHz Out of Band Rejection. . . . . . . . . . fo = 1575.42 MHz fo 20 MHz: 7 dB, minimum fo 30 MHz: 12 dB, minimum fo 50 MHz: 20 dB, minimum fo 100 MHz: 30 dB, minimum Azimuth Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 (omni-directional) Elevation Coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 90 elevation (hemispherical)
GPS-3904
images/diagrams
Block diagram

715
GPS antenna Internal Input 1 Primary/Secondary Internal Inputs (MTG-3901 or CSD-3902) Internal Input 2 Optional
GPS receiver
ordering inFormation GPS-3904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS receiver and antenna, 110 to 240 VAC operation, includes GPS receiver, antenna, AC power supply, 75 ft (23 m) RG-59 antenna cable
Options
CAB-CSD-GPS3901 . . . . . . . . . . . Adapter cable for RS-232 interface for CSD-3902 (VSG-410) CAB-CSD-GPS39Y2 . . . . . . . . . . . Y adapter cable for connection of 2 CSD-3902 (VSG-410) to 1 GPS-3904
alPHabeTICal InDex
3901RES-E NEO Resource Module ..........................................................................................................................547
A
ACO6800+ASID ADC6800+A4BCD ADC

Intelligent Single Switchover for ASI sources .........................................................................................503 4-Channel Audio Analog-to-Digital Converter with Delay .......................................................................475 Playout Automation for Station Environments ............................................................................................6 Transfer of Media and its Associated Metadata ..........................................................................................9 Monitoring and Management of Software ................................................................................................10 Common Hardware Platform.....................................................................................................................11 BXF-Powered Schedule Synchronization ..................................................................................................13
ADC Automatic Ingest ADC Broadcast Supervisor ADC Device Controller ADC Live-Update

ADC PSIP Manager
Automatic Tracking and Forwarding of PSIP Information .........................................................................14 4-Channel Audio Delay Synchronizer with Analog-to-Digital Conversion ...............................................516 Audio Delay Synchronizer .......................................................................................................................518 Component Analog-to-Digital Converter .................................................................................................527 1x4 or 1x9, AES/EBU, Balanced or Unbalanced .........................................................................................66 HD/SD AFD/WSS Insertion Module ..........................................................................................................506 Multimedia Exciter for Global Digital and Analog Standards...................................................................566 Audio Monitors ........................................................................................................................................678 AAC Audio Encoder .................................................................................................................................469 Audio Processing Module .......................................................................................................................520 Dolby Decoders and Encoders ..............................................................................................................471 DTS Neural Surround Up/DownMix and MultiMerge, and DTS Neural Loudness Control .....................473 Analog Audio Remote Gain, Balanced .......................................................................................................67 Transport Stream Monitor .......................................................................................................................688 Video and Audio Multiformat Monitoring System....................................................................................640 Audio Delay and Video Frame Synchronizer ...........................................................................................522
ADS6800+A4BC, +A4BCD ADS6800+B2D, +C2D ADV6800+D AES6800+BS/BD/CS/CD AFD6800+D Apex M2X APM-215 APM6801+AAC+D APM6801+D APM6801-Dx+D APM6801xx-xx+D ARG6800+S/D ASI-STAR AVM-717 AVS6800+B2D, +C2D
C
CBS LIDIA V IconLogo System CCS NAVIGATOR CCS-NET-24 Channel ONE CMN-41 CMN-91 CMN-LA CTT6800+SDT, +HDT CVM-306
Channel Branding System for CBS Affiliates ...........................................................................................205 Network Monitoring and Control Graphical Navigation Application ........................................................272 24-Port Ethernet Switch for CCS Routing Networks.............................................................................365 HD/SD Automated Graphics Channel ......................................................................................................182 Multiformat Onscreen Monitor ................................................................................................................664 Multiformat Signal Analyzer ....................................................................................................................635 Loudness Analyzer ..................................................................................................................................673 JPEG2000 Compressed Transport Transceiver Module ...........................................................................321 Compact Multiformat Signal Analyzer.....................................................................................................638
716
d
DA-ASI6802+D DAC6800+BCA4D, +BCA4ZD DA-DH/DHR6802+D DA-DHREO6803+D DA-DHROE6803+D DA-DHROOE6803+D DA-DS/DSR6802+D DA-H/HR6802+S/D/DL DA-HRO6803+D DA-S/SR6802+S/D/DL DAS6801+D Data Modules DAV6800+D DDM6800+D DEC6800+D DES6800+D DiamondCD DL-810 DL-860 DMB 670 DMX6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D DMX6800+B4D, +C4D DMX6800+B4D, +C4D Dolby and DTS

1x8, SD/ASI with Reclocking and Transformers ........................................................................................71 AES Digital-to-Analog Audio Converters .................................................................................................476 Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, 3G/HD/SD/ASI ..........................................................................72 Dual Fiber Transmitter, Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 ........................................................................73 Fiber Receiver, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Coaxial Out..................................................................................75 Fiber Receiver, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Quad Coaxial Out/Fiber Transmitter ............................................76 Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8 with Built-in ACO, SD/ASI .....................................................................................77 1x4 or 1x8, 3G/HD/SD/ASI .........................................................................................................................78 Fiber Receiver/Coaxial In, Dual 1x4 or Single 1x8, Fiber Transmitter/Coaxial Out ....................................79 1x4 or 1x8, SD/ASI ....................................................................................................................................81 Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Embedder .......................................................................478 Data Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products .........................................................................................................53 SDI Digital-to-Analog Component Video Converter .................................................................................528 Digital Demodulator Module ...................................................................................................................613 12-Bit Composite Analog-to-Digital Converter ........................................................................................529 12-Bit Composite Video Decoder and Synchronizer ...............................................................................530 Solid-State UHF ATSC Transmitter...........................................................................................................580 SD Serial Digital Legalizer.......................................................................................................................560 HD/SD Legalizer ......................................................................................................................................562 DAB Digital Radio and DMB Mobile TV Transmitter .................................................................................590 Analog/AES Audio De-Embedders ...........................................................................................................480 4-Output Balanced or Coaxial AES Digital De-Embedders ......................................................................482 4-Output Balanced or Coaxial AES Digital De-Embedders ......................................................................483 Advanced Audio Options (Preliminary) ....................................................................................................249 Multisource SD Video Decoder and Synchronizer ...................................................................................531 Playout Automation for Enterprise Environments .....................................................................................15 Common Hardware Platform.....................................................................................................................18 Real-Time IP Control for Multichannel Automation ...................................................................................20 Digital Turnaround Processor (DTP) ...................................................................................................439 Stereo and/or 5.1 ....................................................................................................................................558 5.1 to Stereo ...........................................................................................................................................552 5.1 DTV Production Solution ...................................................................................................................556 Stereo to 5.1 ...........................................................................................................................................554
DQS6800+D D-Series DSX D-Series DSX Device Controller
D-Series DSX Real-Time IP Control
DTP-300 DTS Neural Loudness Control DTS Neural Surround DownMix DTS Neural Surround MultiMerge

717
alPHabeTICal InDex
e
EAS6800+B2A4D, C2A4D EDGE EDGE-DPS575 ENC6801+D ENS6801+D Digital-to-Analog Video and Audio Monitoring ........................................................................................484 Router Protocol Translator ......................................................................................................................280 DPS-475/DPS-575 Protocol Translator ....................................................................................................281 SDI Video Encoder ...................................................................................................................................533 SDI Video Encoder/Synchronizer .............................................................................................................535
F
FR-3901 FR-3923 FR6800+MB FR6822+QXFE NEO 1RU Mounting Frame.....................................................................................................................548 NEO 3RU Mounting Frame.....................................................................................................................550 6800+ 2-Slot Standalone Mix Box Frame...............................................................................................68 2RU 6800+ Frame, Q-SEE-Compliant...................................................................................................69
g
GEN-STAR GPS-3903 GPS-3904 HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator with Audio and Genlock ..........................................................................693 GPS Receiver and Antenna Systems .......................................................................................................543 GPS Receiver and Antenna Systems .......................................................................................................714
H
HALRATM-X11 HALRAUD-D14 HALRDEC-S11 HALRENC-A21 HALRENC-H11 HALRENC-S11 HALRENC-S21 HALRGBE-C11 HALRSYS-1700-AC/-DC HALRSYS-350 HALRSYS-A22 HALRSYS-H264 HALRTMX-M12 HALRTMX-M12-SCR HALRTMX-M14 HDC6800+AD HD-STAR
ATM Network Interface Module...............................................................................................................287 Audio Processing Module .......................................................................................................................308 MPEG-2 Decoder Module ........................................................................................................................292 HD/SD MPEG-4 Part 10/H.264 Encoder Module ......................................................................................295 High-Definition MPEG-2 Encoder Module ...............................................................................................299 MPEG-2 Multipurpose Encoder Module ..................................................................................................302 High-Performance Standard-Definition Encoder Module........................................................................304 Gigabit Ethernet Module .........................................................................................................................290 5RU System Enclosure ............................................................................................................................310 1RU System Enclosure ............................................................................................................................312 System Controller Module.......................................................................................................................313 1RU H.264 Encoder .................................................................................................................................306 MPEG-2 Transport Stream Multiplexer Module .......................................................................................314 Simulcrypt Scrambler and Conditional Access Module ..........................................................................316 MPEG-2 Transport Stream Multiplexer Module .......................................................................................317 HD Utility Downconverter ........................................................................................................................508 Handheld HD-SDI and SD-SDI Generator and Monitor ............................................................................669 Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI De-Embedders with 4 AES Outputs ................................................................486
HDX6801+B4D, +C4D
718
HDX6803+D HFS6801+D HMX6801+B4D, +C4D HMX6803+D HOMS+OP+CxxD HUC6801+D HUC6801+D HView IP HView SX Hybrid
Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio De-Embedder with up to 8 AES Outputs ................................................460 Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Video Frame Synchronizer/Processor ............................................................524 Auto-Sensing HD/SD-SDI Embedders with 4 AES Inputs ........................................................................488 Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Audio Embedder with up to 8 AES Inputs ........................................................463 8 Coaxial HD/SD/ASI In, Multiplexer, Upper/Lower CWDM ......................................................................165 Upconverter with Motion-Adaptive 3D De-Interlacing ............................................................................510 Upconverter with Motion-Adaptive 3D De-Interlacing ............................................................................511 IP-Based Video Network Display and Monitoring Solution......................................................................268 Scalable Multiviewer Solution for the Platinum Router with IP Decode Capability ..............................265
i
IconKey IconLogo

Serial Digital Keyer .................................................................................................................................203 On-Air Channel Branding System ...........................................................................................................197 Master Control Switcher .........................................................................................................................193 Advanced Channel Branding System ......................................................................................................200 Digital Out-of-Home Suite .........................................................................................................................58 Optimized Graphics Management and Distribution System....................................................................185 HD/SD Broadcast Graphics System.........................................................................................................174 High-Performance, Single- or Dual-Channel, HD/SD Broadcast Graphics System .................................170 High-Performance, 2D/3D, Custom On-Air Graphics Solution .................................................................187 Cost-Effective, Single-Channel 2D Character Generator .........................................................................179 True Analog and Port Routing..................................................................................................................342
IconMaster
IconStation InfoCaster Inscriber Connectus Inscriber G5 XT

Inscriber G7
Inscriber RTX NET Inscriber TitleOne XT Integrator Intraplex AudioLink PLUS

E1 System for Contribution/Distribution Networks ...................................................................................38 IP Network Conversion Card for T1/E1 Multiplexers .................................................................................49 T1/E1 CrossConnect Routing/Switching System ......................................................................................42 Digital 950 MHz STL and Data Gateway ....................................................................................................30 T1 STL System ..........................................................................................................................................35 Advanced Digital Ingest ............................................................................................................................21 Digital Asset Management ........................................................................................................................26 Intelligent Media Movement .....................................................................................................................23 IP Video Gateway ASI to IP Encapsulator Module ..............................................................................323 IP Video Gateway SDI to IP Encapsulator Module ..............................................................................324
Intraplex CM-30 Intraplex CrossConnect Server Intraplex HD Link Intraplex STL HD Invenio Capture

Invenio Insight Invenio Motion IPA6800+D IPS6800+D
719
alPHabeTICal InDex
L
LaunchPad LAX LLM-1770 Integrated Channel Launch Solution .......................................................................................................192 Compact, Air-Cooled L-Band Multimedia Transmitter .............................................................................602 Loudness Logger and Monitor ................................................................................................................676
m
Magellan Maxiva UAX Maxiva ULX
Router Control Panels .............................................................................................................................359 Air-Cooled UHF Multimedia TV Transmitter .............................................................................................573 Liquid-Cooled UHF Multimedia TV Transmitter........................................................................................570 Multiformat Decoder Module ..................................................................................................................325 Multi-Source Analyzer.............................................................................................................................680 Multi-Source Analyzer.............................................................................................................................684 Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer and AES Outputs ................................................................492 Analog Audio Embedder with Synchronizer ............................................................................................490 4-Channel AES Embedder with Synchronizer .........................................................................................494 Analog Audio Embedders with AES Outputs ...........................................................................................497 4-Channel Analog Audio Embedder.........................................................................................................496 4-Channel AES Embedders .....................................................................................................................499
MFD6800+T MSA-100 MSA-300 MSA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D MSA6800+A4D MSA6800+B4D, +C4D MXA6800+A4B2D, +A4C2D MXA6800+A4D MXA6800+B4D, +C4D
n
NetPlus M400 NetXpress LX NetXpress

Integrated Receiver/Decoder ..................................................................................................................284 IP Audio Link .............................................................................................................................................47 Digital Audio Transport System for IP and T1/E1 Networks ......................................................................45 Advanced Media Platform for Storage Area Networks............................................................................369 Integrated Multiviewer I/O Monitoring ....................................................................................................422 Low-Resolution Encoding Software ........................................................................................................397 Advanced Media Platform with Solid-State Storage ...............................................................................377 Advanced Media Platform .......................................................................................................................373 High-Performance Storage .....................................................................................................................415 Compact Transmission Server for Storage Area Networks .....................................................................381 Compact Transmission Server ................................................................................................................384 Transmission Server for Storage Area Networks ....................................................................................387 Transmission Server ...............................................................................................................................389 Channel Synchronization Software .........................................................................................................425 Content Transfer and Management Software .........................................................................................426 Recording and Playback Software ..........................................................................................................429 Final Cut Pro On-San Editing Appliance ................................................................................................405
NEXIO AMP
NEXIO AMP ChannelView NEXIO AMP PRX Encoder NEXIO AMP SSD
NEXIO Farad NEXIO Volt
NEXIO Volt with Integrated Storage NEXIO XS

NEXIO XS with Integrated Storage NEXIO ClipSync

NEXIO Content Manager NEXIO Delay NEXIO FCP Integration Gateway
720
NEXIO Ingest Control Manager NEXIO InstantOnline III NEXIO Intrinsic Mirroring NEXIO mCAPTURE

Ingest Workflow and Device Control System ..........................................................................................408 High-Resolution Conforming Engine .......................................................................................................410 SAN Protection System ...........................................................................................................................418 Compressed Media Stream Recorder .....................................................................................................442 IT Expansion Module ...............................................................................................................................412 I/O Expansion Appliance .........................................................................................................................413 MOS Integration Software .......................................................................................................................400 Near-Line/Archive Clustered Storage......................................................................................................420 SBOD Storage Arrays ..............................................................................................................................416 Event-Sequencing Software ...................................................................................................................427 Live Event and Production Platform ........................................................................................................402 Low-Resolution Transcoding Server .......................................................................................................398 Monitoring and Control Software ............................................................................................................424 Compressed Media Stream Delay Recorder ...........................................................................................437 User-Configurable Network Control Panel ..............................................................................................276 Router Follow Option...............................................................................................................................279 Ethernet Switches ...................................................................................................................................430 Ethernet Switches ...................................................................................................................................432 4 Gb/s, 8-Port Fibre Channel Switch .......................................................................................................434 4 Gb/s, 12-Port Fibre Channel Switch .....................................................................................................435 4 Gb/s, 16-Port Fibre Channel Switch .....................................................................................................436
NEXIO Media Gateway Server NEXIO Media Host Server NEXIO MOS Gateway NEXIO NXIQ Series NEXIO NXS3100 Series

NEXIO Playlist
NEXIO Production Playout Center NEXIO PRX Transcoder NEXIO Remote NEXIO Transport Stream Delay Server
NUCLEUS
NUCLEUS TRAX NXES Series NXESD 1224X2 NXFS1608 NXFS1612 NXFS1644
O
OBS+OP+5050D OBS6800+CD OFI-20B OHDS+OP+CxxD OLT-20A OMS6800+CxxD OP+AES OP+AVR OP+AVR+2 OP+AVT OP+AVT+2 OP+DAS OP+DAT OP+DWDM40 Optical Power Splitter, 50% Split ..............................................................................................................95 1310/1550 nm Passive Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer .......................................................................96 Optical Fiber Identifier ............................................................................................................................704 8 Coaxial HD/SD/ASI Out, Demultiplexer, Upper/Lower CWDM ...............................................................166 Optical Loss Tester ..................................................................................................................................698 4- or 8-Channel CWDM Optical Multiplexer ..............................................................................................97 Fiber Optic AES Transceivers ..................................................................................................................148 1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Channel Fiber Receiver .........................................................................129 2 Analog Video, 8 Analog Audio Fiber Receiver .......................................................................................131 1 Analog Video, 4 Analog Audio Fiber Transmitter ...................................................................................133 2 Analog Video, 8 Analog Audio Fiber Transmitter ...................................................................................135 Composite Analog A/V Decoder/Synchronizer/Multiplexer, Optical Output, Q-SEE-Compliant .............137 Serial Data, GPI Transceiver ....................................................................................................................154 40-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer, Standalone 1RU .....................................99
721
alPHabeTICal InDex
OP+DWDM8 OP+EOT OP+EOT+2 OP+EOT+4 OP+ETH OP+HBD OP+HDR OP+HDX OP+HMT OP+HMX OP+INT OP+LBR OP+LBT OP+OER+S OP+OER+SF+D OP+OHB OP+SDR OP+SFS+ OP+SMT OP+TDMR+8 OP+TDMT+8 OPM-15 OPSS+OP+D OTM-20 OXS+2+OP+ OXS+OP+ palmOTDR-S20 8-Channel Passive DWDM Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer ..................................................................98 Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Transmitters ..........................................................................106 Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Dual Fiber Transmitters ..................................................................108 Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Quad Fiber Transmitters .................................................................110 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet Switch Transceiver ..................................................................................157 HD/SD/ASI, AES, RS-232/422/485, GPIO, Intercom Transmitter ...............................................................151 Dual HD/8 SD-SDI TDM Fiber Receiver ...................................................................................................140 Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Demultiplexer with 8 AES Outputs and Optical Receiver .................................100 Dual HD/8 SD-SDI TDM Fiber Transmitter ...............................................................................................141 Auto-Sensing 3G/HD/SD Multiplexer with 8 AES Inputs and Optical Transmitter....................................103 Optical Intercom Transceivers.................................................................................................................159 L-Band Satellite Optical Receiver ...........................................................................................................162 L-Band Satellite Optical Transmitter .......................................................................................................163 Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers ..............................................................................112 Single-Channel 3G/HD/SD/ASI with Fiber Receivers and Transmitters ...................................................113 HD/SD/ASI, AES, RS-232/422/485, GPIO, Intercom Receiver ...................................................................143 Quad SD-SDI TDM Fiber Receiver ...........................................................................................................146 3G/HD/SD-Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer with Optical Transmitter or Receiver ................................114 Quad SD-SDI TDM Fiber Transmitter .......................................................................................................147 8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Output, TDM Fiber Receiver.........................118 8-Channel 1.5 Gb/s HD-SDI (or 4-Channel 3 Gb/s HD-SDI) Input, TDM Fiber Transmitter .......................120 Optical Power Meters..............................................................................................................................697 Intelligent Optical Protection Switch .......................................................................................................122 Optical Test Meters .................................................................................................................................700 Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver ...........................................................................124 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Receiver ..................................................................................................123 Optical Time Domain Reflectometer .......................................................................................................695
p
Panacea Panacea Control Panel Options Panacea Lite Panacea Web
Small-Scale Routing ...............................................................................................................................347 Local Control Panels ...............................................................................................................................357 12x1 Economical Utility Router ...............................................................................................................352 Web-Based Ethernet Remote Control of Panacea Routers .....................................................................358 Solid-State VHF ATSC DTV Transmitter ....................................................................................................594 Innovative Large-Scale Routing ..............................................................................................................332 Solid-State VHF ATSC Transmitter ...........................................................................................................598 Low-Power VHF ATSC Digital Transmitter ...............................................................................................595
Platinum-i Series
Platinum Platinum Analog Series Platinum HTEL Series
722
Platinum MX Platinum VAX Platinum VLX PowerCD

Advanced Medium-Scale Routing ...........................................................................................................337 Air-Cooled VHF Multimedia TV Transmitter..............................................................................................587 Liquid-Cooled VHF Multimedia TV Transmitter ........................................................................................584 High-Power UHF ATSC Transmitter..........................................................................................................578 Dual-Head DVI-I Multi-Image Display Solution .......................................................................................263 Expandable, Dual-Head, Auto-Sensing Multiviewer ................................................................................258 Program Audio Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products .........................................................................................50 Business Management for Digital Out-of-Home .......................................................................................62
Predator II-GRF Predator II-GX
Program Audio Modules Punctuate
Q
QS100HD Q-SEE PROBES QuiC
Multiformat HD Quad Card for Sony LMD/LUMA Displays.....................................................................252 HD/SD Probes with MPEG-4/Thumbnail Streaming ................................................................................274 1RU Media Analysis Server .....................................................................................................................690 Quad-Split Multiviewer Card with Cascading Capability.........................................................................254
QVM6800+
R
RouterWORKS Windows-Based Router Control and Status Software...........................................................................363
s
SCM-IP Shelf Control Module SD-STAR
SNMP Proxy Module for T1/E1 Systems ...................................................................................................55 Handheld SD-SDI and Analog Composite Generator and Monitor ...........................................................671 MPEG-2/H.264 Universal Decoder (Preliminary) .....................................................................................219 MPEG-2/H.264 Universal Encoder (Preliminary) .....................................................................................214 Dual-Channel Frame Sync with Advanced Audio Processing Capability (Preliminary) ...........................236 Dual-Channel Conversion with Advanced Audio Processing Capability (Preliminary).............................228 Media Convergence Platform..................................................................................................................210 Transport Stream Multiplexer/Demultiplexer (Preliminary).....................................................................224 Analog Audio Expansion (Preliminary) ....................................................................................................247 Digital Audio Expansion (Preliminary) .....................................................................................................244 3G/HD/SD-Capable A/V Frame Synchronizer ..........................................................................................466 Tube UHF ATSC Transmitter .....................................................................................................................582 Stabilized Laser Source ..........................................................................................................................702 Serial Protocol Translator ........................................................................................................................364 Satellite Receiver and Demodulator Module ...........................................................................................327 Satellite Receiver and Demodulator Module ...........................................................................................328 Satellite Receiver and Demodulator Module ...........................................................................................329
SEL-1DEC1 SEL-1ENC1 SEL-2FS1 SEL-2XD1 Selenio
SEL-MDX1 SELOPT-AAEX1 SELOPT-DAEX1 SFS6803+D Sigma CD
SLS SPT SRC6800+D SRD6800+D SRZ6800+D
723
alPHabeTICal InDex
SynchroCast3 Synchrony

Multiple Transmitter Simulcast System ....................................................................................................54 SFN Head-End Adapter for DVB-T and DVB-H Networks ........................................................................606 ATSC Distributed Transmission and Mobile Network Adapter .................................................................604
Synchrony MNA
t
TVM-4DG TVM-4MA TVM9100PKG TVM9140PKG TVM9150PKG Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Waveform Monitor/Vectorscope ........................................................................634 Metadata Analyzer ..................................................................................................................................617 Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Video and Audio Signal Analyzer .......................................................................630 Multiformat HD/SD-SDI Video and Audio Signal Analyzer .......................................................................625 Multiformat 3G/HD/SD Video Waveform Monitor and Audio Signal Analyzer ..........................................618
V
VAM6800+A4D VCA6800+S/D VDA6800+S/D VEA6800+S/D Velocity ESX Velocity PRX Velocity XNG
Digital-to-Analog Monitoring Encoder/Converter ....................................................................................501 1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Clamping and Equalizing..................................................................................83 1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video ...........................................................................................................................84 1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video, Equalizing.........................................................................................................85 On-SAN Editor .........................................................................................................................................391 Low-Resolution Proxy Editor ...................................................................................................................396 Field Editor ..............................................................................................................................................394 SDI Video Frame Synchronizer ................................................................................................................526 Multichannel 8VSB Frequency-Agile Demodulator .................................................................................610 Utility Demodulator .................................................................................................................................607 Frequency-Agile Demodulators...............................................................................................................608 Element Management System ................................................................................................................318 Reservation-Based Scheduling and Management ..................................................................................319 Visible Laser Source ...............................................................................................................................703 Integrated Test and Measurement Module for Sony LCD Monitors .......................................................667 Voice Modules for IP/T1/E1 Products ........................................................................................................52 Analog Video Equalizing/Clamp.................................................................................................................86 1x4 or 1x8, Analog Video Remote Gain .....................................................................................................87 Serial Digital Sync Generators ................................................................................................................705 Compact Video and Audio Signal Generator............................................................................................708 Video (and Audio) Signal Generator ........................................................................................................710 SDI Monitoring ........................................................................................................................................545 SDI Monitoring ..........................................................................................................................................88 Multiformat Sync Changeover Unit .........................................................................................................713 Multiformat Onscreen Monitor ................................................................................................................662 HD Multiformat Onscreen Monitor ..........................................................................................................660
VFS6800+S/D Videotek DDM-800
Videotek DM-100 Videotek DM-145, DM-154 Vidiem EMS

Vidiem Service Manager VLS-20A VMM-4SNY Voice/Telephone Modules VPD-6830 VRG6800+S/D VSG-201D, VSG-204D VSG-401 VSG-410 VSM-3901 VSM6801+S/D VSX-11D VTM-2000 VTM-2400
724
VTM4100PKG VTM4140PKG VTM4150PKG VTM6801+D
Multiformat Modular Onscreen Monitor ..................................................................................................655 Multiformat Modular Onscreen Monitor ..................................................................................................650 Multiformat Modular Rasterizer Monitor.................................................................................................644 SDI Triple Monitoring .................................................................................................................................89
X
X50 X85 XHD-3903 XHD6800+AD, +AGD XHD6801+DT, +UCT, +UCDT XOS+2+OP+ XOS+OP+ XRC-3901 Frame Synchronizer and Converter ........................................................................................................449 Multiple Application Video and Audio Platform .......................................................................................454 3 Gb/s-Ready, Up/Down/Cross Converter with Advanced Audio and Enhanced Aspect Ratio Management...537 SD Aspect Ratio Converter ......................................................................................................................512 HD/SD Up/Down/Cross/Aspect Ratio Converter with Enhanced Aspect Ratio Processing ......................514 Dual-Channel 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter .......................................................................127 3G/HD-SDI/SDI/DVB-ASI Fiber Transmitter..............................................................................................125 Modular Frame Rate Converter ...............................................................................................................541
725
oRDeR .TRaCk . seRVICe . PRoTeCT .

all With just a FeW simPle clicKs!
Harris online ordering and support site

Simplified purchasing, easy and fast access to service and support with the Harris online ordering and support website, you have all the tools you need to create customized quotes, make purchases and monitor order status. You can submit and review service requests, track RMAs, download software updates or manuals and access important service notifications. Access product availability and service information. Instantly browse our extensive online catalog, and add items to online quotes that can be saved and retrieved at a later date (Prices are firm on saved quotes for 30 days). From within your customized web portal, members of your organization, as well as Harris representatives, can access and share information about quotes, orders, shipments and Harris assets. You can submit quotes as orders, and track them through to fulfillment and shipping. Products purchased online are automatically registered, giving you access to service information, warranty coverage/ expiration dates and serial numbers. You can also register Harris products you already own to gain the same access. To take immediate advantage of these powerful online tools, visit ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com.
To learn more or request access, please contact our support team at portal@harris .com .
ServiceS and SuPPort

100% customer satisfaction is our No. 1 goal at Harris. Thats why were leading the broadcast industry with the strongest, most knowledgeable team of 24/7 technical product experts. Were working around the clock to provide robust online resources with serious self-help capabilities, tailoring service solutions that contain costs over the life of a product and doing whatever it takes to keep your operation running at peak performance. Harris Services and Support were there for you. Learn more about Harris Services and Support at www.broadcast.harris.com/support.
GLOBAL SUPPORT CONTACTS

North, Central and Latin America
Advertising Software
US . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 212 303 4200 Canada (English Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 416 443 3120 Canada (English/French) . . . . . . . . . . +1 514 842 0101 ext . 115
Test and Measurement

Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 800 800 5719 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 416 445 4032 After-Hour Support 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 888 534 8246 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . videotekservice@harris .com
Automation and Asset Management

Telephone 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 888 534 8246 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 416 642 3611 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . support@harris .com
Traffic and Billing

Landmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 303 390 7505 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Global .LandmarkSupport@harris .com OSi-Traffic, OSi-AdConnections . . . . . . . . . . . +1 816 434 4008
Digital Out-of-Home
Telephone 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 888 534 8246 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 416 445 4032 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . signage .support@harris .com
Europe and Africa

Telephone 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +44 118 964 8100 Landmark/Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phone: +44 208 339 1800 Broadcast Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phone: +44 1525 859 537 Email Infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Service .europe@harris .com RMAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RMArequest .europe@harris .com ADC Automation . . . . . . . . . . . ADCSupport .Europe@harris .com Broadcast Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BssSupport@harris .com D-Series Automation . . . . . D-SeriesSupport .Europe@harris .com Digital Asset Management . . . .DAMSupport .Europe@harris .com Landmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LandmarkSupport@harris .com Transmitters . . . . . . . . TransmittersSupport .Europe@harris .com Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VisionSupport@harris .com
Graphics
Telephone 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 888 534 8246 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 416 445 4032 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . graphics .support@harris .com
Master Control and Branding, Multiviewers, Networking and Encoding, Signal Processing, Servers and Editing, Routing Systems
Telephone 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 888 534 8246 Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 416 445 4032 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCDService@harris .com
Radio and Television Transmission

Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 217 222 8200 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .tsupport@harris .com
Middle East and South Asia

Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +971 4 433 8250 After-Hour Support 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +44 118 964 8100
Scheduling
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 303 390 7337 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Global .VisionSupport@harris .com
Asia, Pacific Rim

Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +852 2776 0628 After-Hour Support 24/7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1 888 534 8246 Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . service .asia@harris .com
At Harris, were delivering the future today.

For nearly a century, Harris has pioneered the technologies that drive the worlds leading television and radio broadcast operations. Today, Harris is the industrys total communications leader uniquely merging traditional broadcast and IT systems with powerful media software to streamline your current workflow and unlock all-new markets such as 3DTV, Mobile DTV, digital radio and out-of-home advertising. Where are we headed tomorrow? Wherever you and your audience want to go.
Contact us at +1 800 231 9673 or visit us at www.broadcast.harris.com.
Harris is a registered trademark of Harris Corporation. Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies.
Broadcast Communications Division 9800 South Meridian Boulevard, Suite 300 | Englewood, CO USA 80112 | Tel: +1 303 476 5000 www.broadcast.harris.com
2011 Harris Corporation
Made in China.
CT_TVPG_0311

2011 2012TelevisionProductGuide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2011 2012TelevisionProductGuide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2011 2012TelevisionProductGuide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Broadcast communications

2011 2012 Television Product Guide

HARRIS MAIN OFFICES

An evolution in technology. A revolution in business possibilities.

T h e S e lenio Med ia Convergence Plat for m

Selenio. An evolution in technology. A revolution in business possibilities.

bRoaDCasT sTl, ConTRIbUTIon anD DIsTRIbUTIon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

DIGITal oUT -of-Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

fIbeR oPTIC solUTIons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

masTeR ConTRol anD bRanDInG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

meDIa ConVeRGenCe PlaTfoRm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

neTwoRk monIToRInG anD ConTRol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

neTwoRkInG anD enCoDInG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

RoUTInG sysTems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

seRVeRs, eDITInG anD ComPResseD sTReam sysTems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

sIGnal PRoCessInG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

TeleVIsIon TRansmIssIon anD DemoDUlaTIon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

TesT anD measURemenT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614

aUTomaTIon anD asseT manaGemenT

DigitAL ASSet mAnAgemement

ADC Automatic ingest

ADC Broadcast Supervisor

ADC Device Controller

ADC PSiP manager

D-Series DSX Device Controller

D-Series DSX real-time iP Control

Playout Automation for Station Environments

Playout Automation for Station Environments

Playout Automation for Station Environments

Media Preparation / Quality Assurance & Metadata Store

Schedule / Playout Management

ingest control panel

operator control panel

Manual Ingest / Satellite Record

Manual Ingest / Satellite Record

Sample System Configuration including ADC Element Package

ADC Automatic Ingest

Transfer of Media and its Associated Metadata

ADC Broadcast Supervisor

transmission List with error Highlighted

ADC Device Controller

Backup (redundant) device Controller Option:

ADC Device Controller

BXF-Powered Schedule Synchronization

ADC PSIP Manager

Automatic Tracking and Forwarding of PSIP Information

ADC PSIP Manager

Playout Automation for Enterprise Environments

Playout Automation for Enterprise Environments

A7 integrated Automation Architecture

Real-time, resilient playout automation www.broadcast.harris.com

Playout Automation for Enterprise Environments

A8 distributed Automation Architecture

D-Series DSX Device Controller

D-Series DSX Device Controller

AutOmAtiOn And Asset mAnAgement // D-series DsX OpTiOns

D-Series DSX Real-Time IP Control

invenio Capture provides:

AutOmAtiOn And Asset mAnAgement // inveniO